The

V

Ohio A^aturalist

Official Organ of The Biological Club of the Ohio State University,
and of The Ohio State Academy of Science.

Volumes VII, VIII and IX, 1906-1909.

EDITORIAL STAFF.

FrUtnrc; m Ch^ef ^ J°"^ ^- SCHAFFNER, Vol. VII, IX

hditors-m-Lhiet \ James S. Hixe, Vol. VIII

Assistant Editor-in-Cliief Geo. D. Hubbard, Vol. VIII

Business Manager James S. Hike

,.,,„. ,. / C. F. Iacksox, Vol. VIII.

Assistant Business Manager | Geo. D. Hubbard, Vol. IX

associate editors:

Zoology — -4 rchaeology —

C.' F. Jackson, Vol. VII, VIII. W. C. Mills.

H. H. Severin, Vol. IX.

Botany — Ornithology —

R. F. Griggs. Z. P. Metcalf, Vol. VII.

J. C. Hambleton, Vol. VIII, IX

Geology — Geography —

C. R. Stauffer, Vol. VII. Geo. D. Hubbard.

W. C. Morse, Vol. VIII, IX.

advisory board:

Herbert Osborx Department of Zoology

W. A. Kellerman Department of Botany

John H. Schaffner Department of Botany

Charles S. Prosser Department of Geology

Ohio State University,
Columbus, Ohio.

The Ohio TSl^aturalisty

PUBLISHED BY

The Biological Club of the Ohio Stale Uni'versiiy,

Volume VII. NOVEMBER. 1906. No. 1.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SCHAFFNER, M ABEL— The Embryology of the Shepherd's Purse 1

Bruner— Some Guatemalan Orthoptera, with Descriptions of Five Xew Species 9

Caudell — List of Orthoptera Collected in Guatemala by C. C. Deam and E. B. Williamson 14

Hambleton— Key to the Families of Ohio Lichens 14

McCleery— Pubescence and Other External Peculiarities of Ohio Plants 16

News and Notes 18

Hyde— Meeting of the Biological Club 18

THE EMBRYOLOGY OF THE SHEPHERD'S PURSE.*

(A Posthumous Paper.)
Mabel Schaffxer.

The embryo of the shepherd's purse {Bursa bursa- pastor is
(L. ) Britt.) has had an important place as a representative dicotyl
in most botanical textbooks. The original investigations of
Hanstein (1 ) and Famintzin (2) were superior and epoch-making
for their day, yet many points were left obscure and some of
these are still unsettled, as a reference to the various botanical
textbooks will show. Considerable variation has been reported
as to the succession of the cell divisions and other minor details.
The best recent account is by Coulter and Chamberlain (4, 5),
and what is given below is practically a confirmation of their re-
port with a few differences in details.

The embryology of Alyssum as given by Miss Riddle (3)
shows several interesting deviations from the Bursa type and
makes it clear that generalizations can not be made without full
knowledge even in the case of closely related plants.

It was my intention to make a complete study of the embryo
of Bursa and to prepare a series of drawings on the same scale
of magnification in order that not only the succession of cell divi-
sions and the development of the several embryonic tissues would
be apparent but also the actual increase in size of the embryo as
a whole and of the cells at various stages of development.

The ordinary methods of killing and imbedding were employed
and the serial sections, cut 10-12 mic. thick, were stained on the
slide. Delafield's haematoxylin makes a very satisfactory stain
if properly employed.

* Contribittions frcm the Botanical Laboratorv of the (Ihio State
Univirdtv, XXV.

2 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 1,

The egg apparatus of Bursa is well organized and after fer-
tilization the oospore elongates considerably and divides
by a transverse wall into two cells of unequal size (Figs. 1-5).
The basal cell does not divide again but begins to enlarge
rapidly, finally developing into a large vesicular cell which is
closely surrounded by the upper part of the wall of the ovule
and continues in an active condition until the seed ripens.
The upper cell divides by a transverse wall giving rise to a
proembryo of three cells, the terminal cell, an intermediate
cell, and the basal vesicular cell (Fig. 6). The next division is
again transverse and probably takes place in the intermediate
cell (Fig. 7 ) . After a filament of four cells is produced, the apical
or terminal embryo cell divides by a longitudinal wall, giving
rise to the typical five-celled embryo (Fig. 8). The following
division occurs in the suspensor cell next to the vesicular cell,
resulting in a six-celled embryo with five tiers (Figs. 9-11).
Often the cell below the two terminal embryo cells stains dark
like them while the three suspensor cells take a much lighter
stain (Figs. 10,11). This would indicate that this cell is the
second cell of the embryo proper and that it does not contribute
to the further development of the filamentous suspensor until
its division at a much later stage. This point was, however,
not determined. The two terminal cells now divide by longitu-
dinal walls at right angles to the previous division giving rise to
the terminal quadrants while further transverse divisions occur
in the suspensor (Figs. 12-15).

At the time when the terminal quadrants divide by transverse
walls to form the octants, the suspensor usually consists of the
vesicular cell and six intermediate cells (Figs. 16-20) and this is
frequently the extent of this organ though more commonly there
are seven or eight intermediate suspensor cells developed. The
cotyledonary and hypocotyledonary rgeions of the embryo are
definitely separated by the divisions which give rise to the oc-
tants. The octants soon cut off dermatogen cells by periclinal
walls thus producing a nearly spherical body of sixteen cells
(Figs. 17, 18). The periclinal divisions which give rise to the
dermatogen appear first in the terminal octants (Fig. 17). At
this stage the proembryo consists typically of twenty-two or
twenty-three cells. While the deraiatogen cells are continuing
their divisions by anticlinal walls the eight inner cells divide by
longitudinal walls and the cell between the suspensor pro]XM- and
the terminal sphere divides by a transverse wall into the basal
embrvo cell and a very flat disk-like suspensor cell which takes
no part in the development of the embryonic tissues (Fig. 19).

The primary dermatogen begins its further development in
the outer quadrants of cells and as would be expected the divi-
sion in these cells is more active during the further growth of

Nov., 1906.] The Embryology of the Shepherd's Purse. 3

the embryo than in the lower quadrant. Frequently the forma-
tion of anticlinal walls in the dermatogen is delayed until after
the division of the upper suspensor cell (Fig. 20).

The entire embryo is, therefore, developed from the two cells
at the outer tip of the proembryo, the terminal cell, as will ap-
pear later, giving rise to the cotyledons, stem tip and hypocotyl
while the basal cell after cutting off one suspensor cell gives rise
to the calyptrogen, root tip, and calyptra.

The further development of the embryonic sphere is by the
division of the lower tier of inner cells by transverse walls.
There are then three tiers of cells in the sphere besides the der-
matogen (Figs. 24-28). These divisions were established by the
presence of spindles in the lower tier as in Fig. 24. Frequently
also the outer tier of cells takes a much deeper stain than the
other two tiers as is shown in Fig. 28. When these divisions
begin the basal embryo cell divides by a transverse wall, the re-
sulting cells being the incepts of the growing point of the root
tip and the calyptrogen (Figs. 24-26). The upper cell, usually
lenticular in shape, divides first forming a plate of four cells by
the development of longitudinal walls (Fig. 28). These four cells
remain dormant for some time but continue division before the
embryo reaches maturity.

The two lower tiers in the embryonic sphere now begin to
differentiate into a central plerome and the surroimding periblem
and at the same time the lowest cell of the embryo proper or the
incipient calyptrogen cell divides by longitudinal walls into four
■cells followed by transverse or periclinal walls which differentiate
the primary layers of the calyptra and calyptrogen (Figs. 29-32).
This periclinal division extends out into the dermatogen cells
derived from the primary octant as will appear from an inspec-
tion of Figs. 29, 30 and 32. The calyptrogen thus is developed
from cells derived from both he terminal and basal embryo cell.
As stated before the embryo proper is developed entirely from
two original tiers of cells each developing octants, but the ter-
minal cell divides first by longitudinal walls and its develop-
ment is far advanced before the basal cell begins its division
which is always transverse in Bursa although longitudinal in
Alyssum.

The cotyledons and plumule have their origin from the outer
■cells of the original octant while the hypocotyl is developed
from the basal octants. The nearly spherical embryo begins to
take on a flattened appearance at the outer end (Fig. 28) and
later, by the appearance of two large protuberances, the inci-
pient cotyledons, it is heart-shaped in properly cut longitudinal
sections. The embiyo remains straight until by rapid elongation
the cot3dedons are forced around by the curved wall of the ovule
(Figs. 34, 35). When the embryo is approaching maturity the

4 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 1,

cells of the hypocotyledonary region and root tip undergo rapid
division so that the entire length of the cavity of the ovule is
filled and the suspensor cells are crushed (Figs. 35, 37). But
the vesicular cell retains its active appearance to the end.

The plerome consists of a bundle of small elongated cells
surrounded by a sheath of larger cells and the periblem consists
of two layers with an inner limiting layer. The sheath of the
plerome and the inner layer of the periblem have a common
origin as will appear from an inspection of Figs. 36 and 38. The
nature of these two layers was not determined. In the mature
embryo the cotyledons are w^ell developed but it is difficult to
obtain central sections because of the curving and folding.
Usually when one has a central section of the radicle the sections
of the cotyledons will be more or less tangential.

ADDENDUM.

The foregoing paper was left in an incomplete condition at the
time of my wife's untimely death. It was her desire to w^ork out
the embryogeny of Bursa step by step as a preliminary to other
embrylological studies which she had begun. However, the
work was so nearly complete that it was thought advisable to
publish it as it w'as left although a few spindle stages are lacking
for a complete series. Just before her last sickness she had pre-
pared material collected at various times of the day and night
in the hope of being able to fill out the missing stages.

The series of figures, all drawn on the same scale, represent
to the eye the actual increase of the embryo in size at each stage
of development and will be of considerable use to students for
reference.

To be cut off in the midst of work and plans for the fviture
was her sad lot, and, without referring to my personal loss, it is
with a sorrowful heart that I contemplate her passing away so
long before her bright hopes and ambitions were realized.

John H. Schaffxer.

LITERATURE.

1. Hanstein, J. Entwickelungsgeschichte der Keime der
Monocotvledonen und Dicotvledonen. Bot. Abhandl. Bonn,
pp. 112,'lS7().

2. Famixtzin, a. Embrvologische Studien. Mem. Acad.
Imp. Sci. St. Petersbourg 26:10, 1S79.

3. Riddle, LuMiXA C. The Embrvologv of Alvssum. Bot.
Gaz. 26:314-324, ISOS.

4. Coulter, |. M., axd Chamberlaix, C. J. Morphology
of Angiosperms. p. H)(), H)l)3.

o. Chamberlaix, C. J. Methods in Plant Histologv, p.
223. 1005.

Nov., 1906.] The Embryology of the Shepherd's Purse.

Ohio Naturalist.

Plate I.

as ' 27

Mabel Schaffner on " Shepherd's Purse."

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. VII, No. 1,

Ohio Naturai,ist.

Plaie 11.

MabeIv Schaffner on "Shepherd's Purse."

Nov., 1906.] The Embryology of the Shepherd's Purse.

Ohio Naturalist.

Plale III.

Mabel Schaffner on "Shepherd's Purse.''

8 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 1,

EXPLAXATIOX OF PlATES I, II, AND III.

The drawings are all on the same scale and were reduced to
i of their original size. A combination of Zeiss 18 compensat-
ing ocular and Zeiss 8.0 mm. Apochromat objective was employed
with a magnification on the table of about 900.

1. Egg apparatus with oosphere. 6. Three-celled embryo.

2. Elongated oospore. 7. Four-celled embryo.
'.i. Oospore dividing. 8. Five-celled embryo.

4. Two-celled embryo and synergid. 9. Incipient six-celled einbryo.

5. Two-celled embryo. 10. Six-celled embryo.

11. Older six-celled einbryo with the upper two tiers of cells stained

muc'i c-arker than the rest.

12. Eight-celled embryo; the tip in the quadrant stage.

13. Nine-celled embryo with four-celled tip.

14. Ten-celled embryo with four-celled tip.

15. Eleven-celled embryo with four-celled tip.

IG. Fifteen-celled embryo with octants at the tip and seven suspensor

cells.
17. Satne stage as the preceding, the octants cutting off the primary

dermatogen.
IS. Twenty-two-celled embryo with primary dermatogen complete, the

nonnal embryo at this stage has twenty-three cells.

19. Embryo with tie cell adjoining the embryonic sphere undergoing

transverse division.

20. 'Typical twenty-four-celled embryo.

21. Embryo with longitudinal division beginning in the lower tier of the

inner octants.

22. Typical embrj'o with ten-celled suspensor.

23. Somewi'at later stage showing rapid multiplication of the upper der-

matogen cells.

24. Embryo s':owing division of the basal embryo cell and origin of the

t.iird tier in the embryonic sphere.
2.5. Typical embryo at time when the lower two embryo cells are ready
for further development.

26. Same stage as the preceding but somewhat one-sided in develop-

ment and with a different ntimber of cells in the suspensor.

27. Embryo showing first division of the root tip cell.

28. Embryo showing the outer tier of cells from which the cotyledons

and plumule are derived with a much darker stain than the rest
of the tissues.

29. Embryo showing origin of cotyledons, stem tip, hypocotyl, root tip,

calyptrogen and calyptra.

30. Somewhat older emliryo than the preceding showing further devel-

opment.

31. Median section of embryo cut in same plane as the cotyledons.

32. Embryo showing cells of stem tip and second division of calyptrogen.

33. Longitudinal section through one cotyledon of embryo somewhat

older than the preceding.

34. Embryo just before the beginning of the final rapid elongation of

the radicle.

35. Embryo showing the condition of the tissues at the stage when the

cotyledons Vjegin to curve. r

30. Cross section of embryo at same stage as the preceding showing

dermatogen, periblem and plerome.
.37. Mature embryo showing the character of the embryonic tissues.
38. Cross section of mature embrvo.

Nov., 1906.] Guatemalan Orthoptera.

SOME GUATEMALAN ORTHOPTERA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS

OF FIVE NEW SPECIES.

Lawrence Bruner.

The twenty-eight species of Orthoptera reported in this paper
were collected during the winter of 1905 by James S. Hine,
of Columbus, O., who referred them to the writer for determina-
tion. Although the collection is but a small one it is very inter-
esting since it contains specimens of at least four species which,
appear to be new to science and others that materially extend,
the range of known forms. One of the new species, Cornops
scudderi, adds a South American genus hitherto not reported

for North America.

Family Blattidae.

1. Pseudophyllodromia venosa Sauss. This insect is represented by sl

single specimen taken at Mazatenago, February 3.

2. Blabera trapezoidea Burm. A single male of this large cockroaclx

was collected at Santa Lucia February 1.

Family Mantidae.

3. Stagmomantis dimidiata Burm. The species is represented by a fine

male which was captured March 5, at Puerto Barrios. A fe-
male nymph that was taken at San Jose on February 5 is also
referred here.

Family Gryllidae.

4. Oecanthus nigricornis Walk.(?) The collection contains two inales of a

tree-cricket which were taken on February 7, at Amatitlan. One
of these has the greater portion of the antennae pale testaceous
instead of black, as described by Walker. Both, however, lack
the black lines or dots on the two basal antennal joints, thereby
agreeing with the insect that Henri de Saussure takes to be Walk-
er's nigricornis, but perhaps erroneously, as the types of Walker's
insect came from Illinois.

5. Oecanthus varicornis Walk.(?) A single female with the two basal

antennal joints unifasiate with black, but otherwise agree-
ing very closely with the preceding, is referred here. It was taken
at t\ e same time and place with them.

6. Paroecanthus aztecus Sauss. The single specimen, a female, of this

species comes from Gualan where it was captured on March 3.

Family Locustidae. '

7. Hormilia tolteca Sauss. Three specimens, two males and a female,

are at hand from ^. azatenango. They were collected Februarv 3.

8. Orophus conspersus Brunn. A single female of this species was taken

at I\. azatenango on February 8.

9. Orophus tessellatus Sauss. A single female taken February 2, is

labelled as coming from Santa Lucia.
10. Eriolus consobrinus Sauss. et Pict. On February 1, a female of this

s] ecies was taken at Santa Lucia.
n. Thysdrus infirmus Sauss. et Pict. The collection contains a pair of

tl is delicate species. They come from Mazatenango, and were

captured February 3.
12. Idiarlhron atrispinum Stal. The insect before me is a little large as

compared with the measurements given in Brunner's monograph,

of the Pseudophyllidae, but it agrees in other respects with Stal's
■^ Meroncidius atnspinosus. It comes from Santa Lucia, where it

was taken February 1.

lo The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 1,

Family Acridiidae.

13. Paratetix mexicanus Sauss. The collection contains a single male

specimen of this species. It was taken on March 8, at Puerto
Barrios.

14. Tettigidea chichimeca Sauss. A single female specimen represents

the present species so far as the collection now before me is con-
cerned. It also comes from Puerto Barrios, where it was taken
on the same date as the last.

15. Amblytropidia costaricensis Bruner. The only representative of this

rather common genus in tropical America' is a single specimen of
A. costaricensis. Tt was taken February 7, at Amatitlan.

16. Orphula guatemalae n. sp. Most nearly related to O. azteca Saussure,

but differing from it in its smaller size and slenderer form. It
differs also in the female by having a more uniform color — the
tegmina maculations are fewer and smaller, and the basal joints
of the antennae are less depressed. The hind femora of both sexes
are also shorter and more graceful. The valves of the ovipositor
are s.iorter and slenderer than in azteca or meridionahs. In its
general color the present species varies from pale testaceo-fer-
ruginous to dark brown in the female, while the males have the
dorsum of occiput, pronotum and tegmina testaceotis or green.
In the male the sides of the head, pronotum, pleura and costal
and discal field of tegmina are unspotted brown; the lateral pro-
notal carinae are edged below with dark piceous in both sexes.
Abdomen venter and face pale testaceous, the legs a little darker
and somewhat infuscated at the knees. Sides of basal abdominal
segments of male more or less piceous.

Length of body, $ , 15.5 mm., 9 . 22.5 mm.; of pronotum,
$ , 3 mm., 9 , 4 mm.; of tegmina, $ , 13,25 mm., 9 ■ 1" mm.;
of hind femora, S' , 9.5 mm., 9 . 12.25 mm.

Habitat. The types, male and female, come from Santa Lucia
w^here they were collected February 1. The collection also con-
tains an additional female from the same locality and a pair from
Mazatenango, February 3.

The following table will show the realtionship of the species :

Synoptic Table of the Species of Orphula.
Al. Fastigium of the vertex with its antero-lateral egdes de-
cidedly rounded. Basal joints of antennae greatly depressed.
Lateral carinae of the pronotum only gently divergent on the
hind lobe. pagana Stal.

A2. Fastigium of the vertex with its anteor-lateral edges nearly
ly straight. Basal joints of the antennae only gently de-
pressed. Lateral carinae of the pronotum strongly diver-
gent on the hind lobe.

b^. Lateral carinae of the anterior lobe of the pronotum

parallel (Costa Rica) meridionalis Bruner

b^. Lateral crainae of the anterior lobe of the pronotum

plainly divergent.

c^. Larger and more robust (Mexico southerly) azteca Sauss

C". Smaller and rather slender (Guatemala)

guatemalae n. sp.

17. Orphulella arctata Walk.(?) There are four specimens, 1 female and

3 males, of a locust that are doubtfully referred to Walker's
arctata. They come from San Jose, where they were taken on
February 5.

18. Orphulella meridionalis Bruner. One male and one female, Puerto

Barrios, March 3.

Nov., 1906.] Guatemalan Orthoptera. ii

ig.^Orphulella walkeri n. sp. Below medium in size, rather slender, the
antennae of male graceful and decidedly longer than the head
and pronotum combined. Color variable, ranging from testa-
ceous to green varied with brown and black.

Eyes prominent, considerably ( J" ) or a trifle ( 9 ) longer than
the cheeks below them; fastigium of the vertex with the sides
parallel two-thirds its length, acuminate even in the female and
unusuallv deeply sulcate, lateral foveolae well defined, elongate
triangular; frontal costa prominent above the ocellus where they
are coarselv and paucily pvmctate; face rather oblique; antennae
long and slender. Pronotum slightly expanding posteriorly,
the two lobes about equal in length, the lateral carina in advance
of the last transverse sulcus straight and very gently diverging
anteriorly. Tegmina in the female provided with two rows of
cells, of moderate width and gently surpassing the apices of the
hind formora in both sexes, in tne female rather sparsely and even-
ly maculate with fuscous, in the male tmspotted but with the
dorsal held pale testaceous, the hind femora without markings or
bands save for the knees which are infuscated apically. Wings
infuscated or cloudy.

Length of body, $ 13.5 mm., 9 19 mm.; of antennae,
(J 6.5 mm., 9 6 mm.; of pronotum, $ 2.5 mm., 9 3.95 mm.;
of tegmina, S 11.5 mm., 9 14.3 mm.; of hind femora, S 9.25
mm., 9 10.55 mm.

Habitat. The types, $ and 9 > ^vere collected February 22,
at Los Amates, while an additional male was taken at Puerto
Barrios, on March 3.

If we should attempt to run this insect out by the synoptic
table as given by the author in the "Biologia Central! Ameri-
cana, Orthopt. li, pp. 74-78," it would fall into the section A^
under b'^ along with prominiila and robusta, but the table would
have to be modified as follows:

b^. Lateral carinae of the pronotum not arcuate, either straight
throughout or parallel on the anterior lobe and more or
less divergent on the posterior one.

c^ Antennae of the male more than ordinarily heavy; the
insects rather robust.

d^. Lateral carinae of the pronotum gently and evenly
divergent posteriorly. Eyes prominent, elongate.
Face strongly oblique. prominula Bruner.

d^. Lateral carinae of the pronotum divergent on the
posterior lobe only. Eyes less prominent, subglob-
ular. Face only moderately oblique.

ROBUST.A. Bruner.

c^. Antennae of the male filiform, slender. The insect

rather graceful. walkeri n. sp.

This might be one of Walker's species of Stenobothrus which

he described in the Catalogue of the Dermaptera Saltatoria in

the British Museum. It is almost impossible, however, to

determine his species from the meager descriptions given.

20. Heliastus guatemalae Sauss. Several specimens, males and females,

are in the collection. They come from Amatitlan, February 3,
and Jan Jose, February 5.' They do not differ very greatly in
general color and form from H. sumichrasti Sauss., but the disk
of the wings of guatemalae is yellow instead of red. _

21. Arnilia minor n. sp. Verv similar in form to Arnilia chlorizans

Walker, but differing from it in the much smaller size and in the
entire absence of the pale band along the sides of the head, pro-
notum and pleura. The last ventral segment of the male ab-
domen is also quite different.

12 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 1,

Fastigium of the vertex elongate, triangular, with a moderate-
ly broad but shallow median longitudinal sulcus, the apex slightly
acuminate; frontal costa rather deeply sulcate, widened above
the antennae, nearly equal below, the face unicolorous, impunc-
tate, strongly oblique; antennae only a trifle longer than the head
and pronotum taken together; eyes moderately prominent, a
little less divergent than in the males of A. chlorizans, about
twice the length of that portion of the cheeks below them. Pro-
notum subcylindrical, rather closely and finely pvmctate, much
more closely so in front and on the hind lobe, the latter with a
prominent median carina and short shoulders, about four-fifths
as long as on the anterior lobes. Tegmina narrow, extending
one-fifth of their length beyond the apex of the abdomen. Hind
femora slender, smooth, as long as the abdomen. The latter
graceful, tapering, the last ventral segment short and provided
with a lateral blunt tooth at each side, the center prolonged into
a short boot-like projection in which the toe is directed to the
rear. Hind tibiae slender, the lateral carinae poorlv developed
as compared with some of the other species of the genus. Pros-
ternal spine slender, straight, the apex evenly rounded.

General color pale grass-green above, yellowish white below.
Wings caerulean, the dorsum of the abdomen leaden gray. An-
tennae ferriginous, clypeus, labrum, tip of last ventral segment
and hind tarsi pink.

Length of body, 22 mm., of antennae, 7 mm., of pronotum,
3.65 mm., of tegmina, 20 mm., of hind femora, 11.5 mm.

Habitat. A single male from San Jose, February 5.

This genus appears to be represented by quite a number of
species — a dozen or more — when we consider the two Americas.
They fall into two well defined sections or possibly into distinct
genera.

22. Arnilia sp. The collection also contains a single female specimen of

what appears to be a second species of Arnilia; but, since there
are at least a half-dozen distinct species of similar size at hand
as I write, it is difficult to definitely place it with certainty. The
characters, so far as observed, are more pronounced in the males,
and until I have had an opprotunity to critically study the dozen
or more species of the genus of which I have specimens no attempt
will be made to determine the individual just referred to. It was
taken Fel)ruary 6, at Amatitlan.

23. Inusia obscura (Thumb.) (?) Two pairs of a slender locust taken at

Los Amates, F'ebruary 25-27, are referred with some doubt to
Thunberg's Acridimn obscurum. Whether they are that insect
or not, they belong to Giglio-Tos' genus Inusia which contains
two or three representatives in tropical America.

24. Cornops scudderi n. sp. A moderately robust, medium sized, grass-

green and testaceous insect with a broad piceous band on each
side which extends from the back edge of the eyes along the upper
half of the pronotum and pleura and is bordered below by one
of greenish yellow. The costal margin and disc of the tegmina

are dark brown or fuscous.

Head somewhat wider than the front edge of the ])ronotum;
the eyes a little prominent and strongly divergent, a trifle longer
than that portion of the cheeks below them; vertex nearly as
broad as the frontal costa between the antennae, rather deeply
sulcate to the tip of the fastigium, the latter a little wider than
long, somewhat depressed and blvmt in front; frontal costa
prominent, a little widest above the ocellus, gently sulcate,

Nov., 1906.] Guatemalan Orthoptera. 13

coarsely but shallowly punctate, as is in fact the whole face,
t'r.e punctures brown; occiput rather long, the eyes distant
from the front edge of the pronotum; antennae filiform, nearly
as long as the hind femora, the basal joint robust and green,
the balance brown. Pronotum subcylindrical, the surface
coarsely punctate, on the anterior lobe distantly, on the hind
lobe rather closely; front margin rather broadly rounded,
hind margin widely obtuse angulate, anterior half of lower edges
obliquely truncate; transverse impressed lines continuous, pro-
found, the hind lobe much shorter than the anterior one, the
median carina distinct throughout but inost apparent on hind
lobe. Tegmina of medium width, extending a little beyond the
apex of hind femora, their tpis rounded, with the upper portion a
little truncate. Hind femora robust extending one-four4;h their
length beyond the tip of abdomen; hind tibiae seven-spined on
the outside. Abdomen tapering, the last ventral segment short,
upturned and contracted to a narrow prow-shaped projection;
the supra-anal plate broader than long, the sides of basal two-
t'f ires broadly rounded and strongly convergent, the apical third
with straight sides and evenly rounded apex, iniddle of basal
portion provided with two parallel lines and the sides with two
ciots of black; cerci of the usual form for t'is group.

Length of body, 18 mm., of pronotum, 3.8 mm., of tegmina,
16 inm., of hind femora, 11 mm., of antennae, 10 mm.

Habitat. Tlie single male type was taken March 11, at Puerto
Barrios.

25. Vi'erna aeneo-oculata DeG.(?) Two males and two females of this

genus are at hand from Mazatenango. Tney were taken March 3.
Saussure described an insect under the nanie of Xipicera
pygmaea (Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, Mars 1861, p. 131.) and
gave as its habitat simply "Mexico." A soecimen bearing Saus-
sure's label is before me as I write. It is a Vilerna and undoubted-
ly distinct from aeneo-oculata. The four Guatemalan specimens
in the present collection are distinct from Saussure's and are re-
fererd with some doubt to DeGeer's species from South America.

26. Schistocerca pyramidata Scudd.(?) There are specimens of a large

Schistocerca in thie collection from Los Amatas, which are placed
here with some doubt. They were collected February 20. These
insects vary from pale rufo-testaceous with scarcely any tarce of
maculation to dark gray-brown and strongly maculate on the
tegmina — nearly or cjuite as plainly as S. vaga Scudd.

27. Aiiemona szte^a Sauss. There are four specimens of this very com-

mon and wiiely dispersed locust in the collection. Tiiey were
taken at Mazatenango on the 3rd of February.

28. Osmilia tolte^.i Sauss. Ever}' locality in southern Mexico and south-

ward to Costa Rica, contains plenty of specimens of this locust.
It is represented by about a score of individuals from all the lo-
calities where Orthoptera were taken by Prof. Hine,

University of Nebraska, Lij.coln.

14 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 1,

LIST OF ORTHOPTERA COLLECTED IN GUATEMALA BY
C. C. DEAMAND E. B. WILLIAMSON.

A. \. Cauuell.

Trvxalis brevicornis Linn., one female.

Orphulella neglecta Rehn, two males and two females.

Orphulella punctata DeGeer, three females.

Heliastus guatemalae Sauss., two males and two females.

Heliastus sumicrasti Sauss., three males and two females.

Osmilia tolteca Sauss., one male and three females.

Schistocerca vaga Scudder, one female.

Besides the above adult forms, there are six young nymphs
of a species of Dictvophorus, thirteen nymphs of Heliastus, and
one young locustian nymph.

Washington, D. C.

KEY TO THE FAMILIES OF OHIO LICHENS.

J. C. Hambleton.

1. Fruiting thallus with apothecia or perithecia containing asci;
Ascomycetes living symbiotically with algae. Ascolichenes. 2.

1. Fruiting thallus not with apothecia nor perithecia; spores produced

on basidia; Basidioinycetes living symbiotically with algae.

Basidiolichenes. 3.

2. Fruiting body an apothecium. Discolichenes. 4.

2. Fruiting body a perithecium. Pyrenolichenes. 23.

3. Hymenium on an exposed surface, (none in our territory.

Hymexolichenes.

3. Hymenium lining closed cavities (none in our territory).

Gastrolichenes.

4. Paraph yses forming a powdery mass with the spores; disc of apo-

thecium more or less open. The paraphyses growing beyond the
asci forming there a network, adhering to the disc of the apothe-
cium which soon breaks up into a powdery mass with the spores;
Algae belonging to the Chlorophyceae. Conyocarpales. 5.

4. Paraphyses not forming a powdery mass with the spores. 6.

5. Apothecia borne on a stipe, exciple without algae; thallus crusta-

ceous or hypophloedal, without cortical layer Caliciaceae.

.5. Apothecia sessile; exciple with algae. I'ypheliaceae.

6. Disc of apothecium lineal, elipsoid, or somewhat angular; algae be-

longing to Chlorophyceae. Graphidales. 7.

6. Disc of apothecium circular. Algae belonging Chlorophyceae or

Cyanophyceae. Cyclocarpales. 8.

7. Apothecia withovit 1)order. Arthomaceae.

7. Apothecia with border. Graphidaceae..
S. Spores uniseptate. 9.

8. Spores one-celled, niultiseptate, or muriform, colorless or sometimes

brownish; cell walls always thin. 11.

9. Spores colorless; thallus foliose or fruitcose, with cortical layer.

Theloschistaceae.
9. vSpores brown or dark. 10.
10. Thallus foliose or furticose, with cortical layer; pycnidia endoba-
sidial. Physiaceae.

Nov., 1906.] Key to the Families of Ohio Lichens. 15

10. Thallus crustaceous, ovate or lobed at the border, without cortical

layer; pycnidia exobasidial. Buelliaceae.

11. Thallus when moist, more or less gelatinous, usually unstratified,

scaly, foliose or fruticose, seldom crustaceous; apothecia sessile;
alga a Nostoc. Collemaceae.

11. Thallus when moist not gelatinous nor swollen. 12.

12. Thallus crustaceous, border lobed, horizontal. 13.

12. Thallus squamulose or foliose, horizontal or with border elevated;
fastened to the substratum with rhizoids or unibilicus; pseudo-
parenchymatous throughout, or with cortical layer above or on
both sides. 19.

12. Thallus cylindrical or fruitcose, upright or pendant; fastened to sub-

stratum with an anchor disc, or dying off from the ground grow-
ing radially; entirely covered with cortical layer. Usneaceae.

13. Thallus with algae belonging to Chroolepus or Phylactidium. 14.

13. Thallus with algae belonging to Pleurococcus or Palmella. 15.

14. Exciple usually without algae, rarely rudimentary or wanting.

Lecanactidaceae.

14. Exciple with algae always present; apothecia single or in groups

sunken in thalline warts. Thelotremaceae.

15. Ascus one to eight spored, seldom sixteen to thirty-two; apothecia

with distinct border or margin. 16,

15. Ascus many spored. Acarosporaceae.

16. Exciple without algae. 17.

16. Exciple with algae; apothecia lecanorine. 18.

17. Apothecia sessile. Lecideaceae.

17. Apothecia borne on a stipe. Cladoniaceae.

18. Apothecia sessile; border distinct. Lecanoraceae.

18. Apothecia single or in gropvis, sunken in thalline warts ; border usually

very small. Pertusariaceae.

19. Apothecia in young stage or always with the entire under side buried

in the thallus; without margin, or bordered with the remains of
the old covering. Peltigeraceae.

19. Apothecia on well defined stipes which are often strongly expanded
and branched; naked or covered with thalline scales.

Cladoniaceae.

19. Apothecia sessile or short stalked; margin distinct. 20.

20. Interior hyphal layer wanting or indistinct; thallus entirely or in

great part pseudoparenchymatous, w'ith algae belonging Scyto-
nema; pycnidia exobasidial. Heppiaceae.

20. Interior hyphal layer distinct in the well stratified thallus. 21.

21. Spores more or less spindle form, multiseptate, colorless or brownish;

under side of thallus with abundant cyphellae or psevidocyphellae.

Stictaceae.

21. Spores ovate ellipsoid, or long ovate, one-celled (by exception two-

celled), or muriform, in which latter case they are dark colored;
cyphellae never present. 22.

22. Thallus with algae belonging to Scytonema. Pannariaceae.
Thallus always with algae belonging to Pleurococcus or Palmella

apothecia sessile with algae in exciple. Parmeliaceae.

Cavity of perichecium simple; not divided by complete or incomplete

partitions. 24.
Cavity of pertithcium divided by complete or incomplete partitions;

algae, Palmella or Chroolepus. Mycoporaceae.

Thallus foliose or scaly, with cortical layer on both sides or on upper

side only; algae Pleurococcus of Palmella. Dermatocarpaceae.
Thallus crustaceous, without cortical layer or with amorphous cortex

made up of horizontal hyphae. 25.

22
23
23
24
24

1 6 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 1,

25. Perithecia inclined or horizontal, the ostioles usually opening into a
common canal; situtited in a stroma; algal cells Chroolepus.

ASTROTHELIACEAE.

25. Perithecia erect -with a single ostiole at the summit. 26.

26. Perithecia in a stroma; algal cells belonging to Clroolepus.

Trypetheliaceae.

26. Perithecia single; storma wanting. 27.

27. Spores one-celled (in our species); algae belonging to Pleurococcus

or Palmella. Verucariaceae.

27. Spores one to multiseptate (in our species); algal cells belonging to

Chroolepus. Pvren'ULaceae.

PUBESCENCE AND OTHER EXTERNAL PECULIARITIES OF

OHIO PLANTS.

EoxA IM. McCleerv.

In this study of the protective coverings and other peculiar-
ities of the leaves and twigs of Ohio plants, the entire state her-
barium has been examined and the plants classified under the
following heads:

1. Pubescent — (a) glandular, (b) stellate, (c) tomentose;

2. Glabrous;

3. Glaucous;

4. Granular;

5. Scurfy ;

6. Resin dotted, punctate, peltate scales.

In some cases it has been difficult to classify certain species
on account of manv of the forms merging almost imperceptibly
from one to another. This is noticeable especially in pubes-
cent and tomentose forms. In other cases the difficulty in class-
ification has come from the change which takes place during de-
velopment from the young to the mature condition.

In Salix Candida, for instance, the leaves are loosely tomen-
tose when young, but become glabrate above when mature. In
Quercus nana the leaves are stellate pubescent above when young
but become glabrous when mature, while in Quercus minor the
young twigs are tomentulose but the mature ones glabrous. In
all cases of this kind the forms have been listed under two or
more heads.

The entire number of reported Ohio vascular plants is about
2200. Of these about 2125 are angiosperms, 10 gymnospei^mes,
and 70 pteridophytes. 904 plants were found to be pubescent.
This includes all degrees and varities of pubescence from those
with only a soft fine pubescence like the clover and Oxalis to those
with heavy hairs like the nettles or thistles. For a dense velvety
pubescence of both twigs and leaves Althaea officinalis might be
examined; for hirsute pubescence of l:)oth twigs and leaves Ascle-
pias tuberosa is a good example; for soft downy ptibescence

Nov., 1906.] Pubescence of Ohio Plants. ii

Phlox pilosa; for appressed pubescent leaves Hydrophyllum vir
ginicuni; for ciliate leaves Valeriana sylvatica.

Only 37 of the 904 pubescent plants are stellate-pubescent,
but these are very striking. The butternut, Juglans cinerea, has
stellate pubescent leaves, and also four of the oaks ; Quercus nana,
Quercus marylandica, Quercus minor and Quercus prinoides.
The most pronounced of this type, however, are the two crotons,
Croton capitatus and Croton monanthogynus.

Of the glandular pubescent forms there are 58. Many plants
have stems of this type without having the leaves to correspond.
About half of the roses, as well as Rhexia virginica and Scutel-
laria cordifolia have glandular hairs on the stems. One of the
most striking forms in the plant kingdom, the Drosera or sun-
dew, belongs to this group.

There are 67 tomcntose forms but all of them are not constant
throughout their whole life. About one-half of those which are
tomentose when young become either glabrous, glabrate or
slighlty pubescent when mature. Many of the oaks, among
them Quercus platanoides. and Quercus minor, are densely to-
mentose on the under side of the leaves. The young twigs of
Quercus minor are also tomentose. Viburnum alnifolium is in-
teresting in being one of the few which is stellate-tomentose.

532 plants were found to be entirely glabrous, that is, having
both sides of the leaves and the twigs entirely free from hairs
throughout their whole life; but 1019 were found to have one
or more glabrous parts. The spring beauty, Claytonia virginica,
and wake-robin, Trillium grandiflorum, are common examples
of the former; Cercis canadensis and Aster laevis of the latter.

Of the glaucous forms there are 59. The glaucous bloom of
twigs and leaves is identical with that on some fruit, such as
plums and grapes, but that on leaves is not usually so noticeable.
It may be seen on the under side of the leaves of Salix glaucophyl-
la and Salix myrtilloides, and on the stems of Vitis bicolor and
Helianthus grosseserrattis.

The granular and scurfy forms are comparatively few in num-
ber, only about 24 of the former, and 34 of the latter. The upper
surfaces of the leaves of Silene armeria and of Amaranthus bli-
toides are granular. All of the chenopods are scurf v.

This leaves only those which are resin-dotted, punctate, or
have peltate scales. There are 106 in the division, and it is per-
haps the most interesting group of all. Beautiful peltate scales
are found on Hicoria minima and on Chamaedaphne calyculata.
Resin-dots are found on many, among them being Ribes
floridum, Gaylussacia resinosa and Glecoma hedercacea. The
most strikingly punctate are the polygonums and the hypericums.

1 8 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 1,

NEWS AND NOTES.

The sixteenth annual meeting of the Ohio State Academv of
Science will be held Nov. .30 and Dec. 1, 1906, at Columbus, Ohio.
The meetings will be in the Physics Hall of the Ohio State Uni-
versity. A local committee has been appointed which is taking
steps to make this meeting a profitable and enjoyable occasion.

Errata. The following corrections should be made in the
May, 1906, Naturalist, page ,536: Vnder Lophoco lea Dumort.,
second line, read — underleaves 2-lobed, lobes more or less dentate,
heterophylla Nees; third line, read — Leaves (all) distinctlv bi-
lobed . 2.

MEETING OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.

Orton Hall, June 4, 1900.

The Club was called to order by the President, Mr. Griggs.
The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved.

Prof. Hine gave a brief talk on "The Mammals of Ohio".
He dwelt in particular on those species which have been reported
as extinct; but which still persist in isolated localities, or wander
in from time to time.

Prof. Kellerman showed a large number of fine views of
Guatemala.

Owing to the absence of all the members of the nominating
committee, a motion was made and carried to suspend the rules
and nominate and elect the editorial board of the Ohio Natur-
alist for the ensuing year. The following were proposed and
elected:

Editor-in-Chief, John H. Schaffner.
Business Manager, James S. Hine.

Associate Editors.

Zoology, C. F. Jackson, Archaeology, W. C. Mills.

Botany, R. F. Griggs, Ornithology, Z. P. Metcalf.

Geology, C. R. Stauffer. Geography, G. D. Hubbard.

The Club then adjourned for the year.

J. E. Hyde, Secretary Pro Tem.

Date of Publication of November Number, November 12, 1906.

T^he Ohio ^JSicituralist,

PUBLISHED BY

The Biological Club of the Ohio State Uni'versity.

Volume VII. DECEMBER, 1906. No. 2.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HiNE— The North American Species of Tabanu'^ with a Uniform Middorsal Stripe 19

Hive— Two Species of Diptera Belonging to Asilinae 29

ScHAFFNER— A Successful Mutant of Verbena Without External Isolation 31

DUERANT— Descriptions of New Mallophaga, II 35

OSBOKK— Note on Habits of Senotaiuia rubriventris Macq 38

SCHAFFNER— Nodding of the Terminal Heads of Silphinm laciuiatum 39

Metcalf— Meeting of the Biological Club 40

THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF TABANUS WITH A
UNIFORM MIDDORSAL STRIPE.

James S. Hine.

There are a number of species of the genus Tab anus in the
Americas characterized by having a regular gray or yellow
middorsal stripe continued for the length of the abdomen. Most
of them have the anterior leg black with the exception of the
base of the tibia which is gray or yellowish; but there are a few
variations which will be m.entioned later. Such species resemble
more or less the very abundant and troublesome costalis and
lineola, which are commonly called green-head flies, and which
are important stock pests, having been associated in recent years
with the transmission of certain infectious diseases of domesti-
cated animals.

There are a score or more of species of this type in North
America and several more in South America, but they do not
appear to be so numerous in the Eastern Hemisphere. Green-
head flies is a common English name for all. Some have a wide
range, being reported from northern North America to Brazil
and from the Atlantic almost to the Pacific, while others, so far
as known, are restricted to much more limited areas.

Wherever I have observed they are the most abundant of
their family in season, and are exceptionally persistent in their
attacks. They are never particularly conspicuous, nor do they
make much noise when flying around an animal, but appear to
come from all directions and at once alight on the limbs or under
parts, and begin biting before their selected victim is scarcely
aware of their presence.

Wooded areas appear to have particular attractions for
them. In southern United States and Central America a

2 0 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 2,

densely wooded tract on rather low and level ground is often
referred to as a swamp. Here these flies abound, and at times
are so abundant that it is impossible to drive some horses into
their domains. Other animals when compelled to withstand
their attacks are difficult to control, for the bites are numerous
and severe. It is hardly possible to describe their abundance
properly, they must be seen to be appreciated fully.

Although the different species are much alike in general
appearance, they are quite easily separated when both sexes of
all of them are at hand. Some have the eyes hairy, a character
which is most conspicuous in the male; in the eyes of some of
the males the factes are all nearly of the same size, in others
there is a very small area of large factes on the disc of each eve,
while in others the area of large facets is so extended that two-
thirds of the extent of the eyes is included. Some of the species
have the eyes pilose and here the difference in the extent of the
area of large factes is as pronounced as in the other case. Where
there are no large facets the head is smaller than in the cases
where these are of large extent. Some species have a short
stump of a vein near the base of the branch of the third longi-
tudinal, and good specific characters exist in the coloration of the
posterior femora. The last two characters seem rather trivial
when used in reference to the members of the family in general,
but I have found that in this group, when used in connection
with the structure of the eyes of the male, they are very constant
and consequently may be used with good results in separating
the females. The banding of the eyes and the coloration of the
thorax and abdomen are specific characters in some cases; also
the relative size of the first antennal segment of the various
species is of value, but as this last can be expressed only as a
comparison with some other species its value in keys and
descriptions is very limited.

In some of the species the males have the habit of hovering
in the sunshine as the Syrphid flies do. This habit was only
observed by myself in two species, both belonging to the section
with uniform sized facets. The first observation was made in
reference to the species I have identified as Tabanus truquii,
near Sanarate, Guatemala. While riding on horseback along
the main road I saw the fly hovering al^out six or eight feet above
the ground in bright sunshine. The specimen was accommo-
dating enough to remain in the same place until I dismounted,
got mv net together and captured it. The other species I
observed along the railroad near Puerto Barrios. I had been
walking where the track was more or less shaded, but rather
suddenly coming out into an open place where the sun's says
were not obstructed, I could see dozens of Tabanids hovering
just above mv head and succeeded in capturing a number of

Dec, 1906.] North American Species of Tabanus. 21

them. These males with numbers of females from the same
locality are types of a species described below under the name
Tabanus stenocephalus in refenrence to its very small head when
compared with some other species that are much like it in
general appearance.

The males of many, perhaps of all the species of Tabanus
spend much time flying in the sunshine, but the habit of hover-
ing appears to be confined to a few, may be to those with the
small head sand uniform sized facets. Those that do not hover
fly so rapidly that the eye cannot follow them, but one is apprised
of their presence by recognizing the sound of their wings. Now
and then they alight for an instant on some weed or bush, or
sometimes on the ground, after which they continue as before.

By including all the species w^ith a uniform middorsal gray
band, a few are brought in that are more or less aberrant to the
group, consequently at least three treated in the present paper
do not appear to be closely associated with the others.

No doubt students will find it difficult to separate out the
species falling here, especially if the}^ happen to possess only one
or two out of the fifteen or more known.

The following key is offered as an aid, and in every instance
does not make use of characters which are considered' the most
specific, but such as are most likely to be found with the usual
limited number of specimens at hand:

1. Posterior femur uniformly reddis'i for its entire length. 2.
Posterior femur black or at least blackish on basal part. 8.

2. Wings wide, a distinct brown spot on the furcation of the third veir.

acutus Bigot
Wings normal, no brown spot on the furcation of the third vein. .3.

3. A row of rounded gray spots on either side of the middorsal abdom-

inal stripe. 4.
Three gray or yellow stripes on the dorsum of the abdomen, lateral
stripes abbreviated. 5.

4. Costal cell fuscous, a single green band on the eye in life.

fuscicostatus n. so
Costal cell dilute yellow, two green bands on the eye in life, sagax O.S

5. Eyes pilose, very plainly so in the male. guaiemalanus n. sp
Eyes not pilose. 6.

6. Abdomen reddish, branch of the third vein without an appendage

carneus Bellard
Abdomen fuscous, branch of the third vein with an appendage. 7

7. Thorax yellowish. trilineatus Latr
Thorax fuscous. appendiculatus n. sp

8. Abdomen with a gray middorsal stripe and rounded lateral spots

costal cell fuscous. fuscicostatus n. sp

Lateral markings of the abdomen not in the form of rounded spots. 9

9. Abdomen with a middorsal stripe and oblique lateral spots which are

angular and contiguous. lineola Fabr.

Lateral markings of the abdomen linear. 10.
10. Thorax dark or nearly black. H.
Thorax gray or yellowish. 15.

2 2 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 2,

11. Middorsal stripe clear yellow, wings with some of the longitudinal

veins margined with pale brownish. stenocephalus n. sp.

Middorsal stripe gray, wings uniform dilute brownish or hyaline. 12.

12. Wings clear hyaline, eyes pilose. truquii Bellardi
Wings dilute brownish, eyes not pilose. 13.

13. Abdomen dark brown, front of the female unusually narrow.

trivittatus Fabr.
Abdomen black, front of the female of normal width. 14.

14. Small species, no lateral stripes on the abdomen, unistriatus n. sp.
Medium sized species, short lateral stripes on the abdomen.

modestus Wied.

15. Front and thorax gray. 16.
Front and thorax yellow. 17.

IG. Length 9 to 11 millimeters, head of the male very small.

nigrovittatus Mac quart
Length 12 to 14 millimeters, head of the male large.

conterminus Walker
17. Eyes with a single green band in life, costal cell distinctlv colored.

costalis Wied.
Eyes with two green bands in life, costal cell nearly hyaline.

quinquevittatus Wied.

Tabanus acutus Bigot. General color, light brown; first two
segments of the antenna and the base of the third light brown,
apex of the third darker; wings wide, light brown and with a
small dark spot at the furcation of the third vein ; legs concolorous
with the body, apex of each anterior tibia and all the tarsi
darker; abdomen light brown, a little darker toward the apex,
with a middorsal, wide, gray stripe extending for the whole
length.

Female: Length L5-19 mm., head rather small, face and
front clothed with yellowish pollen, front of normal width, sides
parallel, frontal callosity large, shining chestnut in color, inferi-
orly not quite as wide as the front, narrowed slightly above and
with a connected line extending more than half way to the
vertex, abdomen elongate, conical, gradually narrowed toward
the apex.

Male: Length 14- Hi mm., head rather small, hemispherical ;
abdomen quite noticeably narrowed to two thirds of its length,
sides nearly parallel from thence to apex.

Habitat: Several males and females taken along the
Mississippi River below New Orleans, also one female from
Cameron near the Gulf Biologic Station.

It seems certain that the identification is correct in this case,
for the species is such a striking one that a short description is
suiTficient to fully characterize it. Bigot placed it in the sub-
genus Atvlotus btit it docs tiot belong there.

Tabanus appendiculatus n. sp. General color fuscous; first
segment of the antenna large, clothed with short black hairs
above, entire antenna reddish with the exception of the annulate
portion of the third segment which is darker, wing hyaline with a

Dec, 1906.] North American Species of Tabanus. 23

rather conspicuous brown stigma and brownish margins to
some of the longitudinal veins near the apex; fork of the third
vein with a short appendage; posterior femora wholly red;
abdomen fuscous with three stripes yellowish-white in color, the
lateral ones not usually reaching beyond the third segment.

Female: Length 10-14 mm., head wider than the thorax;
front slightly narrowed below, clothed with yellow pollen,
callosity shining nearly black, shghtly narrower than the front,
nearly square with a very narrow, sometimes unconnected, line
above ; face clothed with white pubescense ; thorax dark, in well
preserved specimens with more or less greenish reflecting pollen
and scattering, short, black hairs.

Male: Leagth 1-1 mm., head decidedly broader than the
thorax with a large area of very large facets; face and breast
clothed with white pubescense; disc of the thorax with rather
dense erect, nearly black hairs wiiich are much longer than in
the other sex.

The types of the species were taken at Puerto Barrios,
Guatemala, March 4, 1006, numerous other specimens from
Gualan and Panzos in Guatemala, Belize in British Honduras
and Puerto Cortez in Spanish Honduras.

Tabanus carneus Bellardi. General color reddish; antenna
red with the annulate portion of the third segment slightly
darker; wing hyaline, stigma brown, fork of the third vein
without an appendage; posterior femur entirely red; abdomen
red, a little darkened at the extreme apex, three yellowish-white
dorsal stripes, the middle one plainly marked for the whole
length, but the lateral ones almost obsolete.

Female: Length 11-13 mm., thorax above reddish, sparsely
clothed with gray pollen and short dark hairs.

Male: Length 13 mm., head wider than the thorax, with a
distinct area of enlarged facets on each eye; thorax above red-
dish, rather densely clothed with erect brown pile and a small
amount of gray pollen.

Habitat: Specimens are at hand from Frontera, Mexico and
from Puerto Barrios, Guatemala.

Tabanus conterminus Walker. Before describing this species
it is well, perhaps, to offer an explanation for using this name.
When the males of the species of the Atlantic coast are brought
together it is certain that there are two species in what has gone
under the name of T. nigrovittatus ever since Osten Sacken
published his Prodrome of a Monograph of the Tabanidae of the
Eastern United States. Having the males separated I studied
to locate their females and believe I have succeeded. Walker's
description appears to fit the species very well for color and
exactly for size, so the name is adopted until it can be proven
just what the proper solution of the matter is.

24 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. Ml, No. 2,

The species is colored much like nigrovittatus as given below.
However, the thorax is a steel gray while in the last named
species this part is gray but very slightly tinted with vellowish.
Specimens are rather narrow and elongate and the length appears
to be of specific value, at least such is the case with the specimens
at hand. The males of the two species are very different: in
conterminus the head is very large, as in costalis, and the area of
enlarged facets extends back to the occiput above, while in
nigrovittatus the head is small with the area of enlarged facets
confined to the disc, a band of small facets occupying the upper
part of the head forward as far ar one-fourth the length of the
line of union of the eyes. Length of both sexes 12-14 mm.

Habitat: Specimens are at hand from Beaufort, N. C,
collected by Sherman; Avalon and Cape May, N. J., and Fer-
nandina, Florida.

Tabanus costalis Wiedemann. This species is well known
over a large part of North America. The thorax is decidedly
yellow, the wings are hyaline with the costal cell yellowish-
brown and the abdomen varies some in coloration, but the mid-
dorsal band is always present, regular and yellow in color; in
living specimens the eyes are crossed by a single green band.
Length, 11-15 mm.

Tabanus fuscicostatus n. sp. General color fuscous; front of
normal width, yellowish-gray in color, sides nearly parallel,
frontal callosity brown nearly square and with a line, usually
unconnected above, antenna rather long, basal segment slender,
third segment with a well defined basal process above and with
the annulate portion black or at least dark, palpi white, pro-
boscis black; face, sides and ventral part of the thorax clothed
with white pollen and pile; disc of the thorax gray, unstriped;
legs reddish in general coloration, all the femora often cinereus
on basal part, apical part of each anterior tibia and all the tarsi
brownish; wing hyaline with the costal cell dark, fuscous in
most specimens ; abdomen with a distinct middorsal stripe which
has a tendency to increase slightly in width at the posterior
border of each segment, and a row of spots on each side. Length
of the female 10-15 mm.

Type locality Baton Rouge, Louisiana, but specimens are at
hand from various parts of that state. From dry specimen-- the
species can easily be placed under sagax for the color of legs and
abdomen are right for that, but when the living specimens are
studied it is found that the eye is crossed by only a single green
band which, with the colored costal cell, would denote realtion-
ship with costalis. The male was not procured.

Tabanus guatemalanus n. sp. Head very large, eyes pilose;
general color dark brown, some specimens ap])roaching reddish;
antenna red with the annulated ])ortion of the third segment

Dec, 1906.] North American Species of Tabanus. 25

black, first segment a little larger than the same in costalis, third
segment not especially wide, a well defined basal prominence,
annulate portion about the same length as the basal ; legs mostly
reddish; anterior femur on the upper side, anterior tibia at apex
and all the tarsi dark; wing hyaline with a small brown stigma;
abdomen brown, in some specimens notably darker than in
others, with three yellow, :niddorsal stripe reaching the apex,
the lateral ones abbreviated behind.

Female: Length 12-15 mm., front rather wide, slightly
narrowed below, clothed with yellowish-brown pollen and a few
hairs; callosity pale brown, nearly square with a very slender
connected line above; thorax above rather dark, clothed with
gray pollen and dark hair, face and sides of thorax with white
hair.

Male: Length 12-15 mm., head with an extensive area of
large facets, small facets behind the large ones compose a band
entirely behind the point where the eyes unite at vertex; thorax
a little lighter than in the feamle and clothed with longer hair.

The eyes in this species are plainly pilose in the female as well
as in the male and by this it may be known from others. The
very pale frontal callosity in the female is also distinctive. Many
specimens taken at San Jose, Guatemala, February 5, 1905.
They were taken by beating a large grass that grew only a few
yards back from the beech.

Tabanus lineola Fabricius. This common species is known
from all the others mentioned in this paper by the oblique,
angular and connected row of spots on each side of the abdomen.
It is the only one of these species that has any suggestion of
stripes on the thorax. Length about 14 mim.

Tabanus modestus Wiedemann. Length 13-15 mm., general
color black; antenna red, first segment enlarged with black hairs
above, third segment with a prominent basal process, annulate
portion darker in color than the basal ; front of normal width,
slightly narrowed below, clothed with yellow pollen, callosity
shining black narrower than the front and with a connected line
above; thorax above grayish-black; wing uniformlv dilute
brownish with a darker stigma ; legs black except the base of each
anterior tibia which is white, and all the other tibiae which are
reddish except extreme apexes; abdomen with a middorsal nar-
row white stripe, and a more or less obscured stripe of the same
color on each side only reaching the third segment.

Specimens are at hand from San Carlos, Costa Rica. The
size in conjunction with the color of wings and body serve to
distinguish this from other species here mentioned.

Tabanus nigrovittatus Macquart. General color similar to
costalis; antenna reddish, first segment slender; third segment
with an angle above, annulate portion black, slightly longer

26 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 2,

than the basal; thorax gray above with a faint yellowish tinge;
abdomen black in ground color, except each side of the first
three segments which is red, a gray middorsal stripe and on the
last three or four segments indications of gray lateral stripes;
wings hyaline with the costal cell dilute yellowish; extreme
apexes of all the femora, basal part of anterior tibia and all
except the extreme apexes of the other tibiae yellow, otherwise
legs dark brown or black.

Female: Length 9-11 mm., front clothed with gray pollen,
sides parallel, callosity nearly square, shining and with a line
above.

Male: Length 11 mm., head small with only a few large
facets on the disc of each eye. For further statements regarding
the male of this species see under conterininus above.

Habitat: I procured a number of this species at Bay Ridge,,
Maryland, by sweeping in grassy areas near water. Others from
Durham, N. H.; Suffield, Ct. ; Woods Hole, Mass.; and Anglesia,
New Jersey.

Tabanus quinquevittatus Wiedemann. General -color much
as in costalis. Head large; first segment of the antenna some-
what enlarged and furnished with short black hairs above, third
segment rather wide, basal portion red and with a well defined
angle above, annulate portion about as long as the basal; thorax
yellowsih-gray ; wing hyaline with a small yellow stigma; front
legs black with the exception of the basal parts of the tibiae which
are yellow, apexes of femora of the other legs, tibiae and meta-
tarsi of the middle legs, and tibiae except apexes, and the
metatarsi of the posterior legs yellow, other parts brown.

Female. Length 13-16 mm., front of normal width, slightly
narrowed below, callosity shining black and nearh' square ;.
abdomen above with the margin on each side and three stripes
yellow, intervals between the yellow dark brown or black.

Male: Length as in the other sex, head very large, area of
enlarged facets extensive, a narrow band of small facets next the
occiput above; abdomen somewhat variable: the middorsal stripe
well marked and margined with fuscous on either side, remainder
usually pale yellowish without well defined markings.

Habitat: Gulf coast of Louisiana, and Galveston, Texas.
Bellardi has it from Mexico.

Tabanus sagax Osten Sacken. This appears to be the least
common of the species here treated. The legs are red throughout
with the feet slightly darker than the other parts; the thorax is
dark, thinly clothed with grayish pollen; abdomen with a dis-
tinct middorsal gray stripe and a row of spots on each side, a
pair to each segment; wings hyaline, costal cell dilute yellowish.
Length 13-16 mm. Known from Illinois, Minnesota and New
Jersey.

Dec, 1906.] North American Species of Tabanus. 27

Tabanus stenocephalus n. sp. General color dark brown,
nearly black; head rather small, antenna red with the annulate
portion of the third segment black, first segment enlarged and
clothed with black hairs above, third segment with a well
defined angle above at base, annulate portion shorter than the
basal; thorax dark brown above, wings faintly clouded, stigma
prominent, brown, longitudinal veins near the apex faintly
margined with brown, branch of the third vein without an
appendage; anterior leg black except the basal part of the tibia
which is white, other legs with basal half of each femur, extreme
apex of each tibia and each tarsus black, other parts yellowish ;
dorsum of the abdomen very dark brown, a middorsal stripe and
an abbreviated lateral stripe on each side clear yellow.

Female: Length 12-15 mm., front of medium width, narrower
than in costalis, yellow pollinose, callosity rather small and
shining black.

Male: Length as in the other sex; head of nearly the same
form and size as in the female, facets of the e^'e all small, nearly
of the same size ; abdomen gradually narrowed from the base.
This sex was taken while hovering in the sun about the middle
of the forenoon.

Habitat: Specimens were taken at Puerto Barrios, Morales,
and Panzos, all in Guatemala, during the first half of March.

In appearance much like appendiculatus, but the head of the
male, the dark middle and posterior femora and the simple
branch of the third vein are distinctive. Much darker in
coloration than costalis.

Tabanus trilineatus Latreille. Bellardi, in his Diptera of
Mexico, included a species which he called trilineatus but Osten
Sacken who saw his specimen says that it is a synonym of lineola.
The specimens I have placed under trilineatus are mostly from
British Guyana, but one or two are from San Carlos, Costa Rica.
They are lighter in coloration than specimens of appendiculatus,
in fact nearer to costalis in this partictdar. The front is of
normal width, the thorax is decidedly yellowish, the wings are
hyaline with a rather pale stigma, and the fork of the third vein
bears an appendage; the middorsal abdominal stripe is quite
wide and the lateral stripes reach the fourth or fifth segment.
All these stripes are decidedly yellowish in coloration. The
eye of the male has a distinct area of enlarged facets which is
separated from the occiput above by a narrow band of small
facets.

Tabanus trivittatus Fabricius. The species I have placed
under this name appears to agree well with Wiedemann's descrip-
tion of what I suppose were the types that Fabricius described.
The most characteristic points in regard to the species are the
very narrow front and the very dilute brownish wings. Other-

2 8 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 2,

wise it looks much like a small specimen of lineola. The first
segment of the antenna is enlarged and clothed with black hairs
above, the third segment is red with the annulate portion black,
basal portion rather wide with a prominent angle above; all the
femora and tarsi black, anterior tibia at base and the other tibiae
in their entiretv yellow; thorax dark; abdomen very dark brown,
middorsal stripe entire, white and narrow, lateral stripes yellow-
ish, reaching the third segment.

Specimens from San Carlos, Costa Rica, measure 13 mm. in
length.

Tabanus truquii Bellardi. General color dark, something like
the darker specimens of lineola, female abdomen darker than
that of the male. Eyes pilose, although this character in the
female is not conspicuous; first segment of the antenna much
enlarged, dark red with black hairs above, basal portion of the
third segment dark red, a well developed angle above, annulate
portion brown; thorax dark, sparsely clothed with gray pollen,
wing hyaline with a narrow dark brown stigma, front leg except
basal part of tibia, middle femur at base and tarsus, posterior
femur at base and apex of tibia and entire tarsus, black, otherwise
legs red.

Female: Length 1(5 mm., front with sides parallel, clothed
with brownish-yellow pollen; abdomen dark with three white
stripes, middle one entire, lateral ones reaching the third segment.

Male: Length 15 mm., head of normal size, convex; eyes
decidedly pilose, facets all nearly of the same size; abdomen not
so dark colored as in the other sex, middorsal stripe narrow,
lateral stripes not plainly defined.

Specimens from Sanarate and Panzos, Guatemala, taken in
February and March.

Tabanus unistriatus n. sp. This species is a miniature of
modestus in general appearance but the front is much narrower
in proportion and there are no lateral stripes on the abdomen.
Antenna red, first segment enlarged, third segment with an angle
above and with its annulate portion black and not over half as
long as the basal portion ; front narrow, decidedly narrower below
than above, callosity elongate, shining; thorax black, sparsely
clothed with greenish-yellow pollen, wings uniform dilute brown-
ish, legs with all the femora and trasi and the apical half of the
anterior tibiae black, other parts red; abdomen black above with
a narrow middorsal white stripe reaching the end of the sixth
segment.
• Length of the female 7-9 mm. The male was not procured.

Habitat: S])ecimens from San Carlos, Costa Rica, are the
property of the U, S. National Museum.

Dec, 1906.] Two New Species of Diptera. 29

TWO NEW SPECIES OF DIPTERA BELONGING TO ASILINAE.

James S. Hine.

Up to the present time only a single species has been placed
under each of the genera Machimus and Stilpnogaster. It is
possible that others properly belonging here have been described
under the genus Asilus where all the old authors placed nearly
all their species of the subfamily. This latter genus has not
been revised for North America, but all descriptions are accessi-
ble, and the two species considered here appear to be distinct
from others previously recognized, so are taken to be new. One
species belongs to each genus mentioned.

Machimus griseus n. sp. Male and female brownish gray
with reddish legs and narrow white annulations at the apexes
of the abdominal segments. Wings hyaline with well defined
dark markings at the apex and posterior border.

Front and face of usual width, gibbosity of the face prom-
inent extending two-thirds of the distance from the oral margin
to the antennae; mystax with black bristles above and white
ones below; antennae black, rather long, third segment with its
style decidedly longer than the other two segments combined,
style equal in length to the other part of the segment; beard
white. Thorax dark in ground color but clothed with gray
pollen which is denser in some places than in others, thus giving
the part a variegated appearance; a wide middorsal black stripe
divided anteriorly by a narrow grayish interval; scutellum with
two black bristles at the apex; legs red with numerous black
bristles, coxae black, all the femora darkened before, except
just before the apex of each; wing clear hyaline with dark mark-
ings as follows: marginal, submarginal and first posterior cells,
each with a stripe which reaches the apex of its respective cell;
other posterior, discal and anal cells each with an angular spot
not contiguous with the margin of the wing; halteres very pale
in color. Abdomen of the same general color as the thorax, with
a light colored annulation preceded by a row of nearly white
bristles at the apex of each segment. Eighth segment of the male
distinctly produced below, but not appendaged as in some of the
European species of the genus; male genitalia reddish in color,
oviduct shining black. Length of male and female, 17-20 mm.

Habitat: Several specimens from Southwestern Colorado.

The female is larger than the male in the specimens before
me. The water clear wings with the well defined markings as
described are sufficient to distinguish the species from its near
relatives.

Stilpnogaster auriannulatus n. sp. General color shining blue-
black with uniform pale brown wings and black and yellow legs.

jo; The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 2,

The second, third and fourth segments of the abdomen each with
a golden yellow annulus at its apex.

Front and face rather narrow, the latter covered with golden
yellow pollen between the callosity and the antennae, callosity
slightly elevated, mystax black, beard white, third segment of the
antenna about as long as the other two together, style shorter than
the remainder of the segment; thorax dark in ground color,
clothed with pollen which is denser in some places than in others,
middorsal stripe opaque black, narrowly divided on the anterior
part ; scutellum with several black bristles at its apex ; wing uni-
formly pale brown all over with a slight intensity of coloration
on the margin of the second vein near the middle of its length.
Legs black and yellow, a preapical ring on each femur, all the
tibiae except at apexes and bases of the tarsal segments yellow,
other parts black ; hind femora somewhat variable in that the
yellow is likely to increase at the expense of the black; halteres
yellow. Abdomen shining blue-black, second, third and fourth
segments each with a golden yellow annulus at apex not preceded
by a row of bristles ; eighth segment below not widened but fur-
nished with a conspicuous tuft of erect hair. Genitalia of both
sexes shining black, of the male somewhat wider than the
abdomen when viewed from above and about as long as the
seventh and eighth segments combined. Length 14-17 mm.

Several specimens of both sexes taken in the Hope Mountains
of British Columbia by R. V. Harvey and R. S. Sherman of
Vancouver, during the first part of July.

Dec, 1906.] A Successful Mutant of Verbena. 31

A SUCCESSFUL MUTANT OF VERBENA WITHOUT
EXTERNAL ISOLATION.*

John H. Schaffner.

While botanizing in Clay County, Kansas, during the past
summer, I discovered a peculiar type of Verbena stricta Vent.
The color of the flower in this species, in Kansas, is quite uni-
formly a deep purplish-blue. One may occasionally find a
slight variation in shade in isolated individuals. But these
fluctuating variations are insignificant both in number and
degree. The peculiar form which I discovered was very differ-
ent from the type and its variants. The color of the corolla was
a pinkish-white and the individuals, numbering several thousands,
were found to be remarkable for the uniformity of this character.
There were no transition forms whatever. The mutant had a
much smaller color variability than the parent species, and no
other peculiarity, than the color of the corolla was discovered.

The mutants covered about a square mile of territory. In
some directions, however, they have advanced for nearly a mile
beyond what seems to have been the center of distribution. An
isolated specimen was found two miles northeast of this center.
A knowledge of the exact position of these mutants may be of
some importance in the future. They are found, for the most
part, on Section 26 of Town 7 South, Range 1 East, Clay Co.,
Kansas, and bloom the last week in July and the first in August.
The whole central part of the section is rough land and has never
been cultivated. It contains creek bottom land, ravines, hill-
sides, and high prairie. The soil is very diverse, containing most
of the soil types present in the region. The mutant was found
indifferently on nearly all kinds of soil and habitat which the
section afforded. In some places the normal type was more
abundant, in others the mutant, while in still other spots both
were present in about equal numbers, growing together closely
intermingled.

We have here, then, a sharply defined color variety which
raises many interesting and disputed questions. The new form
is clearly a mutant differing from the parent stock in a single
distinct character. It originated in its native environment
under normal conditions. The new color arose suddenly from
one or more normal parents instead of through the cumulative
effect of selection by insects of minute fluctuating variations.
In fact the whole hypothesis of the origin of distinct colors in
flowers by selection through the agency of insects, or otherwise,
falls to the ground so far as this case is concerned. The old
form has not been affected by the origin of the new either through
variation or cross fertilization. Now de Vries says that "we

*Read at the meeting of the Ohio State Acad, of Science, Nov. 30, 1906.
Contributions from the Botanical Laboratory of the Ohio State University, XXVII.

$2 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 2,

must conclude that new species are produced sideways by other
forms, and that this change affects only the produced and not
the producer". The Verbena mutant is an example exactly to
the point. But in using the term "mutant," I do not wish to
be understood as necessarily accepting de Vries' notions of the
hereditary apparatus wihch produces mutants.

The color of this mutant is probably a unit character with
Mendelian dominance or recessiveness and for this reason the
new race remains pure though growing together with the old.
If the character is not Mendelian there must be some physiolog-
ical peculiarity which prevents cross-fertilization as cross-
pollination must certainly take place. Many generations must
have preceded the present progeny and a considerable number of
years must have passed since the origin of the first mutant.

This mutant is not of hybrid origin. Hybrids between cer-
tain species of Verbena are common but are easily recognized
from morphological characters. No hybrids were found in the
locality. A careful search was made in all directions from the
mutant section but no other individuals were found except the
one individual noted above. This could easily have been
transported from the original locality. Whether the same
mutation has occurred at other times or in other localities, I
have at present no means of knowing. But it is not unlikely
that it has appeared in other places also.

Some have claimed that mutations have been observed
mostly among domestic forms. This is true, because these are
far more accessible for ordinary observation than wild species.
But with proper investigation mutants may turn out to be as
abundant in the field as in the garden. One must Hve in the
field and be thoroughly familiar with the plants of the locality
before he is likely to notice even the more striking mutations,
should he be so fortunate as to pass by their isolated habitat.

DeVries' Oenothera lamarckiana was introduced into Europe
from America. The species had thus undergone a great change
of environment and objections have been made to some con-
clusions based on the mutants of this species, yet it seems to
me without reason. I have myself observed types of Oenothera
biennis in Kansas which agreed with no descriptions given in the
manuals. Moreover, the question as to what conditions are
favorable to or cause mutation is not directly involved in the
question of the fact of mutation. We have in nature most of
the peculiarities of environment which we can produce arti-
ficially and primarily it makes no difference as to the fact of
evolution by mutation whether the elementary species arises on
a virgin prairie from an indigenous species like the Verbena
stricta mutant, or from an exotic plant cultivated in a highly
artificial garden. Many of the most important principles and

Dec, 1906.] A Successful Mutant of Verbena. 33

processes of evolution can be discovered only through series of
pedigree cultures. The peculiar notion, that species, to be good
species, must have their origin in the field, or nature's garden,
and not in man's, has come down to us from a previous genera-
tion. This notion with other modes of thought, formulae, and
assumptions has been so diffused through scientific thought and
literature that it is held by many as a kind of dogma which if
logicallv applied would exclude experimentation entirely as a
factor in determining the character of evolution and speciation.

Any mutation which is Mendelian may theoretically give rise
to a new race under favorable conditions. At the present time
one mav sometimes find two or three species according to the
systematist among the branches of a single tree. There is,
therefore, no occasion to waste words as to what is a true species
or elementary species, nor how great or small a variation must
be before it may be called a mutation. The real test should be
as to whether the type breeds true without special selection or
isolation. Recentlv the claim has been made by certain natural
selectionists that it is selection and segregation that makes
mutants breed true. But deVries' mutants and the Verbena
mutant have, so far as anything can be determined by field
observation, the quality of breeding true, created by or along
with the original mutation process and not by selection. Per-
haps if I were able to study and test some of the qualities of the
Verbena mutant by means of definite pedigree cultures, the
claim would again be made that the method employed was a
process of selection. Although the Verbena mutant is a decided
saltation, there is no reason why a similar change should not take
place in a given locality by a series of very small advances, the
saltation so to speak, continuing through a number of genera-
tions before again coming to a more or less fixed type. But this
is outside of the questions raised by the case in hand.

The opinion has been commonly held for many years that
sports, in the old sense of the term, are lost by the swamping
effect of cross-breeding. But if there are variations which are
not swamped, selection becomes an unnecessary factor in the
origin of distinct forms; and the Verbena mutant is a case in
evidence of a distinct type entirely successful from the beginning.
This belief that sports are always swamped is, however, largely
based on assumption.

Geographical isolation has, recently, also been claimed to be
the important factor in speciation. The statement that no two
closely related species or subspecies occupy the same territory
or even the same habitat certainly appears ill-founded to any-
one acquainted with the distribution of plants In many cases,
according to Britton's Manual, the variety has the range of the
type and this is true for species where the habi tat is of a uniform

34 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 2,

character. Other varieties appear to be localized either in the
center of the distributional area or at one side of it although still
within the limits occupied by the type. Geographical botany in
America is still in its infancy, and it is a question whether much
weight is to be attached to present statements in regard to dis-
tribution ; but there is no more certainty as to the data concern-
ing subspecies localized in geographically distinct areas, whether
isolated by physiographic or climatic barriers. In the Verbena
mutant we have not only a distinct type which originated by a
saltation in a definite direction but a type which spread side by
side in the same habitat with the parent and kept itself distinct
without the aid of external selection or isolation of any kind.
The isolation in this case is resident in the internal nature of the
plant and had its origin in the same ph> siological and hereditary
processes which gave rise to the original mutant.

It is assumed by many that, in case a new species arises with
a character or quality more advantageous than the old, the new
will finally displace the old through the struggle for existence.
This is a hypothetical assumption which often appears to be
without foundation in fact. If conditions of habitat were
uniform and if each species lived in only one type of habitat and
could endure only one narrow set of conditions there would be
grounds for the general assumption. But most species can live
in quite diverse habitats and under quite diverse and varying
degrees of favorable and unfavorable conditions. There is a
great difference in the character of plants adapted to similar
habitats and still on a natural prairie conditions settle down to a
sort of equilibrium with a complex flora where one species or at
most a few ought to hold complete sway. The physiography,
the habitat, the soil, and the plants are always shifting, always
changing; and in this constant shifting and changing room is
made not only for the stronger but also for the weaker. Burrow-
ing animals, rain, wind, and gravity, are ever at work. It is not
always necessary for the new type to migrate to a separate geo-
graphical area in order to survive unless its nature has been
changed to such a degree as to put it out of all harmony with its
surroundings. The two forms may divide the diverse and varying
habitats of the region between themselves and exist side by side
for an indefinite period just as the parent stock before division
shared the habitat with others. Or one might say that the wild
species may continue to exist in a continually changing physiog-
raphy for much the same reason as cultivated plants continue to
exist in man's cultivated field. And finally, is it not immaterial
whether a species, to be a good species, cover a square mile or a
continent, whether it continue for ten generations with a few
thousand individuals or for a geological period with countless
millions ?

Dec, 1906.] Descriptions of New Mallophaga, II. 35

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW MALLOPHAGA, II.

E. P. DURRAXT.

4. Physostomum merulae nov. sp. (Fig. 1, D.)

Female: Body, length 4.7 mm., width 1.3 mm.; light ful-
vous, of rather uniform color except abdomen, which has the
lateral bands distinctly marked: of large size and evenly rounded
outline.

Head, length .75 mm., width .75 mm. ; front broad and evenly
rounded, margins diverging somewhat and slightly swelling,
ocular notch medium, fleck distinct, notch with one small hair;
temple extended posteriorly, slightly obtuse, three large bristles
along margin evenly spaced, anterior two with one small hair
between; occipital margin deeply re-entering; labral lobes large;
antennal fossae well-marked by brown bands on lateral borders,
interior band much broader; palpi extending beyond margins;
anterior submargin with fotir long, and numerous short hairs.

Thorax, length 1.20 mm., width 1.04 mm. ; prothorax broader
than long, a little narrower than head, anterior convex, posterior
concave, margins nearly straight except at anterior, which has a
rounded notch; the anterior angle has two small hairs and a
bristle; the rotinded posterior angle has one bristle; marginal
extensions of even width and clear.

Metathorax larger than prothorax, rounded in front and
widely diverging to rear, posterior margin slightly concave; two
small bristles at posterior angle ; lateral margins with wide light-
brown band ; lighter and narrower bands diverging from pos-
terior of prothorax to posterior two-thirds of metathorax and
uniting with marginal bands; legs same color as head and
thorax, of medium size.

Abdomen rounded oblong, first seven segments of nearly
equal length ; the transverse sutures straight ; first four segments
have a hair and a long bristle at angles, the next have two
bristles and the eighth two long bristles on posterior border with
a fringe of fine short hairs between; lateral line terminating
abruptly on median border, but continued to lateral borders by
a lighter shade, no lateral line on last segment.

Description from specimen in Professor Osborn's collection,
taken from Merula migratoria propinqua at Ft. Collins, Col., bv
C. F. Baker.

This species bears a close resemblance to P. mystax Nitzsch,
but is distinguished by larger palettes and the shallower and
more anteriorly placed notch of the prothoracic extensions.

36 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 2,

5. Physostomum cherriei sp. no v.

Female (Fig. 1, E.). Length 3.4 mm., width .9 mm.; except
the pitchy brown sub-marginal lateral bands on abdomen and
similarly colored blotches on head and thorax, it is of very
uniform pale-brown.

Head, length .78 mm., width .62 mm.; evenly rounded in
front and rather broad, widening toward posterior, the lateral
margins nearly straight; ocular notch small with three small
hairs, fleck wanting; temple clear, with two small hairs and two
large bristles alternating, posterior angle just perceptibly out-
turned; occipital margin broadly concave with narrow sub-
marginal band; palettes of inedium size, light-brown backward-
curved band behind ; two curved, brown blotches between anten-
nal fossae and labral lobes; antennal fossae with narrow dark-
brown curving line near minor border; palpi not extending
beyond margin of head; clypeal suture marked by pale band.

Thorax, length .88 mm., width .73 mm.; prothorax broader
than long and narrower than head; anterior and posterior mar-
gins concave, lateral and posterior angles rounded, the former
with a short and a medium length bristle, the latter with one
long bristle; a short thick bristle nearly opposite temporal angle;
dark-brown bands extend from anterior to posterior part, being
marginal half the distance back, the i"est of the way submarginal;
a narrower and paler band on each side of the median line
extends nearly full length of prothorax with slight outward
curve; narrow dark bands in posterior half extend obliquely
backward toward median line; marginal extensions pale brown.

Metathorax longer and wider than prothorax, anterior part
covered by it ; width a little less than length ; anterior margin
rounded then incurved at middle of lateral margin, which then
diverges to posterior angle; posterior angle with one short and
one long bristle ; anterior rounded margin with three small
bristles ; dark-brown marginal bands extend along anterior
border halfway loack then curve in, cross the straight sub-
marginal bands running whole length of metathorax, and then
curve forward to a point two-thirds from posterior margin.
Legs of pale-golden color.

Abdomen, with sides only slightly swelling widest at middle,
last segment evenly rounded, with border of genital opening
slightly extending; segments of nearly equal length and trans-
verse sutures straight except last three which are posteriorly
convex; posterior angles have long bristles, last segment with
two shorter bristles on each side half way from median line,
genital extension with fringe of fine hairs; lateral line dark-
brown with band of lighter l)rown extending to margin of body

Dec, 1906.]

Descriptions of New Mallophaga, II.

37

and broken obliquely at sutures, band in last segment half the
length of the segment ; central part of segments clear light-brown.

Male (Fig, 1, F.). Length 3.07 mm., width .81 mm. General
form verv close to that of female, markings of head, thorax, and
body a little darker, lateral bands not extending into eighth
segment.

Described from seven specimens in Professor Herbert Osborn's
collection, taken by George H. Cherrie from Melozone cabanisi
and Melozone leucotis, four females from the former and two
males and one female from the latter.

This species shows considerable resemblance to P. subangu-
latum Carriker and to P. subhastatum sp. nov. in general formi
but differences in size and in arrangement and form of markings
and various details of shape seem to require the establishment of
a new species.

This work was carried out in the Zoological Laboratory of
Ohio State University under the direction of Professor Herbert
Osborn, to whom the writer is greatly indebted for valuable
■assistance.

Fig.
X15.
tomum

I. D. Physostomum merulae, from Merula niigratoria propinqua.
E. Physostomum cherriei, from Melozone sp. x 20. F. Physos-
cherriei, male, from Melozone sp. x 24.

38 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 2^

NOTE ON HABITS OF SENOTAINIA RUBRIVENTRIS MACQ.*

Herbert Osborn.

This species of tachinid has been observed on several different
occasions at Cedar Point, and its habits are of such interest that
the record of some of these observations may be in place. In
the vicinity of the laboratory certain pompilid wasps are quite
common and may very frequently be seen dragging spiders with
which to provision their nests. On several occasions during
the summers of 1905 and 1906, I have observed these tachinid
flies following the wasp as it drags its burden along the sand.
The flies may vary in number from two to as many as nine, the
highest number noticed, and in following the wasps hover at a
very constant distance, about six or seven inches, progressing
and halting almost mechanically with the movement of the
spider. If the spider is dropped, the flies remain stationary,
hovering an inch or tw^o above the surface of the sand or, if the
spider is left for some minutes, they may rest upon the sand, but
always with the head directed toward the spider, and apparently
with the attention concentrated fixedly upon it. So intent are they
upon this object that they may be pushed about with a stick or
otherwise interfered with, with scarcely any diversion from their
intentness. Immediately upon the return of the wasp and move-
ment of the spider ,they are on the wing and maintaining the
constant distance noted. The wasp appears to pay but little
attention to them, although if approached too closely, it may
show some slight indication of annoyance and the flies appear to
be on the alert for any oft'ensive action on the part of the wasp.

On one occasion I had the opportunity to see the actual en-
trance of the flies into the burrow. The flies hovered at about
the usual distance froin the spider while it was resting at the
mouth of the burrow, but appeared unusually excited, making
quick movements sidewise in maintaining attention upon the
spider and when finally the spider was dragged into the burrow
a very quick movement was made and some of the flies were seen
to actually pass down in the burrow but apparently only one
or two succeeded in entering and remaining; perhaps the one
first getting opportunity to enter being recognized as the rightful
inhabitant. Clearly the entrance of the burrow was for the pur-
pose of depositing eggs and we cannot doubt that the species
is parasitic within the nest of this pompilid. A related species,
Senotainia trilineata, is recorded as being reared from the nest
of Sphecius speciosa. The species was kindly determined for me
by Prof. J. S. Hine.

♦Read at the meeting of the Ohio Sla'.e Acud. of Science.

Dec, 1906.] Silphium laciniatum. 39

NODDING OF THE TERMINAL HEADS OF SILPHIUM LACIN-
IATUM.

John H. Schaffner.

During the past summer, while botanizing in Kansas, my
attention was attracted to a peculiar eastward tipping of the
terminal heads of Silphium laciniatum L. I had noticed such a
phenomenon before in the common sunflower, in which the ter-
minal heads, especially of small plants , normally tip to the north-
east.

In the compass plant, anthesis begins in the terminal heads
and a strong eastward nodding was observed to be almost univer-
sal in these although the lateral heads appear to have the prop-
erty to only a slight extent. On July 7th and Sth, a large num-
ber of plants was observed in an open prairie lot near Ma3'etta.
The wind was from the east-southeast at the time and it is diffi-
ctdt to see how it could have had anything to do with the phe-
nomenon. Of 135 plants in bloom at the time, the terminal
heads of 123 faced in an easterly direction and 12 in other direc-
tions. But of these 12, several had imperfect peduncles. So
the percentage of indifferent normal heads was very small.

The compass plant often grows in clusters of half a dozen or
more. Frequently the terminal heads of all the plants in a group
are in bloom at the same time and are tipping to the east. In
such cases the appearance becomes striking when contemplated
in connection with the north and south direction commonly
taken by the basal leaves.

Later other observations were made at A^arious places as op-
portunity afforded and always a very large percentage of the
terminal heads were found nodding towards the east.

In the common sunflower, the exposure of the large gi^een
involucre in the most favorable position with respect to the
rays of light must be a decided advantage to the plant. But in
Silphium laciniatum the involucre is rather insignificant and
appears to be of little importance as a photosynthetic organ.

40 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 2,

MEETING OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.

Botanic \L Hall, October 2, 1906.

The Club was called to order bv the President, Mr. Griees.
The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved.

The program of the evening consisted of reports of the sum-
mer's work by the members. Prof. Osborn reported on the
work carried on at the Lake Laboratory. Especially the work of
Prof. Rice on the bird fauna of the Point, and Prof. Walton on
the Protozoa and Annelids. Prof. Schaffner spent his summer
in Kansas working on the flora of that region. While at work
there he noticed a case of mutation in Verbena stricta. The
normal flowers of this Verbena are colored a purplish blue; but
the mutants w^ere a whitish pink, and were found covering an
area of about one square mile, being mixed with the native blue
form. Prof. Hine spent the greater part of the summer at the
Gulf Biologic Station in the interest of the Crop Pest Commis-
sion. He reported that as yet no remedy had been discovered
for the Cotton Boll Weevil, as a result it is spreading rapidly east-
ward and northward ; and at last reports was within thirtv miles
of the Mississippi River. Prof. Ball reported that the Codling
Moth and the Grasshopper cause a million dollars worth of dam-
age annually in Utah. A Leaf Hopper that works on the sugar
beet caused an estimated damage of seven hundred and fifty
thousand dollars last year, while this year it caused practically
no damage at all. Prof. Griggs reported on the fruiting habits
of Bidens beckii, which he observed at Cedar Point. Bidens
beckii which is an aquatic develops a seed provided with five
barbed spines which are about an inch long.

Prof. Osborn, Prof. Hine and Prof. Schaffner were appointed
on a committee to nominate oi^cers for the ensuing year.

Prof. Osborn, Prof. Landacre and Mr. Metcalf were appointed
on a committee to formulate a plan for entertaining the Ohio
Academy of Science at its Thanksgiving Meeting in Columbus.

Z. P. Metcalf. Secretary.

Date of Publication of December Number, December 13, 1P06.

The Ohio iJSCcituralist,

PUBLISHED BY

The Biological Club of the Ohio Slate Universiiy,
Volume VII. JANUARY. 1907. No. 3.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

SCHAFFNER — Synapsis and Synizesis 41

Smith— Weather and Crop Yield 48

McCi.EEEY— Stellate Hairs and Peltate Scales of Ohio Plants 51

Mark— Color of Ohio Flowers 57

CoNDiT— Winter Key to the Ohio Species of Euonymus 60

Detmers— Additions to the Ohio Flora for 1905-6 61

Claassen— An Interesting Boulder of Cuyahoga County 61

Metcalf— Meeting of the Biological Club 62

SYNAPSIS AND SYNIZESIS *

John H. Schaffner.

The term, synapsis, has, in recent 3'ears, gained wide cur-
rency among cytologists as a designation for various real and
hypothetical processes supposed to take place in the early stages
"of the reduction division. At the present time cytological liter-
ature abounds with contradictory accounts of various cell
activities supposed to be normal, until one is not only amused
but utterly confused. In order to give the word, "synapsis", a
more definite meaning, McClungf has proposed the following
definitions which it might be well for plant cytologists to consider.
"By synapsis I mean the fusion of simple chromosomes into mul-
tiple ones, usually of a bivalent value, according to the idea of
Moore, who proposed the term. I would suggest that in order
to avoid the lamentable confusion that has resulted from the
misuse of this designation that a new descriptive word be applied
to the contraction of the nucleus in which the chromatin is
found massed at one side of the vesicle, without regard to whether
it is a normal phenomenon or not. To carry this idea I shall
call this stage the "synizesis of the chromatin." "Synizesis" — ■
the unilateral or central contraction of the chromatin in ,the nu-
cleus" during the prophase of the first spermatocyte. A term pro-
posed to avoid the misuse of the word 'synapsis".

Evidently this is a move in the right direction but the defi-
nition of synizesis as given above must be extended to include

* Contributions from the Botanical Laboratory of the Ohio State
University XXVIII.

tMcCLUNG, C. E. The Chromosome Complex of Orthopteran Sper-
matocytes. Biol. Bull. 9:30^340, 1905.

42 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 3,

similar contractions in other reduction cells, as microsporocytes
and megasporocytes, or any other cells, in which a similar phe-
nomenon is observed. Accepting this terminology as conducive
to lucidity of expression, synapsis will then normalh' mean the
process by which two univalent chromosomes become united to
form one bivalent chromosome ; or, in case a continuous spirein is
formed by the end to end conjugation of univalent chromosomes,
the process by w^hich two univalent chromosomes become so
united that at the time of the transverse segmentation of the
continuous spirem they do not break apart as in previous divi-
sions but are brought into the mother star as single bivalent
pieces.

This will then include the idea expressed by the term, pseu-
do-reduction, which refers only to the fact that half as many
chromatin pieces are present as in the previous division. Syn-
apsis must not be confounded with the fusion of chromosomes in
the network during each resting period nor with the ordinary
fusion by which a continuous spirem is produced.

Recenth' the writer has studied a considerable number of
preparations in order to refresh his mind upon this subject. The
few figures presented are given merely as examples of a very
large number of distinct types of chromatin contraction, which
may be observed.

Some confusion has been produced by the use of the terms
longitudinal and transverse division. Evidently it is of no im-
portance whether two entire univalent chromosomes conjugate
to form a ring, a twisted loop, or a simple longitudinally united
or folded pair, so long as they separate during metakinesis.
Transverse division means a qualitative division, longitudinal
division a quantitative division. In such bivalent chromosomes
as occur in the megasporocytes of Lilium philadelphicum (tig. 1),
and Erythroniuni albidum and americanmn, and in the micro-
sporocytes of Liliufn tigrinum the two limbs of the chromosomes
lie folded on each other and twisted together. But the real
reduction division is not so much the pulling apart of the two limbs
but the transverse break in the loop at the head of the chro-
mosome which is supposed to represent the point of the synaptic
fusion of the pair of uni^•alent maternal and paternal chromo-
somes.

Synapsis and reduction then are simply processes by means
of which entire chromosomes, presumably maternal and paternal,
are segregated into the daughter nuclei ; or by which at least qual-
itative division of the chromatin is accomplished in case there is
a mixing of paternal and maternal chromatin during the "2.v"
phase of the organism. The whole process appears to be merely
a mechanical contrivance for bringing about qualitative separa-
tion. We may consider chromosome reduction as a necessary

Jan., 1907.] Synapsis and Synizesis. 43

stage in the life cycle of every sexual oi-ganism containing defi-
nite chromosomes. The fusion of the chromatin in synapsis can-
not have anv important effect on the hereditary characters of the
chromosome. At the most the effect is probably the safne as that
which mav be experienced in the fusion of the chromatin during
each resting period of the nuclei in the entire history of the "2x"
stage. It is the association of the chromosomes in the oospore
and the subsequent vegetative history that appears to be of im-
portance whether the chromosomes are closely mingled and
fused or not. And it must be apparent that hereditary tenden-
cies are active both in the resting stage of the nucleus and in the
process of karyokinesis.

The early longitudinal splitting of the spirem in the first re-
duction division may be looked upon as a continuation of the
usual process of vegetative karyokinesis, the quantitative separa-
tion of the daughter parts being interfered with by the interca-
lation of the synaptic stage. Since the separation or segregation
of the univalent chromosomes follows immediately, a second
division spindle is organized through the influence of the double
chromosomes and thus normal nuclei are again produced by the
distribution of the daughter halves. The mere presence of these
chromosome pairs in the daughter nuclei resulting from reduction
may be the cause of the rapid formation of the second spindle,
and the explanation of the quite general presence of cell tetrads
following the reduction division in both plants and animals.
Yet it is hardly permissible to say that the first and second divi-
sions are not true karyokineses. Nevertheless, the second div-
sion is a karyokinesis which had its beginning in the previous
stage which was interrupted by the intercalation of the synapsis
and reduction processes. The first spindle formed was taken
advantage of by the bivalent chromosomes and the segregation
following being of paternal and maternal double chromosomes
the second spindle became necessary for the separation of the
daughter pieces. In the first division the number of chromatin
granules is not reduced although only half the original chromatin
granules are represented in the daughter nuclei because of the
transverse division of the chromosome as shown by me in the
reduction division of Lilium philadelphictiui .^ In such cases
as in the megasporocytes of Lilium, where the process of
spore formation has been abbreviated, the vegetative division
following the reduction is of the same nature as the second divi-
sion when the usual spore tetrads are produced. This was defi-
nitely shown to be the case in my paper on Erythronium alhi.

*ScHAFFXER. JoHX H. (Contribution to the Life-history of LiHum
Philadelphicum). The Division of the Macrospore nucleus. Bot. Gaz.
23 : 430-452, 1897.

44 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 3,

dum.* Farmer and Moore f also consider that in the second
karyokinesis we have a continuation of the longitudinal splitting
begun during the first. We have thus a rational explanation of
the observed facts — an explanation as to why when pseudo-
reduction and qualitative reduction take place these processes
are so generally followed by a second karyokinesis.

Accepting McClung's term, synizesis, for the massing or
contraction of the chromatin in the prophase of division, the
question remains to be settled as to whether this is a normal or an
artificial production. Two methods seem available for the solu-
tion of this problem. One may study the effects of plasmolizing
reagents on known structures and make comparisons or else one
may attempt to study the stages in question from the living
material.

In 1S99J I found that a violent distortion of the chromatin

and the so-called sickle stage of the nucleolus may be produced

even in resting cells of the root tips of onions by using a violent

killing fluid. This fluid was made according to the following

formula:

Absolute Alcohol 95 cc.

Chloroform 5 cc.

Glacial Acetic Acid 1 cc.

Chromic Acid (8% H^O Solution) 1 cc.

The combination proved to have a very bad effect as a kill-
ing reagent and was simply one of many tried in a series of exper-
iments. Figures 5 and 6 represent cell rows from opposite sides
of a section of onion root tip (Allium cepd) killed in this
fluid. Nearly all of the nuclei of the peripheral cells showed
decided distortions. The nuclei are crowded toward the outer
walls of the cells, while the nucleoli are generally pushed in the
opposite direction. The chromatin and other dark-staining
material is also massed to some extent on the inner side of the
nucleus. In the central strands there is little displacement al-
through the cells are shrunken. No such distortions are ever to
be seen in properly killed root tips and especially is there no such
svmmetrical arrangement of the nuclei and nucleoli in the outer
layers of cells. This appearance then is purely on artifact which
may be of assistance in the interpretation of other cases. In
judging of synizetic contractions, it is also important to take
into account the probable expansion of the nuclear cavity. The

* . A Contribution to the Life-historv and Cyto-
logy of Erythronium. Bot. Gaz. 31 : 309-387, 1901.

t Farmer, J. B., and Moore, J. E. S. On the Maiotic Phase (Re-
duction Divisions) in Animals and Plants. Ouar. Jour. Mic. Sci. 48 : 489-
551, 1905.

IScHAFFNER, JoHN H. Artificial Production of the Sickle Stage of
the Nucleolus. Jour. App. Micr. 2 : 321-322.

Jan., 1907.] Synapsis and Synizesis. 45

cytoplasm is often expanded to a considerable extent by the
killing fluids in common use. Figure 2 represents such a case.
It represents the upper nucleus of a two-celled embryosac of
Li Hum philadelphicmn . The killing fluid was the stronger
chrom-acetic acid solution. The nucleus is in the resting
stage and is not contracted as appears from a comparison
with the lower nucleus of the same sac, where the cytoplasm
is in the normal condition in contact with the nucleus.
When the nuclear membrane has disappeared in the pro-
phase of the reduction division the wall of the large vesicular
nuclear cavity presents a favorable object for such expansions.

Recently Cardiff* has put forward the tentative opinion
that the one-sided position of the chromatin mass is due to grav-
ity. That this is not the case can easily be discovered by a study
of cells whose position is known during life and during the killing
process. Figures 3 and 4 are sections of microsporocyte tissue
from the microsporangia of Marsilea quadrifolia sectioned in the
original vertical position. The synizesis has been perfectly sym-
metrical. The chromatin knots all being toward the periphery,
up and down and to both sides in central sections. Evidently
gravity had nothing to do with the phenomenon, at least from
a physical point of view. The action was apparently the same
as in the case of the onion roots. The hard wall of the sporocarp
was probably an important factor in producing the condition.

Some have supposed that the contraction is always around
or in contact with the nucleolus. This is far from being the
case. In the various plants investigated by myself one might,
in individual preparations, even come to the opposite conclusion.
The facts are that the chromatin may be massed around the nu-
cleolus and have a central position in the nucleus as in Figure 9,
which represents a microsporocyte of Erythronium americanum,
or it may have a lateral position, in some cases merely touching
the wall of the nuclear cavity, in others crowded closely against
it. The nucleolus may appear on one side of the chromatin knot
either connected with it or very loosely attached and appearing
as if violently squeezed out of the chromatin mass during its
contraction. Figures 7 and 8 representing microsporocytes of
Sagittaria latijolia are typical examples of this condition. But
very commonly the chromatin contracts away from the nucleoli,
which then lie free in the nuclear cavity, or are crowded against
the wall of the cavity and represent the "sickle stage ". Figures
10 and 11 are microsporocytes of Lilium tigrinmn which show
these conditions. The synizetic knot is sometimes on the side
of the nucleus lying against the greater mass of cytoplasm (Fig. 7)

♦Cardiff, Ira D. A Study of Synapsis and Reduction. Bull.
Torr. Bot. Club 33 : 271-306. 1906.

46 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 3,

at others on the side where there is the least cytoplasm (Figs. 3
and 4). There is again no uniformity in this respect.

The variety of types of synizesis might be much increased
but the examples given will make it plain that there is nothing
uniform in the behavior of the chromatin in synizesis either with
respect to the nucleolus or the nuclear cavity. Synizesis appears
to be an artifact when considered from the standpoint of plas-
molysis, but the question must be settled, if possible, through
the study of living material. But if staining reagents are em-
ployed, great precautions are necessar}" even with living material.
At the present stage of the subject it seems useless to continue
the investigations by merely giving conclusions from a set of
preparations which may present a supposed series of uniform
conditions.

The results of this investigation may be briefly summarized
as follows: The synizetic knot is not always around or in contact
with the nucleolus but very commonly one inay hnd it entirely
distinct from the nucleolus. The chromatin is not always uni-
lateral but very often central. If the knot is at one side it has
no evident relation to the direction of gravity. Synizesis also
does not mark the stage where the chromatin threads become
homogeneous. In cases like Liliitm tigrinum the chromatin
granules, if properly stained, are seen at their best after the great-
est possibility for contraction is passed. It seems from an inves-
tigation of the literature of the subject that there has been much
speculation and reporting on "uniform conditions" simply be-
cause synizesis or "synapsis" has not been explained. But it is
at present more important to discover the actual condition of
things. The time at which synizesis occurs has not shown any
uniformity. When one examines figures of this condition he is
surprised at the lack of uniformity present. Some have even
gone so far as to describe two "synapsis" stages before the for-
mation of the mother star. During the early stages of division
the nucleus is the seat of great chemical activity and the expan-
sion of the nuclear cavity and changes in the chromatin network
give rise to conditions which are especially favorable for the pro-
duction of artifacts.

After the chromatin thread becomes thicker the contrac-
tions, as one would expect, are less common though by no means
entirely lacking. Later when the orientation of the bivalent
chromosomes begins, distortions are again abundant in many
preparations. These series of distortions and contractions in-
cluded under the term "synizesis" have at present no meaning
and the mechanics of the process remains unexplained from the
standpoint of a natural stage of karyokinesis.

Jan., 1907.]

Synapsis and Synizesis.

47

Ohio Naturalist.

P/aie rV.

■**4'>:^^•:.>

.•■*.'?C*'*'V:

"^A;

y

.'-!'. -v-^'

■ ' '-V

-''•'.

'^.-.*- ■'•*- •

•V 's

■ -i ■ *

.■i.-.\ -tf

■.:•/-:■>.

r'V

■ ■".. ■>■

.^J>"-"

■m

.'■_

''-

^;/'

.^^^

I..V '

»■■'.'

.>:

■n.

H>:/

jffij

I^BEf

'>'"^

i'\.\

' -'.

V S

WBSg

;J^P-/

/

:^\ ^

^Sf

>-i:J>'

+■ ■..-"

V-

&

'.'>
;•?■

^•^:.

< '■.' t* ■>■_-

v:-- /

3

^

>v-

SCHAFFNBR on "Synapsis and Synizesis."

48 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 3,

Explanation of Plate IV.

The figures were drawn with the aid of an Abbe camera
lucida. Figure 1 was drawn with the Zeiss IS ocular and Leitz
1-16 objective; the others with Zeiss 18 ocular and Zeiss 8.0 ob-
jective.

Fig. 1. A single bivalent chromosome from the reduction cell in the
ovule of Liliuni philadelphicum.

Fig. 2. Nucleus from two-celled sac of L. philadelphicum showing
expansion of the cytoplasm.

Fig. 3. Microsporocytes of Marsilea quadrifolia showing centrifugal
arrangement of the chromatin in synizesis.

Fig. 4. Microsporocyte tissue of Marsilea quadrifolia showing sym-
metrical synizesis.

Figs. 5 and 6. Cell rows from opposite sides of sections of Alliuin
cepa showing the nature of artificial contraction.

Figs. 7 and 8. Microsporocytes of Sagittaria latifolia with nucleoli
on one side of the contracted chromatin.

Fig. 9. Microsporocyte of Erythronium americanum showing cen-
tral contraction of the chromatin around the nucleolus.

Figs. 10 and 1 1 . Microsporocytes of Lilium tigrinum showing the in-
dependent contraction of the chromatin, the nucleoli being entirely dis-
tinct in the nuclear cavitv.

WEATHER AND CROP YIELD.*

J. Warren Smith, Section Director, Weather Bureau.

I am convinced that the yield of most of our staple crops is
affected greatly by favorable or unfavorable weather conditions
during a comparatively short period of their growth.

Also that the yield can be very closely approximated at the
close of this critical period by an exhaustive study of the weather
conditions and crop yields of previous years.

The United States Weather Bureau is accumulating a vast
amount of weather data that are being splendidly tabulated for
use in studies of this character and considerable attention is
being given to the subject.

In 1902 Professor W. D. Gibbs and myself charted some very
interesting curves showing the relation between the yield of
corn in the eight great corn producing states in this country,
and the rainfall during June, July and August.

The period covered was from 1888 to 1902, and the states
con.sidered were Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, Iowa, Nebraska, Kansas,
Missouri, and Kentucky.

The result showed that the yield was very little affected by
the rainfall in August and not greatly affected by the rainfall
during June. The curves, showed, however, that the rainfall in
July controls the corn yield to a marked extent.

* Read at the meeting of the Ohio State Academy of Science.

Jan., 1907.] Weather and Crop Yield. 49

The normal corn yield for these states is 28 bushels per acre,
and the normal rainfall for July is 4 inches. Whenever the rain-
fall has approximated 5 inches, the corn yield has been over
32 bushels per acre. On the other hand whenever the rainfall
has been less than 3 inches the yield has been less than 23 bushels
per acre.

By taking the June and July rainfall together the rainfall
curve and the yield curves agree even more closely than the July
rainfall and yield curve.

The normal rainfall for June and July is 8 inches, while as
stated above, the normal corn yield is 28 bushels per acre.
Whenever the rainfall for these two months has averaged over
9 inches the corn yield has been 32 bushels or more, and when the
rainfall has been less than 7 inches the yield has been below 25
bushels.

The best yield was 34 bushels an acre in 1902, when the June
and July rainfall was over 11 inches. In 1896 the yeild was 33
bushels and the rainfall was almost 11 inches.

The lowest yield was less than 18 bushels per acre in 1901.
The rainfall in June and July of that year was less than 6 inches
and for July alone it was about 2 inches.

Other charts prepared for individual states show that by
not including western Nebraska and Kansas, and eastern Ohio
and Kentucky, and by considering carefully the rate of rainfall,
and the length of periods with little or no rainfall, one can give
a very close estimate of the yield of corn per acre in the United
States, by the latter part of July ; long before the crop is ready for
harvesting.

We believe that a closer analysis of the daily data will show
that the period during which a good corn yield is assured by good
rains or seriously lessened by the lack of rain, is less than one
month.

In 1904 the writer made a very exhaustive study of the weath-
er and the yield of various corps in Fulton County, Ohio, from
1874 to 1903 inclusive.

The data showing the yield of corps were obtained from the
records of the Secretary of State, but the weather records, as well
as many valuable records of farm operations, the advance of
vegetation, the flight of birds, the blossoming, leafing, etc., ot
trees, shrubs and plants, were obtained of Hon. Thomas Mikesell
of Wauseon. This gentleman has a most remarkable record of
phenological observations since 1869 — I know of no more com-
plete and exact record in this country than these.

Charts were made showing the departure of the average tem-
perature and total rainfall from the normals, by months from
January 1876 to 1904, and the departure of the different crop
yields from the normal for the same period.

50

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. VII, No. 3,

By a comparison of these curves it is comparatively easy
to see the relation between the weather and crop yield, insofar
as the average temperature and total rainfall of ivhole months
affect the yield. It is apparent, however, that for some of the
crops the period of usually favorable or unfavorable weather are
less than one month in length and are not shown in the monthly
data.

It is probable that wheat, for example, is affected by alter-
nate freezing and thawing, short periods of severe cold, snow
covering, etc., more than by monthly temperature of precipita-
tion conditions. The February preceding the lowest wheat yield
of the period gave the coldest week ever experienced in many
sections of the State. The low yield of 1875 was preceded by
the coldest winter on record, that of 1896 was preceded by a very
cold January and that of 1900 by a cold February and March.
The good yields of 1891, 1984 and 1898 were preceded by mild
winters.

Q

_J

UiJ

>-

i PRECIPITATION FOR JULY AND YIELD OF CORN PER ACRE

3oo«"<=> — <>< cr> ^ tn CO r— oo en cs _e>*
^oooooo OO OO oo oo oo oo OOOO oo o> OlO)

35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17

6 . - _ i 4J ^ ' '

'^i

jIj ' X

: : _ i ^ ' ^ " - :: 1

t 1

+ ^lT" I

- -f- - -7Z 51 "

5- V - - " m i^i +1" " --

-i\, '<S± _j

/\ /' /, ' - '

- -'^j, . I ~ '' _K ' - .- ,'■'-- --- -I

J I \ I \ i- - 1t

i i \ ~ I'J X r,'"- \ - /

it t \ t jt *^ ^'4 - i

, ,,:„^ I " ^. - -+- -F^ J- ?':: ^^^ at

1 ju ..--"•■5>. t ^' _ ='. jl - -

f 3: t ik. t : ^' - 1 J

^ t j ■ " ^>>, " ' tZ .- JL - I

7 \ ii ^> i, J 1 -^ x . C -

i ' '~i ' ' j"s ''tt ^' : . ± _lr

3 lK -fk. 3h^ 1 t

3t ^i jiin^ - 4^ 1 -

Y' " \ \Ij T 3 .

v5 T — _ _- - _ jr _I

; : V: X . : _ c , .

' S 32 X -3 -

" ^VZ^ = - lJCt_ -

^c/ ± _. .. At

_ ._.__. ^j,j^ . - - -j^

vt^^ -7

^^ - ,t

" '_:j - _3L_,-

3£

- if-

X _ -_- X

AVERAGE PRECIPITAT'ON IN JULY

FiCx. 1. Precipitation for July and yield of corn per acre.

The relation between the yield of corn and the rainfall in
July is not so well marked in a small district as in a large one,
yet nearly every year with a large corn yield in this county had
a^julyj rain fall above the normal, and nearly every year with
a^ small yield of corn had a small July rainfall. One exception,
however, was the year 1883 which had a July rainfall above the

Jan., 1907.] Stellate Hairs and Peltate Scales. 51

normal yet gave the lowest corn yield on record. This is ac-
counted for by the fact that the whole summer was cold and wet ;
the number of days between the spring and fall frosts was the
least on record.

It is very apparent from the charts that to produce the best
yield of oats June and July or both must be moderately cool and
dry.

Barley is not so important in this county but from the rec-
ords given the summer should be warm and dry.

The best potato years have been those with a cool summer,
with a fair amount of rain in June and July and with a dry Sep-
tember.

Rye and clover are affected by winter conditions much as
wheat is affected. The best yields of hay other than clover are
with an abundant rainfall in April, May and June.

The dates of blossoming of fruits depends to a marked de-
gree upon the temperature of March and April. In general poor
fruit yields have been preceded by cold winters and good yields
by comparatively mild winters.

STELLATE HAIRS AND PELTATE SCALES OF OHIO PLANTS.

Edna M. McCleery.

All hairs and scales serving merely as a covering, without
reference as to their origin, have practically one function, that of
protection. They serve as a protection in two ways; first, by
preventing evaporation by the wind, and second, by preventing
the direct rays of the sun from shining on the surface of the leaf
and thus causing excessive transpiration and injury to the chloro-
phyll. With this function in mind it is easily seen how much
more effective the interlaced points of stellate hairs or scales
would be, than simple short hairs.

There are two divisions of stellate pubescence; first, that in
which the leaf is covered with hairs having a star shaped or many-
pointed top and a single stalk by which they are attached to
the surface of the leaf, and second, that in which the leaf is
covered with simple hairs arranged in tufts from one point. The
illustration given of a stellate hair of Lepargyraea canadensis
(Fig. 3) shows plainly the many-pointed top and the single stalk.
The stellate hairs of Croton monanJ;hogynus (Fig. 7) and of the
Solanums (Figs. 17, 18, 19) do not have the long stalks on the
under side by which they are attached to the surface of the leaf,
but instead they are almost sessile. They have, however, a
single point or branch which rises from the center and stands at
right angles to the remainder of the hair and to the surface of the

52 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 3,

leaf. On the hairs of Solanum carohnense there are usually four
spreading points and a single erect one, but the number of points
on the other Solanums, the Crotons and on Lepargyraea vary
grcatlv. On these plants we find the more typical forms of true
stellate hairs.

The second type of stellate pubescence is shown in the figures
of Hicoria minima (Figs. 11, 12) Helianthemum canadense (Figs.
22, 23) and Viburnum alnifolium (Figs. 25, 26). In these the
single hairs are arranged from a common point on the surface and
spread in many directions. Hairs arranged in this manner are
called stellate tufts.

The hairs of Hicoria minima are rather heavy, and there are
very seldom more than four in the tuft. A great many of the
tufts have only two hairs. The single hairs of the Helianthe-
mum are barbed and a little more slender than those of the
hickory. The number of hairs in a tuft varies but tufts made
up of from six to fifteen are the most comnion. The single hairs
of Viburnum alnifolium are very long and slender, and being
very much twisted and intertwined give a true tomentose cov-
ering to the leaf. The number of hairs in a tuft varies, but most
frequently there are from ten to twenty.

The Lepargyraea has peltate scales along with the stellate
hairs. In fact the transition is very gradual, and there are some
intermediate forms which could be placed either with the scales
or the hairs. Usually though they fall into three rather distinct
divisions: the brown scale (Fig. 1), the white scale (Fig. 2), and
and the white stellate hair (Fig. 3). The stellate hairs of Hicoria
minima and other species are also found associated with scales
(Figs. 8, 9, 10), but the scales are entirely different from those of
Lepargyraea. There is also a sharp distinction between the
hairs and the scales of the hickory, no transition forms being pres-
ent. The scales of Hicoria minima are rather large, yellowish
green or brown in color and attached to the leaf by a very short
stalk. Those of Hicoria alba are smaller and brown in color, and
those of Chamaedaphne calyculata are also of the same type.
They are of a typical peltate shape and are multicellular.

Ohio Plants Which Have Stellate Pubescence.

Juglans cinerea L., leaves stellate tufted.

Hicoria ovata (Mill.) Britt., twigs stellate tufted, leaves
finely stellate tufted.

Hicoria laciniosa (Mx.f.) Sarg., leaves stellate tufted.

Hicoria glabra (Mill.) Britt., leaves stellate tufted, only
slightly above.

Hicoria alba (L.) Britt., twigs stellate tufted, leaves tomen-
tose-stellate tufted.

Jan., 1907.] Stellate Hairs and Peltate Scales. 53

Quercus nana (Marsh.) Sarg., leaves stellate tufted above
when young.

Quercus marylandica Muench., leaves stellate tufted above
when young.

Quercus minor (Marsh.) Sarg., leaves stellate tufted above.

Quercus prinoides Willd., young leaves sparingly stellate
tufted above; mature leaves stellate tufted beneath.

Polygonum arifolium L., leaves stellate tufted beneath.

Bursa bursa-pastoris (L.) Britt., leaves stellate tufted.

Camelina sativa (L.) Crantz, leaves stellate tufted.

Camelina microcarpa Andrz., leaves stellate tufted.

Draba verna L , twigs and leaves stellate tufted.

Draba caroliniana Walt., twigs and leaves stellate tufted.

Stenophragma thaliana (L.) Celak., twigs and leaves stellate
tufted.

Alyssum alyssoides (L.) Gouan., twigs and leaves densely
covered with stellate hairs.

Hamamelis virginiana L., leaves stellate tufted.

Croton capitatus Mx., twigs and both sides of leaves densely
covered with stellate hairs.

Croton monanthogynus Mx., twigs and both sides of leaves
densely covered with stellate hairs.

Althaea rosea Cav., leaves densely stellate tufted.

Malva rotundifolia L., leaves stellate tufted beneath.

Malva moschata L., leaves stellate tufted beneath.

Callirrhoe involucrata (T. and G.) Gr., twigs and leaves
stellate tufted.

Napaea dioica L., twigs and leaves stellate tufted.

Abutilon abutilon (L.) Rusby, leaves densely stellate tufted.

Hibiscus moscheutos L., twigs stellate tufted, leaves stellate
tufted, more dense beneath.

Helianthemum majus (L.) B. S. P., leaves stellate tufted
above.

Helianthemum canadense (L.) Mx., leaves stellate tufted
above and below.

Lepargyraea canadensis (L.) Greene., leaves covered with
stellate hairs, sparingly above, but densely beneath.

Solanum carolinense L., twigs and leaves covered with
stellate hairs.

Solanum elaeagnifolium Cav., twigs and leaves covered with
fine stellate hairs.

Solanum rostratum Dunal, twigs and leaves covered with
stellate hairs.

Verbascum thapsus L., twigs and leaves densely covered with
branched and stellate hairs.

54

The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 3,

Ohio Naturai.ist.

Plaie V.

McCleeRY on "Stellate Hairs and Peltate Scales."

Jan., 1907.] Stellate Hairs and Peltate Scales.

55

Ohio NaTuraijst.

Plale VI.

McCivEERY on "Stellate Hairs and Peltate Scales."

56 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 3,

Viburnum alnifolium Marsh., twigs and leaves stellate
tufted ; more dense on twigs and on veins on under side of leaves.

Viburnum acerifolium L., leaves stellate tufted beneath.

Viburnum pubescens Ph., leaves stellate tufted beneath.

Viburnum molle Mx., leaves stellate tufted beneath.

Viburnum lantana L., twigs and leaves densely stellate
tufted; leaves more dense beneath.

Ohio Plants Which Have Peltate Scales.

Hicoria minima (Marsh.) Britt.

Hicoria ovata (Mill.) Britt.

Hicoria laciniosa (Mx. f.) Sarg.

Hicoria alba (L.) Britt.

Hicoria microcarpa (Nutt.) Britt.

Hicoria glabra (Mill.) Britt.

Lepargyraea canadensis (L.) Greene.

Chamaedaphne calyculata (L.) Moench.

This list does not include plants having scales which are
glandular or whose function is mainly the excretion of resinous
material.

Explanation of Plates V. and VI.

Figs. 1, 2. Peltate scales of Lepargyraea canadensis.
Fig. ;3. Stellate hair of Lepargyraea canadensis.
Figs. 4, 5, G. Peltate scales of Chamaedaphne cah'cvilata.
Fig. 7. Stellate hair of Croton monanthogynus.
Figs. 8, 9. Peltate scales of Hicoria minima; top view.
Fig. 10. Peltate scale of Hicoria minima; side view showing stalk.
Figs. 11, 12. Stellate tufts of Hicoria minima.
Fig. 13. Peltate scale of Hicoria alba; side view showing stalk.
1.5, IG. Peltate scales of Hicoria alba.

Stellate hairs of Solannm rostratum.

Stellate hair of Solanum elaeagnifolium.

Stellate hair of Solanum carolinense.

Branched hair of Verbascum thapsus.

Stellate hair of Verbascum thap.sus.
Figs. 22, 23. Stehate tufts of Helianthemum canadense.
Fig. 24. Dichotomously branched stellate hair of Alyssum alyssoides.
Figs. 25, 2G. Stellate tufts of Viburnum alnifolium.

Figs

, 14

Fig.

17.

Fig.

IS.

Fig.

1'.).

FiG.

20.

Fig.

21.

Jan., 1907.] Coloi- of Ohio Flowers. ' 57

COLOR OF OHIO FLOWERS.

Clara G. Mark.

From earliest times the flowering plants have received a
great degree of attention, which no doubt is attributable for the
most part to their varied and often brilliant colors. There have
been manv curious beliefs and theories with regard to the color-
ing of flowers, both as to its cause and as to its significance. Of
these theories the one that has been most generally accepted in
modern times is that the color of flow^ers is a device to attract
animals, particularly insects, which may serve to carry pollen
from one flower or plant to another. That insects are sometimes
attracted by color has been proved ; but it has been demonstrated
that a color sense is almost wholly lacking except in the higher
insects, and when present has been developed in comparatively
recent times. This precludes the idea of color attraction in so far
as at least a part of the pollen-carrying insects are concerned, and
it gives weight to the probability that a majority of such insects
are attracted bv the form and odor of flowers rather than by their
color. It follows that while the attraction of pollen-carrying
insects may be in some cases one of the incidental results of the
coloring of flowers, it can hardly be said to be the primary pur-
pose of such coloring. The supposition at the present time is
that the purpose of the coloring in the flower is to increase the
temperature to a greater or less degree and so stimulate the activ-
ity of the protoplasm; also the colored parts of the flower may
serve as a screen to protect the more delicate reproductive parts
from the action of the direct rays of the sun.

The two principal classes of pigments occurring in flowers
are the lipochromes and the anthocyans. The lipochromes vary
through the different tints of yellow, orange and dull red and
occur in the flowers as crystalloids. The anthocyans form a
series of substances varying from red to blue and violet and are
always found in solution in the cell sap. The color of a flower
may be due to the presence of one or both of these classes of
pigments. It has been found by experiments that flowers of
different colors show a marked difference in temperature when
exposed to the same conditions of light, moisture, etc.

In studying the Ohio angiosperms with regard to the color-
ing of the flowers, they were first divided into two general groups:
First, those without typical floral parts, such as grasses and
sedges; second, those with typical floral parts. This second
group was again separated into two divisions: First, those in
which the flower or flower cluster is so large as to be conspicuous ;
second, those in wdiich the flower or flower cluster is incon-
spicuous. Record was kept in a general wav of the seasons of

58

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. VII, No. 3,

"blooming as spring, summer and fall. In many cases the period
of blooming extends through two seasons and often through all
three. A few plants, such as Taraxacum, were found to be in
"bloom practically throughout the entire year. In keeping a
record of the various colors, for the sake of convenience nine
general headings were used. These are white, violet, purple,
blue, green, yellow, orange, red and pink. Many of the species
studied produce flowers of more than one color, though in most
cases the variation is confined to different shades or tints of the
same color. In many of the species that typically produce
bright colored flowers occasional white flowers are found. Exam-
ples of this are Mertensia and the Giant Habenaria, the flowers
of the former being typically blue and those of the latter violet.
No note was taken of these occasional white flowers, as they
were thought to have been caused by exceptional conditions.

About two thousand angiosperms were examined, which
includes practically all in the Ohio flora. Of these about five
hundred were discarded, being grasses, sedges, etc., without
tvpical flowers. The remaining fifteen hundred are divided
among the dift'erent colors as follows: white, 538, or 35.80% of
1500; violet, 170, or 11.33%; purple, 193, or 12.86%; blue, 136,
or 9.06%o; green, 160, or 10.66%,; vellow, 380, or 25.33%;
orange, 21. or 1.4%,; red, 70, or 4.66%; pink, 160, or 10.66%.

Of the fifteen hundred plants with typical flowers, 1040
have conspicuous flowers and the remaining 460 inconspicuous.
Eight hundred and three of the species with conspicuous flowers
are native and 237 introduced; of the inconspicuous 350 are
native and 110 introduced.

With regard to color the record for these two divisions is as
follows:

Conspicuous — 1040

Inconspicuous — 460

Color

Number

%of
1500

%of
1040

Number

%of
1500

460

White

Violet

Purple

Blue

Green

Yellow

Orange

Red

Pink

1583

127

144

98

47

291

21

59

128

25 . 53

8.46
9.6
6 . 53
3.13

19.4
1 .4
'A . 93
8.53

36 . 826

12.211

13.846

9 . 423

4.519

27.98

2.019

5 . 673

12.307

155
43
49
38

113

89

0

11

32

10.33
2.86
3.26
2 . 53
7.53
5.93
0

.73
2.13

33.7

9.12

10.65

8.26

24.565

19.34

0

2.39

6.95

Jan., 1907.]

Color of Ohio Flowers.

59

It will be seen from this table that the percentage of green
flowers among the inconspicuous is much higher than among the
conspicuous, while the percentage of flowers of each of the other
colors falls a little below the percentage of those of the same
color among the conspicuous flowers.

In the following tables the principal division is made with
regard to the time of blooming, the three seasons, spring, summer
and fall, being used. While a few species are found in bloom in
the winter it was not considered necessary to keep a record of
them.

SPRING.

Con-
spicuous

Incon-
spicuous

Total

%of
1500

605

All Colors

416

189

605

40 . 33

100

White

179
42
52
48
22
96
7
17
43

69

7

13

17

52

30

0

6

9

248
49
65
65
74

126

7

23

52

16.53
3.26
4.33
4.33
4.93
8.4

.46
1.53
3.46

40.99

Violet

8.09

Purple

10.74

Blue .

10.74

Green

12.23

Yellow

20.82

Orange .

1.15

Red

3.80

Pink

8.59

SUMMER

Con-
spicuous

Incon-
spicuous

Total

%of
1500

%of
1156

All Colors

776

380

1156

77.06

100

White

259
93

114
67
27

232
18
50
94

121
43
47
34
82
74
0
9
21

380
136
161
101
109
306
IS
59
115

25.33
9.06

10 . 73
6.07
7.20

20.4
1.2
3.93
7.66

32.87

Violet

11.76

Purple

13.92

Blue

Green

8.73
9.42

Yellow

26.47

Orange

Red

Pink

1 .55
5.10
9.94

6o

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. VII, No. 3,

FALL

Con-
spicuous

Incon-
spicuous

Total

%of
1500

627

All Colors

401

226

627

41.8

100

White

125

61

59

43

9

141

9

20

33

59
37
29
23
50
43
0
8
12

184
98
88
66
59

184

9

28

45

12.26
6.53
5.86
4.4
3 . 93

12.26
.6
1.86
3.

29.34

Violet

12.44

Purple

14.03

Blue

Green

10.53
9 . 409

Yellow

Orange

Red

29.34
1.43
4.46

Pink

7.16

If the percentages of the different colors for each season are
examined it will be seen that the percentages of white and green
flowers are greatest in the spring and least in the fall, while the
percentages of violet, purple and yellow flowers are least in^the
spring and greatest in the fall.

WINTER KEY TO THE OHIO SPECIES OF EUONYMUS.

Dale Condit.

Euonymus. Small trees or erect or trailing shrubs with op-
posite leaf scars; twigs usually four-angled, green or greenish; ter-
minal bud present with 6-10 acute or obtuse scales; axillary
buds single, sessile; leaf scars semicircular to crescent shaped,
with one bundle scar; stipular scars none, pith solid, rhombic,
white or greenish; bark more or less bitter; self-pruning scars
present in some species; fruit a more or less fleshy colored cap-
sule; the seeds with a brilliantly colored aril.

1. Low, trailing, ascending or erect, shrubs, often rooting from the stem;
apical pair of bud scales usually much longer than the other pairs
and forming a slender conical point; bud scales thin, flexible; cap-
sule tviberculate. 2.

1. Small trees; bud scales thickened and having an elevated keel; ter-

minal buds transversely four-angled, short and obtuse or long and
acute; capsule smooth. 3.

2. Trailing decumbent shrubs, seldom rising 2 feet above the ground and

rooting from the prostrate stems; bvid scales obtuse; twigs soft and
flexible. E. obovatus Nutt. Running Strawberry Bush.

2. Erect or ascending shrubs 2-8 feet high; bud scales more acute, thin.

E. amcricamis L. American Strawberry Bush.

3. Buds acute, long; Inid scales acute; bark very bitter; aril red.

E. atropiirpnreiis Jacq. Wahoo.
3. Buds obtuse, short; bud scales usually very obtuse; bark only slightly
bitter; aril yellow. • E. europaeus L. Spindle-tree.

Jan., 1907.] An Interesting Boulder. 6i

ADDITIONS TO THE OHIO FLORA FOR 1905 6.

Freda Detmers.

The following plants have been added to the State Flora
since the last report, made in 1903-4. It has been customary to
report onl_v those of which there are specimens in the State Her-
barium, however, this list contains exceptions to this rule. Two
plants are included which are not in the Herbarium of the Uni-
versity; both are reported on good authority and one is in the
Herbarium of the Ohio Agricultural Experiment Station at
Wooster, also a state hei^barium.

Coronilla varia L. In the Herbarium of the Ohio Agricul-
tural Experiment Station, Wooster, O. Collected by M. M.
Murphy, Ripley, 0., June 1899. It was reported by Mr. A. D.
Selby. I quote from Mr. Selb3''s letter: "Mr. Murphy wrote that
the specimens had become well established and that he had
observed the plant for several years."

Danthonia compressa Austin. Collected by Roscoe J. Webb,
Garrettsville, Portage County, July 8, 1906.

Hartmannia speciosa (Nutt.) Small. (Oenothera speciosa
Nutt.) Collected by Thomas S. Earl, along Railroad track, Co-
lumbus.

Polystichum acrostichoides (Mx.) Schott, var. incisum Gray.
(Dryopteris acrostichoides var. incisum). Collected by L. S.
Hopkins, Wayne County, July 25, 1905.

Trillium declinatum (A. Grav) Gleason, n. sp. Reported
for Ohio bv Gleason in Torr. Buh. Bot. Club VII:389. July, 1906.

WolfRella floridana (J. D. Smith) C. A. Thompson. Deter-
mined by C. A. Thompson. Collected by W. A. Kellerman,
Buckeye Lake, Licking County. Oct. 19, 1906.

AN INTERESTING BOULDER OF CUYAHOGA COUNTY.

Edo Cl.\.'\ssex.

Among the many boulders of Northern Ohio, which repre-
sent granite, amphibolite, gneiss and other rocks, one occasion-
all}^ finds a specimen more interesting than usual. It is such a
piece of rock that is lying partly imbedded in the ground on
Superior Avenue, west of Forest Hill Park, in East Cleveland
Township near the top of a hill, several hundred feet above Lake
Erie. The boulder is evidently gneiss and has a nearly flat sur-
face of an OA'al shape, when seen from above. It has a circum-
ference at the surface of the ground of about nine feet, a some-
what cleavable structure, produced by the quartz having been
mostly deposited in layers and, while a considerable amount of

62 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 3,

quartz is present, but very little biotite is found and apparently
no feldspar. Instead of the last named mineral, however, a great
number of brown garnets occur to such an extent as to give the
rock a brownish appearance. The largest ones are more than one
eighth of an inch in diameter. Among the whitish quartz and
between its layers they produce a very striking appearance, ly-
ing mostly separated from each other. On the surface, where
the rock is disintegrated, the garnets number about fifteen to
eighteen to the square inch, lying in grooves of greater or less
depth, thereby giving the surface of the rock a dotted appearance.

MEETING OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.

Orton Hall, Nov. 5th, 1906.

The meeting was called to order by the President, Mr. Griggs.
After the Club came to order the minutes of the previous meeting
were read and approved.

Prof. 0 shorn, as chairman of the committee on nominations
of officers, reported the following names: President, J. C. Ham-
bleton; Vice President, C. R. Stauffer; Secretarv and Treasurer,
J. N. Frank.

On the motion of Prof. Schaffner the report was adopted as
read.

Prof. Hambleton then took the chair.

Prof. Osborn then reported the work of the committee ap-
pointed to make arrangements for entertaining the Ohio Aca-
demy of Science during its annual meeting.

Prof. Griggs then gave the annual address of the retiring
President on "A Comparison of the Forests of the West Coast
with those of the Tropics."

Prof. Hubbard reported a remarkable case of variation in
the drift east of Goodale Park.

Mr. Lon Hawkins was elected to membership.

The Club then adjourned.

Z. P. Metcalf, Secretary.

Date of Publication of January Number, January 15, 1907.

The Ohio ^h(^aturalisty

PUBIvISHED BY

The Biological Club of the Ohio State Uni'versity.
Volume VII. FEBRUARY, 1907. No. 4.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Morse— The Columbus Esker 63

Herms— Xotes ou a Sandusky Bay Shriiu]), Palaemiinetcs exilipes Stinipsoii 73

Selby — On the Occurrence of Phytoplithora iut'estaus Mont, ami Plasniopora culiensis

(B. & C.) Humph, in Ohio 79

Sterki— Some Notes ou Collecting MoUusca in Ohio during V.K»'> Sfi

Frank— ISIeeting of the Biological Club 88

THE COLUMBUS ESKER.

William Clifford Morse.

Terminology.

The terms employed in this discussion have been used in
various senses by different writers. Their appHcation has been
gradually restricted by a series of steps which the author will
trace at the outset. Wright (M, in his chapter on kames, says:
"The word 'kame' has already been defined as a local term ap-
plied to the sharp, gravel ridges which abound in various parts
of Scotland, and which in Ireland are called 'eskers', and in
Sweden 'osars'. As Geikie's work on 'The Great Ice Age' has
given currency to the Scotch name, and as the word has been
adopted bv those who have investigated this class of formations
most fully in America, it seems best to continue its use, though
either of the names is more euphonious."

Wright's subsequent application of this term (kame) is to
North American formations, which Geikie would have, at least
in his third edition of "The Great Ice Age", (-') differentiated
as osars and kames, if not by further distinctions. The former
are defined by him as "ridges of gravel, etc., which coincide in
direction with the trend of the glaciation — they follow, in short,
the path of the ice sheet" ; the latter as "Kames of gravel, sand,
etc., which are typically developed in the Lowlands opposite
the mouths of mountain-valleys, and which, when followed up
such valleys, pass eventually into ordinary morainic accumula-
tions." Not only does Geikie clearly distinguish between osar or
esker on the one hand and kames on the other, but Chamberlin (^)

1. Wright, G. Frederick. The Ice Age of North America, p. 297. 1S91.

2. Geikie. Great Ice Age, Third ed., p. 205, 1894.

3. Ibid, p. 745.

64 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 4,

further emphasizes this distinction in his contribution (Glacial
Phenomena of North America) to this volume. In defining
these he says of osars or eskers: "These terms are restricted to the
long, gravel ridges which conform, in general, to the direction of
the ice-movement, and which are thought to represent the main
drainage lines of the glaciers in their later stages, particularly
when they approach a stagnant condition. The term kames,
on the other hand, is applied to those gravel accumulations which
take on the form of bunchy aggregations of knolls and irregular
ridges, and have the tendency to arrange themselves in belts
parallel to the margin of the ice. They frequently accompany
terminal morains and have a quasi-morainic aspect."

In his thorough work on "The Glacial Gravels of Maine,"
under the head of " Sediments Transported by Glacial Streams,"
Stone (^) states that: "The simplest form is that of a cone, dome
or hummock, and we find all transitions between these forms
and the elongated, two sided ridges." "These gravel deposits
have such curious and distinctive shapes that they have received
local names wherever they occur. The Scandinavian osars, the
Irish eskers (or eskars or eschars) and the Scottish kames are
supposed to be the equivalents of the gravel ridges here described,
or nearly related to them. These deposits contain matter of
various sizes from fine clay to large bowlders, but gravel is by
far the most abundant. I have found the term glacial gravel a
convenient general title for describing every kind of coarse sed-
imentary formation which was deposited by glacial streams.
The term has the disadvantage of implying a theory as to the
origin of these sediments, and it does not describe their compo-
sition in all cases, yet it is often convenient as a generic name
when there is doubt what specific name should be given to a cer-
tain deposit, whether kame, osar, etc." In chapter IV, "General
Description of the Systems of Glacial Gravel," the term osar is
exclusively used for these systems. These are described as com-
prising the sediments deposited by a single glacial river with its
tributary and delta branches. Stone, in Chapter VI, quotes.
Chamberlin's distinction between the osar or esker on the one
hand and kame on the other. He carries it a step further, how-
ever, and applies esker to the separate mounds and ridges of a
series of separated deposits known as a discontinuous osar.

In his exhaustive works, "The Illinois Glacial Lobe" ('') and
" Glacial Formations and Drainage Features of the Erie and Ohio
Basins," C) Leverett uses exclusively the term esker for these
gravel ridges whose longitudinal axes correspond to the local
axis of the ice sheet. Whether intentionally or otherwise this

4. Monograph XXXIV. U. S. G. S. p. 34.
ri. Monograph XXXVIII. U. S. G. S.. 1809.
6. Monograph XLI. U. S. G. S., 1902.

Feb., 1907.] The Columbus Esker. 65

application conforms to the restriction placed upon the term by
Stone, for these gravel ridges are, as a whole, both short and in-
terrupted.

Chamberlin and Salisbury (') in their recent work, use osar
or esker and kame in the same sense that Chamberlin used them
in "The Great Ice Age" mentioned above. The limits of the
terms are perhaps a little more sharply drawn.

Thus we see that at the beginning in Sweden the term osar
was applied to these gravel ridges. Ireland developed the term
esker for them while in Scotland they were called kames. Later
these terms were used interchangably for these formations in
other parts of the world. Still later Geikie in Scotland and
Chamberlin in America restricted the term kame to those gravel
bunches and ridges which stood in more or less close relation to
the terminal moraines and applied osar or esker to the others,
i. e., those parallel with the flow of the ice tongue. More re-
cently Stone limits esker to short interrupted osar while esker
alone is employed by Leverett in his works. Because of these
well defined usages, osar or esker on the one hand and kames on
the other should not now be used interchangeably. It would,
perhaps, haA^e been better also to have differentiated between
osar and esker as used by Stone, in the second best developed
field in the world, but Geologists in subsequent papers have not
accepted this latter distinction.

General ox Eskers.

The place best fitted for the development of osars and eskers
seems to have been a zone just within the periphery of the ice-
sheet, at its inaximum extension or at its subsequent stages of
retreat. They may rest upon the bed rock or upon till stratified
or unstratified. As before stated, they follow more or less closely
the direction of the ice-flow as shown by the striae on the bed
rock. They quite often follow the valleys of their region, but
striking exceptions to this occur. Not infrequently they extend
from a stream valley up and across a low divide of 200 feet
(sometimes 400 feet) and down again into a A'alley on the other
side. Instances are recorded where they cross a lake, their
top not only sinking below the adjacent valleys, but below the
surface of the water as well.

Parts of Europe and North America were especiallv well
adapted for their formation. In Sweden they reachecl their
culmination. Here they not infrequently extend for over a hun-
dred miles from the interior to the sea. Their height varies from
0 to 180 feet but probably is more often found to be between ilO
and 100 feet.

7. Geology, Vol. III. pp. 37.3-376 and 368-371, 1906.

66 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 4,

As previously stated they are also to be found more or less
abundantl}- in the Lowlands of Scotland and in Ireland. In the
former country thev usually rise abruptly from the till to a height
of 20 to 30 feet and \vith a width of 100 to 400 feet. Those in
the latter country are remarkable for frequently being dotted
over wdth large erratics.

Turning to our own country we find their greatest develop-
ment in Maine. In fact these are second to none unless it be to
those of Sweden. Not only are they the greatest but more pages
of minute description and more hypotehses to explain their for-
mation have been written than of those in any other locality.
Some fift}' systems have been described by Stone. A few of
these systems attain a length of 100 miles and some 125 miles.
When we .consider that each of these systems comprises the sed-
iments deposited by a single glacial river with its tributary and
delta branches and that they frequently consist of a number of
short ridges we see the magnitude of their development.

Eskers are much less strikingly developed in other New Eng-
land states, in New York, Pennsylvania, Ohio, Indiana, Illinois
and Wisconsin. These are mostly short gravel ridges. Some-
times they can be seen to comprise a S3'stem.

For Ohio these have been worked out in some detail. Lev-
erett has described, in Monograph XLI of the United States
Geological Survey, eleven such gravel ridges as follows:

The Circleville Esker, Pickaway Co., pp. 429-431.

The esker in Fairfield Township, Huron Co., p. 597.

The Hartland Esker, Huron Co., pp. 615-617.

The Leesville Esker, Crawford Co., p. 542.

The esker near Norwalk, Huron Co., pp. 5S7-5S8.

The Pickerington Esker, Fairfield Co., pp. 428-429.

The Radnor Esker, Delaw'are-Marion Cos., pp. 540-541.

The Richland Esker, Logan Co., pp. 489-490.

The Richwood Esker, Union Co., p. 540.

The esker near Springboro, Warren Co., pp.

oo2— OOO.

The Taylor Creek Esker, Hardin Co., pp. 538-540.
All of these are 3 miles or less in length, except the Circleville
and Pickerington eskers which are 9 and 5 miles respectively.

The Columbus Esker.

In the northeastern part of the city of Columbus is a ridge,
the location of which has been known for a long time, but whose
structure and composition were, probably, not recognised until
last Spring, when it was the writer's good fortune to detect it.
Workmen had excavated a ditch across its northern end -for a
water main, which exposed its alternate strata of sand and gravel
to view. This gravel ridge probably ought to be described be-
cause of its convenient location, espccailly to the Ohio State

Feb., 1907.]

The Columbus Esker.

67

Fig. 1. Chart showing location of the Columbus Esker. The dotted
portion sho-\vs where the ridge has been eroded by a small branch of Neil's
Run, Seventeenth Avenue occupying the position of this branch.

Fig. 2. General view of the esker from a point near Seventeenth
Avenue looking north. The shed is located upon the center of the ridge
just north of Eighteenth Avenue, where there is a sharp turn to the east
and thence northward.

68

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. VII, No. 4,

University, and because of the rapid growth of this part of the
city. The "leveUng" hand of man will all too soon obliterate
its distinctive features.

The trend of this esker is north to south between Summit
Street on the east and Indianola Avenue on the west (Fig. 1).

Fig. 3. A diagram of the cross section of the esker on the north side
of Woodruff Avenue, width 12S feet, height IG feet, 8 inches.

Fig. 4. A portion of the cross section of tlie esker on the north side
of Woodruff Avenue. On account of the narrowness of the water-main
ditch it was necessary to take the photograjih at quite an angle.

It extends from the bank of Neil's Run !.')() feet north of Wood-
ruff Avenue south to Fifteenth Avcntic. The residence of the
Neil estate is located upon its southern end. A portion of the

Feb., 1907.]

The Columbus Esker.

69

ridge has been eroded by a small branch of Neil's Run, which
crosses it just north of Sixteenth Avenue.

A cross section (Figs. 3 and 4) at the northern end exposed
by the excavation for Woodruff Avenue shows it to be 128 feet
wide and 16 feet, 8 inches high. Here it rests directly upon the
bed rock, the Ohio Shale. The bottom layer of 12 inches con-
tains a great number of angular and partly water-worn pebbles
of the adjacent shale (Fig. 4). The strata of the large central
core dip outward from 20 ° to 45°. Here coarse and fine sand
alternate w'ith each other and with layers of coarse and fine
gravel. On either side at the edges the stratification is some-
what tumbled or disturbed. This is probably due to the melting
away of the ice at the sides and the subsequent settling of this
portion. The strata contain a few rounded pebbles of the Ohio
Shale and neighboring limestones, but the great majority are of
foreign rock. The sheet of till here caps these crumpled poi"-
tions and even runs over the entire form.

At Eighteenth Avenue the curbstone of the street does not
reach the bed rock in the cut, but it was said to have been struck
some 4 or 5 feet deeper. The height of the esker above the curb
is 11 feet. As the ridge turns sharply to the southwest at this
point the exact width was hard to determine, but it was taken to
be 115 feet. The strata are deposited in a more uniform arch
over the center with less distortion on the edges. Deeper ex-
cavation, however, might show the edges to be distorted. The
strata consist of alternate coarse sand and fine graAxl. The whole
is capped by till.

Fig. 5. A diagram to show the cross section on the north side of
Sixteenth Avenue, width 114 feet, height (exposed) 13 feet, 5 inches.

The excavation for Sixteenth Avenue in the southern portion
did not reach the bed rock (Figs. 5 and 6). Here it rises 13 feet,
5 inches above the cut and spreads out laterally to a w4dth of 114
feet. The strata of the central portion are not laid clown in
such a uniform arch as those of the other two sections. Those
of the eastern portion dipping at an angle of 45°. Fine and
coarse sand and fine gravel alternate with each other. Water-
worn pebbles of shale were found ainongst those of foreign ma-
terial. A few of those of the latter material attained the size
of cobbles of 5 or 6 inches. Till covers the ridge as usual.

70

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. VII, No. 4,

To the north and east of this ridge the plain is higher than to
the west. Upon this higher ground the till is very thin if not
almost entirely wanting. So sparse is it that it is hard to say
where the till leaves off and the residual soil begins. Large
bowlders or erratics, however, are sparsely strewn over the sur-
face. Several large ones lie in Neil's Run immediately north
of the ridge. One of these is about 6 by 8 feet. To the west and
south the till, much of it stratified, increases very rapidlv in
thickness. The record of the State House Well shows it to be
123 feet (^), while another well drilled on the banks of the Olen-
tangy River in the city limits passed through 104 feet of drift (^).
Not only is the till much thicker but the large bowlders are
much more numerous. These occur on the surface at frequent
intervals and are smoothlv worn.

Fig. 6.
Avenue.

A portion of the cross section on the south side of Sixteenth

Other instances of water-deposited glacial material occur
within the city limits. The excavation for the present Chemis-
trv Building on the State University Grounds, directly west of
this esker, showed deposits of the finer water-assorted material.
These occur in alternate strata of coar.ser and finer drift in which

8. G. S. O. Vol. I. Part I. pp. 113-114.

9. Ibid. Vol. VI. p. 282.

Feb., 1907.] The Columbus Esker. 71

were troughs of non-conformable cross bedding. The latter
were probably the work of small rivulets. Frequent excava-
tions for other buildings adjacent to High Street often show this
deposit of water-assorted glacial material. This sometimes is of
a much coarser nature, large cobbles and bowlderets often form-
ing the greater amount of the deposit. In South Colimibus on
the bluffs of the Scioto just off High Street fine examples of
stratified drift occur. These are located well up in the drift.

In this part of the city there is also a gentle swelling of the
drift to form a ridge-like formation, which reaches its culmina-
tion in Baker's Hill, 819 feet above tide. South of this other
more or less distinct elevations occur until Spangler's Hill, 817
feet, is reached. Still further south a few indistinct knolls or
short ridges occur. About opposite Duvall, in Pickaway County,
a low ill-defined sand ridge gradually develops, which continues
(at places almost wanting) for about a mile until the north end
of the Circleville Esker is reached. This stands out some 40 or
50 feet above the surrounding country.

Are these level stratified deposits of the various parts of Co-
lumbus sand plain or alluvial fan deposits of the above glacial
stream? Or are the knolls, short ridges and gravel hills, which
lie between this Columbus Esker and the Circleville Esker, in-
terrupted deposits of this glacial stream? Or is the Columbus
Esker simply one of those short gravel ridges which cannot be
definitely connected with a delta deposit or another esker system f'
Further field work and study alone can solve this, if a solution is
possible, and this the writer hopes to be able to accomplish.

Practically ever since the abandonment of the ice-berg theory
and the introduction of the glacial hypothesis for the origin of
the till. Geologists have attributed eskers to fluvio-glacial action.
Some have held that they were accumulated in supra-glacial
streams. Some have argued this method together with en-
glacial stream deposition. More, however, have attributed them
to sub-glacial streams, while still others have favored all three
methods in varying degrees. Opposed to the supra-glacial and
en-glacial origin Chamberlin and Salisbury say that: " (1) So far
as known, the surfaces of ice-sheets are free from drift (apart
from wind-blown dust) except for a fraction (and generally a
small one) of a mile from their edges; and (2) superficial streams
are, in general, much too swift to allow of the accumulation of
drift in their channels." (^*')

Geikie also found strong arguments against the superficial
stream deposit and concluded by saying: "The tendency of sup-
erficial water-flow would be rather to distribute morainic mater-
ial (material upon the ice) in irregular sheets over the surface

JO. Geology, Vol. III. p. 376. 1906.

72 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 4,

of the ice than to arrange it in determinate linear courses, unless,
indeed, we are to suppose that the superficial rivers succeeded in
rapidlv cutting their way down to the bottom of the ice-sheet,
and thus at an early period formed deep trenches into which was
shot all the rock-rubbish derived from the ice during its dissolu-
tion. If it be hard to conceive such conditions possible, it is not
easier to see how river beds filled with detritus to a depth of 50
to GO feet, more or less, could retain their position and sink grad-
uallv down during the general ablation of the ice sheet." (").

Let us consider the only way of superficial water origin of
eskers conceivable to Geikie, viz.: "deep trenches," that is,
stream.s whose banks were the ice-sheets and whose bottoms were
the ground. These streams with the vast amount of water and
material cast into them would be nothing short of torrents and
would carry the material along and deposit it in approximately
longitudinal, horizontal strata. Now take a case of an esker of
Maine, which passes beneath the water of a lake, up the side of a
valley, over a col or divide of 200 to 400 feet, and thence down
the other side. Here the stream (deep trench) would continue
to lay down its load in practically horizontal layers until the top
of the divide w^as reached. The result would be not a long com-
paratively uniform ridge, as we find, but a ridge of perhaps onl\-
a few inches in height at the divide and 200-400 feet in height
in the valley and with a still greater height across the lake basin.
The fact that we have these ridges of practically uniform height
extending through lakes, up valleys, across divides and down into
other valleys seems to point to but one origin, namely: sub-gla-
cial streams flowing under "head" at the maximum extent or at
the various stages of retreat of the ice-sheet.

The writer is under obligation to Dr. George D. Hubbard for
many suggestions and criticisms and for the photograph for
figure 6 and wishes to express his thanks to him for the courtesies
extended.

11. The Great Ice Age, onl Ediliun, p. 17-1.

Feb., 1907.] Notes on a Sandusky Bay Shrimp.

73

NOTES ON A SANDUSKY BAY SHRIMP, PALAEMONETES

EXILIPES STIMPSON.*

William B. Herms.

During the summer of 1904 the writer secured several speci-
mens of Palaemonetes for a brief morphological stud}'. These
specimens were taken in the waters of Sandusky Bay, Lake Erie,
at what is called Black Channel. Before this time specimens had
been brought into the Ohio State University Lake Laboratory
at intervals, but in some seasons were difficult to secure. During
the summer of 1905 not one was brought in. In August of 1906.
at the close of the summer session the writer was collecting
sponges near Black Channel, when two or three specimens were
again unexpectedly taken. This led to a more extended search
which resulted in the collection of many specimens, not only in
Black Channel but also in the neighboring coves.

Fig. 1. Palaemonetes exilipes, Stimpson.

A few of the shrimps collected were sent to the Smithsonian
Institution for identification. Miss Mary J. Rathbun, of the
Division of Marine Invertebrates kindly identified them as Palae-
monetes exilipes, Stimpson, widely distributed through the
eastern half of the United States excepting New England. Miss
Rathbun also stated that this shrimp grows to be two or three

* Read at the meeting of the Ohio Academy of Science, Dec. 1. 1906.

74 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. Vll, No. 4,

times the size of specimens sent in, which were about the average
of those collected (22 mm. from tip of rostrum to tip of telson).

Besides being apparently rare in Sandusky Bay during past
summers, another possible reason w^hy shrimps have not been
observed is the transparency of these individuals. They are
almost as clear as the water in which they live, and if attention
were not called to them, would probably pass notice. Specimens
cannot be preserved, it seems, so that this natural transparency
may be retained. Placing in alcohol (70 % to 80%) or formalin
(4%) caused the specimens to become milky. Those dying
naturally in the water also become milky. They can be cleared,
however, fairly well in xylol.

The well developed springing power of the shrimp is a fre-
quent cause for losing individuals. These characteristics, viz.:
apparent scarcity, transparency, small size and springing power,
make the collection of large numbers of shrimps difficult. With a
small tow-net, never more than three or four were taken at a
time, and frequently none.

This shrimp was first describctl by Stimpson in 1S71 from
specimens taken at Somerville, S. C. In 1872 ('73) Smith (S. I.)
of the United States Fish Commission described the same species
"from half a dozen specimens collected by Mr. J. W. Milner, at
Ecorse, Mich., in a grassy arm of Sandusky Bay, Lake Erie,
known as Black Channel." As Stimpson's specimens were from
Somerville, S. C, and his description differed considerably from
the I^ake Erie specimens, Smith supposed, at the time his des-
cription was written, that the northern specimens represented a
distinct species. This error was corrected when the latter re-
ceived a series collected in the fresh water streams of Florida.
Hay, in 1882, reports collecting this species in tril)utaries of the
Tombigbee and Moxubee rivers in eastern Mississippi, in the
Mississippi river at Memphis, in Pearl River at Jackson, and in
the Chicasawha River at Enterprise, Miss. It is also reported
l)y Forbes for Illinois: "Very common in Illinois River, where it
is the only shrimp. Taken in large numl)ers at Pekin."

The extreme interest of this shrimp and the fact thai liltlc
or no observations have been made on the bt'havior of tlie sixH'ies,
led the writer to observe it more closely.

Their usual habitat is clear, shallow water ranging in dei)th
from one to perhaps four or five feet, with vegetation and sandy
bottom. As soon as muddy or mucky conditions were encoun-
tered in towing, the shrimps were not to be found. The Sandv
coves of Sandusky Bay, Lake Erie, abounding with \'egetation,
apparently afford ideal conditions and shrim])s should be ])len-
tiful there. However, the carp and other fish are also ])lentiful
and these undoubtedly feed on the delicnte little shrimps. The

Feb., 1907.] Notes on a Sandusky Bay Shrimp. 75

latter were found in greatest abundance two or three hundred
feet from shore where the water was three or four feet deep.
(The coves of Sandusky Bay are as a rule quite shallow). Tow-
ing near the surface was unsuccessful, a few were secured at the
bottom, but most were taken midway, and somewhat nearer the
bottom.

The most abundant vegetation hi the coves of Sandusky
Bay is included in the following hst:

Mvriophyllum spicatum L. (Very abundant).

Vallisneria spiraHs L. (Very abundant.)

CeratophvUum demersum L. (Abundant.)

Naias flexihs (Willd.) Rost & Schmidt. (Abundant.)

Philotria canadensis (Mx) Britt. (Water Weed.) (Very
abundant.)

Potamogeton perfoHatus L. (Common; also five or six other

species).

Pontederia cordata L. (Pickerel weed.)
Zizania aquatica L. (Wild Rice.)
Scirpus lacustris L. (Great Bulrush.)
Nymphaea advena Soland.
Castalia tuberosa (Paine) Greene.
Nelumbo lutea (WiUd.) Pers.

Light Experiments.

On Aug. 17, 1906, thirteen shrimps were taken and at once
placed in an aquarium two thirds full of water with a few pond-
weeds and sand on the bottom. The aquarium was then taken
into the dark room. Ten minutes after this it was examined
with an acetvlene gas lantern and the shrimps were found scat-
tered. Holding the lamp for a moment at one end there was
an immediate response, many swimming toward the light. The
shrimps were then left in the dark for an hour.

2:46 P. M. Shrimps scattered. Within one minute five re-
sponded to the light, coming to the glass. (Light left in position) .

2:55 P. M. Ten were at the light end, one within four inches
and two at the farthest end. The movement toward the light
was not a darting, but a ghding motion. When the glass was
reached the motion was continued from side to side, but in one
or two minutes the shrimps came to rest.

3:09 P. M. All seemed to be in about the same position.

4:15 P. M. The remaining shrimps were nearer the light.
The light end of the aquarium at this time was fairly plastered
with pond-snails which happened to be in the aquarium, eleven
out of a possible fourteen had crawled up the glass.

4:45 P. M. Only two shrimps remained at the darker end.

6:00 P. M. The shrimps were pretty w^ell scattered again.
Those that could be observed had their heads turned awav from

76 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 4,

the light. An Agrionid larva had been clinging to the glass in
front of the lamp for over fifteen minutes. (At this point the
lamp was taken away.)

8:00 P. M. Examined again after the aquarium was in the
dark for two hours. The shrimps had changed their positions,
all but three or four having come to the surface of the water
at the margin. On flashing a red light into the water through
one end, two shrimps responded at once, the others did not change
their positions.

(Note. — The aquarium used in the above experiment and the follow-
ing ones measured 10 x 8 x 6 inches. The sides were covered inside
with dense black cloth, ends open; a black focussing cloth served as a
cover for the top and one end. An acetylene gas lantern, of bicycle
pattern, was used for light, which in the above experiment was simply
shed in at the open end. A good red light was secured by screening the
face of the lantern with a cap of the best quality tissue paper. Far
better results were obtained in the following experiments by cutting
off all but a sharp well-defined path. When a full light is shed into the
water through the open end of the aquarium, there is a response to the
light, but because the water is lighted in comparatively so large an area,
the response is rather undecided.)

During the following two days (Aug. 18-19) the aquarium
was kept in daylight, i. e., no experiments with artificial light
were performed. The shrimps were quite inactive, clinging to
the sides of the aquarium and seldom changing position. The
darker corners were evidently preferred during the day. This
was again apparent when the aquarium was covered with a fo-
cussing cloth and a path of sunlight was shed through an aper-
ture in a pasteboard cover placed over one end.

Light experiments applied during the evening of the 19th
resulted in no marked or ready response to the stimulus, though
the light (artificial) was shed through a small aperture. This
inactivitv, I think, should be attributed to the fact that the
shrimps were in a pathological condition because of the condition
of the water, several clams ha\-ing already died in it. The
dragon-fly nymphs (four in number) on the other hand, darted
for the light immediately and remained there for the evening
excepting occasional excursions awav from the light, this but for
a moment, then to return and continue bumping against the
glass and swimming back and forth from side to side of the light
path. Several pond-snails also persisted in coming to the light
even after having been pushed aside repeatedly ; thigmotaxis,
however, eventually carried them straight up the glass and away
from the light.

On Aug. 2(), H)()(), twenty-six shrimps were placed in the
aquarium after changing the water and other contents. There
was an immediate rush to the light end (daylight), which was re-
peated again and again on turning the aquarium end for end.

Feb., 1907.] Notes on a Sandusky Bay Shrimp. 77

At about 10:30 A. M. it was taken into the dark room, the hght
or open end being covered with a pasteboard cap having a V-
shaped aperture 3-4 inch at the broad end and running to a point
in 2 1-2 inches. In a few minutes (five or sixj, on hasty inspec-
tion, the shrimps were found to be scattered among the vegeta-
tion. White light shed through the aperture caused four or
five shrimps to swim quickly to the light, others following in
quick succession. Darkening the water again caused the shrimps
to disperse. Red light, violet, blue, orange, indigo, green, and
vellow, tried in above succession had a similar effect, i. e., there
w'as a more or less immediate response. There seemed to be a
possible preference for red, which the writer has not been able
to decide definitely. Colored light caused the shrimps to remain
in the field of light better; this is probably due to the greater
diffusion of the white light causing a broader and probably less
definite field. The shrimps were in the dark room about two
and a half hours, and during this time those nearest the light
kept up a continual bumping against the glass. From sixteen to
twenty shrimps were near the light with from four to twelve
bumping the glass within the small area of light. Some seemed
to rest on the sand at the bottom, while others kept up the bump-
ing and vice versa.

Taking the aquarium so that sunlight might pass through
the aperture now reduced to 3-4 by 3-4 inches, there was no re-
sponse. The shrimps graduallv went back to the pond- weeds or
adhered to the sides of the aquarium, with none near the light.

At 7:30 P. M., of the same day (Aug. 26) the light experiments
were again repeated, and the shrimps were found scattered
throughout the aquarium, clinging principally to the pond-weeds.
In two minutes with ordinary lamplight, twenty out of twenty-
four (two of the twenty-six had died) were at the open end.
Passing the acetvlene gas light around the aquarium the shrimps
followed it, with only a very faint light showing through the
covered sides, making a complete circuit several times.

Using the 3-4 by 3-4 inch aperture again w^th red, violet,
green, blue, orange, and yellow light, practically the same re-
sults were secured as above. A rest was given between the use
of each color, during which time the shrimps invariably retreated
to the pond-weeds. On flashing the light there was an immediate
movement toward it, some individuals responding, however,
more slowlv. Each individual swam to and fro with head
touching the glass. Several times it was observed that those
which had gone too far into the dark corners, returned to the
pond-weeds, but again came back to the light after coming once
more in its wake, following a path as indicated by the arrows in
the following figure.

78

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. VII, No. 4,

With orange light at the aperture and fifteen to eighteen
shrimps in the field, white light was placed at the opposite end,
removing the orange light at the saine time, three shrimps were
at the other end (white light) in one minute, and eleven or twelve
in five minutes. Changing back again to orange, five shrimps re-
turned in one and one-half minutes and fourteen in five minutes.
Experiments were continued in this manner for about an hour and
a half with practically the same results, however, yellow light
with which experiments were closed did not cause a ready
response. This was probably due to the fact that the shrimps
were suft'ering from fatigue, because yellow light used on fresher
individuals had the same effect as any other light.

Li^kt>^(X

^ yf-» >7-» >r-* JV-» J^-* *-> >*—> >f^--* ,f^^ ,^,,_

\ ^\

\ I \

\ /X

>Pan<l-vveeds

< \

•'^

*'-S«-. ■»-> ^^ i>^ li^ it-^ »-^ »_, v-» »-^ "^^

Fig. 2. Diagram showing course taken by some shrimps from pond-
weeds to light shed through aperture A in covered end of aquarium. See
text for explanation.

Later in the season two apertures were used of equal diameter,
(about 3-4 by 3-4 inch), side by side, in the same pasteboard
cap and about two inches apart. Two different colors were then
used at the same time to test whether there was any preference.
It W'as found by careful observation that there was no apparent
choice, except as stated above, a possible preference for red.

(Note. — The screen used for colored light was made of the best quality
tissue paper from one to three fold depending on the density. This paper
was simply placed over the aperture in front of the acetylene gas lantern.
The light thus obtained was good for all practical purposes, though great
stress should not be placed on details, since the writer was not able to
regulate carefully the intensity of the light so as to secure uniform results.)

Conclusions. — Palaemonetes exilipes Stimpson, is the com-
mon shrimp of Sandusky Bay, though not abundant. Shallow
water with sandy bottom and rich in vegetation afl'ords the most

Feb., 1907.] Phytnphthora and Plasmopora. 79

favorable conditions. It is strongly, positively phototactic,
not only to white light, but to red, green, violet, orange, blue and
yellow, showing a probable preference for red.

Ohio Wesleyan University,

Delaware, Ohio, November, '06.

Literature Cited.

Forbes, vS. A., '76 — List of Illinois Crustacea. Bull. 111. State
Lab. N. H., No. 1, 5.

Hay, O. P., '82 — Notes on Fresh-water Crustacea. Amer. Nat-
uralist. XVI-(144) 1882.

Smith, Sidney I., '72 — Report of U. S. Fish Com. Fresh-water
Fisheries of the U. S. Report of 1S72-73-A, Synopsis of
the Higher Fresh-water Crustacea of the Northern U. S.,
pp. 041-42.

Stimpson, William, 71, Ann. N. Y. Lyceum N. H., x loO (Not

seen).

ON THE OCCURRENCE OF PHYTOPHTHORA INFESTANS
MONT. AND PLASMOPORA CUBENSIS (B. &C.) HUMPH.

IN OHIO.*

A. D. Selby.

The first named fungus, parasitic upon potato, Phytophihora
infestans Mont., is a species of large economic importance, whose
periodic epidemic outbreaks have become historic and have had
far reaching economic and political effects. Most of you will
recall the statements, that the potato rot resulting from this
fungus, occurred in a virulent form in Eastern North America
in 1842 and again in 1845 — also in 1874. In 184.5, and at later
dates the disease spread to Great Britain, Ireland, Belgium and
parts of Germany and France. In one earlier year, 1845, the
greatest injury was done in Nova Scotia, New Brunswick and
in Ireland.

This restatement of old facts is made to ask you to bear in
mind the climate of the areas of greatest disease.

Doubtless most have heard of potato late blight and rot from
this fungus and may be surprised to learn that it is of such rare
occurrence in our state that not a single Ohio specimen of
PhytopJithora infestans is to be found in any of the herbaria of
the country, save only a few collected at the Ohio Experiment
Station within the last three years. However, I know that
specimens were taken by the late Dr. E. W. Claypole, near Ak-
ron, O., in the early 8()'s, since I saw him once exhibit such ma-
terial. This material was unfortunately destroyed in the fire

* Read at the meeting of the Ohio Academy of Sci.

8o The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 4,

which recently befell Buchtel College. In the preparation of
this paper I have written to all the prominent herbaria and the
laboratory of Vegetable Pathology, Washington. Michigan
specimens are equally rare in Michigan, as are Illinois specimens
in Illinois, so we are informed by those who know.

I may further state that from the writer's first connection
with the Experiment Station in September, 1S94, he was dili-
gently striving to secure specimens of Phytophthora upon potato
in Ohio, but did not succeed until August 1904, when it was
collected in several counties. The fungus has reappeared and
been collected in Northern Ohio each season since H)()o, including
that of 190(1 The maximum injury to the potato crop was in-
flicted in 1905.

By the kindness of Mr. E. C. Green, of Medina, Ohio, I have
been able to fix definitely the occurrence of Phytophthora in
Granger township, Medina County, in 18S3, thus confirming
the Akron specimens destroyed by fire.

We are now prepared to ask, "What conditions determine
the occurrence of outbreaks of Phytophthora injestans in Ohio?"
— a questian which all will admit is more easily asked than
answered.

Before undertaking to reply to such a question we may con-
sider what conditions favor the propagation and development
of this fungus, which so far as is known, is propagated by short-
lived conidia or by the mycelium, the vegetable portion of the
fungus; no oospores are known. Herein, we find some diversity
of opinion among mycologists. Dr. W. G. Farlow * records
that the potato rot due to Phytophthora injestans always occurs
or begins about the first of August, that mositure is absolutely
essential and that damp "muggy" weather is quite as favorable
to its development as heavy rains. This applies more specifi-
cally to New England.

In this statement moisture is especially emphasized and pro-
perly so. Dr. B. D. Halsted f in his Mycological Notes of 189(S
points out "A Close Relation between Rainfall and Potato
Rot," in which he emphasizes the rainfall of 1889 (10.19) inches)
and 1897 (11.42 inches); in both these years there were marked
outbreaks of rot in New Jersey with none, or next to none, in in-
tervening years, and states further: "It seems to me that Phy-
tophthora or late blight is quite dependent upon an abundance of
moisture in midsummer, and if this relation is noted sufficiently
the time may come wehn it may be predicted with reasonably
certainty, that a wet July will mean a decaying potato crop un-
less some successful method of checking tihs ra])i(lly (le\el()])ing

* Bulletin of the Bussey Institution; I;.320 (1875).
t Bull. Ti.rr. Bot. Club XXV:U10 (1,S9S).

Feb., 1907.] Phytophthora and Plasmopora. 8i

fungus is employed, and, contrariwise, a dry summer will insure
freedom from its ravages."

Professor L. T. Jones * reports upon a favorable season for
potato late blight in Vermont: "In 1902, the weather was re-
markably cool and moist up to about August 1st, and it has con-
tinued cool and moist with more than the usual amount of rain-
fall since." That year we found the first Phytophthora July 13,
"the earliest date in a dozen years' observations."

In 1903, Dr. Halsted f again reports serious outbreaks of
rot in New Jersey, and mentions moisture as essential to this
dexelopment of Phytophthora and states "A second favoring con-
dition is warm weather — not hot or cold, but a condition of the
atmosphere which obtains when there is a week or month of show-
ery summer weather, often spoken of as close or "muggy" —
just such as we have experienced throughout the state during
August. "

In this same connection Dr. Halsted gives the mean monthly
temperatures and rainfall for New Jersey during the 15 years
previous to 1903. These show for 1903 a June mean of 64.0°
(-.5.5°), July 73.3° (-0.6°) and August 68.4° (-3.9°) with rainfall
about double the mean for June, normal for July and 2.32 inches
in excess of normal for August. These conditions of 1903 fol-
lowed a cool summer in 1902. Without closer analysis of these
data we may now turn to other sources.

Scribner | summarized the conditions favoring the disease as
follows:

"1. Humidity — The years of great outbreaks have always
been years of excessive humidity."

"2. A temperature ranging from 65° to 75° F. — a few de-
grese above 74° will check the development entirely, and down
to 45° F. the fungus will continue to grow."

"3. Moisture in the soil — hence a clayey soil or one that
will retain moisture is more favorable to rot."

While we may always need to keep in mind the distinction
between Phytophthora rot, and certain other forms of rot, we
may pass to a statement of Dr. Galloway 'sjl "The rapid spread
of the disease is dependent in a large measure upon certain con-
ditions of moisture and heat. A daily mean, or normal temper-
ature of from 72° to 74° F. for any considerable time, accom-
panied by moist weather, furnisher the best conditions for the
spread of the disease"; on the other hand, if the daily mean or
normal temperature exceeds 77° F. for a few days the develop-

* Report Vermont Exp. Station: 15:210: (1902).

t Report New Jersey Exp. Station: 1903: 541-555.

t Report Section of Veg. Path.. U. S. Dept. Agric. 1888: 338.

II Galloway, B. T. — Some destructive potato diseases — Farmer's Bull. 15: 1894: U. S
Dept. Agric.

82

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. VII, No. 4,

ment of the disease is checked. This explains why the potato
blight fungus seldom occurs to any extent in sections where the
mean or normal daily temperature exceeds for anv length of
time 77° F."

I am unable to state at this time the basis upon which the
above statements rested at the time, but with certain modifica-
tions they will fully cover Ohio conditions. Recalling that the
years 1883 to 1886 inclusive, and 1903 to 190G in Ohio, were
periods of prevalence for Phytophthora infcstaus in Ohio, we may
glance at the weather conditions for these periods and compare
with the means of the past 24 years. It seems only necessary
to consider the months of June, July and August. Unfortunately
our data do not extend back further than 1SS3.

I have prepared a table showing the mean summer tempera-
tures and mean rainfall in Ohio for 1883 to 190G:

Mean Summer Temperatures and Rainfall in Ohio 1SS3-19U0

Mean Temperatures.

Mean Rainfall.

Year.

June.

July.

August.

Season's
Mean.

June.

July

August.

Season's
Total.

Inches

Inches

Inches

Inches

188.3

69.0°

72.1°

68 . 2°

69 . 8°

4.25

4.16

1.88

10.29

1884

71.1

71.5

70. 1

70 . 9

2 . 96

3 . 83

1.45

8.24

188.5

67.1

75.2

68 . 9

70.4

4.34

3 . 20

6 . 33

13.87

1880

67.5

72.0

70 . 9

70.1

3.53

2.88

3.62

10.03

1887

71.0

77.9

77.9

75.6

3.85

2.16

2.39

8.40

1888

70.4

72.1

70.4

71.0

3.41

2.40

5.10

10.91

1889

06.7

72.5

6V) . 1

69 . 4

4.13

4 . 25

1.50

9.88

1890

73.3

73.0

08.8

71.7

4.50

1 . 99

4.70

11.19

1891

71.0

69.0

70 . 0

70.0

4.82

3.82

3.07

11.71

1892

73.0

73.0

71.0

72.3

5.61

3 . 80

2.99

12.40

1893

70.6

74.5

70.7

71.9

3.34

2 . 49

2.17

8.00

1894

71.3

74.3

71.2

72 . 3

2.65

1 . 56

1.67

5.88

1895

72.0

71.6

73 . 5

72.4

2.47

2.00

2.96

7.43

1896

69.5

73.2

71.8

71.5

4.81

8.11

3.38

16.30

1897

68.1

75.5

69.4

71.0 1

2 . 85

4 . 65

2.72

10.22

1898

71.9

70.0

73 . 5

71.8

2 . 86

3.98

4 . 50

1 1 . 34

1899

71.5

74.1

73.7

7.3 . 1

2 . 96

4.18

1 .82

8.96

1900

69.8

74.1

76 . 3

73.4

2.99

4.62 '

3 . 68

11.29

1901

70.9

78.1

73.1

74.0

4 . 38

2.73 j

3 . 32

10.43

1902

66.9

74.0

67.4

69.4

7.48

4 . 6'.)

1 .67

13.84

1903

64.4

72.9

70.7

69.3

3 . 97

.3 . 67

3.20

10.84

1 904

68.4

71.4

68.8

69 . 5

2 . 88

4.13

2.74

9 . 75

1905

69.2

73.0

71.7

71.3

4.72

3.93

4.46

13.11

1906

69.8

72.1

74. ()

72.2
71.7°

3.41

5.14

4.72

13 . 27

Ohio...

69.7°

73.9°

71.6°

3.94

3.97

3.04

10.95

The summer temperatures for the years 1S83 to ISSG, taken
as a whole, were decidedly below the normal. The same is true
for the summer months for the years 1902 to 1906, excepting the
month of August 1906.

Feb., 1907.] Phytophthora and Plasmopora. 83

The data at hand indicate that when we have cyclar periods
of low summer temperatures we may anticipate one or more
seasons of Phytophthora outbreaks. A single season, or a single
month scarcely controls; abundant moisture alone may not de-
termine, as is shown in contrasting the years 1905 and 1906 in
Ohio. In 1905 the July rainfall was 3.93 inches; that for August
4.46 inches, while in 1906 the July rainfall was greater, 5.14
inches, and that for August 4.72 inches; however, in 1906 the
August temperatures rose above the optimum, the mean being
74.6° F.

It will be well at all times to bear in mind that hot and cold
are relative terms; our mean summer climate is above the op-
timum for Phytophthora injestans — so that in Ohio the seasons
that are below normal are the ones which favor the fungus. In
Maine, Nova Scotia, New Brunswick and Ireland, this may not
be relatively the case. The mean summer isotherm of 70° F.
crosses Northeastern Ohio, in an irregular line, entering the state
in southern Columbiana county and emerging at Vermillion
Erie County ; a second area in northwestern Ohio is crossed by
the same isotherm. The southern area of the state is excluded
from the Phytophthora areas by the higher temperatures, as well
as by the early potato crop grown there. It may be mentioned
in passing, that very early potatoes in Georgia and Florida are
also attacked by Phytophthora.

From other known considerations, the foregoing suggestions
do not appear unreasonable. The potato plant is native in cool
regions and is most successfully cultivated in the cooler portions
of Ohio and in states of more northerly latitude. That the de-
velopment of the parasitic Phytophthora should be faA^ored by
analagous conditions even though limited by a much narrower
range of temperature and rainfall than the host itself, can scarcely
be regarded as strange. The irregularity of the outbreaks of
Phytophthora in Ohio, is an economic difficulty in its control,
since the public mind acts only after the fact. For Ohio it
seems not improbable to the writer, that a succession of favorable
or cool seasons leads to the gradual southward advance of Phy-
tophthora, until established within our area; we then have one
or more violent outbreaks of disease, followed in turn by the
gardual disappearance of the fungus during a cvcle of hot or
dry seasons, or both hot and dry seasons. It seems very evi-
dent that we do not alwaj'S have it with us.

Concerning Plasmopora Cuhensis.

This second fungus, Plasmopora Cuhensis (B. & C.) Humph.,
parasitic upon the cucumber, Cucumis sativa, and upon other
cultivated and wild species of Cucurhitaceae, offers a contrasting
history of development. There is a brief history given in Bulle-

84 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 4,

tin 89 O. Agric. Exp. Station, published b_v the writer in 1S97,
and is as follows:

"The histor}^ of this trouble is not an extended one, yet its
restatement ma}^ help in later considerations. The fungus was
first described in 1868, by Berkely and Curtis,*^ from specimens
on a wild plant from Cuba. It was at the time called Perono-
spora Cuhensis. In 1S8S the same fungus was found upon cu-
cumbers in Japan'. Meanwhile, before this fact had been pub-
lished, that is in 1889, Dr. Halsted, of New Jersey, had found the
fungus upon hot-bed cucumbers at New Brunswick.* He then
expressed the fear that "Market gardeners may have in the cu-
cumber mildew a serious enemy, especially should it spread to
squashes, melons, and other members of the Cucurbitaceoe, annd
attack the seedling plants." It was afterwards found by him
upon cucumbers, squashes and pumpkins in various parts of the
State.'' The same year it was reported by Professor Gallow^ay^"
from Anona, Fla., and College Station, Texas. Humphrey"
reported it from Massachusetts, for 1890, upon garden cucumbers
and squashes. He changed the name to Plasmopara Cubensis
(B. & C.) Humph., since it was found to belong to that genus.
In 1891 it was again reported by Dr. Halsted^- who found it
almost everywhere about New Brunswick, though it had not
been observed in 1890. Watermelons were attacked by it both
there and at New Haven, Conn. The same disease was again
prevalent in New Jersey in 1892 and in 1893. About this time
it began to be destructive to field cucumbers in south-eastern
New York^-"*, where it continues to be prevalent and destructive
to the present time. In 1895, the same trouble appeared in
forcing houses in Ohio and in the writer. s garden at Wooster",
but did not prove serious.

In 189(i, it was very destructive in forcing houses at Hyde
Park, and while not reported or studied, so far as known, in the
pickle fields of Ohio and Kentucky, where the disease proved so
injurious in 1897, there are some evidences, chiefly later infer-
ences from observations made at the time by growers, that the
downy mildew prevailed to a more limited extent in 189(i."

This subtropical species reproduces itself by short-lived
-conidia which germinate by swarm spores; no oospores are

6. Journal Linnaean Society, Botany, x, 363.

7. Farlow, W. G. Botanical Gazette xiv, 189.

8. Botanical Gazette, xiv, 1.52-1.53.

9. Journal Mycology, v. 201.

10. Journal Mycology, v. 216.

11. Eighth Annual Report Mass. State Ag'l Exp't Station, 210-12.

12. Report Botanist N. J. E.xp't Station, 1891, p. 248. See also Report Cunn. Exp't
Station 1891, p. 97.

13. Stewart loc. cit., p. 1.55.

14. Bulletin 73, pp. 231-4.

Feb., 1907.] Phytophthora and Plasmopora. 85

known. Observations made by the Avriter during the years 1895
to 1906 inclusive, show that this Plasmopora makes its appear-
ance upon field cucurbits in northern Ohio very much earlier-
in a warm season than in a cold one ; it has never been collected
-earlier than August 10th in the vicinity of Wooster (August 3rd,
Marietta, O.) and it is sometimes as late as Sept. 10th, and, pos-
sibly, altogether absent. The cool seasons of 1902-1905 have
brought ver}^ late or no development of Plasmopora in Ohio,
while the warm August of 1906 witnessed an early development
near Wooster, August 11-14. These dates but repeat those of
1898 and 1897. While the optimum temperatures of Plasmo-
pora Cuhensis are not specifically known to ine, these are prob-
ably near the summer maximum in Ohio. Seeking to get fuller
data upon the occurrence of this fungus in the United States, the
writer through the co-operation of Dr. T. B. Galloway, U. S.
Department of Agriculture, mailed letters of inquiry to most
mycologists and pathologists of the United States in 1898. The
replies elicited the fact from Prof. H. H. Hume that the Plas-
mopora CA'idently survives the winter upon wild cucurbits in
Florida and from other data, the same appears at successively
later dates northward as the season advances. At that time
the writer suggested the possibility that the Plasmopora upon
cucurbits is propagated northward each season by means of its
conidia ; a possibility that may now be regarded as a probability.
In addition to this the disease is occasionallv domiciled in forcing
houses and there survives. May this northward advance each
year, like that of migrating birds, be the true explanation of its
recurrence with us? The matter is difficult of proof but yet
scarcely improbable.

86 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 4,

SOME NOTES ON COLLECTING MOLLUSCA IN OHIO DURING

1906.*

V. vSterki.

The summer of 1906 was not favorable for collecting mollusca
in rivers and creeks. The water was higher and more turbid than
it usually is. The same has been reported from other states. Yet
there was some good in this state of things; on the one hand, the
mussels and snails had a favorable season for growth, and on the
other, they were somewhat protected from the shell and pearl
hunters.

A few, somewhat hurried, collecting trips were made to some
parts of the state; the expenses of most of them were paid from
the McMillin fund of the Ohio State Academy of Science. The
results of these trips were somewiiat below expectations, partly
on account of the conditions of the water and weather; as for
some of them the season was too much advanced. Yet, a few
species were found which had not yet been listed for the state,
and many localities were noted. The finding of a fossiliferous
deposit in Defiance County was also of interest. Like the sim-
ilar deposits in the Ohio and Miami Valleys it shows that there
was a time when land snails especially were plentiful. Compared
with this, our present moUuscan fauna is very poor, especially
in the northwestern part of the state.

On the whole stretch from the western parts of Stark and
Summit counties to Defiance, there are few places where land
snails can find "congenial surroundings," even approximately
suitable conditions of life, in consequence of deforestation, drain-
age and culture of the soil. It is e\'ident that not only the num-
ber of individuals is diminished to a small per cent of their num-
bers even of a few score 3^ears ago, but that many species are be-
ing exterminated over large tracts of land. And the same can
be said, to a large extent, of fresh-water mollusca, gastropods as
well as bivalves.

It is generally understood that Hmestone is favorable for the
growth of snails; but at Tiffin, e. g., I was badly disappointed.
A several hours' tramp left my boxes almost empty, and ap-
parently favorable and promising places were found absolutely
barren. But the rocky rapids of the Sandusky river yielded a
few things which had not been looked for — although no Unioni-
dae — and show that at favorable places of that river a rather
rich harvest may still be expected.

The Licking Ri\'er (or creek) at Newark is ver}' poor; a few
snails were found, but not a trace of a mussel. Yet there is no
doubt that it had its fair share of them. Rather the same con-

* Presented at the meeting of the Ohio State Academy of Science.

Feb, 1907.] Collecting Mollusca in Ohio. 87

dition is coming on in the Great Miami river, where I was collect-
ing a few years ago at and above e. g., Hamilton, also at Dayton.
The very wide river bed is in striking contrast to the little shallow
stream at low water. The few species of Unionidae still there,
and few in numbers, are of large forms and show that the river
must have offered very favorable conditions for their develop-
ment. But very few young and half grown specimens were
found; before very long, most or all of them will be gone; and
the shell and pearl hunters are hastening their extermination.

A few words may be added with respect to Lake Erie. Un-
fortunately, I have had no chacne yet to do systematic and thor-
ough collecting in the lake itself with the dredge. Btit repeated
coUecting along the shore, at Sandusky and Vermilion showed
that there is stiU a fair number of Unionidae. Pleuroceridae, etc.
A strange contrast to this is seen, e. g., at Fairport, Lake County.
All I was able to find there was a dead shell of Lampsilis luteolus,
not a trace of anything else, in spite of all search east and west
of the Grand River, along the lake. And that was a few days
after one of the severest stoi'ms of the season A man coming
along the beach held a water-worn Pleurocera in his hand, as a
rare find ; and a fisherman who has lived there for the last thirty
years told me that he knew of no place where I might find a mus-
sel. Probably the same condition as that of mollusa is found with
respect to other groups of animals. What is the cause of such
utter barrenness? And how is it with other parts of the lake,
further eastward?

It may be repeated that it is high time to take an inventor}^
of our mollusca fanna, that some more systematic collecting be
done in various parts of the state which are still as much as un-
explored. vStudents of nature are urgently invited to pay their
attention to these interesting animals. A pamphlet giving di-
rections for collecting and preparing specimens will be published
b_v the Carnegie Museum. Correspondence with anybody in-
terested— or to be interested — in this line, is solicited.

New Philadelphia, Ohio.

88 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 4,

MEETING OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.

The meeting was called to order by the president, Mr. Ham-
bleton. The minutes of the previous meeting were read and
approved.

The paper of the evening was by Prof. Graham, his subject
being "Practical Nature Study."

In the discussion which followed, the following members took
part, J. H. Schaffner, E. D. BaU, J. S. Hine and H. Osborn.

It was moved and seconded that the Editor and the Business
Manager be appointed a committee to confer with the librarian
with a view to presenting the exchanges of the Ohio Naturalist
to the library ; the library to have them bound. The motion was
carried.

The following were elected to membership: Grace T. Earle,
Nelle Ely, Edgar Hirst, Julio Ortega, A. W. Castle, L. M. Steckel
and W. Selby. The club then adjourned.

J. X. Fraxk, Secretary.

Date of Publication of February Number, February 16, 1907.

ne Ohio ^ACaturalist,

PUBLISHED BY

The Biological Club of the Ohio Stale Uni'versity,
Volume VII. MARCH. 1907. No. 5.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Griggs— Cymathere, a Kelp from the Western Coast 89

f'oOK— The Embryology of Sagittaria lancifolia L 97

Burgess— Experiments to Test the Diflusioii of Hydrocyanic Acid Gas in Fumigating

Houses 101

McCampbell— The Public Drinking Cup 105

Sterki — Fossil Land and Fresh Water Mollusca Collec'.ed in Defiance County, 0 110

Ortega— Key to Ohio Locusts in Winter Condition 113

Frank — Meetings of the Biological Club 114

CYMATHERE, A KELP FROM THE WESTERN COAST.*

Robert F. Griggs.

Cymathere is a genus of the Laniinariaceae estabhshed by
J. G. Agardh '67 to receive the older Laminaria triplicata of
Postels and Ruprecht '40. Though De Toni '95 includes in it
Lmninaria crassijolia which has a branching holdfast, the genus
is monotypic. Its sole species, Cymathere triplicata, is confined
to the northern portion of the Pacific Ocean. It grows abundant-
ly at the Minnesota Seaside Station on Vancouver's Island where
the plants herein described were collected.

In its habitat Cymathere is the antithesis of such kelps as
Postelsia and Lessoniopsis. Far from seeking the buffets of
the surf, it retires into secluded nooks where the surge of the
waves is no more than a gentle swishing to and fro. It does not
succeed well except in situations which are never uncovered bv
the tides. On this account the juvenile forms are difficult to
obtain by the more usual methods of collecting. Those gathered
by the writer were secured by picking out of a pothole, in which
the adult plants were flourishing, a number of stones as large as
could be lifted easily. Search of these with a hand lens at leisure
in the laboratory disclosed plants of all ages, down to the smallest
obtained.

At its maximum size the narrow oblong lamina of Cvmathere
may reach a length of 4 meters and a breadth of 22 cm. No
single specimen was seen, however, in which both these extreme
dimensions were present. Most of the plants are quite narrow,
only about half as wide as the broadest, which are A-ery short
with plicae very much broadened and less prominent than in
narrower individuals. The base is cunate or rounded, narrower
in young specimens and broadening afterwards as Yendo '03
has shown to be the case in Hirome itiiJarioiJes. At the tip

* Contributions from the Botanical Laboratory of the Ohio State University, XXIX.

9° The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 5,

the plicae are the last portions to be eroded away and hence thev
frequently stand out as long actmiinations beyond the blade
proper. The stipe is exceedingly short for so large a plant, sel-
dom if ever exceeding 5 cm. The holdfast has no hapteres rising
from the stipe but instead consists simply of the primitive disc,
which becomes about 3 cm. in diameter covering thus a verv
much smaller area than the holdfast of those kelps which have
a nuinber of hapteres to increase the strength of their hold on the
rocks. As in Renfrewia the surface of the primitive disc (not
the stipe above) is subject to local secondary growth by which
means branches are formed which pass outward and strengthen
the holdfast. These are, however, so flat and so closelv ap-
pressed to the disc that they are not noticeable except in sections,
(See figure of Renfrewia, Postelsia 1906: Fl. 18.)

Specimens in fruit are not easy to find at Port Renfrew dur-
ing the summer season. Late in the season, however, in old
plants may be found at the base of the lamina on both sides,
the lanceolate fruiting patches. Froximially they may extend
to within a millimeter of the base of the lamiina following its
margin around till its full width is attained at which point they
suddenly narrow to the plicae up which they extend for a dis-
tance of about 25 cm., making the w^hole sorus 40-50 cm. long.
At its tip the fructiferous area extends much further up in the
grooves than on the ridges of the plicae, thus forming on one
side three and on the other two or four acuminate points 5-25
cm. long.

It will be of interest to compare the positions of the .sori in
Cymathere and such kelps as Nereocystis. In the latter the
gonidia are born out near the tips of the branches perhaps a
hundred feet from the attachment of the holdfast. Instead of
maturing in one definite short season as seems most likely to be
the case with Cvmathere, thev are borne continuously from the
time the plant becomes m.ature till it is torn up by the waves.
When liberated the zoospores must be carried long distances by
the waves, in addition to the space they traverse by their own
activity, before thev settle down to the substratum. But in
Cymathere, growing in relati\cly quiet water, they are set free
within a few inches of the station of the parent plant and might
be expected to settle close around it. The habit of the one would
be most favorable for wide dispersal but only a very small pro-
portion of the repi'oductive bodies would succeed in establishing
themseh'es in favorable situations. The other would be slower
in dispersing itself but a larger percentage of the spores would
start favorably. These inferences are well borne out by the
facts of the distribution of the \-oung of the two species. Nereo-
cystis, it will be recalled, thrives only in the deep water ofi" sliore
where it is able to reach the surface with its long stipe. But on

March, 1907.] Cymathere, a Kelp from the Western Coast. 91

a coast where it is well developed its young plants may be seen
everywhere between the tide marks even up as high as any of
the "kelps grow, w^here they must soon perish because of the
unsuitalDle conditions. They are much the most abundant of
all the young kelps to be found even in high levels. The young
of Cymathere though it grows much closer to the tideline than
Nereocystis, are not often found growing uncoA^ered at low water
and are verv much less abundant though the adults are by no
means scarce at Port Renfrew.

In its histology Cymathere offers some points of interest. As
to the presence or absence of mucilage ducts there seems to be
some question since De Toni "95 contradicts Kjellman '93 by
asserting that they are present. In the specimens which I have
examined the stipe is wholly without ducts of any kind, while
in the lamina there occurs an irregular circle of openings which
mav be considered mucilage ducts. But they are not definitely
developed tubules with a lining wall of special secreting cells as
MacMillan '99 reports in Nereocystis; nor are they in a closely
crowded circle of definite position as in Laminaria bongardiana
or in L. btiUata as figured by Miss Mueller '04, fig. 8. They
appear rather as a local gelatinization and breaking down of
certain cells, perhaps the beginning of degeneration. To the
writer it seems most likely that their presence or absence is a
verv variable character which might not appear in younger, more
vigorous material. This if true would explain the disagreement
of the authorities cited. A similar breaking down of certain
cells mav sometimes occur in Renjrewia parvula but very much
less abundantly. In this case I did not consider the cavities
thus formed mucilage ducts because they seemed simply path-
ological alterations of the tissues and not normal occurrences.

In places the inner cortex is developed into thick walled
strengthening tissue as is usual in the family. It is of such
sclerenchyma that the ribs on the folds are formed and to it they
owe their strength. The greater thickness of the ribs beyond
that of the rest of the lamina is entirely due to the extra develop-
ment of this tissue.

The development of the sporangia follows closely that of
other kelps. MacMillan's '99 figures of the early stages of their
development in Nereocystis might almost bave been drawn from
my own preparations of Cymathere. The separation of the
pellicle from the sorus takes place after the following fashion:
The outer cell walls of the epidermis of the txnaltered lamina
form a rather thick cuticle over the surface. When the epider-
mis divides into the two layers which go to form the paraphyses
and the sporangia, the daughter cells secrete for themselves new
cell walls, at least on the external and lateral faces, leaving the
old cuticle with the partitions between the cells, free and hang-
ing to the lamina only by the bases of the latter. On the elon-
gation of the paraphyses these connections are broken and the

92

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. VII, No. 5,

pellicle is sloughed off. As in other kelps the sporangia do not
develop simultaneously but one finds on sectioning a fruiting
lamina (fig. 1 a), by the side of those which are nearly mature,
many others much shorter and younger. The paraphyses, in
the material studied, do not conform to the usual type in the
Laminariaceae and instead of being clavate with heavy gelatin-
ous tips are linear and without any thickening of the wall at the
tip. Their chloroplasts are localized at a point a little back from
the colorless tip forming a definite brown stratum above the tops
of the sporangia. The discovery of such a character in Cy ma-
there is somewhat of a surprise for it was expected that the genus
was like Laminaria in this respect, a fact which lead Kjellman
'93 to ascribe to it in his key, the usual clavate paraphyses.

Fig. 1. a. Camera drawing of a portion of a fruiting lamina, show-
ing sporangia and paraphyses. X 110. b. Camera drawing of a portion
of a cross secticn of a stipe showing pith web and sclerenchyma. X 110.
e-i. Diagramatic cross sections of the lamina to show the development
of the plicae.

In respect to the development of the pithweb Cymathere
shows a great resemblance to Renjreivia parvula, contrasting
strongly with the Laminarias as exemplified by L. bongardiana.
The hyphal elements are very short, composed of short cells.
Trumpet hyphae are very scarce and poorly developed (fig. 1 h).
In this respect this genus is very much less highly developed
than most of the Laminariaceae.

The smallest specimen (fig. 2) of Cymathere found measures
about 2 mm. in length. The identification of s])ecimens of this
size is, however, somewhat uncertain for I know no character to
differentiate them from other kelps when so young. In this
specimen the lamina is plane, only one cell in thickness, and oval
in .shape. The stipe is about half as long as the lamina and sev-
eral cells thick; in its centre can be seen with a hand lens a faint
narrow longitudinal streak composed of longer cells which prob-
ably become the pith web. The holdfast of course is the primi-
tive disc.

March, 1907.] Cymathere, a Kelp from the Western Coast. 93

The smallest specimen which could be certainly identified
was about 7 mm. long (fig. 4). In this the stipe was only very
slightly longer than in the smaller specimen, being still less than a
millimeter while the lamina had become much longer. From
this period on through life the species is characterized by a long
narrow lamina on a very short stipe. In the center of the lamina
has appeared a band of tissue several cells in thickness, which
extends from the transition region, where it narrows into the
stipe, in an oblong patch through the middle of the blade to
within about 2 mm. of the tip.

This thicker area soon cuts off and separates the original
thinner portion from the growing point in the transition region
and pushes it out into the end of the lamina. This action does
not, however, as might be supposed, presage the speedy disap-
pearance of the primitive thin region. On the contrary it shows
itself able to make good the waste of erosion for a long time and
even increases very much in size. At the first appearance of the
thicker band its area is only about 6 sq. mm. while in a specimen
about 5 cm. long (fig. 8) it covers ISO sq. mm. forming a wide
rufile all around the tip of the lamina. It continues to be found
on specimens even longer than 200 mm. (225 is the longest of
such in my collection) but greatly eroded though still giving
evidence of continued growth. The presence of a lamina one
cell in thickness has been noticed by Setchell '05 who gives a
summary of the cases in which it is known to occur. These are
Laminaria saccharina, Saccorhiza dennatodea (Setchell '91) and
Alaria escidenta all of which Setchell himself has seen, though
the case of Laminaria was earlier described by Reinke and per-
haps by Kuetzing whose determination, however, Setchell ques-
tions. From these cases Setchell infers that such a stage is
common to all of the Laminariaceae. Though not so described
by MacMillan '99, Nereocystis has the same manner of growth.
The writer has in his collection a plant 4 cm. in length in which
the pneumatocyst is just beginning to show as a darkened area
slightly different to the touch, and a very faint short depression
already marks the beginning of the first split. In this specimen
there is a margin extending around the tip and half way down
the blade about 1 mm. wide, of thin tissue exactly as in Cyma-
there. In Saccorhiza as figured by Setchell '91, the primitive
blade persists only till the plant is about 7 cm. long. I am in-
debted to Professor Setchell for the information that nearly
all the plants from the northwest coast labelled by Harvey
Alaria marginata are young specimens of Cymathere, a designa-
tion which may well have been suggested by the long persisting
remannts of the embryonic lamina. All this would indicate
that the large size attained by the one layered lamina in Cyma-
there is quite exceptional.

94 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 5,

The first indications of the folding characteristic of the genus
appear in a specimen 45 mm. long. The exact manner of the
folding can not be well made out at first but in a specimen a
little larger, where it is more extended, it is seen to consist of a
faint downward bending into a groove in the middle of the lam-
ina (fig. Id). By extending a little beyond the plane of the lamina,
at its edges this groove next originates beside it two lateral
ridges (fig. \e). At first faint, these are soon made prominent by
thickening and the formation of sclerenchyma along their length
(figs. 1/ and 9). In specimens about 20 cm. long the first in-
dications of the third ridge begin to appear in the flattening and
finally in the bending upward of the middle of the original median
groove (fig. \g)- This appears most prominentlv in the middle
of the lamina and fades out both toward the tip and base, a
condition which obtains even in specimens half a meter long, in
which the third ridge does not attain its full development for a
distance of 10 cm. from the base ; and even in large specimens the
two lateral ridges may extend closer to the base than does the
central. Gradually, however, it also extends downward till this
indication of its later origin is lost. Meanwhile this ridge is
thickened and strengthened (fig. 1 h) as were the first two ; and the
grooves between it and the lateral ridges have given rise to two
more ridges on the reverse side of the lamina which are in turn
similarly thickened. Just as the edges of the first groove made
the two lateral ridges, so the edges of these may bend down be-
yond the plane of the lamina forming on the reverse side two
additional ridges which may be thickened (fig. 1 i) so that the
lamina has sometimes three and four ribs instead of three and
two. This condition I have seen only in a very old specimen
toward the base; at the tip the extra ribs faded out showing in
the process all transitions and clearly indicating the manner of
their formation.

This study would seem to show that Cymathere is not like
Pleurophycus, as might have been supposed, probably a deriva-
tive of the Laminarias by the development of the folds in the
lamina. Its simple holdfast seems to be the external indication
of a structure in all respects simple and low in the scale, though
not necessarily primitive. Its linear unthickened paraphyses
together with the poor development of mucilage ducts and pith-
web would indicate that like Saccorhiza and Phyllaria it probably
branched off from the main phylum of the Laminariaceae before
the habit of producing clavate thickened paraphyses and a
holdfast of secondary hapteres became ineradicably fixed as it
is in the higher kelps. In its development nothing noteworthy
was found except the very long pcrsistance and large size of the
primary one-layered lamina, a character, the significance of
which in the ])h\-l()gcn\-, I am not prepared at this time to es-
timate.

Ohio Naturalist.

Plate VII.

Griggs on " Cvmalhere.''

96 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 5,

Literature.
Agardh, J. G.

1867. De Laminariaceis. Lunds. Univ. Arsskrift.
Griggs, R. F.

190(>. Renfrewia parvula, a New Kelp from Vancouver's
Island. Postelsia 1906 : 247.
Kiellman, F. R.

1S93. Laminariaceae in Pflanzenfamilicn 1:2:242-260.
MacMillan, C.

1899. Observations on Nereocvstis. Bull. Torr. Club 26:273.
1901. The Kelps of Juan de Fuca. Postelsia 1901 :19:5.
Mueller, Olga.

1904. Obser\'ations on Laminaria buUata Kjlm. Minn. Bot.

Stud. 3:303.
Postels and Ruprecht.

1840. lUustrationes Algarum.
Reinke, J.

1903. Studien zur Vergl. Entwickelungsgeschichte der Lam-
inariaceen. Kiel.
Stechell, W. A.

1891. Concerning the Life Historv of Saccorhiza dermato-
dea. "Proc. Am. Acad.' 26:1 17-217 PI. 1 and 2.

1905. Post Embrvonal Stages of Laminariaceae. Univ. Cal.

Pub. Bot. 2:115-138 PI. 13 and 14.
Setchell, W. A. and Gardner, N. L.

1903. Algae of Northwestern North America. Univ. Cal.
Pub. Bot, 1:165-418. PI. 17-27.
De Toni, J. B.

1895. Sylloge Algarum. 3:136-374.
Yen do, K.

1903. Three New Marine Algae from Japan. Bot. Mag.
Tokyo. 17:99-104.^ PI. 2 and 3.

Explanation of Plate VII.

Photographs of juvenile forms of Cymathere triplicata taken
by transmitted light. Figures 2-8 about three times natur-
al size brightened in places with a pencil to bring out the con-
trast. Figure 9 natural size also slightlv retouched.

Fig. 2. The smallest specimen found.

Fig. ;>. The largest before the appearance of the adult lamina

Fig. 4. The first appearance of the several layered lamina.

Figs. 5-8. Progressive series up to the beginning of the
folding which has just commended in tig. 8.

Fig. 9. A specimen showing the two ribljed condition; the
original groove between them has not yet begun to flatten to form
the third ridge; at the tip arc the remnants of the cmbrvonic
lamina.

March, 1907.] The Embryology of Sagittaria laneifolia. 97

THE EMBRYOLOGY OF SAGITTARIA LANCIFOLIA L.

Mel. T. Cook.

We have been accustomed to base our ideas of the close or
distant relationship of species, genera and families on external
characters but some of the recent literature on embryological
subjects has indicated that the life histories and development of
species which are apparently closely related may be quite
different. Johnson* calls attention to the wide variations that
occur in the development of the tapetum, megaspore, embryo-
sac and endosperm in the genera of a single family. In my
recent paper on the Cuban NymphcEacecB^ I called attention not
only to the difference in character of the endosperm but also to
differences in the development of the embryos. This difference
was especially interesting in the case of our northern NymphcBa
advena and the Cuban Nympho'a which is either a different species
or a variety, although the external differences are by no means
conspicuous. In the light of these recent investigations it
becomes interesting to know to what extent we may expect
these differences in the internal life history of the more or less-
closely related species and also to know whether these differences
co-ordinate with the external differences. This presents the
questions: Are embryonic' characters valuable in the separation
of species? Are they of phylogenetic importance?

Recently the author accepted an opportunity to make a
study of Sagittaria laneifolia L. for the purpose of comparison
with 5. variabilis Engelm. (now known as 5. latijolia Willd.) as
studied by Schaffner|.

Sagittaria variabilis is distributed throughout the greater
part of North America except the extreme north and extends
to Mexico and Florida, while 5. laneifolia is distributed from
Delaware southward and throughout the West Indies. The two
species overlap in geographical distribution in the southern
part of the north temperate zone; 5. variabilis extending much
farther north and 5. laneifolia much farther south. Externally
these two species present very striking differences especially in
character of the leaves and fruit as shown by the following
comparison :

*Johnson, D. S. — Seed Development in the Piperacete and its bearing
on the Order. Johns Hopkins Univ., Cir. 178. 29-32. 1905.

t The Embryology of some Cuban NymphasaccEe. Botanical
Gazette, 42: 376-392.

X Schaffner, J. H. — Contribution to the Life History of Sagittaria
variabilis. Botanical Gazette 23: 252-273, 1897.

98

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. VII, No. 5,

Sagittaria variabilis.

1. Monoecious or sometimes

dioecious.

2. Leaves sagittate, variable in

form and size, sometimes
broader than long, 15-40
cm. long, basal lobes, ovate
or lanceolate, acute or
acuminate.
3 Scapes 3-6 dm. long, angled,
simple or branched.

4. Filaments not dilated, gla-

brous.

5. Mature heads 1.5-3 cm. in

diameter.

6. Bracts 1.5 cm. long, gla-

brous, acute or acuminate.

7. Flowers 1.5-2.5 cm. broad.

8. Achenes obovate, about 2-4

mm. long, erect, undulate
winged; beak ascending or
recurved.

9. Summer and fall.

Sagittaria lancifolia.

1. Monoecious.

2. Leaves not variable, 4-9

dm. long; leathery, broadly
linear or elliptic, acute.

3. Scapes 6-20 dm. long, sim-
ple or branched.

4. Filaments not dilated, pu-
bescent.

5. Mature heads 1 cm. in diam-
eter.

G. Bracts ovate or ovate-lan-
ceolate, 1-2.5 cm. long,
acute or acuminate.

7. Flowers 1-2.5 cm. broad.

S. Achenes cuneate or obo-
vate, 2-3 mm. long, winged ;
beak short, ascending.

9. Spring and summer.

With such striking external differences one would naturally
expect equally interesting internal differences but to my surprise
I found the development of the embryo-sac and embryo of
5. lancifolia practically the same as had been described by
Schaftner for 5. variabilis. The comparison with Schaffner's
results will be brought out in the following discussion.

Embryo-sac.
The author was unable to determine the origin and develop-
ment of the archesporium satisfactorily but traced without
difficulty, the deveropment of the embryo-sac beginning with the
one-nucleate stage (Fig. I). In the formation of the two-
nucleate (Fig. 2) stage the sac elongates to twice the length of
the one-nucleate stage. Schaffner did not secure material for
these two stages but from this point on the development of the
embryo-sac of the two species is exactly the same, except that I
was inclined to believe the antipodals in 5. lanceolata not quite
so presistent as he found them in 5. variabilis.

Endosperm.
The development of the endosperm follows exactly the same
course as that of 5. variabilis as described by Schaffner. Schaffner
did not fully understand the significance of the lower endosperm

March, 1907.] The Embryology of Sagittaria lancifolia. 99

nucleus but advanced the idea that it might "play an important
part in the transfer of food material from the funicular region,
beyond the antipodals, to the cotyledons, and especially in
facilitating the formation of the cap of endosperm which covers
the tip of the cotyledon." This idea has been supported by my
papers on the Nymphceacece* in which I found similar structures
and by Ikedaf, who demonstrated the antipodals to be in the
course of the food supply in certain species of Liliacece. In 5.
lancifolia I find further evidence in favor of this view; in many
instances the antipodals disappear and this part of the sac is
extended into a pocket-like structure (Fig. 3) in which we find a
mass of protoplasm extending to the lower endosperm cell. At
this time the embryo (Fig. 17) was well advanced.

Embryo.

Although the author did not secure the very youngest stages
of the embryo, after examining a large number, it seemed evi-
dent that the embryo had followed exactly the same line of
development as the embryo of 5. variabilis. The elongation of
the embryo was due to the repeated division of the cell next to
the suspensor. By the time tour cells in addition to the large
suspensor cell had been formed, the apical cell divided by the
formation of a longitudinal wall (Figs. 5, 6). After this the
longitudinal divisions were found to be somewhat irregular
(Figs. 7 to 16). The longitudinal cell walls were frequently very
indistinct but the number of cells could be ascertained by count-
ing the^ nuclei of the serial sections. My material was unsatis-
factory'for making a study of the more advanced stages of the
embryo but it apparently followed the same course of develop-
ment as 5. variabilis.

From the facts herein presented it appears that the internal
and external characters do not necessarily co-ordinate. In the

case of Nymphcsa advena of the north and the Nymphcsa

of Cuba which so far as external characters are concerned are
strikingly similar the embryos show considerable differences,
while in the case of S. variabilis and 5. lancifolia the external
characters are strikingly different and the embryological char-
acters are practically the same. But we are now confronted by a
new question which can only be answered by future investiga-
tions: Are the embryological characters of the plant more or less
plastic than the external characters?

* The development of the Embryo-sacs and Embryos of Castalia
odorata and Nymphsea advena. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 24: 211-220.

t Ikeda, T. — Studies in the Physiological Functions of the antipodals
and Related Phenomena of Fertilization in LiliaccEe. I. Trycirtis hirta
Bull. Coll. Agri. Tokyo Imp. University. 5: 41-72. 1902.

lOO

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. VII, No. 5,

Ohio Naturalist.

Plale VIII.

Cook on "Embryology of Sagittaria."

March, 1907.] Difussion of Hydrocyanic Acid Gas. loi

. The material for this paper was collected in a lagoon near

San Antonio de los Banos, Havana Province, Cuba. Herbarium

specimens have been deposited in the herbarium of the New

York Botanical Garden.

EsTACiON Central Agronomica,
Santiago de las Vegas, Cuba.

EXPLANATION OF FIGURES OF PLATE VIII.

Fig. 1. Functional megaspore.
Fig. 2. Two-nucleate embryo-sac.

Fig. 3. Antipodal end of sac in which the antipodals have disap-
peared; end. — endosperm. Same age as embryo in Fig. 17.
Figs. 4 to 16. Series of embryos.
Fig. 17. Outline of embryo same age as Fig. 3.

EXPERIMENTS TO TEST THE DIFFUSION OF HYDRO-
CYANIC ACID GAS IN FUMIGATING HOUSES.*

A. F. Burgess.

In February, 1906, a set of fumigation experiments was
started to test the diffusion of h3'dro-cyanic gas in fumigating
houses, with the object of determining the rapidity with wdiich
this gas diffuses, both in empty houses or boxes and also when
they are filled with stock, as would be the case when thev are in
use. For this purpose permission was secured from the Agri-
cultural Department of the Ohio State University to use a
greenhouse in which soil experiments are conducted, and the
fumigating box belonging to the Horticultural Department of
the same institution was also furnished for the tests.

B_v placing the box on a truck which run on a track it could
be pushed outside the greenhouse. In this way it was thor-
oughly aired without allowing the fumes to escape in the house
and an opportunity was afforded to try several tests out of doors
where the temperature was near the freezing point.

Description of Box: The box was lined with galvanized iron
and was 4 ft. x 2>^ ft. x 10 ft. inside measure, making a capacity
of 100 cubic feet.

The cover was hinged at one end and was opened bv using a
rope and pulley at the other end. It shut on strips of "felt, and,
as the galvanized iron made the cover rather heavy, it would
close very tightly without additional weights. Clamps were
used, however, in order to make the box perfectly gas tight.

The generating jar was placed near the end at which the cover
was raised, and, in order that no gas might escape while it was
being closed, the cyanide was enclosed in tissue paper and
dropped by a string through a small hole directly above the jar.

* Read before the meeting of the Ohio State Academy of Science.

I02 The Ohio Naturalist [Vol. VII, No. 5,

As it was necessary to draw samples of air from different
parts of the box at intervals during the tests, six holes were
made, one at one end of the box, two on the side of the box near the
top and bottom, and three in the end opposite the jar; the first
near the middle and top of the box, the second half way from the
top to the bottom of this end but at one side of the center, and
the third near the lower corner. Sections of gas pipe about three
inches long were threaded and screwed into the holes, so that
about two inches extended outside the box.

The apparatus for drawing the samples to be tested was
made by using sections of one-inch glass tubing eighteen inches
long. To one end was attached a rubber tube, and a pinch cock
was used as a cut off. Another rubber tube provided with a
pinch cock was attached to the pipe. The glass tube was then
filled with distilled water and attached to the rubber tube
leading from the hole, and after opening the upper cock the
water was gradually allowed to dribble from the lower rubber
tube by partially releasing the other cock. After one foot of
water had run from the glass tube, both valves were closed. By
uncoupling the glass tube from the upper rubber tube and
placing the thumb over the end, the gas caught was easily mixed
with the water by shaking. The water solution was then placed
in small bottles, which were tightly corked, and after a set of
experiments was made samples were taken to the laboratory,
placed in test tubes and treated with a solution of silver nitrate.

The presence of hydro-cyanic acid gas was indicated by a
white precipitate. In case chlorides were present a similar
preciptiate might be secured, hence the distilled water was
repeatedly tested before using in order to assure accuracy of
results. •

No attempt at quantitative analysis was possible, in the
limited time that could be devoted to the tests, but the precip-
itates secured were rated as "trace," "very slight," "slight,"
"good," "very good," and "heavy," in order to form a basis for
determining results.

The writer is aware that the method followed can be improved
and trusts that someone may have sufficient time to devote to
this important work, in order to secure a more extended knowl-
edge of the behavior of this gas in fumigating tuider various
conditions.

By experiment it was found that the results secured by using
a glass tube eighteen inches long were not reliable, as only a
small amount of air from the box was obtained. Two tubes
were then coupled together so that about two feet of water could
be drawn out. This resulted in a fair sample being drawn for
each test.

March, 1907.] Difussion of Hydrocyanic Acid Gas.

103

4-^

0^

E-< c/i 3 vi C C: 7j c c - 0 0

Results

after
precipitate

stood
17 hours.

^ 6 H d H H c/2' H H' H 'XT' H

LO •* I^ »C' lO --H C- t^ I^ Ci OC Cft

(>5 (M^CO OI-HCO— "CO

p. M.

Feb. 28
Temp. 70°

Stock
drenched
with water.

Results
immediate-
ly after
tinishing
Exp.

Oh
0)

a

ffi d c/5 d M d 0 oi H d H d

Tt< 10 0 CC 10 >0 0 OC CI I> CO l>-
(M (N-HCO CMOQCOOqCO

Feb. 28

Temp. 32°

Box full

of stock.

Treated

out of

doors

10

W

4->

Ph

g

en' d d d d C/2 H C/i H m 0 M

-*OLOoooqiot-o-^i>'Oo
(M (Mt-ico co.-Hco'-ico

p. M.
Feb. 26
Temp. 72'

Box

packed

with .stock.

Solution

tested after

standing

23 hrs.

Test 4

Time Ppt.

ffi d d d cfi d d d d d d d

IOC — '^-tXOCCOLCOO-H
(M O] ^ 05 (M ^ CO --^ CO

Feb. 24
Temp. 80°
Floor of
box wet.

CO

W

a,
a,

dKd^'d^'c/:-'-^d^,,^'
> > > >^>

lOiOt^cDiOOCCXCCOXCO

cvi -N --1 CO --1 CO --1 CO ca

p. M.

Feb. 22, 'OG.
Temp. 92°
Floor of
box wet.

Test 2

a,

a

(^ ^' ^' (^ yi ^' ^ y^" d d d d
>

T— 1 r^ (M (M 0 t^ CO CO t^ c: 00 c:

p. M.

Feb. 22
Temp. 80°

in

p

Ph

s

dKd^'d^M^d^d^
> > > > >

iC. lOt^OiCtCOOOOOXOO
(M (M^CO^CO — CO <M

p. M.

Feb. 22

•

w
►J
0

<d <: pq PQ 0 'J Q Q td ti tn' Jin'

I04 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 5,

Chemicals used: In all tests the 1.1.3. formula was used: i. e.,
1 oz. potassium cyanide, 1 fluid oz. sulfuric acid, 3 fluid oz. of
water. The cyanide was manufactured by Messrs. Merck &
Company, of New York, and was 99% pure, and an excellent
grade of commercial sulfuric acid was used.

The table gives the results obtained:

Experiments conducted by Prof. Wilmon Newell in Georgia
(Bulletin No. 15, Georgia State Board of Entomology) showed
that the violence of the reaction between the cyanide and diluted
sulfuric acid subsided at the end of five minutes, and that no gas
was evolved after ten minutes, if the cyanide was added so as to
be well covered with the liquid.

From the data given in the table it appears that the gas first
evolved is driven to the top of the box by the violence of the
reaction, and that it passes in waves to the end farthest from the
jar. It then seems to gradually permeate the lower parts of the
box until thoroughly diffused, but the reactions are less marked
in samples taken from the upper hole at the greatest distance
from the jar after the box has been closed from thirty to forty
minutes.

Results; Tests one and two which were made under normal
conditions, the box being dry, showed that the gas was well
diffused throughout the box at the end of forty minutes. The
poorest results in both tests were shown at hole D at the end of
the box opposite the jar. The sample taken three minutes after
the charge was "fired" showed a good precipitate, and the
amount of precipitate diminished as the time was lengthened.
The test at hole E, which was at the same end of the box but
several inches lower that hole D, gaA-e an excellent precipitate.

In tests three and four, where the floor of the box was cov-
ered with water, practically the same results were secured,
although in test four the sample taken at hole D gave a good
precipitate.

In test five the box was packed with stock and the temper-
ature was 72°. The results can hardly be considered con-
clusive, as the precipitate was allowed to stand in corked bottles
for twenty-three hours before it was tested. In nearly every
case, however, the samples showed a better precipitate the
longer the time elapsed before the sample was taken.

Test six showed very similar results, although the box was
placed out of doors where the thermometer stood 32°.

In test seven, where the stock was drenched with water, the
results were much less satisfactory. A trace of gas was detected
in each sample, and in a few slightly better results were noted.
The precipitates secured in the test were allowed to stand
seventeen hours and the condition is noted in the column adjoin-
ing test seven. • It will be noted that enough of the precipitate

March, 1907.] The Public Drinking Cup. 105

was redissolved to make the results unreliable, hence all notes
should be made as soon as the tests are completed.

It is also possible to add an excess of silver nitrate, when
testing the solution, and if this is done a slight precipitate may
be redissolved and inaccurate results obtained.

Summary of Results.

In drawing conclusions as to the rapidity with which the gas
will diffuse to different parts of the fumigating box, it should be
borne in mind that this will depend somewhat on the violence of
the reaction, which will probably differ slightly in every test on
account of differences in size in the lumps of cyanide used, the
depth to which they are submerged, and the thickness of the
paper which is used for wrapping.

In an empty box the gas diffused very rapidly, as is shown in
tests one and two, every sample taken indicating its presence.
Equally good results were secured when the floor of the empty
box was drenched with water.

In the case of the box that was packed with stock it appeared
that the diffusion was retarded, but reactions were secured,
showing the presence of the gas in all the samples drawn in the
longer periods. Very similar results were secured in both tests,
and as far as the data in the experiment goes, no difference in
result was noted, whether the temperature was normal (72°), or
at the freezing point (32°).

From the results of test seven it appears that it is not desir-
able to fumigate stock that is drenched with water, although in
this test a trace of the gas was found in each sample drawn.

Columbus, Ohio.

THE PUBLIC DRINKING CUP.*
Bacteriological Report,

Eugene F. McCampbell.

It was suggested long ago that the public drinking fountain
with its chained cups is decidedly unsanitary but few investiga-
tions are on record to prove this point scientifically. In the
hope of adding something to the somewhat indefinite knowledge
and to find out if possible exactly what objectionable species of
bacteria were present, we made a series of ten bacteriological
examinations of drinking cups from various fountains. In
selecting cups for the examinations those which appeared to be
decidedly unsanitary as well as those which appeared cleanly
and connected with fountains which were used by the higher
strata of society were selected.

* Read before the Ohio State Academy of Science, November, 190G,
Columbus, Ohio.

io6 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 5,

The study of the bacteriology of the drinking cup is in a way
closely connected with the study of the bacteriology of the
mouth and the body surfaces surrounding the mouth. The
bacteria which infest the mouth and proximate surfaces and
orifices we would be quite liable to find on the cup which came
in contact with that organ and with the surfaces of the body which
are in iinmediate proximity. In comparing the species of
bacteria found in our examinations with those reported as hav-
ing been isolated from the mouth, we find our assumption
verified in several cases.

• The method of examination was as follows: A sterile cotton
swab containing a little moisture was passed over the edge and
interior of the drinking cup and this in turn drawn over the
surface of sterile agar and Loefflers' blood serum contained in
test tubes. The media was 1% acid to phenolphthalein. Cover
glasses were also smeared and stained, after drying and fixing,
with anilin gentian violet, Loefflers alkaline methylene blue, and
by Grams' method. The cultures after being grown for 24 hours
at 22° C. and 37° C. were diluted and plated in Petri dishes after
which cultures were made according to the ordinary bacteriolog-
ical technique. The bacteria were differentiated by means of
Chester's "Manual of Determinative Bacteriology" and Matz-
uschita's " Bacteriologische Diagnostik." The pathogenic power
of certain species of bacteria was tested on guinea pigs and rab-
bits. Frequently the cover glass preparations showed bacteria
which we were unable to cultivate and consequently were unable
to determine the species. Without doubt there were other
bacteria present on the cups which were not revealed by cultiva-
tion or on cover glass preparation. No attempt was made to
cultivate anaerobic bacteria except in two cases.

Ex. No. 1. Swab was taken from a cup in connection with
an ice tank in the hall of one of the state charity institutions.
The cup was used in the main by visitors and employees. The
cover glass preparation and cultural experiments showed the
following bacteria to be present.

1. Micrococcus citreus (Sternberg). Distributed in air
normally.

2. Micrococcus pyogenes albus (Rosenbach). A pyogenic
bacterium. Common. The pathogenesis of this particular organism
was not great, guinea pigs dying only after 7 to 8 days. Widely
distributed over the body surfaces.

3. Sarcina lutea (Flugge). Widely distributed in air and
water.

4. Pseudomonas flourescens, var. liq. (Flugge). Widely
distributed in air, etc.

• Ex. No. 2. Swab taken from same cup as No. 1. A child
(visitor at the hospital) had become sick and after vomiting was

March, 1907.] The Public Drinking Cup. 107

given a drink from the cup. The swab was taken directly
afterward. The cover glass preparation showed some bacteria
which we were not able to cultivate. The following bacteria
were shown to be present:

1. Sarcina lutea (Fltigge). (See above).

2. Micrococcus liquifacians (v. Besser). First isolated from
nasal mucous.

3. Micrococcus pyogenes aureus (Rosenbach) Pathogenic
(pyogenic). Common.

4. Micrococcus pyogenes albus (Rosenbach). Pathogenic
(pyogenic). Common.

5. Pseudomonas fluorescens var. liq. (Fliigge). (See above.)

6. Bacillus vulgatus (Trevisan). Widely distributed.

7. Bacterium bucallis. Isolated first from healthy sputum.
Ex. No. 3. Swab was taken from a cup in connection with an

improvised water tap and was used by several hundred working-
men. The cup remained in the dirt and mud underneath the tap
the most of the time. The following bacteria were shown to be
present.

1. Sarcina aurantica (Fliigge). Widely distributed in air and
water.

2. Micrococcus roseus (Bumm). Widely distributed in air.

3. Micrococcus pygoenes albus (Rosenbach). (See above.)

4. Streptococcus pyogenes aureus (Rosenbach) St. erysipela-
tis (Fehleisen) . A virulent pyogenic bacterium which may cause a
variety of disease conditions.

5. Pseudomonas janthina (Zopf). Distributed in water.

6. Spirillum rubrum (v. Esmarch). Distributed in water.

An effort was made to trace any cases of streptococcus infec-
tion which might have resulted from this cup but owing to the
difficulty of getting at the workingmen this could not be done.
It should be noted in this case that there are no soil bacteria
present notwithstanding the fact that the cup was frequently
contaminated. No anaerobes could be demonstrated in this case.

Ex. No. 4. Swab was taken from a cup in connection with a
public drinking fountain in Chicago. The following bacteria
were shown to be present:

1. Sarcina lutea (Fliigge). (See above.)

2. Sarcina aurantica (Fliigge). (See above.)

3. Micrococcus pyogenes albus (Rosenbach). (See above.)

4. Bacillus formosus (Ravenel). Distributed in water.

5. Pseudomonas fluorescens, var. liq. (Fliigge). (See above).

6. Bacterium mycoides (Fliigge). Distributed in soil and
water.

The primary cover glass preparation showed a leptothrix
which could not be cultivated. This bacterium was in all prob-
ability Leptothrix bucallis maxima, (Miller).

io8 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 5,

Ex. No. 5. Swab was taken from a cup at a pump at a well
on a country road along which there was a great amount of
travel. The well was about 30 feet deep and covered with a
board platform. The following bacteria were shown to be present:

1. Sarcina lutea (Fliigge). (See above).

2. Sarcina aurantica (Fliigge). (See above).

3. Sarcina tetragena (Koch). Slighty pathogenic and fre-
quently associated with tubercular processes in the body.

4. Bacillus coli (Escherlch). The normal habitat is the
intestinal tract of man and animals. It has been isolated from
the mouths of healthy persons.

5. Bacillus sub tilus (Ehrenberg). Widely distributed. Common
"hay bacillus."

It was extremely dusty in the A^icinity of this well. There
was an outhouse about 30 feet from the well but on the side of
the hill below. It does not seem probable that the well was
infected from this source. No cases of typhoid fever or other
disease were reported in the vicinity.

Ex. No. 6. Swab was taken from a cup in Chicago. The
following bacteria were shown to be present:

1. Micrococcus aureus (Fliigge). Distributed in air, etc.

2. Micrococcus pyogenes aureus (Rosenbach). (See above.)

3. Sarcina aurantica (Flugge). (See above.)

4. Sarcina lutea (Flugge) . (See above).

5. Bacillus amylobacter (v. Tieghem). Widely distributed.

6. Bacillus coli (Escherich). (See above.)

The water coming to the fountain where this cup was found
came from four miles out in Lake Michigan.

Ex. No. 7. Swab was taken from a cup in connection with a
fountain in a city of 40,000 in Wisconsin. The following
bacteria were shown to be present:

1. Spirillum rubrum (v. Esmarch). (See above.)

2. Sarcina lutea (Flugge). (See above.)

3. Micrococcus pyogenes aureus (Rosenbach). (See above).

4. Micrococcus radiatus (Fliigge). Widely distributed.

5. Bacterium pneumoniae (Zopf). (Penumococcus) . Found
frequently in normal mouths.

6. Bacillus prodigiosus (Ehrenberg). Widely distributed.
(" Bloody bread bacillus.")

Ex. No. 8. Swab was taken from cup in a railway station in
Chicago at six o'clock in the evening when the station was
crowded with people returning from the city. The following
bacteria were shown to be present:

1. Sarcina tetragena (Koch). (See above).

2. Sarcina aurantica (Fliigge). (See above.)

3. Sarcina lutea (Fliigge). (See above.)

4. Micrococcus roseus (Bumm). (See above.)

March, 1907.] The Public Drinking Cup. 109.

5. Micrococcus pyogenes albus (Rosenbach). (See above).

6. Micrococcus pyogenes aureus (Rosenbach). (See above.)

7. Bacillus prodigiosus (Ehrenberg). (See above.)

8. Bacillus aniylobacter (v. Tieghem). (See above).

9. Saccharomyces cerevisiae. (Yeast). Frequently found in
the mouth.

Ex. No. 9. Swab was taken from a cup at a drinking fountain
in a small town of 4,000. The water was running in a swift
stream on the cups in the bowl beneath and consequently a
great many bacteria were washed off. The following bacteria
were shown to be present:

1. Spirillum rubrum (v. Esmarch). (See above).

2. Sarcina aurantica (Fliigge). (See above.)

3. Bacillus sporogenes (Klein) . A pathogenic bacterium which
killed a guinea pig in 48 hours when inoculated subcutaneouslv.
This species is very similar if not identical with Bacillus areogenes
capsulatus (Welch). Anaerobic.

Ex. No. 10. Swab was taken from a cup found in connection
with a water tap in a large steel works. The cup was used by a
large number of foreign workingmen. The following bacteria
were shown to be present:

1. Micrococcus citreus (Sternberg). (See above.)

2. Micrococcus lutea (Cohn). Distributed in water and air.

3. Micrococcus pyogenes aureus (Rosenbach). (See above).

4. Sarcina aurantica (Fliigge). (See above.)

5. Bacterium pneumoniae (Zopf). (See above.)

6. Bacterium rugosum — An organism found normally in
milk and cheese.

There were no bacilli demonstrated, /. e., no motile forms.

SUMMARY.

The main facts to be noted as shown bv these examinations
are: (1) The comparatively few species of bacteria which are
represented in the ten examinations; only 26 in all. (2) The pres-
ence in eight out of the ten examinations of the pvogenic or pus
producing bacteria, viz.: M. pyogenes aureus and albus, etc.
(3) The presence of the Steptococcus pyogenes aureus in one case
and the Bacterium pneumoniee in two cases. These bacteria
have been repeatedly isolated from normal and diseased mouths
and throats and according to some investigators are closely
related if not the same organism. Reudiger* found the strepto-
coccus in 30 out of 51 times in normal throats. (4) The absence
of the mouth bacteria proper. Millert describes 30 species of
bacteria infesting the oral cavity. (5) The Colon bacilli reported
may have been present in the water coming in contact with the

* Reudiger — Journal of American Medical Ass'n, Vol. 47. Oct. 13, '00
t Miller — Micro-organisms of the Human Mouth.

no The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 5,

cup, it having been contaminated by sewage, or the bacteria
might have come from the mouth of some person using the cup.
In all probabiltiy the bacteria came from sewage contamination
of some kind. It is interesting to note, however, that Bacillus
coli has been shown repeatedly to be present in the mouth of
normal as well as diseased individuals. ,(*^) The presence of
other pathogenic bacteria, viz.: Sarcina tetragena and Bacillus
sporogenes, should be noted. (7) The presence of certain water
and air bacteria in nearly every case (sarcina, etc.) is undoubt-
edlv explained by their wide distribution. The lack of the
Saccharamyces groups (yeasts), with one exception, should be
noted. These groups are almost always present in the mouth.

From these few examinations it is evident that the public
drinking cup mav serve as a carrier of infection, particularly
p3'Ogenic infections. There is no reason why other infections
mav not be carried in the same way. Cases have been reported
where the Bacterium tuberculosis has been found in commtmion
cups and cases are also on record where syphilis has been trans-
mitted by contact with drinking cups. The general public is
beginning to recognize the importance of the hygienic drinking
fountains and fountains without cups from which the water flows
in a slow stream which can easily be taken into the mouth
without contamination, are beginning to be installed. In
certain localities individual cups and paper drinking cups which
can be used but once are quite popular. The sooner we recog-
nize the importance of all these details in hygiene the sooner will
we be able to control and prevent infectious diseases among us.

FOSSIL LAND AND FRESH-WATER MOLLUSCA COLLECTED
IN DEFIANCE COUNTY, OHIO.

V. Sterki.

Four miles east of Defiance, Ohio, at the state dam, forming
the north bank of the Maumee River, I found a deposit with
fossil land and fresh-water mollusca. The material is fine sand,
somewhat clayey, of light color, without any stones except in
the top laver of about one foot, which is of different material,
with broken stones (limestone), etc. Large trees are standing on
it. So far as accessible, the bed is about eight to ten feet deep,
and very rich in mollusca. What it is geologically, I do not
know, but supposed it to be loess. In an hour and a half, I col-
lected specimens of twenty-seven species, the large majority of
them "land mollusca" and there is no doubt that many more
will be found, and probably remains of other animals also.

March, 1907.] Fossil Land and Fresh Water Mollusca

III

At the same time, the recent mollusca of that vicinity should
be collected carefully for comparison. It must be remembered,
however, that most of the surface of north-western Ohio is now
under conditions radically different from what they were only
fiftv to seventy years ago. It is safe to say that there are at
present hardly more than five per cent of the mollusca living of
what there were originally, that is, of individuals. Very probably
also, the number of species has considerably decreased.

The following is a list of the mollusca found, with a few notes.
All of the species are now living in Ohio.

1. Gastrodonta Ugera, Say, one specimen.

2. Zonitoidcs arboreiis Say, one specimen.

3. Hyalina radiatula Alder, one specimen.

4. " indentata Say, one specimen.

5. " (or Zonitoides) Iceviusctila Sterki, a western species having the
eastern limit of its recent distribution in Ohio, so far as known.

6. Circinaria concava Say, several specimens.

7. Polvgyra profunda Say, several.

8. " multilincata Say, several.

9. " albolabris Sa^^ one, large.

10. " zaleta Say (exoleta), a few.

11. " claiisa Say, one fine specimen.

12. " mitchclliana Lea, one specimen.

13. " thyroides Say, a few.

14. " d'evata Say," several, the commonest of all, except No. 25.

15. " fraudidcnta Pilsbj^r ("fallax Say" of authors), two.

16. " inflecta Say, two.

17. " liirsnta Say.

18. Patula (Pyramidula) solitaria Say, large, several.

19. " " altcrnata Say, a few.

20. " " striatella Anthony.

.21. Bifidaria contracta Say, one. (Pupa contracta Say.)

22. Sitccinca avara Say, one, rather large.

23. " rctusa Lea, one.

24. Phyra sp., one specimen, broken to fragments.

25. Pomatiopsis lapidaria Say, coinmon.

26. Pisidium- compressum Prime, two left valves.
_27. " fallax Sterki, one valve.

Of Unionid(£, numerous fragments were found, but all too
small to be identified; most of them were near the top layer.
A large part of the shells were more or less damaged; few^ in
perfect condition.

Fossil land and fresh water shells should be collected wherever
found. But caution is necessary: they should not be cleaned
more than required for identification, and under no condition
•should they be washed; water will damage them, especially
will it loosen the outer layer of shell substance in the aperture,
containing the characteristic parietal teeth of the Polygyrae etc.

New Philadelphia, Ohio.

112 . The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 5^

Books Received.

"Boulder Reveries," by AV. S. Blatchley, State Geologist of
Indiana. A pleasing little volume bearing the title of "Boulder
Reveries," is a late production of W. S. Blatchley, of Indian-
apolis. From the title one might be led to open the volume
to read about boulders but the author makes it clear that
living things have more attractions for him for on page 67
he writes: " I started alone this morn for my chosen rendezvous
— the moss-covered boulder on the woodland slope. There I
had an appointment with the squirrels, the marmots, the ants,
the crows, the jays and all their kin. There I was to meet
certain representatives which they were to send, and hold with
them high communion on the peaceful Sabbath day. I started
alone, and alone I wished to be, alone with my thoughts and
the denizens of the woods."

"The little volume here offered was, with the exception of the
last two articles, written in an old woods-pasture in Central-
Western Indiana." It is an account of what the author saw of
nature while strolling in the woods-pasture mentioned or while
seated on one of the gray boulders which are reproduced from
photographs for the book, and which Mr. Blatchley admires a
great deal. Snakes, frogs, birds, insects and many other animals
are mentioned and the brook, the trees and other plants come in
for their share of attention now and then. The work is so written
that the reader has no trouble in understanding the thoughts
intended to be expressed and I am sure it will do much to stim-
ulate the outdoor study of nature and interest in living things,
no matter how lowly. One thought is put foremost, it seems to
me, and that is, that all animals, even the snake, are much more
interesting when alive, and when life is taken away there is
nothing further in them to admire. The work is very com-
mendable and should be read widelv.

"Practical Zoology," by Professor Alvin Davidson, of
Lafavette College. This book is sent out by the American Book
Companv as an elementary text-book treating of the structure,
life historv, and relation of aniinals. It is well illustrated and con-
tains an abundance of facts taken largely from species that are of
interest on account of economic habits. The idea is a good one
for it seems that while a ])upil is studying zoology it is well to use
an economic species as a l)asis, and there is such a species of
common occurrence to represent nearly every grou]) of animals
known. The book should have a wide usage in tlic place for
which it is intended. - • — J. S. H.

March, 1907.] Fossil Land and Fresh Water Mollusca 113

KEY TO OHIO LOCUSTS IN WINTER CONDITION.

Julio C. Ortega.

• Robinia L. Trees or shrubs with alternate leaf-scars and

usually with stipular spines; terminal buds absent; leaf-scars

covering the small clustered or superposed axillary buds; the

buds sunken and hardly projecting beyond the surface; pith

cylindrical and of medium size.

1. Twigs glabrous; not glandular; a large slender tree with rough bark.

R. pscndacacia L. Coinnion Locust

1. Twigs very glandular or bristly. 2.

2. Twigs very bristly; with long glandular emergences; a mvich branch-

ing shrub. R. hispida L. Bristly Locust

2. Twigs very glandular, and with short gland-tipped emergences; a

small" tree with rough bark. R. viscosa L. Clammy Locust

A Species of Hawk New to Ohio. — On Wednesday, Feb-
ruary 6th, Professor W. C. Mills called my attention to a hawk
which had been sent to him by M. Aimer Hegler of Washington
Court House, Ohio. The bird proves to be a specimen of the
Gyrfalcon, Falco rusticolus gyrfalco, which has not been reported
from the state before. Mr. Hegler writes as follows: "This
hawk was caught in a steel trap while feeding upon a hen, but
Mr. Carr who caught it is not sure that it killed the chicken itself,
or whether some other hawk did the killing. It was caught two
miles west of Washington Court House on Wednesday, January
30, 1907, on the farm of Jacob Carr."

The species is northern in its distribution and habitually wan-
ders southw^ard during winter weather, specimens being recorded
for Kansas, Michigan and some of the New England States. The
specimen was presented to the Zoological Museum, and is now
being mounted so it may be kept in good condition as evidence
of the first record of this fine species for Ohio.

James S. Hixe.

A Bird New to Ohio. — While comparing species of Ohio
birds in my collection recently, with state records, I was sur-
prised to discover that Leconte's sparrow, Ammordamus lecontei
hitherto had not been recorded for the state. I have a specimen
which I shot in a swampy meadow, near Cincinnati, Ohio,
April 5th, 1880.

Chas. Dury, Cincinnati.

114 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 5,

MEETINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.

Ortox Hall, Jan. 7, 1907.

The dub met in Orton Hall and was called to order bv the
president. After the minutes were read Prof. Osborn gave a
report on "The Cicadadae;" he discussed the distribution of the
family and mentioned some of the factors which influence this
distribution.

Prof. .Landacre gave a review of the Zoological and Botanical
papers read at the American Association for the Advancement
of Science. Prof. Ball did the same for the papers on Economic
Entomology.

Prof. Osborn spoke of some of the things taken up by the
council at that meeting.

A. J. DeFosset and E. V. Jotter were elected to membership.

J. N. Frank, Secretary.

The Februarv meeting of the Club was held in Orton Hall.

'&

Monday evening, February 4, 1907, Mr. Hambleton presiding.
The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved.
The paper of the evening was read by Prof. Stauffer, "On the
Occurrence of the Hamilton in Ohio." A discussion on the
habits of birds followed, in which Mr. Metcalf, Prof. Hine and
Schaft'ner took part. Prof. Schaffner reported some of the
botanical papers read at the A. A. A. S. The Club then
adjourned.

Date of Publication of March Number, March \Z, 1907.

The Ohio ^JSCaturalist,

PUBLISHED BY

The Biological Club of the Ohio State Uni'versity.
Volume VII. APRIL, 1907. No. 6

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

HiNE— Robber Flies of the Geuns Philonicus 115

Stowe— Winter Key to Ohio Chestnuts 118

Jackson, Mrs.— Xotes and Methods on Collecting and Preserving Thysanura 119

Hawkins— The Development of the Sporangium of Equisetuni hyemalc 122

ROBBER FLIES OF THE GENUS PHILONICUS.

James S. Hine.

Philonicus was proposed by Loew in Linnaea Entomologica,
Volume IV, page 144, to receive a single European species which
had been known under the name of Asilus albiceps. After
studying the last named European species carefully, I find that
^ve have at least four distinct North American species which are
congeneric with it. Bellardi referred two Mexican species to
the genus, but Williston concludes that one of these belongs to
HeHgmoneura and has published the synonymy in Biologia
Centrali Americana. So the four species are made up of three
from the United States and one from Mexico.

It appears that American authors have been misled by the
fact that Loew proposed Philodicus as a generic name in another
section of the same subfamily, thus giving two names so near
alike as to be easily confused. His description of the latter
genus is published in Linnaea Entomologica, Volume III, page
391. The singular thing about the matter is, that Loew himself
in Dipteren Fauna Sudafrika's, page 144, uses Philodicus
where he intended Philonicus, and I suspect this fact also has
proven a stumbling block to some students.

So far as known at present there are no species of Philodicus
in North America, so the name is most likely misplaced when
used in reference to Nearctic Diptera.

In his studies of European Asilinae Loew used many char-
acters taken from the oviduct; thus he separated the females
into two grotips, one in which the oviduct is conical and one in
which the oviduct is compressed. European species appear to
be separated readily by this character, but in our species,
especially after they are dry, some difficulties are encountered,

ii6 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 6,

for often it is impossible to say whether the oviduct is conical
or flattened.

The species of Philonicus, so far as known, are all medium
sized species; the facial gibbosity is small with comparatively
few bristles; oviduct conical, end lamella with four apical bristles
on the upper side. Male genitalia, as seen from the side, of
ordinary size, the side pieces each have a distinct prominence at
the middle above, then they are narrowed and curve inward
until they almost touch at the tips. From above these same
pieces are wide for slightly more than half their length, then dis-
tinctly cut out to apex with a distinct open space between them.

Pliiloiiicus albice IS Meij;'. a. tip of female alMlomeii to sliow it.s form and tlieaiiical
.sijincs: b, view of last segment from the end: c, ti|i of male abdomen as seen from ilie
side : d, same from dorsal view.

It appears that Vvdiat Dr. Williston has called Stcnoprosopis
arizonensis should be included in this genus; at least specimens
that agree in detail with his description are at hand and the
characters of Philonicus are very plain in both sexes, but it is <i
question whether the oviduct is conical in the females.

The following kev may be used as an aid in separating the
known Nearctic species:

1. Legs in most part yellowish. 2.

At least the femora of all the legs lUack. .3.

2. Wings distinctly reddish. rufipcnnis.
Wings hyaline. arizo}icusis.

3. Legs black except the extreme bases of the til)iic. tiixpanganns.
Legs with the tiV)i;e and tarsi largely reddish. obscuriis.

Philonicus arizonensis Williston. Gibbosity of the face vcrv
small, Willi a few white bristles; front and face white; bristles
and hairs of the head all white; Hrst segment of the antenna
black, second more or less yellowish and shorter than the first,
third black, exclusive of the arista about as long as the other two
together, arista slender and slightly shorter than the third seg-
ment. Thorax gray ])ollinose with a niiddorsal gray strijjc, nar-
rowly divided before, and two spots on each side, one bel'ore and
the other behind the transverse suttirc. These brown markings

April, 1907.] Robber Flies of the Genus Philonicus. 117

are not so prominent as in some of the other species of the genus.
Wings hyaline ; legs largely reddish, coxae colored like the thorax,
femora with more or less black on the outer side, especially on
apical half; tibiae and metatarsi black at apex, other tarsal seg-
ments mostly black. Abdomen dull black, before the incisures
with narrow white bands, in the front margin of which there
are on either side in each two or more bristles.

Length, 17 millimeters. Male and female taken in south-
w^estern Colorado, July Uth, LS99, by E. J. Oslar.

Philonicus obscurus n. sp. General color dark w^ith the wings
pale fumose all over. The abdomen has different shades accord-
ing to the view taken. Gibbosity of the face small with a few
bristles, part of which are black and the others white; face with
gray pollen, front with some small black bristles and occiput
above with a row of black bristles; antenna black, first segment
longer than the second, third, exclusive of the arista, about as
long as the other two; arista a little shorter than the third seg-
ment. Thorax brownish gray pollinose, with a middorsal dark
brown stripe narrowly divided before, and on either side two
spots of the same color, one before the transverse suture and the
other behind it. Wings uniformly darkened all over, but it
would not be far wrong to say they are hyaline. Legs black and
reddish; coxae colored like the sides of the thorax, femora
entirely black except that the posterior ones are often narrowly
yellowish at the extreme base; tibiae reddish at the base and
black at the apex; the extent of these two colors on the tibiae
is somewhat variable, the tendency being for the black to be
most extensive on the outside and the reddish on the inside ;
feet w^ith the first two segments reddish on basal part, other
segments usually entirely black. Abdomen opaque black,
before the incisures with gray bands, in the front margin of each
of which on either side are two or inore distinct bristles.

Length, 13-16 millimeters. A male from Kentucky, across
the river from Cincinnati, collected by Chas. Dury, two females
from Washington, D. C, and males and females from Riverton,
N. J. and Pendleton. N. C. procured from Prof. Chas. W. Johnson.

Philonicus rufipennis n. sp. Gibbosity of the face small, fur-
nished with a few bristles which usually are all white, but in
one or two of the specimens studied there is now and then a black
bristle intermixed ; face and front with silvery pollen ; a row of
black bristles on the occiput above ; first segment of the antenna
black, second largely yellowish and shorter than the first, third
black, not quite as long as the first two together, arista slender,
about the length of the third segment; beard entirely white.
Thorax gray pollinose, with a middorsal brown stripe narrow^ly
divided before, and two spots of the same color on either side,
one before and the other behind the transverse suture; coxae

ii8 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 6,

gray, usually an elongate blackish spot on the front side of each
femur and extreme apexes of all the tibiae and tarsal segments
blackish; otherwise legs red. Wings uniformly reddish yellow
all over, halteres pale yellow. Abdomen opaque black with a
narrow gray band in front of each incisure and in the front
margin of each of these bands there is on either side two or more
bristles. The reddish wings and legs taken together are char-
acteristic of the species.

Length, 15 millimeters. Specimens from Douglas Count}^
Kansas, taken in May and June by E. S. Tucker.

Philonicus tuxpanganus Bellardi. Gibbosity of the face
small with few bristles wdiich are black above and white below;
face rather narrow and clothed with white pollen; antenna
black, first two segments w^ith black hair, second segment shorter
than the first, third segment slightly shorter than the other two
together. Arista much slenderer than the third segment and a
little shorter, palpi and proboscis black, beard white. Thorax
everywhere clothed with silvery pollen, above with two black
stripes near the middle of the dorsum and two spots of the same
color on either side, one before and the other behind the suture;
wings with a slight smoky tinge but this is so faint that they
well may be called hyaline and there is no apparent darkening
at the apex as in many species of the subfamily. Coxae silvery,
extreme bases of all the tibiae reddish, otherwise legs black with
black bristles; halteres pale throughout. Abdomen shining
black above with narrow white bands in front of the incisures;
in the front border of each white band there is on each side two
or more medium sized bristles, more prominent in the male than
the female ; venter of the abdomen silvery and with a few white
hairs.

Length, 12-L5 millimeters. Taken at Gualan, Guatemala,
January 13, and at Mazatenango, Guatemala, February 3, 1905.

WINTER KEY TO OHIO CHESTNUTS.

S. B. Stowe.

Castanea Adans. Trees or shrubs with furrowed bark and

terete branches; twigs with rather prominent lenticels, not

zigzag; leaf scars alternate; bundle scars several, scattered;

stipular scars present; terminal bud present or wanting; axillarv

buds sessile, single, with several exposed scales; pith small, solid

more or less five-angled.

1. Large trees; twigs glabrous and shining; outer bud scales glabrous.

C. dcntata (Marsh.) Borkh, Chestnut.
1. Shrubs or small trees; twigs pubescent or puberulcnt, dull; outer bud
scales pubescent. C. piimila (L.) Mill. Chinquapin.

April, 1907.] Collecting and Preserving Thysanura. 119

NOTES AND METHODS ON COLLECTING AND PRESERVING

THYSANURA.

Alma Draver Jackson.

In studying the Thysanura during the past two 3^ears many
difficulties were encountered in regard to collecting and pre-
serving specimens which could be used with any satisfaction a
few months after they were mounted. A great deal of time and
many specimens were lost before anything like satisfactory
results were obtained. The Collembola are especially difficult
to handle since their chitinous body walls are almost impervious
to ordinarv fixing agents. If dried they shrink beyond recogni-
tion and "the same difficulty is met with in using numerous
reagents. It is hoped that these methods and reagents which
have been found satisfactory in studying the Thysanura may
prove helpful in woi'king with other insects whose bodies are of
like texture, and whose habits are similar.

In order to facilitate the study of these insects two methods
of field collecting are employed ; the specimens are either collected
and brought to the laboratory alive, or are collected in some
reagent which will keep them in as perfect and natural a state as
possible. The latter method is very difficult, since reagents
that will keep other insects, or even some species of the Collem-
bola in perfect condition will shrink or distort other species to
such an extent that they are useless.

For most purposes it is more desirable to collect these small
insects alive and bring them into the laboratory for fixing.

Collecting in Capsules. — One of the most successful
methods for collecting alive I have found to be by the use of
large size capsules. A small piece of lense paper was placed in
each capsule to absorb moisture from the insect and give them
something to crawl over. By being careful the larger end of the
capsule may be placed over the insect, and if it does not choose
to go into its new quarters immediately may be gently urged on
by means of a small brush pushed under the edge of the capsule.
It is best not to place more than two or three insects in one
capsule as they require careful handling to keep them alive for
any length of time. Air may be admitted to the capsule by
puncturing one end by a fine pin point. It is important that
the insects be kept alive since the antennae and body begin to
shrink almost immediately after death.

Collecting in Large Mouthed Bottles. — For this method
of collecting one should be provided with several large mouthed
bottles and a good sized funnel. The funnel is placed in the
neck of the bottle and pieces of decaying wood, bark, etc., on
which the insects are hiding are gently tapped or pounded

120 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 6,

together over the funnel. The insects falHng on the smooth
surface tumble down into the bottle. Damp wood, leaves, etc.,
should be placed in the bottle for the insects to crawl over.

Collecting Ix Fixatives. — For fixing the insects in the
field the collector should be provided with a large number of
small round bottomed vials filled with the fixative. Two or
three fine camel's hair brushes, a large square of white oil cloth
and a chizel or pick for dislodging bark or decaying wood.

Pieces of bark, wood, etc., may be pounded together over the
cloth on which the insects wih fall. The tip of the brush is then
moistened with the fixative and quickly placed over the insect.
They should be held under the brush until stupified and then
placed in the fixing agent; the latter process being easily accom-
plished if the brush is sufficiently moistened. The matter of
proper fixation is very important. Almost all Thysanura are
impervious to water. Smynthuridae will float about for days or
even weeks on 75% alcohol, and the addition of a little glycerine
to 85% alcohol will prevent them from sinking. While 75%
alcohol will kill the specimens it fails to fix the tissues and they
soon shrivel and become useless. In working with the Thysa-
nura I have found the following reagents to be the most useful
both for form and general appearance, as well as internal
anatomy.

Glacial Acetic Alcohol:

Glacial Acetic Acid 1 part

Absolute Alcohol 1 part

Corossive Sublimate Saturation.

For field collecting this is one of the best formulas I have
used. Specimens are fixed within a few seconds, btit may be
left in the reagent for several hours without detriment. They
mav be preserved indefinitely in 85% alcohol, or gradually
transferred to pure gvlcerine as follows: Place the specimens in
a stentor dish, and add glycerine from one side. After a con-
siderable amount of glycerine has been diffused through the
reagent the cover should be removed from the dish and the
glacial acetic and the alcohol allowed to evaporate.

Acetic-Glycerine Fixing Agent:

Glacial Acetic Acid 10 parts

Glycerine 1 to 4 jiarts

Corrosive Sublimate Saturation.

Possibly better results may be obtained, es])ecially as to pre-
serving the color by the use of this reagent. Specimens will
be ])roperlv fixed in a few minutes, but may be left in the solution
for some time. On exposure to the air evaporation of the glacial
acetic takes place leaving only the glycerine. After this has

April, 1907.] Collecting and Preserving Thysanura. 121

proceeded for some time the glycerine should be changed fre-
quently in order to dispense with as much corossive sublimate
as possible.

BoiLiXG Absolute Alcohol. — This is another method
which is particularly applicable for laboratory use. Place the
specimens in a straight necked vial and pour over them boiling
absolute alcohol. Leave for from five to fifteen minutes and
transfer to 95% alcohol, and preserve permanently in 85%.
The specimens when properly fixed may be left in this grade
indefinitely without shrinking. The changes should be made
between the chfferent grades of alcohol about every ten or fifteen
minutes. If it is desired to mount the specimens in balsam,
xylol may be added gradually to the absolute alcohol. Or on
the other hand glycerine may be added and the alcohol allowed
to evaporate. The alcohol may be used cold in the same man-
ner as described above ; however, there is less liability of shrink-
ing the specimens if the temperature is raised to the boiling
point. No more time should be occupied in transferring the
specimens from alcohol to balsam than is ablsoutely necessary
however, if the transfer is made too rapidly the specimens will
cloud. Cedar or clove oil may be used in place of xylol with less
liability of shrinkage. While balsam mounts are almost always
shrunken thev are almost indispensable for the detailed study of
the claws, spring, and hairs of the insect.

Sugar Jelly Mouxtixg Media. — One of the best methods
for examining the Thysanura is as follows: Specimens that
have been in pure glycerine for a few hours are placed in a thick
svrup consisting of apple jelly and glycerine. After staying in
this syrup for an hour or so they are mounted in pure apple
jelly in which a very small amount of carbolic acid or corossive
sublimate has been added. The clearest jelly possible should
be selected, melted, and a few drops of carbolic acid or corossive
sublimate stirred, in and then filtered through two or three
folded filters. The cover glass should be rung with some gcol
cement. Bell's having proved most satisfactory, and afterwards
finished with black enamel. This is a method that has been
tried and found successful for mounting Papirius, and is the only
means bv which I have Vjeen able to preserve both their form
and color. However, the utmost care must be observed through-
otit, giving the fixing agents plenty of time or the specimens will
shrink destroying their correct form and color.

Specimens mav also be examined in pure cedar or clove oil
which has been boiled down to a thick syrup. The only way
such slides can be finished is by ringing them with Bell's cement.
This method is excellent for showing some of the finer details.

Live boxes for these minute insects are very easily and simply
constructed, when one wishes to study their habits in the lab-

122 The Ohio Naturalist [Vol. VII, No. 6,

oratory. A piece of damp, decayed wood should be selected
with a few crevices in it under which the insects may secrete
themselves. Put the insects in a good sized straight necked
bottle with a few bits of decayed leaves and dirt in the bottom.
The wood should be wedged in tight enough so that it will not
roll around and crush the insects. By keeping the wood a little
moist all of the time, and in a dark place most Thysanura will
thrive apparently quite as well as in their natural surroundings.

THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE SPORANGIUM OF EQUISETUM

HYEMALE.*

LoN A Hawkins.

The sporangium of Equisetum has been the subject of con-
siderable study. The first work of importance was by Hof-
meister who seems to refer the whole of the sporangium to a
single cell. Later Russow while A'erifying many of Hofmeister's
statements did not agree to this, but considered it to be of the
eusporangiate type, the sporogenous tissue as arising from the
division of a single cell but part of the walls and tapetum coming
from the surrounding tissue. This is now the generally accepted
view.

Goebel (1) gives an account of the development of the
sporangium of E. palustre or E. limosufn which he illustrates with
two figures. According to this description it seems that the first
division of the sporangial initial is periclinal and separates the
primary sporogenous cell from the primary wall cell. In sub-
sequent development the primary sporogenous cell divides
much more rapidly than the other and we have a large mass of
sporogenous tissue formed while a segment of the rather thin
wall of the sporangium is all that comes from the pi^imary wall
cell.

This is one of the points where Bower (2) disagrees with
Goebel. In his study of E. arevense and E. limosum he
came to the conclusion that Equisetum is eusporangiate; that
the contents of the sporangium are ultimately referable to a
single initial; that the first division is periclinal, the inner cell
and part of the outer going to form spores; and that the sporo-
genous tissue cannot be referred to a single cell as Goebel holds.

Campbell (3) does not seem to agree with Bower either as to
the location of the superficial initial or as to its subsequent de\'cl-
opment. His account agrees more closely with that of Goebel.
There appears no statement of the species he studied but it was
probably E. telmateia.

* Contributions from the Botanical Laboratory of Ohio vState
University XXX.

April, 1907.] Development of Sporangium of Equisetum. 125

This is apparently all that has been published on the spor-
angia of the group up to the present time and' it seemed that
some of the other members should be studied in order to com-
pare them with E. limosum and E. arvense as interpreted by-
Bower. E. hyemale L. was selected for examination and the
sporangium studied, special attention being given to the younger
stages.

The writer's thanks are due to Dr. R. B. Wylie, under whose
direction this work was begun, and to Professor John H. Schaff-
ner who supervised its completion, for their inany helpful sugges-
tions and valued assistance.

Investigation.

The material was gathered May, 1905 and 1906, near Sioux
City, Iowa, along the north bank of a ravine in rather exposed
places and on the north slope of a railroad grade. The killing'
solution used was a modification of Fleming's formula and was
prepared as follows:

Chromic acid 15 grams.

Acetic acid 35 cubic centimeters

Water 99 . cubic centimeters

The siliceous protective leaves were reinoved before the
young strobili were killed, they were run up through the alcohols
in the usual manner and imbedded in paraffin with a melting
point of 60 degrees C. The strobili were sectioned longitudinally,
sections being cut seven mic. thick. The younger stages were
stained in Delafield's haemotoxylin, the older in sanfranin gen-
tian violet orange G. combination.

The young strobilus grows by means of an apical cell, cutting
off alternate segments and these dividing both periclinally and
anticlinally rather rapidly. No definite epidermal layer is dif-
ferentiated. About the time the apical cell has advanced
twelve or fourteen segments beyond a certain point and the
outer cells have didvied once or twice periclinally the papilla
which is the young sporangiophore is noticeable. The first
stages of this process are brought about by divisions in the
hypodermal tissue and the outer layer does not seem to divide
until there is a distinct protuberance. About this stage there is
noticeable near the base of this papilla a cell (Fig. 10) with a
large vesicular nucleus. It is somewhat larger than its fellows
and its cytoplasm gives a peculiar reaction to the stain. It
seems to agree rather closely with the initial figured by Bower
for E. arvense and was thought to be homologous with it. It
divides by a periclinal division forming an upper and a lower cell
but in subsequent development only the upper cell functions in
the formation of sporogenous tissue the lower one being sterile.
In this paper therefore the upper and outer cell resulting from

124 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 6,

this periclinal division is taken as the first ceh of the sporangium,
and its development will be traced as closely as possible.

The division of this first cell is anticlinal and may occur either
radially to the sporangiophore (Fig. 3) or in a plane perpendic-
ular to the radius (Fig. 2). But no case was found where it
occurred periclinally. The second division takes place either
periclinally or anticlinally and in either case the divisions in the
two daughter cells are the same so that we have two plates of
two cells each side by side. Further development of the spo-
rangium takes place in various ways.

In general, however, the sporangia may be divided into two
types which are correlated with the direction of this .second
division. It was noticed that when the wall was periclinal after
a radial anticlinal division of the first cell, the sporangium
formed was broad and rounded (Figs. 5, 14-18), while if the wall
was anticlinal the sporangium was long and slender (Figs. 2-4,
6-13, 19j.

The next division of the broad rounded type of sporangium,
where the second wall is periclinal, is in the outer of the two pairs
of cells which divide anticlinally (Fig. 5). These daughter cells
may then divide either periclinally or anticlinally, the usual"
method, however, is for two or three walls to be formed anti-
clinally after which these cells divide (Figs. 14-16). The devel-
opment of the inner cell is retarded (Figs. 15, 16) until about the
time the tapetum is differentiated when it becomes active
(Figs. 17, 18). The progeny of the outer cell does not divide
as rapidlv from now on as that of the inner cell. About this
stage there is a differentiation of wall and tapetum and a little
later the cells between the wall and tapetum become flattened
along with the tapetum as the sporogenous tissue develops. The
sporogenous tissue seems to come from both the inner and
outer cells (Fig. 18).

The long slender type of sporangium, in which the second
division is anticlinal, shows striking differences in development.
The third division is periclinal and seems usually to be in the
upper of the two pairs of cells (Fig. 6) both pairs, however,
divide rather rapidly (Figs. 6-13) until in radial section there are
two long rows of cells very separate and distinct from each other.
When the number of cells in longitudinal section of the sporan-
gium is about twelve or fourteen (Fig. l!]) the tapetum begins to
form and soon after, the cells of the sporogenous tissue begin to
divide in the other direction also and a sporangium develops
which compared with the other kind is rather long and slender
(Fig. 10). This method of forming the sporangitmn docs not
Seem to ha\'e been recorded by any who have worked on Equi-
setum though Bower mentioned that in li. limosum the develop-
ment was somewhat irregular.

April, 1907.] Development of Sporangium of Eqidsetum. 125

Later stages of the sporangium are similar to what Bower
found for E. limosum and E. arevense. A large number of
sporocvtes are developed, about forty in radial section, many of
which become disintegrated during the formation of tetrads.

The most striking difference is in the first stage of the spor-
angium. The large cell (Fig. 1) which cuts off the first cell of
the sporangium is very sharply differentiated from its fellow's by
the size and structure of its nucleus and by the way its cytoplasm
stains. The lower cell and its descendants are distinctly dif-
ferentiated from the rest of the tissue through several stages of
the sporangium. The outer half of the large cell, the first cell of
the sporangium, always divides anticlinally which is contrary to
the usual method of division of the sporangial initial in the
Equisetales. Taking these facts into consideration together
with the position of this large cell, the conclusion is reached that
it is homologous with the sporangial initial figured by Bower for
E. arevense and that in E. hyemale the sporogenous tissue comes
entirelv from the primary wall cell while the inner cell is sterile.

SUMM.A.RY AND COXCLUSIOX.

1. Equisetum hyemale is the of eusporangiate type.

2. The sporogenous tissue comes from a single cell.

3. The first wall is periclinal the inner cell being sterile,
while the sporogenous tissue comes entirely from the outer cell.

4. The tapetum comes from the cells surrounding the
sporogenous mass.

5. There are two types of sporangia difl:ering in develop-
ment and governed bv the direction of the second division.

6. Manv of the sporocytes are disintegrated during the
formation of tetrads.

Bibliography.

1. GoEBEL, K. "Beitrage zur vergleichenden Entwickef-
ungsgeschichte der Sporangien." Bot. Zeit. 38:545.

2. Bower, F. O. "Studies in the morphology of spore
producing members. Equisetinese and Lvcopodineae," Rov.
Soc. Phil. Trans. 1S94, page 473.

3. Campbell, D. H. "Structure and Development of
Mosses and Ferns," page 475.

explaxatiox of plates.

All figures were made with a Bausch and Lomb camera
lucida and a Bausch and Lomb 1-12 oil immersion 1.32 N. a.
objective with Leitz No. 4 ocular was used for all but Fig. 19
w^here a Leitz 1-7 objective with a No. 2 ocular was substituted.
The original magnification was approximately 1500 diametei^s
for all but Fig. \\) which was about 070 diameters. Drawings
were reduced to one-fourth diameter of original magnification.

126

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. VII, No. 6,

Ohio Naturalist.

Plate IX.

Hawkins on " Equisetuni."

April, 1907.] Development of Sporangium of Equisetum.

127

Ohio Naturai,ist

Hawkins on "Equisetum."

128 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 6,

Fig. 1. Incipient sporangiophore showing cell which will cut off the
first cell of the sporangium.

Fig. 2. Young sporangiophore showing periclinal division and first
anticlinal division perpendicular to a radius of the sporangiophore.

Fig. 3. Tangential view of a young sporangiophore in which the
division of the first cell is radial.

Fig. 4. Radial view of four-celled stage of young sporanigum, all
divisions having been anticlinal.

Fig. 5. Radial view of six-celled stage of broad, rounded sporangium
second division periclinal.

Figs. 6, 7. Radial views of six- and eight-celled stages of long.
slender sporangia.

Fig. 8. Cross section of sporangium the same stage as Fig. 7 from
an adjoining sporangiophore.

Figs. 9, 10. Radial sections of long, slender sporangia showing five
and seven cells respectively.

Fig. 11. Longitudinal section of sporangium of the same type as
Fig. 10 and from an adjacent sporangiophore, cut tangential to the
strobilus.

Fig. 12. Later stage in the development of a long, slender sporan-
gium; tapetum not yet differentiated.

Fig. 13. Section of long, slender sporangium, showing formation of
tapetal layer; five outer cells slightly differentiated from the sporogenous
tissue will form wall.

Fig. 14. Early stage in development of broad, rounded sporangium;
the second division was probably periclinal.

Figs. 15, 16. Later stages in development of broad, rounded spo-
rangia; the heavy lines indicate the position of the first periclinal division.

Fig. 17. Broad rounded sporangium, the tapetum beginning to
form; the heavy line indicates tte position of the first periclinal wall.

Fig. IS. Later stage in development of broad, rounded sporangium,
the tapetum and wall differentiated and position of first periclinal division
indicated by heavy line.

Fig. 10. Sporocyte stage of long, slender sporangium; the heavy
line shows position of early anticlinal division.

Fig. 20. Section of older sporangium showing disintegrating
sporocytes.

Date of Publication of March Number, April 18, 1907.

ne Ohio Naturalist,

PUBLISHED BY

The Biological Club of the Ohio Slate Uni'versity,

Volume VII. MAY, 1907. No. 7.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

WiLLi.\MSOX— A Collecting Trip North of Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario. . ]29

W1LLIAM.S0N— Li.'t of Dragonflies of Canada 1^18

Atkinson — Notes on a Collection of Batrachians and Reptiles from Central America.. 151

Griggs— Waterg! ass for Marking Slides 157

Fr.\nk— Meeting of the Biological Club 158

A COLLECTING TRIP NORTH OF SAULT STE. MARIE,

ONTARIO,

E. B. Williamson.

This little trip of two weeks' duration was made especially in
search of dragonflies along the line of the Algoma Central Rail-
road north of Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario. Every effort was made
to collect the greatest possible number of specmiens and species
in this group, and the other records of animals and of plants
which follow are based upon the most desultory collecting.
Those who have studied these miscellaneous collections have
furnished me with notes which are published in this paper over
the authors' names.

The Algoma Central Railroad is one of the Clurg enterprises.
Aimed across a wilderness at the distant Hudson Bay, it was to
be the highway over which the golden fleece should be brought
to the Soo. The power of the rapids of the St. Marys River, the
mines and forests of the Algoma District, a railroad route to
Hudson Bay, homes for settlers, these w^ere the things which the
creative imagination of a man saw as material for the building of
a great and flourishing empire from which he and his associates
should receive wealth hitherto undreamed of. But the workmen
came down from the mountains for their long due pav and troops
protected the officers of the several companies. The Algoma
Central has been built for only 70 miles. These 70 miles are,
however, well constructed and a trestle at Bellevue is said to be
the highest and longest wooden structure of this kind in the
w^orld.

At once after leaving the Soo the road passes into mountains
which are uninterrupted from that point to the inland terminus.
Cuts through solid rock reveal beautiful folds of the pink and
dark green layers of gneiss or the more uniform black, gray or

13° The Ohio Naturalist [Vol. VII, No. 7,

pink of a granitic mass. Near the track one may see a precip-
itous cliff, bold, rough, scarred and menacing, or some rounded
and smooth knob with the steep sides bared of vegetaiton by
forest fires. Great beds of stratified gravel and sand are exposed
by railroad cuts and by the action of the streams. At several
places a very tough, light blue, laminated clay was seen. In
some cases streams flowed over this clay; in other cases it was in
banks above the stream bed. This clay is very resistant to the
action of water and is extremely slippery where water is floAving
over it. Where broken down in large masses by stream under-
mining and subsequently subjected to erosion at varying angles
from time to time, the exposed laminations often form beautiful
patterns.

The railroad after a short distance north of the Soo to a
point north of Heyden is in the drainage area of the Root River,
a tributary of the St. Marys River below the Soo. Before
reaching Searchmont, 30 miles north of the Soo, the road crosses
tributaries of the Goulais River, and from here to its northern
terminus it is in Lake Superior di"ainage.

The vegetation which clothes these granite masses is "hard-
wood brush." The view from the railroad of the Goulais valley,
bounded by its great vari-green mountains is most beautiful.
On a following page are lists of the arboreal species and of the
plants which I collected.

The short summer of this region results in a condensation of
seasonal range of the species of any group which depend on
abundant light and heat for their activity. For example, on
July 3(3th, I saw Iris, a "spring flower," and Solidago, an
"autumn flower," in bloom literallv side bv side. Of dragon-
flies I took Chromagrion conditum and Aeshna Z. (see list of
dragonflies following) about the same lake on the same day. On
that day at latitude 42 degrees north in Indiana Chromagrion
had probablv entirely disappeared for the season and Aeshna if
it had yet appeared at all, would certainly be found in very lim-
ited numbers. This condensation is greatly to the advantage
of the collector, at least in certain groups. Possibly for a short
trip no better season than the first half of August could be chosen
for collecting in this region. About the first of August the black
flies have nearly disappeared, and I was l)ut little bothered by
these pests or by mosquitoes or sand flies. It is probable I
failed to get certain Cordulines and Gomphines which may be on.
the wing in this region earlier in the season, but on the whole I
believe I took a fair representation of the species. At my home
at Bluffton, Indiana, no two weeks of the season (April 1st tO'
Nov. 21st) could be selected which would yield so nearly all the
species of that locality.

May, 1907.] -4 Collecting 2 rip North of Sault Ste. Marie. 131

Collections were made at the following points along the
Algoma Central. On July 29th and 30th, a little collecting was
done about the Soo, and on July 30th I arrived at Hevden, about
thirteen miles from the Soo. While at Heyden I lived with Mr.
William Marshall who is operating a shingle mill there. The
afternoon of July 30th was spent along Mud Lake, near the shore
of which Heyden is situated , along a similar lake just above Mud
Lake, and along the small marshy stream connecting the two
lakes. July 31st a wagon trail west of Heyden was followed for
about two miles to a beaver dam on a small stream ; this stream
was followed. to its mouth in Root River, and Root River was
followed down stream to where it is crossed by the railroad.
August 2d was spent along Root River below the point where
the railroad crosses it and at the stony ripple just above this
point. On August 3d and 4th Stony Lake was visited. This is
a beautiful body of water lying in the hills high above and to the
east of Mud Lake, into which it discharges its overflow. I was
told at Heyden that the name was local as the lake does not
appear on any maps of the district. The precipitous shores of
this appropriately named lake made exploration difficult and
almost fruitless or dragonflyless. The greater portion of the
two days was spent about the lower, pond-like, end of the lake,
where a dam, constructed by Perry for getting out pine, still
holds the lake above its natural level. About this portion of the
lake dragonflies fairly swarmed — usually out of reach of the
collector. August 1st was spent along the Goulais River above
Searchmont, and at the mouth of Achigan Brook. August 5th
was spent along the Algoma Central as far as the inland terminus.
Rain and cloudy weather prevailed during the entire day and no
dragonflies were collected. August 6th w^as spent along Achigan
Brook for several miles above Searchmont. Achigan Brook
flows from Spruce Lake. It is known also as Spruce Creek and
Little Goulais. I have never followed a more beautiful stream
than this. Long, precipitous rapids, where great broken masses
of rock impede the water, flinging it into a m^-riad of rainbows,
alternate with serene slow-flowing pools, now broad, now nar-
row, in sunshine and shade. On August 7th 1 went on the tote-
road to the third dam on Perr)^ Brook, several miles from
Searchmont ,and followed this stream till its clear waters mingled
with the yellowish waters of the swift flowing Goulais. Along
Perry Brook are great exposures of the clay mentioned above
and of sand banks. August 8th was again spent along Achigan
Brook several miles above Searchmont. On August 9th I
walked south on the railroad three or four miles to where the
railroad crosses Dam Creek. Dam Creek was explored for
about a mile above the railroad and below the railroad to its
mouth in the Goulais River. On my return trip home I stopped

132 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 7,

at Oden, Crooked Lake, Michigan, with my uncle, G. T. Wil-
hamson, and August 11th and 12th, were spent collecting there.
Later my cousin, Jesse H. Williamson, caught a few specimens
about Oden. These records are mentioned in the lists which
follow.

No birds or mammals were collected. The white-throated
sparrows by their numbers and song were the conspicuous mem-
bers of the avifauna. A small and exceedingly bold Buteo was
frequently seen and heard. At lonely lakes, otherwise devoid
of bird life, loons signaled my approach with their weird cries.
Kingfishers rattled their displeasure or surpirse at my intrusion
along their streams. Flocks of cross-bills* by their habits of
flight and voice recalled the flocks of small parrots frequently
seen in Central America. And in every thicket were numerous
warblers unidentifiable to me without field glass or gun. About
every lake and stream were innumerable dainty prints of deers'
hoofs, with occasionally the ox-like spoor of the moose. Though
an insect collector has small chance of surprising large game
three fawns were seen. Beaver dams are common on the
streams. On Dam Creek, in a distiiace of less than a quarter of
a mile were three small newly constructed dams, built largely of
yellow birch. Mr. J. L. Naylor of Searchmont told me that
fisher, otter, mink and all the other furbearing animals of
interior Canada are taken along the Algoma Central.

The following list of trees and bushes growing in the vicinity
of Searchmont has been prepared for me by Mr. Naylor: Pine,
white, Jack and Norway, the last very scarce; spruce; balsam;
tamarack ; white cedar ; hard maple ; white birch ; yellow (or red
or black) birch; ironwood; popple or balm of gilead; red oak,
very scarce; hemlock, very scarce; soft elm; cherry, very scarce;
black ash; mountain ash; tag alder; elder (red berried); red
currant; black currant; hazel; wild rose; two species of willow;
choke cherries; ground hemlock; gooseberry; dogwood; rasp-
berries; blackberries; blue berries.

Plants Determined by C. C. Deam of Bluffton, Indiana.

Species preceded by a star (*) were taken at Searchmont,
from August 6th to iOth. The other species were taken at
Hay den, from July 31st to August 4th:

Pteridium aquilinum (L.) Kuhn. Potamogeton nuttallii Cham. &

Lycopodium luciduluni Michx. Sch.

L. obscurum L. SporoV)olus asperifolius (N. & M.)

vSparganiuni androcladum Hurb.

(I-2ngelm.) Morong. Panicularia canadensis (Michx.)

*S. simplex Huds. Kuntze.

*From my description of size, colors and habits, Mr. W. E. C. Todd
has so determined them.

May, 1907.] A Collecting Trip North of Sault Ste. Marie.

133

Scirpus cj'perinus (L.) Kunth.

Eriophorum polystachyon L.

Rynchospora alba (L.) Vahl.

Carex abacta Bailey.

C. oligosperma Alichx.

*C. retrorsa Schwein.

C. rostrata Stokes.

C. stellulata Gooden.

C. Crawford ii Fernald

C. scoparia Schk.

Eriocaulon septenangulare With.

*Juncus nodosus L.

J. canadensis brevicaudata Engl.

Streptopus amplexicaulis (L.) DC.

Pogonia ophiogloisoides (L.) Ker.

Peramium ophiodes (Fernald)

Rydb.
Brasenia purpurea (Michx.) Casp.
Castalia odorata (Dryand)

W. & W.
Coptis trifolia (L.) Salisb.
Erysimum cheiranthoides L.
Drosera intermedia Hayne.
Amelanchier oligocarpa R. & S.
Ilicoides niucronata (L.) Britten.
Hypericum ellipticum Hook.

Triadenuin virginicum (L.) Raf.
Cornus canadensis L.
Monotropa uniflora L.
Chamaenerion angustifolivim (L.)

Scop.
Lysimachia terrestris (L.) B. S. P.
Apocynum androsaemifolium L.
Scutellaria galericulata L.
Utricularia cornuta Michx.
^Viburnum opulus L.
Solidago rugosa Mill.
S. canadensis L.
Euthamia hirtella Greene.
Aster macrophyllus L. var.

velutines Burgess.
*A. puniceus L.
A. nemoralis Ait.

*Doellingeria umbellata pubens (A.
Gray) Britton.
Anaphalis margaritacea (L.)

B. &- H.
Achillea millefolium L.
Chrysanthemum leucanthemum L.
*Carduus muticus (Michx.) Pers.
*C. arvense (L.) Robs.

Bn'.\LVEs.

At Heyden one species of bivalve was collected in the small
stream connecting Mud Lake and the lake just above Mud
Lake. Specimens were sent to the U. S. Nat. Museum and Mr.
Rathbun reports that they have been determined as Anodonta
marginata Say.

Crayfishes.

The crayfish collected on the trip were sent to Dr. A. E.
Ortmann who furnishes the following report on them:

1. Cambarus propinqmis Gir. Localities: Crooked Lake,
Emmett County, Mich.; St. Marys River, Sault Ste. Marie;
Algoma District, Inlet of Mud Lake, Heyden; Dam Creek,
Searchmont.

The specimens are all typical.

Distribution: Drainage of Mississippi and lower Ohio, and
of Great Lakes and St. Lawrence; in eastern Iowa, Illinois,
Indiana, southern Wisconsin, Michigan, northern Ohio, north-
western Pennsylvania, western and northern New York, and
eastern Ontaria (Toronto) and Quebec (Montreal). Up to the
present time the last named locality (Montreal) and Oden,
Emmett Co., Michigan, marked the most northern expansion of
the range aside from the vague record "Lake Superior" given
by Hagen (according to L. Agassiz). The present localities
from the eartern extremity of Lake Superior (vicinity of Sault

134 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 7,

Ste. Marie) tend to confirm this old record, although it has yet to
be demonstrated that the species is found in Lake Superior
proper.

2. Carnbanis virilis Hagen. Locality: Crooked Lake, Oden,
Emmett County, Michigan.

Distribution: Abundant in the Mississippi and Missouri
drainage from northern Texas, Arkansas and Oklahoma, through
Kansas, Missouri, eastern Nebraska, Iowa and western Illinois
to Michigan and Minnesota. In the latter states, also in northern
Indiana, it is found in the drainage of the Great Lakes. In
northern Minnesota and north Dakota it has invaded the drain-
age of the Red River of the North, and goes through Winnipeg as
far north as Saskatchewan (Hagen). It is also found in eastern
Ontario, and the drainage of the lower lakes and the St. Lawrence,
but not on the United States side: Toronto (Faxon); Sandy
Lake, Peterborough County (Ortmann) and there is a fine series
of this species in the Carnegie Museum from the new locality:
Rideau River, Billings Bridge, Ottawa. This latter locality,
Emmett Co., Michigan, and Lake Superior in Minnesota (Her-
rick) mark the northern boundary of this species in the Lake
region. The absence of this species in the whole of the Ohio
drainage is remarkable.

3. Cambarus bartonii (P.). Locality: Dam Creek, Search-
mont, Algoma District, Ontario, Canada (region of eastern end
of Lake Superior).

The specimens at hand agree in all essential points with the
typical form of C. bartonii as found in Pennsylvania; and also
in minor points there is not the slightest difference ; there is no
approach whatever to C. bartonii robustus (Gir.).

Distribution: C. bartonii belongs to the Appalachian Sys-
tem, ranging from Tennessee and North Carolina to Maine and
New Brunswick. Its northwestern boundary is formed by the
St. Lawrence River and the lower lakes, it never having been
reported, with one exception, to the north of this line. This
only exception is near Lake St. John, in Quebec, for to the
northeast of the range in the States of Ohio and Indiana this
species does not reach the Lake region and it has never been
found in any part of Ontario, Michigan and Wisconsin.

Indeed Hagen gives, upon the authority of L. Agassiz: Lake
Superior, a record that has been dropped by Ortmann (Trans.
Am. Phil. Soc. 44 '05, p. 135). The present locality, however,
confirms this old record, at least in so far as this species is
positively found in the Lake Superior region. Nevertheless this
locality appears strange since it is so far remote from the rest of
the range, the nearest place, in western New York, being about
400 miles away. In the inter\-cning region in eastern Ontario,

May, 1907.] .4 Collecting Trip North of Sault Ste. Marie. 135

this species has not been found, although the variety robustus
(Gir.) is found at Toronto and westward in tributaries of Lake
Ontario.

Of course there must be a connection of our new locaUty with
the main range of the species. It may go along the northern
shore of Lake Huron and through eastern Ontario, but partic-
ulars are wanting. A connection through Michigan I think is
out of the question, since this state as well as northern Indiana
and northern Ohio are rather well know'n, so that we may safely
aftinTi that it is missing in this region. Eastern Ontario is very
poorly known. Thus this species should be searched for in
Ontario and possibly also in southern Quebec.

- One male, first form, two males, second form, and eight
females of this species were taken under rocks in rapids in Dam
Creek on August 9th. The specimens agree in size with spec-
imens of the species from eastern Pennsylvania. One female
was carrying recently hatched young. One male of C. propin-
quus was taken at the same place.

Reptiles axd Batrachians.

But few reptiles were seen. The single turtle taken was the
only one seen in Canada, and only two garter snakes w^ere seen
in the Algoma District, and one of these escaped. Frogs were
exceedingly numerous at certain localities. Rana catesbiana
was very common at the lower end of Stony Lake where many
could have been captured easily as they made but little effort to
escape. The specimens collected were given to Dr. Atkinson
who has prepared the following notes:

1. Rana pipiens Schieber. Leopard Frog. This species is
repi^esented in the collection by five specimens, collected at
Heyden, Ontario, Canada. They are all small adults, the col-
oration of which is close to that described as Rana virescens
brachycephala by Cope, having no longitudinal band on the
femur and having the tibial cross bars complete, also yellow
bordered dorsal spots. However, the head is longer than in
typical specimens of the variety brachycephala, and the muzzle
is as acuminate as in most specimens of the variety R. p. pipiens
and the size of the spots correspond with the latter variety. The
measurements in meters are as follows:

Length of head and body 0464 to . 0550

Length of head to posterior edge of tympantim.0160 to .0195
Width of head at posterior edge of tympanum. 0155 to . 0195

Diameter of tympanum 0035 to . 0045

Diameter of eye 0050 to . 0055

Length of tibia 0255 to . 0315

Length of femur 0220 to . 0260

Length of foot 0200 to .0315

136

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. VII, No. 7,

2. Raiia palustris Le Conte. Pickerel Frog. There was one
specimen of this species in the collection. It was taken at
Heyden, Ontario, Canada, and differs in no way from western
Pennsylvania specimens of this species. The measurements in
meters are as follows:

Length of head and body 0.585

Length of head to posterior edge of tympanum 0195

Width of head at posterior edge of tympanum 0205

Diameter of tympanum 0045

Diameter of eye 0055

Length of tibia 0340

Length of femur 0295

Length of foot and tarsus 0250

3. Rana septentrionalis Baird. There were four specimens
of this frog, all taken at Heyden, Ontario. Three are males and
one a female. Measurements in meters:

Specimen
No.

Lg. of
head &
body

Lg. of
femur

Lg. of
tibia

Lg. of
ft. and Eye

tarsus

Tym-
panum

Width

of
head

No. 1 male. . .
No. 2 male. . .
No. 3 male.. .
No. 4 female..

.0655
. 0635
. 0665
.0700

.0315
.0315
. 0305
. 0:305

. 0345
. 0330
. 0335
. 0340

. 0350
. 0355
.0355
.0360

.0070
.0070
.0075
.0075

.0080
.0075
.0100
.0060

.0245
. 0240
.0260
. 0255

No. 1 has a very pale coloration; the vermiculations are
scarcely visible ; snout obtuse ; no cross bars on the hind legs.

No. 2 has a very dark coloration; markings indistinct; snout
medium obtuse ; faint cross bars on the hind legs.

No. 3 has a bright coloration; markings distinct and of small
pattern; snout sharply pointed; distinct cross bars on hind legs.

No. 4 has bright coloration; markings large and distinct;
snout sharply pointed; distinct cross bars on the hind legs.

The coloration of these four specimens varies greatly, also
the size of the tympanum and form of snout.

The skin of the back is smooth anteriorly, but becomes rough
and tuberculated posteriorly and on the sides; belly entirely
smooth. Cope says "The present distribution of the species is
entirely northern " and he includes it in a list of batrachia typical
of the Canadian fauna. It has been taken in the upper Mich-
igan Peninsula, and the writer took it at Vanceboro, Maine,
during May, 1901, where it was abundant.

4. Kana catesbiana Shaw. Bull Frog. There was one
small adult and two young of this species in the collection. The
coloration of these specimens is dark, but not more so than some
Pennsylvania specimens, neither is the dorsal surface more
nodular.

May, 1907.] A Collecting Trip North of Sault Ste. Marie. 137

Measurements ix Meters. 1. Juv. 2. Juv. Adult

Length of head and bodv 0360 . 0830 .1115

Width of head .0145 .0330 .0485

Length of femur 0165 . 0415 . 0485

Length of tibia 0125 . 0420 . 0545

Length of foot and tarsus 0200 . 0470 . 0590

Diameter of eye 0040 . 0090 . 0105

Diameter of tvmpanum 0035 . 0090 . 0105

Length of fore-arm 0075 .0190 . 0245

5. Rana sylvatica LeConte. Wood Frog. The single spec-
imen of this species in the collection was taken at Searchmont,
Ontario, Canada, August S, 1906. In this specimen the heel
just reaches the anterior border of the orbit and the leg bars are
very faint, two points in the direction of Rana cantabrigensis.
However, it has as well developed an outer metatarsal tubercle
as most specimens of Rana sylvatica, and the webbing on the
feet and general coloration is that of this species. It is tuber-
culated posteriorly on the back, but smooth in front; below it is
finely granulated to the abdominal and pubic regions ; no light
line along the thighs and two phalanges of the 4th toe free.

Measurements in Meters.

Length of head and bod}' 0505

Width of head ' 0165

Length of femur 0240

Length of tibia 0245

Length of foot 0250

Diameter of eye 0050

Diameter of tympanum 0035

6. Biifo lentiginosus americanus Le Conte. Common
Toad. One specimen of this species collected at Hey den, Ontario,
Canada, August, 1906. It is a typical B. 1. americanus of dark
coloration.

Measurements in Meters.

Length of head and bodv 0810

Width of head '. 0325

Length of femur 0350

Length of tibia 0320

Length of tarsus 0200

Diameter of tympanum 0065

Diameter of eye 0085

Length of leg." 1025

7. Eutaenia sirtalis Linn. Garter Snake. There were two
specimens of this species; one (No. 16) from Searchmont,
Ontario, Canada; collected August 8, 1906, and one (No. 17)
from Oden, Michigan collected August 12, 1906. The Oden
specimen is a typical E. sirtalis sirtalis in coloration; the Search-
mont specimen is of the olive-green type of coloration that is
found so commonly in the mountain region of Pennsylvania; light
green dorsal stripe covering median dorsal row and half of each
row on either side ; a dark olive green stripe on either side extend-

138 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 7,

ing to the third row of scales from the ventral plates; a light
green stripe occupying the first three rows above the ventrals.
Belly yellowish green, with faint spots on the ends of the
gastrosteges.

Measurements in Meters.

Lens?th (bodv and tail) 54.50 . 5100

Length of tall 1300 . 1250

Upper labials 7 7

Lower labials 10 symmetrical 10 non-symmetrical

Gastrosteges 154 149

Sub-caudals 74 pairs 79 pairs

8. Clemmys insculptus Le Conte. Wood Turtle. One large

specimen of this species collected at Searchmont, Ontario,

Canada; August S, 1906. The jaw is more prominently toothed

than usual in this species; male measurements:

Length of carapace 2120

Width of carapace 1525

Length of ' ea'! 0545

Width of head 0375

Orthoptera.

In so far as special attention was given to dragonflies I have
reserved the final place in this paper tor considering them. The
few insects of other orders collected will be listed first.

The Orthoptera, determined by W. S. Blatchley.

1. Circotittix verruculatis (Kirby). Heyden, July 31st, 1 pair;

Searchmont, August 6th and cSth, 3 males.

2. Melanoplus hivittatus (Say). Searchmont, August 7th, 1 male.

3. Melanoplus atlanis (Riley). Heyden, July 31st, male; Search-

mont, August 6th and 7th, 1 male, 2 females.

4. Melanoplus jeuinr-ruhruui (DeG.). Searchmont, Augtist 7th.

1 female.

5. Melanoplus exiremus (Walker). Stony Lake, Heyden, August

3d, 2 males, 1 female.

6. Stenoboihrus curtipcnnis (Harris). Searchmont, August (ith,

1 female.
The six species are known to occur in southern Canada and
aLso all but Circotettix verruculatis occur in Indiana.

Hemiptera.

Where the overflow from Stony Lake descends rapidly to
Mud Lake the course of the small stream is a succession of
water falls and steep and high Availed pools. In one of these
dark pools a number of water skippers were collected. They
were sent to Mr. J. R. dc le Torre Bueno who has determined
them as Gerris remigis Say, adults and nymphs. The other
Hemiptera were sent to Professor H. Osborn, who names them
as follows:

May, 1907.] A Collecting Trip North of Sault Ste. Marie. 139

Ceresa melanogaster Osb., Searchmont.
Lepyronia 4-angularis Say, Searchmont.
Philaronia abjecta Uhl., Searchmont.
Diedrocephala coccinea Forst., Searchmont.
Helochara communis Fh., Heyden.
Draculaecephala molhpes Say, Searchmont.
Draculaecephala manitobiana Ball, (Jden, Mich.
Gypona octolineata Say, Searchmont.
Thamnotettix melanogaster Prov., Oden, Mich.
Phlepsius apertus Van D., Heyden and Searchmont.
Platymetopius acutus Say, Searchmont.
Searchmont.

Butterflies.

So little time was spent away from the immediate vicinity of
lakes and streams (in fact most of my time was spent in the
lakes and streams) that the number taken of such conspicuous
insects as butterflies is not large. These were sent to Mr. J. L.
Graf of Pittsburg. j

Anosia plexippus L., Searchmont, Hayden; one specimen seen but

not taken.
Argynnis atlantis Edwards, Searchmont, Hayden.
Argynnis cybele Fab., Heyden, three females; one of these was

submitted to Dr. Skinner. See Entomological News, Vol. 4,

1893, p. 318.
Brenthis myrina Cramer, Searchmont, Hayden.
Pyrameis atalanta Linnaeus, Searchmont, one seen but not taken.
Grapta faunus Edwards, Searchmont, Hayden.
Vanessa J-album Boisduval and Leconte, Searchmont, Hayden.
Vanessa railberti God art, Searchmont.
Vanessa antiopa Linnaeus, Searchmont.
Basilarchia arthemis Drury, Hayden.
Pieris napi form virginiensis Edwards, Searchmont.
Colias eurytheme Bdv., Searchmont.

DiPTERA.

The Diptera, exclusive of Syrphidae, were sent to Professor
Jas. S. Hine and the Syrphidae were sent to Professor R. C.
Osburn. Their lists follow:

The following eighteen species of Diptera are all well known,
with the exception of what I have called Laphria terraenovae.
Macquart described this species from specimens taken in New-
foundland and it appears that it has not been recognized since.
His description is very short and consequently it is with some
doubt that the specimens before me are given the name, but the
points mentioned agree so well that I know of no good reason
why they might not be of the species in question.

The collection contains the finest series of Chrysops excitans
Walker that I have ever seen. This species is not rare, but its
habitat is in such high latitudes that specimens are not often
taken. Over twentv specimens were taken at Heyden, Ontario,
August 0th.

I40 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 7,

Physocephala furcillata Williston is a notable species of the
family Conopidae. It appears to be strictly northern in its
distribution.

It is interesting to note that just half of the species have
blood-sucking females, while at least four are parasitic and two
are predaceous.

Following is a full list of species exclusive of the Syrphidae:

Simuliun venustum Say, Heyden.
Stratiomyia badius Walker, Searchniont.
Chrysops carbonarius Walker, Searchmont.
Chrysops excitans Walker, Heyden.
Chrysops frigidus Osten Sacken, Searchmont.
Chrysops niger Macquart, Heyden.
Chrysops striatus Osten Sacken, Oden, Michigan.
Tabanus microcephalus Osten Sacken, Heyden.
Tabanus nivosus Oster Sacken, Heyden.
Spogostyluni pluto Wied., Heyden.
Anthrax lateralis Say, Searchmont.
Laphria terrae-novae Macquart, Heyden.
, Promachus bastardii Macquart, Heyden.-

Physacephala furcillata Will., Oden, Michigan.
Echinomyia algens Wie:l., Sault Ste. Marie.
Echinomyia decisa Walker, Oden, Michigan.
Panzeria radicum Fabr., Oden, Michigan.
Phortica alboguttata Wahl. Searchmont.

Syrphidae, by Dr. R. C. Osburn.

Syrphus ribesii (Linne). Heyden and Searchmont.

grossulariae Meigen. Heyden and Searchmont.
Sphaerophoria cylindrica (Say), Searchmont.
Sericomyia inilitaris Walker. Heyden and Searchmont.
Eristalis tenax (Linne). Searchmont.

meigenii Wiedemann. Soo.

bastardi Macquart. Oden, Mich.

flavipes Walker. Heyden and Searchmont, Oden, Mich.

transversus Wiedemann. Heyden.
Helophilus similis Macquart. Oden, Mich.

chrysostomus (Wiedemann). Oden, Mich,
conostomus Williston. Heyden.
Mallota cimbiciformis (Fallen). Heyden.
Temnostoma aequalis Loew. Heyden.

The above list of Syrphidae is a rather characteristic late
summer list, and all the species are fairly common except the
last which deserves some mention. Temnostoma aequalis has
been recorded from three widely separated localiites, the White
Mountains, the English River of Hudson's Bay Terr, and Colo-
rado,* but can byno means be considered a common species. In
ten years of collecting in Ohio, N. Dakota, Br. Columbia, N. Y.,
and Mass., the writer has not met with it. The present record is

* In writing the above I overlooked the fact that the species has been
recently recorded for Minnesota (by name only). Tenth Ann. Rep't
State Entomologist of Minn., Dec, 1905, bv. F. L. Washburn.

May, 1907.] A Collecting Trip North of Sault Ste. Marie. 141

interesting in being about intermediate in location to the previ-
ous records. The specimen, a female, is considerably brighter
in coloration than Loew's and Williston's descriptions indicate,
and there is no black on the hind femora as described by Loew
"femoribus praeter apicem nigris" (Centur. V. 36). Otherwise
the description applies closely.

COLEOPTERA.

The Coleoptera were sent to Mr. Chas. Dury of Cincinnati,

who has furnished me with the following list:

Cicindela longilabris Say.
vulgaris Say.
var. obliquata Kby.
hirticollis Say.
Gyrinus limbatus Say.
dichrous Say.
canadensis Reg.
Nechrophorus vespilloides Hbst.
Coccinella trifasciata Linn.
Buprestis fasciata Fabr.

maculiventris vSay.
Ellychnia corrusca Linn.
Leptura canadensis Fabr.

proxina Say.
Monohammus confusor Kby.

scutellatus Say.
Doryphora 10-lineata Say.
Chrysomela spir£ete Say.
Adoxus vitis Linn.

The Adoxus are very small specimens of this species, otherwise
the collection does not present any noteworthy features, unless
it be to emphasize the fact, that Coleopterous insects are scarce
in this region at this season of the year.

Hymenopter.\.

The Hymenoptera were sent to Professor Jas. S. Hine who
submits the following notes and list:

Three of the species have been determined by C. T. Brues of
the Milwaukee Public Museum. Of a species of the family
Evaniidae, taken at Searchmont, August 6th, he savs that it is
either Gasteruption kreichbaumeri Schletterer, described from
Europe, or a new species. The following species besides the one
mentioned were taken:

Urocerus albicornis Fabr., Heyden.
Honiotropus pallipennis Prov., Searchmont.
Exoclium mundum Say, Oden, Michigan.
ExocHum fascipenne Norton, Searchmont.
Rhyssa albomaculata Cresson, Oden, Michigan.
Eumenes fraternus Say, Searchmont, Ontario.
Odynanis sp., Searchmont.
Pryonyx atratus Lep., Heyden.
Bombus lernarius Say, Searchmont.

142 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 7,

Dragoxflies.

As before stated almost my entire attienton was given to
dragonflies. A list of those taken follows:

1. Calopteryx maculata Beauv. Heyden, July 31st; outlet
Stony Lake, August 4th; Searchmont, Aug. 1, 6, 7 and 9th.
Altogether 9 males and 4 females. Much commoner than the
next.

2. Calopteryx aequabilis Say. Heyden, July 31st and
Aug. 3d; Searchmont, Aug. 1st. Four males and "two females.
More wary and swifter of flight than maculata.

3. Lestes congener Hagen. Searchmont, Aug. 7th; 4 males,
1 female, all taken in a small area of timothy growing in a bend
of Perry Brook.

4. Lestes uncatus Kirby. Heyden, July 31st; Searchmont,
Aug. 6th; 7 males and 3 females.

5. Lestes disjunctus Selys. Hevden, Julv 3Uth; Search-
mont, Aug. 1, (), 7 and 8th; Oden,"Mich., Aug. 11th. Fifty
males and four females were taken. Near Searchmont, along
the railroad track, is a small marsh, grown up with a narrow,
soft leaved sedge where this species was very abundant.

6. Lestes rectangularis Say. Sault Ste. Marie, July 29th;
Oden, Michigan, Aug. 12th; three males.

7. Chromagrion conditum Hagen. Stonv Lake, Aug. 3d
and 4th. Six males and one female.

S. Nehalennia Irene Hagen. Stony Lake, Aug. 3d. One
male.

9. Enallagma hageni Walsh. Heyden and Stony Lake,
July 3()th and Aug. 3d and 4th. Eighteen males and one female.

Enallagma ebrium Hagen, Oden, Michigan, Aug. 11th. One
male.

Enallagma carunculatum Morse. Oden, Mich., Aug. 11th and
13th. J. H. Williamson. Four males.

Enallagma exsulans Hagen. Oden, Mich. Aug. 13th. J. H.
Williamson. Three males.

Enallagma signatum Hagen. Oden, Mich. Aug. 13th
J. H. Williamson. A ])air.

10. Ischnura verticalis Sav. Stonv Lake, August 3d, Oden,
Mich. Aug. 13th and 24th. J. H. Williamson. Two males and
two females.

11. Ophiogomphus carolus Xeedliani. Heyden, Juh- ;>lst,
Searchmont, Aug. 1 , (i, 7 and Sth. Sixteen males and two females.
Only two males were taken along Root River and but one or
two more were seen there. The others were all taken along
tributaries of the Goulais. A few were seen along the Goulais
itself but were not taken. From its resting place on the leaves
of the alder or from high in some tree this dragonflx' makes fre-

May, 1907.] A Collecting Trip North of Sault Ste. Marie. 143

quent but short visits to the rapids of the stream where its
nymphal hfe was passed. With swift flight it drops from its
sunHt leaf to a boulder, log or bit of smooth sand. It moves
from one station to another by short flights, rendered invisible to
the collector because of its swiftness and the agitated waters over
which the insect passes. After a few moves it throws itself
boldly into the water from which it arises to seek again its leafy
and frequently lofty perch. When the late afternoon sun
bathes with vertical rays a leafy wall of vegetation on the edge
of some swift ripple where the crane flies are dancing in the
spray, carolus forgets the heights of forest trees and catching its
prey with ease, feeds and basks on a swaying leaf, from which it
springs to flit the ripple and return again. The sun sinks lower,
the forest shadow creeps across the ripple and up the alders, and
the green mite of most animate nature rises with the shadow into
the safe retreat of forest trees.

12. Gomphus sordidus Hagen. Heyden, July 31st, one
female. Along Root River at different ripples on two occasions
I saw males of a species of Gomphus which I thought was brevis.
The abdomen was colored and held aloft exactly like this species.
Also along Root River I saw close at hand a female Gomphus
which I believe was exilis.

13. Gomphus scudderi Selys. Searchmont, Aug. 1, G, 7, 8
and 9th. Fifty-two males; no females were seen; along the
Goulais and its tributaries this was the commonest dragonfly.
When resting on smooth sand, boulders or logs it is approached
with difficulty ; when resting on vegetation it may usually be
taken with ease. It is a restless busy body, its flight swift but
not well balanced or long sustained. One on occasion one flew
swiftlv toward me and alighted on my shoulder. A slight
motion on my part caused it to take to sudden flight. On
another occasion one alighted on the back of one hand. The
other hand was brought slowly and carefully up and a fore and
hind wing seized between thumb and finger. Several males of
this species were distinctly seen at Oden, Mich., but were not
captured.

Dromogomphus spinosus Selys. Oden Mich. Aug. 14th.
J. H. Williamson. One male.

14. Lanthus albistylus Hagen. Searchmont, Aug. 8th: two
males. This species was also distinctly seen at a ripple in Root
River, but no specimens were taken there. The two taken were
at the same ripple at Achigan Brook where one or two more
were seen. No other specimens than these mentioned were seen
during the trip.

15. Hagenius brevistylus Selys. Heyden, July 31st and
Aug. 2d; Searchmont, Aug. 8th. Four males and one female.
One male taken Aue. 8th was the only individual seen in the

144 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 7,

Goulais drainage. Several were seen at Oden but none were
captured there. The great bulk of this dragonfly and its peculiar
flight, with its abdomen curved as though it would bring the
center of gravity forward more nearly under the. wing bases, are
distinctive.

16. Cordulegaster maculatus Selys. Hevden, Aug. 2d;
Searchmont, Aug. 1, 6 and 9th. Nine males and three males.
These specimens are larger than others I have seen. At Heyden
two females were taken and these were observed to flv down
from trees alighting on algae covered rocks in the stream bed.
On the portions of these rocks not covered with water they
crawled about in an awkward, almost crippled, manner thrusting
the abdomen with much commotion into the algae beneath the
water. Males at Heyden alternated between the trees and short
flights over the water. At Dam Creek, where six males were
taken during the forenoon, the stretch of water patroled was
greater and the dragonflies were not interrupting their flight by
frequently alighting in trees. The single female taken along
Dam Creek alternated short flights with rests on low shrubs
growing on the stream's banks. On July 31st another species
of Cordulegaster was seen near a small much-shaded spring
which discharged a small volume of water into the creek which I
followed that day to its mouth in Root River.

17. Boyeria vinosa Say. Heyden, July 31st and Aug. 2d
and 3d; Searchmont, Aug. 6, 7, 8 and 9th. Twenty-four males
and one female. A common species along the streams where its
tendency to examine critically every object projecting above
the water often makes its capture an embarrassing matter to the
collector. More than once as I waited for an approaching male
that insect suddenly left the line of flight I had mapped out for
it, flew to within an inch of my legs, circled around one leg a
time or two, then about the other, then about both, and then
quieth' resumed its flight along the stream, oblivious to the net
which, had been frantically fanned all around it. Along Root
River a portion of a fallen bridge lay in the stream forming a
dark recess a few inches high, six or eight feet wide and possiljly
ten deep, over the water. One end of this recess ended in the
bank, the only open side l)eing directed toward mid-stream. I
saw many Boyerias fly along the stream at this point and with-
out exception all flew back into this recess, where they were
completely concealed from the collector. Some of them re-
mained within only a few seconds while others were there pos-
sibly a full half-minute. This species is more crepuscular than
any other North American Aeshnine known to me.

18. Boyeria grafiana Williamson. Heyden, Aug. 2d; Search-
mont, Aug. ('), S and 9th.

May, 1907.] .4 Collecting Trip Xorth of Sault Ste. Marie. 145

N^ote on Aeshnas. The main purpose of this collecting trip
Avas to studv the Aeshnas of the region in life. I believe that in
the material collected by myself four species are represented.
This belief is based however, largely on opinions formed in the
field and not on study of the material after my return. This
studv will be made by Prof. E. M. Walker to whom I have sent
my entire collection. Professor Walker's study will not be
completed in the immediate future and for my purposes in this
paper I have listed the species under four letters. Representa-
tives of these four species, as I understand them, have been sent
to Dr. Calvert for examination, and his notes on male abdominal
appendages follow. But as I understand it, Dr. Calvert's opinions
on these species are tentative, and the demands on his time per-
mit no particular study of this matter now. So the question of
the status of the four forms here indicated now rests with
Professor Walker, to whom as stated, I have sent the entire lot.

Dorsal thoracic stripes short and narrow ; lateral , thoracic
stripes divided each into two spots. Male anal triangle two-
celled; appendages juncea type (intermediate between clepsydra,
typical, and eremita — Dr. Calvert). Female appendages longer
than the male, narrow, apex rounded. Aeshna W.

Dorsal thoracic stripes short and narrow ; lateral thoracic
stripes not divided; first lateral stripe wider below- size large.
Male anal triangle two-celled; appendages juncea tvpe (eremita
form of appendages — Dr. Calvert). Female appendages about
equal to male appendages, apex rounded. Aeshna X.

Dorsal thoracic stripes wide, reaching antealar sinus where
they are widened ; lateral thoracic stripes not divided ; first lateral
stripe wider below; size smaller than Aeshna X. Male anal tri-
. angle two-celled; appendages juncea type (clepsydra, typical,
form of appendages — Dr. Calvert). Female appendages shorter,
apex rounded. Aeshna Y.

Dorsal thoracic stripes wide, reaching antealar sinus where
they are widened; lateral thoracic stripes not divided, about
equal and uniform in width; abdomen with the blue spots
greatly reduced in size. Male anal triangle three-celled; appen-
dages cyanea type. Female appendages slightlv longer than the
male, apex rounded. This species has been widely listed as
constricta. Aeshna Z.

19. Aeshna W. Heyden, July oOth and 31st, and Aug. 2, 3
and 4th. Searchmont, Aug. 6 and 9th. Eleven males and six
females. On the afternoon and about sunset of Aug. 3d there
were heavy showers of rain accompanied by thunder and light-
ning at Heyden. The yard of the shingle mill is devoid of all
vegetation. Many shallow pools which disappeared before the
next morning were formed in the yard. After sunset the rain
ceased and almost at once dragonflies began to appear about

146 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 7,

these pools. They were visible onlv when seen against the water
and not always then. As long as sufficient light remained to
catch glimpses of thein they were still on the wing in apparently
undiminished numbers. I succeeded in taking only eight spec-
imens. One of these was Boyeria vinosa. The others were
Aeshnas — W, Y, and Z. All eight were males.

20. Aeshna X. Heyden, July 30 and 31st, and Aug. 2d, 3d
and 4th. Searchmont, Aug. 1 and 7th. Twenty-one males and
four females. Most of this material was taken at Stony Lake.
Only two specimens wxre taken at Searchmont. This w^as to be
expected since, as stated above, all the collecting I did at lakes
was done in the vicinity of Heyden, while at Searchmont rapid
streams were followed, along whose courses Aeshnas and others
such as Leucorhinias, could be expected only as accidental
visitors.

21. Aeshna Y. Heyden, July 30th, and Aug. 3d and 4th.
Searchmont, Aug. 1 and 9th, Oden, Michigan, Aug. 11th and
12th, and Aug. 24th, (J. H. Williamson). Twenty-seven males
and two females. Nineteen of these males wxre taken at Oden.
Aeshna X was not seen at Oden at all. Aeshna Y was rare
about Heyden, but, associated with a few Aeshna Z, it made up
the entire Aeshna fauna, so far as I could determine, at Oden on
the dates I was there.

22. Aeshna Z. Heyden, July 30th and Aug. 2, 3 and 4th.
Searchmont, Aug. 6th; Oden, Michigan, Aug. 11th and 15th
(J. H. Williamson). Twenty males and two females. This is the
only Aeshna known to me which prefers woodland pools, quiet,
grass-grown and much shaded streams, and early morning and
late afternoon for its greatest activity. Of course it may be
taken under other conditions but under these the most individ-.
uals are seen and taken. The species was the one usually taken
along Root River. Two individuals were taken at Searchmont
and three at Oden. Three females Aeshnas taken at Oden are
not listed in the above discussion. These were taken Aug. 11th
and Aug. 23d and Sept. 3d (J. H. Williamson).

23. Somatochlora elongata Scudder. Heyden, July 30th and
31st, and Aug. 2 and 3d. Seventeen males. When not hawking
at a considerable elevation this species was readily taken. I
believe the Somatcohloras possibly enjoy a reputation for more
powerful flight than they really possess. A wary dragonfly with
just sufficient powers of flight to maintain itself in the air at an
elevation beyond the reach of the collector would be difficult to
capture. Moreover, if it were rare and seldom met with, the col-
lector's anxiety to capture every specimen seen would tend to
magnify his opinion of its powers. In the case of S. elongata the
flight is not as sustained as that of the Aeshnas, it is less adept at
dodging the collector's net, and it lacks the dash and mobility of

May, 1907.] A Collecting Trip North of Sault Ste. Marie. i47

some of the Libellulines such as Libellula incesta and Plathemis
Ivdia. Another species of Somatochlora was taken along Achigan
Brook, but unfortunately it was broken into fragments by the
ring of the insect net, rendering identification at the time impos- '
sibie, and the fragments were subsequently lost.

Somatochlora williamsoni Walker. Oden, Michigan, Aug.
11th. Two males; I have in my cohection a male of this
species collected by M. K. Williamson at Oden, on Aug. 14, 1904.

24. Cordulia shurtleflEi Scudder. Stony Lake, Aug. 3d. A
single teneral male taken.

25. Dorocordulia libera Selys. Stony Lake, Aug. 3d, a
single male which frequented a small area of water, floating logs
and fallen tree tops.

26. Leucorhinia frigida Hagen. Stony Lake, Aug. 3d and
4th. Two males and two females. Associated with the next two
species at Stony Lake. The three species were frequently found
resting on all possible supports a short distance from the water
and over the water a short distance from the shore, about the
pond-like lower end of the lake. Frigida seemed to prefer, how-
ever, the dsad twigs of fallen tree tops lying in the water some
distance from the shore.

27. Leucorhinia proxina Calvert. Heyden. July 31st and
Aug. 3d and 4th, Searchmont, Aug. 6th. Twenty males and
fifteen females. All of these excepting three females, two taken
July 31st and one Aug. 6th, were taken at Stony Lake. One of
these males I at first thought represented another species,
because of the following characters: the basal branch of the
hamule is bent down on the hamule ; the triangle of the front
wing is followed bv three cells, then three, then increasing; and
the labium is varied with pale areas. The specimen was referred
to Dr. Calvert who called my attention to Hagen's notes on the
folding of the basal branch of the hamule (Syn. Od. Genus
Leucorhinia, pp. 229-236, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. XVII, Jtily,
1S90). Also a tabulation of venational characters of specimens
in Dr. Calvert's collection shows that proxima has the triangle of
the front wing followed by three rows of cells, increasing, or by
three rows, then two, then increasing. Moreover, there is con-
siderable variation in the color of the labium in this species.

28. Leucorhinia glacialis Hagen. Stony Lake, Aug. 3d and
4th. Five males. One male has the lower basal cell 'in both
hind wings twice crossed.

29. Leucorhinia intacta Hagen. Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario,
Julv 29th. One female.

30. Sympetrum obtrusum Hagen. Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario,
July 29th and 30th. Heyden, July 30th and 31st and Aug. 3d.
Searchmont, Aug. 1. () and Sth. Oden, Mich. Aug. 11th and 12th,
and Aug. 14th and 26th (J. H Williamson). Forty males and six

148 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 7,

females were taken of this very abundant species. There is a
disposition to regard rubicundulum and obtrusum as scarcely
_ distinct. I have examined a great amount of material, covering
practically the total range of the two and I have never seen a
specimen which could not be referred certainly to one or the
other on the basis of form of accessory genitalia of segment two.
Moreover, the ivory white face of mature obtrusum is in striking
contrast with the obscure face of rubicundulum. On the other
hand I do not regard assimilatum as worthy of a name. At
Stony Lake this species was very abundant, associated with the
three species of Leucorhinia. What is the significance of the
ivory face of the four?

31. Sympetrum scoticum Donovan. Sault Ste. Marie, Onta-
rio, July 3Uth. A single female ; others were seen but I had but a
moment during a stop of the train.

32. Libellula quadrimaculata Linne. Stony Lake, August
3d, three males. This species was common at Stony Lake, resting
on dead twigs over the water. It was seen at a number of places
along the railroad track in the Upper Peninsula of Michigan.

LIST OF DRAGONFLIES OF CANADA.

E. B. Williamson.

The following papers published within the past few years
repeat most of the records of earlier authors and throw new light
on the distribution of northern North American dragonflies. In
addition to the species discussed in these recent papers and listed
below the following have been recorded from Canada:

Cordulegaster sayi, Samatochlora franklini, Somatochlora
septentrionalis, Dorocordulia lintneri, Celithemis fasciata, and
Leucorhinia borealis.

The portion of this vast land area west of the continental
divide is characterized among other features by the development
of the genus Sympetrum. The eastern portion, of much greater
extent, is characterized by a richer fauna and the great number
of Gomphines and of species of the genus Somatochlora.* Yet
the homogeneity of the fauna of the entire region, east and west,
is strikingly indicated by a comparison of the lists of species
known from Alaska and Newfoundland. The ten certainly
determined species known from Alaska are widely distributed
and, with the exception of one, Aeshna constricta, itself a very
common, widely distributed species, all are known to occur in
Newfoundland. Where homogeneity in the east and west regions

* So few specimens have been taken tliat il is jiossible many of the
eastern species of Somatoc^ilora may eventually be found on the western
coast also.

May, 1907.] List of Dragonflies of Canada. 149

is lacking it may be explained probably by the migration of
southern species northward, either along the Pacific Coast region
or over the broad continental land mass east of the divide, and
the inability of many of these forms to cross the divide. For
examples of species unable to cross this barrier see the genus
Argia, Ischnura, Gomphus, and Sympetrum. Boreal species which
range freely across the continent are Cordulia shurtlefifi, Leu-
corhinia hudsonica, etc.

1. Notes on Nova Scotian Dragonflies bv P. P. Calvert and
Wilham Sheraton. Can. Ent. Nov., 1894, pp. '317-320.

2. Papers from the Harriman Alaska Expedition, XXII,
Ent. Results (14) Odonata, bv R. P. Currie, Proc. Wash. Acad.
Sci. Vol. Ill, pp. 217-223, 1901.^

3. Dragonflies from the Kootenav District of British
Columbia, bv R. P. Currie, Proc. Ent.' Soc. Wash. Vol. VII,
No. 1, 1905, 'pp. 1(3-20.

4. The dragonflies of the Province of Quebec, by Rev. T. W.
Fyles, 31 annual report of the Ent. Soc. of Ontario, 1900, pp.
52-55.

5. The Odonata of British Columbia, bv R. C. Osburn, Ent.
News, June, 1905, pp. 184-196.

6. Orthoptera and Odonata from Algonquin Park, Ontario,
hv E. M. Walker, 30 annual report of the Ent. Soc. of Ontario,
1905, pp. 64-70.

7. A first list of Ontario Odonata bv E. M. Walker. Can.
Ent. Vol. XXXVIII, April, 1906, pp. IO'5-IIO, Mav 1906, pp.
149-154.

8. A new Somatochlora with a note on Ontario species by
E. M. Walker, Can. Ent. Vol. XXXIX, March, 1907, pp. 69-74.

9. Dragonflies from the Magdalen Islands, bv E. B. Wil-
liamson, Ent. News, May, 1902, pp. 144-146.

10. Dragonflies collected by Dr. D. A. Atkinson in New
Foundland with notes on some species of Somatochlora, bv
E. B. Williamson, Ent. News, April, 1906, pp. 133-139.

In the following list of species the numbers refer to the papers
above correspondingly numbered. The number 11 refers to mv
Algoma District list above enumerated:

Calopteryx maculata Beauv. 4, 6, A. apicalis Say 7

7, 11 A. violacea Hagen 6, 7

C. aequabilis Say 4, 6, 7, 11 A. vivida Selys 5

Lestes congener Hagen 3, 5, 6, 7, 11 Chromagrion condituni Hagen 7, 11

L. unguiculatiis Hagen 1, 4, 7 Nehalennia irene Hagen 7, 11

L. uncatus Kirby 1, S, 5, 6,7,11 Amphiagrion saucium Burm. 4. 5, 7

L. disjunctus SelVs 1, 6, 7, 11 Enallagma hageni Walsh 4, 6, 7.

L. forcipatus Rambur 3, 5 9, 11

L. rectangularis Say 6, 7, 11 E. cyathigerum Charpentier 2, 3,

L. vigilax Hagen 7 5, 9, 10
Argia putrida Hagen 6, 7

ISO

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. VII, No. 7,

E. calverti Morse 2, 3, 5, 7, 10 (in
10 reasons are given for consid-
ering calverti a synonym of
boreale Selys).

E. ebrium Hagen 1, (i, 7, 10

E. durum Hagen 4

E. carunculatum Morse 3, 5, 7

E. civile Hagen 4

E. geniinatum Kellicott 7

E. exsulans Hagen 6, 7

E. signatum Hagen 7

E. antennatuni Say 7

Agrion resolutum Hagen 7, 9

Ischnura posita Hagen 4

I. ramburii Selys 4, 7

I. verticalis Say 6, 7, 11

I. cervula Selys 3, 5

I. perparva Selys .5

I. erratica Calvert 5

Ophiogomphus occidentis Hagen 5

O. rupinsulensis Walsh 4, 6, 7

O. colubrinus Selys 4

O. carolus Needlam 11

Gomphus brevis Hagen (i, 7

G. confraternvis Selys. 5

G. borealis Needram 7

G. exilis Selys 4, 6, 7

G. sordidus Hagen 7, 11

G. spicatus Hagen 7

G. furcifer Hagen 7

G. villosipes Selys 7

G. fraternus Say 4

G. crassus Hagen 7

G. vastus Wals'i 4

G. scudderi Selys 6, 7, 11

G. plagiatus Selys 6, 7

G. notatus Rambur 4

Dromogomphus spinosus Selys 4, 7

Lanthus albistylus Hagen 6, 7, 11

L. parvulus Selys 1

Hagenius brevistylus Selys 6, 7, 11

C'ordulegaster dorsalis Hagen 5

C. obliquus vSay 4, 7

C. maculatus Selys 1, 7. 11

C. diastatops Selys, 1, 4, 7

Tac^opteryx thoreyi Hagen 4

Boyeria vinosa Say 4, 6, 7, 11

B. grafiana Williamson 11

Basiaesc' na Janata Say 4

Aes' na juncea Linne 2, 3, 5, 9

A. verticalis Hagen 4, 6, 7

A. californica Calvert 5

A. clepsydra Say 1, 2, 6, 7, 10

A. site' ensis Hagen 2, 10

A. septcntrionalis Burm. 4, 10

A. constricta Say 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, (5, 7

A. multicolar Hagen 3, 5

Epiaesc' na 1 eros Fabricius 4. 7

Anax Junius Drury 4, 7

Blufifton, Indiana.

Macromia illinoiensis Walsh 4, 6, 7
Didymops transversa Say 4, 6, 7
Neurocordulia yamaskanensis

Prov. 4, 7
Epicordulia princeps Hagen 4, 6, 7
Tetragoneuria spinigera Selys 5, 6,7
T. cynosura Say 4, 6, 7
T. semiaquea Burmeister 1, 6, 7
Helocordulia uhleri Selys 4, 6, 7
Somatochlora semicircularis Selys

3, 5
S. forcipata Scudder 1, 4, 6, 7, 8, 10
S. elongata Scudder 1, 4, 6, 7, 8, 11
S. williamsoni Walker 8
S. walshii Scudder 1, 8
S. linearis Hagen 4
S. hudsonica Hagen 10
S. albicincta Burmeister 2, 4, 10
S. cingulata Selys 10
S. tenebrosa Say 1, 7, 8
Cordulia shurtleffi Scudder 1, 2, 3,

5, 6, 7, 10, 11
Dorocordulia libera Selys 7, 11
Nannothemis bella Uhler 7
Celithemis eponina Drury 7
C. elisa Hagen 6, 7
Leucorhinia frigida Hagen 6, 7, 11
L. proxima Calvert 1, 3, 5, 11
L. hudsonica Selys 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 10
L. giacialis Hagen 1, 7, 11
L. intacta Hagen 1, 4, 7, 11
Sympetrum illotum Hagen 5
S. rubicundulum Say 1, 3, 4, 5, (J, 7
S. vicinum Hagen 3, 5, 6, 7
S. pallipes Hagen 5
S. obtrusum Hagen 1, 3, 5, 6, 7, 11
S. semicinctum Say 3, 5, 6, 7
S. scoticum Donovan 3, 4, 7, 11
S. costiferum Hagen 3, 5, 7, 10
S. madidum Hagen 5
S. illotum Hagen 5
S. corruptum Hagen 3, 5, 7
Pachydiplax longipennis Burmeis-
ter 5, 7
Erytremis simplicicollis Say 7
E. collocata Hagen 5
Erytl^rodiplax berenice Drury 7
Libellula quadrimaculata Linne 1,

2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11
L. semifasciata Burmeister 7
L. basalis Say 7
L. incesta Hagen 7
L. forensis Hagen 5
1>. iiulclella Drur\' 4, 7
L. Julia UMer 5, 0, 7
L. cxusta Say 4
Plat!" amis lydia Drury 4, 5, 7
Tramea Carolina Linne 7

May, 1907.] Collection of Batraehians and Reptiles. 151

NOTES ON A COLLECTION OF BATRACHIANS AND REP-
TILES FROM CENTRAL AMERICA.

Dr. D. a. Atkinson.

It has been the privilege of the writer to look over a small
collection of Batraehians and Reptiles made in Central America
during January and February of 1905 by.E. B. WilHamson,
Jas. S. Hine and Chas. Deam. There are seventy-two specimens
in the collection, sixty-eight of which were collected in Guate-
mala, two in British Honduras, and two in Honduras.

Seven frog larvae and one young snake could not be deter-
mined specifically on account of their immaturity and the lack
of descriptions of the young of the Central American species.

The eighteen specimens of Batraehians represent four genera
and seven species (including the undetermined Rana sp.) ; the
fifty-four specimens of Reptiles represent twelve genera and
seventeen species. While none of the specimens present any
great variations from the descriptions published, still there were
a. number of minor variations noted and recorded in the following
notes. The known geographical range of several species is con-
siderablv extended by this collection. The measurements and
some of the scale formulae are given with most species of reptiles,
as there is a lack of information along these lines.

BATRACHIA.

BUFO.

This genus is represented by six specimens, belonging to two^
vSpecies; all the specimens being adults except one.

(a) Bufo marinus (specimens No. 3 and 36). This is the large
brackish waterspecies, being one of the largest species of the genus,
with verv large and prominent parotid glands. No. 3 was collected
at Gualan, Guatemala, Jan. 13, 1905; No. 36 was collected at
Los Amates, Guatemala, Feb. 25, 1905. Both specimens are
full grown and show the characteristic parotid development, but
have much smoother skin than the specimens of the same
species from the South American coast.

{h) Bufo valliceps. (Specimens No. 29, 51, 55, and 63.)
No. 29, collected at Gualan, Guatemala, Jan. 16, 1905.
is an adult specimen, typical coloration, and with very prom-
inent tubercles for this species; No. 51 was collected at Los
Amates, Guatemala, Feb. 25, 1905, adult specimen with very
dark coloration; No. 55 was collected at Gualan, Guatemala.
Jan. 13, 1905, adult, coloration and tubercles typical; No. 63,
was collected at Gualan, Guatemala, January 13, 1905, and is a
very young specimen, -^4 in. in length. The bony ridges on the
head of No. 63 are very slightly developed, but the coloration
and the tubercles are verv similar to those of the adult.

15 2 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 7,

HYLA.

This genus is represented in the collection by three specimens
belonging to three species.

(a) Hyla nana, (specimen No. 62) was collected at Los
Amates, Guatemala, January, 1905. It is a small adult spec-
imen with a typical coloration and conforms closely to the
description.

(6) Hyla taeniopus, (No. 52) was collected at Morales,
Guatemala, March 8, 1905. It is an adult specimen which con-
forms to the anatomical descrpition, but presents a quite dis-
tinct coloration, lacking the line along the side and having only
a few irregular spots on the back. Head markings fairlv typical.

(c) Hyla quinquevittata (specimen No. 61) was collected at
Los Amates, Guatemala, January, 1905. It is a small adult;
the lines along the back are broken, giving it a spotted appearance

LEPTODACTYLUS.

Leptodactylus caliginosus, (specimens No. 60 and 70) were
collected at Belize, British Honduras, January 9, 1905. Young

specimens with tvpical markings.

REPTILIA.
CHELONIA, TURTLES.

CIXOSTERXOX.

Three turtles were in the collection, all belonging to this
genus, but each one to a different species. Of the thirteen
species of Cinosternon, nine are peculiar to Central America,
according to Gunther.

(a) Cinosternon leucostomum (specimen No. 37) adult S
collected at Los Amates, Guatemala, February 25, 1905. This
is the most abundant of the Central American species of this
genus, occurring in Mexico, Guatemala, Costa Rico, Panama,
and Columbia. In this specimen the gular plate is longer than
usual, and the markings on the head are more prominent than in
several other specimens of this species which were examined;
length 43^2 i^-

{b) Cinosternon brevigulare (specimen No. 71) adult $ .
Length 53 2 in., collected at Puerto Cortez, Honduras, February,
1905. This specimen was sen*t back alive and is still living
(Dec, 1905). It eats vegetable matter and spends most of its
time in the water. The femoral plates are broader than normal
in the specimen, giving an oval shape.

(c) Cinosternon cobanum, . (specimen No. 72), adult S .
Length A],^ inches. Collected at Puerto Cortez, Honduras,
Februar}^ 1905. This specimen was also received alive, eats
meat entirely, and spends a considerable portion of its time out
of water. Nuchal is very small, and there are but twenty-one
marginals.

May, 1907.] Collection of Batrachians and Reptiles. 153

LACERTILIA, LIZARDS.

ANOLIS.

The collection contains two specimens of this genus, repre-
senting two species.

(a) Anolis godmani (specimen No. 26) collected at Gualan,
Guatemala, January 25, 1905. Total length, 4f in., length of
bocty H inches, of tail 3| inches; markings very obscure.

[b) Anolis salvini (specimen No. 50) collected Los Amates,
Guatemala, February 25, 1905. Total length, 4f inches, length
of bod}" 1| inches, of tail 2f inches.

CTENOSAURA.

The species of this genus are peculiar to Mexico and Central
America; there was but one specimen of this genus in the
collection.

(a) Ctenosaura complecta (specimen No. 53), adult ^
Collected at Gualan, Guatemala, January 13, 1905. Length,
12^ inches, body 3|- inches, tail <S| inches. Coloration bright,
showing the cross bands distinctly, dorsal crest smaller than
normal.

BASILISCLTS.

This genus is separated from the following one by the pres-
ence of a free dermal border on the toes and the absence of
femoral pores. It is represented in the collection by fifteen
specimens of one species, Basiliscus vittatus. The measure-
ments and peculiarities of these specimens are given under the
specimen numbers as follows:

No. 1. Collected at Gualan, Guatemala, January 13, 1905.
Length 12 inches, tail damaged, body 7 inches, crest large.

No. 2. Collected at Gualan, Guatemala, January 13, 1905.
Length of bod}^ Q>\ inches, tail broken. Coloration dull.

No. 30. Collected at Gaulan, Guatemala, January 16, 1905.
Length, 2H inches, body 6 inches in length, tail 15^ inches.

No. 42. Gualan, Guatemala, January 25, 1905. Length of
body, 6 inches, tail damaged.

No. 32. Collected at Gaulan, Guatemala, January 16, 1905.
Length of body, 6f inches, tail damaged.

No. 31. Collected at Gaulan, Guatemala, January 16, 1905.
Length of body, 6j inches, tail broken.

No. 40. Collected at Gualan, Guatemala January 25, 1905.
Total length, 'I-il inches; length of body, 6j fnches; of tail, 18 in.

No. 24. Collected at Gualan, Guatemala, January 25, 1905.
Length, 13 inches: body, 3j inches; tail 9|, young <? .

No. 54. Collected at Gualan, Guatemala, January 13, 1905.
Length, llj inches: body, 2J inches; tail 8^ inches. Young $ ,
color good, crests Avell developed, teeth normal.

154 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 7,

No. 35. Collected at Los Amates, Guatemala, Feo. 25, 1905.
Length of body, 2^ inches, tail broken off. This is the only
specimen in the collection from this locality.

No. 47. Collected at Gualan, Guatemala, January 25, 1905.
Length of body, 2f inches, tail damaged. Crests are but slightly
developed, the free dermal border of the toes is quite distinct,
the teeth -well developed.

No. 39. Collected at Gualan, Guatemala, January 25, 1905.
Length of body, 4j inches, tail broken off. The crests of this
specimen are fairly well developed ; the markings are plainer
than in the adult specimens, especially the cross bands. It is
an interesting transitional stage.

No. 59. Collected at Gualan. Guatemala, January 13, 1905.
Length, 17i inches: body, 5 inches; tail, 12| inches. This
specimen has the coloration of the adult <? , crests and teeth well
developed, coloration bright.

No. 5S. Collected at Gualan, Guatemala, January 13, 1905.
Length, 18f inches: body, 4^ inches; tail, 14^ inches; young S .

No. 27. Collected at Gualan, Guatemala, January 25, 1905.
Length, 14 inches: body, 3f inches; tail, lOj inches. Young S .
The crests are not prominent, teeth well developed.

LAEMAXCTUS.

Laemanctus deborrii (specimen No. 28). Collected at Los
Amates, Guatemala, February 25, 1905. Length 13| inches:
body, 3f inches; tail, 10^ inches. This specimen is rather dully
colored for this species, having scarcely any markings.

GERRHOXOTUS.

Gerrhonotus fimbriatvts, (specimens No. 9 and 10). There
were two specimens of this species in the collection. Specimen
No. 9 collected at Los Amates, Guatemala, February 25, 1905.
Length of Ijody is 1| inches, tail broken. Specimen No. IG was
collected at Crualan, Guatemala, January 25, 1905. Length,
- 3| inches; body, 1| inches; tail, 2^ inches.

CXEMIDOPHORUS.

This genus is represented in the collection by twenty-one
specimens, presenting two species.

(a) Cnemidophorus espentii. There are eight specimens of
this species in the collection, two adults (No. 43 and 41), and six
young in various stages. The adults have very indistinct
markings, spots being more prominent than the longitudinal
lines of which there is scarcely a trace. In the young this con-
dition is reversed; the spots being indistinct, or absent in very
young specimens, and the lines very distinct.

No. 41 is llr\ inches in length; No. 43 is 10 inches long; the
young vary 4 inches to 7^ inches in length, and appear relatively
slimer than the adults. The tail is relatively longer in the

May, 1907.] Collection of Bafrachians and Reptiles. 155

5^oung specimens. C. espentii, according to Cope, is "confined
to certain islands of the eastern coast of Central America," but
this collection would make it appear that the species occurs
■commonly on the mainland. The specimens were collected as
follows :

No. 43. Gualan, Guatemala, January 25, 1905.

No. 41. Gualan, Guatemala, January 25, 1905.

No. 49. Los Amates, Guatemala, February 25, 1905.

No. 46. Gualan, Guatemala, January 25, 1905.

No. 19. Gualan, Guatemala, January 25, 1905.

No. 14. Gualan, Guatemala, January 25, 1905.

No. 25. Gualan, Guatemala, January 25, 1905.

No. 57. Gualan, Guatemala, January 13, 1905.

(b) Cnemidophorus deppii is represented in this collection by
13 specimens, 9 adults and 4 young. This species is restricted to
Central America, and is closely ahied to C. guttatus. In some
of these specimens the anal scales are not entirely continuous
with the abdominal scales as described by Cope, in four spec-
imens there are some small scales between the larger abdominals
and anals. Seven specimens have three pre-anal plates and six
specimens have only two per- anals. The length varies from 3f
inches to 9^ inches ; the average length of the adults is 7f inches,
all above that length are males.

No. 13. Gualan, Guatemala, January 25, 1905.

No. 38. Gualan, Guatemala, January 25, 1905.

No. 22. Gualan, Guatemala, January 25, 1905.

No. 17. Gualan, Guatemala, January 25, 1905.

No. 15. Gualan, Guatemala, January 20, 1905.

No. 45. Los Amates, Guatemala, Februaiy 25, 1905.

No. 18. Gualan, Guatemala, January 10, 1905.

No. 56. Gualan, Guatemala, January 13, 1905.

No. 44. Gualan, Guatemala, January 25, 1905.

No. 21. Gualan, Guatemala, January 25, 1905.

No. 23. Los Amates, Guatemala, February 25, 1905.

No. 20. Gualan, Guatemala, January 25, 1905.

No. 8. Gaulan, Guatemala, January 16, 1905.

OPHIDIA, SNAKES.

DROMICUS.

This genus is represented in the collection by two specimens,
each belonging to different species.

(a) Dromicus annulatus, collected at Los Amates, Guate-
mala, February 25, 1905. Length, 29i inches; tail IH inches.
Ventral scutes 153, anal bifid; sub-candal scutes 108 pair. This
snake has an irridescent tinge along the sides, like some spieces
of Lampropeltes.

156 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 7,

(6) Dromicus oniiltemanus collected at Gualan, Guatemala,
Januaiy 22, 1905. Length, 14^ inches; tail 5^ inches. Ventral
scutes 128, sub-caudal scutes, 81 pair. Scales on this spec-
imen are in 17 rows, instead of in 19, as given in the Biologia
Amer. Cen. by Gunther. Mr. H. H. Smith collected this species
in Mexico at an altitude of 8,000 feet.

SPILOTES.

Spilotes salvini, collected at Gualan, Guatemala, January 22,
1905. Length 88j inches, tail 24^ inches; which is unusually
large for this snake. Gunther gives 77 inches as the maximum.
Gastrosteges 206, urosteges 129 pairs, and entire. In coloration
it has much more black than the description or figure of this
species in the Biol. Amer. Central, and a correspondingly less
amount of A^ellow. The head plates are regular and correspond
to the description very closely.

DRYMOBIUS.

Drymobius caeruleus, was collected at Gualan, Guatemala,
January 25, 1905. Length, 39^ inches, tail 14^ inches. Ventral
scutes 153, sub-caudals, 116 pair. Nine upper labials, 4th, 5th
and 6th in the orbit.

DIPSAS.

Dipsas splendida, represented by two specimens (No. 33, and
No. 12). The small caliber of the neck of this species in com-
parison with the size of the head and body make these specimens
the most striking ones in the collection.

No. 12 was collected at Los Amates, Guatemala, February
12, 1905. Length, 28j inches, tail 8\ inches, abdominal scutes
240, sub-caudal scutes 142 pairs, one ante-orbital; had 37 dark
spots on the body, and 24 on the tail. Stomach contained the
remains of three small lizards.

No. 33 was collected at Los Amates, Guatemala, February
23, 1905. Length, 334 inches, tail, 104 inches; sub-caudal
scutes 147 pair, ventral scutes 231 pair; two ante-orbitals ; the
vertebral scales are longer than broad anteriorly, but broader
than long posteriorly in both specimens; adult ^ ; neck very
slender. This snake contained six unincubated eggs, with a
very light covering membrane, the species being in all probability
ovo viviparous. The stomach contained the remains of three
lizards and two beetles.

BOTHROPS.

Bothrops atrox; this sepcies is represented by two spec-
imens, the only poisonous snakes in the collection ; one in adult,
which looks able to uphold the reputation of its insular relative,
the Fer-de-lance ; the other a young specimen.

May, 1907.] Meetings of the Biological Club. 157

No. 10 was collected at Los Amates, Guatemala, February
15, 1905. Length, 71 inches, tail 9^ inches; gastrosteges 215,
urosteges 65 pairs, anal plate entire.
. No. 11 was collected at Los Amates, Guatemala, February
11, 1905. Length, 21 J inches, tail 3^ inches; gastrosteges 197,
urosteges 62 pairs. The tip of the tail of this specimen has the
same bright green coloration that is seen in the young of the
Copperhead (Ancistrodon contortrix) of North America. This
specimen has also the horny point on the tail that is found in
the adult.

West View, Pa.

WATERGLASS FOR MARKING SLIDES.

Robert F. Griggs.

As long as serial sections have been studied some method of
marking the slides while in process of staining has been neces-
sary. Very many devices have been proposed all of which have,
so far as the writer knows, decided disadvantages. Most of
them are either too cumbersome or the marks come off too
easily. The following method which seems to meet all objections
has not so far as I have found been previously suggested.

The medium is simply waterglass, an aqueus solution of
sodium- or potassium-silicate, thinned if necessary till it will
flow well from a pen. The most convenient time for marking the
slides is when they are first taken from the box, before they are
cleaned. An ordinary steel pen of the stub or ball-pointed sort
is used. After the slides are marked they must be heated, either
before or after they dry, preferably by holding them for a few
seconds in the blue cone of a bunsen flame till the waterglass
decomposes giving off strong jets of sodium light, and at the
same time effervescing so as to leave behind a rough sandy sur-
face. This is then rul)bed down by a single stroke aaginst the
edge of the table or any hard object and leaves a ground glass
surface which, if the fixing has been properly done, is absolutely
permanent and will not be aft'ected by any reagent which does
not attack the slide itself.

If desired some such dye as carmine may be stirred into the
solution to make the marks more conspicuous. A whole series
of colored inks could probably be made with a little experimenta-
tion but care must be exercised in choosing colors which are
chemically inert because of the ease with which the silicate is
precipitated.

This process takes no more time than sticking a paper label
to a slide and writing the data upon it in the usual way. For
serial slides where large numbers are made of the same material,

158 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 7,

the number is frequently all the designation that is needed so
that the paper label may be dispensed with. One may if he cares
to, mark all the slides he makes with serial numbers and his ini-
tials keeping track of them and providing a ready means of
referring to any slide irrespective of the paper label.

HiBERXACuLA OF Utricularia. — Last fall (late Oct. or Nov.)

I brought home several winter buds of Utricularia sp. and put
them into my aquarium. They were floating on the water all
winter, repeatedly in ice, unchanged. With the first warm
davs and sun in March, they grew out rapidly and in a few days
had developed branches several inches long, with numerous
"utricles." V. Sterki.

MEETING OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.

Orton- Hall, March -i, 1907.

The meeting was called to order by the President. After the
reading of the minutes Mr. Ball read a paper on "The Control
of the Codling Moth." He mentioned the difference of condi-
tions between the East and the West, stating that the climate of
Utah was such as to make the use of fungicides unnecessary. In
his experiments he found that by using a driven spray, and
spraving at the proper time, two sprayings were sufficient.

Mr. Hambleton suggested that the members of the club do
more svstematic work on the birds of the state.

The clul;) then adjourned to meet the first Monda}' in April.

J. N. Frank, Sec'y-

ERRATA— In April number, page 128. last line, read April instead of March.
Date of Publication, iVlay IS, 1907.

The Ohio V\[^atuTalist,

PUBLISHED BY

The Biological Club of the' Ohio State Uni'versity.
Volume VII. JUNE, 1907. No. 8.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Jackson, Mrs.— Synopsis of the .A.merii.'an Species of the Genus Papirius 159

McCi.ee'ry— Ohio Plants with Punctate Glands and Glandular Scales and Pubescence, 178

Stauffer — The Devonian Limestones of Ceutral Ohio and Southern Indiana 184

Ely— Succulent Plants of Ohio 186

Earl — Evergreen Plants of Ohio 188

Frank— Meeting of the Biological Club 190

SYNOPSIS OF THE AMERICAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS

PAPIRIUS.

Alma Drayer Jackson.

Introduction.

Every student of Entomology in pursuing his favorite sub-
ject is bound to find certain difficulties to be overcome. Some
insects have very fragile bodies, while others have minute hairs
and spines which are of value for classification, and must there-
fore be protected. Still other insects may be very- hard to locate
or capture without injury.

Xearly all of the above difficulties must be overcome by a
student of the Thysanura. This is especially true of very minute
fragile forms, as the AphorMvidae. While the number of speci-
mens of Collembola collected in one day may be considerable, yet
the greater majority will be found to belong to one or two species
of the genus Tomocerus, which are very common everywhere.
To secure the more rare forms requires long and careful search-
ing, especially the genera which have such admirable color pro-
tection as we find in the genus Papirius.

This genus contains one or two rather widely distributed
species which are quite common in places, but the remainder of
the species described for America are extremely rare or
limited in their range, at least we find but a small amount of
literature on the species of this genus. One explanation of this
is in the fact that many of the original descriptions are so brief
that it would be almost impossible to identify specimens from
them, even if the literature were accessible, which is frequently
not the case.

It is to partially obviate this last difficulty that the present
paper has been compiled, giving a brief synopsis of all known

i6o The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 8,

work on our American Papirius. While the genus is of very
little economical importance, yet it holds a unique position with
respect to the other Thysanura, and to the insects in general. •
It is the intention to use this paper as a foundation for future
work along systematic and phylogenetic lines.

j Characters of the Genus.

The characters which separate our apterous, or primitive
wingless insects, into the principal groups or sub-groups are, as
a rule, fairly well defined. The first attempt at classifying our
apterous fauna was made by Linnaeus in 1746, when he placed all
the springtails (Collembola) in the genus Podvira.

In 1796 these were combined bv Latreille with the genus
Lepisnia and elevated to the rank of an order under the name
Thysanura. He distinguished two genera of the Lepismidae
and two of Poduridae, separating out the globular shaped species
under the name Smynthnrus. This teiin is now used to distin-
guish the family whose characteristics may be defined as follows:
Body globular, slightly longer than broad; the saltatorial organ
present, attached to the penultimxate abdominal segment; and
provided with a ventral sucker.

This family, Smynthuridae , varies considerably from all the
other groups of apterous insects in having a round, almost globu-
lar body. The antennae are very much knobbed, and consist
of four segments, with the exception of the genus desci-ibed by
Bourlet, which he termed Dicyrtoma, having eight jointed an-
tennae. However, some doubt the validity of this genus since
the characters are very doubtful as the knobbed, four jointed
antennae of Papirius might easily be mistaken for an eight-
jointed one, nevertheless this genus will here be retained.

The family, SmynthMridae , is divided into three genera which
are very closely allied and separated entirely on antennal char-
acters as follows:

A. Terminal segment of antennae short, with whorls of haris.

Papirius.
AA. Terminal segment of antennae long, annulated.

B. Antennae with eight segments, abdomen with two tubercles.

Dicyrtoma.
EB. Anter.nae with four segments, abdomen without tubercles.

Sinynthnrus.

The genus Papirius is distinguished by only one character,
that of having a short terminal segment to the antennae with
whorls of hairs, and being considerably annulated. The genus
was proposed by Lubbock in 1S72, having Pod lira jusca Geoffrey,
as its type, and characterized by Lubbock as follows: "Body globu-
lar, antennae four-jointed, terminal segment short with whorls
of hairs. Saltatory appendage comopsed of a basal portion and
two arms."

June, 1907.] American Species of Papirius. i6i

However, MacGillvray in The Canadian Entomologist, Vol.
XXV, gives some further characters which are of value in separat-
ing Smynthums from Papirius. His characterization is as
follows:

A. Terminal segment of antennae long, ringed; larger claw uninden-
tate; apical segment of spring simple. Smynthurus.

B. Terminal segment of antennae short; with whorls of hairs; larger
claw bidentate; apical segment of spring serrate on the imder side.

Papirius.

Of the general characters of the family, Papirius possesses
most of them. The antennae are long and slender, and often
distinctly annulated; however these annulations have been the
source of not a little confusion of the genus with Smynthurus;
manv investigators failing to see the division between the third
and fourth segment. Still by careful examination there may
always be found a distinct line separating the two joints.

The legs are generally long, the larger claw bearing two or
more teeth. The spring is very long, and well adapted for leap-
ing; the dentes and mucrones in most cases being serrated.

The ventral sucker is highly developed, and on agitating the
insect it may be seen to throw out the long tactile filaments
from the sucker.

The segments of the globular abdomen are fused; only the
terminal segment being distinct. Dorsal tubercles are present
in some species and also tenant hairs. The eyes are distinctly
black, with prominent ocelli. The head in all species is loosely
joined to the body.

The one characteristic of Papiritis which distinguishes it from
Smynthurus and Dicyrtoma is the four-jointed antennae, with
the short terminal segment. Smynthurus has a four-jointed an-
tennae, but the fourth segment is long, while Dicyrtoma has an
eight jointed antennae. This character of the short terminal
segment in Papirius is marked enough to make it quite a distinct
genus.

General Anatomy.

The general plan of structure of this genus does not differ
materially from that of other insects, and with the exception of
the terminal joint of the antennae does not differ at all from the
type of the family.

The Body, as in all Smynthuridae, is globular in shape, and
the abdomen consists of six segments, the average length of the
entire animal being about 1 mm. The shape of the body may
vary to oval as in novoeboraccnsis, or sub -triangular as in texensis,
while unicolor has a slightly reentering angle at the tenninal
segment.

The Head, is about as long as broad, and joined loosely to
the body. On its upper surface are the black eyespots. These

i62 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 8,

differ considerably from the general type of insects' e_ves in con-
sisting of a smooth elevated area with very sharp, definite out-
line; this area being termed the eye spot. An-anged in two or
more distinct rows on each eyespot are the true eyes or ocelli.
These are entirely separate and function as do the simple ocelli
in the higher insects. Eight ocelli are found in each eve spot,
varying in size in the same species.

The Antennae. Immediately in front of the eyes are the
long, slender antennae, the terminal segment of which is but little
longer than the basal segment, and conical in shape. Both the
third and fourth joints bearing whorls of hairs and one or both
are ©ften annul ated, as in marmoratus , while the third joint is
composed of sixteen sub-joints; in unicolor the third joint has
seven or eight sub-joints, and the terminal segment about ten;
and in olympins the terminal joint has seven sub-joints. As to
the other sepcies we can not sa}^ the descriptions being too brief.

The Mouth Parts, are more or less withdrawn within the
head and are intermediate between the true mandibular insects,
and those wnth mouth parts adapted for sucking. The upper
and lower lip appear as small, flattened, almost scale-like struc-
tures, while only the tip of the maxillae and mandibles are visible.
These organs are much elongated and together with the hvpo-
pharynx may be used to rasp off particles of decayed vegetation
upon which the aniftial feeds.

The Thorax, as in all insects, consists of three segments, pro,
m2so, and meta thorax, each bearing a pair of legs. In this genus
the segments of the thorax, especial!}^ the first one is greatly
reduced and partially covered by the protrusion of the second seg-
ment of the thorax. As a usual thing the legs are long,
slender, and covered with hairs or spines. Two claws are always
present, a larger and a smaller one; the concave edges facing one
another, and the larger one curved around the end of the smaller
one. Small teeth may be found in various numbers on these
claws; the larg^er claw in texensis and marmoratus bearing three
teeth, while in the remainder of the species it has two, except in
novoeboracensis of which we have no knowledge. The smaller
claw is found either dilated, as in texensis, bearing one tooth as in
maculosus and unicolor, or hairy as in olympius and purpurescens.
Tenant hairs are mentioned only for purpurescens.

The Abdo.men, as before stated, consists of six segments,
which with the exception of the terminal one are fused, and from
the dorsal side can not be distinguislied. On this account the
abdomen presents a smooth even surface, sparselv covered with
hairs, and ne\'er bearing scales, as is common with so many
Thysanura. Packard's marmoratus is mentioned as having two
pale, smooth tubercles on each side of the basal, abdominal seg-
ment and MacGillvray's purpurescens an anal tubercle: however,

June, 1907.] American Species of Papirius. 163

there are none mentioned for any of the other species. On next
to the last abdominal segment is an organ peculiar to the Collem-
bola. This is known as the spring or furcula. It consists of
four parts, as follows: attached to the abdomen is a broad,
almost triangular piece, we may term the basal plate. This is
covered with hairs, and forms the basal part of the spring. At-
tached to the anterior border of this basal plate are a couple of
broad flattened pieces known as the manubrium. In some gen-
era these are fused, but we find them separate in Papirms.
Joined to the anterior end of the manubrium are the dentes.
These are long and pointed and very characteristic, usually hav-
ing an inner serrated edge, and numerous characteristic hairs or
spines. At the end of the dentes we find a tooth-like structure
known as the mucrones. These are also serrated and very char-
acteristic. This entire organ is nearly as long as the body.
On the second or third abdominal segment is an organ
known as the catch or tenaculum. This consists of a basal por-
tion and two short arms. The entire organ is small and difficult
to see and may possibly hold the spring in position. On
the first abdominal segment is an organ known as the ventral
sucker. This is a short tube attached at one end and free at the
other. From the free end may be protruded two long filaments,
nearly as long as the body. These are covered with a large
number of glands which secrete a sticky substance. By means
of these filaments the insect may hold fast to smooth objects,
or right itself, if placed on its back.

Habitat.

These interesting little insects may be found in numerous
dark, shady nooks; under decayed wood and leaves in the woods;
and always where there is some moisture, though not an excess
of water. They remain quiet until disturbed, or exposed to a
strong light when they prove themselves most agile in their
movements. My experience has been to find them more on the
under surface of chunks of decayed wood lying about in moist and
damp situations than under bark. I have also taken them in
numbers under stones along river banks, though never on the
water where some of the Smynthunis are found. A most favor-
able time to collect Papirius seems to be on a warm day, just
after a little very cold weather. They seem not to have thor-
oughly warmed up yet, and may be captured in vials quite
easily by placing the vial near them and urging them on slightly
by means of a small brush. They may be successfully bred in
the laboratory in vials by giving them plenty of moist decayed
wood and leaves to live on. These vials should be kept in the
dark, giving the insects so nearly as possible their natural condi-
tion. I have tried this experiment in the case of unicolor and

1 64 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 8,

find it most practical. As it grows colder in the fall the insects
decrease in numbers. However, I have taken P. unicolor as late
as December 13th in a comparatively open area, and after con-
siderable cold weather and two or three snows. I do not doubt
that they could be taken throughout the winter in the more pro-
tected places.

These insects are quite gregarious in their habits, and usually
associate in colonies of from four or five to a dozen or more.
They are very well protected by their color, which is usually
of a reddish tinge in correspondence to the brown decaying
wood on which they are usually found.

Life History.

So far as is known the eggs of Papirius have never as yet been
observed, with the exception of P. pint Folsom. In connection
with this I would note an experience in an attempt to solve the
problem. Late in the fall some large forms of Papirius were
placed in a vial containing damp decaying wood, and watched
very closely. In about two weeks two colonies of young ones
were observed, but in the meantime there had been no trace of
any eggs, which might easily lead one to believe the eggs are very
minute in some species.

In appearance these young are lighter in color than the adults
having more of a blue tinge than the brownish-purple adults.
All their organs were perfectly formed, the antennae, however,
being somewhat longer in proportion to the body than in the
adult. Apparently these young are quite as active as their
parents in their movements. With each successive moult they
grow darker and take on more the color of the adult.

Bibliography.

1821. Say, Thomas. — Journal of the Academy of Natural
vScience of Philadelphia. Vol. 2. In a paper entitled, "Descrip-
tion of the Thysanura of the United States." (Read Nov. 21,
1820). Say describes but one species of Papirius under the name
of Sniynthunts guttatus Pg-13.

1859. Le Conte, John L. — The complete writings of Thom-
as Say on the Entomology of North America. Vol. 2. A re-
print of Say's work. Smynthurus guttatus Pg. 8.

1862. Fitch, Asa. — Eighth Report on Noxious and Other
Insects of New York. The description of several Thyranura
including Smynthurus novoeboracoisis Pg. ()74.

1873. Packard, A. S. — Report of the Peabody Academy of
Arts and Science. In the appendix to the director's report under
the title, "Synopsis of the Thysanura of Essex County of Mass.,
with description of a few extratimital Forms." Packard reviews
the literature on American species and mentions the following

June, 1907.] American Species of Papirius. 165

species of Papirius: Smynthurus guttatus Say, Pg. 25; 5. novoe-
boracensis Fitch, Pg. 25; Papirius marnioraUiS Packard, Pa. 42;
P. texensis Packard, Pg. 42.

1S91. ScHOTT, H. — Beitrage zur Kenntnis Kalifornischer
Collembola in: Bihang Sevensk. Vetensk-Akad. Handl. 17.
Afd. 4. N8. Pg. 25. '

A paper describing a number of Th3^sanura from California,
including Papiurius maculosus Schott.

1893. MacGillvray, Alex D.— North American Thysanura.
Fifth paper in The Canadian Entomologist. Vol. 26. A syste-
matic work on the Thysanura of North America. Papirius
olympius MacGill., Pg. 110; P. purpurescens MacGill., Pg. 109.

1893. Harvey, F. L. — A new Papiruis in Entomological
News. Vol. 4. This paper consists of a minute description of
one species, with a critical review of the literature on Smynthurus
and Papirius. Papirius unicolor Harvey, Pg. 65; Smynthurus
novoeboracensis Fitch, Pg. 65; 5. niarmoratus Packard, Pg. 65.

1895. DallaTorre, K. W. V. — Die Gattungen und Arten
der Apterygogenea. This consists of a key to the genera, list
of the described species of the world and bibliography. He in-
cludes in the genus Papirius the following American species, Pg. 9:
Vapiritis guttatus Say; P. 'maculosus Schott; P. niarmoratus
Packard; P. novoeboracensis Fitch; P. olympius MacGill. ; P. pur-
purescens MacGill.; P. texensis Packard; P. unicolor Harvey.

1903. Guthrie, Joseph E. — The Collembola of Minnesota.
A descriptive catalogue of the species of the state, including:
Papirius tnaculosus Schott, Pg. 58; P. unicolor Harvey, Pg. 59;

1896. FoLSOM, J. W. — "New Species of Papiruis," in Psyche
Vol. 7. In this paper Folsom describes three new species of
Papirius all taken at Arlington, Mass., in 1895. Papirius hagenii
Folsom, Pg. 344; P. pini Folsom, Pg. 344; P. testudineatus Fol-
som, Pg. .345.

1896. Folsom, J. W. — -"Notes on the Types of P. texensis
Pack, and Description of a new Smynthurus." In Psyche, Vol.
7. Redescribes Packard's species: Papirius texensis Packard,
Pg. 384.

1896. Folsom, J. W.— "Two New Species of Papirius," in
Canadian Entomologist, Vol. 28, May. The paper describes
two new species of Papirius taken in a greenhouse at Cambridge,
Mass.: Papirius vittatus Folsom, Pg. 119; P. opalinus Folsom,
Pg. 120.

1 66 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 8,

Characterizatiox of Species.

The characters given for many of these species are so brief
that it would be useless to tr}' to form a key. Therefore we will
give in summary what, from the descriptions, seems to be the
chief characteristics.

1. Papirius guttatus (Say),

1821. Smynthurns guttatus Say.

. 1859. Smynthurus guttatus LeConte.

187.3. Papirius guttatus Packard.

1895. Papirius guttatus Dalla Torre.

Prevailing color, yellowish-white. Head maculated. An-
tennae, reddish-brown, hairy. Eyes black. Body, vellowish-
white with numerous irregular spots disposed in bands; numer-
ous sparse, white hairs; two tubercles each side of the middle of
the body which are tiomcated at the tip; ventral part of body
white. Spring, flesh colored. Length, 1.3 mm. Habits,
"found under the bark of the long-leaved pine (P. palustris) in
Georgia."

The chief characteristics of this species as given bv Sav, seem
to be a prevailing color of yellowish-white with numerous,
irregular, reddish-brown spots. Neither MacGillvray nor Har-
vey have reported this species, and thus far we have onlv the
original description. Perhaps this may be accounted for bv the
fact that it is a southern form, and probably with a restricted
habit, since Say only mentions having found it under the bark
of the long-leaved pine. The description is so ^•ery brief it
would be hard to identify a specimen by it. P. guttatus is placed
in this genus on account of the tubercles which are not found in
the genus Smynthurus.

2. Papirius novoeboracensis (Fitch.)

1862. Smvnthurus novoeboracensis Fitch.

1873. Papirius novoeboracensis Packard.

1893. Papirius novoeboreacensis Harvey.

1895. Papirius novoeboracensis DallaTorre.

Prevailing color, dull brownish-yellow. Head pale. An-
tennae nearly the length of the body, long and slender. Eyes
black. Body but little broader than head, oval, slightly at-
tenuated at its tip, with an impressed, transverse line conspic-
uously separating the apex from the body. Legs light yellowish-
brown in color. Length about 2 mm. Habits under rubbish
and boards.

The chief characters, as given by Fitch, which distinguishes
this species, as a Papirius is. as he says, "the length beyond the
elbow of the antennae being obscurely divided into three joints."
This point was definitely settled by Harvey who examined the
type specimens and said that Fitch in his work had o\'erlooked

June, 1907.] American Species of Papirius. 167

the short end joint which would classify it as a Papirius. This
species is quite akin to unicolor with which it almost agrees in
size and habit, differing in color and form of antennae.

3. Papirius marmoratus Packard.

1873. Papirius marmoratus Packard.
1893. Papirius marmoratus Harvey.
1895. Papirius marmoratus DallaTorre.

Prevailing color deep, dull lilac, with pearly colored lines
and spots. Head large, free from body, swollen on the sides
and over the clypeal region. Antennae dull lilac, paler on basal
half, terminal half of third joint divided into sixteen sub-joints,
much swollen, fourth joint rather long, annulated. Eyes black.
Body marbled over with deep, dull lilac, and pearly colored lines
and spots, a median dorsal, pearly streak along the basal half
of the abdomen, beneath light, pearly, marbled with lilac; elon-
gate oval in form with two pale, smooth tubercles on each side
of the middle of the first abdominal segment, the two following
segments narrow, and projecting far out like a fungoid growth.
Legs dull lake, femur pearly at base and end; tibia alternate light
and dark lilac; claws, superior one with four teeth, obscure.
Furcula pale lilac, in the young whitish ; dentes serrulate beneath ;
mucrones long and slender, oval at tip. Length 2.5 mm. Hab-
its, "on toad stools, abundant at Brunswick, Maine, Sejjt. 10,
and Woods Hole, Mass., Sept. 1-5, (Packard); vicinity of Boston
(Sanborn)."

"This fine marbled species may be known by its decided lilac
hue, and meidan pale line, as well as the two pale dorsal tubercles
and its large size." (Packard). Fifteen type specimens de-
posited in the miuseum of Comparative Zoology.

4. Papirius texensis Packard.

1873. Papirius texensis Packard.

1895. Papirius texensis DallaTorre.

1896. Papirius texensis Folsom.

Prevailing color pale luteous, marbled with brown and black.
Head paler, a few short bristles above the mouth and on the pos-
terior dorsum; long stout hairs on the vertex and anterior dor-
sumi. Antennae shorter than body, pale reddish-brown, growing
darker toward the end; segments nearly as 1:5:5:2; basal seg-
ment twice as long as broad, naked; second sub-petiolate, sparselv
hairy; third petiolate, hairy with ten distinct sub-segments, the
penultimate one laterally-dilated, fourth segment lanceolate.
Eyes black. Legs long, slender, tibia with broad, alternate light
and dark bands. Claws; superior one, long and slender, little
curved, obscurely toothed; inner edge sinuate basally. toothed
in the middle and obscurely beyond. Two teeth on either side

1 68 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 8,

near the outer edge dividing it into thirds ; inferior claw two-thirds
as long as superior, stout and tapering, with a short bristle inside
upon a rounded basal dilation, and with a sub-apical bristle
exceeding the other claw in length; tenant hairs absent. Fur-
cula nearly reaching the mouth, manubrium with a few ventral
hairs; dentes tapering with remarkably long and large lateral
hairs, barbellate basally, and four long equidistant ventral hairs;
mucrones one-fourth length of dentes, laterally linear, little
tapering, serrulate beneath, apex with three rounded lobes bent
downward. Length !.:> mm. (Folsom-Packard). Habitat,
"Waco, Texas."

"Very closely allied to P. mannoratus , but is more hairy, the
body more finely marbled appearing as if tuberculated, while
the skin of P. marnioratus is smooth; it also wants the two, pale,,
smooth tubercles on the body of the latter." (Packard.) The
type specimens were redescribed by Folsom who stated that
'The tube containing them was found to hold not only fourteen
specimens of a Papirius, but also ten examples of a Sinynthums,
and the original description of P. texensis evidently combines the
characters of both these species which certainly do resemble
each other superficially." Type specimens in the museum of
Comparative Zoology.

5. Papirius maculosus Schott.

1891. Papirius mactdosus Schott.
1895. Papirius tnaculosus DallaTorre.
1903. Papirius maculosus Guthrie.

Prevailing color, a whitish-ground color sometimes \'arying
to a yellowish or grayish tone, almost the entire tipper part of
the body showing dark, blue spots of various forms which often
vary to a sky blue; clear white on ventral side. Antennae dark
blue; shorter than body. Legs with distal half of tibia white.
Claws; superior claw armed with two teeth, inferior claw with a
single perpendicular tooth. Furcula pale violet; manubrium
short; dentes about three times as long as mucrones, bearing
two distinct kinds of hairs, simple, and pinnate or notched, regu-
larly arranged, two pairs of notched hairs being between two sim-
ple hairs, the most distal of the simple hairs reach almiost to the
mucrones. Length, 1.5 mm.

. This species seems to have a rather wide range. Guthrie re-
ports it abundant in Minnesota, and the original description was
taken from specimens collected in California. The species seems
very closely allied to P. mannoratus , and according to Guthrie,
may be a variety of this species. The color seems to be somewhat
lighter, with slight variations in markings.

June, 1907.] American Species of Papirius. 169

6. Papirius unicolor Harvey. Plates XI and XII.

1893. Papirius unicolor Harvey.
1895. Papirius unicolor DallaTorre.
1903. Papirius unicolor Guthrie.

Prevailing color light brownish-purple throughout, color
much like that of a Delaware grape; back, end of legs, and apical
half of the antennae darker; dorsum often with two interrupted
stripes of darker shading, head, base of antennae, base of legs,
spring and ventral surface lighter; young, half grown specimens,
and full grown specimens in damp situations paler; occasionally
a very large specimen and those taken in dry places are more
brown, but all show the purple tint. Sides of full grown speci-
mens often obscruely marked with pale oblong spots. Head
viewed from front as long as broad, depth half the length; ele-
vated between the eyes and bearing a tuft of long hairs. An-
tennae long, slender, elbowed at the second joint, nearly as long
as the body ; basal joint short but slightly longer than the ter-
minal one ; second joint shorter than third, the portion beyond
the elbow usually somewhat longer than the two basal joints;
third joint usually the longest, the terminal half composed of
seven or eight sub-segments; terminal joint short, conical, nar-
rower than the club-shaped end of the third joint; composed of
about ten sub-segments, the three basal of which are about the
same length, and obscure, fourth and fifth wider and well de-
fined, sixth and seventh narrower and somewhat obscure; each
segment bears a whorl of hairs, and as there are three whorls
on the portion below the seventh segment probably it represents
three more joints; when walking the basal joint of the antennae
is projected upward and outward from the head; the apical por-
tion beyond the elbow outward and downward. Eye patches
prominent, elevated, black, bearing eight ocelli, four in the
inner row, three in the outer with a single small one in the midlde ;
the second ocellus from the front in the inner row is also smaller
than the others. Body, including head, twice as long as broad,
breadth and depth equal, gradually widening from the neck to
the greatest width, abruptly narrowing with a slight re-entering
angle to the conspicuous terminal segment. Legs long. Claws
prominent; larger curved and bearing two teeth on its inner
face, below the middle ; smaller claw slender, over half the length
of the other with a small tooth on its inner surface. Furcula
rather long and slender from about three-fourths to longer than
body; mucrones less than half the length of dentes, lanceolate,
unarmed, concave below and bearing on each edge of the con-
cavity a row of about forty teeth, which increase in size outward
and at the end join in a common tubercle ; dentes long, slender,
covered with hairs. Ventral sucker short, cylindrical, tactile
filaments white, covered with papillae, nearly as long as body.

.170 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 8,

Length 1.9 mm.; head .8 mm. long, .8 mm. broad, .4 mm. deep
from front to back; antennae 1.7 mm. long, joints in the ratio
of 7:22:25:6; body 1.6 mm. long, .8 mm. broad, .9 mm. deep;
spring 1.6 long, segments in the ratio of 5:6:2; sucker, including
filaments, 1.5 mm. long. Habits, found in numerous localities,
under decaying wood, under damp stones, or boards, and occa-
sionally found on various species of fungus.

This is one of the most common and widely distributed species
of the genus. I have found it quite abundantly in Ohio, and it
has been reported as abundant in Maine by Harvev who found
it associated with P. marmoratus on Agarics and Boleti, and has
also been reported from Minnesota by Guthrie. I have taken
it in mid-winter in Ohio, where it occurs in small colonies in
suitable localities. The very young have a decidedly bluish
tint, but otherwise resemble the adults very closely. They are
sluggish in their movements, but when disturbed can jump eight
or ten inches. Harvey states that the smaller claw is over a half
the length of the larger; however, in all the specimens I have ex-
amined a long-hair-like projection extends beyond the end of the
larger claw.

7. Papirius olympius MacGillvra3\

1893. Papirius olympius MacGillvray.
• 1895. Papirius olympius DallaTorre.

Prevailing color reddish, spotted with dark brown, in young
specimens purplish. Head, vertex covered with stiff bristles; a
longitudional brown band extending from the back of the head
to the eye spot, another in the middle of the vertex extending
down the middle of the front. Antennae nearly as long as the
body, purplish, hairy, basal segment light at base, dark at apex
and one-fourth the length of the second; second segment one-
half the length of the third, third segment slender, with seven
sub-segments at apex; fourth segment with six sub-segments.
Eye spQt black. Abdomen and thorax with two sinuate brown
bands on each side of the dorsum, the middle ones meeting at
the apex and base of the thorax and on the basal half of the ab-
domen; akso a band extending from this basal transverse band
of the abdomen along the middle ( f the back towards the head
bilobed in front, a triangular spot just before the apex of the
abdomen, and promiscuous brown mottlings on the side; body
covered with broad flattened hairs. Legs reddish, long, slender,
spiny. Claws long, outer three times as long as the tibia is
broad, with two teeth ; inner two-thirds the length of outer, with
a hair at apex reaching beyond the apex of the outer claw;
tenant hair wanting. Furcula long, slender; manubrium short,
two-thirds the length of dentes; dentes with a row of long, hair-
like spines along the side of each member; mucrones about one-
fourth the length of dentes, serrate beneath.

June, 1907.] American Species of Papirius. 1 7 r

Length 2-3 mm. "Habitat, Olympia, Washington."
Apparently MacGillvray is the sole collector of this species

in America so far, at least we have no record given of it by any

one else.

8. Papirius purpurescens MacGillvray.

1893. Papirius purpurescens MacGillvray.

1895. Papirius purpurescens DallaTorre.

Prevailing color, blackish purple. Head between the anten-
nae washed with yellow. Basal segment of the antennae very
short, one-third the length of the second; second segment white
or transparent. Body, dark purple; abdomen slightly hairy,
the hairs more abundant at the posterior end; last segment
fringed with clavate hairs. Legs long, slender, hairy. Claws
short, stout; superior claw with two teeth, one at the middle,
the other at the base ; inferior claw nearly as long as the superior,
more slender with two bristles at the tip; tenant hairs present.
Furcula dark purple, long, slightly hairy above; dentes half the
length the manubrium, narrowed beyond the base; mucrones
one-fourth the length the dentes; apex blunt, serrated at the
middle. Length 3 mm. Has been reported only from Long
Island.

This is one of the largest species of Papirius, and has never
been reported except by MacGillvray.

9. Papirius hagenii Folsom.

1896. Papirius hagenii Folsom.

Prevailing color, yellowish-orange with purple markings.
Head translucent, orange ochraceous, orange around the mouth,
a few stiff bristles upon the vertex and face. Antennae nearly
as long as body, orange, becoming purplish on the last few seg-
ments; basal segment naked; second four times as long as the
first ; a few hairs distally ; third equalling second plus one-half
of first, verticillate ; terminal segment twice as long as basal,
with whorls of hairs, as is common to the genus. Eves black.
Body, thorax yellow, abdomen oval in dorsal aspect, dark purple,
almost black covering the sides and pale ventral surface with a
well defined but zigzag margin; a yellowish-brown pattern on
posterior half of dorsum very variable in shape, usuallv con-
sisting of five elongate markings which may or may not be united ;
posterior part of abdomen with a few short, white bristles, longer
on the terminal segment. Legs yellow, paler at base ; tibia spiny.
Claws transparent, slender, rather straight, little curved inside;
superior claw with a sharp tooth inside one-third distant from
apex; second tooth obscure, in the middle; inferior claw two-
thirds the length of superior, with one stout knobbed tenant
hair, twice as long fixed on its inner side, except at its tip which
is free. Furcula long, extending to mouth, stout, pale yellow

172 The Ohio Naturalist [Vol. VII, No. 8,

at base, becoming white distally; manubrium over one-third the
dentes in length; dentes three times the mucrones, each dentes
with a row of long spines on either side; mucrones cylindrical,
apex rounded, minutely serrated beneath, ventral abdominal
surface with an oval, yellow swelling either side of tiie manu-
brium, and two similar but much larger ones placed obliquely
and anteriorly. Length 1.3 mm.; maximum 1.5 mm. Habits:
reported by Folsom as occurring as an active, uncommon species,
in pine woods, under damp decaying twigs and needles, Arlington,
Mass. ,

10. Papirius pini Folsom.
1896. Papirius pini Folsom.

Prevailing color, chestnut-brown. Head pale, a few short
stiff bristles upon a protrubence on the vertex, and down sides
of the face. Antennae four-fifths the length of body; basal seg-
ment stout, naked ; second four times as long with a few long hairs
distally ; third equalling the first two with distal half ; divided
into seven distinct sub-segments, and three others less evident
swollen terminal ones; each sub-segment with a pair of hairs, a
few hairs near the base of the third joint ; fourth segment equal-
ling basal in length, with whorls of long hairs. Eyes black.
Body, abdomen ovate dorsally, dilated at sides; dorsum darker
with several long, white bristles anteriorly, and very short
bristles posteriorly ; anal tubercle with long, stout bristles. Legs
long, slender , spiny, especially on tibia. Claws, superior one
long, rather straight, a sharp tooth in the middle, and another
midway between it and the tip, a third tooth on the outside
nearly opposite the last; inferior claw with straight, tapering
sides, and an apical hair hardly longer than the other claw; the
extreme tip of the claw free from the hair. On the inside of the
inferior claw, near the base is a dilation whose apex bears a short
bristle. Furcula pale, extending beyond the ventral tube; man-
ubrium stout; each dentes with a row of long spines on either
side ; mucrones tapering, one-third the length of dentes, coarsely
serrated beneath. Length 1.6 mm. Habits, reported by Fol-
som as living on the under side of pine logs, and eating the wet
decayed wood.

This species has been reported only by Folsom from Arlington,
Mass., the description being taken from twelve specimens found
during October and November. Concerning the habits the
author further says, "The last specimens found before a severe
frost were all females which laid nurnerous eggs in captivity
when given natural conditions of moist food, air and darkness.
The eggs, laid singly, were spherical, with strongly flattened

ases, translucent white, smooth, .3 mm. in diameter, .15 inm.

igh, and with embryos quite undeveloped several days after

eposition."

June, 1907.] American Species of Papirius. 173

11. Papirius Testudineatus Folsom.
1896. Papirius testudineatus Folsom.

Prevailing color, dark purple, almost black with conspicuous
wax yellow patterns. Head large, face with large markings and
a few short bristles; vertex with a few long bristles, and a stir-
rup shaped marking in the middle; behind this a long, broken,
transverse band. Antennae, .7 the length of body, purplish;
basal segment' twice as thick as second; second five times as long
as first, somewhat petiolate with a few hairs; third equalling
first two, slightly petiolate, gradually forming sub-segments dis-
tally, the first seven of which are distinct, and the three distal
ones much swollen, especially the penultimate one; terminal
segment equal to basal in length ; third and fourth segments with
whorls of long hair. Eyes black. Body, abdomen ovate dor-
sally, with a large pattern composed principally of thick median,
longitudional and oblique bars ; dorsum with a few long bristles
anteriorly-, many short ones posteriorly ; sides with large, elongate
spots; anal tubercle large, with several large spots, and many stiff
bristles. Legs very long, slender, hairy, with broad, alternate
bands of purple and yellow, except on the tibia. Superior claw
long, of rather uniform width, bent only towards the tip, divided
on the inside nearly into thirds by two prominent teeth ; inferior
claw half as long, conical in shape, apparently prolonged into a
bristle; a short bristle on inside of inferior claw at its base.
Furcula long, nearly reaching mouth, purplish; each dentes
with a row of long spines on either side; mucrones white, cylin-
drical ; apex rounded, one-third the length of dentes, serrated
beneath. Length 2.2 mm.

The description was taken from four specimens which were
deposited by Mr. Folsom in the Cambridge Museum of Com-
parative Zoology.

12. Papirius vittatus Folsom.
1896. Papirius vittatus Folsom.

Prevailing color, young specimens dark purple above with
pearl v markings, lavender or lilac beneath; older ones maroon to
almost black above, sides mottled with sevei^al shades of purple
and brown. Head free, purple with a broad transverse band
across the front, oral region whitish, vertex with a distinct white
sagittal mark from antennae to pro-thorax; black ocelli-like
effect on the middle of the vertex; a few short bristles upon the
vertex in front. Antennae longer than the body, except in large
individuals; segments variable in relative length, but approxi-
mately in the ratio of 1:6:7:1. .5, or 1:7:9:2; basal segment short,
as long as broad, brownish with short white bristles, the remain-
der of the segments sparsely haired, the third with five to seven
sub-segments with whorls of hairs. Eyes dark, close behind the

174

The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 8,

Ohio Naturalist.

Plafe XL

Jackson on "American Species of Papirius."

June, 1907.] American Species of Papirius.

175

Ohio Naturalist.

Flaie XII.

Jackson on "American Species of Papirius.

176 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 8,

antennae upon a black patch with a narrow border of purple.
Body, ovate dorsally with a re-entering angle; dorsum dark pur-
ple to black with a pattern in pearly white essentiall}- as follows:
on anterior half of dorsum a median longitudional purplish
streak between two pearly streaks wdth dentate margins; be-
hind these a square purple spot bounded by pearly and bisected
by a short median, longitudional, pearly streak; on either side
two short irregular pearly lobes extending obliquely forward;
next behind on the median line are one to three roundish purple
spots broadly surrounded by pearly white ; on posterior abdomen
a long, oblique, pearly bar directed forward from either side of
the median line; abdomen wdth a small pale tubercle on either
side of the middle ; dorsum naked anteriorly with short white
bristles posteriorly ; anal tubercle with bristles four times as long
and with a median longitudional purple bar; sides purple to
blackish, with conspicuous, hazel, chestnut and cinnamon mot-
tlings" thorax with a broad, lateral longitudional, pearly band,
sometimes replaced by one to four bright white spots; sides of
abdomen with two to five large conspicuous pure, white spots,
widely separated ; ventral surface lilac or lavender. Legs long,
purple and yellow ; tibia with broad alternate bands of dark violet
and wax yellow;, bristles white. Claws, white, superior claw
long, tapering , rather straight, six toothed; inner edge with two
prominent teeth at about equal intervals, two more on both sides
near the outer edge, dividing it into thirds; inferior claw half as
long as the other, straight, tapering, bearing sub-apically a slen-
der bristle longer than the claw; also a tooth upon a swelling on
the inner edge near the base. Furcula almost reaching the head,
manubrium, stout, purple; dentes twice as long, slender, pale
lilac; each with a long, white bristle on either side and a single
extra long ventral sub-apical bristle; mucrones, white, less than
one-third the dentes, narrowly elliptical; ventral concavity shal-
low with distinct serrate edges; apex clearly emarginate, having
a median rounded, quadrate notch between two rounded teeth.
Ventral sucker with filaments extensible to the length of the
antennae. Length, maximum, 3.3 mm. Habits; reported
by Folsom from a green house at Cambridge, Mass., upon wet
decaying wood, and upon the outside of algae coated flower pots
in shaded, moist situations.

This species seems to be quite abundant, and closely resembles
P. marmoratiis, but differs from this species in the character of
its claws, having six teeth on its superior claw, while marmoratus
has but four. It is easily recognized by the broad white head-
band with sagittal mark, the three median dorsal streaks, and
the brilliant white spots on the sides of the abdomen. Types
were deposited in the Museum of Comparative Zoology at
Cambridge.

June, 1907.] American Species of Papirius. 177

13. Papiruis opalinus Folsom.
1896. Papirius opalinus Folsom.

Prevailing color, orange-rufous or ferruginous. Head; first
two antennal segments, anal tubercle, and legs pale orange-och-
raceous. Head with a few short bristles on front, vertex almost
naked, swollen dorsally. Antennae shorter than the body,
from three fourths to one-half as long according to age ; basal
segment twice as long as bi'oad, naked; second three or four times
as long, knotty, and hairy toward the epex; third purple, four
or five times the basal in length; distal end knotty, and hairy;
terminal segment purple, one and a half times as long as basal,
lanceolate with whorls of white hairs. Eye spots black, often
quadrate. Body, regular, elongate, oval in dorsal outline; an-
terior dorsum naked, translucent orange-ochraceous with a broad
and median shading of green due to chlorophyll in the stomach ;
posterior dorsum and sides orange-rufous to dark ferruginous
often with a tinge of maroon ; posterior dorsum with short, white
bristles upon minute brown orange - ochraceous spots ; anal tuber-
cle hardly visible from above; ventral surface pale yellow, with
three pairs of buff, \'ellow tubercles; a small round tubercle on
either side of the manubrium ; a large oval oblique one either side
of the middle; a narrow oblique pair anterior to these. Legs
slender; femur with short, sparse bristles; tibia pale distally,
stout spines at moderate intervals. Claws white, very stout;
superior claw of almost uniform width, little curved towards the
apex, six toothed; inner edge with a tooth at the middle and an-
other midway between it and the apex; two pairs of lateral teeth
similarly placed near the outer edge; inferior claw two-thirds
as long as the other, triangular in shape, tipped with a short
bristle, inner edge sinuate or straight with a short bristle one-
third from its base. Furcula short, reaching to the ventral tube ;
manubrium sparsely hair}-; dentes twice as long, stout, pale or-
ange-rufous with short lateral bristles and several longer ven-
tral bristles at regular intervals; mucrones white, one-fourth the
dentes in length, oblong finely serrated beneath, apex rounded.
Ventral sucker pale orange-ochraceous, the tube and filaments
together one-fourth as long as the antennae. Length, maximum,
1.3 mm. Habitat: reported by Folsom from a green house,
Cambridge, Mass. Found in company with P. vittatus.

The description was taken from a large number of species,

types of which were placed in the Museum of Comparative

Zoology.

Explanation of Plates.

Plate XI.

Enlarged drawing of P. iinicolor, showing the insects in their natural
environment.

Plate XII.

P. unicolor: 1, antennae; 2, claw; 3, eye spot; 4, tenaculunT; 5,
ventral sucker and filaments; 6, spring.

178 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 8,

OHIO PLANTS WITH PUNCTATE GLANDS AND GLANDULAR
SCALES AND PUBESCENCE.

Edna M. McCleery.

The subject of glands is interesting from a morphological as
well as from a physiological stand-point. In their morphology
plant glands represent very diverse structures and in the follow-
ing article an attempt has been made to classify certain types
of Ohio glandular plants as a basis for future ecological and phy-
siological studies. In this paper resin ducts as are present in the
stems and leaves of Conifers will not be considered.

There are about sixty Ohio plants which have internal punc-
tate glands such as are found typically developed in the Poly-
gonums and Hypericums. These glands can usually be seen
with the naked eye if the leaf is held up to the light, but with the
aid of a small lens all are quite distinctly seen. The glands
usually appear light in color, but some are black and a few yellow.
The size is variable but usually the smaller the glands the more
numerous they are.

Most punctate glands are internal although some leaves, as
the prickly ash, have the epidermis modified into large cells
which are probably used in secreting the contents of the gland.
The gland of the prickly ash (Fig. 1) is made up of many layers
of modified cells, each cell having a prominent nucleus. The cell
and nucleus stain about the same color as the palisade tissue. In
most of the cross-sections of the leaves the glands are about as
deep as the palisade tissue, but in some of the older leaves,
where development is complete the glands extend far down into
the spongy tissue (Fig. 2). At the top of each gland of prickly
ash there are a number of cells entirely different from the ordi-
nary epidermal cells. They are larger than the epidermal cells,
stain about as dark as the palisade tissue and have large dark
nuclei. They are very conspicuous in a cross-section showing
as a row of from three to six cells across the top of the gland, but
in a tangential section they appear in a more or less circular
plate of from nine to thirty-six cells.

The internal glands of the Hypericum (Fig. 5) are of much the
same type, but differ in two particulars. Instead of having a
many-layered gland-wall, the wall is thin, being made up of a
single layer of cells. These cells stain darker than any other
part of the leaf. The cell usually extends about as deep as the
palisade tissue, although most of the sections of Hypericum show
a double row of palisade. The second point of difference be-
tween this and the prickly ash is that the Hypericum does not
have the compact plate of cells in the epidermis. The covering
above the gland appears perfectly normal. Hypericum macula-
tum has black dots instead of the light ones. These black dots

June, 1907.] Ohio Plants' with Pwidate Glands. 179

have practically the same structure as the light glands, but are
made dark by the secretion which is contained in them. The
age of the leaf may also have some influence on the darkness of
the spot.

The glands of Boebera papposa (Fig. 4) appear to the naked
eye as large yellow spots, oval in shape. The gland wall is very
thick being made up of a number of layers of cells like the
prickly ash. The cells composing the wall stain quite dark on
the outside, but the inner layers take the stain much less prom-
inently. The cells in the innermost layer are irregular in shape
and remain very light in color. They are sharply limited from
the adjoining layer by a definite heavy wall. The gland is a
little less than twice as long as broad, and extends from the upper
epideraial layer to the lower epidermis.

The internal glands of this type usually secret volatile oils,
but the glandular peltate scales found on the surface of the
leaves and stems very commonly secret resin, although no ab-
solute distinction can be made. Gaylussacia resinosa (Fig. 8)
is provided with external scales on the under side of the leaf.
These scales are attached to the leaf by stalks which are made up
of about seven cells. The scale itself is divided into from six to
ten cells. The resin is secreted from this and as the scale becomes
mature the outer covering is pushed off by the secretion. This
produces a bulging out of the scale, and the whole structure is
surrounded by a mass of bright yellow resin. The illustration
shown in most texts of this type is the gland found on the bracts
of the common hop Humulus lupulus, but the hop gland is more
simple in structure. The cross-section of the leaf of Gaylus-
sacia shows no further adaptation for secretion, and even the
lower epidei-mal covering is perefctly normal. The longitudinal
section shown (Fig. 9) is cut through the base of the disc and
therefore shows one central cell of the stalk and eight surrounding
cells of the scale proper. These cells show rather large dark
nuclei and contain abundant cytoplasm.

In Glecoma hederacea, common ground ivy, (Fig. 7), resin
is also secreted, but the position of the scale is somewhat differ-
ent. Instead of secreting scales on the surface of the epidermis,
the organs for this purpose are in depressions or pits. The
gland has a stalk of two cells and below a scale showing a row
of from three to six cells in cross-section. These cells stain quite
dark but the nuclei can be seen without difficulty. The outer
wall of the scale is separated from the protoplasm of the cells
by a definitely limited clear space.

Besides the glandular tissue on the inside and glandular
scales, other glandular structures are developed from the epi-
dermis which represent true epidermal hairs or emergences.
The hairs may be of different types, unicellular or multicellular.

i8o

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. VII, No. 8,

Corylus americana (Fig. 12) has glandular emergences of the
multi-cellular type. The stalks show from five to ten rows of
cells on one side and the glandular heads are also multi-cellular.
Cypripedium reginae (Fig. 11) has multi-cellular glandular hairs
consisting of three stalk cells and a head cell. The basal cell
is rather large and extends below the surface of the epidermis.
The top or head cell is enlarged and rounded in shape with a slight
depression on the top. The four cells each show large nuclei
and the head cell is filled with granular cytoplasm. Juglans
has glandular hairs which have multi-cellular heads. The cells
are formed by longitudinal divisions and a plate of cells is formed.
The stinging hairs of Urtica dioica (Fig. 10) are glandular, but
of a difi:erent type. The hair consists of an enlarged multi-
cellular base and a single-celled top. This hair gives our formic
acid on being broken.

The following lists represent the Ohio plants having the var-
ious types of glands considered:

Punctate Leaves.

Polygonum incarnatum Ell.

" lapathifolium L.

" pennsylvanicum L.

" persicaria L.

" careyi Olney.

" hydropiperoidesMichx.

" hydropiper L.

" punctatuni Ell.

" virginianuni L.

" scandens L.

" sagittatum L.

" arifolium L.

Amaranthus hybridus L.

" retrofle.xus L.

" spinosus L.

blitoides S. Wats.

" graecizans L.

Acnida tamariscina tuberculata

(Moq.) Uline and Bray.
Magnolia acuminata L.
Liriodendron tulipifera L.
Caltha palustris L.
Psoralea pedunculata (Mill.) Vail.
Psoralea onobrychis Nutt.
Amorpha fruticosa L.
Kuhnislera purpurea (Vent.) MacM.
Xanthoxvlum americanum Mill.
Ptelea trifoliata L.
Polygala cruciata L.

verticillata L.
" ambigua Nutt.
incarnata L.

Polygala viridescens L.
" senega L.
" polygama Walt.
" paucifolia Willd.
Ascyrum hypericoides L.
Hypericum ascyron L.

kalmianum L.
prolificum L.
adpressum Bart,
spaerocarpum ]\Iichx.
ellipticum Hook,
virgatum Lam.
maculatum Walt,
perforatum L.
subpetiolatum Bickn.
boreale (Britt.) Bickn
mutilum L.
gymnanthum Engelm.

and Gray.
ma jus (Gr.) Britt.
drummondii (Grev. and
Hook.) T. and G.
Triadenum virginicum (L.) Raf.
Lysimachia quadrifolia L.

terrcstris (L.) B. S. P.
" nummularia L.

Naumbergia thyrsiflora (L.) Duby.
Grindelia squarrosa (Pursh )Dunal.
Euthamia gramini folia (L.) Xutt.

" caroliniana (L.) Greene.

Boebera papposa (Vent.) Rydb.

June, 1907.] Ohio Plants with Punctate Glands.

i8i

Glandular Scales.

Myrica cerifera L.

Comptonia peregrina (L.) Coult.

Betula populifolia Marsh.

alba pendula Hortorum.
" nigra L.
" lenta L.
" lutea Mx. f.
" pu:nila L.
Ribes floridum L'Her.
Gaylussacia resinosa (Ait.) T. & G.
Glecoma hederacea L.
Monarda didyma L.

" clinopodium L.
" fistulosa L.
Blephilia ciliata (L.) Raf.

hirstita (Pursh.) Torr.
Clinopodium glabrum (Nutt.)
Kuntze.
vulgare L.
Origanum vulgare L.
Koellia flexuosa (Walt.) MacM.
virginiana (L.) MacM.
pilosa (Nutt.) Britt.
incana (L.) Kuntze.
mutica (Michx.) Britt.
Thymus serpyllum L.

Cunila origanoides (L.) Britt.
Lycopus virginicus L.

rubellus Moench.
ainericanus Muhl.
Mentha spicata L.
piperita L.
citrata Ehrh.
longifolia (L.) Huds.
arvensis L.
sativa L.
canadensis L.
Collinsonia canadensis L.
Eupatorium perfoliatum L.
<. coelestitim L.

" altissimum L.

Lacinaria squarrosa (L.) Hill.
" cylindracea (Michx.)
Kuntze.
scariosa (L.) Hill.
Grindelia squarrosa (Pursh.) Dunal.
Tetraneuris acaulis (Nutt.) Greene.
Helenium autumnale L.

" nudiflorum Nutt.
" tenuifolium Nutt.
Helianthus strumosus L.

Glandular Hairs and Emergences.

Juglans cinerea L.

Ostyra virginiana (Mill.) Willd.

Corylus americana Walt.

Urtica dioica L.

Urtica gracilis L.

Chenopodium botrys L.

ambrosioides L.
Blitum capitatum L.
AUionia hirsuta Pursh.
Silene virginica L.

" rotund ifolia Nutt.
regia Sims,
caroliniana Walt.
" antirrhina L.
" noctiflora L.
Polanisia graveolens Raf.
Drosera rotundifolia L.

intermedia Hayne.
Sullivantia sullivantii (T. & G.).

Britt.
Heuchera americana L.
Rubus odoratus L.

phoenicolasius Maxim,
nigrobaccus Bailey.
Drymocallis arguta (Pur^h.) Rydb.

Agrimona hirsuta (Muhl.) Bickn.

striata Michx.

Rosa setigera Michx.

canina L.

" rubiginosa L.

gallica L.

Crataegus coccinea L.

" rotundifolia (Ehrh.)

Borck.
" macracantha Lodd.

mollis (T. & G.) Scheele.
Cassia nictitans L.

chamaecrista L.
" marylandica L.
Ceanothus ovatus Desf.
Rhexia virginica L.
Phacelia bipinnatitida Michx.
Trichostema dichotomum L.
Sciitellaria cordifolia Muhl.
Physalis heterophylla Nees.
Antirrhinum majus L.
Scrophularia marylandica L.
Pentstemon cobaea Nutt.
Gratiola virginiana L.
Dasystoma pedicularia (L.) Benth.

i82 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 8,

Martynia louisiana Mill. Phegopterishexagonoptera(Michx.)
Ruellia strepens L. Fee.

strepens micrantha (En- Tofieldia glutinosa (Michx.) Pers.

gelm & Gray) Britt. Cypripedium acaule Ait.
" ciliosa Pursh. " reginae Walt.

Triosteum perfoliatvim L. " caudidum Willd.

angustifolium L. " hirsutum Mill.

Gnaphalium decurrens Ives. Cypripedium parviflorum Salisb.

Anthemis cotula L. Peramium pubescens (Willd.)
Woodsia obtusa (Spreng.) Torr. MacM.

Dennstaedtia punctilobula (Michx.)

Moore. ^

Explanation of Plate XIII.

Fig. 1. Cross section of leaf of Xanthoxylum americanum Mill,
showing position and character of a normal internal gland.

Fig. 2. Cross section of leaf of Xanthoxylum americanum showing
an unusually large gland.

Fig. 3. Longitudinal section of gland of Xanthoxylum americanum.

Fig. 4. Cross section of leaf of Boebera papposa (Vent.) Rydb., show-
ing internal gland.

Fig. 5. Cross section of leaf of Hypericum prolificum L., showing
position and character of internal gland.

Fig. 6. Longitudinal section of gland of Hypericum prolificum.

Fig. 7. Section of leaf of Glecpma hederacea L. showing external
scale.

Fig. 8. Cross section of leaf of Gaylussacia resinosa (Ait.) T. and G.,
showing position and character of an external secreting scale.

Fig. 9. Section of scale of Gaylussacia resinosa, showing central
stalk cell.

Fig. 10. Glandular hair of Urtica dioica L.
- Fig. 11. Glandular hair of .Cypripedium reginae Walt.

Fig. 12. Glandular hairs of Corylus americana Walt.

June, 1907.] Ohio Plants with Punctate Glands. 183

Ohio Naturalist. -P^"^^ XIII.

mw^

McClEERY on "Punctate Glands."

1 84 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 8,

THE DEVONIAN LIMESTONES OF CENTRAL OHIO AND

SOUTHERN INDIANA.

Clinton R. Stauffer.

A comparative study of the two regions, lying on opposite
sides of the Cincinnati island, shows that there is a remarkable
similarity between the Devonian limestones of central Ohio and
southern Indiana. This is perhaps more evident from a litholog-
ical point of view although the paleontology of the formations
of the two places is very similar and the stratigraphic arrange-
ment is identical.

These deposits in Ohio have been divided into the Columbus
and Delaware limestones. The Columbus presents two very
different lithological phases which are persistent throughout the
state. In southern Indiana Dr. Edward M. Kindle has recog-
nized three distinct formations, the Geneva and Jeffersonville
limestones and the Sellersburg beds,^ the latter including the
Silver Creek hydraulic limestone of some authors.

The lower of these Indiana formations, stratigrar)hically, is
the Geneva limestone which "is generally a massive light buff to
chocolate brown saccharoidal magnesian limestone" in which
"fossils are extremely rare at most locations and occur usually
as casts when found. '"^ It thins out toward the Ohio river
but may be seen in the vicinity of Charleston, along the hill above
the "Lick" and at the road side east of town.

In Ohio the lower thirty-five to forty feet of the Columbus
limestone answers admirably to the above description. It is
usually a porous brown limestone high in its percentage of mag-
nesium carbonate. The bedding is irregular and frequently
almost wanting. Oblique jointing, although not necessarily
characteristic, is common. It contains but few fossils all of
which arc usually but poorly preserved, existing mostly as
moulds with occasional casts. Bituminous matter is also usually
found, either as thin films between layers or within the rock
itself causing an irregular banding. Pockets of calcite crystals
are often found and occasionally some gray chert.

The upper sixty-five or seventy feet of the Columbus lime-
stone is usually a crystalline gray limestone high in its percentage
of calcium carbonate. It contains great numbers of excellently
preserved fossils and considerable gray chert which is also quite
fossilifcrous. The limestone occurs in even beds which vary from
comparatively thin to massive layers. The lower part of this

1. TAventy-fifth Annual Report of the Department of Geologv and
Natural Resources of Indiana. (1900), pp. ry.iS 5.^6.

2. Ibid. pp. 53.5, 536.

June, 1907.] The Devonian Limestone?. 185

portion of the formation in central Ohio includes a fossil coral
reef which is frequently very pronounced.

The corresponding formation in southern Indiana is the
Jeffersonville limestone which agrees so closely in appearance
with the upper portion of the Columbus limestone that specimens
taken from the Speed quarries near Sellersburg Indiana could
not be distinguished from samples taken from the quarries at
Marble Cliff. This identity is not merely lithological but
extends also to the fossil content. The abundant species of the
two limestones are the same and even some of the zones known
here in Ohio [Spirifer acuminatus (Conrad), Spirifer gregarius
Clapp, coral, etc.] can readily be located. The coral zone or
fossil coral reef at Jeffersonville is on a far grander scale than the
similar zone known in the Columbus limestone but it seems to
occupy the same horizon or so nearly the same as to suggest that
they may have been contemporaneous and probably formed
portions of a great barrier reef of the Devonian Sea along the
shores of the Cincinnati island.

At the Falls of the Ohio the Geneva limestone has thinned
out so that the Jeffersonville becomes the lowest formation of
the Devonian and rests directly upon the Louisville limestones
(Niagara) of the Upper Silurian.'' Some writers have included
the Geneva with the Jeffersonville limestone on the same ground
that the lower portion of the Columbus limestone is retained
with the upper in the same formation, viz.: identitv of fossil
content.

The greatest deviation from a nearly perfect identity is to
be found between the Sellersburg beds and the Delaware lime-
stone, and yet even here there is that element of similarity which
is so evident in the lower deposits. The Sellersburg beds as
seen in the quarry of the Standard Cement Companv two miles
northwest of Charleston, Indiana, along the Baltimore & Ohio
Railroad consists of a rather soft blue marlv limestone with
some shaly layers where much weathered. This portion includes
rather more than half of the outcrop. Above this comes a verv
fossiliferous gray limestone with much soft chalkv white chert
giving it a mottled appearance. And finally above this comes
about two feet of very cherty fossiliferous limestone. Where this
formation is not covered by the New Albany black shale the
upper part has weathered into a red mud leaving its fossils, manv
of which are silicified, in a free condition and well preserved.

The Delaware limestone which, from its similarity of fossils
and stratigraphic position, corresponds in a general way to this
Indiana formation, is too variable to compare favorablv distant
sections even in Ohio, but its cherty character, blue color, and

3. Ibid. p. 535.

1 86 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 8,

often argillaceous composition as well as the red muds, resulting
from extensive weathering, suggest similar conditions of deposi-
tion. The approximate correlation of these .deposits is then as
follows :

INDIANA. OHIO.

Sellersburg beds Delaware limestone

Jeffersonville limestone

Geneva limestone ^ Columbus limestone

Northward in both states the line of division between these
formations becomes less distinct and in the northern part of the
southern Indiana area Dr. Kindle remarks that "associated with
the loss of individuality of these two formations occurs a ming-
ling of their two faunas which renders them indistinguishable as
separate faunas."'' To a very limited extent the same is true
in Ohio where we find species belonging to the Columbus lime-
stone of central Ohio well up in the Delaware of the northern
part, but the preponderance of Hamilton species in the upper
formation is even greater in northern than in central Ohio.

The full meaning of these similarities is rather hard to state
definitely but they certainly indicate contemporaneous deposi-
tion and more or less open communication during their forma-
tion, and that the sea bordering the eastern shore of the Cincin-
nati land area was not essentially different from that which
washed the western shore of the same.

SUCCULENT PLANTS OF OHIO.

Nellie Ely.

The typical succulents are characteristic of desert and saline
regions. There are, however, some fleshy and watery plants
which grow in shadv and moist places, which show some of the
peculiarities of typical succulents. The structures of the xero-
phytic succulents are highly specialized to harmonize with the
usual conditions of the desert. Thickening of the epidermis,
the comparatively small number of stomata, the more or less
globular form of the stem or leaves in certain species, and the
development of special water-storage tissues are among the most
striking adaptations to be found in the plant kingdom.

Succulents may be divided into two groups according to their
specialized parts. Leaf succulents, in order to restrict transpi-
ration, reduce the surface of their leaves which become more or
less cylindrical or globular in shape. These leaves have in their
tissuse peculiar cells, called water-storage cells which serve for

4. Ibid. p. 570.

June, 1907.]

Succulent Plants of Ohio.

187

storing up enough water to last from one rainy season to another.
These cells are highly specialized, being comparatively large and
with thin walls. Many of the typical leaf succulents develop
rosettes as in Sempervivium tectorum.

Stem succulents have thickened fleshy stems which perform
the functions of leaves. Here the stomata are found in the epi-
dermis as in the foliage leaf and the green tissue is contained in
the cortex. In many stem succulents the stem becomes leaf-
like, or disk-shaped as in Opuntia.

Among the fieshv, watery plants found in our moist woods
Galeorchis spectabilis is characteristic, while Adicea pumila is
a good example of the annual plants with delicate watery stems.
Probably our most abundant succulent, present almost every-
where in gardens and fields, is the common Purslane, Portidaca
oleracea.

In the following list, the Ohio plants which might be con-
sidered in this connection have been arranged under two heads:
first a list of the more typical succulents, and second a general
list containing some of the semi-succulent plants present in our
flora.

Typical Succulents.

Galeorchis spectabilis (L.) Rydb.
Agave virginica L.
Chenopodiuni album L.

glaucuni L.
Claytonia virginica L.

" caroliniana Michx.

" perfoliata Doun.

Portulaca oleracea L.

" grandiflora Hook.

Cakile edentula (Bigel) Hook.
Brassica oleracea L.
Sedum telephiuni L.

telephioides Michx.
" acre L.

ternatum Michx.
Sempervivium tectorum L.
Oxalis violacea L.
Opuntia humifusa Raf.

Semi-Succulent Plants.

Chamaelirium luteum (L.) A. Gray.
Allivtm cepa L.

" cernuum Roth,
stellatum Ker.
Erythronium Americanum Ker.
Peramium repens (L.) Salisb.

pubescens (Willd.)
MacM.
Adicea pumila (L.) Raf.
Chenopodium leptophvlkmi (]\Ioq.)

Xutt.
Blitum capitatum L.
Salsola tragus L.
Phytolacca decandra L.

Caltha palustris L.
Sanguinaria canadensis L.
Bicuculla cucullaria (L.) Millsp.
canadensis (Goldie)

Millsp.
eximia (Ker.) Millsp.
Saxifraga pennsylvanica L.

" virginiensis Michx.
Chrysosplenium americanuin Sch-

wein.
Impatiens biflora Walt.

aurea Muhl.
Isnardia palustris L.
Monotropa uniflora L.

1 88 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 8,

EVERGREEN PLANTS OF OHIO.

Grace T. Earl.

The length of life of leaves varies greatly. The leaves of the
so-called evergreen trees and shrubs persist through the winter
without much apparent change. The leaves of some evergreens
persist through only one year, falling off as soon as those of the
succeeding year have fully developed. In some conifers the
branches always bear leaves formed during several years, although
the old leaves may be shed continually.

The cuticle in some evergreen plants is so very highly devel-
oped that the outer wall of the epidermal cells is many times
thicker than the inner wall, as in the case of Pines and Christmas
Holly. The same is true of evergreen parasites, as, for example,
the Mistletoe which lives epiphytically on the bark of trees ; and
generally the majority of the succulent plants also possess epi-
dermal cells with very thick outer walls. In many plants the
cuticular layers are of equal thickness over the whole surface
of the leaf and this is common especially in the case of the smooth,
shiny, leathery leaves. But the formation of a thick cuticle on
the epidermis is not a peculiarity of evergreen leaves, for there
are some in which the outer wall of the epidermal cells is not at
all or only very slightly thicker than the inner. In various
evergreens anthocyan is developed which causes the leaves to
take on a red color at the approach of cold weather, as is the case
in some species of Sedum.

Evergreen leaves must have special adaptations to overcome
the effects of freezing since their delicate tissues are exposed to
very low temperatures in our latitude. At a freezing temperature
vapor is given off from the protoplasm into the inter-cellular
spaces where ice crystals are formed. The frozen tissue shows
between the ice masses dense areas composed of the collapsed
cell-walls packed closely together. This condition is very notice-
able in frozen buds and the bark of hardy trees, and sometimes the
cells appear entirely disorganized, but on thawing they again
expand by taking up water and the normal turgidity is restored.
Some evergreen leaves are so organized that they are able to
survive the periods of drought or frost of one or even several
years without injury.

A number of kinds of rosettes are evergreen or nearly so in
Ohio. Some biennial rosettes as the Verbascums do not freeze
entirely even during the coldest weather. i\mong the more hard}'
pereninal rosettes may be mentioned the species of Senecio, Tar-
axacum, and Achillea. Such plants as Poa praiensis, Lonicera
japonica, and Nepeta cataria may l)c included among the plants

June, 1907.]

Evergreen Plants of Ohio.

189

which partly withstand freezing; w^hile the Glechoma hederacea
and some species of Lamium are to be classed among the most
hardv of our herbaceous perennials.

The Ohio Evergreens ma}' be classed as follows:

Evergreen Conifers.

Pinus strobus L.

" virginiana Mill.

" echinata Mill.

.. rigida Mill.
Larix laricina (Dii Roi) Koch.

Tsuga canadensis (L.) Carr.
Thuja occidentalis L.
Jviniperus communis L.
a virginiana L.

Taxus canadensis Marsh.

Evergreen Woodv Dicotyls.

Phoradendron flavescens (Pursh.)

Nutt.
Berberis aquifolium Pursh.
Cotoneaster pyracantha (L.) Spach.
Ilex opaca Ait.
Ledum groenlandicum OEder.
Rhododendron maximum L.
Epigaea repens L.
Linnaea americana Forbes.
Kalmia angustifolia L.

Kalmia latifolia L.
Andromeda polifolia L.
Chainaedaphne calyculata (L.)

Moench.
Gaultheria procumbens L.
Arctosaphylos uva-ursi (L.) Spreng.
Chiogenes hispidula (L.) T. & G.
Oxycoccus oyxcoccus (L) MacM.
macrocarpus (Ait.) Pers.

Evergneen Fleshy Herbaceous Plants.

Sedum telephium L.

telephioides Michx.
" acre L.

Sedum ternatum Michx.
Sempervivium tectorum L.
Opuntia humifusa Raf.

Evergreen Herbaceous Plants.

Aplectrum spicatum (Walt.) B. S. P.
Alsine media L.
Coptis trifolia (L.) Salisb.
Hepatica hepatica (L.) Karst.
Trifolium repens L.
Malva rotundifolia L.
Pyrola rotundifolia L.
cUiptica Nutt.

" uliginosa Torr.

.< asarifolia Michx.

.< secunda L.

Moneses uniflora (L) A. Gray.
Chimaphila maculata (L.) Pursh.

« umbellata (L#) Nutt.

Vinca minor L.

Trientalis americana (Pers.) Pursh.
Prunella vulgaris L.
Lamium amplexicaule L.

maculatum L.

album L.
Mitchella repens L.

CERTAIN MOUNDS AND VILLAGE SITES IN OHIO.

The Ohio State Archaeological and Historical Society has
published an important volume with the above title by William
C. Mills, curator and Librarian of the society. The work consists
of four special papers reprinted from the Ohio Archaeological
and Historical Quarterly together with a preface and complete
indices. The papers are entitled as follows: "Excavations of
the Ardena Mound," "Explorations of the Gartner Mound and

19° The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VII, No. 8,

Village Site," "Explorations of the Baum Prehistoric Village
Site," and "Explorations of the Edwin Harness Mound."
These reports are handsomely illustrated and show not onlv the
artifacts discovered but also the progress of the work of excava-
tion and the various burials and finds in situ.

The society is to be congratulated on the quality of the work
being accomplished by its able curator. These monographs
show what the character of future explorations and excavations
in our state must be if we are to reap the full benefit of the rich
archaeological material within our boundaries. The old, hap-
hazard method of digging a trench or hole into a mound was of
little value and usually gave wrong or imperfect impressions of
the actual nature of the works investigated. It would be an
unfortunate circumstance if lack of funds w^ere to hinder the
further progress of the work and it is to be hoped that the society
will obtain the proper financial assistance to enable Prof. Mills
to carry on these investigations on a much larger scale in the
future than has been possible in the past.

J. H. S.

MEETING OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.

Orton Hall, April 7, 1907.

The April meeting of the Biological Club was called to order
by the president in Orton Hall.

The paper of the evening was read by Professor Kellerman
on his trip to Guatemala. He showed a map of the country,
also stating that it is about one and one-half times as large as
the state of Ohio.

Many of the volcanoes of the country were visited. These
are from eight thousand to thirteen thousand feet high and built
up of cinders and ash. The vegetation is dense near the base
with a bald cone at the top.

The flora near the top of the difterent volcanoes is quite sim-
ilar; but that inside the craters differs somewhat.

Mr. Hambleton gave some observations he had made on the
yellow-bellied sap-sucker making holes into a maple tree and
drinking the sap.

J. N. Frank, Secretary.

Date of Publication, June 1, 1907.

ne Ohio Naturalist,

PUBLISHED BY

The Biological Club of the Ohio State Uni'versity.

Volume VIII. NOVEMBER. 1907. No. 1

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Moody— Aggradation and Degradation of Valleys 191

Morse— Contribution to the Life History of Cornns Florida . 197

Williamson— Addition to List of Dragonflies of Canada 1204

ScHAFFNER— Check List of Ohio Shrnbs 2C5

Sim— The Chestnut-sided Warbler Nesting at Jefferson, Ashtabula Co., Ohio 209

AGGRADATION AND DEGRADATION OF VALLEYS.

A. E. Moooy.

It is the purpose of this paper to show what a river can do
toward filhng and degrading its valley, to discuss the conditions
favorable to such work, and to briefly describe the resulting
land forms. The paper is based on an experiment which was
conducted at Ohio State University during the Winter of 1907
as a part of the work in Geology 21 — a course in advanced
physiography.^

A watertight box, eighteen feet long, two feet wide and six-
teen inches deep, was constructed; and then with weak cement
a mature valley was built in the box. The valley walls rose on
the sides of the box about five inches, and in the center the
construction was about one inch deep. Fig. 1. Spurs alter-
nately entered the valley from opposite sides. Fig. 2. The
cement covered the entire bottom of the box except about one
and one-half feet of the lower end which was left open for a
catchment basin, where delta formation was studied. The
upper end of the cement valley was covered with a pile of fire
clay upon which played a fine spray.

At the lower end of the box was an elevated plug perforated
so as to let out the water above a certain height. This outlet
could be adjusted by changing the length of the plug, so that the
lake of accumulated water could be given any desired depth.

A jack screw placed under the box about thirteen feet from
the mouth of the stream permitted regulating the slope of the
valley. Ordinary three-quarter inch rubber hose and a garden
nozzle connected with the city water pipes furnished the spray.
With varying city pressure frequent adjustment of the nozzle
was necessary to keep a fairly uniform stream.

1 The author desires to thank Dr. Hubbard, under whom the course was taken, for
suggestions and criticisms both in the laboratory work and in the preparation of this report.

192 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 1,

Aggrading and Degrading. — When the first experiment began,
the screw was raised about one inch, which gave a slope of one
inch to thirteen feet, or thirty-four feet per mile, equivalent to
about one-third of one degree. This is a very steep slope for a
stream but the smallness of our stream made it necessary, and
even yet the larger particles of clay were only moved a short
distance from the heap and that with marked difficulty. Except
near the clay pile almost no aggrading at all was done. So the
screw was turned up about one-half inch higher which increased
the slope to fifty feet per mile. This seems like an enormous
grade yet the stream still aggraded its lower valley with diffi-
culty. In fact the stream increased its own slope to more than
two inches in thirteen feet by distributing its sediment thicker
near the pile of clay. If we could have given the stream more
time, of course it would ultimately have aggraded its whole
course without either uplift.

The supply of clay was repeatedly replenished that the
stream might be constantly taxed to its utmost, and aggradation
proceeded. The clay was considerably sorted b}' the stream.
With an uniform slope and a shallow stream, as an aggrading
river must be, the larger particles suffered many halts as they
were rolled along or dragged on the bottom. While stopped,
they served as catchers for other particles which would often
accumulate around them. Most of the larger pieces found per-
manent lodgment before they attained half the journey to the
lake and hence the delta built during aggradation consisted
largely of very fine material.

The group of particles temporarily or permanently retained
in the channel developed into a sandbar dividing or deflecting
the water, and causing it constantly to seek new courses. Six
observations of the stream were made in less than one hour and
'during each interval decided changes occurred. Figs. 3-8. It
thus appears that a stream engaged primarily in aggrading its
valley is shallow, constantly filling its own channel and breaking
over its banks.

Aggradation went on until the upper valley was filled even
above the rock walls but the lower valley did not fill quite so full.
In the hope of more nearly filling the lower valley an increasingly
higher perforated plug was repeatedly substituted for the first
one, which made the water deeper in the lake. The lower valley
then filled satisfactorily.

Upon the completion of the filling process, the heap of clay
was no longer replenished but other conditions were left un-
changed in order to see whether the stream would cut down into
its deposits without further change. Erosion l)cgan at once and
the sediments were picked up and pushed or rolled along to the
lake. Degradation proceeded perceptibly faster in the upper

Nov., 1907.] Aggradation and Degradation of Valleys. 193

valley than in the lower. In the latter the stream spread out
lazily in a shallow sheet covering nearly the entire width of the
valley floor. Here little if any erosion was taking place, because
the stream was essentially at base level. Sediments picked up
above were transported across this area without modifying the
lower valley, and into the lake to extend the delta. As often
as the delta was built out Vo the plug, it was artificially removed.
In order to have the lower part of the valley degraded, it was
found necessary gradually to lower the plug in the lake, just as,
reversing conditions, it was necessary while aggrading the valley
to increase its height. This done, terraces were formed by the
stream's meandering in the lower course, as well as in the upper.

The rock spurs mentioned at first, jutting out into the valley,
resembling in perspective the entering spurs from alternate sides
of a vallev as seen in mature, dissected plateaus, were built to
test the theory of "defended cusps" as set forth in a paper by
Davis. ^ Our results supported his theory perfectly, for while
the stream swung back and forth across its meander belt, leaving
terraces at the limits of each meander, these terraces were very
often destroyed b}" the next migration until the cutting had
reached sufficient depth to discover the rock spurs, when subse-
quently all terraces, higher on the bluffs than the spur encoun-
tered, were preserved. Also in many cases terraces down
stream from the spurs were sufficiently defended for preservation.

In Fig. 9, A, B, and C represent terrace tops, t and m, the
ledges encountered by the stream, and n, a continuation of the
effective spur seen above. While the stream was flowing on
terrace C the ledge t protected terraces B and A from being
destroyed.

The experiment showed also that the succession of terraces
with narrowing strath on each lower level was not due to a
decrease in the volume of the stream, for we were careful to
maintain a constant stream; and, while there were temporary
variations, it is probable that every hour's work was done b}'
about the same quantity of water, and certain that no appre-
ciable decrease in the volume occurred during the degradation
process. The terraces were made by the persistent systematic
swinging of the stream back and forth across its flood plain.
Where the stream encountered the ledges it was restrained in its
lateral cutting and each lower level presented a narrower valley
than the one above, but where no ledges were met the stream
in the end usually undercut the older terraces and destroyed
them. The stream in this erosion stage of its work, however,
did not change its course nearly so often as it did during the
stage of sedimentation suggesting, as has been shown by Griggs,^

2 Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard. 1-902. Geol. Series Vol. V.

3 Bull. Amer. Geog. Soc. 1906. Vol. XXXVIII, pp. 168-177.

Fig. I. Cross section of box showing form given to the rock filling put in.

Fig. 2. Plan to $how the series of spurs i-8 on each side of the valley, also pool and
Its outlet.

Figs. 3-8. Successive positions of the channel in the process of aggradation
i=pile of clay. ^^

Fig. 3 shows position of channels at 3:30 r. m., Feb. 21. 'o? ; Fig. 4, at V40 ; Fie s
at 3:45; Fig. 6, at 3:55; Fig. 7, at 4:05; Fig. 8, at 4:15. ^^ ^' ^'

Fig. 9 A, B and C are terraces defended at t and ni by ledges on the spur nn
which has here been encountered by the stream. .' c t-

Nov., 1907.] Aggradation and Degradation of Valleys. 195

that it is largely the deposition of overload in the slackwater
sides of streams which engenders meanders and promotes their
development. Although the changes in course were so great
during deposition, after the supply of sediment was cut off, and
erosion began, the stream would go for an hour or more with only
slight local changes.

With every swing of the stream from one side of the valley to
the other, a thin layre of alluvium was scraped off and a terrace
was left. Six distinct terraces were at one time counted on one
side of the valley. Terrace fronts were less than half an inch
high unless two or more had been combined by cutting out the
lower ones. The terraces had a great variety of shapes and
directions corresponding to the mean,derings of the stream ; con-
sequentlv no tv\'o successive fronts were parallel.

Slope, waste, and water supply in relation to eroding power. —
The slope as noted above was about sixty-six feet per m_ile, and
even with this steepness, deposition went on actively as long as
the stream's maximum capacity for carrying sediment was
taxed, but when the pile of clay was no longer replenished active
erosion began. The water supply was kept as nearly the same
as possible, and the slope was not increased. Since the amount
of sediment in the stream was the only factor changed it follows
that any change in the habit of the stream may be intimately
related to the load.

Let us look, however, for a moment at the other factors in the
problem. The supply of water has a great effect in determining
the power of a stream. Several times during the experiment
the volume of the stream was doubled for a few minutes and it
was easy to see that the power of the stream, whatever it was
doing, was more than doubled. With an unlimited supply of
waste, the stream simply carried more and on ihe average, car-
ried it farther with the double volume than with the single
volume. It did not degrade at all but rather aggraded faster.
With no waste at the source, the increased volume accelerated
the stream in its degrading; banks were more quickly undercut,
and debris was more abundantly and more rapidly hurried down
stream. At a time when the supply of clay was limited but the
stream was aggrading, a doubling of the volume of water changed
the habit of the stream and it began to degrade. In fact, at
this time, a volume of water could be used such that the stream
neither aggraded nor degraded perceptibly; but that a very
slight increase initiated erosion, and a very slight decrease
initiated depostion. The balancing of load and power was very
accurate and the adjustment so perfect that very slight changes
in stream volume were sufficient to unbalance forces and change
the stream's habit.

196 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 1,

It was noticed, as above stated, that the doubhng of the
volume more than doubled the power of the stream. If the
volume cotild have been doubled without increasing the velocitv,
undoubtedly the power would have been little more than
doubled, but this is probably impossible; and since increasing
velocity so greatly augments power, the marked increase is thus
explained.

To test the influence of changes in slope, the steepness was
increased and decreased temporarily under various conditions.
The results may be summarized as follows: During the earlv
part of the experiment when the stream was constantly loaded
to its maximum capacity, decreasing the steepness checked the
velocity and power of the stream from the loading point to its
mouth, and hence reduced the rate of deposition because the
stream could not start as much waste as formerly, when its power
was greater, and manifestly could not drop as much either.
Under the same loaded conditions with abundance of waste to be
picked up at the source, steepening the slope increased deposition
instead of initiating erosion because the stream was able to pick
up more waste at the start and hence had more to drop along the
valley. These results are really not anomalous, but, when the
problem is thought out, quite expectable. No quantitative
tests were made but the general results as here stated were so
apparent that we believe the facts are exactly as stated above.

When the stream was degrading dttring the latter part of the
experiment, a slight increase in slope increased the rate of
degradation and a similar decrease in steepness checked erosion,
while more reduction in slope stopped erosion almost completely.

Inasmuch as such changes in slope do not enter into the
ordinary field problems of streams we mav consider the effects
of changes in volume of water and quantity of waste in their
general application without considering changes of slope. The
experiment was somewhat abnormal to nature in another
respect, for in nature waste is not usually fed into a stream,
absolutely as fast as the stream will pick it up regardless of
variations in the stream's power. In nature, supply of rock
waste varies with the volume of water.

Resulting land forms. — The forms resulting from a river's
aggrading and subsequently degrading its course are mainly of
an ephemeral type. To begin with a constructional plain is
formed occupying the valley filled. This plain is composed
of loose, more or less systematically stratified materials which,
as a rule, do not have time to become much consolidated
or cemented before the stream changes its habit and proceeds to
send the waste, temporarily rested along the valley, on its
journey to the sea. Terraces are thus carved with their level,
often crescentic top plains and their steep, serrate, or cuspate,

Nov., 1907.] Life History of Cornus Florida. 197

front slopes, and below them new flood plains. Most of the
terraces unless defended by rock ledges are subsequently cut
out, the flood plain is replaced by a new lower one, and gradually
but surely the old valley floor is more or less completely uncov-
ered and the old valley is restored similar to the form which was
filled by the accumulating sediments.

The whole cycle of aggradation and degradation constitutes
but a little epicycle in the greater round of topographic evolution
to which the hard rock lands must submit — a little pleasure trip
which the stream takes while it rests from its great work of
baseleveling a region. So short-lived are the forms due to these
processes that the "eternal hills" do not change much during the
entire period of the terrace stage and many epicycles may come
and go and leave no record while one turn of the wheel of physi-
ographic development is being made.

CONTRIBUTION TO THE LIFE HISTORY OF CORNUS

FLORIDA.*

William Clifford Morse.

This study of the Flowering Dogwood was undertaken at the
suggestion of Professor John H. Schaffner and the first material
was collected September 26, 1905. When this material was
ready for study, it was found that the flower-buds for the next
year had already reached an advanced stage of development.
Microspores were already formed and the ovule Avas far developed.
Nevertheless, material was taken at intervals of a week during
the fall, monthly during the winter, and weekly again during the
spring. Through the kindness of Mr. Robert A. Young material
was collected, from June until September, 1906. during the
writer's absence from Columbus. To him the author takes this
opportunity of expressing his thanks.

Schaftner's weaker chrom-acetic acid solution was empIoA'ed
as a killing fluid. Before placing the head of flower-buds in it,
however, the four bracts, which during the winter ai-e tightly
folded over them, and in the spring form the conspicuous invol-
ucure, were removed in order that the solution could better
penetrate the buds. Dehydrating and imbedding were per-
formed in the usual manner. Sections were cut from 8 to IS
microns in thickness. The vast majority, however, were 10 or
12 microns. Analin safranin was first used as a stain and after-
wards Delafield's Haematoxylin. The latter proved to be much
the better and the best results were obtained by overstaining and
then clearing for a long period in acid alcohol.

* Contribution from the Botanical laboratory of the Ohio State University No. XXXI.

198 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 1,

EARLY STAGES IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE FLOWER BUD.

The buds of the same head taken July 21, 1906, showed quite
a diversity of stages in development, but the youngest one was
practically the very beginning of the flower. The incipient bud
arises as a small cylindrical body, from the periphery of the
crown of which appear the incepts of the four sepals. These are
somewhat transversely flattened cones, the apices of which turn
inward (Fig. 1).

In the flower representing the next stage in development,
found upon this same receptacle, the incepts of the four petals
were seen. These are inere papillae at this time (Fig. 2). They
arise at the base of the sepals, on their median side and alternate
with them.

A third stage of development was also found upon the same
head. In this the four incipient stamens (Fig. 3) take up the
same position with respect to the petals that the latter did with
reference. to the sepals. The petals have become much thickened,
while their truncated apices are approaching each other.

The gynoecium has its beginning the latter part of July, as
shown in figure -i of material collected on the 28th. A ridge-
like ring develops at the base of the stamens. This grows
upwards forming the style with a definite stylar canal. In addi-
tion to this it may be noted that the apices of the petals have
met. These tightly joined petals thus serve as a protection
during the winter season.

All of the flowers on a single receptacle collected August 5th
showed no further progress in development. Some vere even
youngei than those of the last period.

Flowers of August 11th showed a general development. This
was especially manifested in the elongation of the four sets of
organs. In addition to this the stamens were becoming differ-
entiated into anther and filament. From the sides of the lower
portion of the stylar canal, arise the two incipient ovules (Fig. 5).

Sections of flowers collected August ISth show (Fig. 0) that
the basal portion of the original, cylindrical bud has l)ecome
differentiated as the ovulary. The incipient ovule has bent
upon itself and is now growing upwards forming the anatropus
type.

DEVELOPMENT OF THE MALE GAMETOPHYTE.

As has already been stated, the stamens begin to be differ-
entiated into a filament and anther as early as August 11th.
Internal development has been alike active and the hypodermal
archesporial cells of the incipient anther are enlarging. From
this time until the next date, August ISth, progress is even more
rapid. The archesporial cells have not only divided into the
primary parietal and primary sporogenous layers, but these have

Nov., 1907.] Life History of Cornus Florida. 199

in turn divided until there are four parietals, and at least tAvo
radial sporogenous layers.

Material collected August 26th showed that in the youngest
flowers the three outer parietal layers remain thin and flat while
the inner has enlarged and functions as the tapetuni. The
sporogenous tissue has reached the microsporocyte stage, the
nuclei being in synizesis (Fig. 8). Very commonly the chromatin
is in a contracted mass on one side of the nuclear cavity while the
nucleolus lies free on the other side.

In the oldest flowers of this date the tapetal layer is much
broken up into individual cells which are binucleate. The
microsporocytes have divided twice in rapid succession without
forming a cell wall between them. The result is the spore
tetrad within the microsporocyte wall (Fig. 9).

On September 2d the cells of the tetrad had separated into
the individual spores. The microspores are somewhat elongated
with three double ridges upon their surface.

Commencing September the Sth a gelatinous mass is forming
within the microsporangia. On September 24th it had grown
much more dense and on the 26th of the same month of the
previous year the same condition was present. As this matrix
(Fig. 12) remains within the sporangia throughout the winter it
no doubt functions as a protection to the microspores and pollen
grains. In the spring it begins to dissolve in some sporangia the
last of February while in others it remains until the last of April.

At just what date the microspores divide to form the two-
celled pollen grain (male gametophyte) was difficult to determine
because of the deep stain which the gelatinous matrix takes. It
was found, however, that the two-celled stage was present
December 4th. In this stage, then, they pass the winter, the
male gametophyte being developed the fall previous to the
blooming of the flower.

THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE FEMALE GAMETOPHYTE.

As has been stated, the incipient ovule makes its appearance
about August 11th as a papilla on the wall of the stylar canal.
It grows downward and then bends upon itself becoming anatro-
pus August 18th. On this same date the single integument
makes its appearance. On August 18th, less than one month
after the appearance of the first floral organs, the sepals, the
hypodermal archesporial cell is much elongated and contains a
large nucleus. This cell becomes the megasporocyte (Fig. 14).

One week later, August 26th, two subsequent cell divisions
have occurred. The result is the four megaspores (Fig. 15). Of
these the three apical ones are small and non-functional, while
the other, functional one is five or six times as large. No cell
Avails were seen between them.

2 00 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 1,

On September 2d the first division of the functional mega-
spore has occurred. The resv:lt is the two-celled embryo-sac
(Fig. 16). The three non-functional megaspores are also appar-
ent as they have not completely disorganized at this time.

A process of dissolution of the nucellus begins about this date
which makes the study of the embryo-sac almost impossible. The
cells of the sporangium wall begin to break down, leaving frag-
ments of cytoplasm and especially of nuclear material scattered
around the sac. This is Avell shown in the four-celled em.bryo-
sac of September 8th (Fig. 17). It will be noted from this figure
that only the apical cells remain intact. The drawing does not
show the full amount of disorganizing material, as that of the
median portion has been left out in order to show better the four
nuclei of the embryo-sac.

From material collected September 24th, 1906, it was not
possible to make out the cell stage of the embryo-sac That
taken September 26th, 1905, was thought to be the four-celled
sac. The ovules of all of the material from October 12th, 1905,
to January 29th. 1906 were so dense with disorganizing cells that
the stage of the embryo-sacs could not be determined.

Material collected on February 2Sth contained embryo-sacs in
the eight-celled stage. As this is before cell activity begins in
the spring it is quite probable that the sac passes the winter in
the eight-celled stage. If this is the case then we have the
completion of both the male and female gametoph3''tes before
the winter rest begins.

Nearly all of the cells of the nucellus are used up by Api^jl
30th. This leaves the eight-celled embryo-sac lying within the
integtiment. The two synergids at the apex of the sac are long,
slender, pointed cones, and project far up into the micropylar
canal (Fig. 20). They are covered by quite a number of irreg-
ular longitudinal ridges. This part of the sac is very dense and
always takes a deep stain.

On May 7th the epidermal columnar cells of the stigma begin
to elongate. By May 14th these same cells are club-shaped.
The conducting cells of the stylar canal are cuboidal and are
very glandular in appearance.

The eight-celled stage of the embryo-sac persists till about
the 21st of May. It has greatly elongated by this time (Fig. 18).
The three intipodal cells are very small and lie in the extreme
lower end. A very few, widely scattered, nuclei of the nucellus
are to be seen in the sac. The definitive nucleus lies close to the
egg, just below it in Fig. 18 and by its side in Figs. 19 and 20.

POLLENATION AND FERTILIZATION.

Pollen was collected May 15th, 1906, by simply jarring the
flower against the slide. This was the beginning of the shedding
of the pollen, for microsporangia of May 14th still contained the

Nov., 1907.] Life History of Cornus Florida.

20I

pollen. The grains when shed are very much Hke the two-celled
pollen grain of April 30th (Fig. 13), except they are more elon-
gated, being sub-spindle shaped. In 1907, although the season
was somewhat late, the shedding period was about over on
May 27th. Fertilization was not observed.

Those flowers which were fertilized, however, could easily be
distinguished external!}^ by their increase in size over the others.
Of the fertilized flow^ers there were usually from one to three
upon a head. Those receptacles which contained no fertihzed
flowers were soon shed by the formation of cleavage-planes in
the peduncles. Great numbers of the heads thus cut off could be
gathered under a single tree.

ENDOSPERM AND EMBRYO.

The first material after the last eight-celled embryo-sac
(May 21st) was collected June 12th. By this time there had
been a rapid development of the endosperm. This filled the
upper third of the embryo-sac, extending up to where the S3nier-
gids lay. The contorted, double pointed cone of the synergids
at this time still retains its characteristic shape. The tissue of
the integument is beginning to break down.

On June 20th the endosperm had pushed its way in the upper
end of the sac practically to the apex of the cone. In the lower
half were a large number of loose endosperm cells. By June
29th, the endosperm had reached a very characteristic arrange-
ment. The upper part forms a cap-like structure, the cells of
which are arranged concentrically. The integument is nearly
destroyed, there being merely strands of disintegrating cell walls.

In the material of June 12th, 20th and 29th, appeared a short
chain of' irregular cells whose walls were much thicker than those
of the cells of the surrounding endosperm. Whether or not these
cells were the young embryo was not determined. The first
material which, without question, contained a 3^oung embryo was
taken Juh^ 9th. At this time the embryo is a spherical mass of
cells suspended by a suspensor from the cap of endosperm cells
(Fig. 21). The endosperm cells do not as yet completely fill the
embryo-sac and fragments of the integument cell walls remain.

The embryo has developed rapidly by July 21st. On this
date the two cotyledons are present (Fig. 22). Some of the
cells are becoming differentiated to form the vascular cylinder.
The endosperm completely fills the sac except for the small
cavity in which the embryo lies.

The last section was made from material collected July 2Sth.
In this the embryo had become quite large (Fig. 23)'. The
cotyledon, h3^pocotyl, root tip, root cap, and embryonic tissues
were well differentiated. The endosperm,- as on July 21st.
completel}^ filled the sac.

202

Ohio Naturai^ist.

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. VIII, No. 1,
P/aie XIV.

Morse on "Cornus Florida.'

June, 1907.] Life History of Cornus Florida. 203

A complete embryo was taken from a seed of August 11th.
The cotyledons had become much expanded, were much broader
than the hypocotyl or stem, and about the same in length.

So far as the writer's knowledge goes very little special work
has been done on the Cornaceae. Among the related forms,
Ducamp* has studied certain Araliaceae and Coulter and Cham-
berlain^ give a number of observations on Slum. By some the
Rubiales are regarded as close relatives of the XJmbellales.
Lloyd^ has made extensive studies on the embryology of this
order; but until we have a more detailed knowledge of the
related groups it would be useless to make an}^ generalization
from the present study of Cornus.

The writer wishes, in closing, to express his thanks to Pro-
fessor Schaffner who has gone over all the work and given much
needed advice and criticism.

Explanation of Plate XIV.

The drawings were outlined with the aid of a camera lucida, and the
following optical combinations were used:

Figs. 1-7, B. & L., 2 oc, § obj.
Figs. 8 and 9, 13-17, B. & L., i oc, 1-12 obj.
Figs. 10-12, 18-21, B. & L., f oc, i obj.
Figs 22 and 23., B. & L., f oc, f obj.

Fig. 1. Longitudinal section of young flower-bud, showing two of the
four incipient sepals. July 21, 1906.

Fig. 2. Longitudinal section of a somewhat older flower-bud of the
same head, showing the incipient petals.

Fig. 3. Longitudinal section of a still older flower of the same head,
showing, besides the growing, sepals and petals, two of the
four incipient stamens.

Fig. 4. Longitudinal section of a flower-bud, to show the growth of the
ring-like ridge to form the stylar canal of the carpel. Julj^
28, 190G.

Fig. 5. Longitudinal section of a flower-bud, to show the growth of the
incipient ovule from the side of the stj^'ar canal. August
11, 1906.

Fig. 6. Longitudinal section of a flower-bud, to show the curving of the
lower fourth of the stylar canal around the ovule at right
angles to the curvature of the ovule. August 18, 1906.

Fig. 7. A somewhat diagramatic longitudinal section of a flower, show-
ing the four sets of organs in position. The two ovules lie in
two parallel planes at right angles to the rest of the drawing.
The two stylar canals aie more or less connected as shown by
the dotted portion. January 29, 1906.

Fig. 8. Section of microsporocyte with massed chromartin and large
free nucleolus. August 26, 1906.

Fig. 9. Section of a microspore tetrad. August 26, 1906.

Fig. 10. Longitudinal section of part of an anther, showing the epider-
mis, endothecium, parietal layers, and broken tapetal laver.
September 26, 1905.

1 Ducamp, L. Recherches sur I'embryogenie des Araliac^es. Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot.
VIII, 15. 311-402. pis. 6-13. 1902.

2 Coulter, J. M. and Chamberlain, C. J. Morphology of Angiospenns. 1903.

3 Lloyd, F. E. The Comparative Embrvologv of the Rubiar-eae BulL Torr. Bot. Club
28:1-25. pis. 1-3, 1899. Do. Mem. Torr. Bot. Club 8 : 27-112. pis, S-15. 1902.

204 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 1,

Fig. 11. Typical microspore of same date.

Longitudinal section of an anther, showing the frothy gela-
tinous substance about the pollen grains. The anther walls
consist of the epidermis, endothecium, two intermediate lay-
ers, and the tapetum. Jantiary 29, 1906.

Section of a two-celled pollen grain. Apiil ,30, 190G.

Longitudinal section of an ovule, showing the archesporial cell
which is the megasporocyte. August 18, 1906.

Longitudinal section of an ovule, showing the three small, non-
functional megaspores and the large functional one. August
26, 1906.

A longitudinal section of a megasporangium, showing two-
celled embryo-sac with the disorganizing nuclei of the three
vestigial megaspores. September 2, 1906.

The ovule cut longitudinally, showing the four-celled embryo-
sac with a few of the many disorgianzing nucellar cells shown.
September 8, 1906.

Longitudinal section of an eight-celled embryo-sac, showing the
long dense cone, a trace of the egg nucleus Ij'ing just below
the synergids, the large definitive nucleus below the egg, the
three small antipodals and a few of the disorganizing cells of
the nucellus. kay 21, 1906.
Fig. 19. A tip of an eight-celled embryo-sac, showing the contorted
ridges on the cone. The egg lies in the median line just below
the synergids with the definitive nucleus at its side. May
21, 1906.

Another figure, to show the double point of the cone of the
embryo-sac, the definitive nucleus lies at the side of the egg
in this one also. May 21, 1906.

A voung embrvo with suspensor below the cap of endosperm
tissue. July 9, 1906.

Outline sketch of a young embryo, shoAving the cotyledons,
root tip and fragment of suspensor. July 21, 1906.

Outline sketch of an older embryo with cotyledons, stem tip,
root tip and root cap. July 28, 1906.

Fig-

12.

Fig.

13.

Fig-

14.

Fig.

15.

Fig.

16.

Fig-

17,

Fig.

IS.

Fig-

20

Fig.

21

Fig.

22

Fig.

23,

Addition to List of Dragonflies of Canada.*

Under date of June 3, 1907, Mr. E. P. VanDuzee kindly calls
my attention to an omission in the paper cited. In the
list of papers relating to Canadian dragonflies I omitted Mr.
Van Duzee's paper, List of Dragonflies Taken Near Buffalo,
N. Y., Journ., N. Y., Ent. Soc, Vol. V, June, 1897, pp. 87-91,
in which he records the capture of Anonialagrion hastatum Say at
Point Abino, Ontario. I failed to list this witi'. 1be other Cana-
dian species-.

Bluffton, Ind. E. B. Williamson.

The writer would be pleased to receive reports of any obser-
vations on the southward migration of the Monarch Butterfly
{Anosia plexipptts) during the early part of October.

Herbert Osborn.

♦Published in Ohio Natur.m.ist, Vol. VII, No. 7, May, 1907, pp. 148-150.

Nov., 1907.] Check List of Ohio Shrubs. 205

CHECK LIST OF OHIO SHRUBS.

John H. Schaffner.

A check list of Ohio trees was piibhshed by the writer in
Februar3% 1908, (Ohio Nat. 6 ;457). The present compilation
is along the same lines and especial care has been taken to give
what at present seems to be the most appropriate English name,
in the hope that soms progress will be made in establishing a
definite system to be used in the state.

The larger, tree-like shrubs have already been listed in con-
nection with the more typical trees; they are, therefore, not
included here. The lianas and half shrubs are also excluded.
The introduced species are indicated by the letter I after the
English name. Of the 127 species listed below, 103 are native
and 24 are introduced.

Class, COXI FERAE.

Order, Taxales.
Family, Taxaceae.
Taxus canadensis Marsh. American Yew.

Class, DlCOTYLAE.

Subclass, Apetalae.

Order, Saiicales.
Family, Salicaceae.
Salix glaucophvlla Bebb. Broadleaf Willow.
" cordata Muhl. Heartleaf Willow.
" adenophylla Hook. Furry Willow.
" myrtilloides L. Bog Willow.
" petiolaris Sm. Slender Willow.
" humilis Marsh. Prairie Willow. Also '-/ar. tristis (Ait.)

Griggs.
" Candida Fluegge. Hoary Willow.
" sericea Marsh. Silky Willow.
" purpurea L. Purple Willow.

Order, Myricales.

Family, Myricaceae.
'Comptonia peregrina (L.)Coult. Comptonia.

Order, Fagales.

Family, Betulaceae.
Corvlus americana Walt. Common Hazelnut.

" rostrata Ait. Beaked Hazelnut.
Betula pumila L. Low Birch.

Order, Sanlalales.

Family, Loranthaceae .
Phoradendron flavescens (Pursh) Nutt. American Mistletoe.

2o6 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 1,

Subclass, Choripetalae.
Order, Ranales.
Family , Berber idaceae.
Berberis vulgaris L. European Barberry. I.

" aquifolium Pursh. Trailing Ivlahonia. I.

Lauraceae .
Benzoin benzoin (L.) Coult. Spicebush.

Order, Resales.

Family, Hydrangeaceae.
Hydrangea arborescens L. Wild Hydrangea.

Philadelphus inodorus L. Scentless Mock-orange. I.

" grandiflorusWilld. Large-flowered Mock-orange. I..

" coronarius L. Garden Mock-orange. I.

Family, Grossulariacea^.

Ribes cvnosbati L. Wild Gooseberry.

" uva-crispa L. Garden Gooseberry. I.

" oxyacanthoides L. Northern Gooseberry.

" lacustre (Pers.) Poir. Swamp Gooseberry.

" nigrum L. Black Currant. I.

" rubrum L. Red Curiant. I.

"■ floridum L'Her. Wild Black Currant.

" aureum Pursh. Golden Currant. 1.

Family , Rosaceae.
Subfamily, Rosatae.
Opulaster opuHfolius (L.) Ktz. Eastern Ninebark.

Spiraea salicifolia L. Willowleaf Spiraea.

" tomentosa L. Steeple-bush.

" coryrnbosa Raf. Corymbed Spiraea. I.

" prunifolia Sieb. Bridal-wreath (Spiraea). I.
Sorbaria sorbifoila (L.) A. Br. Mountain-ash Spiraea. I.

Rubus odoratus L. Purple Flowering-raspberry.

" phoenicolasius Max. Wineberry. I.

" americanus (Pers.) Britt. Dwarf Raspberry.

" strigosus Mx. Wild Red Raspberry.

" neglectus Peck. Purple Wild Raspberry.

" occidentalis L. Black Ra pberry.

" nigrobaccus Bail. Common High Blackberry.

" frondosus Bige . Leafy-bracted Blackberry.

" canadensis L. Dewberry.

" bailey anus Britt. Bailey's Dewberry.

" hispidus L. Swamp Blackberry.

Dasiphora frutica (L.) Rydb. Shrubby Cinquefoil.

Nov., 1907.] Check List of Ohio Shrubs. 207

Rosa setigera Mx. Prairie Rose,
blanda Ait. Smooth Ro e.
Carolina L. Swamp Rose,
lucida Ehdi. Glassy Rose.
humilis Marsh. Low Rose,
nitida Willd. Shining Rose,
canina L. Dog Rose,
rubiginosa L. Sw. etbrier.
cinnamomea L. Cinnamon Rose. I.
gallica L. French Rose. I.

Subfamily, Pomatae.
Aronia arbutifoHa (L.) Medic. Red Chokeberry.
" atropurpurea Britt. Purple Chokeberrv.
nigra (Willd.) Britt. Black Chokebrry.
Cotoneaster pyracantha (L.) Spach. Firej^Thorn. I.

Subafmily, Drupatae.
Prunus pumila L. Sand Cherry.

" cuneata Raf. Appalachian Cherry.

Family, Fabaceae.
Subfamily, Papilionatae.
Amorpha fruticosa L. False Indigo.
Robinia hispida L. Bristly Locust. L

Order, Sapindales.
Family , ^4 nacardiaceae.
Rhus aromatica Ait. Fragrant Sumac.

Famil\% Ilicaceae.
Ilex verticillata (L.) Gr. Winterberry.

Family, Celastraceae.
Enonvmus americanus L. American Strawberry Bush.
" obovatus Nutt. Rtinning Strawberry Bush.

Order, Rhamnales.

Family, Rhamnaceae.
Rhamnus cathartica L. Buckthorn. I.

" lanceolata Pursh. Lanceleaf Buckthorn.

" alnifolia L'Her. Alderleaf Buckthorn.

Ceanothus americanus L. New Jersey Tea.

" ovatus Desp. Smaller New Jersey Tea.

Order, Parietales.

Family, Hypericaceae.
Ascvrum multicaule Mx. St. Andrew's Cross.
Hypericum kalmianum L. Kalm's St. John's- wort.
" prolificum L. Shrubby St. John's-wort.

Order, Thymeleales.

Family, Thymeleaceae.
Dirca palustris L. Leatherwood.

2o8 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 1,

Family, Elaeagnaceae.
Lepargyraea canadensis (L.) Greene. Canadian Buffalo-berry.

Subclass, Heteromerae.
Order, Ericales.
Family, Ericaceae.
Ledum groenlandicum Oeder. Labrador Tea.
Azalea nudiflora L. Pink Azalea.
" lutea L. Flame Azalea.
" viscosa. White Azalea.
Kalmia angustifolia L. Sheep-laurel.
Andi'omeda polilolia L. Wild Rosemary.
Chamaedaphne calyculata (L.) Moench. Leatherleaf.
Epigaea repens L. Trailing Arbutus.
Gaultheria procumbens h^ Creeping Wintergreen.
Arctostaphylos uva-ursi (L.) Spreng. Red Bearberry.

Family, Vacciniaceae.
Gaylussacia froadosa (L.) T. & G. Tangieberry.

" resinosa (Ait.) T. & G. Black Huckleberry.

Polvcodium stamineum (L.) Greene. Deerberry.
Vaccinium corymbosum L. Tall Blueberry.

" atrococci;m (Gr.) Heller. Dark Blueberry.

" canadense Rich. Canada Blueberry.

" pennsvlvanicum Lam. Dwarf Blueberry.

" vacillans Kalm. Low Blueberry.

" pallidum Ait. Pale Blueberry.

Chiogenes hispidula (L.) T. & G. Creeping Snowberry.
Oxycoccus oxycoccus (L.) MacM. Small Cranberry.

" macrocarpus (Ait.) Pers. Large Cranberry.

Subclass, SYMPETAL.A.E HyPOGYXAE.

Order, Gentianales.

Family, Olcaccae.
Syringa yulgaris L. Lilac. I.
Ligustrum vulgare L. Privet. I.

Order, Polemoniales.
Family, Solauaceae.
Lvcium yulgare (Ait. f.) Dun. Matrimony Vine. I.
Subclass, Sympetalae Epigynae.
Order, Umbellales.
Family, Cornaceae.
Cornus circinata L'Her. Roundleaf Dowgood.
amomum Mill. Silky Dogwood.
" stolonifera Mx. Red-osier Dogwood.
" candidissima Marsh. Panicled Dogwood.

Order Rubiales.

Family, Riibiaccae.
Ccphalanthus occidentalis L. Button-bush.

Nov., 1907.] The Chestnut-sided Warbler. 209

F am il y , Capri jo liaceae .
Sambucus canadensis L. Common Elderberry.

" pubens Mx. Red Elderberry.

Viburnum alnifolium Marsh. Hobblebush.
" opulus L. Cranberr^^-tree.

" acerifolium L. Mapleleaf Arrow-wood.

" pubescens (Ait.) Pursh. Downy Arrow-wood.

" dentatum L. Arrow- wood.

" molle Mx. Softleaf Arrow-wood.

" cassinoides L. Withe-rod.

" lantana L. Wayfaring-tree. I.

Symphoricarpos racemosus Mx. Snowberry.

" pauciflorus (Robb.) Britt. Low^Snowberr}'.

" symphoricarpos (L.) MacM. Coralberry.

Lonicera oblongifolia (Goldia) Hook. Swamp Fly-honeysuckle.
" ciliata Muhl. American Fly-honeysuckle.

" xylosteum L. European Fly-honeysuckle. I.
" tartarica L. Tartarian Bush-honeysuckle. I.

Diervilla diervilla (L.) MacM. Bush-honeysuckle.

THE CHESTNUT-SIDED WARBLER NESTING AT
JEFFERSON, ASHTABULA CO., 0.

Robert J. Sim.

On June 26 (1907) Miss Maiy I. Hoskins discovered the nest
of a pair of Chestnut-sided Warblers in a bit of woodland not
more than a mile north-east of town. The locality is an ideal
one for warblers. There are perhaps fifteen or twenty acres in the
wooded tract. Tall second-growth timber predominates, but
here and there are towering parent trees of White Oak, Tulip,
Cucumber, Beech, Hickory and Maple. The west side is mostly
clear of under-brush, but in some parts of the piece are rank
growths well sorted into colonies of Beech, Maple and Oak
sprouts. In about the center a small clearing has been made
and here the Blackberry, Spice-bush and Red-berried Elder run
riot.

In this place a female Chestnut-side was noticed passing thru
the brush. A short search resulted in the discovery of the nest
placed two feet above the ground among some leafy blackberry
stems near the foot of a large beech. The naked cowbirdling in
the nest was as large as the two young warblers together, and
these were all but smothered by him. He was removed. The
mother-warbler remained within a few feet of her home, chirping
anxiously and fluttering about with spread wings and tail.

210 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 1,

The male also appeared upon the scene but was not so bold and
soon retired to the tree-tops.

On July 3rd, I paid the birds a second visit. The young birds
had developed considerably. I stationed myself about fifteen
feet from the nest, and in five minutes the female bird began feed-
ing the young. Once she shook a lepidopterous larva (more
than an inch long) from a curled-up leaf, and after pinching it for
a while, took it to the nest

On another occasion a large Tipula was brought. The young
were fed, in fact, every three or four minutes, then the mother
would brood them for a short time. The male did not appear, but
was occasionally heard singing up in the trees around the clearing.

On the fourth of July my folding chair was set six feet from
the nest, and there I sat taking notes while the warbler — always
the female — flitted about me, sometimes all but alighting upon
my shoulder or foot. All the insects that were required were
found within ten feet of the nest. I suppose they are so numer-
ous in the woods that in every spot a new supply comes on daily.

The next morning a camera was taken to the chestnut-side's
district, with the hope that a family group photo might be made.
Nothing doing. The young were gone. Doubtless they were in
the vicinity for the old bird flitted about chipping as usual, but
I could not find them.

A photo of the nest was made, then I gave my atteniton to
the Hoodeds, the Ceruleans — and the mosquitoes.

Annual Meeting of the Ohio Academy of Science.

The Seventeenth Annual Meeting of the Ohio Academy of
Science will be held at Miami University, Oxford, Ohio, on
November 28, 29 and 30, 1907. All that are interested in the
work of this organization are invited to attend the meetings.
Members are requested to send subjects, that they wish to pre-
sent, to the Secretary, Professor L. B. Walton, Gambier, Ohio,
not later than November 23rd.

Date of Publication, November 15, 1907.

SUPPLEMENT TO

PUBLISHED BY

The Biological Club of the Ohio State ( ^ti irersitj^
Volume VIII NOVEAIBER 1907 No. 1

A PROPOSED NATURAL HISTORY
SURVEY FOR OHIO

The movement to establish a Natural History Survey
in Ohio was inaugurated at the Cincinnati meeting of
the Ohio Academy of Science in 1005, when a committee
consisting of Herbert Osborn, L. R. Walton and K. L.
Rice was appointed to prepare a bill and secure its con-
sideration by the State Legislature. The report of this
committee printed herewith with endorsements from va-
rious sources shows the sentiment of those best cpialified
to judge of the value of such a work.

The Academy at its annual meeting in 1!)0(5 adopted
this report and authorized the committee to have it
printed, to increase its membership and to further the
project in everj^ way at its command.

In pursuance of this act the committee has asked the
following members to serve on the enlarged committee:
Professor Charles Brookover, Buchtel College, Akron;
Prof. G. E. Coghill, Denison University, Granville; Mr.
Chas. Dur3^ Cincinnati; Prof. Bruce Fink, Miami Uni-
versitj'j Prof. M. F. Guyer, Cincinnati University; Prof.
H. A. Gossard, Wooster; Prof. Lynds Jones, Oberlin;
Mr. J. U. Lloyd, Cincinnati; Prof. \V. F. Mercer, Athens;
Prof. E. L. Mosely, Sandusky; Prof. F. C Waite, Cleve-
land; Prof. S. H. Williams, Miami University; Dr. H. S.
True, McConnelsvillQ; Dr. F. D. Snyder, Ashtabula; Dr.
S. H. Todd. Wooster; Dr. C. E. Slocum. Defiance; C. L.
Martzolff, Athens; E. H. Ed war Is. Cle veUnd.

The committee will be pleased to have assistance of
any who are interested in the measure and suggestions
as to means of furthering the project are cordially invited.

The Surveys of this character which have been in op-

2 The Ohio Naturalist

eration in other states have fully proven their usefulness
and the fact that such surveys hav^e recently been in-
augurated in several states and are projected in others is
good evidence that the movement here is a wise one.

REPORT OF THE CGMMITTEE ON NATURAL

HISTORY SURVEY TO THE OHIO

ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

The coniniittee appointed to prepare the bill for the
Natural Historj' Survey and to endeavor to secure its
passage by the General Assembly, begs leave to report
as follows :

After considerable consultation in an effort to draft a
measure which would meet the interests of the greatest
number in the state, the bill was completed and through
the kindness of Hon, C. V. Trott, of Mount Vernon, was
introduced during the early part of the session. Owing
to some unavoidable delaj'^s the introduction was not as
early as the committee had anticipated and it is perhaps
in part due to this dela}^ that the bill made no further
progress at this session. Hearings were given by the
Committee on Universities and Colleges and on Finance
and in both cases the committee was given a very cor-
dial reception and so far as could be determined, the
measure met wirh no opposition. In the former com-
mittee it was given a unanimous approval and reported
to the House for consideration l)y the Finance Commit-
tee. The latter committee, owing to the pressure of
other matters and especially the rush incident to the
early adjournment on account of the critical illness of
Governor Pattison, failed to take decisive action upon it.

It stands, however, in such form that it may be
brought up at the earliest opportunitj' at the next ses-
sion of the (xeneral Assembly and it is hoped that it may
receive prompt and favorable consideration. The mea-
sure has received most utKiualitied endorsement partic-
ularly in the colleges and the various educational and
scientific bodies. A summary of these endorsements
with extracts, appended hereto, forms, we think, an ad-

►S iipp leni en t 3

miralile basis for further effort in behalf of the measure.
We would recommend that the committee be continued
and enlarged so as to make it representative of a num-
ber of other institutions and of wider extent, such com-
mittee having power to delegate to a small legislative
comtnittee or sub-committee the particular duty of pre-
senting the matter in the Assembly, In the mean-
time it seems desirable that addititional endorsements,
resolutions of societies, and such other support as may
be secured, should be brought into shape to use at the

proper time.

( Herbert Osrorx

Committee E. L. Rice

f L. B. Waltox

ENDORSEMENTS

Ohio Wesleyan Universit}^ Delaware, O.

Jan. 24, 1900
The plan for the Natural History Survey of Ohio as
formulated in the proposed bill submitted to me by Prof.
Rice, seems to have the promise of real usefulness. I
am glad to signify in this way my sympathy with the
movement. (Signed)

Herbert Welch.

Kenyon College, Gambier, O.

[an. 27, 1906
I enclose herewith the bill dealing with a Natural His-
tory Survey vk^hich ^'^ou sent for my examination. It has

my hearty endorsement.

(Signed) William F. Pierce.

Western Reserve Universit3^ Adelbert College,

Cleveland, O., Jan. 29, 190(5
Let me thank you for your letter of the 24th. I have
much pleasure in asking you to consider me as favoring
the passage of the proposed bill.

(Signed) Charles F. Thwixg.

Denison University'', Denison, Ohio

Jan. 30, 190()
I enclose herewith a resolution adopted b3^ the Deni-
son Scientific Association, endorsing the bill providing
for a Natural History Survey, of Ohio. You may say
that it also meets with m}' own hearty approval.

(Signed) Emory W. Hunt,

4 The Ohio Xniarnlist

Universit}'^ of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, O.

March 2, 190(5

I thank ^^ou for the copy of the Survey Bill, enclosed
in your letter of FeV^ruary the 28tli. It is a matter of
much interest to me.

(Signed) Charles William Dabney.

Wooster, Ohio
Oct. 12, 1907
I am in sympathy with the bill providing for a natural
history Survey of Ohio and trust that it maj'^ be enacted.

L. E. HoLDEN, President.

Adelbert College Biological Laboratory,

Cleveland, O., Feb. 3, 1906

The plan as outlined in the cop^^ of the bill inclosed
seems to be excellent and I shall be pleased to use what
influence I may have in forwarding it. I have already
advised our President to sign the recommendation
which was sent to him.

(Signed) Francis H. Herrick.

Ohio State Board of Health,
Columbus, O., Feb. 25, 190(3
I liave been informed that House Bill No. 363 contem-
plates providing for a Natural History Survey of Ohio in
its relation to animal and plant life. I am delighted to
hear of this movement for I am sure that such a
survc}' would be of the greatest value to our cit-
izens. I most heartily ajiprove of the plan and shall
be very glad to help call the attention of the matter to
some of tliose interested. I cannot hope to speak to all
who would be interested in this movement, because
everybody in the State ought to be interested. The
survey would be of great practical value to the State.
(Signed) Frank Warner.

Ohio State Board of Health,
Columbus, O., Feb. 14, 190(5
I think the object of the bill is a very worthy one, and
such a survey would no (lotit)t be of considerable as-
sistance to the State Board of Health in its work, I hope

Siippleinent 5

you may succeed in securing- the etuictnieiit of such a
law.

(Signed) C. O. Probst, Secretary.

Ohio Geological Survey,
Columbus, O., Feb. 27, 1906

Regarding a bill to create a Biological Survey of Ohio,
I want to say that I am thoroughly in favor of the estab-
lishment of such an organization. I believe it to be ca-
pable of 3^ielding a most valuable service to the state —
man}'^ fold its cost.

(Signed) Edward Orton, Jr.

Everts High School, Circleville, O.

Feb. 28, 1906
Your favor of the 27th inst. at hand enclosing copy of
H. B. No. 363. I certainly approve of it and shall write
to our Assembly members asking for their support of it.
(Signed) T. Otto Williams, Prin.

Mansfield Public Schools, Mansfield, O.
I have 3"our letter in reference to the bill for Natural
History Survey; it certainly is a good thing. I will
write to our representative and use my mite of influence
in its behalf.

(Signed) H. E. Hall, Prin.

Department of Entomolog}^ and Zoology,

Guelph, Canada, March 3, 1906
I note with interest 3^our note in the last issue of the
Ohio Naturalist regarding the bill now before your
legislature to establish a State Natural History Survey.
Althougli I could not possibly have any influence in
bringing about the consummation of such a desirable
project, I cannot refrain from expressing to you n\y sin-
cere hope that the bill will pass. There is such a vast
amount of biological w^ork which can be done in almost
any state which is of both public and scientific interest
and which still does not go strictly within the province
of experiment station work, that it seems to me that
such an undertaking would be proiitable for any state,
and I should like to see Ohio, which is so close to On-
tario, make a start in this direction.

(Signed) Franklix SiikriMAX, Jr.

6 The Ohio Xntiiralist

Biological Club, O. S. U.,

March 6, 1906
At a meeting of the Biological Club of the Ohio State
University, March 5, 1906, the following resolution was
unanimously adopted:

Resolved, That we heartily endorse the measure pro-
viding for a State Natural History Survey as embodied
in House Bill No. 363 introduced by Representative
Trott, of Knox county . Such a surv^ey would be of the
greatest service to teachers and students of science as
well as of immense importance practically to the people
of the state and we would respectfully urge its passage
by the General Assembly".

(Signed) Z. P. Metcalf, Sec.

The Denison Scientific Association,

Granville, O., Jan. 29, 1906
The Denison Scientific Association of Granville, Ohio,
recognizing the great value of a permanent State Natur-
al History Surve3^ as proved by the experience of other
States, for the development of our natural resources in
agriculture and fisheries and for promoting sanitation,
public health, education and pure science, cordially en-
dorses the accompanying bill.

(Signed) Clara A. Davis, Sec.

A BILL TO PROVIDE FOR A NATURAL
HISTORY SURVEY OF OHIO

Be it enacted by the General Assembly of the
State of Ohio:

Section 1. That for the purpose of securing a practi-
cal and scientific knowledge of the animal and plant life
of the state, the resources connected therewith and the
relation to various industries and public health there is
hereb}^ established a State Natural llistor}^ Survey. The
said Survey shall be in charge of a director, who shall
be a person of established reputation and scientific train-
ing in natural history, to be appointed by the Governor.
The said director shall be appointed for a term of three
years but may be removed for cause at any time and a
successor appointed in his place. Furthermore the Gov-

Sappleruent 7

ernor is authorized to fill any vacanc}^ which may occur
from any cause at any time. The said director shall
have power to appoint such specialists and assistants at
such times and for such periods as may be necessary in
the prosecution of the work but in no event shall the sal-
aries of the officers or the expenses of the department
exceed the amount of the expenditure authorized by the
General Assembly.

Sectiox 2. The Survey shall have for its objects:
(1) An examination of the animal and plant life of the
State with special reference to its distribution, abund-
ance, increase or decrease, and facts of practical or scien-
tific importance as a foundation for accurate instruction
in the schools of the state. In particular shall facts re-
lating to the organic purity of water supplies, the food
supply of fishes, the game birds and animals, and forms
affecting public health be considered. (2) The identifi-
cation of birds, fishes and other anitnals or plants sent in
for the purpose by officers of the Fish and Game Com-
naission, State Board of Health, Cit}' Boards of Plealth,
or other State, County or municipal bodies calling for
such information, or by the general public so far as they
may be of public interest or value, and as the time of the
officers ma3^ permit. Such investigations as ma}'^ be es-
pecially desired by the State Board of Health in connec-
tion with the w^ater supplies or the disease-producing or
transmitting forms of life, or the Fish and Game Com-
mission or other State Bureaus for the purpose of their
work shall be given preference and pushed with all pos-
sible speed consistent with careful work. (3) The prep-
aration of special reports with necessary illustrations
and maps which shall embody both a general and de-
tailed description of the work of the survey.

Section 3. The collections made in pursuance of this
act shall be deposited at the Ohio State University and
shall be available for study by any person properly qual-
ified, under such regulations made by officers of the Sur-
vey, as may be necessary for the permanent preservation
and use of the collections.

Section 4. The Survey may from any duplicate mater-
ial in its collections furnish sets to such colleges, mu-

8 The Ohio Naturalist

seunis, high schools, or township schools of the state as
may be willing to pa^^ the cost of labelling and transport-
ing such specimens, and furnish evidence that such col-
lections will be duly preserved and made available for
the use of students and others interested. Preference is
to be given in order of api)lication to high schools offer-
ing courses in nature study, Zoology or Hotany, and so
located that no other collections of a similar nature are
available for study and demonstration.

Section 5. The Director of said Survey shall make on
or before the first of Februarj'-of each year, a report to the
Governor covering the work of the preceding 3''ear and
the report shall be transmitted to the General Assembly
to be printed in the same manner as other public docu-
ments or as shall be otherwise ordered. The special pa-
pers and reports prepared in pursuance of the objects of
the Surve}'^ shall be submitted for ptil:)lication to the Su-
pervisor of printing and shall be printed and issued un-
der the same regulations as are in force for publications
of the Geological Survey.

Sectiom 6. The compensation of the Director of said
Survey shall be at the rate of $200 per month for the time
actually employed. The compensation of specialists and
assistants shall be fixed by the Director. The said sal-
aries together with the traveling and incidental expenses
shall be paid monthly on the presentation of properly
itemized vouchers signed by the Governor out of the
State Treasury from the appropriations made for such
])urposes.

Section' 7. Tliere is lierebv appropriated from the
general revenue fund the sum of five thousand dollars
annually for the purpose above named.

Section 8. This act shall take effect and be in force
from and after its passage.

The Ohio ^J^aturalist,

PUBLISHED BY

The Biological Club of the Ohio State Uni'versity.

Volume VIII. DECEMBER, 1907. No. 2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Herms— Contribution to the Life History of Asimina triloba 211

MoRGULis— Compensatory Growth in Podarke obscura 217

MoRGULis — Regeneration and Inheritance 219

HiNE— Descriptions of New North American Tabauidae 221

CONTRIBUTION TO THE LIFE HISTORY OF ASIMINA

TRILOBA.*

William B. Herms.

The material for this study was collected in the outskirts of
Colurnbus, Ohio, along the banks of the old canal, where the
papaw grows quite abundantly. The young buds were killed
in a one per cent, solution of chromo-acetic acid, Avithin ten to
twenty minutes after collecting them. Before killing, the sepals
and petals were removed to secure better penetration.

The first collection was made Sept. 30, 1905, and continued
weekly until the middle of December, when collections were made
every two weeks until the middle of February, at which time
weekly collections were again resumed. During the early part of
June collections were made twice per week. The entire ovularA-
was imbedded in parafhn and serial sections cut ten microns
thick with a rotary mircotome. Several staining methods were
emlpoyed, of which the dotible stain anilin-safranin followed by
gentian violet was the best for the early work on the megaspores
and microspores, while Delafield's Haematoxylin gave the best
results for the later stages, e. g., development of the embryo
sac and late microspores.

The work was carried on in the Botanical Laborator}' of the
Ohio State University under the direction of Professor J. H.
Schaffner to whom the writer wishes to express his thanks for
advice and helpful criticism freely given.

Ovules and megaspores. The first sections cut of Sept. 30,
1905, (Fig. 1), showed an undifferentiated condition of the
ovules. No cell could be distinguished that might eventually
give rise to the archesporial cell. This undifferentiated condition
is retained throughout the winter as is evident from Fig. 2 (Jan.
6). The first sections showing the archesporial cell, which is

^^ * Contributions from the Botanical Laboratory of the Ohio State University, XXXII.

212 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 2,

hypodermal, were of April 14 (Fig. 3). No integuments have
as yet appeared. From this time on development and differen-
tiation is rapid. Fig. 4 (April 21) shows the archesporial cell
divided into parietal cell and megasporocyte. The parietal cell
has divided into two by a vertical wall, and the incipient integu-
ments are now visible as may be seen in Fig. 5. This figure also
shows a further division of the parietal layer. By April 28 (Fig. G)
the megasporocyte has divided into four degaspores which arr
arranged in a row, the three upper of which at once begin dis-
solving. An extensive parietal tissue is formed by this time;
(Fig. 7). In Figs. 7 and 8 the outer megaspore is divided by a
vertical wall, while in Fig. 6, the division is horizontal. This
latter condition was the more commonly observed. The ar-
rangement of the megaspores in a more or less perfect tetrad
indicates a rather primitive position of the plant under considera-
tion. The same condition was noted by Surface* for Sanguinaria
canadensis and by Shreve^ for Sarracenia purpurea.

Embryo sac. The functional megaspore divides about
April 28, forming the two-celled embryo sac !,Fig. 9). The non-
functional megaspores are gradually dissolving. This date also
shows some ovules having embr^^o sacs with conjugating polar
nuclei, the three antipodals, synergids and egg (Fig. 10).
The synergids are arranged in such a manner that together with
the egg they form a sort of tripod (See Figs. 10, 12 and 13).
The embryo sac elongates very greatly during the next week or
two (Fig. 11) and the antipodals come to lie close together in the
base of the sac and are still plainly visible in sections of May 19
(Fig. 15), though beginning to degenerate. This evanescent
condition of the antipodals is very different from what would be
expected in Ranunculacae.

The polar nuclei occupy a characteristic position but remain
side by side for an unusually long time, apparently about three
weeks, before conjugating (Figs. 10 and 11). The various struc-
tures of the embr^'o sac are all clearly differentiated by staining,
so that interpretation is not difficult.

Together with the long period during which the polar nuclei
remain in contact without fusion, should be noted the equally
long time that the oospore remains undivided after the beginning
of the endosperm formation. May 19 (Fig. 16) shows the
oospore still undivided, but there are already formed a dozen
or more endosperm cells.

Endosperm and embryo. In sections of May 19 (Fig. 12)
the first endosperm wall was observed. This wall is transverse
and divides the sac into two equal parts. The endosperm nuclei

1. Surface, Frank M., '05. — Contribution to the Life History of Sanguinaria cana-
densis. Ohio Nat. 6:1, 1905.

2. Shrove, FoiTest, '06. — The Development and Anatomy of Sarracenia purpurea.
Bot. Gaz. 42 : 107, 1906.

Dec, 1907.] Life History of Asimina triloba. 213

now divide rapidty as indicated by Figs. 13 and 16, forming a
linear series of endosperm of about a dozen cells, with transverse
walls, when a vertical wall appears in the base of the sac (Fig. 16).
The endosperm grows rapidly until there is formed a narrow
strip throughout the length of the seed, the upper end of which
is shown in Fig. 17. The order of the endosperm division was
not determined but the indications are that the divisions are not
basipetal, as Strasburger^ found for Ceratophyllum, though the
first division of the sac into two halves is similar. Figs. 12, 13
and 16 show what has taken place. Apparently the endosperm
divides into two cells, each of which divides again and so on until
perhaps a dozen -cells have been formed in a linear series when
vertical division takes place as already noted.

The germination of the oospore is very much delayed, as
has already been pointed out. The first wall is transverse and
the subsequent divisions quite irregular. The embryo in the
mature seed is very minute and imperfectly developed, the
greater part of the seed being occupied by a peculiar wrinkled
tissue of the wall of the ovule. Fig. 17 (June 10) shows the upper
end of the endosperm column with the minute embryo and rem-
nants of the pollen tube.

MiCROSPORANGiUM AND MICROSPORE. The first scctious made
(Sept. 30) showed the differentiation of the microsporophylls
each with four microsporangia. Fig. 18 shows one of the mic-
rosporangia in which may be seen a number of microsporocytes
in cross section, of which two show a somewhat greater develop-
ment and more prominent nuclei. This condition is not altered
throughout the winter as is shown by Fig. 19 of Jan. 6. Fig. 20,
of March 10, shows the growth of the microspores at that date,
being the earliest to show what is really taking place. It can
be seen at once that some of the sporogenous tissue is breaking
down and that only a few; microsporocytes (usually two in cross
section) are building up and growing at the expense of the sur-
rounding cells. Fig. 21 (April 14) is interesting since here may
be seen the differentiation of a bridge of tissue between the
microsporocytes. The nuclei of these cells have divided as well
as those of the surrounding tapetal cells. By April 21 (Fig. 22)
the spore tetrads are formed and the sterile tissue in the sporan-
gium is dissolving rapidly. By April 28 (Fig. 23) the sterile
tissue and tapetum has completely dissolved. May 5 (Fig. 24)
the pollen grains are ready to be shed, the generative and tube
nuclei being formed.

3. Strasburger, Eduard, '02. — Ein Beitrag zurKenntniss von Ceratophyllum submer-
sum und phylogenetische Eroerterungen. Jahrb. f. wiss. Botanik. 37 : 477-526. Pis.
S-11. 1902.

214

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. VIII, No. 2,

Ohio Naturalist.

Plate XV.

%\

8 9 10 IS

Herms on " Life History of Asiniiua trilaba."

v/nA/mA..

Dec, 1907.] Life History of Asimina triloba.

215

Ohio Naturalist.

Plaie XVI.

MtA/trU

Herms on " Life History of Asimina triloba."

2i6 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 2,

Summary.

1. The archesporial cell of Asimina triloba remains un-
differentiated during the winter, no differentiation being apparent
until about April 14.

2. Tetrad megaspores are of rather frequent occurrence.

3. The parietal layer of the ovule develops greatly.

4. The great elongation of the embryo sac is striking.

5. The length of time that the polar nuclei remain in con-
tact is quite unusual (three weeks and over).

6. The evanescent condition of the antipodals is rather
unexpected in this farm.

7. The oospore remains undivided relatively long (between
three and four weeks).

8. Endosperm forms in a peculiar manner. The first wall
is transverse and divides the sac into two equal parts. The for-
mation of a linear series of endosperm now follows, continuing
until about a dozen cells are formed when a vertical division
begins at the base of the sac.

9. The embryo is minute and imperfectly developed, even
in the seed.

10. Comparatively few large microsporocytes are formed.

11. There is a peculiar development of sterile tapetum-like
tissue in the microsporocytes.

12. The pollen gi'ains are ready to be shed by May 5.

13. The study shows that Asimina triloba differs in its
development from the Ranunculaceae and Papaveraceae and,

14. Resembles the Ceratophyllaceae more or less closely in
its development.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES.

All drawings were made with the use of the camera lucida at table dis-
tance. A Bausch and Loinb microscope was used with the combination
lenses indicated with each description.

Fig. 1.— Sept 30, 1905. Cross section of ovulary showing undiffer-
entiated ovules. B. & L. 1 in.-^ in.

Fig. 2. — Jan. 6, 1906. Section of ovule showing undifferentiated con-
dition still present at this date. B. & L. 1 in.-^- in.

Fig. 3. — April 1-i, 190G. Tip of ovule showing the differentiated
archesporial cell. B. & L. i in.-^ in.

Fig. 4. — April 21, 1906. Shows archesporial cell divided into parietal
cell and megasporocyte. The parietal cell is divided into two by a vertical
wall. B. & L. ^ in.-^ in.

Fig. 5. — April 21, 1906. Tip of ovule showing incipient integuments
and further division of parietal layer. B. & L. 1 in.-jV in. oil iminersion.

Fig. 6. — April 28, 1906. Shows four inegaspores arranged in a row;
the three upper ones are dissolving. B. & L. ^ in.-^ in.

Fig. 7. — April 28, 1906. Shows extensive parietal tsisue and four
megasporocytes, the two outer divided by a vertical wall. B. & L. J in.-
i in.

Fig. 8. — April 28, 1906. Same as Fig. 7. — Four megaspores, the two
outer ones divided by a vertical wall. B. & L. ^ in.-^ in.

Dec, 1907.] Compensatory Growth in Podarke obscura. 217

Fig. 9. — -April 28, 1906. Two celled embryo sac with three megas-
pores above. B. & L. ^ in.-^ in.

Fig. 10. — April 28, 1906. Shows conjugating polar nuclei, three anti'
podals and egg apparatus. B. & L. ^ in.-| in.

Fig. 11. — May 19, 1906. Mature embryo sac showing conjugating
polar nuclei, the egg and antipodals. B. & L. ^ in.-^ in.

Fig. 12. — May 19, 1906. Embryo sac with two endosperm cells, sep-
arated by a wall, also the vanishing antipodals, oospore and synergids.
B. & L. i in.-i in.

Fig. 13. — May 19, 1906. Embryo sac showing three endosperm walls,
three vanishing antipodals and complete egg apparatus. B. & I^. h in.-| in

Fig. 14. — May 19, 1906. Showing oospore with one endosperm nucleus
and remnants of pollen tube. B. &. L. J in.-^ in.

Fig. 15. — May 26, 1906. Embryo sac without definite endosperm walls
and with dissolving antipodals. (The delicate walls have probably been
destroyed by the technique.) B. & L. ^ in.-^ in.

Fig. 16. — May 19, 1906. Embryo sac showing thirteen endosperm
cells, the lowest one divided by a vertical wall. The egg is still in the one
celled stage and the antipodals are still distinct. B. & L. ^ in.-^ in.

Fig. 17. — June 10, 1906. Showing young embryo surrounded by en-
dosperm tissue. The remnants of the pollen tube are visible. B. & L.
^ in.-i in.

Fig. 18. — September 30, 1905. Section of sporophyll showing mic-
rosporocytes, of which two are somewhat larger than the others. B. &
L. 1 in.-|^ in.

Fig. 19. — Jan. 6. 1906. Same as Fig. 18, except that there is a very
slight enlargement of the two microsporocytes. B. & L. 1 in.-^ in.

Fjg. 20. — March 10, 1906. Showing two microsporocytes developed
and others undeveloped. B & L. 1 in.-^ in.

Fig. 21. — April 14, 1906. Microsporocytes with a bridge of sterile
tissue between them. Note the dividing nuclei of the sterile tissue, also
of the tapetal layer. B. & L. 1 in.-|^ in.

Fig. 22. — April 21, 1906. Spore tetrads. On the one side only two
are visible. The sterile tissue surrounding the tetrads is dissolving.
B. & L. 1 in.-i in.

Fig. 23. — April 28, 1906. Spore tetrad. The sterile tiFsue and tape-
tal layer have completely dissolved. B. &: L. ^ in.-^ in.

Fig. 24. — Mav 5, 1906. Pollen grains with generative and tube nuclei.
B. & L. i in.-i in.

COMPENSATORY GROWTH IN PODARKE OBSCURA.*

Sergius Morgulis, A. M.

The idea that vv^hen a lost part is being regenerated by an
animal, the whole organism of the latter, and not merely the
amputated surface is actively engaged in this process of restora-
tion was kept in disrepute. The main objection advanced by
the opponents of this idea was that it is at the cut surface only
where the histological process of regeneration is to be observed
in the appearance of mitotically or amitotically dividing cehs.
The writer, however, was forced to the opposite view through
some studies of the rate of regeneration, but could not produce
sufficient evidence in favor of his view from those studies. Since

* This and the following note were read before the Ohio Academy of Science at its
Seventeenth Annual Meeting in Oxford, Ohio.

2i8 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 2,

that time a number of experiments and observations conducted
during last summer, as well as the extremely interesting facts
presented before the section of Experimental Zoology of the
Seventh International Zoological Congress in Boston by Dr.
Prizbram, seem to offer a proof of the idea that the mutilated
organism as a whole partakes in the regeneration of a lost organ.

I wish to spealc here mainly of my observation on the com-
pensation which takes place in case of posterior regeneration in
Podarke obscura. This is a small marine polychaet, found
abundantly at Woods Hole, in the Eel-pond on sea- weeds. The
worms have a chitinous layer over their dorsal surface, the color
of which grades from seal-brown to a very light shade of yellow,
but in a few exceptional cases it is entirely wanting.

If the posterior half of the worms be removed, a new tail will
regenrate in course of some eight days. This regenerated tail
will be as a rule devoid of any chitinous covering, and the tissue
will therefore be quite translucent. This regenerated tail will
soon, however, acquire a chitinous layer over its dorsal surface,
which will gradually increase in thickness. As this process of
thickening is going on the translucence of the newly regenerated
tissue is being lost, and the covering also becomes darker and
darker.

The interesting thing to be observed in this connection is,
that while this surface layer is formed on the regenerated tail,
another phenomenon exactly opposite to the one just described
occurs bringing about a gradual thinning out of the chitinous
layer over the dorsal surface of the old piece. This gradual
thinning out, which results finally in a complete exposing of the
underlying tissues beneath, may start either on the part of the
old piece nearest to the regenerated tail, or on the part furthest
removed from it or even on the left and right sides of all the old
segments.

These two processes, the thinning out of the chitinous layer
on the old tissue, on one hand, and its thickening on the regener-
ating tissue on the other hand, will continue until both parts,
the old and the new are covered by a continuous layer of uni-
form thickness. The process, however, may not be brought to
an end even at this stage, and go on until the dorsal covering on
the new tail would become much thicker and consequently darker,
than that on the old part. This shifting of the chitinous mate-
rial from the old over to the new part will proceed still further,
ultimately leading to the formation of a seal bi'own covering
over the new, regenerated tissue and leaving entirely naked so
to speak the old tissue. This condition is exactly the reverse
of that with which we started when the old part was all coated
with a seal brown layer of chitin, and the regenerated part was
all naked. First the old tissue was thickly clothed with chitin, and

Dec, 1907.] Regeneration and Inheritance. 219

the regenerated tissue perfectly transparent ; now it is the regen-
erated tissue which is all covered up with chitin and the old
tissue became transparent.

We have here thus a case of transmission of materials from
all parts of the old tissue to provide for the building up of the
new tissue, and, as we mentioned above, the material may come
either directly from the region near the cut surface or from the
remotest portions.

In those worms where the chitinous covering was absent
before the operation, the dorsal surface of the new, regenerated
tail also remained free of such a covering. The same thing hap-
pened w^hen worms, which bore a layer of chitinous material on
their dorsal surface, were subjected to the action of a 0.0001
per cent, solution of strychin, in w^hich case the chitin disap-
peared from the old part, and has never been deposited in the re-
generated part, indicating that the regenating organ is dependent
on the old tissue for its building material.

This fact here related, as well as others of which I cannot
spsak now, point to the assumption that it is the organism as a
whole and not the exposed, cut surface of the organism that is
concerned with the regeneration of the lost tissue.

REGENERATION AND INHERITANCE.

Sergius Morgulis, a. M.

When a gold fish which happens to have a black band across
its tail regenerates a new tail with the black band in the same
position, after the latter has been removed, we may speak of
this in a general way as being a case of inheritance through regen-
eration. In the same loose sense we may .speak of the regenera-
tion of an antenna instead of an eye, in certain crustaceans, and
of the regeneration of antennae instead of legs in insects as cases
of reversion.

Such cases, however, cannot be considered as hereditary
phenomena sensu strictu, in the same sense as the term is being
used to indicate a tranmission of a character from one indivi-
dual to another. It is only through a comparative study of the
regeneration of regenerated tissue and of that of the original old
tissue by which the regenerated tissue was produced, that we
may get a clue as to the transmission of characters in the regen-
erative process.

The great difficulty which presents itself in such a comparative
study lies in the fact that while a great many animals do possess
the power to regenerate an amputated portion or organ of their
body, the lost organ and also the new organ regenerated in its
stead do not possess the power to regenerate the whole animal

2 20 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 2,

when detached from the animal's body. Thus while a part of an
animal's organism may become regenerated, a new animal is
not produced in this process of regeneration. Even in those cases
where fragments of the animal's body give rise to new animals,
it is not always possible to obtain a new individual which would
be formed entirely of regenerated tissue, and which would in its
turn be ready to undergo an operation with subsequent regenera-
tion.

Of all regenerating animals the fresh water oligochaet, Lum-
briculus, presents probably the best opportunity for such a
comparative study, since every piece of the worm, in fact any
single segment, be that from the anterior or posterior halves of
the worm's body, is capable of regenerating a new head as well
as a new tail. And furthermore, as I found, a regenerated tail
when severed from the old tissue may also regenerate a new head
and thus form a little worm, if kept under favorable conditions.
This little worm then is formed entirely of regenerated tissue,
but for all the rest so far as anatomical structure is concerned
it is identical with the parent organism.

It is to the regeneration in these little worms, themselves
formed of regenerated tissue, that I directed my attention.

Two pieces of approximately equal length, one from the an-
terior half and another from the posterior half of Lumbriculus
were left to regenerate for fourteen days. Let us name all these
pieces obtained from the front and hind portions of the worm,
A and B, respectively. I showed elsewhere that pieces taken
from the anterior region of worms regenerate at a higher rate than
those taken from more posterior regions. Thus, all the A pieces,
regenerated new tails with a rate of 4.4 segments on an average
to each one old segment; while the B pieces regenerated on the
average 2.6 segments per one old segment. To make this matter
clear I will illustrate it by an hypothetical case. Suppose that
all the A pieces and all the B pieces were composed of ten old
segments each, then the regenerated tails would on the average
have consisted of 44 and 26 new segments, I'espectively.

At the end of fourteen days all the regenerated tails were cut
off. A large percentage of these detached regenerated tails re-
generated heads, and a new generation of worms, which presented
a race of dwarfed Lumbriculi, was thus originated. We will name
all these dwarfed worms a andb, the former being the descend-
ants of the A pieces, and the latter of the B pieces.

After a while these little worms were also subjected to an
amputation of their tails, and were left to regenerate for a period
of fourteen days. At the end of this fortnightly period it was
found that tlie average number of regenerated segments per one
old segment was 0.1 1 in the a-worms, and 0.06 in the b-worms.

Measuring the power of regeneration by the average number

Dec, 1907.] New North American Tabanidae. 221

of jiew segments per one old segment, we find that the power of
regeneration in the A-mother pieces is greater than that in the
B-mother pieces, 1.7 times, which is the ratio between 4.4 and 2.6.

According to the same principle of calculation, the power to
regenerate in the little worms, a, which are the asexually pro-
duced offsprings of the A-mother pieces, will be 1.8 times greater
than that in the httle worms, b., which are the offspring of the
B-mother pieces.

Thus we find that tissue regenerated from a part of an animal's
bodv which possesses a high power of regeneration will also have
a comparatively high power to regenerate, while tissue regenerat-
ed from a part which has a lower capacity to regenerate will also,
have a low capacity, and furthermore, the ratio between the
rates of posterior regeneration in the mother-pieces is very nearly
like that between the rates of regeneration in their regenerated
offspring.

Such cases may be regarded as genuine hereditary phenomena,,
since a character, or the power to regenerate in this instance, is
transmitted from one individual to another. It differs, however,
from other cases of hereditary transmission, in the fact that the
new generation is not produced from the fertilized egg by the
process of embryological development, but from regenerated
tissue. This led me to the conclusion that, "The property of
regeneration passes over to the new tissue together with the
protoplasmic material it is built of."

State University, Columbus, Ohio, November 26, 1907.

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW NORTH AMERICAN TABANIDAE.

James S. Hine.

Manv of the species described in this paper come from the
southern parts of North America where least collecting has been
done. After having taken a trip to Guatemala I am satisfied
that careful work in that country throughout the season will
bring to light many unknown species. The collecting that has
been done there has been the result of short trips to various lo-
calities, usually by collectors who have been interested in making
general collections, so it seems that we have not had the oppor-
tunity to get a comprehensive notion of the fauna, at least this
is true in reference to the Tabanidae. Among the permanent
inhabitants of the country, the study of entomology has not ad-
vanced to the stage where it is the practice to preserve specimens
in collections, to any marked degree, for the use of students; at
least in the museums that I visited only a few of the commoner
Tabanids were to be seen. What is true of Gautemala is true, no
doubt for other Central American states. It is to be hoped,.

222

The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 2,

therefore, that these more remote locaUties may be investigated
in the near future, and that the coUections made be studied with
a view to making our knowledge of North American Tabanidae
as complete as it appears desirable to make it.

The generic characters in the Tabanidae are not abundant,
so the faraily cannot be divided up as many other families are.
For example, the genus Tabanus, as at present restricted, is very
large, containing not less than l,oO'J species from all parts of the
world. Even the large number of species indigenous to the Ne-
arctic region makes it difficult to recognize all of them, especially
if the descriptions are poor. There are a nuinber of names placed
under the genus that have never been used expect on type speci-
mens, but future collecting will make it possible, no doubt, to
more fully establish many of these. I have studied all the des-
criptions known to me, and now and then have found specimens
that do not appear to fit any of them. During several years of
collecting and study, therefore, a number of specimens have
been set aside as undescribed. Some of these are named at this
time in order that it be possible to refer to them definitely in the
future.

Tabanus muscoideus n. sp. Length 9 millimeters. A species
nearly the size of our common Sarcophagids and on account of the
plainly striped thorax and black and white abdomen resembles
these flies very closely.

Female. Front wide and clothed with gray dust but with a
black area at the vertex ; frontal callosity half as wide as the front,
gradually narrowed above and coming to a point half way to
vertex. Antenna black, short, first segment small, third wide
at base and rapialy narrowed toward the annulate portion which
is of nearly the same length as the basal portion. Palpi reddish
brown, less than half as long as the proboscis. Thorax black, with
very prominent gray stripes, legs black, front coxae very long,
nearly two-thirds the length of the femora ; wings hyaline, only the
anal cell closed. Abdomen black in ground color, first segment
with a small white spot behind the scutellum, second segment
with a middorsal gray stripe and narrow posterior gray margin,
other segments each with a posterior gray margin which is
slightly widened at each end and at the middle. The abdomen
is distinctly pointed posteriorly, a character which appears to
be characteristic of the species.

Females taken at Panzos, Guatemala, March 18, 1905, from
the back of a mule which was staked out to pasture.

This is a most peculiar species but, although it has a peculiar
appearance, there appear to be no characters which would war-
rant erecting a genus for it.

Tabanus maculifrons n. sp. Length 8 millimeters. A dark
colored species with hyaline wings and a narrow gray posterior

Dec, 1907.] New North American Tabanidae. 223

margin to each abdominal segment. A conspicuous undenuded
dark patch or spot on the middle of the front.

Female. Front rather wide, distinctly narrowed below,
ground color gray but with a dark colored undenuded patch or
spot on the middle of the front and another at vertex; frontal
callosity as wide as the front, shining black and connected with
an almost obsolete line above. Antennae brownish red, first
segment small, third widest at the base and gradually narrowed
to the annulate portion, thus there is no distinct tooth above,
basal portion longer than the annulate portion; palpi thick at
base, pointed below, rather dark colored. Thorax from above
with a gray margin which includes most of the scutellum, and
a dark colored disk which is furnished with green-reflecting scales
■or hairs; wings hyaline, stigma yellowish, furcation of the third
vein with a short appendage ; legs black, bases of the front tibiae
and half or more of the basal parts of the middle and hind tibiae
yellowish. Abdomen black, each segment with a narrow pos-
terior gray border which expands into a small triangle on the
middorsal line.

Females taken near Puerto Barrios, Guatemala, March 4,
1905. They were flying actively and now and then came to rest
■on weeds and bushes. Fullv distinct from all species known t<^
me.

Tabanus limpidipennis n. sp. Length 16 to 18 milHmeters.
The eves are pilose but there is no ocelligerous tubercle. The
species therefore belongs to Osten Sacken's Atylotus and sug-
gests T. rienwardtii, but differing from that species the wings
are entirely hyaline.

Female. Front about three fourths of a milhmeter in width,
slightly narrowed below, frontal callosity Hght brown, nearly
sqviare, and as wide as the front, a disconnected spot above,
nearly half way to the vertex. First antennal segment somewhat
produced above, brownish in color and clothed with black hairs;
third segment at extreme base brown, otherwise black, cut out
above so as to form a distinct but not an extended tooth at base.
Palpi thickened, yellowish and clothed with white hair. Thorax
in ground color dark, with nearly obsolete gray stripes and
clothed with a rather dense coat of elongate white hair ; legs red-
dish brown with the apexes of all the tibiae and entire tarsi black ;
wings hyaline. Abdomen dark brown above with a middorsal
row of gray triangles and a row of rather small rounded gray
spots on either side.

Male. Head rather large, eyes with a distinct area of enlarged
facets above. Ground color of the abdomen more reddish brown
than in the female. In other respects the two sexes are alike.

A male taken at Gaulan, Guatamala, January 21, 1905, and
a female taken in Guatemala in 1906.

224 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 2,

Tabanus quinquemaculatus n. sp. Length 12 millimeters.
A black species with gray striped thorax and a small white
triangle on the middorasl line of each of the first five abdominal
segments. The general aspect is that of a small specimen of
Tabanus coffeatus.

Female. Front of ordinary width, clothed with white dust
below and dark dust and black hairs above ; frontal callosity shin-
ing black; about half as wide as the front and connected with a
rather short narrowed extension above ; antennae entirely black,
first segment enlarged and somewhat produced at the anterior
upper corner, third segment cut out above so that a distinct but
not an elongate tooth is formed at the base. Palpi light colored
and clothed with black hairs. Thorax black above with rather
narrow gray stripes; wings hyaline, although there is a brownish
tinge visible over much of the basal half; legs black, basal two
thirds of the middle and hind tibiae reddish brown. Abdomen
black, posterior margin of each segment narrowly white expand-
ing into a small white triangle in all but the last two. Much of
the body, especially the under parts, is clothed with sparse
hairs.

Female taken near Morales, Guatemala, March 3, 1905, where
it was resting on a freight car.

Tabanus nefarius n. sp. Length 22 millimeters. General
color brown, wings brown, margins of the transverse veins and
the furcation of the third vein infuscated. Abdomen with a
middorsal row of gray triangles, each of which connects with a
grayish yellow posterior border of its respective segment.

Front rather narrow, sides parallel, frontal callosity light
brown, a little narrower than the front, slightly elongated and
connected above with a narrow line, which reaches above the
middle of the front. Space just above the antennae and the
cheeks clothed with yellow dust, face below the antennae clothed
with lighter dust. Antenna light brown with the annulate por-
tion of the third segment darkest; first segment rather long
clothed with black hairs which are most conspicuous above,
second segment with conspicuous black hairs at apex, third seg-
ment elongate with a prominent tooth above, basal portion much
longer than the annulate portion ; palpi concolorous with the an-
tennae, nearly as long as the proboscis which is black. Thorax
with rather indistinct gray stripes, legs of nearly the same color
as the body ; front femora, apexes of front tibiae and all the tarsi
slightly darker than the other parts ; wings uniform brownish with
infuscated margins to the transverse veins and the furcation of
the third vein, first posterior cell closed or nearly closed. Abdo-
men, in well preserved specimens, brown with a middorsal row
of rather small gray triangles and rather wide grayish yellow
posterior margin to each segment.

Dec, 1907.] New North American Tabanidae. 225

This species is something Hke T. abdominahs but is larger,
the antennae are different in form and there are several other
differences. Three female specimens, one taken near New Or-
leans, July 14, and two taken at Le Compte, Louisiana, August
24, 1906.

Tabanus johnsoni n. sp. Length 20 millimeters. General
color of the whole body, including the wings, yellowish brown,
front moderately wide with parallel sides. Form somewhat
elongate.

Front about three fourths of a millimeter in width, frontal
callosity chestnut colored, nearly as wide as the front, upper cor-
ners rounded, a narrow line above reaching half way to the ver-
tex, antennae concolorous with the body, first segment clothed
with black hairs, second segment with a few black hairs at the
apex, thii'd wide at the base, cut out above, thus a distinct tooth
is formed, basal portion a little longer than the annulate. Palpi
lighter in color than the antennae, proboscis brown, slightly
longer than the palpi. Thorax very faintly striped above, legs
colored like the body with the tarsi slightly darker; wings yellow-
ish brown with small clouds on the margins of the cross veins
and the furcation of the third vein, first posterior cell closed or
strongly narrowed. Abdomen yellowish larown with a series of
lighter colored middorsal triangles which are so long that each
reaches both borders of its respective segment, thus a longitudinal
dorsal stripe composed of contiguous triangles is formed.

Females taken at St. Augustine, Florida, by Charles W. John-
son, for whom it is a pleasure to name the species.

Tabanus plenus n. sp. Length 11 to 13 millimeters. A thick-
set dark colored species with nearly hyaline wings and a distinctly
striped thorax.

Front rather narrow and clothed with gold colored dust, fron-
tal callosity brownish, a little more than half as wide as the front
below, gradually narrowed above and ending at half the distance
to the vertex; antennae very light brown with the exception of
the annulate portion of the third segment which is distinctly
darker, third antennal segment wide at base with a prominent
blunt tooth above, basal portion only slightly longer than the
annulate portion; palpi and proboscis brown, the former some-
what lighter in color than the latter. Thorax dark, nearly black
in ground color, above with four very prominent gray stripes,
the middle two of which reach the scutellum; legs black, stigma
of the wings clear brown, wings slightly tinged with brownish
which color is very slightly more intense behind the stigma;
abdomen dark, nearly black, two basal segments thinly clothed
with gray dust, remaining segments each with a fringe of white
hairs at the posterior border.

226 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 2,.

Female specimens taken near Izabal, Guatemala, March 7,
1907. by D. D. Condit.

Tabanus longiusculus n. sp. Length 11 to 13 millimeters.
General aspect of T. longus but smaller and darker.

Front or normal width, clothed with gray dust, frontal cal-
losity shining black, nearly square, a separated shining black
area above it on the middle of the front; antennae yellowish
brown with the annulate portion of the third segment black;
-third segment not especially wide at base, upper side with an
angle near the middle of the length of the basal portion, but there
is no process which rightly could be called a tooth; palpi white,
thickened; proboscis a little longer than the palpi. Thorax
dark with five gray stripes, not very plainly shown; wing hyaline
with costal cell dilute yellowish; anterior legs, with the excep-
tion of the bases of the tibiae, and bases of middle and posterior
femora dark, almost black, remaining parts of legs reddish
brown, although the tips of all the tarsi are more or less infus-
cated. Abdomen with a rather narrow middorsal stripe and a
row of rounded spots on either side ; therefore each segment is
dark in ground color with posterior border, a middle stripe and
a spot on either side gray. Venter of the abdomen reddish
brown at base and infuscated at the tip.

Female specimens from Southern Pines, N. C, collected by
A. H. Manee. Several females from Mimmsville, Georgia, re-
ceived from C. S. Brimley, agree in detail with North Carolina
specimens.

Tabanus minusculus n. sp. Length 10 to 12 millimeters. A
rather small dark colored species with the sides of the abdomen
reddish brown and the eyes pilose. The wings have a slight
brownish tinge, which is caused by a coloring of the margins-
of the veins.

Female. Front normal in width, frontal callosity as Avide
as the front, black or dark brown in color, gradually narrowed
above and reaching more than half way to the vertex, ocellig-
erous tubercle present; first and second segments of the antennae
brown, third segment brown at the base and black otherwise,,
distinctly wider than the second at the base and gradually nar-
growed to the annulate portion so that no tooth is formed on the
upper side although there is a slight prominence in place of a
tooth. Palpi long and slender, brown in color. Thorax dark
and striped above with narrow gray lines; wings hyaline, veins
brown and narrowly margined with a brownish tinge, legs brown,,
varying toward black in a series of specimens, tarsi more or less
infuscated. The abdomen above with a wide black stripe in the
middle, interrupted by the narrow posterior margins of the seg-
ments, each of which expands into a small triangle on the mid-
dorsal line; sides brown, but in a series of specimens there is-

Dec, 1907.] l^ew North American Tabanidae. 227

variation so that the brown of each side may be reduced to a
row of rounded spots. Venter of the abdomen reddish brown
at the base and infuscated toward the apex.

Male. Eyes distinctly pilose, no evident separation into
different sized facets. Easily associated with the other sex.

Several specimens from Orono, Maine, collected in July, 1899,
by the late Pi-ofessor F. L. Harvey. Other specimens from
Oswego, N. Y.; Springfield, Mass., collected by Dr. George
DimmocK ; and one from Canada.

Tabanus albocirculus n. sp. Length 17 milhmeters. Nearl}^
black with fumose wings, narrow front and a black spot sur-
rounded by white on the scutellum. Furcation of the third vein
with a long appendage.

Front narrow, with a raised line which reaches from the loca-
tion of the frontal collosity at least two thirds of the distance to
the vertex. Antenna elongate, first segment shghtly enlarged,
third with a prominent angle at base above, annulate portion
not much more than half as long as the basal; palpi light colored
and clothed with black hairs. Thorax dark brown, nearly black,
scutellum with a round black spot which is margined with white ;
wings upiformly fumose, fuixation of the third vein with a long
appendage, first posterior cell slightly narrowed at the apex;
legs dark brown, almost black, base of each front tibia white
and the entire legs thinly clothed with white hair. Abdomen
almost entirely black, but each segment with a gray posterior
border which on each of the second, third, fourth and fifth is
expanded into a gray triangle at the middle of the dorsum.

Female from Tucurrique, Costa Rica, collected by Schild
and Burgdorf. The species suggests Tabanus melanocerus, but
the narrow front and conspicuous black spot on the scutellum
at once distinguish it.

Tabanus littoreus n. sp. Length 9 to 11 milhmeters. About
the size of Tabanus pumilus and something like that species in
general appearance, front very wide, with a shining black frontal
callosity which has no denuded line of spot above it. General
color chocolate brown, or a little lighter, the ground color of the
thorax being partially obscured by a sparce coating of gray hairs.

Female. Front wide, in the largest specimens nearly a milli-
meter, scarcely narrowed before, frontal callosity as wide as the
front, nearly square, shining black, with no denuded line or spot
above; antenna light brown, annulate protion of third segment
darker, first segment short and slender, third with no well de-
fined angle above but widest near the base and gradually nar-
rowed, with no evident curve toward the apex; palpi pale, thick
at base, pointed at the apex and all but as long as the proboscis.
Thorax brown, sparsely clothed with gray hairs; wings hyahne,
stigma distinct, brown, first posterior .cell wide open, furcation

2 28 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 2,

of the third vein with a long appendage; legs brown, apexes of
the front tibiae and the tarsi of all the legs, especially beyond the
metatarsi, darker. Abdomen brown, a middorsal stripe and an
irregular spot on each side of each segment gray, but these grav
markings are not well defined nor conspicuous, narrow posterior
border of each segment gray.

Male. Head large,, line of separation between the large and
small facets well defined, otherwise this sex is like the female.

Specimens of both sexes taken at Puerto Barrios, Guatemala,
from twigs and branches of mangrove, growing just at the edge
of the water. Nearly related to T. cribellum but differing from
it in color and in having a wider front.

Tabanus texanus n. sp. Length 12 to 14 millimeters. A
species much like T. costalis in appearance. Eye with a single
purple band ; thorax with stripes not very plainly marked ; costal
cell of the wing plainly infuscated; abdomen with three series of
yellowish triangles.

Female. Antenna yellow with the annulate portion of the
third segment black; first segment slender, third with a distinct
angle near the middle of the upper side of the basal portion;
palpi yellowish, thick at the base, narrowed toward the tip and
nearly as long as the proboscis. Front rather wide with parallel
sides ; face and front clothed with yellow dust ; frontal callosity
nearly as wide as the front, square, shining black and with an
unconnected spot above. Thorax grayish yellow above an^l
with evident stripes. Wing hyaline, costal cell distinctly infus-
cated. Front coxa yellow, except at apex, other coxae and all
the femora brown ; basal half of the front tibiae and all the other
tibiae except the apexes yellow; tarsi brownish. Abdomen with
three series of yellow triangles separated by drak brown areas.
The triangle at the middle of each segment has its base on the
posterior margin of its segment and also reaches the anterior
border where it connects with the triangle which precedes; the
lateral triangular spots have an oblique appearance and plainly
reach the whole length of their respective segments.

Male. Head rather large; eyes plainly divided into areas of
large and small facets. Color as in the female.

A mlae and female taken at Galveston, Texas, in May, by
Dr. F. H. Snow.

Chrysops separatus n. sp. Length 8 millimeters. Body
black, wing with costal margin, crossband and apical spot black,
apical spot entirely separated from the crossband.

Female. Antenna elongate, first segment reddish brown at
base, black at apex, second and third black, third longer than the
other two combined. Cheeks, middle of the face, region around
the antennae and the sides of the front clothed with a yellow dust.
Facial and frontal callosities and vertex shining black. Thorax

Dec, 1907.] New North American Tabanidae. 229

black, legs black, wings with costal and first basal cells, cross-
Ijand and apical spot black, otherwise hyaline. The crossband
hardly reaches the posterior margin but comes nearest to it in
the fourth posterior cell; the apical spot fills out nearlv half of
the second submarginal cell and is entirely separated from the
crossband. Abdomen entirely black above and below.

Female from Raleigh, North Carolina, collected by C. S.
Brimley, April IS, 1906. Entirely distinct from the species of
Nearctic Chyrsops known to me.

Chrysops dorsovittatus n. sp. Length 7 millimeters. Ground
color of the face black, undenuded parts covered with yellow
dust, apical spot of the wing narrowly separated from the cross-
band. Abdomen with a wide middorsal black stripe, and black
apex.

Female. Facial and frontal callosities and vertex shining
black, cheeks, middle of the face, region surrounding the antennae
and middle and sides of the front covered with golden yellow
dust; palpi and proboscis black; first segment of the antenna
yellowish, slender and slightly longer than the second; second
and third segments more or less infuscated, third as long as the
other two. Thorax black, striped with bright yellow, wing
with costal and first basal cells, crossband and apical spot black,
apical spot very narrowly separated from the crossband which,
reaches the posterior border, filling out the fourth posterior call.
Legs largely black, anterior coxae, bases of anterior and middle
tibiae and all the metatarsi yellow. Abdomen above with the
sides of the first segment yellow; wide dorsal stripe and apex
black; a narrow extension of the apical black projects forward
outside of a yellow space, on each side, to the posterior margin
of the second segment.

Male. Colored like the female except that the fifth vein of the
wing is widely margined with black, which at the base of the
second basal cell occupies the entire width of this cell.

A female from Georgia and a male from Florida. The species
is entirely distinct from other Nearctic species of Chrysops known
to me.

Chrysops shermani n. sp. Length 9 to 10 millimeters. Thorax
black with bright yellow stripes. Black coloring of the wings
somewhat broken up by lighter areas along the margins of the
veins. Crossband not reaching the posterior margin of the wing.

Female. Facial and frontal callosities shining yellow, the
latter margined with black above, region around the ocelli
black; palpi yelk)W, half as long as the proboscis which is black.
Thorax black with bright yellow stripes, wing with costal margin,
corssband and apical spot black or dark brown; the coloring of
the costal and first basal cells is not intense, stigma dark and a
few small areas beneath it darker than the other parts. To

230 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 2,

the unaided eye the apical spot appears to be separated from the
crossband, but a lense shows that shaded bands reach across in
the marginal and first submarginal cells. The crossband is much
abbreviated posteriorly and is broken up into darkened patches
in the region of the discal and second and third posterior cells.
Throughout the crossband the vein margins are either hyaline
or only shaded with brown. Front legs yellow to middle trf
tibiae from thence black, middle legs yellow, hind legs yellow,
with the exception of the bases of the femora which are black.
Middle and hind tarsal segments infuscated apically. Abdomen
above largely yellow; first segment with a square black spot at
middle, second at middle with a wide stripe furcate behind, and
a small spot on either side near the hind margin black ; third and
fourth segments each with four black stripes which do not quite
reach the posterior margins ; remaining segments black with yel-
low posterior margins.

A number of females received from Franklin Sherman, Jr.,
and collected at Highlands, North CaroHna. Also a female col-
lected-by E. B. Williamson at Hay den, Ontario, July 10, 1906.
Two females taken at Highlands, North Carohna, were sent in
by C. S. Brimley.

A note from Professor Sherman is of interest in this connec-
tion. He stated at the time he sent the specimens that " they
appear to be different from anything we have taken in the state.
I have taken the species two different years in the same general
region in our mountains at an elevation of about 3,000 feet, and
although both times I collected them while driving along a road,
they were not to be taken, on the same road the same day, when
we descended to 2,500 feet or lower."

Date of Publication, December 28, 1907.

The Ohio iJSCcituralist,

PUBLISHED BY

The Biological Club of the Ohio State Uni'versity.

Volume VIII.

JANUARY, 1908.

No. 3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ScHEFFEi.— An Esker Group .Smith of n.-iytoii, Uliio 231

Jackson— Notus on the Aiihididae 243

Now Books 250

Xiitunil History Survey 250

AN ESKER GROUP SOUTH OF DAYTON, OHIO.'

Earl R. Sciieffel

Contents.

Introduction.

General Discussion of Eskers.

Preliminary Description of Region.

Bearing on Archaeology.

Topographic Relations.

Theories of Origin.
Detailed Description of Eskers.

Kanie Area to the West of Eskers
Studies.

Proximity of Eskers.

Height of Eskers.

Reticulation.

Knolls.
Economic Importance.
Area to the East.
Conclusion and Summary.

Altitude of These' Deposits.
Composition of Eskers.
Rock Weathering.
Crest -Lines.

Introduction. This paper has for its object the discussion of
an esker group^ south of Dayton, Ohio;^ which group constitutes
a part of the first or outer moraine of the Miami Lobe of the
Late Wisconsin ice where it forms the east blufl of the Great
Miami River south of Da3^ton.''

Given before tlie Ohio Academy of Science, Nov. 30, 1907, at Oxford, O., repre-
senting work performed imder the direction of Professor Frank Carney as
partial reciuirement for the Master's Degree.

F. G. Clapp, Jour, of Geol., Vol. XII. (1904), pp. 203-210.

The writer's attention was first called to the group the past vear under the name
"Morainic Ridges," by Professor W. B. Werthncr, of 'Steele High School,
located in the city mentioned. Professor Werthner stated that Profes.sor
August F. Foerste of the same school and himself had spent some time
together in the study of this region, but that the field was still clear for inves-
tigation and publication. Professor Foerste later made practically the same
statement. The writer is indelited to both of the.se gentlemen for their cour-
tesy. He also wishes to thank his instructor Professor Carney, lor going
over the field with him and taking the several excellent photographs illus-
trating this article.

P. Leverett, Monograph XLI, U. S. Geol. Surv., (1902), p. S.'jo.

T. C. Chamberlin, 3rd Annual Report, U. S. Geol. Surv.. (1881-82), p. .'-t-'U.

232

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. VIII, No. 3,

GFt£AT M/AMi VALLEY
PIQ I.

This fissure shows in the lower part a map of the esker and kame
res^ion. The topographic features are drawn purely dias^ranimatic,
being intended only to give a general view of the relationship of the
valleys, esker and kame area to the valley walls.

Representations of Initial Letters : R - Rock (outcrops); S. V. —
Small Valley ; V. S.— Valley Segment ; K. T. — Kamy Topography;
R. K. A. — Ridged Kame Area ; i, 2 — Eskers Nos. 1,2; 1', 1' — Knoll
Endings of Eskers; C. C. — Calvary Cemetery ; C. L. — Southern
Corporation Ivine of City of Dayton.

Jan., 1908.] An Esker Group South of Dayton. 233

General Discussion of Eskers. Much question and dispute
has arisen in the past concerning the terminology^ for certain
ridge-like products of glaciation, but the designation "Esker"
is generally applied by American Geologists to lines of debris
presumably aggraded by streams between walls of ice. Though
the theory of deposition in sub-glacial tunnels^ holds the greatest
credence today, the en-glacial and super-glacial or various com-
binations of the three theories have been offered as plausible
explanations in specific instanced For convenience this article
assumes in the beginning that the Dayton ridges are eskers, and
that they were formed in sub-glacial tunnels.

Preliminary Description of Region. (Fig. 1.) The northern
end is known locally as "The Bluffs." These trend east-north-
east to west-southwest about half a mile presenting an abrupt
slope considerably over one hundred feet high toward the valley
of Dayton to the north. The Miami canal runs along the slope
not far from its bottom, and below this at the base of the Bluffs
flows the Great Miami River. The topography of this and also
of the western half of the area presents a beautiful study in
kames; mounds and basins'* are abundant. The inounds or
knolls frequently show a tendency toward alignment producing
ridges. The eskers indicated on the map constitute the eastern
boundary of this kame area. They overlie their base like rail-
way embankments crossing uneven topography.^ From the
region of the Bluffs they proceed southward about a mile ending
bluntly on the Miami Valley. The crest-lines are sinuous in both
vertical and horizontal directions, though the general course is in
almost a straight line. The esker form is at times modified by
knolls, rarely by distinct gaps. The crests are narrow and the
sloping sides steep, apparently taking the angle of repose normal
to the debris of which they are composed. Both the eskers
and the kamy topography westward rest upon a base rising above
the valley of the Miami. To the southeast, across the road-
way from the southern ends of the eskers the kamy topography
continues for about a mile. This topography shows a curious
branching and anastomosing of ridges. Though at present sug-
gestive of kames it is quite possible that it represents modified
glacial phenomena of other than kame origin. A more elaborate
study of this will be made in a future paper.

5. G. F. Wright, The Ice Age in North America, (1891), p. 296.

G. H. Stone, Monograph XXXIV, U. S. Gaol. Surv., (1899), pp. 35. 359.
W. C. Morse, The Ohio Naturalist, Vol. VII, (1907), pp. 63-65.

6. Chamberlin & Salisbury, Geology, (1906), Vol. Ill, pp. 373-7.

7. W. M. Davis, Proc. Bos. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. XXV, (1892), pp. 477-99.

J. B. Woodworth. ProcBos. Soc. -Nat. Hist.'. Vol. XXVI, (1894), pp. 197-220.
O. H. Hershev, Am.. Geol.,Vol.-XIX, (1897), pp. 197-209, 237-253-.-
W. O. Crosby, Am. Gaol., Vol. XXX, (1902), pp.-l-39.

8. T. C. Chamberlin, loc. cit., p. 334.

9. Chamberlin & Salisbury, loc. cit., p. 375. '.:■.-• ■ . ■ ■ ■

234 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 3,

Bearing on A rchaeology. There has been a tendency in the past
to explain formations of the esker type as the work of Indians or
Mound Builders/" an eri'or not without justification. Evidence
of design in the Dayton ridges is patent to the unitiated. They
suggest an immense fortification composed of lines of earth-
works; the knolls serving as lookout and signal stations, gaps for
ingress and egress, and short connecting embankments as road-
ways from ridge to ridge. Several references are made in local
histories" to the work of Mound Builders found in what is now
Calvary Cemetery (C. C, Fig. 1). Of these the following quo-
tation is the most comprehensive: — "South of Dayton on a hill
one hundred and sixty feet high is a fort enclosing twenty-fpur
acres. The gateway on the south is covered in the interior by a
ditch twenty feet wide and seven hundred feet long. On the
northern line of embankment is a small mound from the top of
which a full view of the country for a long distance up and down
the river may be obtained."^- Other isolated portions are ex-
plained similarh' by residents.

Such explanations are to be doubted as few if any more than
the number of Indian relics normal to this section of Ohio are
found. Even admitting the archaeologic suppositions, the
accredited Indian work constitutes so little of the region studied,,
with but trifling interference to the general plan, that it may be
disregarded. That no large portion can be of human construc-
tion is apparent not alone from the size of the formation, but
from the evidence of assorted material in numerous cuts.

Topographic Relations. Eskers differ in their relations to the
topography of the area on which they rest, but according to
Chamberlin and Salisbury they were probably most frequently
made by streams flowing about "parallel to the direction of the
ice movement. "^^ The same writers also suppose the most
favorable position for their formation to be "near the edge of
the ice during the time of its maximum extension or retreat.""

It is possible that the topography of the Dayton area oft'ers
the best explanation, on a sub-glacial hypothesis, for the origin
of these local eskers. Dayton lies in a large valley (Fig. 1)
formed by the junction of the Stillwater and Mad Rivers and
Wolf Creek with the Great Miami River. The enclosing rock-
bearing hills rise about 200 feet above the flood plain. The basin
is filled with a varying depth of debris exceeding in places 200
feet.*^ The maximum width of the valley is about six miles. To
the southward beyond the junctions the valley narrows to about

10. G. H. Stone, loc. cit., p. 35.

11. History of MontRomery County, Ohio, (1882), p. 216.

12. Quotation in "History of Davton," (1889), p. 10, from J. P. McLean's woik.

"The Mound Builders."

13. loc. cit., p. 37(3.

14. Ibid, p. 374.

15. F. Leverett, loc. cit., p. 361.

Jan., 1908.] A?i Esker Group South of Dayton. 235

one-third its greatest width. This narrowing is produced j;rin-
cipally from the eastern side by a rock spur (Fig. 1), south of
which the valley again widens but not to its former size. The
last rock outcrop on this spur was found on its top and several
hundred yards from the end. The Bluffs extend west-southwest
from this spur, the two prominences being separated by a gap
wdiich permits the egress of drainage from a small valley (S. V.,
Fig. 1) connected with the spur. The eskers and kame area
spreading southward from the Bluffs cut off a small segment of
the Great Miami Valley (V. S., Fig. 1) lying south of the spur.

Theories of Origin. In diagrammatic view (Fig. 1) the valley
of Davton appears as an oblong basin w^ith wide gaps for the en-
trance of the Miami River and tributaries, and one for the de-
parture of the combined drainage. This great basin may have
exerted an important influence on the waning glacial ice in con-
trolling its movement in this area, and also in concentrating
drainage that became sub-glacial. ^'^ That this basin and its
tributaries do represent glacial drainage lines^^ is proved by the
great depth and character of the debris filling. The over-riding
ice would drop into the Dayton valley as in a pocket. This in
the stagnant ice stages would accentuate its immobility thereby
conducing to esker-forming conditions. The concentrated drain-
age would seek the point of easiest egress which would probably
be somewhere in the gap to the south. While under great head,
as doubtless the drainage w^ould be at times of most active ice-
melting, topography might to some extent be disregarded. This
could explain the appearance of the ridges on the eastern side of
the valley gap (possibly even superimposed over a continuation
of the rock spur) rather than in the center. ^^

The close association of the eskers with kame deposits sug-
gests that the latter were formed during the retreat of the ice
after the eskers had been built in sub-glacial stream tunnels.
This kame area doubtless spread originally further across the
valley but has in part been removed by the meanderings of the
Miami River. The abrupt face presented to the north by the
Bluffs may also have the same explanation; it has already been
noted that this river flows at the present time along their base.
If this explanation is correct, the kame and esker topography
may formerly have extended an indefinite distance northward
into the Dayton Valley.

Detailed Description of Eskers. It is unsafe to number these
ridges as marking separate and distinct lines of drainage, but for
convenience this method will be adopted. The easternmost will.

16. I. C. Russell, Jour, of Geol.. Vol. Ill, (1895), p. 827.
O. H. Hershev, loc. cit., p. 240.

17. F, Leverett, loc. cit., PI. II.

18. Chamberlin & Salisbury, loc. cit., p. 375.

2^6

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. VIII, No. 3,

be designated No. 1 and the next west No. 2. Other Hnes mav
exist buried beneath and masked by the kame deposits.

No. 1 (Figs. 1, 2.) This may branch from No. 2. As an
independent ridge it proceeds from its head (about a quarter of
a mile below Calvary Cemetery) southward and almost parallel
with the Cincinnati Pike to a point almost opposite Dorothy
Lane (Fig. 1 ) where it ends in a cut. The upper end of this esker
though distinctly ridged is not as typically esker-like as the lower
end. Intersections between No. 1 and No. 2 occur near their
southern terminals. These intersections at one point form a
" Y", the base of which starts from No. 1, the branches leading
to No. 2. At all the intersections, four in number, the ridges

Fig. 2. View looking north on esker No, i.

rise, forming knoll-like prominences. Small boulders about the
size of cobbles are abundant on the surface. These are large h'
of local limestone of the same formation (Cincinnati) as that seen
in the rock spur before mentioned. The exposed cut at the road
shows principally coarse gravel mingled with sand. Some of this
gravel has been cemented together into a form of conglomerate
by the action of carbonated water. ^^ Several feet of till contain-
ing a large percentage of small boulders overlies the gravel at
this point. This exposed section at the time of the writer's
first visit revealed the anticlinal stratification frequently men-
tioned in offering sub-glacial theories of origin. This may pos-
sibly be explained, however, by slumping of the material after

19. E. Orton. Geol. Surv., of 0., (1869). p. 14G.

Jan., 1908.]

An Esker Group South of Dayton.

237

the withdrawal of the ice. This cut has been extensively used
by the Cincinnati Northern Electric, which runs alongside, in
securing ballast for its new roadway.

No. 2. (Figs. 1, 3, 4.) This starts just within Calvary Ceme-
tery. A short longitudinal cut has been made on the west side
of this end, furnishing the gravel supply for the cemetery.
From an abrupt rise it proceeds southward, coming alongside of
No. 1, and following almost parallel. To the south it branches
and ends bluntly on the Miami Valley in two prominent knolls
ahgned with the cut of No. 1 (Figs. 1,6). Water is imponded
at several points between No. 1 and No. 2. This ridge is sep-
arated the greater part of its length from the kamy area to the
west by a distinct and deep trough.

Fig- 3 ^^- Carney). View looking north on esker No. 2. A sharp,
turn and steep rise shows in background.

Kamy Area to the West of Eskers (Figs. 1, 5.) The kames here
show a tendency toward alignment in short ridges. Sometimes
they appear to radiate from a common center. Artificial cuts
facing the valley show prevailingly fine material indicating by
the stratification a very active play of waters.

Studies.

Proxiinitv of Eskers. The distance between the two eskers
is always slight. The surface outline of this distance is usually
similar to a parabola shaped trough of such a size that if one of
the adjoining ridges were inverted it would approximately fit
the trough. The drainage from the troughs is principally
through the soil.

Height of Eskers. The variation in altitude of the crest-lines
and of the troughs gives var^'ing heights at different points. No.
2 by aneroid measurement varies from 35 — to 95+ feet in
height. No. 1, if measured, doubtless would give similar results.

238 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 3,

Reticulation. The two eskers show several connecting
branches. This inipHes a union between the Hnes of drainage
some time during their existence. These connecting branches
are so depressed in parts that tracing is difficult. Such a condi-
tion would be natural as the cross drainage would normally be
so sluggish that the tunnel carrying it would probably never
attain a large size. It is a question whether the two eskers r>: pre-
sent branches from one line of drainage or are entirely indepen-
dent. They may even represent a shifting of drainage lines.
The lower end of No. 1 suggests by its position (Fig. 1) that it
may be a branch from No. 2, rather than a continuation from the
head end of No. 1, as we have described it.

Fig. 4 (Z*^. Cai'iiey). Camera reversed from fig. 3, and view taken
looking south on same esker.

'r5

Knolls. Hummocks are frequent. Generally they mark the
southern termini and ridge junctions. At its head end No. 2 is
composed of a series of four joined together. Many theories^"
are given for the origin of such swellings. In connection with
knolls other modifications of the esker type may be noted.
Several buttress-like deposits were found lying against the bases
of the eskers; sometimes also a fan-like spreading of debris froin
a similar position was observed. These irregularities probably
mark the entrance to the major line of small tributary streams,
or as an alternative, the opposite condition, leakage from the
major lines. The knolls at the head of No. 2 arc more sugges-
tive of tributaries than of kames.

The knoll-endings (Figs. 1, 6) on the Miami Valley suggest by
their alignment that they have been cut off at this point by the
Miami River. Though this stream here turns to the westward,
the even floor of the vallev is evidence that it formed v turned

20. J. B. Woodworth, loc. cit.. pp. 202, 203.

Jan., 1908.]

An Esker Group South of Dayton.

239

eastward. The fanning of the knoll-endings into the vallev
where they meet in an even slope is doubtless the result of slump-
ing. Davis-^ gives a clear exposition of conditions when bodies
of water are dammed by the ice-front, with the consequent
phenomena of sand plains built up by esker streams. The Day-
ton area, however, shows no evidence of favorable conditions
for the holding of ice-front waters, drainage having a perfectly
free course toward the south. Streams emerging from the ice
would spread out and quickly drain away. In this particular
area such an outwash plain if formed would have been destroyed
long ago by the erratic wanderings of the Miami.

Fig. 5 {f. Carney) Kaine area immediately west of esker No. 2. Camera
facing north. Barn rests on a long ridge of kanies.

Altitude of These Deposits. The elevation of the area above the
valley is partly due to the base upon which it rests. This is
shown particularly in the kame region, the inside slopes of which
are much shorter than the slopes facing the valley, a condition
explainable by slumping within the area and erosion around it
by the Miami as before stated.

In this connection it may be suggested tliat possibly gradation
has greatly modified the original eskers. At the time of ice-
withdrawal these forms, particularly if sub-glacial in genesis,
must have been left with little or no vegetative protection. It
cannot be determined how long a time was required before plant
life secured a good foot-hold, but it is reasonable to suppose that
the interval was sufficient to permit considerable weathering even
on such narrow forms as eskers. With the eskers in question is
it not probable that after the constituting material had assumed
its natural angle of repose they may have been considerably
lowered by gradational processes? Such processes would also
reduce the effect of height by partially filling the trough. • •

21. W. M. Davis, Bull. Geol. Soc. Am., Vol. I, (1S90), pp. 195-203.

240

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. VIII, No. 3,

Jan., 1908.] An Esker Group South of Dayton. 241

Composition of Eskers. A layer of bouldery till spreads over
the group. This varies in thickness sometimes being five or six
feet deep. Such a deposit, of course, supports the theory of
sub-glacial origin, representing as it does the melting of a body
of debris-laden ice above. The gravel beneath this till in the
eskers is composed of a large percentage of Ohio limestone inter-
mingled with foreign rock. Though mixed with sand it is prac-
tically free from clayey material. Cobbles of flat angular lime-
stone are abundant on the surface. At times these cobbles
intermingled with foreign boulders of similar size literally pave
the surface, a result possibly of concentration through the re-
moval of fine material by washing. Big granite boulders are
rare.

Rock Weathering. The surface boulders show varying degrees
of weathering. The limestone, not being very resistant to water
action, particularly shows age. Granites sometimes appear fresh
at other times are decidedly pitted. If this irregularity is not
due to their chemical composition, the inference would be that
boulders representing several different glacial periods have been
mingled. In a stream-cut south of the eskers many greenstones
appear. These are described by Chamberlin and Salisbury^'
as particularly abundant in sub-Aftonian drift. It may be that
in these conditions evidence may be found that this area repre-
sents pre-Wisconsin glaciation and later reworking during the
Wisconsin period. Such a theory would not necessarily oppose
anything that has already been conjectured with regard to the
history of the region.

Crest-Lines. While the crest-lines are sometimes quite hum-
mocky , the typical esker form is found in all its beauty . Straight ,
even-sloped sections several rods in length may be found, but
the course usually is serpentine, the crest-line waving up and'
down and from one side to the other of a straight line. Several
gaps occur, some perhaps artificial; others may be due to con-
strictions in the ice tunnel or various local modifying conditions.
Though the general course of these eskers is straighter than in the
usual type, this offers nothing inconsistent with the sub-glacial
theory of origin ; in fact it seems reasonable to suppose that con-
fined streams of sufficient size to build up immense ridges of
coarse material would naturally hold to a comparatively straight
course.

Economic Importance,

These ridges have great economic value. The supply of gravel
and sand is practically inexhaustible. The C. C. C. & St. L.
steam R. R., and the Cincinnati Northern Electric run conven-
iently near and have made extensive cuts in securing ballast.
The position of the ridges overlying the valley reduces the ex-

22. loc. cit.. p. 384.

242 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 3,

pense of cutting to a minimum. Tracks are run alongside and
big steam scoops gather up the gravel and throw it into cars. In
addition to that used by the railroads many loads are taken away
in wagons. Formerly considerable sand and gravel was taken
from the Bluffs by boats plying on the canal; this method of
transportation is no longer operative, partly because of the de-
creased depth of this waterway. The group occupies something
less than a square mile of surface. But little of this acreage is
devoted to farming, most of it serving for pasture. There are
several very desirable locations for summer homes and also
opportunities for parking.

Area to the East.

The easternmost esker and the ridged relief starting on the oppo-
site side of the roadway at its southern end block off a portion of
the valley apparently belonging at one time to the Great Miami,
though the level of this valley is considerably higher than the
present flood plain of the Miami Valley.

Conclusion and Summary.

Eskers of Ohio have not been studied so exhaustively as those
of other parts of the country, particularly of New England. Lev-
erett, however, mentions eleven in this state, according to the
tabulation by Morse^^ in his article on the "Columbus Esker."

In describing this area and in drawing inferences the writer
has endeavored to be exact and not dogmatic. Some slight
errors may have been made in data; theories in any case- are un-
certain. It may not be possible to work out with assurance the
history of the group. So many factors may have operated to-
gether or against each other that the result would appear to be
without "rhyme or reason" and too complicated for unraveling.
From the present day evidence, however, the following conclu-
sions are reached with some confidence:

1 . These eskers conform in details to the type generally con-
ceded to be of sub-glacial origin.

2. Their location was largely dependent on topography,
lying as they do in a position favoring active sub-glacial drainage.

3. The heavy stratified glacial deposits other than eskers
also indicate an activity of drainage beneath the ice or from its
front.

4. The varying texture of the boulders suggests a reworking
of old glacial debris by the last ice-sheet.

5. The inexhaustible supply of gravel and sand offered, to-
gether with convenient location and easy access give the area
considerable economic value.

23. loc. cit., p. CO.

Jan., 1908.] ' Notes on the Aphididae. I, 243

NOTES ON THE APHIDIDAE. (I.)

Observations on a Semi-aquatic Aphid, Aphis aquaticus n. sp.

C. F. Jackson.

This species is a typical representative of the genus Aphis,
and mav be characterized as follows:

Winged viviparous female. Head broad, sparsely covered
v^ith hairs, two prominent hairs just above the median ocellus.
Eves black, prominent, the two lateral ocelli in proximity to
the two compound eyes; ocular tubercle large. Antennae reach-
ing slightly beyond thorax, joint I and II short. III nearly equal
to IV and V taken together, slightly imbricated, the posterior
margin bearing fifteen or more sensories. Joint IV slightlv
longer than V bearing three sensories and imbricated; V closely
imbricated with two or three sensories near distal end; joint VI
(including unguis or VII) longer than IV and V taken together;
the unguis very long and slender, at the base of which is a group
of six or seven sensories. Total length of antennae 1.6 mm.;
length of I, 0.08 mm. ; II, 0.08 mm. ; III, 0.39 mm. ; IV, 0.27 mm. ;
V, 0.23 mm.; VI, 0.14 mm.; VII, 0.46 mm. Beak stout, reach-
ing third pair of coxae. Thorax well developed, the pro-thorax
bearing a distinct lateral tubercle. Each thoracic segment has
on the ventral side a pair of small wax glands. Wings long and
narrow, with veins extending nearly to margin, the second branch
of the cubital not occuring until near the end of that vein.
Length of fore wing 3.1 mm.; width 1.1 mm.; length of hind
wing 1.3 mm., width 0.5 mm. Legs long, slender, tibia pro-
vided with four more or less regular row^s of long hairs. Fenjur
and tibia covered with a fine pulverulence. Abdomen ovate, the
second and eighth abdominal segments with distinct lateral tu-
bercles above wdiich is found a long bristle like hair. Honey-
tulSes 0.35 mm. long, nearly cylindrical or slightly vase-shaped.
Cauda conical, provided with two pairs of long recurved hairs ;
outer margin serrated. Length 0.12 mm. Anal plate provided
with six or eight pairs of long, curved hairs ; outer margin of plate
serrated. Color very variable, abdomen dark green, thorax
lighter tinged wnth ^^ellowish. Poorly fed individuals may be
very light, while old specimens maybe found of an almost uniform
black color. Total length of body 1.95 mm. Wing expanse,
7 mm. Immature resembling adult except that the thoracic
tubercle, wax glands and abdominal tubercles are much more
prominent, while the cauda does not appear until the third molt.

Apterous viviparous female Head sparsely covered with
hairs, eyes black, prominent. Antennae reaching nearly to the
lioney-tubes ; joints I and II short, III but slightly longer than

244 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 3,.

IV which is imbricated, both being without sensories; V nearly
as long as IV with one sensory near distal end; VI ('including
unguis) nearly as long as III, IV and V taken together, deeply
imbricated. At the base of the unguis is a group of six or seven
sensories as in the winged form. Total length of antennae
1.15 mm.; length of I, 0.06 mm.; II, 0.07 mm.; Ill, 0.22 mm.;
IV, O.IS mm. ; V, 0.16 mm, ; VI, 0.10 mm. ; VII, 0.38 mm. Beak
stout reaching third coxa. Thorax narrow, the pro-thorax bear-
ing a lateral tubercle. On the sides of the thorax below the
tubercle are three pairs of very distinct wax glands secreting a
white flocculent material which covers the side and ventral por-
tion of the thorax. Legs long and slender; tibia provided with
four more or less regular rows of long hairs. Legs with the
exception of the tarsus covered with a fine pulverulence. Abdo-
men large and swollen, the second and eighth abdominal seg-
ments with distinct lateral tubercles and bristles which project
out above them. Honey-tubes slightly vase-shaped, 0.35 mm.
long. Cauda 0.10 min. long, which with the anal plate resemble
the same structures in the winged form. Color, dark brownish
or greenish black, but becoming a clear green under poor food
conditions. Frequently forms will be found with three longi-
tudinal black stripes down .the abdomen. Older specimens may
be nearly jet black in color. Total length of body, 2.10 mm.;,
width of abdomen 1*15 mm. Immature resembling adult but
frequently lighter in color.

The circumstances which led to a special study of this form
are as follows:

During the latter part of last September a number of aqua-
ria at Ohio State Universitv were partiallv filled with sedi-
ment and water plants of various kinds and set aside to wait the
development of Protozoa and H^'dra for class use. One large
aquarium containing Philotria canadensis was placed just outside
the window where it remained for some time until a thick growth
of the Philotria developed, the tips of which projected slightly
above the surface of the water. *

On October 14 the aquarium was brought into the laboratory
and great was my surprise to find the surface of the water and
tips of the projecting Philotria covered with small l)lack aphids
which were apparently as much at home on the water as any
other ])lace. A careful search was made for a winged form which
might have started the colony but none could be discovered.
The only individuals present were dark brownish-black apterous
females. At first I was led to believe that the presence of aphids
on so strictly an aquatic plant as Philotria was purely accidental
and that some chance migrant from an annual plant had fallen
into the aquarium and having the ability to adapt itself to the
new food plant at once began to reproduce. The off-spring

Jan., 1908.] Notes on the Aphididae. I. 245

having nothing else to Hve on were forced to follow the example
of the parent. However, after a detailed study of the adapta-
tions of the insect to its semi-aquatic life I am convinced that it is
a true semi-aquatic insect though not necessarily confined to
Philotria but may feed on other aquatic plants. The colony was
probably started by a winged migrant or by wingless forms
brought in with Philotria or some other water plant.

The latter conclusion was strengthened by Mr. H. H. Severin,
who reports that a similar aphid was very troublesome on aquatic
plants in the green house at Wisconsin State University. Pro-
fessor F. L. Landacre also says he has noted probably the same
insect on various aquatic plants at Columbus several years ago.
While doing some field work in Sandusky Bay a few years ago
T noticed large colonies of aphids frequenting the lotus buds, but
at present cannot say as to the identity of the two species.

O'le peculiarity which attracted my attention was the ease
with which the aphids walked over the surface of the water, or
were found half submerged in an attempt to feed on aquatic
plants. An accurate examination of the forms showed that on
either side of the thorax -^^ere located three pairs of wax glands.
These glands resemble in all respects the thoracic or abdominal
wax glands found in many other aphididae, but in every instance
with which I am famiUar the thoracic glands occur near a median
dorsal line. Another fact which brings out this remarkable con-
dition more forcibly is the relation of a small thoracic tubercle to
the wax glands. In a great number of aphids a tubercle projects
out from the sides of the thorax, but always below the wax glands
when these arc present. In this insect the glands lie below the
tubercle and consequently on the ventral-lateral side. It is
quite clear that this w^axy secretion would be of the greatest value
in keeping the insect from getting wet, as it not only projects
out from the body, but is also powdered over the entire ventral
portion of the thorax. While walking on the water this secretion
is always in contact with the surface and serves as a float while
the insect pushes itself along, moving quite as rapidly as on a
dry surface.

In addition to this protection from the water the legs are cov-
ered with a fine pulverulence. This characteristic however is not
at all peculiar to this species but is found on many other insects.
On the sides of the seventh and eighth abdominal segments may
always be found two tubercles directly above which small hair-
like bristles project. These structures may be of value in deter-
mining the species. The number of sensories on the third joint
of the antennae seem to be very inconstant, ranging from fourteen
to eighteen. However, at the base of the unguis there is a fairly
constant group of six or seven sensories both in the winged and
•wingless forms The color cannot be relied upon as will be shown

246 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 3^

later. In summing up the specific characters the three thoracic
wax glands below the lateral tubercle, the two abdominal tuber-
cles ^yith their accompanying hairs, and the group of six or seven
sensories at the base of the unguis ought to determine the species-
for the winged or wingless form.

A great deal of speculation has always existed as to the
function of the honey-tubes. Repeatedly while observing the
insect I noticed the honey-dew given off from the anal opening.
A small drop of clear liquid would be extruded, and by means
of the left foot the liquid would be thrown one or two inches.
Therefore, in this particular instance I am quite certain the
honey-dew is not extruded through the tubes. The honey-tubes
always contain two structures. Running the entire length is a
fine tube very much resembling a trachea. This could only be
seen in freshly mounted specimens and could not be traced into
the body of the insect. In addition to this the cavity of the honey-
tube always contains a number of characteristic bodies, oval in
shape, with clear centers. These bodies break down in certain
mounting media and frequently form crystals. Since it is quite
uncertain whether or not malphigian tubules exist, it is possible
these bodies are the result of an excretory process. Both tubes-
and bodies have been observed by other workers, but I think as
yet have not been explained.

Two series of observations were carried on to determine the
life history as well as the effect of food and other environmental
changes on the species. The first set of observations was on the
original colony "which was not disturbed during the entire fall..
As before stated when the aquarium was first brought into the
laboratory it contained only wingless viviparous females or
nymphs of the same. These were all very dark in color, varying
from dark brownish black to nearly jet black. Being protected
and in a warm room they multiplied at an enormous rate and in
a few days everv available leaf of the Philotria was occupied and
soon began to die. No sooner had the food supply began to fail
than a change was noted in the color of the aphids, especially
the very young. In place of being dark in color they assumed
a greenish tinge and before long individuals might be found of a
light pea green color. In a short time nymphs of the winged
form were noted which rapidly developed and either migrated
to one of the other aquariums, or flew to the window to die in a
few days from starvation. Four or five other aquaria were
in the laboratory and contained Philotria which was soon covered
with aphids after the first winged forms appeared. Strange to
say no sexual forms could be discovered and that phase of their
life history is yet unsolved. In a little over a week after the
aquarium was brought into the laboratory it was nearly depleted
of aphids owing to the lack of food. However, as soon as the

Jan., 1908.] Notes on the Aphididae. I. 247

great number of aphids had died or migrated the Philotria began
to grow again and soon furnished an abundance of food, the
return of which was accompanied by the appearance of dark
colored aphids. This cycle has been repeated about twice since
the middle of October and has not been interfered with or con-
trolled in the least.

In the second series of observations food and temperature were
the best that could be provided. In order to have some uniform
system of elimination (as all of the individuals of ten successive
generations reared would amount to millions) the first individ-
ual of each brood was all that was kept. These invariably
developed into dark, almost jet black apterous viviparous
females. From observing this set of aphids the following
points in the life history were noted: The insect requires
about twelve days to reach maturity. The first molt occurs
about fifty hours after birth; the second two hundred after
birth; the third two hundred and thirty; and the fourth three
hundred or about twelve days after birth, depending somewhat
on the food conditions. For an hour or so before molting
the insect crawls about seemingly seeking a dry place in
which to molt, but returning at once to the food plant after
molting. Immediately following the fourth molt the adult begins
producing young which continues from ten to twelve days.
This makes the entire life of the individual twenty to twenty-
four days, although occasionally an aphid will live several days
after it ceases reproducing. By the time the adult dies her young
have begun to bear offspring. About five are brought forth
every twenty-four hours. This makes fifty offspring for one
individual, two thousand five hundred for the second generation
and over six million for the fourth generation. This of course
is only under the best food and climatic conditions. However,
under normal, or even poor food conditions, at least twenty-five
individuals from each female will reach maturity if not molested
by parasites.

In summing up the effect of environment on the life cycle
under the most favorable food conditions, dark, apterous, vivi-
parous females constitute by far the majority of individuals pro-
duced, and it seems that the first offspring of a brood always
develop into this form, although winged forms may be among the
last offspring produced. Under poor food conditions but normal
temperature by far the large majority of aphids are winged, the
apterous individuals when present being very light in color or
only showing faint markings of black. The character and num-
ber of the offspring under given conditions is practically the
same in the winged or wingless forms, although probably more
individuals are produced by the apterous female. Unfavorable
food conditions do not call forth the sexual individuals and L

248

The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 3,

Ohio Naturalist.

P/aie XVI L

Jackson on "Notes of the Aphididae."

.o3

Jan., 1908.] Notes on the Aphididae. L 249

believe that their production is dependent on either cHmatic
conditions or changes in the food plant. At present further
experiments are being conducted along this Hnc. So far as I am
informed this species has never been described or the peculiar
adaptations of its structure to its semi-aquatic life noted.

Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.

Note. — Since this paper was written specimens have been
received from Professor R. A. Harper, of Wisconsin State Uni-
versity which prove to be identical with this species. Professor
Harper reports them very troublesome on a number of water
plants in the University green house.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

A. — Nymph of apterous viviparous female before first molt.

Fig. 1. Dorsal outline of head and thorax, showing antennae,
compound eye, thoracic tubercle, and the three thor-
acic wax glands. B. & L. 1 in. — f in.

Fig, 2. Dorsal outline of the posterior region of abdomen showing
honey-tube within which are sinall characteristic
bodies and a fine tube which resmbles a trachea. Also
the two abdominal tubercles, their accompanying
hairs and the anal plate. B. & L. 1 in. — f in.

Fig. 3. Sensory pits at base of unguis. B & L. 1 in. — ^ in.

Fig. 4. Distal portion of tibia and tarsus, the former showing
the regular arrangement of the long hairs, and also
the pulverulent character of its surface. B. «S: L.
2 in. — ^ in.
■ Fig 5 Dorsal view of insect. B. & B. 2 in. — 5 in. with lower
lens removed.
B. — Drawings of the adult apterous viviparous female.

Fig. 6. Outline of head showing adult form of Fig. 1. B. & L.
1 in. — f in.

Fig. 7. Outline of abdomen showing adult form of Fig. 2 with
Cauda developed. B. & L. 1 in. — | in.

Fig. 8. Adult apterous viviparous female. B. & L. 2 in. — | in.
with lower lense removed.
C. — Drawing of adult winged viviparous female.

Fig. 9. Outline of head showing ocelli and antennal sensories.
B. & L. 1 in.— I in.

Fig. 10. Abdomen of above. B. & L. 1 in. — § in

Fig. 11. Adult winged viviparous female. B. & L. 2 in. — f in.
with lower lense removed.

Nott;. — The above drawings were made with the use of the camera
lucida at table distance. A Bausch and Lomb microscope was used
with the combinations indicated.

2 5° . The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 8,

New Books.

American Birds is the title of a neat volume by William
Lovell Finley, and published by Charles Scribner's Sons. The
illustrations are excellent and a score or more of species are
treated in an attractive manner.

Although the author has been pleased to give the volume a
broad title, the second paragraph of the introduction explains
his aims and purposes. After stating that it is his purpose to
consider only a few representative birds he continues by saying
that "each chapter represents a close and continued study with
camera and notebook at the home of some bird or group of birds
— a true life history of each species." Such studies are com-
mendable, for their appearance in print teaches one that there is
much to learn about a species aside from its mere identification.

"Many of these studies were made in the West but in the list
of birds treated an effort has been made to get a selection that is
national in scope. In the popular mind a song sparrow is a song
sparrow from ocean to ocean, yet scientificallv he represents over
a dozen subspecies, according to the part of the country in which
he lives. To the ordinary bird lover, however, a robin is the
same east and west, and the same is true of the chickadee, flicker,
wren, grosbeak, vireo, warbler, hawk and others dealt with in
the following chapters." ^

The author easily may find those who diff^er with him on some
of these assertions. How natural it is for the "popular mind"
to be attracted by characters Avhich distinguish s])ecies, and what
a satisfaction is felt when one specifically identifies the bluejay
for the first time by its blue color and distinct crest.

Nesting methods, feeding habits, development of young and
many other phases of bird life are either discussed or figured.
Mr. Finley has given us a vast amount of information about a
number of species and has advanced a line of bird study which is
sure to attract man^' future students.-- ]. S. H.

Natural History Survey.

A bill to provide for a Natural History Survey of Ohio has
been introduced in the General Assembly by Mr. Crist of Del-
aware Co. and is now in the hands of the Finance Committee.
This bill (House Bill No. 930) has the sam^ provisions as the one
introduced two years ago and a copy of which was published in a
recent supplement of the Naturalist. All who are interested
in its passage are requested to write at once to the members of
their acquaintance or to the representatives of their home count)-
urging prom])t and favorable action.

Date of Publication, January 25, IQOS.

The Ohio 'ihC^aturalist,

PUBLISHED BY

The Biological Club of the Ohio Slate Uni'versity.
Volume VIII. FEBRUARY. 1908. No. 4.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Landacre— The Epi-brancliial placodes of Ameiurus 251

SCHAFFNER — Oil the Origin of Polar Conjugation in the Aiigiospenns 2P5

HiNK — Some Observations Ci neerning the EfTects of Freezing on Insect Larvae 258

Hammond— The Embryology of Oxalis corniculata 261

Sterki — Some Notes on Pnilomycns 265

Hammond— McCray— Meetings of the Biological Club 267

J. C. H— Book Review 269

THE EPI-BRANCHIAL PLACODES OF AMEIURUS.*

F. L. Landacre.

The study of the epi-branchial placodes of Ameiurus was
taken up with the object of ascertaining to what extent the}^
enter into the composition of the cranial nerves in this group
of Teleosts.

The catfishes with their enormously hypertrophied system of
gustatory nerves ought to have these placodes correspondingly
prominent during embryonic development if they are concerned
in the origin of the communis portions of the cranial ganglia.

Ameiurus has proven to be an unusually favorable type and
a study of the development of its epi-branchial placodes suggests
the idea that possibly the extremely divergent accounts given in
the literature of these structures may be due to the choice of
unfavorable types for study.

The extent to which communis fibres enter into the composi-
tion of the cranial nerves varies greatly even among the teleosts.
There is probably a corresponding variation in the distinctness
with which the placodes may be traced in the early development
of those types in which the system is reduced. At any rate they
are far more prominent and easily followed in Ameiurus than
they seem to be in any other form described.

Aside from working out the details of their origin the follow-
ing queries have been kept more or less constantly in mind:

(1) Do the cells derived wholly or in part from the placodes
really become the communis ganglia of the adult?

(2) Are the placodal portions of the cranial gangHa pure—
i. e., are the communis ganglia derived exclusively from the

* Read at the 1907 meeting of the Ohio Academy of Science.

2 52 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 4,

placodes or they do contain cells derived from the neural crest or
the mesectoderm?

(3) Are the placodt s in their early growth and at the time of
their origin proportionate in size to the communis ganglia of the
adult ?

(4) Is there any evidence that the placodes arise in response
to a stimulus furnished by the neural crest portion of the cranial
ganglia, as has been stated, or is there any evidence that they
may be in part or wholly endodermic in origin ?

(5) Lastly, if they are of pure ectodermic origin do they
give rise to both general and special visceral fibres or only to
special visceral fibres?

A brief description of the origin of the placodes will answer
several of these queries.

In Ameiurus the placodes appear serially from anterior to
posterior on the hyoid and first four true gills, none being
developed on the fifth.

They arise in the ectoderm just dorsal and posterior to the
gill slit at the time when the endodermic evagination comes into
contact with the ectoderm.

Their presence is first indicated by a thickening of the
ectoderm; this is followed by a period of active mitosis in the
ectodermic thickening and a proliferation of cells into the
mesoderm of the corresponding gill bar: This proliferated mass
pushes its way posteriorally and dorsally and finally becomes
detached from the skin which later assumes its normal thickness.

The proliferated masses especially in the IX and first two
divisions of the X nerves are quite definite in outline and stain
much darker than either the ectoderm from which the}^ arose or
the mesoderm. This difference in staining seems to be due to the
amount and character of the intercellular substance. In the VII
nerve the placode is so large and the proliferation of cells so rapid
that in its earlier stages at least it is not so definite in outline as
those of the IX and X, but in all cases from the time the pro-
liferation begins the cell mass is easy to follow.

The size of the mass proliferated is apparently proportionate
to that of the communis ganglia of the adult being largest in the
VII nerve and much smaller in the IX and first two diivsions
of the X.

The placode of the fourth true gih combines so closely with
a neural crest portion that I am unable to compare it with the
others.

All these ganglia of placodal origin have been followed up to
a stage where the roots and chief trunks of the nerves are formed
and there can be no doubt except in the third division of the X
that they give rise to the communis ganglia of the adult.

Feb., 1908.] Epi-branchial Placodes of Ameiurus. 253

As to whether these placodes may possibly be partly endo-
dermic in origin or not can be answered in the negative without
any hesitation. The relations in the VII are somewhat confused
owing to the rapid proliferation of cells which seems to push the
ganglion forward into contact with the endoderm but I believe
this placode is also purely ectodermic.

The important question to be determined here is of course,
whether these placodal masses contain cells derived from the
neural crest or from the mesectoderm.

They certainly do not arise in Ameiurus in response to
stimuli furnished by the contact of neural crest cells with the
skin. There are no neural crest cells that can be distinguished
as such, that come into contact with the skin where the placodes
arise except in the third division of the X nerve.

If the placodes arise in response to any stimulus furnished by
the embryo, it is much more probable that it is the stimulus derived
from the contact of the endodermic evagination that forms the
gill sht.

The contact of this evagination which occurs even in the VII
nerve is coincident with or closely associated with the appearance
of the placode and while there may be no causal relation- it is a
striking fact and may be fundamental.

In the third division of the X nerve the neural crest mass
comes into contact with the skin about the time the placode
appears and the relation of the neural crest cells and of the
placodal cells is so intricate that I have been unable as yet to
separate them. This seems to me, however, to call for a differ-
ent interpretation from the one mentioned above.

While there are no definite masses of neural crest cells added
to the placodes except in the third division of the X nerve, it is
much more difficult to be sure as to whether cells usually desig-
nated as mesectoderm may be incorporated with those derived
from the placodes, particularly in the VII nerve.

The visceral portions of the IX ganglia and of the first two
divisions of the X seem to be pure placodal ganglia.

In the VII where the placode is large and the proliferation of
cells rapid the borders of the growing ganglion are not so definite
and there may be a small portion of the ganglion that comes from
the mesectoderm and is not derievd from the placode. It must,
however, be very small. So that we can say for this type that
the communis ganglia of the IX and the first two divisions of the
X are practicalh" pure placodal ganglia, that there is more doubt
about the gerniculate ganglion, although even here the incor-
porated portion must be very small , while in the third division of
the X there is a large neural crest portion which combines with
the placodal portion so intimately that it is not possible to
distinguish them.

2 54 The Ohio Naturalist [Vol. VIII, No. 4,

As to whether the placodal portions of the communis gangHa
give rise to special visceral fibres only, or to both special and
general visceral fibres there is less certainty. The facts on which
we may hazard a conclusion are as follows:

Every cranial nerve containing gustatory fibres comes from
a gangHon which can be traced wholi}^ or in part t') an evi
branchial placode. The VII, the cranial ganglion supplying by
far the largest number of gustatory fibres comes from the largest
epibranchial placode.

The X, the cranial ganglion supplying the largest general
visceral component contains the largest neural crest element.

The smallest general visceral component is apparently in the
VII nerve and there is possibly a small neural crest element in
the gerniculate ganglion.

The IX nerve is most interesting in this connection. I am
unable to find any neural crest cells in the communis ganglion of
the IX nerve and Professor Herrick describes it as supph'ing
taste buds throughout its whole area of distribution and makes
no mention of its supplying general mucuos surfaces.

If this is true we have a pure special visceral or gustatory
nerve coming from a pure placodal ganglion in the case of the IX,
and a very reasonable deduction from this is, that the placodes
give rise to that portion of the communis ganglion which supplies
special visceral or gustatory fibres, the portion supplying
general visceral fibres coming from the neural crest.

The latter is homologous then in origin with the general
visceral ganglia of the cord, but differs from them in that it
dissociates itself from the general cutaneous cranial ganglia and
fuses with that derived from the placode.

The general cutaneous ganglia of the cranial nerves are
quite distinct and there is even less excuse for confusing the
cutaneous and visceral ganglion in the embryo than there is in
the adult.

If the epibranchial placodes give rise to the gustatory por-
tions of the communis ganglia, we must look on the gustatory
nerves as comprising a special visceral system because they end
in visceral centers in the brain, and not because of any similarity
in origin of the general and special visceral ganglia or because of
the method of distribution of the gustatory organs.

The ganglia are in no immediate sense related to general
visceral ganglia in mode of origin, and the gustatory organs arc
highly speciali.:ed and may be mainly ectodermic in position so
that I think the term special communis ought to be applied with
central brain connections always in mind as the justification for
the term and this seems to be generally done.

This generalization in regard to the origin of the gustatory
fibres is too far reaching to be rendered safe by a study of one

Feb., 1908.] Polar Conjugation in the Angiospenns. 255

type. Other teleosts in which the gustatory system is reduced as
compared with Ameiurus, as \^e\l as Cyclostomes, Elasmobranchs
and Amphibia must be studied with this particular point in view.

In other forms the neural crest element is apparently fairly
constant in those nerves which contain gustatory fibres. The
small size of the special visceral component and of the placodes
in these types may account for the idea that the placodes arise in
response to the stimulus furnished by the contact of the neural
crest with the skin. The catfishes, however, are unique in the
size of their placodes and of their special visceral component.

And if the IX ganglion should prove not to be a pure placodal
ganglion and the IX nerve of the adult does supply general
visceral surfaces, I still think the evidence very strong that the
placodal portions of these ganglia give rise to the special visceral
or gustatory fibres.

And the special visceral system bears the same relation to the
general visceral that the Acustico-lateralis system bears to the
general cutaneous.

ON THE ORIGIN OF POLAR CONJUGATION IN THE

ANGIOSPERMS.

John H. Schaffner.

Various attempts have been made to explain the probable
origin of the remarkable structures and activities present in the
embryosac of the Angiosperms. These attempts, however,
resulted in mere hypotheses with few or no known facts in their
favor to recommend them for serious consideration. With the
recent great advance in our knowledge of the female gametophyte
of the Gymnosperms, due to the thorough work of a number
of zealous observers, has come the opportunity for a reconsid-
eration of the problem in the light of the new discoveries. Porsch^
has done this in a very interesting and convincing paper in which
he presents very strong evidence for his views.

He holds that the two synergids of the Angiosperms are neck
canal cells homologous with the neck canal cells of the Gymno-
sperm archegonium; that the oospheres of Gymnosperms and
Angiosperms are homologous cells: and that the upper polar,,
which is a sister cell of the oosphere, as determined by various-
observers for different plants and very definitely by the writer
for Erythronium,- is the homologne of the ventral canal cell of
the jGymnosperm archegonium. He holds further that the

1 PoRSCH, Otto. Versuch einer phylogenetischen Erklarung des Embryosackes und der
doppelten Befruchtung der Angiospermen. Verlag von Gustav Fischer in Jena. 1907.

2 ScHAFNER, John H. A contribution to the Life History and Cytology of Erythro-
nium. Bot. Gaz. 31 : 369-387. 1901.

2 56 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 4,

lower end of the Angiosperm embryosac is the morphological
equivalent of the upper, the lower polar being thus also homol-
ogous to a ventral canal cell. In other words, the typical
embryosac or female gametophyte of the Angiosperms, with its
symmetrical arrangement of four cells at opposite poles, repre-
sents two archegonia, the vegetative cells having disappeared.

There is much in favor of this theory from the standpoint of
the writer. In 1896, in my paper on Alisma plantago,^ I made
the statement that "Especially in regard to the real meaning of
the conjugation of the polar nuclei, and what is represented by
the antipodal cells, does there stiU seem to be much obscurity."
But my study of the Angiosperm embryosac gave no light on
these two important questions except that I observed the fol-
lowing facts: "The cells in the antipodal region simulate the
arrangement in the egg-apparatus. There are two small nuclei
lying at the base; and beyond them is the third antipodal
nucleus." "It would by its peculiar appearance suggest that it
may be the homologue of the oospJiere." (Italics not in the
original.)

Chamberlain^ had, in 1895, figured and described what he
felt positive was a veritable oosphere in the antipodal region of
Aster. It would appear that the extensive antipodal region of
Aster still has the ability to develop a structure very similar in
appearance to the micropylar egg apparatus. Chamberlain, how-
ever, did not take advantage of his remarkable discovery to
assert the similar nature of the two ends of the sac, being prob-
ablv hindered from doing so by a too strict adherence to the
prevailing hypothesis that the antipodal region represents the
vegetative thallus of the Angiosperm female gametophyte.

If Porsch's view of the homologies is correct, it becomes evi-
dent that W3 have, as he ably shows, an easy explanation of the
origin and nature of the triple fusion process, or what has
improperly, to my mind, been called double fertihzation, which
appears to be so common in the Angiosperm sac.

I wish to add an explanation of certain pecuharities not
specially touched upon by Porsch. In my paper on Sagittaria
latifolia'^ I made the following observations: " approaching
each other ths upper larger polar nucleus travels much farther
than the lower one, so that the place of contact is usually in the
lower part of the embryo sac, and the fusion takes place here
without any apparent shifting of the nuclei, tlie fusi:n being
usually complete before the entrance of the pollen tube into the sac."

3 ScHAFFNER, JoiiN IT. The Embryosac of Alisma Plantago. But. Gaz. 21 : 12.'3 -132.

4 Chamberlain, Chas. J. The embrvo-sac of Aster Novac-Angliae. Bot. Gaz.
20 ; 205-212.

.") ScHAFFNER, Joiix H. Contribution tn the Life HiUorv of Sanitaria variabilis.
Bot. Gaz. 23 : 2.'i2 -273, 1897.

Feb., 1908.] Polar Conjugation in the Angiosperms. 257

(Italics not in the original.) The pollentube is so remarkably
distinct in Sagittaria and produces such marked changes that I
am certain I could not have overlooked it in the stages where
polar conjugation takes place, especially since the study of the
pollentube was one of the main objects of this investigation.

Thus it is certain that in some plants the polar nuclei have
learned to conjugate without the influence of the second sperm
nucleus or even the pollentube. The question now arises as to
how the polars acquired this remarkable ability if they do not
represent opposite sexes. For it seems excluded that one could
think of the Angiosperm female gametophyte as being a direct
descendant of an hermaphrodite thallus, the polar nuclei being
descendants from male and female gametes. It is altogether
probable that the Angiosperms passed through the Heterospo-
rous Pteridophyte stage before becoming seed plants. Porsch's
view, therefore, seems the correct one, that the triple conjugation
results from the essentially female character of the polars. If
therefore a conjugation takes place without the presence of the
second sperm, this must be looked upon as a special sort of
parthenogenetic development. All polar conjugations, accord-
nig to this view, had their origin in the original conjugation of
one or both polars with the second sperm, typically in the second
way through triple fusion.

Now the question arises as to whether there is a triple fusion
in Sagittaria and other such cases. Does the second sperm
come down later and fuse with the polars acquired the property
or function of conjugating with each other through their common
attraction to the second sperm with the first upper endosperm
nucleus after the partition wall is formed at the end of the
division of the definitive nuclues? This division takes place
about the same time as the first division of the oospore, and such
a possibility is suggested by the following facts: The second
sperm seems to remain in the tube for some time after the first
one escapes to unite with the egg; the upper endosperm nucleus,
immediately after the division of the definitive nucleus, begins to
travel upwards ; the lower endosprem nucleus presents a remark-
ably different development from the upper one. But no weight
is to be attached to the suggestion until further investigations
are made.

True endosperm, as has been suggested by several investi-
gators, may be present even in Gymnosperm archegonia. A
true endosperm might originate from the division of a ventral
canal cell without conjugation of the second sperm with the
ventral canal cell. In Angiosperms an endosperm might result
from the conjugation of either polar nucleus with the second
sperm; from the conjugation of both polars with the second
sperm, which seems to be the usual mode; or through partial

258 The Ohio Naturalist. [\ ol. VIII, No. 4,

parthenogenesis from a definitive cell in the formation of which
the two polars alone are concerned; or even possibly from a
single polar cell. The lack of fusion of the polars, if such con-
dition exists, may represent either a primitive condition or a
more recent, parthenogenetic condition. Theoretically, there-
fore, it is possible to have an "x" endosperm generation of two
different origins, a "2x" endosperm generation of two types
differing in constitutional structure, and a "3x" endosperm
generation, but none of these could properly be called an embryo.

Botanical Garden, Univ. of Zurich, Nov. 25, 1907.

SOME OBSERVATIONS CONCERNING THE EFFECTS OF
FREEZING ON INSECT LARVAE.*

James S. Hine.

It has been known for a long time that some insect larvae can
withstand low temperatures without being noticeably injured
thereby. Also that there is great difference among species of
insects, or in some cases even among the individuals of a single
species, in regard to the minimum temperature at which life is
endangered. Economic entomologists have now and then
made the claim that frosts, especially when they occurred at
certain seasons, have been important factors in the control of
injurious species.

In 1893 while studying the life history and habits of a moth,
Bellura obliqua, which passes its larval stage in the stems of the
cat-tail reed, Typha latifolia, I had an opportunity to make
some observations on larvae of this species which are normally
found in the reeds throughout the winter. The winter was
rather severe for the latitude of Columbus where the observations
were made, and from January 10 to January 20, the temperature
dropped below zero every night, varying from —2 Fahr. on the
10th, to -17 on the 17th. Large numbers of the larvae were
collected during this interval, some during each day, and with
the specimens some tests were made. Three larvae collected on
the 14th, were placed in water and placed outside on a porch roof
during 12 hours the following night when the minimum tem-
perature recorded was -15. The next morning the specimens
were brought inside and thawed out, after which they were
taken from the water and kept in a tin box at the temperature of
a living room for about 12 hours. These same larvae received
the same treatment for six consecutive nights and days, during
the time withstanding a minimum temperature of -11 on the

* Read before the Ohio Academy of Science, Nov. 30, 1907.

Feb., 1908.] Effects of Freezing on Insect Larvae. 259

15th, -6 on the 16th, -17 on the l"^th, -6 on the 18th, -14 on the
19th, and -16 on the 20th. None of the specimens showed signs
of injury from the treatment.

Three other larvae taken on the 14th, and treated exactly as
the above except that water was not used received no noticeable
injury.

Three larvae taken on the 14th, and frozen in water and kept
at outdoor temperature for a week fully revived when thawed
out again.

Larvae collected just after daylight on January 20, when the
thermometer registered -15 could be snapped in two almost like
icicles and crystals of ice were observed within their body
cavities. Some of these pieces were alive when thawed out at the
end of a week.

Under natural conditions the larvae were to be found wher-
ever they happened to be when freezing temperature caught
them. Some in the centers of the reeds, some protected by onty
one or two thin leaf-sheaths, some at distances above the snow
ranging from an inch or two up to two feet, or even more, and
some beneath the surface of the ground near the roots of the
plants.

In order to bring out a striking difference in results I wish to
give my observations on the larvae of the common Hawk-moths
of the tomato, two species of which are about equally common in
the state. During the Fall of 1896 these larvae were abundant
on tomatoes and when time for the first frosts arrived not all the
specimens had reached the mature larval condition and entered
the ground for pupation. Larvae of different sizes therefore
were observed feeding actively on the tomato vines the day
before the first frost came. The frost was not a hard one but the
exposed parts of the vines were killed as were the larvae on these
parts. Larvae on the parts of the vines that were not killed
kept on feeding the following day, but a frost the next night
killed most of the leaves that had escaped the previous night and
with them the remaining larvae.

Previous to 1903, for several years canker worms were abun-
dant on the elm trees along the river on the Ohio State University
farm. During April of 1903 the warm weather hatched the eggs
of the Fall Canker-worm and the larvae started in to cause havoc
among the elm leaves, but a frost on May 4, killed so many of
them that they have not been a serious pest since. It may be
stated that A. F. Burgess made a similar observation in regard
to the Spring Canker-worm on apple the same Spring, and those
who have observed know that the latter species has not done the
damage since 1903 that it did the few years previous to that year.

2 6o • . The Ohio Naturalist. - [Vol. VIII, No. 4,

A quotation from an account of Sir John Ross's second arctic
voyage recording experiments carried out with a moth, Laria
rossi, has a bearing here:

"About thirty of the caterpillars were put into a box in the
middle of September, and after being exposed to the severe win-
ter temperature of the next three months, they were brought
into a warm cabin, where, in less than two hours, every one of
them returned to life, and continued for a whole day walking
about. They were again exposed to the air at a temperature of
about -40, and became hard frozen immedately; in this state
they remained a week, and on being brought into the cabin
again, onty 23 came to life. At the end of four hours these were
put out once more, and hard frozen again; after another week
they were brought in, when only 11 were restored to life. A
fourth time they were exposed to the winter temperature, and
onlv two returned to life on being brought into the cabin again.
These two survived the winter and in May an imperfect moth
was produced from one, and six parasitic flies from the other."

From what has been said it is evident that some larvae will
not be killed by very low temperatures, while others may b3
killed by a frost that is sufficient to kill tender foliage, also that
all the difference is not in the species, for some specimens may
be killed while others of the same species are not killed by the
same exposure.

P. Bachmetjew of Bulgaria, has published an extended paper
in Zeitschrift fur wissenschajtliche Zoologie for 1899, from which
the following conclusions are extracted:

"The thawing out of insects after their body fluids have been
frozen has no noticeable influence upon their return to life, but
only upon the intensity of their vitality."

■'The critical point is not the same in different species, nor in
different individuals of the same species."

"The longer an insect has gone without food, the lower is the
normal freezing point of its body fluids."

"Repeated freezing lowers the critical point and also the
normal freezing point of the body fluids."

Feb., 1908.] Embryology of Oxalis cornieulata. 261

THE EMBRYOLOGY OF OXALIS CORNICULATA.*

Howard S. Hammond.

Oxalis cornieulata might be called a sub-tropical plant
although it is frequently found growing in ballast about the
Eastern seaport towns of the United States and becomes quite
abundant in Texas. In tropical America it is quite common and
is also reported as occurring in the tropical regions of the Old
World. It has been reported as far north as Ontario. Fre-
quently it is found growing on the ground in greenhouses where
it blooms profusely throughout the year. It was under these
last named conditions that the writer secured the material with
which he worked. The material was collected throughout the
Spring of 1906 and the Fall and Winter of 1906-1907. The
usual methods of killing and imbedding were used. The sections
were cut 8 mic. thick and stained on the slide. Delafield's
Haemotoxylin proved the most satisfactory stain. To Prof.
John H. Schaffner under whose direction this study was begun
and to Prof. Robert F. Griggs under whom the study was com-
pleted I desire to express my sincere thanks for their kind
assistance and suggestions.

MEGASPORES AND EMBRYO SAC.

The nucellus consists of a single axial row of cells invested by
the epidermis (Fig. 1). The uppermost cell of the axial row is
the archesporium which, thus appearing very early, increases to
two or three times its original size. It does not give rise to
parietal tissue but undergoes directly the Reduction Division
which was not observed (Fig. 2). The lowest of the three or
four megaspores thus formed becomes the functional one, and
rapidly enlarges at the expense of the potential ones above, giv-
ing rise to the two (Fig. 3), four (Fig. 4), and eight (Fig. 6),
celled embryo sacs in the usual manner. Before the two celled
embryo sac is formed the surrounding epidermis which functions
as tapetum, has begun to disintegrate and the sac is subsequently
enclosed simply by the integuments. The embryo sac develops
very rapidly and is nearly straight although the ovule is anatro-
pous. The antipodals are small, stain darker than the polar
nuclei or the unfertilized egg, and begin to disintegrate at the
time of the conjugation of the polar nuclei (Fig. 6), sometimes
disappearing before fertilization in case that is delayed till after
the polar nuclei have fused (Fig. 5). The synergids stain dark,
are rather large, and also disintegrate early, one of them being
destroyed by the entrance of the pollen tube (Fig. 6).

ENDOSPERM AND EMBRYO.

Connecting the endosperm cells are radiations, as has been
frequently observed in many plants, but these are not kino-

* Contributions from the Botanical Laboratory of the Ohio State University, XXXIII.

262 • The Ohio Naturalist [Vol. VIII, No. 4,

plasmic in appearance but rather consist of a radial arrangement
of ordinary cytoplasm. They do not lead to cell formation
although a small amount of endosperm persists until the seed is
nearly mature.

After fertilization the egg elongates and forms a pro-embryo
four cells in length. There seems to be a more or less constant
transverse division in the second cell of the pro-embryo, thus
foreshadowing the massive suspensor (Figs. 8 and 9). The two
suspensor cells thus formed by division together with the basal
cell flatten against the wall of the integuments and give a foot-
like appearance to the base of the suspensor, and form a hausto-
rium like organ which maintains its activity, judging by its
staining reaction, till the embryo is mature, although the upper
cells of the suspensor may begin to break down before that time
(Figs. 10, 12, 16 and 17). This organ burrows its way into the
integuments until it reaches the testa forming a ball of tissue
which may, apparently from the division of the original three,
consist of a number of cells. The third cell of the pro-emb3^ro
probably forms the remainder of the suspensor consisting usually
of three tiers containing one or two rows of cells (Figs. 13-16).
The suspensor is rather short, forms no part of the embryo, has
no hypophysis as has long been known for Geranium,* nor does
it form the rootcap. As the embryo matures the dermatogen
and calyptrogen are extended around the tip of the hypocotyl.
The calyptrogen and calyptra are differentiated from this in the
usual way. With advanced growth they cornpletely surround
the hypocotyl and form the root cap (Figs. 15 and 16), which is
for a time distinctly concave at its junction with the suspensor
till that organ disintegrates and disappears. With this excep-
tion, the general development of the embryo is similar to the
Capsella type. The cotyledons arise from the opposite points of
the almost spherical embryo in the usual dicotyl manner with the
plumule between them.

SUMMARY.

1. The archesporium is a single sub-epidermal cell and
becomes the functional megaspore directly without forming
parietal tissue.

2. The whole nucellus functions as tapetum.

3. The antipodals and synergids disappear soon after
fertilization.

4. The embryo forms no hypophysis.

5. A multicellular haustorium-like organ is formed from the
basal cells of the suspensor which forces its way through the
integuments until it reaches the testa.

* Coulter and Chamberlain, Murijliology of Angiosperms. 200. 190.3.

Ohio Naturalist.

Plate XVIII.

Hammond on " Oxalis Corniculata"

264 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 4,

LITERATURE.

The literature bearing on the morphology of Geraniales is
very scarce. The following works bear slightly on the subject.

Britton, Nathaniel Lord, Manual of the Flora of the Northern
United States and Canada. 1905.

Coulter and Chamberlain, Morphology of Angiosperms. 1903.

Rosendahl, C. Otto, Preliminary note on the Embryogeny of
Symphocarpus foetidus, Salisb. Science N. S. 23: 590. 1906.

Schaffner, Mabel, The Embrvologv of the Shepherd's Purse.
Ohio Nat 7 : 1-8, pis. 1-3, 1906.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

All drawings were made with a Bausch and Lonib microscope with
the aid of a camera lucida. In reproduction they were reduced to one-
third their original size. The following combinations of oculars and
objectives were used :

Figs. 1-14, oc. }/2 in-, obj. 1-G in. Magnification 720.

Fig. 15, oc. 2 in., obj. 1-12 in. Magnification 470.

Figs., 16 and 17, oc. 2 in., obj. 1-G in. Magnification 205.

Fig. 18, oc. }/2 ii^-> obj. 2-3 in. Magnification 146.

Fig. 1. Young ovule with archesporial cell. X 360.

Fig. 2. Large megaspore with non-functional ones above it. Nucellus

beginning to disintegrate. X 360.
Fig. 3. Two celled embryo sac. X 360.
Fig. 4. Four celled embryo sac. X 360.
Fig. 5. Seven celled embryo sac with the antipodals completely

disintegrated. X 360.
Fig. 6. Eight celled embryo sac showing entrance of pollen tube hiding
disintegrating synergid. Polar nuclei uniting and antipodals
beginning to disintegrate. X 360.
Fertilized egg and pollen tube. X 360.
The three celled pro-embryo. X 360.

Six celled embryo showing first appearance of the embryo
proper. X 360.

Young embryo showing the octant stage and the division of the
central suspensor cell by a longitudinal wall. X 360.
Slightly older stage in the growth of the embryo. The central
suspensor cell vm divided. X 360.

Somewhat more mature einbr5^o showing the beginning of
dermatogen. X 360.

More advanced embryo showing the beginning of the multi-
cellular suspensor, dermatogen completely differentiated. X 360.
Embryo showing the origin of the cotyledons by the bulge on
the opposite sides. Foot-like expansion of the suspensor becom-
ing prominent. X 360.

Base of half-grown embryo showing differentiation of tissues at
the root tip. X 235.
Fig. 1 6. Nearly mature embryo showing different tissues and the multi-
cellular base of the suspensor piercing the integuments and
reaching the testa. Cotyledons obliquely cut so as to mask the
regularity of tissue. X 100.
Fig. 17. Haustorium-like region in the base of the suspensor. X 100.
Fig. 18. Cross section of seed showing the mature embryo and cor-
rugated testa. X 75.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

7.
8.
9.

Fig.

10.

Fig.

11.

Fig.

12.

Fig.

13.

Fig.

14.

Fig.

15.

/

v.

/•

Feb., 1908.] Some Notes on Philomycus. 265

SOME NOTES ON PHILOMYCUS.

V. Sterki.

Philomycidffi is a family of nearctic shelless land snails, or
slugs. There has been a great deal of controversy with respect
to the generic names, and also discussion on some of the species.
The genus Philomycus was proposed by Rafinesque as "differing
from Limax by no visible mantle." That was a mistake: the
mantle covers the whole body except the front part of the head
when the animal is extended, and a narrow seam along the sides
of the sole. For that reason the genus was not recognized by
Binney and other authors, and Tebennophonis Binney took its
place. Yet, no one doubts now that Philomycus really means
the same, and it is but just to revert to the earlier name. Raf-
inesque also established the genus Eumelus as distinct from
Philomycus by the position of the tentacles, a feature which
seems unintelligible. Later, E. S. Morse established the genus
Pallifera on the ground that the jaw of Ph. dor sails is strongly
ribbed, odontognathous, while that of Ph. caroliniensis is smooth,
and somewhat oxygnathous. But other species show inter-
mediate forms.

These interesting slugs are still insufficiently known, as to
both their systematic position and distribution, and it is very
desirable that they be worked up from good material. Students
of nature are respectfully and urgentl}^ invited to collect spec-
imens wherever encountered, and to send them for examination,
living if possible, with a little damp moss, or alcoholic, (in which
condition, however, they are badly contracted). They are
mostly found retired, under loose bark and in cavities of dead
tree trunks and stumps, preferably in damp, shady places. At
night, they sometimes ascend trees. They may be found also in
winter time, during open weather; entomologists and collectors
of cryptogams thus may have chances to take the slugs. It is
hardly necessary to say that they are not venomous and cannot
bite, as is believed by some people.

For the benefit of those who collect them, and naturally
want some information about them, it may be in place to add a
few notes with respect to the species and forms which have been
seen from Ohio or can be expected to be found in the state.

As pointed out, Philomycus is distinguished from Limax by
the mantle extending over almost the whole body, while in the
latter genus it covers only about the anterior half. Besides,
there are other morphological and anatomical differences.

1. Ph. caroliniensis Bosc. (Limax caroliniensis Bosc,
Tebennophorus caroliniensis, in Binney, etc.), regarded as the
type, attains a length of 100 millimeters when extended, but

:3:

266 The Ohio Naturalist [Vol. VIII, No. 4,

usually is found smaller. The back (mantle) is whitish to pale
tan, or gra^^ish, "with clouds and spots of brownish and blackish
so arranged as to form three ill defined longitudinal bands." On
the variations of color, Binney has noted seven varieties, not
named, and it has been suggested, recently, that at least some of
them are probably distinct species. The question should be
settled by examining the jaw, radula, genital organs, etc.

2. Ph. dorsalis Binney (Pallifera dorsalis, in Morse) is the
smallest known now, the animal attaining a length of only about
eighteen millimeters. Its color on the dorsal side is^gray with a
shade of blue, and a more or less interrupted dark median line.
It is probably distributed all over Ohio, but has been overlooked
or taken for the young of some other slug.

3. Ph. sp. I collected two specimens in the woods east of
Chippewa Lake, the only ones known from Ohio. They were 30
millimeters long when extended, very slender, light tan colored
over the back, with very slight darker mottlings, the sole anteri-
orly with a tinge of blood red. The jaw and radula were differ-
ent from those of other species. Being possibly identical with
Ph. pennsylvanicus Pilsbry, they were left unnamed for the
present.

4. Ph. sp. Of the same size as caroliniensis or rather some-
what larger. The body is less opaque, and the surface gyrations
are somewhat different. There is a series of irregular black
spots along each side, and small irregular white spots are scat-
tered over the whole mantle surface. Jaw and radula are dif-
ferent. Fifteen and twenty years ago, this was found rather
frequently in the vicinity of New Philadelphia, in company with
caroliniensis , and taken for one of the color varieties of the la,tter.
Both are more scarce now. Specimens carefully examined last
summer showed that they are of a distinct species, which will
doubtless be found in other parts of the state. It has been
named Ph. biseriatus. provisionally.

5. Ph. wetherbyi W. G. Binney has not been '"ecorded from
Ohio; but known from Kentucky (Laurel Covnty), and also
from northern Michigan, it should be found within our limits.
It is rather small, with dark blotches in irregular transverse
bands or longitudinal series. The jaw and radula are different
from those of other species.

Other forms, and species may be found, and it is unnecessary
to state that every specimen from any part of the state will be
of interest.

Feb., 1908.] Meetings of the Biological Club. 267

MEETINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.

Orton Hall, Oct. 7, 1907.

On the above named date the Biological Club met in its usual
place, with Prof. Griggs as chairman pro tem. The evening was
devoted to reports on summer's work. Prof. Hine opening the pro-
gram with an account of his trip through the western states and
south into Mexico. This was followed by a brief account by
Prof. Osborn on the proceedings of the International Zoological
Congress which met this year in Boston. Mr. Jackson gave an
account of his trip up the Tippecanoe River, Indiana.

Prof. Griggs was next in order with a talk on his work on
Kelps at the Minnesota Seaside Station on Vancouver's Island.

Mr. S. Morgulis spoke of the advantages of the Biological
Laboratory at Wood's Holl, Massachusetts. Mr. W. C. Morse
reported finding a glaciated surface north-east of Hay den's Falls.

The following names were proposed for membership: Dr.
Alfred Dachnowski, Messrs. S. Morgulis, H. H. Severin, H. C.
Severin, E. M. Allen, Geo. W. Hood, E. B. Blakeslee, L. L. Scott,
J. A. Zimmer, H. E. Evans, E. Kinney, M. F. Osborn, H. T. Os-
born, R. J. Sim, Chalmers DePue.

The society directed the President to appoint a nominating
committee to report at the next meeting, after which the club
adjourned to meet the first Monday in November.

H. S. Hammond, Sec. pro tem.

Orton Hall, Nov. 4, 1907.

On the above named date the Biological Club met in Orton
Hall and after being called to order by President Hambleton
the minutes of the previous meeting were read and, after correc-
tions, approved. Then the President called for the report
of the nominating committee composed of Prof. J. S. Hine, Miss
Freda Detmers and Mr. W. C. Morse. The committee's report
was adopted, consisting of the following names: For President,^
Prof. Geo. D. Hubbard; Vice President, Miss Stella Wilson; Secre-
tary-Treasurer, Arthur H. McCray.

The address of the evening was given by the retiring President,.
Prof. J. C. Hambleton, who gave a very interesting and instruc-
tive account of a four years' residence on the island of Chiloe ofif
the coast of Chili and a province of that country. The people of
this island while not blessed with nature, as some people, have
adapted themselves in a remarbable manner to their environ-
ment. In the remarks and discussions consequent upon the
address the following took part. Prof. Hubbard, Prof. Osborn
Prof. Hine, Prof. Griggs and Mr. Chew.

268 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 4,

D. C. Mote and K. H. Chew were proposed for membership,
and the names proposed at the previous meeting and mentioned
in the minutes, were elected to membership, after which the club
adjourned.

Arthur H. McCrav, Secretary.

Orton Hall, Monday, Dec. 2, 1907.

On the above named date the Biological Club met in its usual
place and was called to order by the President. The minutes of
the previous meeting were read and, after corrections were made,
were approved.

Reports from the meeting of the Ohio Academy of Science
held at Oxford, Ohio, were called for. Professors Hine, Osborn
and Hubbard gave brief reports, and Mr. Morgulis read two of
his own papers presented at the meeting.

The paper of the evening was presented by Mr. C. F. Jackson
on "Some Modern Conceptions of Evolution as applied to the
Aphididae." First, the definition and position of the familv
were taken up, followed by notes on life history. This proved
most interesting because of the great numbers of these insects
which are produced without fertilization.

After the completion of the program, the names proposed at
the previous meeting were elected to membership. The follow-
ing new names were proposed for membership: V. L. Wilder-
muth, T. H. Parks, R. E. Hundertmark, H. Barber, E. J.
Hoddy, M. Denny, M. E. Corotis, B. Anspon. The Club then
adjourned to meet in four weeks.

Arthur H. McCray, Secretary.

Orton Hall, Monday, Jan. 0, 1908.

On the above named date the Biological Club met in its usual
place, and the minutes of the previous meeting were read and
approved. On account of the Secretar}' asking for an expression
from the Club as to whether the minutes should include a brief
review of papers presented at the meetings. Prof. Hine made a
motion, which was carried, that the minutes include reports of
those papers not published in the Naturalist.

The paper of the evening was presented by Mr. Sergius
Morgulis on "Regeneration: Facts and Reflections." Regcn-
eration may be regarded as one of the fundamental properties of
living matter. Nails, hairs, nerve fibers and nerve tissue may be
replaced, while in lower organisms, as in salamanders, gills, jaws,
eyes, and limbs, can be regenerated.

Feb., 1908.] Meetings of the Biological Club. 269

After this paper reports were given of the Chicago meeting of
the American Association for the Advancement of Science. The
following reported: Professors J. C. Hambleton, W. R. Lazenby,
Osborn, Dacknowski, Detmers. Miss Katybel Hyde and D. M.
Segovin, as well as those proposed at the previous meeting, were
elected to membership. The club then adjourned.

Arthur H. McCray, Secretary.

Orton Hall, Monday, Feb. 3, 1908.

The Biological Club on the above named date, met in Orton
Hall as usual, and the minutes of the previous meeting were read
and approved. The name of Miss Emil}- Hollister was proposed
for membership.

Prof. Landacre gave an excellent report of the neurological
papers presented at the Chicago Meeting of the A. A. A. S.

The paper of the evening was presented by Dr. Hubbard on
"Drainage Modifications near Lakeville, Ohio." A series of
stream modifications has taken place here which seems to be
most plausibly explained by attributing it to glacial action.

In reports of personal observations, McCray mentioned
observing last fall an unusual number of honey bees working on
red clover. Prof. Hine reported the securing for the department
of Zoolog}' a Black-Backed Gull, perhaps about the second
authentic record of this bird for Ohio. R. J. Sim reported that
a specimen of Brunnich's Murre was taken in Ashtabula County,
Ohio, during the holiday vacation. This is the second recorded
occurrence of this bird for the State.

The Club adjourned to meet in four weeks.

Arthur H. McCray, Secretary.

BOOK REVIEW.

It gives us pleasure to quote the following from a prominent
teacher of chemistry who has been using McPherson & Hender-
son's text since its publication by Ginn & Co. some two years
ago: "This text has now been tested by use. This test has
shown the book to be possessed of many excellent qualities.
Unlike many text-books it may be put into the hands of the
student for the purpose of instructing him and without fear that
he may be hopelessly confused. Yet while it possesses this

270 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 4,

quality it is none the less accurate. This shows that the book
was written by men who are familiar with the art of teaching.
The clear statements, the logical development of the subject, and
the rigid scientific accuracy are silent testimonials to the ability
of the authors. The same authors have prepared a laboratory
manual to accompany this text. It is useless to say it possesses
the same merits as the text. It gives the student ample instruc-
tions without reaching all of his conclusions for him. This
manual causes the student to work and makes him think while
he works." J. C. H.

Date of Publication, February 15, 1908.

The Ohio SSCaturalist,

PUBLISHED BY

The Biological Club of the Ohio State Uni'versity,

Volume VIII.

MARCH. 1908.

No. 5.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Stauffer— The Drvoiiian Section on tlie Ten Mile Creek, Lucas County, Ohio 271

Griggs— On the Cytology of Synchytiium 277

HiNE— Deatli of Prof. W. A. Kellerman 286

Hubbard— Two Notable Landslides 287

OsBoRN— Occurrence of Typhlopsylla octactanus in Ohio 289

HiNE— Note on the American Barn Owl 290

THE DEVONIAN SECTION ON TEN MILE CREEK, LUCAS

COUNTY, OHIO.

Clinton R. wStauffer.

The Devonian formations of Ohio are fairly well known in
those portions of the state where they constitute the bed rock.
This is especially true in the central strip of outcrop where the
shales and limestones of this System sometimes form cliffs fifty
to seventv-fiYe feet high. In northwestern Ohio, however, the
land lies but little above drainiage level and the covering of
drift is frequently so deep that the streams do not cut through it.
Hence our knowledge of most of the Devonian formations in this
portion of the state is limited to a few outcrops with incomplete
and more or less vmsatisfactory sections.

In this northwestern area, the Columbus limestone^ is exten-
sivelv quarried at White House and occasionally, on a much
smaller scale, at a number of other places. The Delaware lime-
stone forms only occasional and meagre outcrops, while the
Olentangv shale is either entirely wanting or is inseparable from
the other Brian formation. The Ohio shale outcrops at several

(1) Ohio Classification of the Devonian and extreme upper portion
of the Silurian as approved by Dr. Charles S. Prosser.

Chautauciuan ] f Cleveland sh.

Devonian

and
Senecan

Brian
Ulsterian

Ohio shale -j Chagrin form.
J { Huron sh.

Olentangv shale

Delaware limestone

Silurian

Columlnis limestone

UNCONFORMITY

[ Lucas Is.
Cayugan Monroe foruL { Sylvania ss.

[ Tymochtce form.

272 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 5,

places along Auglaize and Maumee Rivers and a calcareous laver
occurring near the base of the formation was formerly used in
the manufacture of cement at Defiance.

These Devonian outcrops received some attention from the
members of the State Geological Survey during the seventies and
a report of their work is given in the publications of the Sur\'e\'
at that time. A section which escaped notice, probably because
it was then largely covered, is to be found along Ten Mile Creek.
This stream flows across the northen portion of Lucas Count v and
empties into Maumee Bay at the state line. Near Silica, eight
miles west of Toledo, the creek crosses a slightly drift co\-ered
limestone ridge which extends southward from Michigan into
Oiho. During the summer of 1906, the channel was artificialh-
deepened and at that time an excellent outcrop of rock was laid
bare. The section is similar to that discussed bv G. K. Gilbert''*
except that it includes more of the Devonian. It is to these
upper strata of the following section that particular attention is
called since they rarely outcrop in northwestern Ohio.

SECTION ON TEN MILE CREEK.
Devonian

Delaware limestone {Traverse).

14. Massive compact bluish drab limestone contain-
ing iron pyrites, traces of petroleum and a few
fossils 10'

1 ;>. Thin unevenly bedded blue limestone with several

layers of white chert, both fossiliferous 3'

12. Blue shale and soft shaly limestone containing

much iron pyrites and quite fossiliferous. ... 2' 0"

1 1 . Bluish gray limestone alternating with layers of

fossiliferous white chert 3' (i"

10. A rather compact drab limestone with manv fos-
sils, occurring as casts, and a considerable
amount of fossiliferous white chert 2'

9. Bluish gray shaly limestone with irregular layers
of fossiliferous white chert. At places much
of this zone becomes a mass of corals 2'

8. Rather thick and some thin layers of blue lime-
stone inter-bedded with soft blue slialy layers 4'

7. Covered interval, probably in large part shah',
since a number of rather large pieces were
dredged from the bottom of the creek for some
distance down stream. It includes the con-
tact of the Delaivare with the imderl\-ing
formation 20' +

(2) Report of the Geological Survey of Ohio, vol. 1, pt. 1, p. .57G.

March, 1908.] Devonian Section on Ten Mile Creek. 273

Cohimbus limestone.

6. Veiy fossiliferous crystalline gray limestone,
the upper surface near the highway bridge
showing fine glacial striae 13'

5. Compact brown limestone in massive beds and

containing a few fossils in the upper part. . . 42'

SiLURIAK.

Lucas limestone.

4. Compact drab limestone showing a banded struc-
ture. These layers are quite massive but
weather into much thinner layers. Several
fossiliferous horizons occur near the middle of
the zone 63'

3. Compact drab limestone with some dark grav to
brown sandy layers. This zone is brobably
the basal portion of the Lucas limestone rather
than a part of the underlying formation .... 36'
Sylvania sandstone

2. A fine grained friable white sandstone becoming
coarser and of a conglomeratic nature in the
lower part. The extreme base is made up of
limestone pebbles imbedded in the sandstone 43'
Tymochtee formation .

1. Rather thin bedded compact drab limestone
exposed at the bottom of the sandstone quarrv
at Silica but better along the creek to the east
and south 20' '^

The line of division between the Silurian and the Devonian
is not sharply marked at this place. The change in the character
of the depoists from one system to the other is, however, suffi-
ciently great to allow the demarkation of this contact within a
few inches or a foot at most. When it is recalled that this is the
contact between formations of early or middle Cavugan and upper
Ulsterian, it is surprising that the horizon is so ill defined, since
it must have been an erosion or w^eathering surface for a long
time. On the Maumee River near Grand Rapids, just across the
southern border of Lucas County, the contact is shown and
appears as a rather sharp line. Near Columbus, in the central
Ohio region, decided evidence of the erosion period which inter-
vened is found in the well developed basal conglomerate of the
overlying Columbus limestone.

Along Ten Mile Creek the strata dip to the northwest at an
angle which varies frome one to ten degrees. At no place along
the creek does the elevation of the strata above drainage exceed
eight feet ; hence the major part of the section was determined by

2 74 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 5,

measuring the angle of dip at various points, the total width of
outcrop, and from this data computing the thickness of the beds.
The Delaware, however, was measured more accurately. The
Columbus limestone in this section is not essentially different
from the same formation as found in other parts of the state.
The upper or very fossiliferous portion is perhaps slightly reduced
in thickenss and its fauna is somewhat different. This is not so
much because of the appearance of new species, but because of
the absence of certain characteristic Columbus species, which
are so common in central Ohio. The shales and shaly limestones
of the Delaware (Traverse), however, present a rather marked
contrast to the rock of this formation as it occurs in central or
even north central Ohio. In the section under discussion, the
fauna is more decidedly Hamilton, there is more shale, and the
limestone is even less pure than at localities east of the Cincinnati
anticline. A small outcrop of this same shaly limestone occurs
along Auglaize River near Junction, Panelling county, where it
carries an identical fauna.

There can be no doubt that the Delaware (Traverse) of north-
western Ohio is an integral part of the Hamilton of Michigan and
Ontario. It is continuous northward into Monroe county (Mich-
igan) where is has been reported in various well sections^, and the
formation as it occurs farther north, along St. Clair River, is
certainly the same. Here it has become much thicker and has
lost its cherty layers. At Thedford (Widder) Ontario, this
northwestern Delaware fauna occurs in a series of beds^ which
resemble somewhat those that outcrop along Ten Mile Creek.

The following list of species gives some idea of the Devonian
fatma in the above section:

TEN MILE CREEK FAUNA.

Species Columbus Delaware

Stroriatopora granulata Nich x

Stromatopora pondcrosa Nich x

Cladopora canadensis Rom x

CyatliDphyllum rugosiim H x

Cystiphyllnm amencanitm E. and H x

Diphyphyllum. panicum Win x

Favositcs arbitscida H x

Favositcs hayniltoniac H .x

Favositcs liciuisphcrica Tr x x

Favositcs nitclla Win x

Favositcs placenta Rom .x

Favositcs radiciformis (?) Rom x

Hcliophyllnni Iialli E. and H x

Streptelasma uiii^iihi H x

('•i) Geological Survey of .Mic-hi,L,'an. vol. \'I1, ji]). 'Al '.V.i.

(4) Geology of Canada {IHiY.i) p. ;i8.5.

Also Grabau ; Bullelin of the Geological SocicLv of America, vol.
XIII. (1902) ])p. ir)()-1.52.

March, 1908.] Devonian Section on Ten Mile Creek. 275

Species Columbus Delaware

Strombodcs alpi}icnsis Rom x

Zaphrentis cornicnla (Les.) x

Zaphrentis simplex H x

Dolatocriniis sp ' x

Geunacocrinus {'^) sp x

JMcgistocriniis spinulosis (?) Lyon x

Cystodictya gilbcrti (Meek) x

Fcncstclla emaciata (?) H x

Fistulipora sp x

Lichcnalia sp x

Orthopora bipiiuilata (?) (H.) x

Rcteporina striata (?) H x

Stictoporina plumea (H. and S.) x

Ambococlia umbonata Con x

Atrypa reticularis (Linn.) x x

Atrypa spinosa H x x

Camarotoechia horsfordi H x

Centronella ovata H x

Chonetcs arcuatus (?) H x

Chonetcs coronatus (?) (Con.) x

■CJionetes heiuispliericus H x

Chonetcs lepidus H x

Chonetes ■mucronata (?) H x

Chonetcs scitula H x

Chonetcs vicinus (Cast.) x

Cryptonella planirostris H x

Cyrtina hamiltonensis H x x

Dalmanclla lepida (?) H x

Ennclla lincklacni H x

Gypidula sp x

Leiorhynchus laura (Bill.) x

Xucleospira concinna H x x

PJwlidostrophia iowaensis (Ow.) x x

Productella spintdicosta H x

RhipidomcUa vannxemi H x x

SchizopJioria striatula Schl x

Spirifer acuminatus (Con.) x

Spirifer audaculus (Con.) • . x

Spirifer gregarius (CI.) x

Spirifer macrus H ? x

Spirifer maiiui H x

Spirifer pennatus (Atw.) x

Spirifer varicosus H x

Spirifer sp x

Stropheodonta concava H x

Stropheodonta deinissa (Con.) x x

Stropheodonta liouisphcrica H x

Stroplicodoiita per plana (Con.) x x

Strophonella ampla H x

Tropidoleptus carinatus (?) (Con.) x

Actinopteria boydii H x

Actinopteria descussata H x

Aviculopecten sp x x

Conocardium cuneus (Con.) x

Lcioptera dekayi (?) H x

Limoptera macroptera Con x

Limoptera pauperata H x

276 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 5,

Species Columbus Delaware

Paracyclas clliptica H x

Pterinea flabellum (Con.) x x

Bellerophon cf. pelops H x

Callonema cf. hcllatida (H.) x

Callaiiema lichas (?) (H.) x

Loxoitema hamiltoniac H x

Plenrotomaria liicina H x

Pleurotomaria sulcomarginata (Con.) x

Plenrotomaria sp x

Trochoncma incekamun Aliller x

Coleoliis tenniciuctiim (?) H x

Tentacidites bellulus H x

Tentacnlitcs scalariformis H x

Gomphoccras pingue (?) H x

Goniatitcs sp x

Orthoceras arkenense Whiteaves x

Orthoceras sp x

Phacops cristata H x

Phacops rana (Green) x

Proetus macroccphalus H x

Several zones were observed, which carry faunules differing
from each other, but available specimens were found to be so
much more aVjundant among the loose rock that most of the col-
lection was made from the material thrown on the bank. On
account of this manner of collecting, it is impossible to locate the
above species in their exact horizons, but Nos. S and 9 of the
section carr_y perhaps three-fourths of the species collected from
this formation.

The similarity of these northwestern Delaware beds and their
fauna to the Hamilton at Thedford, Ontario, rather than to the
same formation east in Ohio is certainly remarkable. This is
more evident when we study the coral zone "" and the layers
immediately associated with it. Such close relationship doubt-
less indicates direct shallow water connection between these Ohio
and Canadian sections and the center of dispersion of the Tra-
verse-Hamilton fauna, and, on the other hand, indirect connec-
tion between northwestern and central Ohio during the time of
their deposition.

(5) Grabau; Loc. cit. pjD. 152-159.
The University of Chicago.

March, 1908.] On the Cytology of Synchytrium. 277

ON THE CYTOLOGY OF SYNCHYTRIUM.

ni. The Role of the Centrosome in the Reconstruction of

the Nucleus.*

Robert F. Griggs.

Introductory. The first paper of this series on the cytology
of Sync4aytrium was published by Dr. and Mrs. F. L. Stevens, who
took up the study fresh from their remarkable work on the cytol-
ogy of the Oomycetes, hoping to clear up the very doubtful rela-
tionships of the Chytridiales which as they say "have offered an
open field for speculation heretofore and have baffled definite
judgments as to their relationships." They soon saw, however,
that they had a very large problem on their hands because of the
manv anomalous structures encountered which were very diffi-
cult to reconcile with the cytology of the higher organisms. They
therefore held the "discussion of these structures for a separate
paper, the present one being limited to a series of stages which
clearly pertain to true mitosis of the primary nucleus." Other
pressing work kept Professor Stevens away from Synchytrium,
however, and he decided to turn over his material to the present
Avriter. Some of the structures he saw he has described in a sec-
ond article ('07). With these suggestions as to the interesting
features in the cytology of the group, the writer has been fortu-
nate indeed in having furnished him ready to work with all of
Stevens' material, alcoholic, paraffine cakes and slides, as well as
notes of observation on the slides. He is therefore under very
considerable obligations to Professor Stevens, who, forced to
forego the pleasure of working out these structures personally,
has yet followed the study with a keen interest which quite jus-
tifies the consideration of this as a continuation of his former
work on the same object.

Before I took up the material, however, Mr. Lon A. Hawkins,
formerly fellow in Botany at the Ohio State University, undertook
the investigation but was compelled to drop it on assuming work
for the government. It was his preparations that were used in
this present work and the writer is very considerably indebted
to Mr. Hawkins also for his slides. They are beautiful prepara-
tions cut from 2 microns thick and stained in Iron Haematoxylon.
Stevens's preparations were stained with the triple stain.

For the rest of the work. Dr. Stevens and I propose to take
up in detail, step by step the peculiar cytological structures in
this interesting group either separately or jointly as circumstances

* Contribv;tions from the Botanical Laboratorv of the Ohio State
Universitv XXXIV.

278 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 5,

mav favor, with the hope of correlating the cytology of Synchy t-
rium with that of other plants and animals, in a way which may
throw some light on some general problems of cell organization
and finally to arrive at some conclusions regarding the relation-
ships of the Chytridiales.

Observations.*

After the division of the primary nucleus of Synchytrium decip-
iens which species alone was used in the present investigation,
the secondary nuclei divide rapidly without the formation of cell
walls till segmentation takes place when there are usually 500-
800 nuclei in the cyst. Kusano reports that all these mitoses
are similar in 5. puerariae and such seems to be the case in 5.
decipiens, the only change being in the continual diminution in
the size of the nucleus. But while it is believed that all of the
mitoses are similar it must be remarked that all of the observa-
tions here presented, were made on cysts about midway between
the primary cell and the segmented sorus in respect to the num-
ber of nuclei, i. e., from cysts wnth 100-300 nuclei. Whether
this has any significance or not we do not at present know.

The spindles of Synchytrium like those of fungi generalh-,
arise within the nucleus and reach metaphase before the nuclear
membrane is dissolved from around them. As Stevens found
both in the primary mitosis and in the succeeding ones, no cen-
trosomes are demonstrable at the poles. The figure made by the
separated chromosomes at each pole in anaphase (fig. 1 ) resem-
bles greatly that of the same stage in the primary division, com-
pare Stevens's (03) fig. 13 with my fig. 1, thus strengthening the
statement that all the mitoses are similar. There appear to be
four chromosomes as Stevens supposed though it is sometimes
difficult to see more than three (cf. figs. 1, 2, 8. In figure 1 there
are four chromosomes at the pole where only three can be seen,
one being directly beneath the one shown nearest the nucleolus.)

By the beginning of the telophase the daughter nuclei are
separated by an unusually great distance from each other. In
the mitoses from which the present figures were drawn they are
about 20 microns apart (see figs. 1 and 12.) Such a condition as
is shown in figure 5 where the daughter nuclei lie close together is
quite unusual. It is readily seen that in thin sections the

* Since the observations herein recorded were made but before they
were embodied in their jjresent form Kusano (07) has pubHshed a prelim-
inary paper on Synchytrium puerariae in which he announces the same rela-
tion'of the centrosomes to the nuclear membrane as is herein described.
Though he gives five figures they are hardly sufficient to demonstrate his
point and his fuller ])a])er is to be much desired inasmuch as the action of
the centrosomes of Synchytrium are so unusual that confirmation of the
results by independent workers will undoubtedly be welcomed by the
cytological fraternity.

March, 1908.] On the Cytology of Synchytrium. 279

chances of securing favorable sections of both the daughter nuclei
are rather remote. In the present case with sections 2 microns
thick, the chance is only about one in twenty-five, neglecting
the thickness of the nuclei though they are of about the same
thickness as the sections which reduces the chances very mater-
ially. It is evident, then, that it is not easy to get a full series of
nuclei in which both members of the pair show. Most of the
drawings therefore delineate only one nucleus.

While centrosomes are not demonstrable on the spindles at
metaphase or early anaphase (fig. 1 cf. Stevens 07 figs. 18-21),
in what is interpreted as telophase (fig. 2) there are found enor-
mous asters. The manner of their appearance has not yet been
made out. Though usually located near the former axis of the
spindle they are by no means accurately placed at its poles as can
be seen by consulting almost any of the figures. In structure
also it may be seen that they vary greatly. Sometimes there is a
single deeply staining granule (centrosome proper) at the centre
of the radiations (figs. (3, 7, 8, 11); sometimes the deep staining
taken at the centre seems to be due simply to the convergence of
radiations (fig. 5). In onlv one case and that not very distinct,
was there seen anything approaching a clear centrosphere around
the central granule. But very often there is more than one
granule. The different granules may be located at the focus of a
single aster so as to look like a dividing centrosome (fig. 2).
They may be scattered about the focus without any very defi-
nite relation to the rays( fig. 8). More often the different gran-
ules are the centres of separate asters so that there appear two
centrosomes (fig. 2, 4). Rarely there may be more than two dis-
tinct centrosomes; figure 9 shows a case where there were three
connected by heavy fibrous bands of kinoplasm, while each has
its own aster. Figure 10 shows an anomalous condition where
the centrosomes are located at nearly opposite poles of the nucleus
while their rays meet so as to extraordinarily resemble the am-
phiaster common in animal mitosis. Judged by itself this nu-
cleus would seem to be in the prophase of division for in addition
to the amphiaster the chromatin is arranged similarly to the
spirem of the prophase. Such an interpretation seems, however,
entirely inadmissible, since the chromatin in prophase does not,
so far as is now known, assume such a spirem and the spindle,
being intranuclear, has no relation to an}- such amphiaster.
This condition was seen only in the single nucleus located in a
cyst where all the other asters conform to the usual type. Fig.
7, howe\-er, shows a condition interesting in comparison; though
this ma}- be simply a case where the second nucleus of a pair was
cut out of the section, leaving a part of its aster. Here, in addi-
tion to the conspicuous aster at one pole of the nucleus, is another
on the opposite side which though faint and lacking a ver}- definite

28o The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 5,

granule is still clearly visible showing in addition to a few short
rays stretching away from the nucleus others connecting with
the nuclear membrane.

The various irregularities in the centrosomes are to be com-
pared in the judgment of the writer, to those present in the for-
mation of centrosomes de novo, under more or less abnormal
chemical stimulation, in animals. In many of these cases there
are formed a multitude of small asters two of which grovv large
and form the amphiaster. Because of the difficulty of deter-
mining the sequence of events, having no other indications of
the relative ages beside the condition of the asters themselves,
it cannot be asserted that the different asters coalesce or that one'
of them gains the mastery while the other disintegrates. Never-
theless it is to be noted that without exception those asters which
are interpreted as the end stages were, so far as seen, uniformlv
single (figs. 12-14).

The activities of the centrosomes and of the chromatin in the
reconstruction of the nucleus are apparently independent of each
other to a considerable degree so that it seems necessary to con-
sider them separately. In the telophase the four chromosomes
lie loosely in the cytoplasm making a figure not unlike the typical
daughter star. They have a manifest tendency to converge to
the centrosome which is more clearly shown in cases where there
are two asters, when part of the chromosomes may follow the rays
of each. At the distal ends of the chromosomes, with respect ot
the aster, there soon appears, in connection with one or more of
them (fig. 2) a thickening which enlarges at the expense of the
chromosomes till it becomes the karyosome (nucleolus) of the
resting nucleus (fig. 2). The transfer of the chromatin to the
karyosome consists apparently, not so much in the direct absorp-
tion of the chromosomes as in the gradual removal of the chro-
matin from the linin matrix so that in many cases the ends of the
chromosomes farthest away from the karyosome become vacuo-
late, as it were, and lose their staining reaction giving a gradual
transition from one condition to the other thereby showing ap-
parently that the chromatin migrates granule by granule from
the linin matrix (fig. 2.) Those chromosomes wliich do not di-
rectly connect with the growing karyosome form linin l)ridges
across to it, by which the chromatin may be transferred.

In many cases the nuclear membrane is formed before this
process is complete and there results a spirem which closely re-
sembles that usually found in the prophase of dividing cells,
(figs. 7-11). In such spirems all resemblance to the original
chromosomes may be lost and a loose, few-meshed network
formed. In as much as the conduct of the chromatin and of the
asters are independent, some doubt is thrown on the exact se-
quence of the trnncformntions of tlie nucleus as well as of the cen-

March, 1908.] On the Cytology of Synch ytrium. 281

trosomes. This is particularly true of the stage represented by
fig. 14, where the chromatin is in spireni in every one of the nuclei
in the three cysts observed although the aster has apparently run
its course. This suggests that we have not reached a full under-
standing of the phenomena as yet. Nevertheless in any case it
seems certain that the resting nucleus, with its chromatin all or
nearly all concentrated in the single globular karyosome (figs.
12-13) must be connected with the chromosomes of anaphase
by a series of stages not far divergent from these here described.

The cvcle of astral activity which is the main interest of the
present paper may now be taken up. When at their maximum
size the rays are relatively few, long, and so thick as to be
clearly visible under a low magnification. They are not always
straight (fig. 7) and do not always center exactly in the focus
of the aster (fig. 12). Quite often they have thickenings or
granules along their length (figs. 2, 4. 5, 12). These are apt
to be located at the intersections of the rays with the strands
of the cytoreticulum (fig. 5). At later stages the central
deep staining granule gives place to a larger diftuse gran-
ular area in which there may be still some deeper staining granules
but thev are more minute than those which preceeded them.
The ravs at the same time become finer and more numerous till
thev resemble the spindle fibres in ordinary mitosis. The granu-
lar area then appears to enlarge while the rays disappear and
finally the centrosome seems to become simply a densely granu-
lar mass of cvtoplasm which does not stain more deeply than the
general reticulum (fig. 14). In this stage the centrosome re-
sembles greatly the so-called attraction spheres of some animal
cells, e. g., some stages of Ascaris. This mass is then dissipated
into the general cytoplasm by imperceptable stages thus leaving
the nucleus without centrosomes as it began. As before indicated
the condition of the nucleus at this time throws some doubt upon
this sequence so that the history of the centrosome, like that of
the nucleus, may be subject to some reidsion. But it appears sure
that the centrosome arises de novo out of the cytoplasm and dis-
integrates into cytoplasm again whether the sequence of events
be exactly that given or not.

The remarkable feature of the aster, however, is the relation
of the ravs of the centrosome to the reconstruction of the nucleus.
At an early stage a vacuole appears around the chrom.osomes.
This is at first quite without a membrane (fig. 2) but very soon
those astral rays which are nearby come to form a cone enclosing
it (figs. 3,4). Soon the ends of the rays bend around the vacuole
and enclose it forming the unclear membrane (figs. 5,*{), 7). These
membrane-forming rays may be observed to taper greatly from
the center toward the' curved ends (figs. 4, 7). At their thicker
ends they are very heavy indeed and stain deeply so that they

282 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 5,

could not be accurately represented by anything less than the
heavv lines in the drawing. Since the rays are cylindrical rods
rather than plates the membrane is not a first any membrane
at all but a cage around the vacuole. The method by which the
interstices between the bars are filled up could not be followed
satisfactorily. But it may be that the substance of the rays
gradually spreads out around the vacuole till the membrane is
completely formed. This process may be seen on the side of the
nucleus towards the centrosome in those cases where the apex of
the cone of rays is very acute. Here the rounded surface of the
vacuole may be seen to acquire a membrane like that of the rest
of the nucleus so gradually that i'c is often difficult to tell whether
the membrane is present or absent (fig. 11). In these cases the
cap of rays persists for a considerable time but gradually fades
when the membrane is complete (figs. 10,11).

This method of the formation of the nuclear membrane by
the rays of the centrosome has been observed by the writer in
very many cases; to the five figures given to illustrate the stages
of the process could be added many more if it vrere deemed
necessary .

Aside from the peculiar method of its formation, the nuclear
membrane of Synch\trium is a remarkable structure. In the
primary nucleus it reaches a relatively enormous thickness (See
Stevens '03, fig. 5) and it is so stifi: that it is often broken and
carried awav by the knife. In the succeeding mitoses it is not
only thickened but sometimes presents some very peculiar aspects
which we shall hope to deal wirh in a later paper. One feature
may be touched upon here.

Those rays which form the m.embrane, like the others, fre-
quently have granules strung a'ong them. In other rays the
granules are centrally placed on the ray but in these they are
nearly always found on the inside of the nuclear cavity (figs. 4,
7, 8)'. In older stages they may be found either within the
nucleus, in the v^-all, or lying against its outer edge (fig. 12). Per-
haps, correlated with these granules are others f.-equently seen
loose in the cytoplasm, and surrounded each by a vacuole of its
own (fig. 11). Rut consideration of these would carry us too
far afield. We can not do more at this time than to suggest the
possible analogy betv.een the formation of these granules and
the derivation of the microsomes of the c\toplasm from the
nucleus as described by Lillie and others.

Summary. The exact history of the structures touched inci-
dentally, the aste.'S and ihe chromatin content of the nucleus, is
somewhat pf-ovisional, \)\\\ the poinc of the present paper is the
demonstration, confirming and amplifying Kusano's announce-
ment that the rays of the centrosome enclose the vacuole surround-
ing the naked clrromosomes, ami fo.-ni a very heavy deeply
staining membrane around it. the nuc'ea; meml).-anc.

March, 1908.] On the Cytology of Synchytrium. 283

Literature.
Griggs, R. F.

A Reducing Division in Ascaris. O. Nat. 6 : 519. 1906.

Harper, R. A.

Cell Division in Sporianga and Asci. Ann. Bot. 13 : 4(11 . 1S99.

Sexual Reproduction and Organization of the Nucleus in Mildews.
Carnegie Inst. Pub. 37. 1905.

Ikeno. S.

Blepharophlasts in Plants. Biolog. Centrabl. 24 : I'll. 190-4.

Kusano, S.

On the Nucleus of Svnchvtrium Puerariae. Bot. Mag. Tokyo. 21 : 118.
1907.

Lawson, A. A.

On the Relation of the Nuclear Membrane to the Protoplast. Bot.
Gaz. 35 : 305. 1903.

Lilhe, F. R.

Elementarv Phenomena of Development of Chaetopterus. Jour.
Exp. Zool."3 ; 153. 190(3.

Mead, A. D.

Origin and Behavior of Centrosomes in the Annelid Egg. Jour. Morph.
14 : 2. 1898.

Olive, E. W.

Cell and Nuclear Division in Basidiobolus. Ann. Mycol. 5 : 404. 1907.

Rvtz, W.

Beitr. Kennt. Gat. Synchytrium. Centrabl. Bakt. 18 : 635, 799. 1907.

Stevens, F. L.

The Compound Oosphere of Albugo bliti. Bot. Gaz. 29 : 149, 225. 1899.

Some Remarkable Nuclear Structures in Svnchvtrium. Ann. ;\Ivcol.
5 : 480. 1907.

Stevens, F. L. and A. C.

Mitosis in the Primarv Nucleus of Svnchvtrium Decipiens. Bot.
Gaz. 35 : 405. 1903.'

Wilson, E. B

The Cell. A'lacmiUan Co. 1904.

Explanation op Plates XIX and XX.

The figures were made with a Spencer 1.5 mm. achromatic, oil immer-
sion objective and a Zeis compensating oci-'lar 12 giving at the table a
measured magnification of approximmately 4000 diameters. They were

reduced to 2-3 of their original size exactly canceling the enlargeinent due
to the camera and rendering the figures the same size as they were seen in
the field of the microscope, namely enlarged 2670 times. All are camera
drawings.

Fig. 1. Early anaphase; a blob of chromatin at one pole, at the other
4 chromosomes, one covering another.

Fig. 2. Telophase considerably later than fig. 1. Showing the pro-
cess of transformation of the chromosomes and also the beginning of the
nuclear vacuole which is without a menibrane.

Fig. 3. Nucleus in wich the rays are beginning to be associated with
the edges of the nuclear vacuole.

Fig. 4. Nucleus with two asters the rays of each of which are begin-
ning to form the nuclear membrane.

Ohio N\turm tst

Piatt \IX

X

^Vw"^

1

4^?4^f

I

^ ^r

* ^Sm. ^K -^^

»v

s,%

l^iif, ''/*>-* ^f 1* !«- '^

¥

I '5^

*r ^ri,-

»« -=ja< "IBS 'V-iiW ^ ■?

Gru.(,s on 1 li(. L} tolog} of vS) nchytriuni"

Ohio Nattralist.

Plate XX.

.^y^x^s^S^a^

\ .^^7j.^^

/4

Gkigcs on " The Cytology of Synchytiium'

2 86 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 5,

Fig. o. A pair of daughter nuclei remaining unusually close together
(one cut in sectioning) ; rays of the centrosome prominent and granular,
bending around the nuclear vacuole on the side opposite the centrosotne,
but not yet met to complete the membrane.

Fig. 6. A cone of tapering astral rays enfolding the nuclear cavity
and bending around beyond it ; prominent granules on the nuclear mem-
brane.

Fig. 7. Muclear membrane almost complete by the meeting of the
rays.

Fig. 8. Nucleus showing a banded condition similar to a spirem; the
bands probably derived from the four chromosomes.

Fig. 9. A nucleus with three distinct asters connected by heavy
radiations.

Fig. 10. A nucleus in a spirem-like condition with two centrosomes
forming, with their racHations, a figure like an amphiaster.

Fig. 11. A nucleus showing the gradual genesis of the nuclear wall
on the side next the centrosome; also a large deep-staining granule sur-
rounded by a vacuole.

Fig. 12. An aster with a large rather diffuse centre and numerous
very tine rays; nuclear membrane complete but still associated with the
rays. On the membrane of both this and the portion of the sister nucleus
are conspicuous granules lying in different positions with respect to the
nuclear wall.

Fig. 13. Centrosome more diffuse than in fig. 12; nuclear membrane
disturbed by knife.

Fig. 14. Nucleus in spirem sage with a large mass of dense cytoplasna
at one side which is interpreted as the end stage of the centrosome. '

Just as this number goes to press telegrams bring the sad in-
telligence of the death of Professor W. A. Kellerman in Guate-
mala. Professor Kellerman was one of the most active in the
founding of the Naturalist, a member of its advisory board since
the beginning, and its volumes include a large number of con-
tributions from his facile pen. He was a most enthusiastic and
untiring worker and the rich collections which he has brought
together, representing the flora of home and foreign countries
will be a y)ermanent evidence of his devotion to science.

Only meager information concerning his illness is at hand, but
we learn that interment will be made in Guatemala, in the region
which has been the scene of his latest work and which he had
explored with a delight born of love for its beauty of scenery
and wealth of life.

We must reserve for a later num1)er fuller details, and the
appreciations merited by his work. H. O.

March, 1908.] Two Notable Landslides. 287

TWO NOTABLE LANDSLIDES.*

George D. Hubbard.

The landslide is the sort of phenomenon to have caught the
attention of the geologist of a century ago, but with our present
substantial grounding in uniformitarianism, and in our attempt
to appreciate duly the ordinary, we are more than likely to under-
estimate the importance of the extraordinary. Hence, I want to
call attention to this rather remarkable, and, in some localities,
prevalent, process of denudation.

In many of the newer valleys of southeastern Ohio, land slide
topography is almost omnipresent. Hundreds of acres of land
along the steeper A^alley walls have been ruined or badly dam-
aged for agriculture by slipping, and tumbling down the slopes,
or by being covered with material which has tumbled down.
The sliding usually so mixes the soil with the subsoil, or that part,
of the regolith yet unprepared for supporting plant growth, that
the soil can no longer be used. Further, the tumbled, bunchy
condition of a landslide prevents cultivation and harvesting, and
even hurts the area seriously for pasture.

Within historic time, there have been thousands of land-
slides of various sizes in the hilly part of this state, and manv
occur every year even down to the present time. In the aggre-
gate they must be rather important physiographic phenomena.
During the past sixteen months a considerable number of minor,,
fresh heaps of tumbled debris have been examined, and two very
extensive piles have been studied.

The first notable landslide studied in Ohio occurred in the
spring of 190(), near the training track of a Mr. Corwine, about
two miles up the Scioto from Waverly. The upper (Pre-Wis-
consin) out wash terraces are here verv extensively developed,
and well preserved. Going northward or northwestward across
the level upper terrace-top past the training track, one approaches-
a place where an area comprising many acres of the terrace has
gone down 1-25 feet and slipped forward toward the stream
carrying fine rich pasture and scattered, old oaks down with it.
The slip has the appearance of recency. The section through
the outwash here is, from the top downward, washed gravel and
sand with much fine, poorly-sorted, material, 25-30 feet; then
blue clays and fine sands ideally stratified and containing, occa-
sionally, strata of brown iron-stained sand, or layers bearing
black sand of garnets, magnetite and some more valuable metal-
lic oxides. This fine clay and sand attains an exposed thickness

* By permission of the State Geologist of Ohio. Read at the meeting
of the Ohio State Academ}^ of Science, 1907.

2 88 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 5,

of 25-40 feet and may be underlain by micaceous sand behaving
like quicksand, although no true quicksand could be located
except a seam in a well, up on the terrace at a depth of 20-30
feet and at a distance from the landslide of more than a half mile.

The landslide began by the falling of the front of a steep bluff
of this outwash material after it had been undermined by the
stream (a branch of the Scioto from the west). This was fol-
lowed bv the settling down of 10-15 acres of the adjacent terrace
land, and the horizontal layers of blue clay and sand exposed in
the stream bed for a generation were made to buckle and fold as
if pushed up from below or crushed laterally, and then forced
forward into sharp folds. This stratified clay, turned up verti-
cally, rose across the valley obstructing the channel and effective-
Iv ponding the waters back. A lake a fourth mile long was
formed, whose overflow is slowly cutting an outlet notch through
the vertical layers of tough clay.

Such a slide could hardly have occurred unless there had been
a yielding stratum below in which slipping could take place, hence
the supposition of quicksands, or micaceous layers at least,
beneath the surface.

The more remarkable physiographic effects of this slide are
(1) the lowering and tumbling of an area of level pasture and
scattered timber several acres in extent, through a vertical dis-
tance of one to twenty-five feet ; (2) the folding and pushing up
of a series of horizontal clay layers; (3) the ponding back, by the
latter phenomenon, of the waters, and the production of a tem-
porary lake; (4) the complete closing of a large spring and its
re-formation in a new place several rods distant and a few feet
higher.

The second large landslide occurred many years ago. It lies
in and rather completely closes the valley between the head of
Cranenest Fork of Little Muskingum and a short branch of Op-
possum Creek about one and one-half miles west of V/inkler's
Mill, Monroe county, Ohio. The topography of the vicinity is
shown on the New Martinsville and New Metamoras sheets of the
United States Geological Survey topographic map.

At the point indicated, the divide is about 1110 feet above
sea level, but has the appearance of a low col in a valley whose
walls rise over one hundred and fifty feet above the crest of the
col. The material of this divide is loose rock waste with a bunchy
surface considerably subdued by subaerial agencies and deeply
gashed by headward erosion. On the east side of this divide the
little branch of Oppossum Creek falls 100 feet in one-fourth mile
and another hundred in less than a full mile. This branch is
on rock back to the landslide. Cranenest Fork, flowing N. W.,
falls 100 feet in aljout one mile and another hundred feet in about

March, 1908.] Two Notable Landslides. 289

23/2 miles. It is not on rock until more than one half mile from
the landslide. Westward along this creek a distance of seven
to eight miles, or, about to the crossroads called Cranenest, the
tributaries all enter the main creek barbed, as if the latter had
been reversed since their courses were established. The altitude
of the bed of the stream here is only 830 feet above sea level a
depth reached b\- Oppossum Creek about two and one-half miles
from the divide. The fact that the streams are on rock so near
the divide does not prove that the valley floor here before the
landslide was no lower than the bed rock now exposed. It sug-
gests that the landslide and accompanying or ensuing aggradation
covered the old rock floor, in such manner that, subsequent ero-
sion was not directed along the line of the previous axis of the
vallev ; but that the streams, cutting through the mantle rock
where thev found themselves, have in places, encountered rock
at much higher levels.

The phvsiographic effects of this landslide seem to have been
(1) the plugging of a valley several miles below the divide to
such an extent that (2) the waters of a southeast flowing stream
leading to Oppossum Creek were ponded back and made to rise
in a lake and flow over the divide into a branch of Little Mus-
kingum now called Cranenest Fork, and thereby (3) the course
of a stream for seven or eight miles was reversed, and this much
of one creek was removed from its head and added to the head
of another. Since the reversal, the col-divide, over which the
waters were forced, has been cut down, and the stream now flows
out westward by an easy grade ; while to the eastward, the short
stream, tributary to Oppossum creek, and thereby,' to the Ohio,
is rapidlv endeavoring to push its headwaters back and recover
its lost territory.

OCCURRENCE OF TYPHLOPSYLLA OCTA.CTANUS IN OHIO.

Herbert Osborn.

While inany species of fleas are recorded for different mam-
mals in America, there have been so far no definite records of the
occurrence of anv of these parasites upon bats. A number of
species are known in the old world as infesting these mammals,
and it has been a matter of some interest here to determine
whether our native species of bats were infested by the same or
similar species. In July, 1906, I found upon a bat taken at
Cedar Point several specimens of a flea which undoubtedly
belongs to this genus and which in its main characters agrees
closely with the European species named above. There are some
points of difterence as compared with a description of that
species, especially in the number and arrangement of tenidia, but

290 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 5,

these seem scarcely sufficient to warrant the separation of the
species, at least without more exact knowledge as to the limit of
variation in this characteristic than I have at the present time.
The parasite must be quite rare as I have frequently secured
other forms of parasites from bats, and would certainly have
noted these if they had been common. Since the title of this
paper was forwarded I have receievd a paper from Professor
A. M. Banta on the fauna of May field Cave in which he mentions
the occurrence of fleas in connection with the bats of that cave,
l)ut he does not refer them to any particular genus or species.
Doubtless they belong to this genus and their specific deter-
mination would be a matter of interest.

Note on the American Barn Owl.

James S. Hine.

The barn owl appears to be a rather common bird on the
Ohio State University grounds, but on account of its nocturnal
habits and quiet disposition it is not often seen. Several speci-
mens have been sent in from different parts of the state, indicat-
ing that the species is at home in other sections besides Columbus.

Last fall, near the first of November it was observed that a
nest of the barn owl was located in a cavity in one of the large
sycamores in the field near the Biological Building. During the
early part of each night the young birds made a great deal of
noise, in their way, about the nest and the old ones were seen occa-
sionally leaving and returning. About the 10th of the same
month two of the young were observed on the ground near the
nesting tree, but, although they were quite well feathered they
could not fly sufficiently well to get back into the nest and so lost
their lives. The flight feathers were well out and the birds' were
just at the stage when they gave a fine exhibition of the pushing
out of the nest down by the more substantial body covering.

The season of nesting is one of the more interesting points in
the matter, and if we consider Audubon's calculations as a guide
the eggs must have been deposited sometime in August, perhaps
near the middle of that month. As practically all of our birds
are through nesting at this season, it is difficult to arrive at the
]joint of considering this the regular nesting time of the species
in question in this section. There is in the museum of the uni-
versity a set of eggs of the barn owl labelled Santa Paula, Cali-
fornia, March 27th.

Some of the students and myself in looking over the ground
beneath the tree, picked up a number of the cast-up pellets
which contained many jaw bones of the common meadow mouse
and so far as we couUl judge this mammal furnished much of the
food of the owls.

< « ^^^ f^ .^ t^.

\- '-

■y

-aau'^-

K- V Jt

The Ohio ^JSCaturalist,

PUBLISHED BY

The Biological Club of the Ohio State Uni'versity,

Volume VIII. APRIL. 1908. No. 6.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Jennings— An Ecological Classilicatioii of the Vegetation of Cedar Point 291

MoRGULis— The Murman Biological Station 340

AN ECOLOGICAL CLASSIFICATION OF THE VEGETATION

OF CEDAR POINT.

By Otto E. Jennings.

The peninsula of Cedar Point, forming for seven miles a
narrow barrier between the marshes and open waters of San-
dusky Bay on the west and Lake Erie on the east, is probably
by far the best place in Ohio for the study of ecology, either
with respect to the adaptation of the plants to their environ-
ment, or to the aggregation of different species of plants into
associations of various kinds, or the successional development
of these various associations.

During the summer months of 1903 the writer, acting in
capacity of Assistant to Dr. W. A. Kellerman, devoted his entire
time to the preparation of a herbarium of the flora of Cedar
Point and, in 1905, while acting as Instructor at the Lake Labor-
atory, the peninsula was again thoroughly explored and consid-
erable study was made of the ecological phases of the subject.
In 1906 and again in 1907 several days were spent on the penin-
sula, mainly in taking notes and in perfecting previous classifica-
tions of the vegetation, and it is beHeved that a fairly correct
general ecological classification can now be presented of the vege-
tation of Cedar Point. ^

This rather brief reconnaissance is given in the hope that it
may be of use to other students of the flora of Cedar Point, serv-
ing as a basis for future more detailed and comprehensive work
along ecological lines. Excellent opportunities are presented at
Cedar Point for exact instrumental studies of the various habi-
tats and it is to be hoped that the future may see this accom-
plished.

1 . The author would here take the opportunity of gratefully acknowl-
edging the various courtesies extended to him by Prof. Herbert Osborn,
Director of the Ohio State University Lake Laboratory, and also the
assistance rendered by Mrs. O. E. Jennings in the preparation of the
illustrations for this article.

292 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 6,

The shores of ponds, lakes, and oceans have been the subject
of ecological studies to a greater extent than has any other
physiographic region. This is, no doubt, due to the concentra-
tion in a small space of many different plant formations with the
developmental stages exceptionally well defined. Studies of
this sort of particular interest with respect to the ecology of
Cedar Point, being physiographically quite similar as to the areas
embraced, are those of MacMillan at the Lake of the Woods,"
Cowles at the southern end of Lake Michigan,^ Ganong at the
Miscou Beach,'* and Kearney at the Great Dismal Swamp,-'' and
at Ocracoke Island."

As referred to in the present article an association of species
occupying a definite, more or less homogeneous unit of ecological
environment (habitat), is termed an ecological plant formation.
The formation is the unit of vegetation and is always character-
ized by one or more dominant species which are termed the fades.
The facies may appear separately from each other, each having
a definite association of accompanying species, and where this
happens the facies thus characterize as many different consocies.
Certain species in the formation may become very conspicuous
at certain periods in the season (aspects), such species being
termed principal species and the associations which they thus
characterize, societies. The aggregation of the common descend-
ants of a plant constitutes an ecological family and the aggrega-
tion of several families an ecological community.

All plant formations bring about reactions of various kinds
in the habitat, — removal of plant foods, accumulation of vege-
table debris, cutting off the light, etc., — which usually result in
making the habitat less suitable to the resident species but better
suited to other species which, by invasion of the altered habitat,
may eventually occupy it to the complete exclusion of the species
of the original formation. Invasion consists (first) of migration,
by which is meant the entrance into the habitat of disseminules
of various sorts (seeds, spores, vegetative shoots, etc.), and
(second) of ecesis, by which is meant the germination, growth,
and establishment of the migrant disseminule.

2. MacMillan, Conway. Observations on the Distribution of Plants
along Shore of Lake of the Woods. Minnesota Botanical Studies. Geol.
and Nat. Hist. Survey Minn. Bulletin 9 ; 949-102:1 1897.

3. Cowles, H. C. The Ecological Relations of the Vegetation of the
Sand Dunes of Lake Michigan. Bot. Gaz. 27 : 95-117, 167-202, 2Sl-;i():i
and 3G1-391. Feb., Mar., Apr., and May, 1899.

Also the Physiographic Ecology of Chicago and Vicinity. Bot. Gaz.
81 : 73-108, 145-182. Feb. and Mar., 1901.

4. Ganong, W. F. The Nascent Forest of the Miscou Beach Plain.
Bot. Gaz. 42 : 85-87. 1900.

5. Kearne3^ T. H. A Report on a Botanical Survey of the Dismal
vSwamp Region. Contr. Nat. Herb. 5 : 3G7-395. 1901.

6. Kearney, T. H. The Plant Covering of Ocracoke Island. Contr.
Nat. Herb. 5 : 275-284. 1900,

April, 1908.] The Vegetation of Cedar Point. 293

With the appearance of a new habitat, such as the elevation
of a new land area, the initial formations will be open, i. e., not
occupying the whole area; but, with successive changes in the
habitat, often determined largely by reactions caused by the
vegetation itself, the formations will become closed, and compe-
tition between the various species may become severe. From
the initial stages the vegetation of a habitat will thus normally
pass through a varying number of intermediate stages to an ulti-
mate or climax stage in which the vegetation has reached a more
or less permanent condition, term'ed stabilization? Recent inves-
tigations have added considerably to our knowledge regarding
competition between various species of plants and this has an
important bearing upon the subject of succession between the
various formations. It has been found that many plants throw
off, or at least cause to be present in the soil certain substances
toxic to themselves, to certain other plants, or to both.^ Such
phenomena alone could account for many ecological successions.

The ecological classification of the vegetation of a region is
usually very intimately correlated with the physiography of that
region, and the development of the vegetation through the succes-
sive stages of a succession is very often definitely determined by
the corresponding land forms occurring in the physiographic
development of the region. To this statement Cedar Point is
no exception and the excellent work of Moseley in tracing the
physiographic development of Cedar Point and Sandusky Ba\^ is
of great service to the student of the ecology of this region, in
affording a foundation upon which to base an ecological classifi-
cation of the vegetation. As a matter of fact. Prof. Moseley's
publication includes much botanical matter directly in the line
of an ecological classification, especialh- with reference to the
vegetation of the sand ridges of the peninsula."

The writer's extended investigations of the ecology of the
peninsula of Presque Isle at Erie, Pennsylvania, during the last
three years, and now in the course of publication, has led to a
much better understanding of certain vegetational phenomena
on Cedar Point. Presque Isle is considerably larger than Cedar

7. For an extended discussion of the various ecological processes
and vegetational structures the reader is referred to Research Methods
in Ecologv, b}' F. E. Clements, Lincoln, Nebraska. 1905. In the present
contribution the writer has followed Clements' terminology so tar as
technical terins have been used.

8. Livingston, B. E., Britton, J. C, and Reid, F. R. Studies on
Properties of Unproductive Soils. V. S. Dept. Agr., Bureau of Soils,
Bull. 28 : 1-39. 1905. Also Livingston, B. E., assisted by Jensen, C. A.,
Breazeale, J. F., Pember, F. R., and Skinner, J. J. Further Studies on
the Properties of Unproductive Soils. \J . S. Dept. Agr., Bureau of Soils.
Bull. 36 : 1-71. 1907.

9. Moseley, E. L. Formation of Sandusky Bay and Cedar Point.
Proc. Ohio State Acad. Science. Thirteenth Ann. Rpt. 4 : 179-238.
June 15, 1905.

2 94 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 6,

Point, the vegetation is almost entirely in its natural state, free
from human interference, and some of the successions present a
remarkably complete series of stages, whereas Cedar Point pre-
sents, in many cases, a fragmentary series considerably disturbed
by man's activities.

AVith this explanation the writer in this contribution may,
perhaps, be pardoned for frequent comparative references to the
vegetation of Presque Isle. Although often differing consider-
ably as to particulars, Presque Isle and Cedar Point have much
in common, both with reference to the general physiographic
development of the peninsulas and to the ecological classification
of their vegetation.

The best method of treatment of the structure of the vegeta-
tion of any particular locality is, to be sure, more or less dependent
upon the completeness of the successions. If the various stages
of the successions are present it is most logical to use the develop-
mental method, taking up the various stages in the order of their
development and considering the vegetation as a gradual growth
or evolution from the simple initial stages to the more complex
stages tending towards stabilization.

The vegetation of Cedar Point will be discussed in this paper
according to the developmental method, as many of the succes-
sional stages are exemplified, or at least indicated, in the present
vegetation, while correlations with certain similar structures on
Presque Isle will indicate the probable composition of certain
missing stages.

The following classification is here presented as a provisional
outline of the vegetational structures on Cedar Point. Wherever
the same structure has been recognized both here and on Pres-
que Isle the same nomenclature has been adopted as was used
in the author's forthcoming work on the ecology of Presque Isle.

A — The Cottonwood Bar-Ridge-Thicket-Forest Succession,
a — The Populns-Salix Dune Formation,
b — The Andropogon Dune Formation,
c — The Toxicodendron Thicket Formation,
d — The Pinus-J uniperus Forest Formation,
e — The Quercus velntina-imbricaria Forest Formation,
f — The Ulmus-Acer Forest Formation.

B — The Lagoon-Marsh-Wet Meadow-Thicket-Forest Succession,
a — The Potamogeton Formation, and

The Popuhis-Salix Formation,
b — The Potamogeton Formation, and

The J uncus-Eleocharis Formation, and

The Populus-Salix Formation.
c — The Potamogeton Formation, and

The Typha-Scirpus Formation, and

The Salix spp. Formation, and

The Populus-Salix Formation.

April, 1908.] The Vegetation of Cedar Point. 295

d — The Potamogeton Formation, and

The Castalia-Nymphaea Formation, and
The Decodon-Persicaria Formation, and
The Cephalanthtis-Cornus Formation, and
' The Rhus-hirta Formation, and

The Ulnms-Acer Forest Formation.

C — The Beach-Sand Plain-Thicket-Forest Succession.

a — The Lower Beach. . .The Chlamydomonas Formation,

b — The Drift Beach The Cakile-Xanthium Formation,

c — The Sand Plain TheArtemisia-PanicumFormation,

d — The Rhus-Prunus-Toxicodendron Thicket Formation,
e — The Quercus velutina-imbricaria Forest Formation.

D — The Beach-Sand Plain-Heath-Forest Succession.

a — The Lower Beach. . .The Chlamydomonas Formation,

b — The Drift Beach The Cakile-Xanthium Formation,

c — The Sand Plain The ^4 rtemisia-Panicum Formation ,

d — The Heath The Arctostaphylos-Juniperus

Heath Formation,
e — The Quercus velutina-imbricaria Forest Formation.

E — The Dune and Blowout Successions.

a — ^The Ammophila Fringing-Dune Formation,
b — The Elymtis Dune Formation, or

The Andropogon Dune Formation,
c — The Prunus-Rhus Dune Thicket Formation, or

The Arctostaphylos-Juniperus Heath Formation.

a — The Artemisia-Panicunt Blowout Formation,
b — The Arctostaphylos-Juniperus Heath Formation.
(The Secondary Catalpa Blowout Formation).

F. — The Bay-Marsh-Wet Meadow-Thicket-Forest Succession.

A. The Beach Habitat.

a — Same as under the Beach-Sand Plain-Thicket-Forest
Succession.

B. The Marsh Habitat.
a — The Scirpus Formation,

b — The Phragmites-Typha Marsh Formation,

c — The Salix discolor-lucida Thicket Formation, or

The Calamagrostis canadensis Wet Meadow Formation,
d — The Rhus hirta Thicket Formation,
e — The Ulmus-Acer Forest Formation.

C. The Cove Habitat,
a — (The Chara Formation),

b — The Potamogeton Formation,

c — The Castalia-Nymphaea Formation,

d — The Phragmites-Typha Marsh Formation,

e — The Calamagrostis canadensis Wet Meadow Formation,

, -^-n. ^ I

■«-« ei c«\ ^ <ri CO

W

«o.

''%

<^i

CM

.ciiO

cn

g <u 0)

M^ O
O =52

c^ o

t.

April, 1908.] The Vegetation of Cedar Point. 297

f — The Ce phalanthus-Cornus Thicket Formation,
g' — The Rhus hirta Thicket Formation,
h — The Ulmus-Acer Forest Formation.

(The Anomalous Ailanthus Forest Formation).

THE COTTONWOOD B AR-RIDGE-THICKET-FOREST SUCCESSION.

As Prof. Moseley has so well shown, the terminal portion of
Cedar Point, termed the Ridge Section, consists mainly of a series
of sand ridges initiated by northeast gales during times of high
water in Lake Erie, and subsequently built up to their present
dimensions by the combined action of wind and vegetation in
accumulating the loose beach sand. The approximate dates of
formation of the ridges are shown to run consecutively from about
1-129 A. D. for the oldest ridge, on the Bay side of the peninsula,
to 1899 for the youngest ridge along the Lake front.

Beginning, therefore, with the present Lake Erie beach of
the Ridge Section, the vegetation may be discussed from the
developmental standpoint from the youngest to the older stages
of the succession, the various stages being found in connection
with similar physiographic units (sand ridges and intervening
depressions) of consecutively older formation.

During a northeast gale, with high water in the Lake, the
loose beach sand may be piled up into a bar which, upon the sub-
sidence of the waves, will be left more or less permanently above
the ordinary water level. Behind this bar there will be a more
or less completely segregated lagoon. Into such a beach lagoon
there will be blown during late spring many willow and cotton-
wood disseminules, which, floating upon the surface of the water,
will soon be deposited and buried in the loose, wet sand which
rapidly accumulates around the banks of the newly formed
lagoon. Here the disseminules will sprout and the lagoon will
soon be bordered by a zone of little cottonwoods and willows.
The lagoon may be so narrow as to be completely filled up by
the drifting sand before other vegetation may be able to estab-
hsh itself, or, if the lagoon be wider, other vegetation may become
estabhshed only to be later buried under the sand and killed.
In either case, however, a sand rigde has been initiated by the
establishment of the zone of cottonwoods and willows.

With the growth of the cottonwoods and willows there is
ofifered an obstruction to the drifting sand, the height of the
obstruction by its continued vertical growth tending to build
the ridge ever higher. Cottonwoods will continue to grow
vigorously under such conditions, providing the tops of the
plants are not entirely buried. On Presque Isle the writer found
cottonwoods buried to a depth of nearly 30 feet and still vigor-
ously growing. As the lower branches of the tree become buried
in the sand they die, although for a long time serving the purpose

298

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. VIII, No. 6,

of sand binders, and numerous roots are sent out from all portions
of the buried trunk.

The initial stage of the succession under discussion may be
designated as follows:

The Popiilus-Salix Dune Formation.
Facies: Popuhis deltoides,

Salix cordata (?).
Secondary Species:

Cakile edentula,

Salix interior,
Ammo phi I a edentula.

Fig. 2. Looking sovithward along the ^vest side of sand ridge between
the summer cottages and Lake Erie, north of the Breakers Hotel. Note
the Populus forming the backbone of the ridge and the Ammophila and
Salix being rapidly buried.

The rapidly growing ridge along the Lake front north of the
Breakers Hotel is a fine example of the young stage of this for-
mation. (Ridge No. 8, Moseley). With the vertical gi-owth of
the ridge the willows are soon buried and then probably the
cottonwoods alone will not be able to offer a sufficient obstruc-
tion to the sand to cause ftu'thcr vertical growth of the ridge.
In fact the branches immediately above the top of the ridge
may die and the sand, being thus exposed to the action of the
wind, may be again blown away. Generally, however, there
appears another plant which, to a certain degree, takes the place
of the lower limbs of the cottonwoods or, upon the death of the
trees, may itself preserve the integrity of the ridge. The vege-
tational structure at this stage may be termed as follows:

April, 1908.] The Vegetation of Cedar Point 299

The Andropogon Dune Formation.
Facies: Andropogon furcatus.

Secondary Species:

Artemisia caudata, Andropogon sco partus,

Panicum virgatum.
The development of this formation on Cedar Point is far in-
ferior to its development at Presque Isle. On Cedar Point the
formation is usually more or less mixed with the foregoing for-
mation, as in parts of Ridge 7, and later passes into the following
structure:

The Toxicodendron Thicket Formation.

Facies: Toxicodendron pubescens.

Secondary Species:

Populus deltoides, Celastrus scandens,
Parthenocissus quinquefolia, Rhus aromatica,

QuercMS velutina, Fraxinus americana,

Salix amygdaloides, Vitis vulpina,

Ptelea trtfoliata, Andropogon furcatus,

Poa compressa, Juniperus virginiana.

This formation is characterized by several lianas or semi-
lianas, which, together with young trees of several species, con-
stitute a more or less definite thicket formation above which
stand the older cottonwoods. The last named species is here
probablv best regarded as a relict of the earlier formations. The
Toxicodendron Thicket Formation is best exemplified on Ridges
6(l)>nd 6(2), (Moseley).

The Pimts- Juniperus Forest Formation.

Facies: Juniperus virginiana,

'Pinus strobus.
Principal Species: Vagnera stellata.

Secondary Species:

Quercus velutina, Quercus imbricaria.

Toxicodendron pubescens, Tilia atnericana,

Populus deltoides, Fraxinus americana,

Fraxinus biltmoreana, Salix amygdaloides,

Platanus occidentalis , Ulmus fulva,

Opuntia humifusa, Cyperus schweinitzii,

Celastrus scandens, Rubus procumbens,

Asclepias tuberosa, Arabis laevigata,

Prunus serotina, Rhus aromatica,

Panicum scribnerianum, Smilax herbacea,
Equisetum robustum.

300 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 6,

The exact status of this formation is not easy to determine
with respect to its counterpart on Presque Isle, but it appears
that the formation on Cedar Point is a sort of merging of what
has been callefl two distinct formations on Presque Isle. The
formation is typically exemplified on Ridges 5 and 4 and, in
places, on 3.

No alternation is evident between the facies of this formation,
but there is, however, a distinct layering; the following layers
being evident:

1. Primary Layer. — The facies and other trees of larger size.

2. Secondary Layer. — Young trees, mainly of same species

as the facies but relatively larger numbers of oaks.

3. Tertiary Layer. — Low shrubs and herbs; Vagnera,

Equisetum, etc.

4. Ground Layer. — Represented very sparingly by occa-

sional fleshy fungi, moulds, myxomycetes, etc.
The formation is characterized by one principal species con-
stituting the Vagnera stellata Society. Also conspicuous com-
munity and family groups of Equisetum.

The Quercus velutina-imhricaria Forest Formation.

Facies: Quercus velutina,

Quercus imbricaria.

Principal Species: Aralia nudiflora,

Washingtonia claytoni.

Secondary Species:

Pinus strobus, Juniperus virginiana,

Tilia americana, Prunus serotina,

Prunus virginiana, Fraxinus americana,

Smilax herbacea. Toxicodendron pubescens,

Rubus nigrobaccus, Aralia racemosa,

Vitis vulpina, Parthenocissus quinqefolia

Vagnera stellata, Vagnera racemosa,

Meibomia dillenii, Lespedeza violacea,

Galium circaezans, Helianthus strumosus,

Ulmus americana, Solanmn nigra,

Monarda fistulosa, Nabalus albus,
Pkryma leptostachya.

This formation is best shown towards the north ends of Ridges
3 and 2. The habitat, although originally a xerophytic one with
a pure sand soil, has become more and more mesophytic. The
water-containing and water-retaining powers of the soil have been
much increased by the accumulation of about three inches of
humus which acts as a mulch, and also the same general efifect
is brought about by the continual rise of the water table coinci-
dent with the cumulative rise of water in the Lake.

April, 1908,] The Vegetation o^ Cedar Point.

301

i

m,'^

>-v

'■♦J

P

'"^ '^^^^^.^H^I^E^^H^I

>'^

gi^sci

Ili^H

M

^<^7V'v;2*:Sl;-^

#^^

%

!*3' i; .r<- 'Si,

'■■ ^ '1

Kai^P^

-* '.'I"

Is^

|S!^

^" -x.=-«^tfaKr.

::&:-

S*|i-, -t.

^'^ly

^™/'«^.

•

^Br^v^j^niH^^S^^^I

*^^^.M>^

i|

1 V

■y^^'^

^

'<*?

mm

at., ; ^

n!^v|

t.

If

^0M

m

>f

-s^^kjf''^-

-

^f:

Fig. 3. Looking northwest along path from rear of Breakers Hotek
vegetation transitional into the Pinus- J uniperus Forest Formation. Note
old cottonwoods, young pines, junipers, and oaks, and numerous lianas;
also conspicuous tertiary layer.

302 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 6,

This formation constitutes a forest habitat quite different in
several respects from that of the preceding formation. The pri-
mary layer being deciduous, and, as a whole, being largely com-
posed of species (oaks) coming into leaf rather late in the season,
and, even then, not casting a dense shade, the relative amount of
insolation reaching the lower layers in the oak forest is quite
large; much larger than in the Piniis-Junipenis forest. Due
in a large measure, probably, to this relatively greater amount
of insolation there are developed in the oak forest much more
pronounced layers. The following layers are there evident,
.aside from the Primary Layer the Shrub and Herbaceous Layers
b)eing most important:

L Primary Layer. — Composed of the facies and other
large trees.

2. Secondary Layer. — Younger individuals of the species
constituting the primary layer, together with a veiw few large
shrubs and small trees. Not a well defined structure in the
formation as represented on Cedar Point.

3. Tertiary or Shrub Layer. — Composed of bushes and
shrubs together with a tangle of lianas and certain tall herbaceous
plants:

Ruhus nigrobaccus , Smilax herbacea,

Aralia raceniosa, Vitis vulpina,

Parthenocissus quinque folia, Prunus virginiana,

Nabalus albus, Rhus aromatica,

Toxicodendron pubescens, Helianthus struntosus,

Agastache nepetoides, Steironema ciliatum,

4. Herbaceous Layer. Exhibiting more or less alternation
with the Tertiary Layer and often grading imperceptibly into it,
being at the same time of about equal importance with reference
to the formational structure. This structure is very largely com-
posed of herbaceous perennials with well developed underground
stems, " Geophytes, " — Raunkiaer.^"

Wdshingtonia claytoni, Aralia nudi flora,

Vagnera siellata, Meibomia dillenii,

Lespedeza violacea, Galium circaezans,

Galium triflorum, Phyrma leptostachya.

Polygonum virginianum, Vagnera raccmosa,

Salomonia commutata, Monarda fistiilosa.

5. The Ground Layer. This indefinite and variable layer is
characterized by a few fungi and mosses living on the humus and
dead leaves.

10. Raunkiaer, C. Types Biologiqvies pour la geographic botanique.
Oversigt over det Kgl. Danske Videnskabernes Selskabs Forhandlinger,
1905 : 347-4:^7.

Liberal translation into German by Dr. F. Fedde. In Aus de Natur.
Oct 1 & 15; Nov. 1 & 15; Dec. 1 & 15; 1907, and Jan. 1 & 15, 1908.

April, 1908.] The Vegetation of Cedar Point. 303

The Ulmus-Acer Forest Formation.

Facies: Ulmus americana,
Acer rubrunt.

Secondary Species:

Fraxinus americana, Fraxinus lanceolata,

Quercus velutina, Acer nigrum,

Platanus occidentalis , Ostrya virginiana,

Sainbucus canadensis, Rubus occidentalis ,

Rubus nigrobaccus , Ribes cynosbati,

Parietaria pennsylvanica, Parthenocissus quinque folia,

Lactuca -floridana, Inipatiens bi flora,

Helianthus decapetalus, Phytolacca decandra.

Solanuni nigrum, Galium triflorum,

Boehmeria cylindrica, Botrychium virginianum,

Campanula americana, Circaea lutetiana,

Dryopteris spinulosa, Eupatorimn ageratoides.

The accumulation of humus in the soil of the ridge as well as
the general rise of water in the Lake has brought about a gradual
change towards mesophytic, or even hydrophytic, conditions so
that this formation, as represented on Ridge No. 1, is practically
the same as would be the formation derived upon the filling up of
a hydrophytic pond or swamp by the accumulation of humus.
In either case there is a rich humous soil with great capillarity
and a high water table.

The formation as represented on Cedar Point is not of large
area and it has, moreover, been much disturbed by man's acti-
vities, and no effort was made on the part of the writer to deter-
mine the minor formational structure.

THE LAGOON-MARSH-WET MEADOW-THICKET-FOREST SUCCESSION.

In the writer's studies on the ecology of Presque Isle there
was found to be represented there a remarkable series of lagoons,
these being evident in all stages from extreme youth to mature
old age, so that the successive development of "the lagoon vege-
tation w^as not difficult to decipher. On Cedar Point, however,
the lagoons are few and the successional series is rather incomplete.
Nevertheless, such stages as are in evidence show much similarity
to corresponding stages on Presque Isle so that, by correlation,
a fair idea may be gained of the probable structure of the lagoon
vegetation for the missing stages.

For a lagoon or pond the normal tendenc}^ is to become filled
with accumulating vegetable debris, the surrounding vegetation
being arranged in concentric zones, each inner one more hydro-
phytic, and, with the accumulation of vegetable debris and the
elevation of the respective habitats, there is a continual advance
of all the zones towards the deeper central portion of the lagoon

304 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 6,

or pond. On Cedar Point, however, the elevation of the habitat
of the various zones due to the accumulation of vegetable matter
muse to some degree be counteracted by the general rise of the
water table consequent to the cumulative rise of water in Lake
Erie, — 2.14 feet per century. Ti; seem.s likely that, in some cases
at least, the general movement may be reversed as to the con-
centric vegetational formations, so that they may move away
from the central portion of the depression; thus, from habitats
more hydrophytic to less hydrophytic ones.

■At the northeast corner of Cedar Point sand is rapidly accum-
ulating along the shore to the south of the Jetty Protection or
Breakwater and a lagoon is now (1907) being segregated from the
Lake near the old light-house building. There is at this place a
considerable indrifting of organic drift debris of various sorts so
that the vegetation shows somewhat more of an affinity to that
of a humus marsh or pond than is usual in beach lagoons. The
initial stage here appears from the studies given it (1905-7) to
be essentially as follows:

Stage A.

a. Potamogeton Formation.

b. Populus-Salix Formation.

The Potamogeton Formation.
Facies: Potamogeton pectinatus .
Secondary Species:

Vallisneria spiralis, Potamogeton natans, etc.

The Popnhis-Salix Formation.
Facies: Populus deltoides,

Salix cofdata.
Secondary Species:

SaHx fragtlis ('), Salix lucida,

Cakile edentula, Strophostyles helvola,

Xanthimn commune.

This latter formation may be considered as identical with the
beginning of a Populus-Salix Ridge Formation but, under the
conditions leading to the development of a sand ridge, the
willows soon disappear while, under the more uniform condi-
tions leading through the different stages of a lagoon succession,
the willows are relatively quite important.

In the lagoon succession at Presque Isle the second stage
shows the following structure, this appearing to be typical also
for the Cedar Point succession, although somewhat mixed in the
lagoon under discussion:

Stage B.

a. The Potamogeton Formation.

b. The Juncus-Eleocharis Formation.

c. The Populus-Salix Formation.

April, 1908.] The Vegetation of Cedar Point. 305

In the older part of this lagoon the Potamogeton Forma cion
shows little change from its structure in the youngest part of the
lagoon, excepting that the constituent plants are larger and more
numerous. At the edge of the water and extending a few inches
up onto the wee sand is a zone which ma}' be termed:
The Juncus-Eleocharis Formation.
Facies: J uncus halticus.

Eleocharis intermedia.
Secondary Species:

Cyperus rivularis, Roripa palustris.

Populus deltoides, Salix cor data,

Salix lucida.

There is but little change in the outer Populus-Salix zone in
this stage, aside from the further growth of the individuals and
the appearance of occasional ruderal species. In the oldest and
most highly developed parts of the lagoon under consideration
the vegetation is in the beginning of what may be termed Stage
C, with the following structure:

Stage C.

a. The Potamogeton Formation.

b. The Typha-Scirpus Formation.

c. The Salix (spp.) Formation.

d. The Populus-Salix Formation.

In this stage there is again little change in the Potamogeton
Formation, but in the shallow water near the shore, and also
taking the place of the Juncus-Eleocharis Formation on the
wet bank at the water's edge, there has appeared a new vegeta-
tional structure as follows:

The Typha-Scirpus Marsh Formation.
Facies: Scirpus validus,

Scirpus americanus,
Typha latifolia.
Secondary Species:

Sparganium eurycarpum, Juncus balticus,
Eleocharis intermedia, Scirpus atrovirens,

Sagittaria latifolia, Alisma plantago -aquatic a,

Roripa palustris, Potamogeton natans,

Castalia tuberosa.

Among the secondary species are a few, — Alisma, Roripa,
Sagittaria, — which are more typicall}- representative of the humus
swamp or marsh margin than of a beach lagoon and their presence
here is to be regarded as due to the rather large amount of organic
matter (drift debris) incorporated into the soil of the habitat.
The vegetation of this formation catches considerable sand and
contributes quite appreciably to the filHng of the lagoon.

3o6

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. VIII, No. 6,

The facies exhibit a distinct alternation in the Typha-Scirpus
Formation. On the wet bank, and extending out into the water
to a variable depth of about a foot, is the Scirpus americanus
Consocies, alternating here and there with the Typha lati folia
Consocies, while beginning in 6 or 8 inches of water and extending
out into the deeper water of the lagoon, is the Scirpus validus
Consocies, the latter thus forming a zone in the deeper part of
the habitat. In this consocies Castalia is beginning to appear
in a few places in the deepest part and, providing the marsh
formation does not build up the soil and advance too rapidly,
there may soon be initiated a new formation between the Typha-
Scirpus Formation and the Potamogeton Formation.

In the upper part of the Typha-Scirpus Formation, and
extending up to the outer Populus-Salix Formation, there is a
zone the status of which was not satisfactorily determined. This
zone has been provisionall}^ designated as follows:

Fig. 4. Looking east across the new lagoon a few rods south of the
Break-water. Typha-Scirpus Formation conspicuous. Lake in distance
and bar visible just beyond the marsh vegetation. Young cottonwoods
and willows in immediate foreground are submerged by unusually high
water.

The Salix (spp.) Formation.

This structure probably represents a transitional condition
the true status of which will become evident in the future. At
present it consists of several species of Salix with scattering
individuals of Vitis vulpina, Bidens frondosa, Polygonum penn-
sylvanicum. Ambrosia trifida, etc. The structure is evidently
the beginning of a thicket formation similar in position to the
Myrica-Salix thicket formation on Presque Isle.

April, 1908.] The Vegetation of Cedar Point. 3°7

Proceeding to the next oldest lagoon on Cedar Point we have
the Lily Pond just to the west of the highest portion of Ridge
No. G. The present status of the vegetation around the pond is
about that termed, for the succession on Presque Isle, stages
"H" and "I". About the Lily Pond on Cedar Point the fol-
lowing general vegetational structure appears:

a. The Potamogeton Formation.

b. The Castalia-Nymphaea Formation.

c. The Decodon-Persicaria Formation.

d. The Cephalanthus-Cornus Thicket Formation.

e. The Rhus hirta Thicket Formation.

f. The Ul'.nus-Acer Forest Formation.

There should be in the deepest part of the pond a Chara
Formation, but, for lack of the proper faciHties for studying this
vegetation this point was not determined. In similar ponds on
Presque Isle there was evidence of a central Chara formation,
although Pieters found in Lake St. Clair that this formation was
usually scanty or entirely absent on a sandy bottom but present
on a clay or alluvial bottom. ^^

The Potamogeton Formation.

This formation has here the following structure:

Facies: Potamogeton pectinatits,
Potamogeton natans.

Principal Species: Utricularia vulgaris.

Secondary Species:

Naias flexilis, Vallisneria s-piralis,

Philotria canadensis , Potamogeton sp.

The Castalia-Nymphaea Formation.
This formation is perhaps relatively of more importance in
the vegetational structure here than is the preceding formation:.
Its structure is essentially as follows: ,

Facies: Castalia tuberosa,

Nymphaea advena.
Secondary Species:

Potamogeton natans, Philotria canadensis,

Utricularia vulgaris, Potamogeton sp., , ;

Scirpus validus, Decodon verticillatus .

This formation, relatively among its competitors, is a rapid
soil-former. The plants of the formation typically exhibit large
rootstocks, which upon their decay contribute considerably to
the accumulation of humus, while the tangled mass of petioles
and leaves in and on the water not only catch much floating
debris, but, upon their decay, also add to the humus beneath.

11. Pieters, A. J. TVie Plants of Lake St. Clair. Michigan Fish
Commission Bull. 2 : 6 and 9. 1S94.

a <L>

1-1 lo

O 'u

April, 1908.] The Vegetation of Cedar Point. 309

In the course of time the soil may have accumulated to such an
extent that the shallower water may offer conditions suitable
for other species than those of the resident formation and, by
invasion and ecesis, another formation may eventually occupy
the habitat. In the Lily Pond the formation next outside of the
lilv zone is the following:

The Decodon-Persicaria Formation.

Facies: Decodon verticillatus ,
Pe rsica ria la u rin a .

Secondary Species:

Nmmihergia thyrsiflora, Alisma plantago-aquatica,

Solanum didcaniara, Cephalanthus occidentalis ,

Pontederia cordata, Sagittaria latifolia,

Nymphaea advena.

Further study of this formation might, perhaps, result in the
placing of Persicaria laurina as a principal species, but it probably
is best regarded as one of the facies. The Decodon-Persicaria
Formation forms soil quite rapidly and upon the emergence of the
soil above the ordinary water level the following structure takes
possession:

The Cephalanthus-Cornus Thicket Formation.
Facies: Cephalanthus occidentalis,
Rosa Carolina,
Cornus stolonifera.
Secondarv Species:

Salix liicida, Persicaria laurina,

Salix cordata, Alisma plantago-aquatica,

Lathyrus palustris, Scirpus americana,

Typha latifolia, Eleocharis intermedia,

Calamagrostis canadensis, Lathyrus palustris.

Towards the southern end of the pond there is a patch of wet
meadow constituting a remnant, probably, of a once somewhat
larger Calamagrostis Wet Meadow Formation. The latter for-
mation is represented on Presque Isle bv the strong Cladium-
Calamagrostis Wet Meadow Formation, which, on lagoon banks
with gentle slopes and correspondingly wide habitat zones, con-
stitutes an important formation following the rushes and preced-
ing the thicket stage . Cladium does not appear on Cedar Point
but the Calamagrostis canadensis Wet Meadow Formation, really
a consocies only of the northward-ranging Cladiutn-C alamagrostis
formation, is well developed in the Cedar Point marsh succession
and will be discussed further under that head.

In the Cephalanthus-Cornus Thicket Formation there is
usually more or less of a mixture of the facies but sometimes a
more definite structure is evident. Where there is a segregation

3IO The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 6,

of the fades into definite structures the Cephalanthus occiden-
talis Consocies occupies the part of the habitat adjoining and
grading into the Decodon-Persicaria habitat, while the other two
facies alternate with each other in the outer more mesophytic
part of the habitat. The formation is here bordered by a shrub
formation which is approaching old age and which mav more
properly be regarded as a bordering thicket associated normallv
with the Calamagrostis Wet Meadow Formation.

The Rhus hirta Thicket Formation.

Facies: Rhus hirta.

Secondary Species:

Cornus amomum, Cornus stolonifera,

Salix cor data, Salix nigra,

Salix amygdaloides, Salix lucida,

Vitis vulpina, Parthenocissus quinquefolia,

Dryopteris thelypteris, Rubus nigrohaccus.

This formation apparently displaces the Salix {spp.) Forma-
tion where dryer and more mesophytic conditions are approached.
This also represents a consocies of a more northern formation
which on Presque Isle was of considerable importance and was
there designated as the Rhus-Alnus Thicket Formation.

The Ulmus-Acer Forest Formation.

There are evidences that this formation will come in instead
of the Quercus velutina-imhricaria Forest Formation in the zone
first occupied by the Populus-Salix Formation. The elevation
of the water table and the consequent hydrophytic tendency of
this habitat probably has something to do with the exclusion of
the oak forest from this zone. Where the cotton-woods have
■built up a steep ridge in close proximity to the water, as on the
■east side of the Lily Pond, the vegetation will, of course, be more
xerophytic and will follow the stages as indicated for the ridge
■succession, finally passing into the oak forest and this will not
pass into the Ulmus-Acer forest until considerably more meso-
phytic or even semi-hydrophytic conditions prevail by the
accumulation of much humus or by the rise of the water table,
or both.

To the southwest of this pond there is a small narrow pond
almost choked up with vegetation, the whole being somewhat
further developed in its successional stages. The Cephalanthus-
Cornus Thicket Formation is strongly developed and, in the
course of a few years, unless the rise of the water is too rapid,
the shrubs will have occupied the whole central portion of the
depression.

Previous to the construction of the artificial canals or "La-
goons" in connection with the amusement features of the pleasure

April, 1908.]

The Vegetation of Cedar Point,

311

resort there were other lagoons between the ridges in advanced
stages of the lagoon succession, mostly in the thicket and forest
stages although the rise of the water seems to have brought about
marsh conditions in places. These older lagoons were not much
studied as to the structure of their vegetation before thev
were destroyed by the dredging out of the artificial canals.

To the left of the path leading to the Eastland Dock and not
far from the outlet of the artificial "Lagoons" is a small depres-
sion which is interesting in that it represents a secondary pond
or lagoon succession. The rise of water in the Lake has finally
brought abouc the rise of the water table into the bottom of a
depression which was formerly dr-y land and there will accordingly
follow in due time, the displacement of the present Ulmus-Acer
forest by a secondary hydrophytic succession.

Fig. 6. Depression between outlet of "Lagoons" and the path
to the Eastland Dock.

The present vegetation in and immediately around the water
is as follows:

Primary Layer:

Acer saccharinum, {perhaps some A. rubrum) 60%,

Ulmus americana 15% ,

Platanus occidentalis 15%.

Fraxinus americana 10% ,

Fraxinus nigra, one small tree.

Subordinate Layers: Below the primary layer there appear
to be'only species from the lower layers of the surrounding forest
formation, with the one exception that in the pond is con-

312 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 6,

siderable Lenina trisulca. Around the borders of the pond is a
vigorous growth of the following species from the adjoining forest
formation :

Impatiens biflora,

Dryopteris spinulosa ,

Dryopteris thelypteris ,

Geranium robertianum,

A dice a pumila,

Washingtonia claytoni.

Back of the cottages near the Government Dock there is a
swampy area which evidently represents advanced stages of the
lagoon succession in a lagoon which must have been initiated dur-
ing severe northwest storms in the Bay. The depression is long
and narrow and runs almost at right angles to the general direc-
tion of the large sand ridges of the Ridge Section, and is very
nearly parallel to the general direction of the shoreline of the
Bay near by. The vegetational structure of this depression is
approximately a Calamagrostis Wet Meadow Formation in the
central portion and rapidly invading this area from the sides is
the Cephalanthus-Cornus Thicket Formation, around which,
and in many places in which, is a strongly developed Rhus hirta
Thicket Formation.

THE-BEACH-SAND PLAIN-THICKET-FOREST SUCCESSION.

In the time intervals between the initiation of the great sand
ridges on Cedar Point there was, evidently, a gradual accumu-
lation of sand along the beach of the Ridge Section of the penin-
sula, causing an outward growth of the land form without the
building up of ridges, or, if ridges were initiated by the cutting
off of lagoons, the sand drifted in from the adjoining land and
from the new beach to such an extent that the lagoons were
soon filled, the final result being, in either case, a level expanse
of sand plain elevated but a few feet above the level of Lake Erie.

A considerable portion of Cedar Point consists of what may
be called Sand Plain. This habitat comprises: (a), the k^-el
expanses between the ridges of the Ridge Section; (b), the main
part of the Bar Section; and (c), a large proportion of the Dune
Section, including also the more or less transitional portion of the
peninsula between the Dune Section and the Ridge Section
where part of the amusement tents and trinket stands of the
Pleasure Resort are located. It is very difficult at times to draw
more than an arbitrary line between sand plain and dune, es-
pecially in the Dune Section ; both these physiographic structures
owe their elevation above Lake level to the accumulation of wind
drifted sand and differences of topography rather than of origin
must be taken into consideration when an attempt is made at
classification.

April, 1908.] The Vegetation of Cedar Point. 313

The Lower Beach — The Chlamydomonas Formation.

Following in part Cowles' classification^^ of the beach habitats,
there ma\' be distinguished, first, the Lower Beach, ^■'^ comprising
that part of the beach washed by the waves of ordinary summer
storms and thus, chiefly by reason of the mechanical violence of
the waves and the instability of the sub-stratum, practically
devoid of plant life. However, as Cowles noted along the lower
beach of Lake Michigan and as the writer found also on the
Lower Beach of Presque Isle, a species of Chlamydomonas , a one-
celled motile alga, occasionally occurs so abundantly in the sand
as to cause a distinctly green coloration These plants are per-
haps more correctly to be regarded as migrants from the waters
of the Lake, but, being so abundant in certain wet periods and
being also the only plant found commonly in the habitat, we
have termed the formation the Chlamydomonas Formation.

The Drift Beach — The Cakile-Xanthium Formation.

Extending from the upper limit of the waves of ordinary
summer storms, i. e., the upper edge of the Lower Beach, up to
the upper limit of the waves of severe winter storms, there is a
zone which may be termed the Drijt Beach, ^* which is character-
ized ordinarily by freedom from the violence of the waves of
summer storms but is subjected to severe mechanical action of
the waves of winter storms, at which time there is usually left a
line of driftwood which marks, through the following season,
the upper extent of the wave action.

The habitat as thus characterized is inhabited by a vegetation
composed of such annuals as can endure the summer environ-
ment, the seeds having been left in their present position by
wave action. Perennials and biennials are, of course, barred
from this habitat by the destructive eflects of wave action during
the winter. The habitat presents above the surface of the
sand conditions of excessive insolation, great and often very
sudden extremes of temperature, great fluctuation in the water
content of the air, and, also, high winds, and is thus distinctly
xerophytic. The edaphic conditions are, however, distinctly
hydrophytic below the surface layer of sand so that the habitat
may, as a whole, be designated as dissophytic.^'^ The vegetation

12. Cowles, H. C. The Ecological Relations of the Vegetation of the
Sand Dunes of Lake Michigan. Bot. Gaz. 27 : 95-117, 167-202, 281-303,
and 361-391. Feb., Mar., Apr., and Alav, 1899.

13. Cowles, H. C. I.e. Bot. Gaz. 27 : 114-117.

14. MacMillan's "Mid-strand" (Lake of the Woods); Schimper's
"Mid-shore"; Cowles' "Middle Beach" (Lake Michigan); Ganong's
"New Beach" (Miscou Island); are all synonyms for the habitat here
designated as the Drift Beach.

15. See Clements — Research Methods in Ecology.

314 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 6,

here consists, then, of dissophytic annuals, constituting as de-
termined by the facies the Cakile-Xaiithium Formation:

Facies: Cakile edeniula,

Xanthium commune, ^^
Polanisia graveolens.

Principal Species: Strophostyles helvola.

Secondary Species:

Cenchrus tribiiloides, Euphorbia polygonijolia.

There is considerable alternation ' in this formation, the
Cakile edeniula Consocies occupying the more exposed Lake
beach, while the Xanthium comfnune Consocies is best seen in
places along the less exposed Bay beach. Polanisia is more
indifferent as to its location, it occurring sometimes alone but
more usually indiscriminatel}' mixed with the other facies.

The Sand Plain — The Artemisia-Panicum Formation.

Where the continuity of the outward growth of the land form
of the peninsula has not been broken by the formation of a sand
ridge it is often difficult to draw the line between the upper limit
of the Drift Beach and the lower limit of the Sand Plain.*' Upon
the burial of the driftwood which accumulates in the upper part
of the Diift Beach by the indrifting of sand, the land becomes
sufficiently elevated to form a slightly different habitat which is,
of course, free from the mechanical violence of the waves at any
time, other than at very rare periods. The habitat thus may
support a vegetation of annuals, biennials, and perennials, de-
pending simply upon their ability to cope with the otherwise severe
conditions of environment.

The vegetation of the Sand Plain mav, from its facies, be
designated as the Artemisia-Panicum Formation. It has essen-
tially the following structure:

Facies: Artemisia caudata,
Panicum virgatum.

Principal Species:

Salix interior & var. wheeleri.
Arenaria serpyllifolia,
Arabis lyrata.

16. This species is probably best denominated as Xanthium commune,
rather than as X. canadense, as given in the Flora of Cedar Point. — W. A.
Kellerman and O. E. Jennings. Ohio Nat. 4 : 186-190. June, 1904.

17. Synonymous habitats with this are Macmillan's "Back Strand"
(Lake of the Woods); Cowles' "Upper Beach" (Lake Michigan); and
Ganong's "Grass Plain" (Miscou Island).

April, 1908.] The Vegetation of Cedar Point. 315

Secondary Species:

Opuntia humifusa, Oenothera oakesiana,

Oenothera biennis, Andropogon furcatus,

Asclepias syriaca, Panicum scrihnerianum,

Cyperus schiveinitzii, Arabis canadensis,

Euphorbia polygonifolia, Apocynum cannabinum,

Acer ate s viridiflora, Ceratodon purpureus,

Asclepias tuberosa, Cladonia sp.

Species belonging more properly to other adjoining forma-
tions are as follows:

Quercus velutina, Quercus imbricaria,

Ptelea trifoliata, Rhus aromatica,

Toxicodendron pubescens, Arctostaphylos uva-ursi,

Polanisia graveolens, Strophostyles helvola.

The willow appears in places to dominate the formation dur-
ing a good part of the growing period and under such conditions
may de designated the Salix interior Society. Over limited areas
of the older and more protected parts of the Sand Plain the
Arenaria serpyllifolia Society and the Arabis lyrata Society
characterize quite conspicuous vernal aspects.

The minor structure of this formation requires much further
study. Especially after a careful instrumental determination of
the environmental characteristics of the various parts of the
habitat, a considerable modification might be found necessary.
Among the more prominent characters displayed among compo-
nent species of the formation may be mentioned the relatively
large proportion of biennials and perennials. The formation
during the hot portion of the summer is subjected to extremely
severe and xerophytic conditions, at least during short periods,
and it is probably to this that the structure af the vegetational
formation is due. ■ The formation is essentially an open structure
and often displays prominent ecological families and communities
as, for instance, with Opuntia humifusa, Asclepias tuberosa, etc.

Certain instrumental observations were made in parts of the
sand plain during the summer of 1905 as to temperature, relative
humidity, etc., and, as showing the extremely xerophytic condi-
tions to which the plants of the sand plain are exposed at times,
the following records may be of interest. On a day in middle
August, 1905, in one of the open spaces between the advance
guard of the oak forest north of the Laboratory where the sHght
breeze was so faint as to be inappreciable, the temperature of the
air at a height of 1^ feet was 83 degrees Fahrenheit, while the
sand at the surface just beside one of the communities of Opuntia
humifusa was 142 degrees, taken at 1 :30 p. m., while the maximum
temperature for the day reported by the U. S. Weather Bureau

3i6

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. VIII, No. 6,

Station at Sandusky, about three miles distant across the Bay
was 79 degrees, Fahr. (At 1 inch above the surface of the soil
the air was 118 degrees; at 6 inches, 89; at 12 inches 84, — ther-
mometer properly shaded.)

Thus far the vegetational structure in the succession under
consideration has been comparatively uniform over the entire
Sand Plain wherever the latter may be situated on the peninsula,
but the Artemisia-Panicuni Formation may be invaded and
eventuallv succeeded by a formation having distinctly northern
phvtogeographical relationships, or, on the other hand, the
succeeding formation may be one of more southern affinities.

Fig. 7. Small area of Sand Plain enclosed by Quercus velutina and Q.
imbricaria, Celtis occidentalis. Note communities of Opuntia humifusa
with scattering Artemisia, Panicmn virgatiim, P. scribncrianum and
Verbascum thapsus.

In the work on Presque Isle the writer found a considerable differ-
ence in both the habitat and in the corresponding vegetation in
different portions of the Sand Plain such that two formational
series could be distinguished as early in the succession as the
Drift Beach. On Cedar Point, however, there are no such evi-
dent distinctions early in the succession but the critical period
appears to be in the sand plain stage.

Accordingly, the succeeding vegetational structures with a
more southern phytogeographical relationship will first be taken
up, after which the structures of northern affinities will be dis-

April, 1908.] The Vegetation of Cedar Point. 3^7

cussed. The final decision as to the influences determining
whether the one or the other phytogeographical element shall
predominate must be deferred until exact instrumental deter-
minations may have been made of the various environmental
factors in the different parts of the Sand Plain, but, if an opinion
mav be here ventured, it seems probable that the ecological con-
ditions are so nearly equally suitable for the two elements that
historical considerations become of prime importance, and that
a very slight fluctuation of the ensemble of ecological factors
from one direction to the other may be sufficient to determine
which vegetation shall gain the ascendency.

The vegetation of the Bar Section, as so well described by
Moseley consists almost entirely of the Artemisia-Panicuni Sand
Plain Formation, there being on the Bay side a narrow strip of
more hydrophytic vegetation just at the edge of the marsh.
The whole bar is shifting over onto the marsh and it appears
likely that the conditions do not reach such a stace of stability
as to permit the development of a well market thicket stage.
Instead of an outward growth of che land form towards the Lake
there is here exactly the opposite taking place and the real suc-
cession of habitats is abnormal, being from marsh through sand
plain to beach.

At the south end of the small peninsula between Biemiller's
Cove and the Bay there is a small area of the Artemisia-Panicniu
Formation, but there is no very well marked area of sand plain
of anv considerable size in the Dune Section, small areas being
scattered here and there between the dunes and blow-outs and
in the oak forest. Between the Dune Section and the Ridge
Section are limited areas of a thicket stage which may be called
the

Rh^s-Prunus-Toxicodendron Thicket Formation.

The apparent facies being:
Rhus aromatica,
Prunus virginiana,
Toxicodendron puhescens.

This thicket formation is soon followed by the

Quercus velutina-imhricaria Forest Formation,

this having here essentially the same structure as described for
the Ridge Succession. The thicket formation succeeding the
Artemisia -Pant cum Formation on Cedar Point is not nearly so
prominent or vigorous a structure as is the corresponding Myrica
Thicket Formation of Presque Isle.

Taking up now the succession of northern phytogeographic^
affinities we have, as follows:

3i8 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 6'

THE BEACH-SAXD PLAIX-HE ATH-FOREST SUCCESSION.

This is the more common succession on the Cedar Point sand
plain where the habitat is of several years duration. It is
doubtful, if this succession were introduced onto the Bar Section,
that it could reach maturity. In che Dune Section the heath
and forest stages are essentially identical with the dunes and
blowouts and, as the former often merge imperceptibly into the
latcer two formations the discussion of these stages will be
taken up in connection with the discussion of the dune and
blowout vegetation.

THE DUNE AND BLOWOUT SUCCESSIONS.

Under the above heading may be included a number of second-
ary formations which, taken together, make up inost of the vege-
tation of the Dune Section of Cedar Point. As Moseley has
pointed out,^^ this part of the peninsula represents a portion of
the original mainland upon which has been heaped the loose
sand, coincident with the rise of the waters of the Lake. There
can be no doubt that the land was originally covered here with
forest, probably an Ulmus-Acer forest formation, which later
perhaps gave wav to marsh vegetation but upon which, still
later, has been heaped the loose sand bringing about conditions
suitable for the present dune and blowout formations.

The Amniophila Fringing-Dune Formation.

Along most of the Lake shore of the Dime Section the Drift
Beach extends up to a well-marked Amniophila fringing dune.
This species of grass has the ability to grow upwards for a number
of feet if continuously buried more deeply by accumulating sand
and as the sand accumulates around the ever higher obstruction
a gently sloping ridge is finally built up. The height of such a
dune or ridge is determined by the height to which the grass can
grow vertically, the amount of obstruction which it offers the
drifting sand, and, finally, the force of the wind which tends to
tear the dune down again.

The structure of the Amniophila Fringing-Dune Formation[is
quite simple:

Facies: Amniophila arenaria.

Principal Species: Psilocybe amniophila.

Secondary Species:

Euphorbia poly goni folia, Andropogon scoparius,

Artemisia caudata, Strophostyles helvola,

Cakile edentula, Panicum virgatum,

Salix interior.

18. Moseley, E. L. 1. c. pp. 22()-2L':?.

April, 1908.] The Vegetation of Cedar Point. 319

During certain damp periods the agaric appears quite abun-
dantly and can quite appropriately be designated as a principal
species characterizing the Psilocyhe amniophila Society and deter-
mining a summer aspect of the formation. The secondary species
as may be noticed, are all invaders from the drift beach in front
or from the habitat behind the f ringing-dune. The secondary
species are never very abundant in the dune.

The successor to the f ringing-dune is somewhat indefinite.
The Ammophila apparently dies out as soon as deprived of freshlv
drifting sand and, in case the beach grows outwards, the grass
dies out and the sand is blown away by the wind, or, in some cases
other dune plants may successfully invade the dune and hold the
sand in place. Among these latter may be mentioned Elymus
and Andropogon and, to some extent, Arctostaphylos.

The Elymus Dune Formation.

Facies: Flymus canadensis,
Elymus striatus.

Secondary Species:

Euphorbia polygonifolia, Artemisia caudata,

Andropogon sco partus, Panicum virgatum,

Tilia americana, Arctostaphylos uva-ursi.

This formation is quite well represented along the Lake
shore to the south of the bathing pavilion of the pleasure resort
and it there apparently occupies an old Ammophila f ringing-
dune which has been left somewhat inland by the outward growth
of the land form at this place, so that the Ammophila has been
deprived of freshly drifting beach sand and has died out.

The stage succeeding the Elymus Dune Formation is here a
mixed formation in which Tilia americana^^ and Juniperus
virginiana are prominent, this formation eventually giving way
to the Quercus velutina-imhricaria Forest Formation.

The Andropogon Dune Formation.

Facies: Andropogon scoparius,

{Andropogon furcatus also to a limited extent.)

Secondary Species: The secondary species are here about
the same as those in the Elymus Dune Formation and it is
not improbable that these two so-called formations may repre-
sent simply consocies of one and the same formation. Andro-
pogon scoparius, as is also the case with Panicum virgatum,
often forms about the separate clumps little dunes sometimes
reaching a height of a couple of feet, but these miniature dunes
disappear with the death of the grass and do not pass by succes-
sion into other vegetational structures.

19. Cowles, H. C. 1. c. Bot. Gaz. 27 : 361-367. The Tilia dunes
are along parts of the Lake Michigan dune district an iinportant feature.

320

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. VIII, No. 6,

The successor to the Andropogon Dune Formation mav be
one of several different structures. In the formation are often
to be found invaders, of the following species: Prunus virginiana,
Juniperus virginiana, Parthenocissus quinquejolia, Arctostaphylos
uva-ttrsi, Ptelea trifoliata, Toxicodendron pubescens, Tecoma
radicans, so that the succeeding stage may be expected to be
either a heath or a thicket. The larger part of the vegetation in
the middle of the Dune Section corresponds closely to the vege-
tation of Cowles' "Dune Complex" of the Lake Michigan dune

Fig. S. a miniature dune formed about a clump of Panicum virgatnin,
in a large blowout to the north of the Lake Laboratory.

region, and the instability of the sand is here stich that a genetic
series of the formations is a very difficult problem. However, it
appears to the writer that the following formation would nor-
mally succeed the grass dune formations in the vicinity of the
Lake Laboratory:

The Prunus-Rhus Dune-Thicket Formation.

Facies: Prunus virginiana,
Rhus aromatica,
Ptelea trifoliata.

Principal Species: Tecoma radicans.

April, 1908.]

The Vegetation of Cedar Point.

321

Secondary Species:

Gleditsia triacanthos, Toxicodendron pubescens,

Parthenocissus quinquejolia, Celastrus scandens,

Prunus serotina,
Amelanchier sp.,
Vitis vulpina,
Artemisia caudata,
Ruhus nigrohaccus.

Juniperus virginiana,
Quercus velutina,
Panicum virgatum,
Andropogon scoparius,
Elymus striatus,
Asclepias syriaca,

The various dunes scattered about in this section of the
peninsula exhibit considerable alternation as to the facies so
that there may be distinguished the Prunus virginiana Con-
socies, the Rhus aromatica Consocies, and the Ptelea trifoliata
Consocies. These three structures are, however, often mixed
indiscriminately on the same dune.

Fig. 9. The Dune Section, looking southwards from the Lake Labora-
tory. To the left are the dunes and blowouts, between which and the
Bay to the right is the forest strip, here mainly consisting of the Ulmus-
Acer and Ailanthtts formations. (Photograph by Prof. Herbert Osborn.)

One of the most noteworthy peculiarities of this vegetation
is the relatively large percentage of lianas and it is, in many cases,
due more to the presence of these plants than to the other vege-
tation that the integrity of the dune is preserved against the
vigorous action of the wind. In fact it appears that many of the
dunes were initiated bv the lianas or at least held bv them until
the invasion of the shrubs was accomplished. Especially notice-
able in this connection are Vitis vulpina and Parthenocissus
quinquejolia.

322

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. VIII, No. 6,

If the shore Hne of the Dune Section were advancing towards
the Lake there would in all probability be a corresponding ad-
vance of the Ouercus vehitina-imbricaria Forest Formation over
the dunes towards the east but, as conditions are at present,
there seems to be only in a few places any real advance made by
the oak forest and, practically, a state of equilibrium mav be
said to exist as to this phase of the question.

Fig 10. A dune controlled by the Prunus virgiyiiana Consocies of the
Prunus-Rhus Dune Thicket Formation. Note secondary species: Juni-
perus virginiana, Asclepias syriaca, Panicum virgatiim. In blowout sur-
rounding dune note Panicunt virgatum, Salix interior. This dune appears
in distance in left third of preceding illustration.

Towards the northern portion of the Dune Section the grass
dune formations are followed by a formation consisting of ever-
green shrubs with northern phytogeographical relationships, this
formation being termed:

The Arctostaphylos- J uniperus Heath Formation.

This formation, once established on a dune, brings about more
stable conditions than does the Prunus-Rhus Thicket Formation.
The vegetation being evergreen the winter winds are obstructed
much more than is the case with a deciduous dune vegetation
and not only are more stable conditions brought about but more
sand is deposited by the wind. The structure of this formation
is as follows:

April, 1908.]

The Vegetation of Cedar Point.

323

Facies: Arctostapkylos uva-ursi,
Juniperus virgin iana.

Secondary Species:

Andropogon scoparius, Panicum virgatum,
Lithospermmn gnielini, Quercus imbricaria,
Quercus velutina, Celastrus scandens,

Toxicodendron pubescens, Parthenocissus quinquefolia,
Rubus procumbens.

The heath on Presque Isle with somewhat more northern con-
ditions of environment is regularly followed by a white pine forest
which, in turn, is regularly replaced by a black oak forest. On
Cedar Point, however, the pine stage does not appear to inter-

FiG. 11. One of the park-like vistas in. the Quercus velutina-imbricaria
Forest Formation in the northern part of the Dune Section. Juni-
perus and Celtis with the oaks, the border thicket being of Toxicodendron,
Rhus aromatica, Prunus virginiana, while in sand plain are Panicum
virgatum, P. scribneriamim, and Lepidium virginicum.

vene but the heath stage is directly followed by the Quercus
velutina-imbricaria Forest Formation, typically as described under
the Cottonwood Bar-Ridge-Thicket-Forest Succession. In the
northern part of the Dune Section there appears to be some ad-
vance towards the Lake on the part of the oak forest, young oaks
being quite common in the heath at some distance in advance
of the mature trees.

324

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. VIII, No. 6,

The Quercus velutina-imhricaria Forest Formation, however,
in this part of the peninsula is far from being a continuous closed
forest but is interspersed here and there with areas of open sand
plain, giving to the whole a park-like aspect.

The Blowout Formations.
W'ith the formation of dunes by the piling up of sand around
the vegetation, there is a tendency towards the deflection of the
wind so that its abrasive effect is intensified in open areas in close
proximity to the dune. The usual result of this is a hollowing out
of the sand at such points, constituting thus a "blowout."
Cowles in his work on the sand dunes of Lake Michigan has termed
as "fossil beaches" such beach habitats as have been covered
over with dune sand or sand plain and later exposed again by
the drifting awav of the sand.-"

Fig. 12. In Sand Plain at edge of oak forest in northern part of the
Dune Section. Quercus imbricaria here affords shelter under which many
Juniper seedlings are in evidence. This will likely become in time a dune
capped by Junipers.

Towards the northern part of the Dune Section the Blow-outs
are soon occupied by the Arctostaphylos-Juniperus Heath For-
mation as described for the dunes although here perhaps some-
what more vigorous than on the dunes; due perhaps, to the some-

20. Cowles, H. C. 1. c. Bot. Gaz. 27 : 173-175. Fossil Beaches.

April, 1908.]

The Vegetation of Cedar Point.

325

what more sheltered position. Among the secondary species are
a few not found in the formation as it appears on the dunes. One
plant of Juniperus nana appears here, this being probably the ex-
treme southern range of the species, so far reported for America,
excepting certain distinctly alpine stations.

In the vicinity of the Lake Laboratory there is a blowout
vegetation of a distinctly different character from that of the
heath occupying the blowouts farther to the north. Apparently
due to the deciduous character of the dune vegetation in the
southern part of the Dune Section the blowouts are more pro-
nounced, and, in fact, the dunes are often completely destroyed
by the undermining of the sand by a deep adjacent blowout.

^H

^^H

^^pH

MHIP

^^^^^^P- -'^3^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^B

T%'--^

~lf^\ ' 'viBBBHBB^^*

„;.<«,. .•-'».-«' :■

-m

''-IhMK

I

:

Fig 13. Juniper-capped dune to the north of the Laboratory. The
blowout which includes some "fossil beach" has Panic tun virgatum,- P
scribnerianum, Andropogon, Salix interior, Lepidium virginicum.

In manv cases the sand has been blown away so that the former
beach has been again exposed (fossil beach) and in one blowout
to the south of the Laboratory there has been either a wind exca-
vation below the normal Lake level or the water has risen into
the bottom of a deep blowout, and there has been initiated there
a small lagoon succession.

The blowout vegetation near the Laboratory may probably
be best regarded as an extension of the Artemisia-Paniciim Sand
Plain Formation. The same facies are in evidence although the
relative importance of the secondary species is considerably dif-
ferent. Salix interior and its variet\- wheeleri, Euphorbia poly-

326

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. VIII, No. 6,

gonifolia, and Oenothera oakesiana are here more important vege-
tational elements than they are in the true Sand Plain. The
successional stages following such a blowout formation are not
clear; generally with the constant shifting of the sand the blowout
is filled up with sand before a succeeding stage can become of
importance. Perhaps, as in the case of the heath, the oak forest
may be able to take possession without the intervention of a
thicket stage.

Fig. 14. Juniper-capped dunes north of the Lake Laborator)'. The
blowout has Panicum, Andropogon, Artemisia, Salix interior. At base of
dvme at extreme right is a small patch of Arctostaphylos uva-ursi'

To the north of the Laboratory a short distance the dunes are
mostly capped by good sized Junipers and it is plainly to be seen
(Figs. 13 and 14) that with the death of these plants the dunes will
be quickly destroyed. This locality must in the not distant
past have been occupied by an Arctostaphylos- J uniperus Heath
Formation, but with some sort of a change in the environment
the conditions have become such that the deciduous dune and
blowout formations have advanced towards the north, the
Juniperus-capped dunes thus being remnants of a former
heath. Possibly the reproduction of Junipers imder the pro-
tection of vegetation other than the heath, as in Fig. 12 under
Quercus imbricaria, may be concerned prominently with such
conditions.

April, 1908.]

The Vegetation of Cedar Point.

327

In the immediate vicinity of the Laboratory there has been
initiated a secondary Catalpa Blowout Formation by the planting
of a considerable grove of Catalpa seedlings for commercial pur-
poses, but, nevertheless, constituting an ecological experiment
of more than passing interest. It is too early to yet predict as to
the outcome but it appears probable that the trees will succeed
if their roots can once become established in lower layers of
sand with abundant and never failing ground-water near at
hand. If successful and permitted to reach considerable size,
dune formation will likely take place on a rather extensive scale
and eventually, if allowed to run its course, the place would
become an elevated more or less level area with a Quercus velu-
tina imbricaria Forest Formation such as in the area now occu-
pied bv the buildings of the pleasure resort.

Fig. 15. Secondary Catalpa Blowout Formation showing dead plants
where the sweep of the wind has induced excessive transpiration.

THE BAY-MARSH-WET MEADOW-THICKET-FOREST SUCCESSION.

Along the western side of the peninsula the vegetational
structures represent a variety of conditions of environment which
may be classed in a general way under three heads:

1 . The Beach Habitat. This habitat includes those portions
of the shore which are exposed fully to the action of the surf and
from which the water deepens outwards with comparative
rapidity.

2. The Marsh Habitat. This habitat comprises those por-
tions of the shore which are comparatively free from the action
of violent surf and from which the water deepens outwards from
the land very slowly.

328 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 6,

3. The Cove Habitat. This habitat comprises those por-
tions of the Bay which are enclosed by peninsulas, etc., in such
a manner as to be procected from the action of currents and surf,
and in which the water is several feet at least in depth.

The Beach Habitat.

This structure is practically the same beach as is to be found
along the Lake shore of the peninsula, although less strongly
developed. It has also the same vegetational formations some-
what less well developed and so will not need here a separate
discussion. This habitat comprises much of the western shore
of the peninsula, northwards fi^om the end of the small peninsula
at the entrance to Biemiller's Cove.

The Marsh Habitat.

This structure is exceedingly well developed between the
Bar Section of Cedar Point and the mainland to the south and
west, embracing altogether hundreds of acres of pure marsh.
From Moseley's researches it appears certain that portions of
this marsh have remained marsh for hundreds of years, the
accumulation of vegetable debris, transformed into muck, having
been so nearly equal to the cumulative rise of water that the
marsh vegetation has been able to successfully hold the habitat
against all invaders for a very long period. It is further to be
remembered that this area was formerly a part of the mainland
and at one time covered with forest which was eventually killed
by the rise of the water, the marsh then taking its place, perhaps
an intervening thicket first appearing. The retarding of the
currents of the streams entering the marsh at the present and the
occurrence of marsh thickets and pure marshes along the retarded
and widening stream are at present indicative of the method of
origin of the marsh.

The structure of the vegetation in the Marsh Habitat may
be analyzed thus:

a. The Scirpus Formation,

b. The Phragmites-Typha Marsh Formation,

c. The Salix discolor-lucida Thicket Formation,

or the Calamagrostis Wet Meadow Formation,

d. The Rhus liirta Thicket Formation,

e. The Ulmus-Acer Forest Formation.

The Scirpus Formation.

This formation is nearly related to the Typha-Scirpus for-
mation of the Lagoon Succession but, as we have pointed out for
Prcsque Isle, there is a separation of the two species of that for-
mation when the conditions of the Marsh Habitat are attained.
Scirpus validus and Scirpus aniericanus are morphologically so
constructed as to have a life-form very little affected bv surf,

April, 1908.] 1 he Vegetation of Cedar Point. 329

the long, cylindrical, stiff, but yet quite flexible, stems being
admirably adapted to withstand surf conditions in which the
larger, less flexible leaves and stems of Typha with a greater sur-
face exposed to the action of the surf, would be broken up and
the plant killed. Accordingly we find that part of the marsh
exposed to the action of the surf to have the following structure:

Facies: Scirpus validus,

Scirpus americanus.

Principal Species: Dianthera americana.

Within the formation there is a distinct zonation, the Scirpus
validus Consocies occupying the deeper water, often to a depth
of four or five feet, while the Scirpus americanus Consocies occu-
pies the shallower portion of the habitat, often extending, where
the bottom is sandy, out to the water's edge or even onto the wet
bank, but on a muck bottom it is usually replaced in water a foot
or less in depth by the formation next described. The action
of the surf is considerably diminished by stretches of this forma-
tion and quite considerable quantities of shifting sand may be
stopped and accumulated by the rushes, thus building up the
land.

The Dianthera americana Society occurs in a few places in the
habitat of the Scirpus americanus Consocies, being best developed
on sand-bars or islands submerged a few inches and over which
which there is usually more or less of a current, — practically the
condition of a river sand-bar where this plant reaches its best
development. The submerged bar along the south side of the
entrance to Biemiller's Cove shows this Society very nicely.

With the accumulation of sand and the consequent shallowing
of the water, often also with the accumulation of more or less
well defined deposits of partially humified muck, the following
formation succeeds the Scirpus Formation:

The Phragmites-Typha Marsh Formation.

Facies: Typha latifolia,

Phragmites phragmites .

Secondary Species:

Zizania aquatica, Scirpus americanus,

Sagittaria latifolia, Persicaria laurina,

Sparganium eurycarpum, Calamagrostis canadensis,

Solanum dulcamara, Naumbergia thyrsiflora,

Nymphaea advena, Dulichium arundinaceum,

Lemna trisulca, Wolffia columbiana,

Carex aquatilis, Carex comosa,

Salix sp., Cephalanthus occidentalis ,

Many of the secondary species of this formation are more or
less temporary invaders belonging more properly to other for-
mations. The larger part of the formation is made up of the

330

Tke Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. VIII, No. 6,

facies alone, the Typha latijoUa Consocies being found in the
deeper water and in perhaps more exposed positions than is the
Phragmites pkragmites Consocies.

The immense accumulation of muck underlying this marsh is
likely the product of the accumulation and subsequent more or
less complete humification of the remains of the plants of this
formation. The annual growth of these plants constitutes a large
quantity of vegetable matter which, upon its death, is placed in
most favorable condi:ions for its retention and subsequent
humification. In places w^here the accumulation of humus has
been so rapid as to raise the level of the soil above the water or,
as along the edge of the Bar Section, where sand drifts in and
helps to build up the soil, there follows a succession by either the
Calamagrostis canadensis Wet Meadow Formation or bv the
Salix discolor-lucida Thicket Formation.

Fig. 16. The Black Channel and the Fhragiuites-Typha Marsh For-
mation. The forests in the far distance are at the edge of the mainland
on the other border of the marsh more than two miles distant.

The Salix discolor-lucida Thicket Formation.

There are no very well marked examples of this formation and
its structure is not clear to the writer. However, the structure
has been correlated with a similar and well-marked formation at
Presque Isle, and in the limited areas where it occurs along the
Bar Section it agrees well with the Presque Isle formation. It
possibly may prove to be the same structtn'c as was called the

April, 1908.] The Vegetation oj Cedar Point. ZZ^

" Salix sp. " Formation around the lagoon at the northeast corner
of the peninsula. As exemplified along the Bar the structure is
as follows:

Facies: Salix discolor,
Salix lucida,
Salix amygdaloides.
Principal Species: Solidago canadensis.
Secondary Species:

Salix cor data, Lycopus americana,

Cornus antomum, Cornus stolonifera,

Rhus hirta, Rosa Carolina,

Cephalanthtis occidentalis , Cicuta maculata,
Epilobium adenocaulon, Mimulus ringens,

Impatiens hiflora, Stachys aspera,

Teucrium canadense, Thaspium barbinode.

The conditions of environment brought about by a rise in
water level are such that xerophytic soil with little humus rapidly
passes through the mesophytic to the hydrophytic stage and this
is evidently not so well suited to the Salix discolor-lucida Thicket
Formation as is a similarly situated, humus-rich soil, which,
with the elevation due to the accumulation of vegetable humus
has passed from hydrophytic to more mesophytic edaphic condi-
tions, as is ordinarily the case around marshes and ponds.

In a few places this shrub formation alternates with the
Calamagrostis Wet Meadow Formation, but, as this is of compara-
tively limited extent as compared with the wet meadow occurring
in connection with the Cove Habitat near the Laboratory, a dis-
cussion of its structure will be taken up under the treatment of
the Cove Habitat.

The Rhus hirta Thicket Formation.
This formation is sparingly developed along the marsh shore
of the Bar Section but it is comparatively not vigorous and does
not form areas of any considerable size. It sometimes borders
the preceding shrub formation {Salix discolor-lucida Thicket
Formation) or the wet meadow formation, or it may directly
adjoin the Phragmites-Typha Marsh Formation. In many places
there is a direct transition from the Sand Plain of the Bar Section
to the Marsh Formation with no intervening shrub or meadow
zone.

The cottonwoods in the Bar Section are not of great age and
they have undoubtedly been such as have accomplished ecesis
in the edge of the marsh where the disseminules were buried
under the indrifting sand ; conditions almost identical with those
obtaining along the wet bank of a newly formed beach lagoon.
In a few places towards the Dune Section Ulmus americana
seedlings were found along the shores of the marsh under such con-

332 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 6,

ditions as would indicate a possible Ulmiis-Acer zone as a succes-
sor to the shrub zone providing other conditions do not prevent
their development. However, if the trend of environmental
conditions is to continue indefinitely as in the past there is little
probabilitv that this forest zone will be able to'mature.

The Cove Habitat.

The Cove Habitat and its vegetation is one of the most
marked ecological features of Cedar Point. The completeness
of the vegetational structure and the size of the habitat, as exem-
plified in Biemiller's Cove and in other coves to the south of the
Laboratory, are far in advance of anything in this Hne at Presque
Isle and to say the least, the student of cove vegetation will find
here exceptionally fine opportunities for such studies. Proceed-
ing from the deepest water towards the shores the general struc-
ture of the vegetation may be classified as follows:

a. (The Chara Formation.)

b. The Potamogeton Formation.

c. The Castalia-Nymphaea Formation,

d. The Phragmites-Typha Marsh Formation,

e. The Calamagrostis canadensis Wet Meadow Formation,

f. The Cephalanthus-Cornus Thicket Formation,

g. The Rhus hirta Thicket Formation,
h. The Ulmus-Acer Forest Formation.

The Chara Formation.

A few specimens of Chara w^ere found at Piesque Isle in situa-
tions similar to the Cove Habitat at Cedar Point and Pieters
reports more or less complete Chara associations in the western
end of Lake Erie and in Lake St. Clair, although seldom found
where the bottom was sandy .^^ Probably with proper facilities
a search of the coves of Cedar Point would reveal a more or less
well developed Chara formation; although generally sandy, the
cove bottoms are not altogether so.

The Potamogeton Formation.

This formation is particularly well developed here and, in
general, it very closely resembles the corresponding formation
at Presque Isle. Its habitat may be said to comprise that part
of the cove in which the water is four feet or more in depth, ex-
cepting in the deepest portions w^here the Chara Formation may
be more characteristic. The coves are likely nowhere so deep as
to exclude the latter formation. The structure of the Potamoge-
ton Formation is essentially as follows:

21. Pieters, A. J. The Plants of Western Lake Erie with Observa-
tions on their Distribution. U. S. Fish Commission, BulL 1901 : 57-79.
and The Plants of Lake St. Clair. Bull. No. 2, Michigan Fish Commission,
1894.

April, 1908.]

The Vegetation of Cedar Point.

333

Facies: Potamogctoji perfoliatus ,
Potantogeton lonchites,
Potamogeton pusillus.
Principal Species:

Vallisneria spiralis ,
MyriophyUum spicatum .
Secondary Species:
Potamogeton natans,
Potamogeton amplifolius ,
Naias flexilis,
Castalia tuber osa,
Scirpus validus,
Ceratophyllum demersum.

Potamogeton foliosus,
Potamogeton zosteriaef alius,
Philotria canadensis,
Nymphaea advena,
Nelumho lutea,

Fig. 17. A Pontederia cordata Society along the submerged bar at the
south end of Biemiller's Cove. The Typha latifolia Consocies of the
Phragmites-Typha Marsh Formation in the background.

The mass of vegetation comprising this formation is altogether
quite large and the water is often so thoroughly filled up with it
that, looked at from above, the space appears completely taken
up by the vegetation in the middle and lower depths. The con-
ditions are very good for the accumulation of considerable de-
posits of vegetable debris and for straining out suspended sedi-
ments in the water, or for obstructing to some extent floating
debris, so as to finally lead to its deposition on the bottom. Un-
der conditions of stable equilibrium, as to the relative position
of water level and the land, this formation could be expected

334

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. Vlir, No. 6,

in the course of time to build up the bottom to such an extent
as to eventually lead to the invasion and occupation of the
habitat by the formation to be next described.

The Castalia-Nymphaea Formation.

This formation also is well developed in the Cedar Point
coves. It occupies a zone next outside of the Potamogeton For-
mation in water of a depth of from one or one-and-one-half feet
to four feet. In its outer deeper part it is always much mixed
with the Potamogeton Formation but aside from that it is a well
defined and vigorous structure.

Facies: Castalia tuberosa,
Nympkaea advena,
Nelumbo lutea.
Principal Species: Pontederia cordata,

Utricular ia vulgaris,
Zizania aquatic a.
Secondary Species:
Potamogeton natans,
Potamogeton pusillus,
Myriophyllum spicatum,,
Sagittaria lati folia,
Naias flexilis,
Typha angustifolia,
Batrachium longirostris.

Potamogeton lonchites,
Bidens beckii,
Philotria canadensis,
Sagittaria graminea,
Typha lati folia,
Ph ragm ites ph ragmites ,

Fig. 18. The NympJmca advena C'onsocies, here mingled with the Cas-
talia tuberosa Consocies, in the second cove south of Biemiller's Cove.
Typha in the immediate background and Phragmites farther back.

April, 1908.] The Vegetation of Cedar Point. 335

The fades of this formation exhibit more or less zonation.
Castalia ttiberosa generally forms a Consocies in the deeper part
of the habitat of the formation while the shallower part of the
formation often has alternating Nymphaea advena Consocies and
Nelumho lutea Consocies. Over a large part of the habitat,
however, the facies are mingled to such an extent that the con-
socies structure is not evident.

The Pontederia cordata Society is not ordinarily of large ex-
tent but the plant usually appears in dense ecological famiHes
and communities. This Society is usually associated with the
Nymphaea advena and the Nelumho lutea Consocies in the shal-
lower water of the habitat.

Fig. 19. The Nelumbo lutea Consocies mingled in the left background
with the Pontederia cordata Society. The general background being the
Phragmites phragmites Consocies of the Marsh Formation. In the third
cove south of Biemiller's Cove.

The Utriailaria vulgaris Society determines a quite conspicu-
ous aspect in midsummer in some of the little bays and inlets
opening off from the larger body of the cove into the marsh, —
usually in water of not more than six or eight inches in depth
with a deep semi-liquid muck bottom.

The Zizania aquatica Society determines a conspicuous au-
tumnal aspect almost throughout the whole formation except,
perhaps, in the very deepest part. During midsummer this

336

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. VIII, No. 6,

structure only begins to show, but at the fruiting season of the
wild rice the habitat of the Casta! ia-Nymphaea formation is
conspicuously dominated by the Society.

The Phragmiies-Typha Marsh Formation.

In the more sheltered habitat afiforded around the cove this
formation differs from the formation as found in the marsh to
the west of the Bar Section in that the Typha latifolia Consocies
is more prominent. It appears from the writer's observations
that the Typha latifolia Consocies prefers a soil rich in humus
while the Phragmites phragmites Consocies, other conditions being

Fig. 20. The Utricularia vulgaris Society in one of the larger inlets
running into the marsh at the north end of Biemiller's Cove. Typha
latifolia and Typha angustifolia Consocies in the background. Sctrpus
americana at the right.

equal, prefers a more sandy substratum. On the submerged
sand bar which forms the southern boundary of Biemiller's Cove
the axis of the bar where about a foot under water is occupied by
the Phragmites phragmites Consocies, while towards the junction
of the bar with the mainland, where there is considerable humus
in the soil, the Typha latifolia Consocies appears.

The composition of the formation as exemplified around the
coves is as follows:

April, 1908.]

The Vegetation of Cedar Point.

337

Fig. 21. In fourth cove south of Laboratory, photo taken in late
August shows the Zizania aquatica Society beginning to appear.

Fig. 22. Looking northwest across the northern part of Biemiller's
Cove and the adjoining marsh. Castalia-Xymphaea Formation at left
in cove. Typha latifolia and Typha angiistifolia Consocies comprise
most of marsh. The narrow peninsula in distance occupied by the
Ulmus-Acer Forest Formation Photo taken from roof of Laboratory.

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. VIII, No. 6,

Fades: Typha latifolia,

Typha angustifolia,
Phragmites phragmites.
Principal Species: Hibiscus moscheutos
Secondary Species:

Zizania aquatica,

Sagittaria latifolia,

Lemna trisulca,

Naumbergia thyrsiflora,

Cornus amomimi,

Cephalanthus occidentalis,

CicMta maculata,

Calawiagrostis canadensis ,

Dianthera americana,
SparganiMm eurycarpum,
Dulichium artindinaceum,
Per sic aria laurina,
Cornus obliqua,
Carex comosa,
Solanum dulcamara,
Carex comosa.

This formation, with the building up of the soil above the
water level, may give way immediately to a shrub formation but,
where there is a considerable extent of wet soil just above the
level of the water, there is more likely to be an invasion and sub-
sequent occupation by a wet meadow formation, as follows, —
typically exemplified at the eastern border of the marsh to the
north west of the Laboratory:

The Calamagrostis canadensis Wet Meadow Formation.

Facies: Calamagrostis canadensis
Secondary Species:

Blephariglottis psycodes,

Boltonia asteroides,

Carex schweinitzii,

Carex frankii,

Carex stipata,

Carex bicknellii,

Carex laxifora,

Cephalanthus occidentalis ,

Cornus obliqua,

Dryopteris thelypteris,

Lobelia syphilitica,

Gyrostachys cernua,

Penthorum sedoides,

Roripa hispid a,

Rumex crispus,

Rumex obtusifolius,

Salix amygdaloides,

Bidens discoid ea.
Campanula uliginosa,
Carex comosa,
Carex lanuginosa,
Carex tribuloides,
Carex lupulina,
Carex vulpinoides,
Cornus amomum,
Sambucus canadensis ,
Epilobium adenocatilon,
Lathyrus palustris,
Mimulus ringens,
Onoclea sensibilis,
Roripa palustris,
Rumex verticillatus ,
Salix cordata,
Salix lucida, etc.

The list of secondary species in this formation is a very long
one, especially when including various invading species from
the other formations adjacent, and certain other more or less
ruderal species. However, in the real vegetational structure
these many species play very little part, the facies constituting
almost entirely the bulk of the vegetation.

April, 1908.] The Vegetation of Cedar Point. 339

This formation is apparently a rather rapid soil former and
with the elevation of the ground the more mesophytic conditions
permit the entrance of the following thicket formation, as around
the east side of the area of the Calamagrostis Wet Meadow to the
northwest of the Laboratory :

The Cephalanthus-Cornus Thicket Formation.

Facies: Cornus amomum,
Corn lis obliqua,
Ceph a I an thus occiden talis ,
Rosa Carolina.
Principal Species: Sambucus canadensis.
Secondary Species:

Salix cordata, Salix amygdaloides ,

Salix lucida, Calamagrostis canadensis,

Polygonum convolvuhis, Solanum dulcamara,

Dryopteris thelypteris, Platanus occidentalis,

Ailanthus glandulosa, Ulmus americana,

Rhus hirta.

This vegetation should be classed rather as a mixed formation,
perhaps, than as a pure one, it apparently being made up of
various elements from the other thicket zones on the peninsula.
The predominating consocies is the Cornus amomum-obliqua
Consocies, while during the flowering period of the elderberry
the Sambucus canadensis Society determines in places a con-
spicuous aspect.

Along the eastern shore of the marsh and wet meadow forma-
tions forming the northward extension of Biemiller's Cove, con-
siderable sand has blown over in places from the peninsula and
the bank rises in such places quite abniptly. At such points the
Rhus hirta Thicket Formation usually occupies this more xero-
phytic habitat and it, evidently, under such conditions, is suc-
ceeded by the Quercus velutina-imbricaria Forest Formation.

Where the slope is more gradual, with a more hydrophytic
soil, usually also with more humus, the normal succession appears
to be from the wet meadow through the Cephalanthus-Cornus
Thicket Formation to the Ulmus-Acer Forest Formation.

The Ailanthus glandulosa Forest Formation.

An interesting example of an anomalous succession is afforded
in the near vicinity of the Laboratory and at a couple of other
stations on the peninsula by the Ailanthus glandulosa Forest
Formation which is rapidly developing along the shores of the
cove and Bay in the Dune Section. This Asiatic ruderal tree
now constitutes a prominent zone occupying the habitat of the
less hydrophytic of the thicket zones, although often displacing

340 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 6,

also the Cephalanthtts-Cornus zone and extending, as well, up the
sides of adjacent dunes and onto the adjacent xero phytic Sand
plain.

Although very successful in competition with the Cephalan-
thus-Cornus and Rhus hirta Thicket Formation, it appears pro-
bable that this formation will eventually be succeeded by the
Ulmus-Acer Forest Formation. The structure of the Ailanthus
plandulosa Forest Formation, as to the lower lavers, is interme-
diate generallv between that of the thicket formations that
have been supplanted and that of the Uhnus-Acer forest. A
number of the species, such as Campanula americana, belong
more especially to the latter formation, but the conditions of
dense shade of the Ailanthus forest seem to have supplied the
conditions essential for its entrance into this habitat.

Certain secondary successions are to be seen in several places
on Cedar Point, as brought about by the agency of man, but these
were not studied in detail by the writer. One of these successions
has been brought about by the effort made to have a lawn and
shrubbery in the vicinity of the buildings of the Pleasure Resort.
Another secondary succession marked by the appearance of a
number of ruderal species has been brought about by the throw-
ing aside of sand in connection with the dredging of the artificial
"Lagoons. "

Carnegie Museum, January 20, 1908.

THE MURMAN BIOLOGICAL STATION.

Sergius Morgulis.

To the observer abroad, in Europe and more especially in
America, Russia is still vested with clouds of mystery. This is
true even with regard to the scientific Russia, slightly known in
other countries, which of course is due primarily to the Russian
language being familiar only to very few scientists.

This note is intended to acquaint the reader with a neglected
scientific institution, of no small rank, and is compiled largely
from reports kindly placed in my possession by Dr. K. M.
Derjugin, Curator of the Station.

Marine Biological Stations arc the workshops of biologists,
and ever since students of nature have abandoned their air-tight
laboratories, stored up with pickled specimens, and migrated to
the shores of the open sea, where they came in direct touch with
an exuberant living world, our science has progressed by
strides. This "migratory humor" effected also the Russian
biologists, and the famous embryologist Kovalevsky succeeded
in founding a Biological Laboratory on the coast of the Black

April, 1908.] The Murman Biological Station. 341

Sea, which soon became an important center for research work in
Russia, and gained a world-wide reputation.

We cannot, however, say the same thing about the Murman
Biological Station, established only in 1899, as yet very little
known, and which, by the way, is often confounded with its
unsuccessful predecessor, " The Biological Station of the Solovet-
sky Monastery."

The history of this Murman Station presents a few interesting
features, so characteristic of every Russian "history." In 1882
Prof. Wagner, of the St. Petersburg University, was allowed to
carry on investigations on the northern fauna in a fisherman's
hut, belonging to the Solovetsky Monastery. This permission
he obtained through the courtesy of the Father-superior of the
Monastery, which is situated on the Solovetsky Islands, in the
middle of the White Sea, a relatively short distance from the
Arctic Ocean. Year after year, during the summer months, this
fisherman's hut was visited by investigators who studied the
rich animal and plant world of this region. In the micantime,
the fisherman's hut has undergone considerable change. A few
new buildings were added to it at the expense of the Society of
Naturalists, and it was made m.ore suitable for scientific work.
After a seventeen years' fruitful existence the laboratory had
to be abolished on these islands. The death-blow to the young
and growing institution was dealt by the new father-superior of
the monastery who denounced the scientific visitors of these
islands in his secret report to the office of the Holy Synod, by
lodging a complaint that the presence of "impious" scientists
acts demoralizingly upon the monks and pilgrims. The father-
superior's argument produced its effect, and the nature-students
soon packed up their luggage and started out in search for a new
settlement in that cold region. Such has been found on the
Murman Peninsula where the present Murman Biological Sta-
tion was established in 1899, and has operated successfully since.
They have fairly well equipped laboratories there, aquarium
rooms, museum, a reference library containing a few hundred
volumes, etc. The station is situated in an attractive rocky
locality right on the shore of the Kolsky Bay.

The climate of this region is rather cold, the average yearly
temperature not being above 0 degrees Centigrade, but July and
Auguts are very comfortably warm months. The flora and
fauna is very rich there, and as Prof. Derjugin tells me, there
is hardly a case when the dredge does not bring up a multitude of
various organisms. There have been listed over 500 representa-
tives of all the classes of invertebrates and fishes, and Hydrozoa,
Actinozoa, sea-urchins, star fishes, worms, planarians, nemertines,
molluscs, crustaceans, are all very abundant, and their eggs can

342 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 6,

also be obtained easily. Besides, there is an abundance of
fresh- and brackish-water animals and plants as well as numerous
land forms. Up to 1905 there had been at the laboratory about
fifty investigators, instructors and students of various universi-
ties, and some thirty-five publications have been based upon
materials collected and studied there. No special fee is imposed
for the occupation of tables, and glass-ware, instruments and
reagents, except the very expensive ones, are also allowed free of
charge.

The student who goes abroad to spend the summer in research
work, ordinarily goes to places where the sea is blue and the
sky is hot, and it never occurs to anyone to visit the far north,
and especially Russia. We shall, however, give a few hints of
information as to how this remote station may be reached for
the benefit of those who may experience the desire to study the
northern fauna. The best way would be to go from Petersburg
to Archangelsk by railroad, and then by steamer to Alexandrovsk
where the station is located. The trip from Petersburg, affording
a splendid opportunity to observe the northern part of Russia, is
very inexpensive, and taking into consideration that there is no
laboratory fee, and that living expenses are also very small, it
does not involve any difficulty from a financial standpoint. A
little knowledge of German, or perhaps still better, of French,
will enable one to evade the difficulty which the Russian language
presents. We feel sure that anyone visiting this place will carry
off with him a pleasant recollection of the hospitality extended to
him with the characteristic Russian cordialitv.

Meeting of the Biological Club.

The Club met in Orton Hall March 2d, 1908. Dr. Hubbard
presided. After the reading and approval of the minutes of the
previous meeting, F. Carty, Fred Marsh and Stanley Hart
were proposed for membership.

The paper of the evening was presented by Miss Freda Det-
mers. This paper was entitled, "A Month's Visit to South-
eastern Alaska. " It was illustrated by lantern slides, and many
fine views of the glaciers, vegetation, towns and inhabitants were
given. The vegetation in this far northern region presents some
interesting phases of plant life, one of the most abundant species
being the fire weed. The meeting was the best attended of the
year, over fifty being present. Miss Emily Hollister was elected
to membership, after which the society adjourned.

Arthur H. McCray, Secretary.

Date of Publication, April 20, 1908.

ne Ohio i\Ccituralist,

PUBLISHED BY

The Biological Club of the Ohio State Uni'versity,

Volume VIII. MAY. 1908. No. 7.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Dachnowski— Type and Variability in the Wood-increment of Acer Rubrum L 343

Hubbard— Stream Diversion near Lalu'ville. Ohio 349

DORRANT— Description of New Mallophaga. Ill 355

Carney and Brumback— The Deposits of Glass Sand at Toboso, 0 358

On the Death of William Ashbrook Kellcrman 3G1

TYPE AND VARIABILITY IN THE ANNUAL WOOD-
INCREMENT OF ACER RUBRUM L.

Alfred Dachnowski.

In all temperate zones, at least, trees form annually one
layer of wood, which appears on a cross-section of a tree as a
ring, more or less clearly defined. The rate at which the dia-
meter and the area of any cross-section of the tree increases, can
therefore be easily ascertained by measuring the width of the
rings. To obtain direct evidence as to the relation of the rate
of wood formation to the nature of the habitat, and to obtain
information on the value of a biometric study in diflierentiating
such habitats, statistical work has been carried out during the
past winter of 1907-8. The work was done in connection with
an inquiry on the toxic properties of bogwater and bogsoils,
the data of which, correlated with this and other studies, will
be brought out elsewhere in another paper.

The purpose of the article here briefed is to call attention to
the fact that statistical methods first used by Galton and now
applied by Pearson (7), Davenport (4), Shull (8), and others to
the more complicated questions in variation and heredity, may
be of service also in Forestry problems as well as in questions
of Ecology.

About 25 miles east of Columbus occurs an extensive lake,
approximately ten miles long and one mile wide, known as Buck-
eye Lake. Near the northern bank, and midway between the
small towns of Lakeside and Avondale is a bog-island very near-
ly one-tenth the dimensions of the lake. Soundings made to
determine the character of the peat gave 30 to 40 feet as the
depth of the island. Its vegetation presents two well-marked
zones, — a central one consisting of Sphagnum, Carex, Erio-
phorum, Oxycoccus, Drosera, Rhus vernix, Aronia nigra,
and others, and a marginal zone which includes besides several
species of SaUx, Akius incana, A. rugosa, Ilex verticillata, Comus

344

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. VIII, No. 7,

canadensis, etc., a few small oaks, and Acer rubrum as the dom-
inant form. An interesting comparison is afforded when we
note that the country surrounding the lake and especially the
northern shore near the bog-island supports at various places
a forest vegetation in the form of woodlots. The most common
trees are the beech, elm, maple, oak, chestnut and walnut, —
examples of a temporary mesophytic climate society.

In determining the influence on annual accretion of wood the
stumps of red maple were selected. A number of these trees
had been just recently felled both in the bog and on the shores near
by. It seemed desirable therefore to procure and record data
on measurements from such trees of the two conditions of hab-
itat, as were nearly the same in size, age, uniformty concentric
growth of wood, and general environment. The general climate
is assumed to be almost identical for both places, and being thus
eliminated, it became more easy to determine the effect of
edaphic conditions upon the rate of diameter growth of the species.

From the number of trees at disposal five were selected from
the marginal bog-zone, and three were chosen from the wood-
lots near the shore. It may be objected that not enough trees
were analyzed to permit the conclusion drawn. In order to
eliminate sources of error, measurements were made, indeed, on
a larger number of sample trees. To the writer, however, it
seemed that the degree of confidence and the accuracy of the
statistical result depended not so much upon numbers, as upon
the functional criteria of the environment. It was not so much
the object of this study to establish variability, as to find a
suitable method of determining the influence of various factors
in the environment. A method was sought by which temper-
ature, light, humidity and soil data could be combined in a
single number. The fact that so large a part of plant activities
and adaptation is directly or indirectly connected with climatic
and edaphic factors, suggested that if a comparative and statis-
tical study of secondary growth on similar trees of various pro-
nounced habitats were made, a new basis for determining climatic
and edaphic regions of optimum development would be at hand.

Put in tabular form the results of the measurements are as
follows :

Width of Rings
in mm.

1.

1.5

2.

2.5

3.

3.5

4.

4.5 5.

5.5

6.

6.5

7.

7.5

8. 8.5

9.

9.5

10. Tot.

Frequencies in
Bog habitat

16.

10.

23.

20.

27.

12.

20.

5. 7.

1

t

5. 5.

5.

6.

1.

2. 0.

1-

0.

2.

167

Frequencies in
Woodlots

1
26. 30.

31.

9.

6.

1

102

May, 1908.] Annual Wood-Increment of Acer rubrum L.

345

These frequency distributions are shown graphically in
Fig. 1. The abscissa give width in millimeters, the ordinates
frequencies of rings. The variation constants deduced from.
them are indicated on page 347.

For the benefit of those unfamiliar with the biometric method
of study employed here, a brief discussion of the more sahent
points is appended. For a more complete statement the reader
is referred to Davenport's "Statistical Methods" (4) or the
more popular work of Pearson (6).

JS

«.

.S /. U Z. S.S 3. J.r ¥. Ms- S. Ss 6 6.f y. j.s a. S.f f f.f /(?.

Fig. 1 — Frequency curves showing variation in width of the annual wood-
increment in Acer rubrum. Continuous lines — bog habitat; Dotted
lines — woodlot habi;at.

It will be noted that in the trees of the bog habitat, there
are more rings three mm. long than of any other length,
while in the second type of habitat the greater number of rings
has shown two mm. This highest frequency or most common
length is known as the mode. It shows clearly the prevailing
type of wood-accretion. The distribution decreases in both
directions from the mode, but least so in the woodlot habitat.
The practical importance of the information afforded by this
value is apparent. We have here the average prevailing state
or place-habit of a similar lot of individuals from two distinct
places. It is a characteristic which has been determined by
influences covering a period of time (the age of the trees) long
enough to eliminate the effect of incidental fluctuations in the

346 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 7,

habitat. In selecting one character for measurement it must
not be forgotten, of course, that the organism is a correlated
unit or whole. Change of environment may alter therefore a
great variety of characters. Whatever the species, its differences
constitute a distribution of deviations extending sometimes
through a considerable range. Points such as these the system-
atist above all, must necessarily consider.

Another conception of the character and the amount of
wood-accretion and its distribution is possible through the
arithmetical average or mean. Multiplying the value of each
variate by its frequency, adding the results and dividing the
sum by the total number of rings, we thus get a determination
of the mean or average length. In this case the mean length
is 3.42 mm. and 1.70 mm. respectively for each of the habitats
under consideration. These values differ very sensibly from
the most common length or mode. It will be seen at once, that
the deviations in excess of the mode are in the case of the bog
habitat larger and in the woodlots smaller. The mean is in the
latter case less and in the former greater than the respective
mode. Such distributions are termed skew, — the mode and the
mean are separated from each other by a certain measurable
distance. The relative breadth of the curves exhibits to the
eye the great variability and the prominent skewness.

There have been various interpretations of skewness, but
it is evident that we are dealing here with the results of direct
physiological reactions to the changes in the environment.
On an average the annual accretion in woodlot conditions is
by far less than in the bog habitat. Not all individual trees are
alike sensitive to changed conditions, but the greater value of
the positive skewness in the bog habitat indicates that only a
small proportion of the variates is conservative. It is plain,
therefore, that the position of the mode and the negative skew-
ness in the woodlot forms has resulted from physiological varia-
tion, i. e. from the prevailing edaphic conditions of that place,
and that the differences in the environment have changed the
type, the variability and even the sign of the skewness.

The frequency curves enable us to perceive still another
relation. It will be observed that some of the rings deviate
but little from the mode or the mean, while others deviate more
and some even very much. For instance, the deviations from
the mean in the frequencies of the woodlot samples are —.70,
— .20, -H .30, -f.SO, and 4-1.30. The average deviation is
omitted here as having no particular significance. Usually a
standard deviation is derived in the following manner. The devi-
ation of each frequency from the mean is squared and then multi-
plied by its corresponding frequency ; the products are added and
then divided by the total number of variates, and the square root

May, 1908.] Annual Wood-Increment of Acer rubrum L.

347

extracted. The result as corrected by a number representing
the probable error is the standard deviation. We thus arrive
at a value 1.87 mm. for the bog habitat, and 0.56 mm. for the
woodlot habitat, which stands as a definite measure of varia-
bility. It enables comparisons from year to year and between
different localities, advantages which are too obvious to require
elaboration.

To compare variability on an abstract basis an expression
combining the idea both of standard deviation and type is added
here. -It is found by dividing the standard deviation by the
mean as a base. The result is an excellent index of variability
in the form of a rate percent usually known as the coefficient
of variability. The value of the coefficient of variation will
change directly with changes of the standard deviation, and
inversely with changes of the mean. For the case at hand the
coefficient of variability is 54.60 and 33.28 for the bog con-
ditions and the woodlots respectively.

The mode and the three important variations constants,
together with the probable errors of the determination, which
were deduced from the frequency curves in the manner described
above, are as follows:

Habitat.

Mode

Mean

Standard Deviation

Coefficient of Variability.

Bog

3 mm.

3.425 ±0.098
1.870 ±0.069
54.60 +2.55

Woodlots

2 mm.
1.701 ±0.038
0.566 ±0.027
33.28 + 2.46

Difference

1 mm.
1.72 mm
1.31 mm.
21.32

The amount of variation is, as we should expect it to be,
sensibly different in each of the localities selected. The ex-
treme values for - the coefficients are 54.60 and 33.28 giving
a difference of 21.32. We may accept these differences in the
coefficients of variability as additional proof that when organ-
isms are introduced in changed or unusual conditions they be-
come more or less variable. It can safely be granted that the
conditions of variability which are here a function of place, are
■masked but little by others. In the case at hand, variability
is not due to chance but is an inevitable accompaniment of the
differences in the habitat. .The evidence for this statement is
■found especially in a forthcoming paper on the response of plants
to toxic bodies, and in the methods and results of experimental
physiology (2). Here, however, the results appear to be of

348 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 7,

considerable interest as showing that by the use of the quanti-
tative method we are passing to an equally definite and exact
determination of the importance of environmental conditions.
The points brought out in this communication may be sum-
marized thus:

(1) The data above presented show clearly that a biomet-
ric record of secondary growth in trees furnishes a very valuable
criterion for the comparison of the conditions of different plant
habitats. They are data involving climatic and edaphic factors
which are of the greatest importance to plant life, and hence
may be best correlated with functional and structural changes.

(2) The response to environment in the case of Acer rubrum
is rapid and pronounced. The annual growth of wood auto-
matically records in duration, intensity and quality the effect
of the "various ecological factors working in concert" (3).
The differences in amount and size of wood cells, in thickness
of walls, extent of infiltration, etc., clearly indicates differences
in type.

(3) In a study such as this the biometric data seem more
valuable than long records of temperature, light, humidity,.
wind velocity, and others. The effect of these is included as
far as they influence the plant. Greatly varying as meteorolo-
gical and soil data are, it is indeed almost impossible to combine
them so as to exhibit their united action to climatic and edaphic
centers of development. Hence the biometric point of view is
an additional criterion to furnish a suitable basis for comparing
ecological data, and for determining the relation of a locality
to the whole range of the species, and to the direction of its mi-
gration (1). It seems certain, therefore, that if such statis-
tical data were exhibited for various regions, climatic and edaphic
centers of distribution could be clearly indicated (9). It is
hoped that investigators in other places will make studies sim-
ilar to the one here presented for the purpose of testing the value
of this criterion.

(4) It is well known that the ability of plants to transmit
acquired characteristics is readily demonstrated in forest trees^
where climatic influences continue to show themselves with
plants grown from seed derived from different localities. It
becomes a problem of practical as well as theoretical import-
ance to determine to what extent such distributions in functional
variations persist. The advantage of the biometric method
to know definitely the behavior of plants and the effect of en-
vironment is apparent. Whether or not individuals which
have proven to be more variable would be favorable to any
selection process remains to be seen from experimental deter-
minations.

Botanical Laboratory, O. S. U. March, 1908.

May, 1908.] Stream Diversion near Lakeville, Ohio. 349

LITERATURE.

1. Adams, C. C. Southeastern U. S. as a center of geograph-
ical distribution of flora and fauna. Biological Bull 1902;
3:115-131.

2. Dachnowski, A. Zur Kenntnis der Entwicklungs-Physio-
logie von Marchantia polymorpha. Jahrb. f. wiss. Botanik
1907, XLIV: 254-286.

3. , Ravines in the vicinity of Ann Arbor.

Michigan Academy of Science, Report 9:113-122. 1905. pl22.

4. Davenport, C. B. Statistical methods with special refer-
ence to biological variation. New York. J. Wiley & Sons
1899; and Revised edition 1904.

5. Haacke, W. Ueber numerische Variation typischer
Organe und korrelative Mosaikarbeit. Biol. Centralblt. 1896;
16: 481-497; 529-547.

6. Pearson, K. Grammar of Science. 1900.

7. , On the sources of apparent polymorphism

in plants, etc. Biometrika 1902; 1:304-306.

8. Shull, G. H. Place constants for Aster prenanthoides.
Bot. Gaz. 1904; 38:333-375.

9. Transeau, E. N. Climatic Centers and Centers of Plant
distribution. Mich. Acd. of Sci. 1905; 7:73-75.

10. Vries, H. de. Ueber die Periodicitat der partiellen
Variationen. Ber. d. Deutsch. Bot. Gessell. 1899; 17:45-51.

STREAM DIVERSION NEAR LAKEVILLE, OHIO.*

George D. Hubbard.

The announcements of stream modifications have come to us
so often in the last generation that we no longer wonder at them.
They are very common and most of the larger streams have
been subject to one or more of them. With all the examples
which have been described and explained there has come a
great variety of form and cause, yet a classification under three
heads is possible. Some are simply diversions in which the
stream had nothing to do but to get out of the way ; these occur
most frequently in glaciated regions. Other causes are land and
snow slides, lava flows, volcanic eruptions and artificial obstruc-
tions. Some are adjustments in which the stream modifies its
course or the form of its valley because the one or the other is
out of harmony or adjustment with the needs of the stream;
these occur in regions where superposition or rejuvenation
have occurred and the stream in its later stages is in different
rocks from those in which it worked in youth. The third class

*Presented to the Biological Club, February 3, 1908.

35°

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. VIII, No. 7,

is actual piracy, stream robbing or stream capture, and may be
associated with superposition of streams or rejuvenation, but
is a common accompaniment of crustal tilting or shifting of
shorelines.

The case at Lakeville is an example of the first kind, simple
diversion, where streams have been forced out of their former
courses and have been obliged to pursue new courses ever since.

Figure 1.
Counties. — I. Ashland, II. Wayne, III. Richland, IV. Knox, V. Holmes.
Towns. — 1. Uncas, 2. Spellacy, 3. Mansfield, 4. Loudonville, 5. Lakefork,
G. Lakeville, 7. Big Prairie, 8. Shreve.

May, 1908.] Stream Diversion near Lakeville, Ohio, 35 r

I want to examine it as to fact and nature of evidence, and thus
discover the cause, treating it as illustrating a method of re-
search rather than as telling of a new kind of phenomenon.

The region is that of the head waters of the Mohican, a stream
which unites with Owl Creek to form the Walhonding, which
in turn unites with Killbuck Creek and enters the Tuscarawas
at Coshocton. The critical places in the case are in southern
Ashland County and western Holmes County.

The Mohican Creek proper is made up of the waters of sev-
eral smaller creeks, Muddy or Lake Fork from the northeast
which also brings the waters of Jerome Fork, Black Fork from
the nothwest, and Clear Fork from the west, which joins Black
Fork just above the narrows at Uncas and Spellac}^

Black Fork comes down from north of Mansfield in a post-
glacial valley hitting the rocks occasionally and then leaping
over falls and rapids or winding through gorges. Fleming's
falls and gorge above Miflin furnish a good example of this habit.
But just before entering Ashland County above Perrysville,
Black Fork enters a broad, mature, rock valley, more or less
plugged w4th moraine of Wisconsin age and pursues it to Lou-
donville. Here it abruptly turns into the south wall of the big
valley and winds through a six or seven mile gorge into Knox
County, where it joins the Muddy Fork and the two constitute
the Mohican.

In like manner Jerome Fork heads in post-glacial valleys in
the drift of northeastern Ashland County, but before joining
Muddy Fork at the town of Lakefork it finds itself in a broad,
open, mature, rock valley leading southeast. At Lakefork,
having entered Mudd}^ Fork, its waters turn abruptly into the
hills and lead southward into a rapidly narrowing valley. The
narrowest part is found about midway between Lakefork and
Lakeville where the stream seems to have cut a notch in a low
mature divide. Below this place, the valley widens southward
and emerges into the very broad mature valley, which Black
Fork followed seven or eight miles; and the stream, turning
westward in the large valley, winds about among morainic hills
for some two miles, then turns again into a hill-enclosed nar-
rowing valley and follows it southward through two morainic
loops, and on southward to the Mohican, which is said to flow
through a narrow valley in a very hilly country. The author
has not seen this portion of the Mohican.

A sluggish little branch of Muddy Fork rising among a series
of morainic loops northeast of Big Prairie flows through a broad
clay -bottomed, level-floored valley for five or six miles and en-
ters the Muddy just before the latter goes into the hills at Lake-
fork.

352 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 7,

Recognizing the fact, as all of us probably do, that valleys
are made by streams, and, in similar rocks are proportionate in
size and form to the size of the stream and the length of time
the latter has had to work, it becomes very apparent that we
have an anomalous condition here, where the larger streams
Black and Muddy Forks flow in broad open valleys, then in
narrow^ ones and again in broad ones, while some small streams
are in much broader valleys than they could possibly have made
during the time at their disposal. These are the features that
appeal at once to the traveler and invite his attention if not his
curiosity.

Upon looking a little more carefully other items in the prob-
lem are found. In the course of Mudd}'' Fork from Lakefork
village to Lakeville, and of Black Fork from Loudon ville to the
Mohican, not only do the valleys narrow but the upland topo-
graphy changes as the narrowest portion of the valley is reached.
The high hills become more youthful and draw in closer to the
present main valley, suggesting that formerly at these two
narrows, streams once headed and flowed away in opposite
directions. In accordance with a law of valley development,
that youth is more marked near the headwaters, this theory
accounts for the more youthful character of the slopes and form
of valley at the narrows.

The side streams entering these two sections of the courses
of Muddy and Black Forks respectively, have a story to tell.
North of the narrows they enter with their small angles down
stream contrary to the normal habit of stream arrangement,
and south of the narrows they enter in a thoroughly normal
manner with the small angle up stream, suggesting that, at pres-
•ent, the flow of the main stream north of the narrowest places
is in the reverse direction from that of the stream occupying the
valleys when the drainage patterns were outlined ; but that in
the portions south of the narrowest places, the flow is in the
same direction as during the early history of the region.

It has already been suggested that Muddy and Black Forks
have cut at their respective narrows new gorges in rock, through
what was formerly a low rock divide between small streams
flowing in opposite directions. Still further confirmation of
this hypothesis is found in the small laterals entering the main
stream jiear the narrows. The side stream entering Muddy Fork
nearest Lakefork shows a very little rejuvenation and down
cutting in its mature higher valley in order that the stream may
enter Muddy Fork at grade. In the case of the side stream next
nearer the narrows, the mature valley seems to hang higher above
the level of Muddy and to have a deeper recent gorge valley in
its bottom. The third and fourth hang still higher and the re-
cent gorges are still deeper. Moreover the mature hanging

May, 1908.J Stream Diversion near Lakeville, Ohio. 353

valle3^s enter the main valley essentially at the top of the gorge
of the main valley showing that when the rejuvenation occurred,
the valley bottoms of laterals and the main valley floors were
at accordant levels, just as are those of the present streams.
South of the narrows on Muddy Fork similar conditions obtain,
and likewise adjacent to the narrows of Black Fork the phe-
nomena of hanging valleys and recent gorges in their floors are
repeated.

This whole series of facts makes it very certain that the
streams have been diverted from their old courses and forced
over low divides and made to flow in new courses. We are
ready then to formulate an hypothesis to explain the observed
facts. The h^'pothesis must account for all the facts and be in
harmony with the general conditions of this part of the state.

It was pointed out that there were large deposits of glacial
drift in several. of the valleys in this vicinity. Glacial moraines
are especially developed in the large east and west valley from
north of Loudonville to north of Shreve, also in the broad valley
north of Big Prairie. Neither of these valleys contains a large
stream except for short distances while the smaller valleys with
relatively less drift contain the larger streams. The slopes of the
valley walls are not steep enough for landslides to occur and
interfere with drainage and no evidence of landslides w^as found.
No volcanic lava or ejecta occur here. In fact, the glacial drift
is the only material found about here which could plug up valleys
and divert the streams. But diversion might be caused by
tilting and folding of the strata if these had occurred. Folding
and faulting sufficient to induce the stream modifications noted
are unknown here. Superposition caused by a leveling up
sufficient to send streams over hills and cause them to select en-
tirely new courses independent of old courses has not occurred.
Moreover the strata are similar sedimentary rocks all through
the region so that neither superposition nor change in the char-
acter of the rocks encountered as the streams cut down can be
used to explain the conditions. Rejuvenation has been con-
sidered. There has been no local uplifting that could rejuvenate
in some places and not in others as the conditions would re-
quire, nor are the results those consequent on broad or general
rejuvenation. Streams in isolated areas only are revived and
entrenched. B}^ elimination, we are left to the drift as the im-
mediate cause of the obstructions and diversions. A study of
the drift shows it to be deposited in loops and curves as if around
the ends of ice tongues extending southward along the valleys
and against the margins of broader ice lobes, w^hich must then
have advanced into the region from the north.

Working out the relations between the theory of ice invasion
of these valleys, and the facts observed regarding stream diver-

354 The Ohio Xaturaiist. [Vol. VIII, No. 7,

sions, the following conclusions may be reached. During pre-
glacial time a system of valleys was here developed — valleys
which had reached maturity. This maturity was more marked
in and near the master valleys but became less and less strong
as one pushed back up the little valleys. Many of the latter,
especiallv south of the large east and west valley, gradually
widened northward showing that the line of headwater divides
must have lain near but south of this large valley.

The advancing ice would move more easily into the broad,
mature valleys and into those lying more nearly in the direction
of ice movement. The ice pushed in from the north, as it came
into rougher and rougher topography it broke up into tongue-
like dependencies,* which extended into the valleys. While
the ends of the tongues were fairly stationary, melting freed
rock waste which accumulated in moraines. Any stream flow-
ing toward the advancing ice would of necessity find its course
closed during the ice advance by ice and moraine. The water,
augmented by the melting of the ice, would accumulate in a
lake between the advancing ice on the north, the valley walls
on the sides and the divides on the south. Its outlet would be
over the lowest places, whether of moraine or rock, whether in
valleys or over low cols between ridges at the very heads of the
streams. Thus was begun the discharge of water over the
divides. As the ice continued to advance it crossed one of the
divides and may have lowered it some by ice erosion, but this
if done, is not ver}^ apparent.

While the ice front lay along the large east and west valley
studied, it built masses of moraine in the valley and water rose
in the tributary valley leading southward from Loudonville
until it was pushed over the divide at Spellacy. When the ice
withdrew, it became more markedly a series of valley depend-
encies, and the water accumulated in front of their noses until it
went over the col in Muddy Fork northwest of Lakeville, but
because of ice obstructions it could not go along the large valley
leading to Big Prairie. Thus was started the stream over the
divides between the narrow valleys and not along the earlier
mature valleys.

Once started it was easier for the stream, when the ice with-
drew, to maintain its course over the divides than to seek its
old routes. Hence the cutting down continued and the little
narrows were finally cut to present dimensions. The cutting
down of the divide gave all side streams near the divide a chance
to deepen their courses near their mouths which the}^ proceeded

*Camey, F. (Jour. Geol. XV, 1907 pp. 4SS ff.) very happily applies
this term to peripheral protuberances, which extended frona the great
ice sheet into preglacial rock valle3^s.

May, 1908.] Descriptions of New Mallophaga. HI. 355

to do. Thus the theory seems to explain and incorporate every
observed fact and not to be out of harmony with the general
conditions of the vicinity.

Since drift of Wisconsin age Hes in the smaller valleys and
since the observed stream erosion, accompHshed subsequent
to the diversions, is so great, it is beheved that the original
diversion must have occurred in connection with some pre-
Wisconsin ice invasion probably the earliest to come to this
region. ,

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW MALLOPHAGA. III.

E. P. DURRANT.

6. Menopon colaptis, nov. sp. Fig. 1, H.

Description of female. Body, length 1.82 mm., width .74
mm. ; of pale golden-brown color, with darker and narrow trans-
verse abdominal bands, many of the specimens, however, show-
ing a reddish tinge.

Head, length .27 mm., width .58 mm.; forehead broadly
rounded with temples projecting; on front of head near lateral
margins, arising from a clear space, two small, and one large
hair; palps projecting a little more than terminal segment; a
distinct ocular fringe; back of eye two small hairs, and on temple
two long ones ; occipital border concave with eight long hairs and
with narrow brown marginal band ; head of rather uniform color-
ing, inner border of antennal pit dark ; ventral surface with a pair
of three-jointed backward-extending processes one-third the
length of the head.

Prothorax large, with thin smoky lateral extensions reaching
as far as first long hair on occipital border ; two long pustulated
hairs on each lateral margin and eight on the posterior, the one
at the anterior angle with a small spine on each side of it. Meta-
thorax a little broader than the prothorax, with the posterior
border slightly curved backward and with a number of hairs;
legs of the general body color.

Abdomen somewhat elongate, angles projecting shghtly and
bearing one long and two shorter hairs also one or tW'O small
spines ; a row of hairs extending across near posterior margin of
each segment; posterior border of last segment flattened and
with a row of small hairs, a close fringe of fine hairs on ventral
margin.

Male. Body, length 1.54 mm., width .78 mm.; head, length
.27 mm., width .59 mm. Except in size much the same general
appearance as the female.

356

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol VIII, No. 7,

Description from twelve specimens in the collection of Pro-
fessor Jas. S. Hine, of Ohio State University, taken by him from
the Flicker, Colaptes auratus, at Columbus, Ohio.

These forms show much similarity to Menopon praecursor
Kell. and may possibly be onty a variety. However, on account
of the host, from which heretofore no Menopon has been reported,
the difference in prothorax, the hairs of occipital region, and the
more elongated body I have assigned it specific rank.

7. Menopon titan Piaget. (New host.) Les Pediculines,
1880, p. 5();3, plate XL, fig. 7.

Fig. 1. G, Ph3^sostomum invadens Kell., female from Dendroica
pennsylvanica. H, Menopon colaptis, female from Colaptes auratus.
I, Docophorus syrnii, female from Syrnium nebulosum.

Taken from Phalacrocorax dilophus by Professor Jas. S.
Hine at Columbus, O. Professor Kellogg, Kellogg and Chap-
man, Mallophaga from Birds of California, New Mallophaga III,
1899, describes the variety incomposittim from Phalacrocorax
penicilliatus. The specimens from P. dilophus conform very
closely with Piaget 's description.

8. Eureum cimicoides Nitzsch. (New host.) Piaget, Les
Pediculines, 1880, p. 008, Supplement, 1885, p. 137, Plate XV,
fig. 2.

Two specimens taken from Chaetura pelagica by Professor
Jas S. Hine, at Columbus, O. In Kellogg and Chapman, New
Mallophaga III, p. 133 et seq., reference is made to the seemingly
inadequate ground for the establishment of the Genus Eureum,
and also to the suspicion on the part of Piaget that the forms so

May, 1908.] Descriptions of New Mallophaga. III. 357

named were only aberrant members of the genus Menopon.
Professor Kellogg in Psyche, XV, p. 11, gives a systematic sum-
mary of the Mallophaga of the World, but makes no mention
of this genus. However, it seems to the writer that the two speci-
mens under consideration hardly can be placed in the genus
Menopon. They agree closely with Piaget's description and
figure, and the occipital tubercles, as Burmeister says, "cum
processu pronoti chelam formante," have not their counterpart
among the Menopon species so far as I have observed.

9. Nirmis selliger Nitzsch. (New host.) Piaget, Les
Pediculines, 1880, p. 197, plate XVI, fig. 2.

Two males and two females taken from the Common Tern,
Sterna hirundo, on Hen Island, Lake Erie, by Professor Jas. S.
Hine.

10. Physostomum invadens Kell. Fig. 1 G. A single
specimen taken from Dendroica pennsylvanica at Columbus, O.,
by Professors Osborn and Hine.

This single female specimen conforms quite closely to the
description by Professor Kellogg in New Mallophaga III, Kel-
logg and Chapman, p. 50, the only apparent difference being
that it is a little more slender as shown by the following dimen-
sions: Body, length 3.06 mm., width .68 mm.; head, length .70
mm., width .53 mm.

11. Docophorus syrnii [Packard?], fig. 1 I.

Female. Body, length 2.08 mm., width .92 mm., margin of
abdomen, legs, and head colored a golden brown.

Head. Length .67 mm., width .66 mm., front obtusely angu-
lar with a slight acuminate projection at middle, one medium,
and one short hair at each lateral angle ; two small hairs in front
of clypeal suture and two larger ones in front of trabecula; tra-
becula not so prominently curved as in D. communis, reaching
a little beyond first segment of antenna ; eye prominent and with
a short curved hair above; temples broadly rounded, the distance
from eye to prothorax divided into three nearly equal spaces by
two long hairs, these spaces again nearly bisected by three short
bristles ; occiput perceptibly curved backward ; signature distinct
but not strongly marked ; head rather uniform hght brown, except
antennal and occipital bands are distinct.

Prothorax with straight sides slightly diverging; a hair at
posterior angle. Metathorax of equal length with prothorax,
several hairs in rounded posterior angle ; posterior margin nearly
straight, with a row of pustulated hairs. Legs pale brown with
dark brown markings on anterior margins.

Abdomen broadly elliptical, anterior segments scarcely pro-
jecting, posterior ones a little more so ; two or three hairs at each
posterior angle ; short lateral transverse blotches with inner ends
rounded; last segment deeply emarginate.

358 . . The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 7,

Male. Body, length 1.70 mm., width .70 mm.; head, length
.59 mm., width .57 mm. Considerably smaller than female, color-
ation much the same. Last segment of abdomen rounded and
clear; genitalia showing quite prominentl^^

This form bears some resemblance to D. cursor Nitzsch, but
differs in size and in various other characters.

Many specimens taken from Syrnium nebulosum at Colum-
bus, O., by Professor Hine. European writers refer to a form
under this name, but Professor Kellogg, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.
Vol. XXII, p. 48, says, "neither Osborn nor I have been able to
find the original record for this species." Hence the figure and
description given in this paper.

This work was done mostly in the Zoological Laboratory of
Ohio State University under the directoin of Professor Herbert
Osborn, whose kindly assistance is hereby gratefully acknowl-
edged. Thanks are due also to Professor Jas. S. Hine for access
to his collection of Mallophaga.

THE DEPOSITS OF GLASS SAND AT TOBOSO, OHIO.^

F. Carney and A. M. Brumback.

This glass sand quarry, about one half mile west of Toboso,
on the Baltimore & Ohio railroad, is conveniently reached by
traction line from Newark to Zanesville, leaving the car at the
Black Hand station. The quarry, located in a cliff bank on the
south wall of the Licking which joins the Muskingum at Zanes-
ville, is owned by the Edward H. Everett Company of Newark,
Ohio. The sand produced is used chiefiy by the American
Bottle Company of the same place. This company manufact-
ures annually about 1,000,000 gross of amber and green bottles.^

The rock used here for glass sand belongs to the Black Hand
formation of the Waverly series, Mississippian period. A section
at the quarry, measured and described by Professor Charles
S. Prosser, is as follows : .

1. Presented at the Annual Meeting of the Ohio Academy of Science,
Oxford, Nov. 30. 1907.

2, Figures supplied by Mr. J. JVT. Keckley, employed by the American
Bottle Company, Newark, O.

May, 1908.] "^Deposits of Glass Sand at Toboso, 0.

359

The coarsely rippled surface of Conglomerate II, which caps
;d for glass sand; above this, about twenty feet of the Logan

Fig. 1. ine coarseiy rippieu s
the stone used for glass sand ; abov
shows.

1

^^^^M

i

'JH' J

1

• ■■'■ .; * '- ". ' '• ■'

1 : l. I

• ■ ■ ■ .'
■ . 1

Fig. 2. View of the east end of the Everett quarries, showing the
cable and conveyor; camera stands on the north bank of the Licking
which flows at the foot of the retaining wall of the railroad, the Baltimore
and Ohio. The prepared sand is loaded directly into the cars.

36o The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 7,

SECTION OF SOUTHERN BANK OF LICKING RIVER AT EVERETTS

AND CO'S QUARRY^.

Total
Thickness Thickness
Feet Feet

No. 6. Till 7 101

5. Thin, irregular bedded, drab or bluish sand-
stone and bluish argillaceous shales. In
places at the bottom is a 3-inch clay shale
resting on the massive conglomerate with
a sandstone to conglomeral e layer above.
Lower part of the Logan sandstone 22 94

4. A coarse conglomerate stratuin at the top
of the conglomerate which in places is 11
inches thick. The top of the Black Hand
conglomerate 1 72

3. Gray to drab coarse grit , which in places is
a conglomerate that is worked for glass
sand. This forms the upper part of the
main cliff 21 71

2. Coarse grit and conglomerate to the base

of the cUff at the Crusher 16 50

1. Mostly covered bank below the Crusher but
all in the conglomerate as shown by
exposure a little farther down the river
Level of Licking River 34 34

The very coarse horizon, Conglomerate IP, No. 4 in the above
section, and the erosion-remnants of the superjacent Logan
sandstone (Fig. 1.) are stripped, and dumped into an abandoned
water-course a few rods east of the quarry. The first mill for
preparing the sand was built at the west end of the quarries;
the new mill, which more than doubles the capacity of the plant,
stands nearer the place where quarrying is now being done.

The stone is conveyed to the older mill by a cable (Fig. 2.)
which lifts the skips from the trucks that have been pushed along
temporary tracks to a point directly beneath the cable. Tracks
lead to the new mill, and by raising the trucks a few feet, the
stone is fed into the breaker directly from the skips. After
leaving the breaker the stone passes through a Williams pul-
verizer, is screened, then fed into a Philip-McLearen wet pan
where it passes between heavy "chasers, " and is next washed by
being augered through a trough against flowing water which
floats off some of the aluminates. They do not dry the sand,
but car it directly from the washer, or pile it for later shipment.
The present daily output is about 300 tons.

3. Journal of Geology, Vol. IX (1901), p. 228.

4. C. L. Herrick, Bull. Denison University, Vol. IV(188S),p. 105.
C. S. Prosser, American Geologist, Vol. XXXIV (1904), pp. 358-60.

May, 1908.] Deposits of Glass Sand at Toboso, 0. 361

The analysis of two samples of this sand shows a much higher
percentage of iron than is contained by the sands ordinarily

used for glass:

1. 2.

SiO., 84.24 84.41

Fe^O, 2.88 2.91

AI2O3 7.00 7.15

CaO 70 .69

MgO 47 .38

Loss on ignition 2.29 2.29

Alkalies, etc., undetermined 2.42 2.17

100.00 100.00

Among the undetermined elements, titanium has been
detected, but no attempt has been made to ascertain its amount.^

1. See Ernest F. Burchard, "Glass Sand Industry of Indiana, Ken-
tucky, and Ohio," Bulletin U. S. Geological Survey, No. 315, (190G),
pp. 372-373, for an earlier description of this deposit. On page 370 lie
gives analyses of several sands.

Denison University, Granville, O.

ON THE DEATH OF WILLIAM ASHBROOK KELLERMAN.

(Resolutions adopted by the Biological Club, May 4, 1908.)

Inasmuch as Dr. William Ashbrook Kellerman died on the
eighth of March, 1908, the Biological Club of the Ohio State
University wishes to record its estimate of the worth of the man
and its sense of loss in his sudden death.

Dr. Kellerman became allied with the club almost at its
beginning and for many years was one of its most active and
enthusiastic members. He served as president in 1891-1892.
In starting the chief enterprise of the club, the Ohio Naturalist,
he had a very large part. Indeed, when the establishment of
such a periodical seemed beyond the financial means of the
club, it was he who generously came forward and assumed the
burden, proving his faith in the success of the venture by accept-
ing extra numbers of the journal as security for his advances.
Without this aid the present valuable journal of the club could
scarcely have been undertaken.

Until handicapped by a difficulty in hearing which arose in
the last few years, he was one of the most active participants
in the discussions of the club, always adding interest and profit

362 The Ohio Naturalist [Vol. VIII, No. 7,

to its meetings. Many of his papers, since published, were read
for the first time in its sessions. In addition to these more
formal contributions not less important though less pretentious
were the many brief notes which he contributed under the head
of personal observations. Never did a meeting pass at which
he was present without his reporting some new and interesting
discoveries he had made during the month. These short obser-
vations reveal a trait in his character which is becoming all too
rare in the younger biologists, namely, his love of nature and
his passion for study and collection in the field. In all of his
forty years of collecting and close study of nature, he never lost
in the slightest degree the enthusiasm of the youth making his
first discoveries in science. From first to last he maintained
unabated his great interest in the commonest things. At all
times he enjoyed with the greatest intensity every observation
made by his students, even if it was well known to him. Because
of this he was one of the most stimulating persons any young
man could have had to work under. Those who knew him in
the field can never forget the keen enjoyment of field trips with
him nor the profit derived from them.

As members of the Biological Club, many of us only begin-
ning our scientific careers, we would recognize the inestimable
value of such an impelling interest in our work and set it up as a
mark for our own ideals, knowing full well that though few of us
can hope to attain such intensity of enthusiasm as he reached,
yet our success in large measure depends on our ability to main-
tain as Dr. Kellerman did, the enthusiasm of youth through

the years of mature life.

Robert F. Griggs,

F. L Landacre,

J. C. Hambleton

Committee

Date of Publication, May 20, 1908.

The Ohio ^JSCaturalist,

PUBLISHED BY

The Biological Club of the Ohio State Uni'versity,
Volume VIII. JUNE, 1908. No. 8.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Branson— Notes on Diuiehthys terrelli Newberry, with a Restoration 363

De LA. Torre Bueno— On tlie Aquatic and Semi-Aquatic Hemiptera Collected by

Prof. James S. Hine in Guatemala. (First Paper.) 370

NOTES ON DINICHTHYS TERRELLI NEWBERRY, WITH A

RESTORATION.

Contribution from the Geological Laboratory of Oberlin College.

E. B. Branson.

In volume seven of the Ohio Geological Survey, page 626,
Professor A. A. Wright gives measurements of the bones of an
almost complete specimen of Dinichthys terrelli Newberry.
This is probably the most complete specimen of Dinichthys ever
collected. The only bones missing are right mandible, right antero-
supero-gnathal, left postero-supero-gnathal, left postero-dorso-
lateral, and the median ventrals. The skull is crushed in such
a way that the right suborbital lies at the right in the same
plane as the roof of the skull. The left sub-orbital and left
margin of the skull lie against the bottom of the roof. The dorso-
median is broken and the shaft turned to the left.

Manv of the bones are not perfectly preserved. The lower
part of the right clavicular is missing, neither antero-dorso-
lateral is perfect, the left clavicular has several parts broken
away, the left suborbital is imperfect posteriorly and the right
suborbital is imperfect anteriorly, and other bones have small
portions missing.

The accompanying restoration is made from this specimen
and the excellence of the specimen leaves few points in doubt.
Nearly all of the points were checked up with other specimens.

The ventrals are those figured by Professor A. A. Wright in
volume seven of the Ohio Geological Survey.* The specimen
furnishes no positive indication of the relation of the ventrals
to the other bones, but the left antero-ventral is crushed against
the right antero-dorso-lateral. The position of the ventrals
shown in figure 1 represents nothing more than the writer's opin-
ion of their proper location.

* Ohio Geological Survey, Vol. VII, Plate XLIV, figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, and 9.

364 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 8,

In figure 1 all bones of the side of the skull are foreshortened
since in a direct lateral view they lie at an angle of about thirty-
five degrees with the median line of the skull. The suborbital,
mandible, dorso-laterals, and clavicular are foreshortened dorso-
ventrally. They lie at an angle of about forty-five degrees with
the median longitudinal vertical plane of the body. This angle
was obtained from an undistorted dorso-median of the same
species. The relations of the other bones to the dorso-median
make it certain that it is approximately correct. In-figure;2
the bones are represented as lying in one plane almost exactly as
they lie in the specimen and all bones are drawn in proportion.

The sutures in the skull are not distinct. The median occi-
pital and external occipital are the only bones of which it is possi-
ble to make out the outline distinctly.

The suborbital as shown in figure 2 lies just as it does in the
specimen. The anterior end is restored from the anterior end of
the left suborbital. The notched anterior end has not been fig-
ured or described previously that I am aware. In the interior
of the notch the bone is fifteen millimeters thick and apparently
articulated with some other bone. The anterior slime canal
seems to be continuous with the anterior slime canal of the top of
the skull. The bone is usually broken where the slime canal
crosses it and the anterior end lost. Behind the orbit the sub-
orbital articulates with the postorbital for a short distance and
then does not touch the margin of the skull again till about the
middle of the marginal. At the place where it articulates the
slime canal of the marginal reaches the edge of the skull. Be-
hind the postorbital a bone lies between the suborbital and the
roof of the skull. It overlaps the upper edge of the suborbital
and is crushed against the skull in such a way that its relations
can not be determined. It is probably part of the left suborbital
displaced when the skull was crushed. The posterior end of the
suborbital lies against the inner part of the anterior projection of
the clavicular and thus completes the boxing in of the posterior
part of the skull as well as making the clavicular more rigid.
The top of the bone is thin and sinuous in outline. The dotted
lines in figure 2 indicate the parts of the bone that are missing.

DiNICHTHYS TERRELLI NeWBERRY.

Figures 1 and 2.

One-

fifth natural size.

1.

Median occi

ipital,

in.

Clavicular.

2.

External occipital.

11.

Dor.so-median.

3.

Central.

12.

Antero-dorso-lateral.

4.

Marginal.

13.

Postero-dorso-lateral.

5.

Pineal.

14.

Mandible.

6.

Postorbital

15.

Postero-supero-gnathal

7.

Preorbital.

16.

Antero-supero-gnathal.

8.

Rostral.

17.

Anterior ventral.

9.

Suborbital.

18.

Posterior ventral.

p

o

366 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 8,

The relations of the dorsal to the dorso-laterals is shown in
both restorations. In the specimen the postero-dorso-lateral
and antero-dorso-lateral are firmly united in their original rela-
tion. Some fragments are missing from the upper margin and
are restored in outline in the drawings. The right margin of the
dorso-median is missing in the specimen but its position and shape
are almost perfectly indicated on the dorso-laterals. Outside of
the dotted line in figure 2 the antero-dorso-lateral is restored.
As the left postero-dorso-lateral is crushed down on the right
dorso-laterals their relation to one another is obscured. The
writer is not satisfied with the outline of the antero-dorso-lateral
as it is shown in the drawing, but the bones are undoubtedly in
their natural association and the antero-dorso-lateral is the only
bone to fill the space in front of the posterior bone. The over-
lapping part of the antero-dorso-lateral is very thin.

The relation of the antero-dorso-lateral to the skull is deter-
mined beyond controversy by the specimen under discussion and
by two other specimens in the Museum of Oberlin College. The
relation is determined by placing the dorso-median and dorso-
laterals in association and placing the median line of the dorso-
median in the median line of the skull and the articulating part
of the antero-dorso-lateral in its socket. The anterior edge out-
side of the articulation overlaps the depressed edge of the poster-
ior part of the skull for about two centimeters. A specimen of
Dinichthys intermedins shows the same relation, and in a speci-
men of Dinichthys recently collected from the Huron shale in
which both antero-dorso-laterals are preserved in their natural
relation to the skull the same relation is shown.

The position of the clavicular and its relations to other bones
is definitely shown and is represented in both restorations.
The main articulation is with the depression in the antero-dorso-
lateral. Its anterior edge overlaps for more than two centimeters
the depressed posterior edge of the skull though it does not arti-
culate with the skull. The posterior end of the suborbital rests
against a large part of the anterior edge of the clavicular between
its two anterior projections. The outer of the anterior projections
which just reaches the lower edge of the suborbital probably
supported a lateral appendage. It diverges from the inner projec-
tion at an angle of about forty degrees but soon curves inward and
runs nearly parallel with the inner part. The distal end of this
projection is a separate bone. It is sometimes ankylosed with
the rest of the bone but is detached in many cases. It should be
classed as a distinct skeletal element. If it is homologous with
any bone of other vertebrates the writer is in doubt about the
homology. The inner anterior projection of the clavicular ex-
tends further forward than the outer, and the anterior end sup-
ports the mandible. In the restorations the inner part is dis-

Figure 2.

>y

368 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 8,

tinguished from the outer by heavier shading. The part that
projects forward beneath the suborbital is missing in all speci-
mens at the writer's disposal and is restored in the drawings
after Newberry^ and Hussakof.^ A part of the upper end is
restored in their specimen but is present in this one. In the
specimen under consideration there is no indication of a thick-
ened edge of the mandibular support.

The arrangement of the supero-gnathals as near as can be
ascertained is the same as in Dinichthys ciirtus as figured by
Hussakof.^ Their exact relation to the suborbital is not clear,
though it is essentially that shown in figure 1. The anterior
end of the suborbital is complete on the left side but the postero-
supero-gnathal is missing. The anterior end of the suborbital
is missing from the right side. The notch in the anterior end
of the suborbital apparently fitted against some part of the
antero-supero-gnathal, but it is impossible to determine this fit
with the specimens at the writer's disposal.

Placing the mandible in its natural relation to the supero-
gnathals it is found that the posterior end rests just beneath
the postero-infero-corner of the suborbital and against the inner
anterior projection of the clavicular. The conclusion that the
mandible rested against this projection is necessary. There is
no other bone which could furnish support for it. Hussakof
indicates this attachment in a general way in figure 1 of the paper
above cited.

The slime canal on the marginal does not extend to the angle
of the marginal but branches to right and left as shown in figure
2. In other respects the canals do not differ materially from the
way they are represented by Hussakof in figure 24C of the paper
just cited. The shape of the skull differs considerably from
Hussakof 's restoration but agrees with Newberry's figures in
Plate IV, Monograph XVI, of the United States Geological
Survey .

The dimensions of the bones following Hussakof's method
of measuring, are as follows:

1. Monograph XVI, U. S. Geol. Surv., Plate XLVIII, figs. 1 and 2.

2. Mem. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. IX, Pt. Ill, p. 133, fig. 19.

3. Mem. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. IX, Pt. Ill, p. 112, fig. 5.

June, 1908.]

Dinichthys terrelli Newberry.

369

NAME OF PLATE.

Suborbital.

Antero-supero-gnatlial.

LENGTH

Skull

Dorso-median

Antero-dorso-lateral.
Postero-dorso-lateral

Clavicular

WIDTH

37 cm.

45 cm.
31.5 cm.

24 cm
11 cm.

30 cm.
20 cm.

Postero-supero-gnathal .

Mandible

Anterior ventrals

Posterior ventrals

29 cm.
65 cm.

33 cm.

35 cm.
42 cm.

28 cm.

11.7 cm.
8.2 cm.

44 cm
24 cm.

26 cm.

REMARKS.

14 cm.

39.7 cm.

41 cm.

42 cm.

18 cm.

17 cm.

9.5 cin.

10.2 cm.
8.8 cm.

12 cm.

12 cm.

IS cm.

18 cm.

Width between anterior
extremities of orbits.
Greatest width.

Length without shaft.

About.

Not including overlap.
About.

Dorso-ventrally.

Part from which lateral
appendage is suspend-
ed, measuring from the
place where the two
branches diverge.

Part to which the man-
dible is attached.

Greatest width where it
overlaps antero-dorso-
lateral.

From anterior to poster-
ior end along lower
margin.

From anterior end to op-"
posit e posterior end of
upper inargin, along
lower margin.

Greatest length behind
orbit.

Greatest width behind
orbit.

Length of supporting

shaft .
Width of cutting part,

including prong.

Measured on outside and

including shaft.
Measured on inside and

including shaft.

At the anterior end.

37° The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 8,

ON THE AQUATIC AND SEMI-AQUATIC HEMIPTERA
COLLECTED BY PROF. JAMES S. HINE IN

GUATEMALA.

(First Paper.)

J. R. DE LA Torre Bueno.

When Professor James S. Hine made his trip to Guatemala in
the winter of 1905, he was good enough to permit me to secure
his collections of Aquatic and Semi-Aquatic Hemiptera, and I
gladly availed myself of the opportunity. As a consequence,
I received one of the most notable single collections of waterbugs
that has been made. This collection has been in my hands for
study for the last three years, but owing to the breaking-down
of my health and to other reasons no less imperative, my work
on it has been so slow that it has seemed to me convenient to
publish what results are in shape at present, and the remainder
as shortly after as may be done.

When Mr. G. C. Champion made his protracted stay in Central
America in 1879-83, his efforts yielded 72 species in 32 genera,
for the whole region treated of in Biologia Centrali Americana,
of which 53 species in 24 genera were captured in Guatemala.
The total number of species recorded from that region and noted
in the work cited numbered 136 in 32 genera, two being new, of
which records 53 species, 23 of them new, in 25 genera, were
found in Guatemala.

Prof. Hine's collecting was far more successful, both as to
number of specimens and new and unrecorded forms, and undes-
cribed genera. All the families of waterbugs are well represented,
although no examples of eight genera were secured, these being
Merragata {Hebridae) , Velia and Platygerris (Gerridae) , Mononyx
{Nerthridae), Curicta (Nepidae), Cryphocricos {N aucoridae) , Plea
and Notonecta (Notonectidae), and Corixa (Corixidae) . On the
other hand. Prof. Hine adds to the fauna three heretofore unre-
corded genera and two new ones, as well as a large number of
undescribed species, exceeding 18. The three genera new to the
fauna are Rheumatohates and Trepobates (Geridae) and Martarega
(Notonectidae). Appropriate comment will be made on all
these in the proper place.

It is my intention to present three papers on this material,
this being the first, the other two to follow as quickly as may be.
The paper here given is the work of Dr. E. Bergroth to whom I
submitted an unrecognized Rheumatobates and another obscure
Gerrid, which he kindly describes in the following pages. The
other two papers will be devoted to the Trochalopodous and
Pagiopodous forms respectively.

June, 1908.] Guatemalan Hemiptera. 371

To make any comment on Dr. Bergroth's finished work "were
to paint the hly," nevertheless a few remarks for greater clear-
ness may not be out of place. The paper in question, while based
on some of the Guatemalan material does not cover all the speci-
mens, nor give all the records, since only a few of the Trepobates
were sent, with others from Arizona. The other localities will
appear in the systematic part of the list.

In reference to Rheumatobates , the brush at the inner end of
the fore tibia is also to be found in other Gerridae and its use
appears to be for cleaning the antennae at least, an operation
repeatedly observed by me in Microvelia americana Uhler.
While their apparently preferred habitat is in running waters,
in my experience Rh. rileyi appears to prefer coves and slack
waters along the banks of the streams it frequents. Neverthe-
less, I have found it abundant in a lake in New Jersey, in places
where there was no current, so it would appear to me that it is
not altogether impossible to breed them. Dr. Bergroth also
very fullv described the winged form of Rh. tenuipes Meinert, of
which and also of rileyi, I possess specimens. But I have
also taken a brachypterous form in this latitude, in which the
hemelytra do not reach the end of the abdomen, being appar-
ently truncate. In some subsequent paper, -I hope to be able
to more fully elucidate these points.

FAMILY GERRIDAE. SUBFAMILY HALOBATINAE.

E. Bergroth.

To this subfamily I refer only the genera having the inner
margin of the eves convexly rounded. In the subfamily Gerrinae
the ocular orbita is arcuately sinuate behind the middle. Mayr
(Reise d. Novara, Hem., p. 169) was the first who based the
primarv subdivision of the Gerridae on this character. But
little attention has been paid to it by Bianchi and Champion, and
none at all bv Distant in his Fauna of British India, but it is
carefully indicated in Kirkaldy's generic descriptions. As char-
acter for the two subfamilies Bianchi solely gave (in which he was
followed bv Distant) the breadth of the body compared to its
length, a feature entirely unsatisfactory as justly observed by
Champion who does not accept the subfamilies. Of the genera
included in the Halobatinae by Bianchi at least one — Pota-
mometra Bianchi — really belongs to the Gerrinae. I may be mis-
taken, but I believe that the character derived from the form of
the eves, slight as it may seem, is indicative of a real affinity
between the genera having these organs similarly built and I
also believe that this rather trivial character could be supported
by others when these polymorphous, as yet little known and little
understood insects have undergone a thorough and much needed

372 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 8,

revision in the hands of a competent hemipterist disposing of
ample materials. But from our present scanty knowledge of
them to this desideratum is a long step.

Trepobates pictus H. Sch.

Several specimens of the apterous form from Amatitlan, Agua
Caliente and Mazatenango, and two macropterous specimens
from Gualan.

This is a \-ery variable insect. Most of the Guatemalan ap-
terous specimens have the mesonotum black with two longitudi-
nal curved yellow bands turning their convexity outwards. Spec-
imens from Phoenix, Arizona, and. Sligo Glen, Maryland, are
similarly colored. In a few of the Guatemalan specimens the
mesonotum is entirely black or nearly so, and of this variety I
have a specimen from Florida. In specimens from Glen Echo,
Maryland, there are four curved bands forming on either side
of the mesonotum a rather irregular yellow O which sometimes
is incomplete with the ends open, and there is also an oblique
yellow streak near the apical angles. I am unable to find any
reliable plastic differences between these varieties.

The hemelvtra of the winged form have been described bv
Uhler in Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1894, p. 213-214. In thi's
form the posterior triangular process of the pronotum is margined
with yellow and the whole antehumeral part of the pronotum has
an intralateral yellow vitta which usually joins the yellow mar-
gin of the process but which in some specimens is abbreviated
posteriorly ; sometimes there is also an oblong median yellow spot
near the apical pronotal margin. The sooty black wings are
shorter than the hemelytra but considerably longer than the
abdomen and are not folded under the hemeh'tra. The apical
margin of the corium is well marked, except at the inner angle,
.and placed at right p,ngles to the costal margin and to the longi-
tudinal axis of the body when the hemelytra are closed. The
inner vein of the corium is shortly furcate at the apex. The pale
longitudinal vitta of the membrane, mentioned by Uhler, is very
obscurely indicated in most specimens. The median vein of the
membrane is fold-like and usually reaches the apex of the loop
formed by the elevated outer and inner ^'cin.

Trepobates pictus exactly agrees with the short generic des-
cription^ of Cdllistometra Kirk. According to Kirkaldy this
genus differs from Trepobates Uhl., "in the incrassation of the
anterior femora, in the straightness of the posterior margin of the
mesonotum, etc." The incrassation of the anterior femora is,

1. In the statement, "suture between meso- and meta-sternum
straight," metanotum is apparently to l)e read in.stead of metasternum;
this confusion of the sterna and the nota is frequently met with in the
descriptions of this autlior.

June, 1908.] Guatemalan Hemiptera. 373

however, in some Gerrid genera only of specific importance and
the posterior margin of the mesonotum is perfectly straight also
in Trepobates. Kirkaldy further adds: "The length of the
abdomen, moreover, will distinguish it from any of the smaller
Halobatitae." Unfortunately the author in his description gives
no statement whatever as to the length of the abdomen. But as
the genus Rheumatometra Kirk, (of which I have cotypes) differs
from the alhed genera by a multitude of characters not men-
tioned in the description, I think that this also may be the case
with Callistometra. In point of fact Kirkaldy states in the
specific description of C . Taylori that the last ventral segment
of the female is "roundly emarginate." This would indicate a
genus more nearly allied to Met rotates Uhl. and Telmatometra
Bergr. than to Trepobates in which the apex of the last female
ventral segment is truncate. The posterior femora of C. Taylori
are said to be "about seven and one-half times longer than the
tibiae." If this statement is correct the posterior tibiae are
exceedingly short.

The genus Halobatopsis vv'as founded by Bianchi on the des-
cription of the fresh water Gerrid Haloba'tes platensis Berg and
is said to have the "first joint of the antennae about one-fourth
shorter than the second and third combined" whilst Trepobates
is stated to have the "first joint of the antennae not shorter than
the second and third combined." This would be a very slight
di Terence, unsupported as it is by other characters, and the an-
tennae of Trepobates are really variable to a certain extent, some
specimens agreeing with the diagnosis of Halobatopsis. Accord-
ing to Bianchi Trepobates has the "second joint of the antennae
about two-thirds of the third" and the "fourth joint of the an-
tennae distinctly longer than the third. "The mutual length of
the last three antennal joints of Trepobates is, however, also some-
Vvdiat variable and on the whole they can be said to be of sub-
equal length. The hemelytra of Halobates platensis are thus
described by Berg.: "Hemelytra basi biareolata, deinde venis
tribus longitudinalibus (vena media pliciformi) instructa."
This exactly fits Trepobates and there is nothing in Berg's des-
cription indicating that Halobates platensis is generically distinct
from Trepobates picttis. Ashmead has described a Canadian
species under the name Halobatopsis Begini. I am at a loss to
make out why he has placed it in the genus Halobatopsis Bianchi
as the first antennal joint, in direct opposition to the only generic
character given by Bianchi, is described as "distinctly longer
than joints 2 and 3 combined." The second joint, too, is said to
be "longer than the third, the latter being about three-fourths
the length of the second, " whereas platensis, the type of the pre-
tended genus, is described by Berg as having "articulo secundo

374 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 8,

tertio breviore." Judging from the description Halobatopsis
Begini Ashni. belongs to a new genus.

Trepohates picHis is not recorded from Central America in the
"Biologia" but it was recorded from Tamaulipas, Mexico, by
Uhler in 1884, and is distributed southwards at least to Venezuela
from where I have winged specimens.

Telmatometra Bergr., n. gen.

Body about two and one-half timfes longer than broad. Head
subtriangular, much broader than long, rounded in front, ante-
ocular part much shorter than the 63-6 ; seen in profile the apex
of the head is subangularly rounded and distinctly projecting
beyond the base of the rostrum ; eyes prolonged backward beyond
the basal margin of the head by nearly one-fourth their length,
the prolonged part touching the lateral margins of the pro-
thorax, the upper inner margin of the eyes rounded; the parallel-
sided, at the base somewhat dilated clypeus not visible from
above, bent back towards the underside of the head, giving the
head a somewhat " homopterous " appearance when seen in pro-
file ; labrum almost reaching the apex of the first rostral joint ;
rostrum extending considerably beyond the anterior margin
of the mesosternum but not reaching its middle; second joint
very short, ring-like, third joint long; antennae inserted immedia-
tely before the eyes a little above the level of their lower margin,
long and thin, in the female distinctly passing the base of the ven-
ter, in the male (owing to the shorter abdomen) almost reaching
the tip of the abdomen, third joint longest, even longer than the
basal joint and more than twice as long as the second joint, fourth
joint almost twice the length of the second, the two basal joints
a little thicker than the two thread-like apical joints. Thorax
widening from the apex to the middle acetabula, sides very slight-
ly rounded, more distinctly so towards the apex. Pronotum in
the winged form extending backwards over the mesonotum, ^ i-
dening from the apex to the humeral angles, then gradually
tapering to the rather narrowly rounded end, the apical margin
straight between the eyes. Mesosternum convex without rostral
furrow, broadly arcuately sinuate posteriorly. Mesopleurae bent
over to the dorsal side of the thorax, a narrow posteriorly broad-
ening part of them being visible from above. Metasternum very
short, of the same size and appearance as the first ventral seg-
ment, orificium not visible, apparently hidden under the posterior
margin of the mesosternum. Metapleurae visible only from
above, separated from the dorsal part of the mesopleurae by a
deep oblique suture. Hemelytra complete in the winged form,
membrane well separated from corium except at the inner part
where it is subconfiuent with the endocorium and the claval area ;
corium with the subcostal vein usually obliterated towards the

June, 1908.] Guatemalan Hemiptera. 375

end, median vein forked a little before the apex, the outer branch
merged in the apical margin of the corium, the inner branch run-
ning some distance into the membrane where it joins the inner
(claval) vein, forming a loop emitting a vein from its apex; apical
margin of corium extending from the median vein to the costal
margin; apical angle of corium acute. Wings folded under the
hemelytra in such a way that they scarcely reach the middle of
the abdomen. Abdomen about as broad as the pronotum
between the humeri, the dorsal side in the male a little shorter,
in the female a little longer than the pronotum, venter in the
male shorter, in the female longer than half the length of the
mesosternum ; the last segment of the connexivum tapering from
the base to the pointed tip, in the female projecting backwards
and reaching the middle of the first dorsal genital segment to the
margin of which it is closely attached; the first five ventral seg-
ments short, of equal length, the sixth ventral segment in the
female as long as the three preceding segments together, in the
male a little shorter, arcuately sinuate behind, more profoundly
so in the female; genital segments symmetrical, two such seg-
ments being visible in either sex from above and from beneath ;
first dorsal genital segment very much shorter in the male than
in the female; first ventral genital segment entire in the male,
in the female made up of two lobes contiguous along their whole
length ; apical genital segment in the male cleft in the middle when
seen from the side, knob-like in the female. Legs slender, middle
pair much the longest and inserted immediately under and a little
in front of the hind pair, their trochanters passing the apical
margin of the hind acetabula by half their length. Fore femora
reaching the last fourth of the mesosternum, scarcely incrassated,
slightly curved at the base ; tibiae considerably shorter than the
femora; tarsi shorter than half the length of the tibiae, first joint
a little variable in length, second joint three or four times longer
than first. Middle femora longer than the mesosternum, a little
thicker than the fore femora, tapering from the base to the middle ;
tibiae longer than the femora; tarsi a little longer than half the
length of the tibiae, two-jointed, first joint longer than second.
Hind femora longer and conspicuously thinner than the middle
femora ; tibiae a little longer than half the length of the femora
and more than twice shorter than the middle tibiae ; tarsi about
thrice shorter than the tibiae, two-jointed, joints of equal length.

Apterous form unknown.

Allied to Trepobates but at once distinguished by the struc-
ture of the head, antennae, corium and genital segments. The
hemelytra seem to be exceedingly brittle in this insect. They
are no doubt much longer than the abdomen but in all the six
specimens before me the membrane is broken off near its basal
margin making it impossible to give a complete description of its
veins.

376 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 8,

Telmatometra Whitei Bergr., n. s'p.

Elliptical, ground color yellow. Head with a round apical
spot and two rather irregular longitudinal fasciae above black,
these fasciae touch the anterior angle of the eyes, are widening
behind and do not reach the base of the head; antennae and last
rostral joint blackish. Pronotuni margined with black, except
at the apex of the posterior process, and with two short apical
vittae and a large oblong discal patch black, this patdi being
broadly rounded anteriorly, tapering and pointed posteriorly.
Mesosternum with a longitudinal lateral line (interrupted a little
behind the middle), an angular vitta in front of the middle
coxae and a long slightly curved pleural vitta black. Suture
between meso- and meta-pleurae and a vitta on the outer side of
the hind acetabula black. Basal and apical margin of the dorsal
abdominal segments, lateral margin of connexi vum and the sutures
betw^een its segments black. Legs black, the femora usually
with two pale testaceous streaks along their whole length and the
middle femora with a pale subapical ring. First dorsal genital-
segment in the male shorter than the last dorsal abdominal seg-
ment, angularly emarginate at apex, in the female longer than
said segment, arcuately sinuate at apex; first ventral genital seg-
ment in the male shorter than the last ventral segment, roundedly
sinuate at apex, in the female as long as the last ventral segment,
truncate at apex. Second female genital segment black. Length,
d' 5 mm., 9 5.3-5.6 mm.

1 c? and 5 9 from Escuintla.

Named in memory of the late Dr. F. Buchanan White.

Rheumatobates praeposterus Bergr., n. sp.

Above plumbeous black, head, pronotum, sides of mesono-
tum (broadly) and connexivum velvety black, pronotum with
a median quadrate or usually transversely rectangular whitish
spot occupying the whole length of the pronotum, middle aceta-
bula with a small round whitish or yellow spot at their
base, basal part of the female dorsal genital segment often
with a small yellowish spot; underside brownish black,
mesosternum with a median crescent-shaped or triangular
vellow spot and a large lateral whitish patch, fore acetabula,
prosternum between them, the underside of the middle acetabula
and the last female ventral segment whitish, the basal part of
the female ventral genital segment tinged with whitish on the
sides; antennae black, third joint in the male broadly whitish at
apex, basal joint in the female, except at apex, fusco-luteous
above, whitish beneath; rostrum brownish black, shining; legs
black, fore and hind coxae, all trochanters and fore femora from
the base to near the apex whitish, middle coxae fuscous or ob-

June, 1908.]

Guatemalan Hemiptcra.

377

scurely luteous. Head with a few outstanding hairs on the
lateral margins; eyes seen from the side reaching the meso-
pleura with one or two curved outstanding hairs near their pos-
terior angle; second antennal joint very short. Pronotum more
than three times broader than long, not reaching the lateral
margins of the body, being separated from them by a short promi-
nence of the mesopleura touching the backwardly prolonged
eyes. Mesonotum almost one-half broader than long. Fore-
legs: femora a little longer than the tibiae and tarsi together,

/^^/.

Male antenna of Rhcumatohatcs imitator Uhl.
Male antenna of Rhenmatohatcs Rileyi Bergr.
Male antenna of Rhcumatobates temiipes Mein.
Male antenna of RJicumatohatcs praeposterus Bergr.
Right male middle leg of Rh. praeposterus.

In the Figures 2, 3 and 4. the antenna is figured from the outride
and a little from, behind in order to show the spongy pit of the third joint.
Figure 1 shows the antenna from the inside, the spongy pit in this species
not being visible from the outer side.

Fig.

1.

Fig.

2

Fig.

3.

Fig.

4.

Fig.

5.

as long as the distance between the e3^es and the middle coxae,
fringed beneath with moderately long hairs ; tibiae with two long
hairs on the underside; tarsi distinctly shorter than the tibiae,
claws very fine, hair-like. Middle legs: coxae considerably
thicker than the hind coxae, especially in the male; trochantera
convex, thicker than the linear hind trochantera; femora with a
series of exceedingly short and fine colorless bristles on the under-
side; mutual length of tarsal joints a little variable, first joint
three to four times longer than second. Hind legs: femora with

378 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 8,

similar bristles on the underside as the middle femora, about one
third longer than tibiae, these about two and a half times as long
again as the tarsi; first tarsal joint usually a little longer than
second. Length, 6" 2-2, 2 mm., 9 2, 6-2, 9 mm.

Male: head, pronotum and mesonotum together longer than
the rest of the body ; first antennal joint as long as head, incras-
sated and compressed and with a submedian spine on the upper
and under side, the apical part upturned with a tuft of hairs on
the inner side of the tip, the upper margin of the joint almost
straight from the base to beyond the middle, the lower margin
angularly dilated, second joint inserted at right angles to the
fore side of the apex of the first joint, third joint shorter than first
with the short basal part narrower than the second joint, straight
and linear, then moderately and suddenly incrassated but not
dilated and proceeding in a gentle curve to the apex, the curved
apical part occupying more than two-thirds of the joint and pro-
vided on the posterior side with a very shallowly impressed spongy
surface with some stiff hairs on the lower margin and a tooth-like
projection at the base, fourth joint a little longer than third,
inserted at right angles to the backside of the apex of the third
joint, unarmed, shortly pilose, rectangularly curved not far
from the base (fig. 4) ; fore femora very slightly thickened towards
the base; middle femora as long as hind femora, sHghtly curved
and incrassated towards the base and with a spine on the inner
side not far from the apex and a very short acute spur on the same
side immediately before the apex, middle tibiae subsemicircularly
curved at the base, turning the convexity of the curve outward,
with a tuft of short hairs on the inner side of the tip of the curve,
from which point to the apex the tibiae are straight with some
rather short straight hairs on the outer side of the middle part
(fig. 5) ; hind legs straight, simple, three fourths longer than the
body, the tip of the abdomen sHghtly passing the base of the hind
femora when they are stretched straightly backwards.

Female: head, pronotum and mesonotum together shorter
than the rest of the body; antennae simple, linear, first joint a
little shorter than the head, third joint a little longer than first
with a few rather long and stiff hairs on the inner side near the
base and apex, fourth joint as long as third; fore femora linear;
middle legs straight, simple, femora longer than hind femora,
tibiae a little shorter than femora and longer than tarsi ; hind legs
as long as the body, the tip of the abdomen reaching the apical
fourth of the hind femora when they are stretched straightly
backwards.

Four males, numerous females and some larvae from Puerto
Barrios. No winged specimens were taken. The genus Rheu-
matobates was not previously known from Central America.

June, 1908.] Guatemalan Hemiptera. 379

The median yellow spot of the niesosternum is sometimes
almost lacking and in one specimen the whole body, including
antennae and legs, is almost entirely sooty black with scarcely
any traces of lighter markings.

To the upper spine of the first antennal joint in the male
are attached a few hairs uniting its apical half with the surface of
the joint. These hairs are never free, always glued on to or
coalescing with the spine.

In the larva the mesonotum has a median yellow spot touch-
ing the anterior margin, as in the imagines of the other species,
but this spot entirely disappears in the imago.

In two of the three previously described species of this genus
the hind legs of the male are incrassated, curved and deformed
in a curious way with singular chitinous processes, making them
unique in their monstrousness among all known Heteroptera.
In the male of Rh. praeposterus the hind legs are normal, it being
the middle pair of legs which is misshapen and this only in a mod-
erate degree.

The male antennae afford good specific characters for the dif-
ferent species of this genus and their structure is very remarkable
and unprecedented among other Heteroptera. They much re-
mind of the male antennae in the Collembolan genus Sminthu rides
and it would be interesting to know if they are used in the same
manner as in Sminthurides, the male of which winds them round
the antennae of the female during the copulation. They seem
at least admirably adapted to this purpose. Or else could they
be of use in clinging to stones, etc., when the insects are drifting
down on swiftly running water. This is, however, less probable
as the females have simple antennae. An other point of interest
is that some of the spines and chitinous processes of the male
antennae and legs seem to be composed of hairs cemented to-
gether by some viscous fluid. These insects probably have some
glands secreting such a fluid. Under the microscope the last
antennal joint shows several sense-organs and at the very tip an
excavation bearing a short brush. A brush is also situated at
the inner end of the fore tibiae. The spongy pit at the apical
part of the third antennal joint may also be a sense-organ or pos-
sibly a suctorial organ. Unfortunately little is known of the
biology of these insects although two species are common at cer-
tain points near the Atlantic coast, for instance at Glen Echo,
Maryland. As they thrive only on running water it would be
difficult if not impossible to rear and study them in aquaria.
No species of the genus has hitherto been found far from the sea-
shore and none is known from the Pacific Coast. Entomologists
in Southern California should keep a lookout for them.

Riley made a strange mistake in regarding Rh. Rileyi Bergr.
and Rh. tenuipes Mein. as the "abnormal" and "normal" form
of one and the same species and thus they are generally designated
in American collections. There cannot be the faintest doubt

38o The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 8,

that they are quite different species, as pointed out by Meinert
in his magnificently illustrated paper on this genus. Rilev was
evidently led astray by the fact that the females of the two species
are very much alike and that they often live together. Even
the females are, however, readily distinguished by a glance at
the underside. In Rh. Rileyi the mesosternum is yellow, uni-
colorous; in Rh. tenuipes it is yellow with the anterior margin
and two backwardly diverging bands brownish black. By
comparing numerous specimens I have found that this color-
difference, although not mentioned by Meinert, is perfectly con-
stant. Moreover, the breadth of the mesonotum as compared
with its length is different in the two species. Riley also over-
looked the different structure of the male antennae.

I quite agree with Heidemann that the genus Hymenohates
Uhl. (1894) is founded on the winged form of Rheumatobates
Bergr. (1892), Rh. Bergrothi Mein. (1895) from the island of Gren-
ada, being the apterous form of H. imitator Uhl. (1894) described
from the same island. What Uhler describes as the "long thick
coxa" of the hind legs is really the trochanter which in this
species is enormously incrassated, forming a much greater mass
than the coxa.

As the previously known species of the genus are inadequately
described in several points J here append a key to the species.
Knowing the winged form of but one species, I refer below only
to the apterous forms. I have not seen the female of Rh. imitator
and possessing a single carded male I do not know if the yellow
mesosternum in this species is unicolorous or spotted.

1 (6) Mesonotum with a median yellow spot. Connexivum bright yellow,

sometimes more or less infuscated. Eyes not reaching the meso-
pleura. The three last c? antenna! joints inserted in the apex of
the preceding joint in the usual normal way, first joint with a
slender spine beneath near the middle, unarrned above, its upper
margin straight, third joint with the basal part more or less
strongly curved, the apical part straight with a shallow spongy
pit on the posterior side. Middle femora in the c? straight, un-
armed, fringed with long hairs on the inner side, tibiae also
fringed with hairs on the inner side.

2 (3) Mesonotum much broader than long. Second c? antennal joint

with a slender spine beneath near the base, third joint with a
strong triangular tooth at the basal end of the not dilated spongy
pit, the lower margin of the pit beset with stiff hairs, fourth jcint
much shorter than third, straight, unarmed. Middle coxae in
the J* not thicker than the hind coxae, trochantera many times
smaller than the hind trochantera, femora fringed with long hairs
oh the inner margin near the base and apex, the remaining part
glabrous, tibiae somewhat curved in the middle where they are
thickest, from the base to near the middle fringed on the inner
side with short curved hairs, then along a shorter space with
long hairs. Hind trochantera in the (^ excessively incrassated,
much broader and thicker than the coxae and femora, armed
with a stout spine on the upper side, longly and thickly piloie
on the inner side, femora incras.sated and curved with a strong
tooth on the upper side before the middle and a curved chitinous
process on the inner side behind tlie tootli, near the apex on the

June, 1908.] Guatemalan Hemiptera. 381

same side with an other linear chitinous process (apparently-
made up of hairs glued together), tibiae rather stout, slightly-
curved, the inner margin with scattered hairs from the base to
the middle, behind the middle fringed with long_ hairs.

imitator Uhl.

3 (2) The spongy pit of the third J^ antennal joint dilated on the under

side, its lower margin studded with spinules, fourth joint armed
with a spine. Middle coxae in the c? thicker than the hind coxae,
trochantera not or scarcely smaller than the hind trochantera,
femora fringed with long hairs along the whole inner margin, the
longest hairs being in the middle, tibiae straight, their basal
half thicker than the apical half. Hind trochantera not incras-
sated, unarmed.

4 (5) Mesonotum conspicuously broader than long in both sexes, the

median yellow spot not or scarcely narrower than the pronotal
spot. Mesosternum yellow, unicolorovxs. Second J* antennal
joint beneath with a slender spine at the base, the curved basal
part of the third joint three-fourths the length of the whole joint,
the spongy pit occupying only the apical fourth with a short s-pin-
ule at its base, fourth joint about half the length of the third,
curved from the base to the apex with the spine in the apical
half. Middle tibiae in the c? fringed with rather short
hooked hairs on the inner side of the basal half. Hind trochan-
tera in the (^ rather thicklv pilose above, femora incrassated
and strongly curved, fringed with moderatelv long hairs on the
inner side near the base, the apex with two bunches of long hairs
glued together, tibiae rather stout, a little curved, attenuated at
the base and inserted before the apex of the femora in their outer
side, fringed with rather short and stiff straight hairs on the
upper inner side and emitting a backwardlv directed fascicle
of very long hairs glued together from a point somewhat behind
the base on the inner side. Rileyi Berer.

5 (4) Mesonotum scarcely ((5*) or slightly (9) broader than long, the

median yellow spot dis+inctlv narrower than the pronotal spot.
Mesostemu^m yellow with the anterior margin and two poster-
iorly diverging bands brownish black, these bands not reaching
the posterior margin, dilated near the anterior margin. Second
S^ antennal joint beneath at the base with a small tubercle bear-
ing a fine hair (not visible when the joint is strongly deflected),
the curved basal part of the third joint one-half the leneth of the
whole joint, the spongy pit occupying the at)ical half with a long
slender spine at its base, fourth joint scarcely shorter than third,
curved near the base and at the extreme apex with the curved
spine in the basal half. Middle tibiae in the (^ fringed with
short hooked hairs on the inner side from the base almost right
to the apex. Hind legs in both sexes simple, straight and
hairless. tenuipes Mein.

(') (1) Mesonotum much broader than long in either sex. without a median
yellow spot. Connexivum velvety black. Eves reaching the
mesopleura. Second and fourth antennal joint in the c? in-
serted rectangularly in the side of the apex of the preceding
joint, first joint with a submedian spine above and beneath, its
upper margin sinuate behind the middle owing to the apical part
of the joint being strongly upturned, second joint beneath at the
base with a stiff hair (not visible when the joint is deflected),
third joint with the short basal part straight, the curved apical
part considerably thicker than the basal part and niore than two
thirds the length of the joint with a very shallowly impressed
almost flat spongy pit, the'^lower'margin of the pit with some
stiff hairs and its base with a short tooth-like projection, fourth
joint a litte longer than third, unarmed, rectangularly curved

382 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VIII, No. 8,

not far from the base. Middle coxae in the (5^ much thicker
than the hind coxae, trochantera convex and thicker than the
linear hind trochantera, femora hairless, slightly curved, incras-
saled towards the base, on the inner side with a spine a little
before the apex and a short spur just by the apex, tibiae very
strongly curved at the base with a tuft of short hairs on the inner
side of the end of the curve, between which point and the apex
the tibiae are straight and fringed with rather short straight
hairs on the outer side of the middle part. Hind legs in both
sexes simple, straight and hairless. pracposterus Bergr.

The genital segments show much the same structure in all the
species.

The following are the salient characters of the macropterous
form as represented by two winged specimens {(3^ 9 ) of Rh. ten-
uipes in my collection: Pronotum prolonged backward, cover-
ing the mesonotum, the posthumeral part forming a subtriangular
process with slightly rounded sides and rounded apex; a blunt
transversal keel between the humeri but not reaching them and
a median longitudinal impression between this keel and the pale
apical spot; an impressed line inside the lateral and posterior
margins. Scutellum half-concealed under the posterior end of
the pronotal process, blunt and callous at apex. Hemelytra very
much longer (d^) or moderately longer (9) than the abdomen;
corium membranous but well separated from the membrane,
greyish white, with brown veins, costal margin thickened, sub-
costal vein very fine, abbreviated towards the base, in the female
not discernible or coalescing with the costa, discal vein furcate
at apex, the short outer branch joining the costa a little before
its apex, the long inner branch running straight to the inner
apical angle joining the base of the inner vein of the membrane,
apical margin a little oblique, the outer apical angle slightly
obtuse, the inner slightly acute; clavus narrow but distinct
throughotit its length, greyish white with a short brown basal
vein barelv passing the apex of the scutellum ; membrane dis-
tinctly (c?) or slightly ( 9 ) longer than the corium, smoky, with
an outer and inner vein forming a loop and a median fold-like
greyish white vein. Wings considerably (cJ*) or a little (9)
longer than the abdomen, shorter than the hemelytra, smoky,
the veins arranged and colored as in the membrane.

The veins of the corium are thus arranged much on the same
plan as in the genus Trepobates and those of the membrane are
practically identical in the two genera and very different from
the veins in the subfamily Gerrinae.

I have not seen the winged form of Rh. Rileyi; a figure of it is
given as a frontispiece to the last parts of the Proc. Ent. Soc,
Washington.

What Uhler describes as the "narrow, almost linear corium"
in the winged form of Rh. imitator is evidently not the -whole
corium, but only the space between the discal vein and -the
costa.

The Ohio ^JS^aturalist,

PUBLISHED BY

The Biological Club of the Ohio Stale Uni'versity.
Volume IX. NOVEMBER, 1908. No. 1.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

SCHAFFNEK— The Centrosomes of Marehantia polymorplia 383

DelaToree Bueno— The Broken Henielytra in certain Halobatiuae 389

SCHAFF.vER— The Air Cavities of Equisetum as Water Reservoirs 393

News and Note.s 394

Hammond— Meeting of the Biologieal Club 395

THE CENTROSOMES OF MARCHANTIA POLYMORPHA.*

John H. Schaffxer.

Since Ikeno reported the presence of centrosomes in the
antheridial cells of Marehantia polymorplia, in 1903 and 1904,
his results have been disputed by several investigators. Ikeno
found centrosomes at the poles of the spindle in all the genera-
tions of antheridial cells and also observed that these bodies are
at the poles of the last division spindle, where they begin to be
transformed into the bodies, the so-called blepharoplasts, from
which the fiagella of the spermatozoid are developed. He came
to the -same conclusion, therefore, as Belajeff had several years
before, through his studies on Gymnogramme and Marsilea, that
the blepharoplast is a centrosome.

Miyake, in 1905, failed to see centrosome-like bodies at the
poles of the division spindle of the antheridial cells of Marehantia
except in the last division, i. e., in the spermatozoid mother cells.
From this negative evidence he concludes that Marehantia has
no centrosomes. He says: "But my present study seems to
show that there is no true centrosome at least in the Hepaticeae,
agreeing with the conclusion of the recent study of Gregoire and
Bergh. The centrosome hitherto reported in the cells of the
Hepaticeae are nothing but a center of cytoplasmic radiation."
It is difficult to imagine how one is to distinguish betAveen "true
centrosomes" and "centres of cytoplasmic radiation," especially
when the bodies in question are situated at the poles of the
spindle.

Ikeno, in reply to Miyake, firmly maintains his former
position as follows: "Notwithstanding the contrary statement
of Miyake, I have no doubt about the real existence of the

'- ^f.i M

^Contributions from'Tthe Botanical Laboratory of Ohio State Uni-
versity, XXXVII. '

384 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 1,

centrosomes in question and so it seemed to me to be quite
unnecessary to look for them once more. Nevertheless, in order
to make my assertion much firmer, I made, soon after his
(Miyake's) paper came into my hands, a special re-examination
of my slides and could refind easily almost all stages of centro-
somes figured in "Taf." Ill, of my last paper."

Ikeno showed his slides to Dr. K. Toyama, a zoologist, who
was able to see the centrosomes without difficulty. He thus
comes to the conclusion that the bodies which he calls cen-
trosomes are evidently distinct and constant structures in the
antheridial cells of Marchantia.

Escoyez studjdng the same subject in 1907, makes the fol-
lowing statement: " Ces corpuscules du Marchantia polymorpha
ne sont pas de vrais centrosomes, les porteurs de cils."

Schottlander reported the occurrence of centrosomes in
Marchantia in 1892. He appears to have been the first to find
these bodies in the Hepaticae and his methods seem to have
given more reliable results than some of the later attempts in
the same field.

In 1900, Van Hook reported centrospheres with conspicuous
radiations in vegetative cells of Marchantia. These centrosomes
were observed in the young stalks of the archegoniophores. He
says that "They seem undoubtedly to exert a great attractive
force from the manner in which certain of the cell contents are
drawn to them."

Miyake used the same methods as Ikeno. But difterent
manipulation seems to have given different results. It is
curious that with different methods I was able to obtain results
similar to Ikeno's. Why were Miyake and Escoyez not able to
manipulate the killing and staining processes so as to get the
same appearances as Ikeno and myself? It is evident that in
microtechnique the personal equation is large and similar meth-
ods do not give the same results to all who use them. Therefore,
it is useless to attempt to destroy positive evidence by negative
results when one cannot produce the positive which others are
able to obtain.

After the appearance of Ikeno's first paper, I prepared a large
number of slides of the antheridiophores of Marchantia grown in
the greenhouse. The material was killed in the weak chrom-
acetic acid solution and stained on the slide in various ways.

After much experimenting, I found that I could get the best
results by staining with safranin and gentian violet and then
restaining in Heidenhain's haematoxylin. About one hundred
of what appeared to be the best slides were selected for study.
It was found, however, that in only about ten of these had the
staining and clearing been done well enough to bring out clearly

Nov., 1908.] The Centrosomes of Marchantia polymorpha. 385

the minute structures desired. Accordingly, the observations
were made on these ten best sHdes.

The nuclei of the antheridial cells are only 2-3 microns in
diameter and all the cell structures are, therefore difficult to see
unless one has good natural light, good slides, a good microscope,
and good eyes.

In my preparations, I found centrosomes in the antheridial
cells of all stages. In the very early or incipient stages of the
antheridium, the cells are somewhat larger but not so clear as in
the last stages. The staining must, therefore, be very favorable
before many details can be seen. It is not always easy to deter-
mine the generation of any given set of cells. Nevertheless, one
can come to a fairly good approximation and the exact stage is
not of especial importance. The final division and the one
preceding can of course be determined without difficulty.

When nuclear division begins, cytoplasmic radiations appear
at opposite sides of the nucleus. These asters have very dark-
staining centers. These centers are the poles of the future
spindle. Their appearance is shown in figures 1, 5, and 22-24.
Figure 1 is from a very 5'oung antheridium, figure 5 is a great
grandmother cell or an earlier stage, while figures 22-24 are
spermatozoid mother cells in the final process of division. In
the later stages the asters are not developed to any extent while
in the earlier generations they are very conspicuous. The same
is true for the mother star stage as will appear from an examina-
tion of the figures. The most beautiful asters and centrosomes
were observed in mother star stages of great grandmother cells
(Figs. 10-13). The centrosome is often surrounded by a hyaline
zone, the attraction sphere, and the aster is a prominent dark-
staining structure forming a cloud-like halo (Figs. 11, 12).

In the daughter star stage the centrosome appears elongated
or somewhat double, being probablv in the first stage of division
(Figs. 4, 14, 15, 20).

In the later stages of the division of the spermatazoid mother
cells to form the two spermatids, no doubling of the centrosome
was observed (Figs. 31-40) although it becomes elongated and a
double nature is probably shown by the development later of the
two flagella.

The centrosome appears to begin to enlarge somewhat even
in the grandmother cells and in the last division, which is diag-
onal as Ikeno discovered, the cells become comparatively clear
and the centrosome enlarging still more is thus especially con-
spicuous. As reported by others, the chromosomes were found
to be eight in number in the gametophyte (Fig. 25).

As stated above, after the final division the centrosome
becomes elongated and appears as an oval, dense, dark-staining
body from which the flagella develop. It is evident that this

386 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 1,

enlarged centrosome or blepharoplast is of exactly the same
nature as the centrosonies at the spindle poles in the earlier
divisions. In the antheridial cells of Marchantia, therefore, we
have normal centrosonies appearing at each division from the
very earliest stages through the great grandmother, grand-
mother and mother cell stages preceding the formation of the
spermatozoids and according to Van Hook the}" are also present
in the vegetative cells.

The lack of prominent asters in the last division is no doubt
due to the decrease in size of the cell with corresponding decrease
in the amount of cytoplasm. There is not sufficient space or
material in which an aster could be developed.

It is needless to give further observations, for they would
only be a repetition of the observations so thoroughly reported
by Ikeno. In conclusion it is only necessary to repeat that
anyone with proper perseverance may obtain preparations which
will verify the results here given; and further it is evident that
the blepharoplast of Marchantia is only a slightly modified
centrosome which can be traced back through many cell gen-
erations and which is probably present in all the cell divisions of
the entire ontogeny.

This studv was completed at the Botanical Garden of the
University of Zurich, and I desire here to express my thanks to
the director, Professor Dr. Hans Schinz, for many favors shown
me while working in his laboratory.

LITERATURE.

Ikeno, S. Die Spermatogenese von Marchantia polv-
morpha. Beih. z. Bot. Centralbl. 15: 65-8S, 1903.

Ikeno, S. La formation des antherozoides chez les Hepa-
tiques. Comptes Rendus de I'Acad. des Sci. 136: (328-629, 1903.

Ikeno, S. Blepharoplasten im Pflanzenreich. Biol. Centralbl.
24: 211-221. 1904.

MiYAKE, K. On the Centrosome of Hepaticeae. Bot. Mag.
19: 98-101. 1905.

Van Hook, J. M. Notes on the Division of the Cell and
Nucleus in Liverworts. Bot. Gaz. 30: 394-399. 1900.

Ikeno, S. Are the Centrosomes in the Antheridial Cells of
Marchantia polymorpha Imaginarv? Bot. Mag. 19: 111-113.
1905.

Escoyez, E. Blepharoplaste et centrosome dans le March-
antia polymorpha. La Cellule 24: 247-250, 1907.

Schottlander, p. Beitrage zur Kenntniss des Zellkems und
der Sexualzellen bei Kryptogamen. Cohn's Bcitr. zur Biol, der
Pflanzen 6: 267-304. 1892.

Belajeff, W. Ueber die Centrosome in den spermatogenen
Zellen. Ber. d. Deutsch. Bot. Gesells. 17: 199-205. 1899.

Nov., 1908.] The Centrosomes of Marchantia polymorpha.

387

Ohio Naturalist.

mm...

SSs^j;

.-^.»-*-
■•^i^^

-/i

/7

12

1

13

m^

U

%H~

IS-

Plate XXI.

ti

I

^

:i

7:

,*

1.

45-

2.(3

i6

1^6

%1

m
^

JS'S

2f

20

3/

sat

33

5V

35-

36

37 3g 5? v<?

Schaffner on Centrosomes of Marchantia.

3KS.

388 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 1,

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXI.

The drawings were made with a No. 12 compensating ocular
and a 1-12 oil immersion objective, the original magnification
being 2250 except figure 21 for which a No. 18 compensating
ocular was used. The plate is reduced one-third in reproduction.

Fig. 1. Two cells from a very young antheridium, showing cen-
trosomes on opposite sides of the nucleus.

Figs. 2-3. Mother star stage from a very young antheridium, with
centrosomes at the poles.

Fig. 4. Daughter star stage showing elongated centrosomes, from
very j^oung antheridium.

Fig. 5. Great grandmother cells, or earlier, showing centrosomes on
opposite sides of the dividing nuclei.

Figs. 6-9. Great grandmother cells, or earlier, with centrosomes at
the poles of the spindle.

Figs. 10-15. A series of great grandmother cells, showing the
appearance of the centrosomes and in some cases dark-staining asters.

Figs. 16-20. Grandmother cells in various stages of division,
showing centrosomes at the poles.

Fig. 21. A grandmother cell with prominent centrosomes.

Figs. 22-32. Spermatozoid mother cells in process of division,
showing the same kind of centrosomes as are in the earlier divisions.
Fig. 25 shows eight distinct chromosomes.

Figs. 33-40. Spermatids or incipient and young spermatozoids,
showing the increase in size of the centrosome (blepharoplast) as it is
being transformed into an elongated cilia-producing oi-gan.

Nov., 1908.] The Broken Hemelytra in certain Halobatinae. 389

THE BROKEN HEMELYTRA IN CERTAIN HALOBATINAE.

J. R. DE LA Torre Bueno.

In his description of Telmatometra* Dr. Bergroth notes that
the membrane of the hemelytra being broken off near its basal
margin, a description of its veins was not possible. At first I
attached no significance to this and assumed that the membrane,
being delicate, had been lost in some way. However, a short time
after the appearance of the paper cited, a possible explanation
presented itself. To me, it clears up the question completely
and exhibits a very remarkable habit in certain Halobatines.

A¥hile out rowing on St. Mary's Lake, in the vicinity of White
Plains, N. Y., on July 4, I noted close to the shore in a little cove
made by some rocks, quite a colony of Trepobates pictus H. S.,
adults and nymphs. A scoop of the net yielded a goodly catch,
among them one winged individual. In another similar cove,
two more were secured from among a large number of the
apterous form. These, being of opposite sexes, were preserved
alive and set apart for breeding. On the 6th I was obliged to
kill them, owing to the remarkable antics of the male. At first,
he was noticed fussing with his wings, passing his hind legs under
them repeatedly. Very soon he had one hemelytron so bent
that the end (the membrane) stood straight up from the body.
He continued these passes, so I imagined, to straighten the wing,
but finally he succeeded in breaking off first the membrane of one
hemelytron and then of the other, leaving the hemelytra in the
condition Dr. Bergroth notes in Telmatofnetra. Vv^hen the
females began similar tactics, both were put in the cyanide
bottle, because the winged form of Trepobates is so rare in these
northern latitudes, that until I caught these three, I had taken
only one other macropterous individual in eight years' collecting.

At the same time I also secured one 9 Rheuntatobates
rileyi, fully winged, the only one I have ever seen. This com-
menced a, like de-alating operation, and she, too, was promptly
despatched.

A week later I captured no less than seven Trepobates with
wings similarly broken off, (but only partlv so in one individual),
three of them being males and the remaining four females. Four
Rheumatobates were secured at the same time and place, three
females and one male, with hemelvtra and wings broken off as in
Trepobates. At a later date one more truncate winged Trepobates
was found. A.11 these occurred on a pond about a mile and a
half from St. Mary's Lake, in which there had been neither
Trepobates nor Rheumatobates earlier in the summer.

*01iio Nat., 1908, Vol. VIII : 375.

39° The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 1,

All this led me to make an examination of the A'arious
Halobatine forms in my collection to find if any other had a
similar peculiarity, which gave the following result:

Of 37 winged Trepobatopsis denticornis, Champ., collected by
Prof. James S. Hine in Guatemala, 11 being males and 26
females, all have truncate tegmina with ragged edges, shoeing
that the membrane has been broken off.

The thirteen Trepobates pictus collected by me locally in the
last two summers gave nine individuals with artificially shortened
wings, five males and four females, including the one that broke
off^ its wings in the aquarium and one or tv, o others ^\ith the
wings only partly broken off. The very few winged Rheu-
matobates rileyi I possess, eight specimens in all, gave seven vith
shortened wings, the males being four and the females three.
In Tebnatometra whitei Bergr., all six t\-pes (1 male and 5 females)
as Dr. Bergroth points out, have the membrane broken off, not
near, however, but at the basal margin. In all the exam.ples
before me, the break is at the caudad margin of the corium,
leaving intact the corial venation.

In Rheiimatobates , the suture separating the membrane and
corium appears as a whitish impressed line, or rather, groove,
which is practically straight and crosses the tegmina from edge
to edge, just caudad of the termination of the corial venation.
The figure (I) is from a winged female Rh. tenuipes Mein. from
Glen Echo, Md., which I owe to the kindness of Mr. O. Heide-
mann. It is, of course, largely diagrammatic, although drawn
under the microscope by the aid of a camera lucida. It serves
to shov/ the general trend a-b, of the suture along which the
break takes place. This indented line is present in the two
species known to me in the macropterous form.

In Trepobates pictus there is a similar suture (Fig. 2, a-b),
but it differs from that in Rheuniatobates in that it does not go all
the way across the hemelytron, but stops some distance from
the submarginal vein, in a sort of node (not shown in figure). It
also has a raised appearance, something in the nature of a
true vein.

The hemelytra break off' along this suture in both Trepobates
and Rheuniatobates. This is in all likelihood the case with the
monotypic genera Trepobatopsis (Fig. 4) Champion and Tel-
matometra (Fig 3) Bergroth, but the lack of entire-winged
specimens does not permit confirmation bv actual observation.

Naturally, there must be some reason for this self -mutilation,
because, unless it be a survival of some acquired habit once
necessary in its economy, no insect is given to purposeless acts.
Two seemingly reasonable ex])lanations suggest themselves, one
of which is closely associated v^ith the breeding habits of the
Hemipteron. In the macropterous form of Rhcumatobates rileyi,

Nov., 1908.] The Broken Hemelytra in certain Halobatinae. 39 r

Bergr., Rh. tenuipes Mein. and Trepohates pictus H. S. the
hemelytra extend much beyond the end of the abdomen, being
about twice as long as the latter. In all three the male is
smaller than the female and has a somewhat shorter abdomen.
In consequence the male has to sit quite far back on the female
in copulation, in order to approach her genitaha. Now, long
wings in the female would be decidedly in the way of the male,
as can be readily appreciated, provided they did not actually
prevent the generative act altogether. In consequence, the
female finds it imperative to shorten her wings in order to give
access to the male, which she does by breaking them off at the
line of weakness, thereby leaving the greater part of the abdomen
exposed. But vvhile this would seem to be an explanation of the
act in the female, it scarcely covers the case of the male, since his
genitalia are in no way covered or directly prevented from coming
into contact with those of the female by his long hemelytra. In
the length of the tegmina, however, lies the clew. Both Tre-
pohates and Rhemnatohates rest very close to the surface of the
water, so much so that the body of the latter seen from above
seems to touch the surface, although when seen from the side it
can at once be noted that such is not the case. Now, as pointed
out above, the males in both these genera have to sit far back
on the females, and in that position the tip end of the hemelytra
would produce an indentation in the surface film or be sHghtly
submerged. The smallness of the bug would tend to make it
appear that the former would be the case. This resistance, of
course, would operate in two ways. It would be a great assist-
ance to the unwilling and struggling female in getting rid of the
amorous yet unwelcome male; and it would be decidedly in his
way by preventing the approach of his genitalia to hers. Hence
the male, for similar reasons to the female finds it necessary to
rid himself of members which, while they may at some period
subserve a useful purpose, are decided obstacles to the real end
of insect life.

The second solution offered in explanation of this self-mutila-
tion is grounded on the following observations.

The first truncate winged Rheumatobates I captured was in a
deep currentless pool in a stream, by no means a normal breeding
place. All the others, as well as the Trepohates were found, as
previoush' noted, in a small pond which at a time when St.
Mary's Lake had its full quota of both forms in several instars,
had not a single individual of either on its placid surface. But
later, when the Lake w^as populous with adults, some fully
winged, the pond had on it all these truncate winged individuals
as well as a few nymphs and some wingless adtilts. It may well
be, therefore, that the object of the wings is to facilitate migra-
tion, either to provide against in-breeding, or to allow their

39'

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. IX, No. 1,

fortunate possessor to find new worlds to people. In either
case, once they have been employed to flee from birthplace to
other haunts their mission is accomplished and instead of being
a help they become a hindrance to the perpetuation of the
species and are better dispensed with, which is done in the
manner related. It is quite possible that the apocopated
hemelytra in Trepobatopsis and Tehuatometra have a like cause.
It may not be out of place to point out that as the figures
show, the corial venation in two of the genera, viz., Trepobates
and Rheumatobates is preserved intact, whence we mav deduce
that such is the condition also in Trepobatopsis and Tehna-
tometra. Further, the veins of the membrane in the first two are
simple longitudinal ones, and I venture to hazard the opinion
that this is their character in the second two. The affinities
that this corial venation shows are matters that I am only too
happy to leave to others, who are learned in phvlogeny.

P^ig. 1. Hemelytra of Rheumatobates tenit-ipes Meinert, 9 . showing
the indented suture, a-b, between the Corium and ^'cmlirane, along which
the membrane is broken off, "*; ;-5.5.

Fig. 2. The same in Trepobates pietits, Herrich-Schaeffer. X 35.

F'ig. 3. Sketch of Truncate Hemelytra of Telmatometra whitei,
Bergroth. From one of the types. Shows corial venation. X 3J.

Fig. 4. Sketch of Truncate Hemelytra of Trepobatopsis dcnticornis,
Champion (^ . Shows corial venation. X 5.

Nov., 1908.] Air Cavities of Equisetum as Reservoirs. 393

THE AIR CAVITIES OF EQUISETUM AS WATER

RESERVOIRS.

John H. Schaffner.

It is seldom that cavities in vegetative organs serve as reser-
voirs for holding water. Schimper found that the large inter-
cellular cavities in the swollen spindle-shaped petioles of an
epiphytic Aroid, Philodendron cannifolium, are filled with shm}^
water in Avet weather. He also noted that the water gradually
disappears from the cavities during a dry period.

Westermaier* described the cavities of Equisteum hyemale
and E. telmateja as being full of water in winter and thought
that the same condition might be found in summer also. Al-
though Westermaier reported his observations in 1884, this inter-
esting condition in Equisetum does not seem to be generally
known.

AYhile walking through a deep ravine near Ziirich, Switzer-
land, the past winter, I found a large patch of Equisetum hye-
male in which to my surprise the cavities of the aerial stems were
all turgid with water. The central cavities as well as the valle-
cular and carinal cavities from the lowest to the highest inter-
nodes were filled, and this was true for both old and young shoots.
In many the water was frozen, especially in the lower joints.

Some plants were pulled up and taken into my living room
and by the end of the fourth day the free water had entirely dis-
appeared fromx the cavities. During Januar}^ numerous obser-
vations were made. Usually the plants were found with cylin-
ders of ice in the central and outer cavities. On January 14,
most of the plants examined had httle or no water in the central
cavities but the vallecular cavities mostly contained cylinders of
ice. Favorable plants were taken home and the bases placed in
water. In nine days there was still some water in the lower parts
of the central cavities of the middle internodes, but above and
below the cavities contained air only. Plants with pieces of
rhizome still had a little water in the bases of the central cavities
on the thirteenth day, but at this time shoots without rhizomes
contained air onty.

During the middle of May observations were made at Colum-
bus, Ohio, on Equisetum robustum but even after a heavy rain,
plants growing in very wet places showed no free water in any of
the cavities. If the two species act similarly in this respect, it
would seem that the water is present only during the cold period
of the year and probably has some physiological connection with

* Westermaier, M. Untersuchuneen tieber die Bedeutuns todter
Roehren und lebender Zellen fuer die Wasserbewesjung in der Pflanze.
5itz. d. K. Preuss. Ak. d. Wiss. zu Berlin. 1884: 1105-1117.

394 * The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 1,

the plant in relation to cold and freezing. The water is probably
excreted by the cells surrounding the cavities, the membrane
lining the central cavity being especially characteristic. It is
white and very tough and can easily be removed unbroken from
the rest of the tissue.

The Equisetums tlius make an exceedingly interesting group
for field study in the winter and it might be worth while to make
observations on all of our native species.

News and Notes.

The eighteenth annual meeting of the Ohio State Academy
of Science will be held at Denison University, Granville, Ohio, on
November 26-28. A large and interesting meeting is expected..

Gray's New Manual of Botany, Seventh Edition,.
Illustrated.* The publication of a new edition of Gray's
Manual, extensively revised and modernized by Professor B. L.
Robinson and Professor M. L. Fernald, of Harvard University,
is an event of unusual interest in the American botanical world..
The changes made in the work are such as to inake it practically
a new book. The nomenclature follovxs the Vienna code; the
arrangement of the families is according to the Engler and
Prantl scheme ; the term family is used in place of the former
"order;" and most of the genera have their full quota of recent
species. A comparison with Britton's Manual of a few genera,
shows the following result:

Salix — Gray 31, Britton 51.

Crataegus — Gray 65, Britton 31.

Viola— Gray 45, Britton 43.

Antennaria — Gray 11, Britton 15.
To one who gained his first botanical knowledge from the
5th edition, the present work, therefore, seems altogether new
and strange; yet here and there, on close examination, some of
the old landmarks are still visible.

The revision has been admirably done, by eliminating the
archaic and retaining the best features of the 6th edition. The
numerous illustrations have been judiciously selected and will
be of great benefit to beginners. The manual will probably
become the standard text-book for most of the more conservative
botanists of the United States.

No doubt the whole vexed nomenclatural question will again
be brought to the front in America. It w-ill now become neces-
sary for those who simply follow some "authority" for con-
venience to choose between two standards. At first thought

^American Book Company, cloth, 8vo., 928 pp., price $2.50.

Nov., 1908.] Meeting of the Biological Club. 395

one might decide that the only course to take would be to accept
the Vienna rules. But no dictum of any convention will prob-
ably ever be binding on the conscience of the average American
unless all botanists the world over can have a voice in the
decision. The only correct scientific convention which legislates
for botanists in general must be one organized on the American
principle of proportionate representation. In the meantime
morphologists and ecologists who use plant names only as a
means to an end will not be able to understand each other
without the aid of a book of synonyms.

J. H. S.

Correction.

In the paper entitled, "On the Origin of Polar Conjugation
in the Angiosperms," February Naturalist, page 257, line 20,
read: "All polar conjugations, according to this view, had their
origin in the original conjugation of one or both polars with the
second sperm, typically in the second way through triple fusion.
The polars acquired the property or function of conjugating
with each other through their common attraction to the second
sperm.

Now the question arises as to whether there is a triple fusion
in Sagittaria and other such cases. Does the second sperm come
down later and fuse with the first upper endosperm nucleus after
the partition wall is formed, etc.

Meeting of the Biological Club.

Orton Hall, June 1st, 1908.

The regular monthly meeting of the club was called to order
by the president, Dr. Geo. D. Hubbard, at 7:40 p. m. The
minutes of the last meeting were approved as read.

The first paper of the evening was by Mrs. Alma D. Jackson,
who spoke on her thesis, "The Genus Lepidocertes." She
mentioned their relation to other Thysanuran forms, their
occurrence and size. She also discussed the work done on these
forms in attempts to discover whether or not these insects
breathe by trachea. They are very sensitive to killing agents
of all sorts. The adults moult on an average of every seven or
eight days. They perspire freely before moulting. The larval
forms are similar to adults in every detail.

The next thesis reported on was by Prof. Durant. His sub-
ject was North American Mallophaga. These are wingless
insects, chiefly parasitic on birds. Their food consists chiefly of
hair, feathers or epidermal scales. The Mallophaga are biting

396 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 1,

lice. The most primitive forms have a Avide distribution and
the largest number of species.

Prof. Griggs spoke of the occurrence of the fern (Asplenium
pinnatifidum) at Sugar Grove and of a varying form which as
yet remains undescribed.

Prof. Schaffner spoke of finding Lycopodium porophilum at
Sugar Grove and mentioned its similarity in the young condition
to the common Lycopodium lucidulum.

The committee of three, W. C. Morse, Miss Edna McCleery,
and Prof. J. C. Hambleton, appointed to nominate persons for
the staff of the Ohio Naturalist for the year 1908-1909,
reported the following nominations:

Editor-in-Chief, John H. Schaffner.

Business Manager, James S. Hine.

Assistant Business Manager, Geo. D. Hubbard.

Associate Editors: Botany, Robert F. Griggs; Zoology, H. H.
Severin; Geology, W. C. Morse; Archaeology, W. C. Mills;
Ornithology, J. C. Hambleton; Geography, G. D. Hubbard.

Advisory Board: Herbert Osborn, John H. Schaffner, Chas.
S. Prosser.

On motion, the report of the committee was adopted and the
nominees declared elected.

H. S. Hammond, Secretary.

Date of Publication, November 12, 1908.

The Ohio ^J\(^aturalist,

PUBLISHED BY

The Biological Club of the Ohio State Uni<versity,
Volume IX. DECEMBER, 1908. No. 2.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

IlrBBAKD— Rock Turraccs aloug the Streams near Cohiinbus, Ohio 397

MoRGULis— The Ertect of Alkaloids on Regeueration in the Scarlet Runner Bean -101

ScHAFFNER— Plants ou the Ohio State List not represented in the State Herbarium . 4K!

jNIcCrav— Meeting of the Biological Club 416

ROCK TERRACES ALONG THE STREAMS NEAR
COLUMBUS, OHIO.i

George D. Hubbard.

Several striking terraces of solid rock occur along the Scioto
and Olentangy valleys in the vicinity of Columbus. Their
character has been revealed in the physiographic study of the
four local quadrangles, a study recently undertaken by the
Geological Survey of Ohio. They are related to the problem of
the post-glacial, and in some cases of the earlier development of
these valleys; and it has seemed best to abstract from the
material collected in the general study all the data Ijearing on
the rock terrace problem.

So far as the quadrangles- involved are concerned, the ter-
races may be found, ten or more in number, at intervals along the
Scioto from the property of the Insane Asylum west of Columbus
to the northern boundary line of the area; and four or more,
along the Olentangy from near Powell to the same line. There
are also the beginnings of several rock terraces along the Big
Darby valley.

The Scioto is on bed rock essentially all the way from the
northern boundary to the old quarries north of the Asylum; and
the Olentangy is similarly restricted from the same boundary on
the north almost to Worthington, with occasional rock encoun-
ters from there to well within the city limits. The Big Darby has
encountered rock at numerous well distributed points from just
below where it enters our area to a point midway between

1. By permission of the Slate Geologist. Read before the Ohio
Academy of Science, Granville, O., Nov. 28, 1908.

2. Dublin, Westerville, East Colitmbus, and West Columbits.

397

398 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 2,

Georgesville and Harrisburg, and again at the latter place. The
rock is all of Devonian age; two rather resistant limestones —
Columbus and Delaware — and two much less resistant shales
above — the Olentangy and Ohio.

Along the Olentangy from south to north the terraces may be
described as follows.

West of Lewis Center and across the Olentangy, i. e., on the
west side of the river, occurs a terrace about one mile north and
south and from 200 to 300 yards wide. Its top stands 30-40
feet above the river, descends perceptibly toward the river, and
over 20 feet from north to south. The top is quite uneven being
rather heavily mantled with gravel, sand and fine alluvium in
piles, ridges and bars. Altho the top is so thoroly covei-ed, the
terrace front presents solid limestone rock at several points along
the river. The stream is undercutting at only one part of the
front. In places, the bluffs at rear of the terrace are not sharp,
but are old and gently inclined and support continuous cultiva-
tion. This condition of the bluff above the terrace is due to the
age of the terrace and the considerable dissection to which the
bluff has been subjected. Age of the terrace is attested not only
by the condition of the bluff behind, but by the height of the
terrace above the river. A flood plain occurs near stream level
below the terrace most of the length of the front. Relation of
this terrace top to rock structure below could not be made out
owing to thick alluvial covering; but the same covering gives
the terrace a certain cultural value. A church and cemetery,
school-house and several good dwellings surrounded by produc-
tive farms may be found upon it, while several even larger near-
by tracts are much less used.

One mile east of Hyattsville and across the Olentangy, a
small rock terrace about three-eighths of a mile north and south
and from a few yards to possibly 200 yards in width, descends
gently toward the river with a slope of about 30 feet at widest
part and with its edge not more than 20 feet above the water;
almost bare rock, but partly covered with a thin sheet of
alluvium. Rock is exposed along water's edge nearly the entire
length. Terrace consists of the Delaware limestone, but its top
is in no measure coincident with structure. A quarry has
recently been opened in it.

Less than half a mile farther up the river on the same side,
occurs a fine rock terrace over one and one-fourth miles long and
about 300 yards wide at the broadest part, tapering considerably
northward. The broad part is over one half mile long. The
terrace front rises about 20 feet above the river, and the terrace
top rises from the crest toward the bluff only about 20 feet which
makes the form a very level-topped terrace. Rock is exposed
continuously along the terrace front; and the river parallels it

Dec, 1908.] Rock Terraces. 399

closely today, but leaves a narrow flood plain at its base. East-
ward behind the terrace rises a seventy-five foot' blufl with a
steep serrate front. Bluff largely of Ohio shale, occasionally
exposed, with Olentangy covered at^the base. Terrace consists
of Delaware limestone apparently near top of formation, from
which the shales have been swept together with a little Delaware.
No quarries are opened in it, but a wagon road runs its entire
length.

Across the river from the last and extending some distance
farther north, occurs a low, long, narrow terrace. It has a
length of one and one-half miles and a width of from 10 to 100
yards, and its front rises only 10-15 feet above the river. The
top descends very gently toward the river and also descends
15-20 feet from north to south. A thin sheet of alluvium, but
very little residual waste, on top. Many little runs descend
across it, mostly on rock. Terrace front almost one continuous
outcrop. Terrace is composed of Delaware limestone, and its
top is a structural plain, being almost exactly coincident with
the bedding planes. A good highway follows it from end to end.

This terrace descends at its southern end so low that high
water rises over it, and it thus becomes flood plain for about one
mile beyond the point where it is distinctly a terrace above the
river. Thus treating flood plain and terrace together, since they
are one, we have a rock platform two and a half miles long with
its' southern end only 5-6 feet above the stream, while its northern
end is very nearh^ 30 feet above ; and adding to this difference of
24 feet, the fall of the river in the same distance, about 20 feet,
the terrace top is shown to descend about 45 feet in 21-2 miles, and
more than twice as much as the present stream falls. It follows
therefore, that it must have been carved when the grade of the
stream w^as much greater at this place than it is at present.

Passing now to the Scioto near the northern boundary of the
area, there are three small terraces between Bellpoint and
Rathbone. The first is on the west side a mile or more south
from Bellpoint, and is almost 600 yards long and 200 yards wide.
It stands 15 feet above the river; its surface descends eastward
15-20 feet toward the river and 10 feet southward down stream.
It consists of limestone, and coresponds very closely with the
bedding planes. A quarry opened in it.^

Across the river and hang just south of the above terrace is
another of about the same size. It stands 25 feet above the
river, descends gently southward but not toward the river. Two
residences upon it.

Passing back to the west side and down stream a hundred
yards, another long terrace may be found having a width of

3. Geol. of Ohio, Vol. II, p. 294.

400 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 2,

100-200 yards. It is almost level each way, but descends about
10 feet toward the river. It stands 20 feet above the river, and
a steep serrate bluff rises back of it. Its top is a structural plain.
All three of the above terraces have nearly continuous rock
fronts, and quarries have been opened in two of them.

Next down the river is the long narrow terrace on the west
side just south of Rathbone. It is nearh' one-half mile in length,
descends 10 feet southward, but is almost perfectly level from
back to front. It stands 20-25 feet above the river with much
outcrop on terrace front. An excellent structural plain.

A mile farther down stream and on the east side may be
found a rock terrace nearly one mile long and from 50 to 150
yards wide, 35-40 feet above the river, slopes gently toward the
river, and descends 15-20 feet in its length. Onlv one other
terrace studied is as high above the river as is this one.

Opposite Dublin occurs a strong rock terrace about three-
fourths mile long and from 20 to 200 yards wide. Its top is
30-40 feet above the river and remarkably level, descending
southward or down stream about 10 feet in its length. Some of
the top is nearly bare; other parts are mantled with alluvium.
Terrace front is a rock outcrop. A quarry long ago opened in
the terrace near the Dublin bridge furnished building stone and
lime, +he latter being burned in kilns on the terrace.

On east side of Scioto just south of Hayden's run, may be
found an interesting terrace over one-half mile long and 100-200
yards wide with its top full 40 feet above the river and very
level. In northern half is much washed, calcareous gravel, but
in southern half very little, usually none. Rock shows in terrace
front in several places. Bluff rising behind the terrace is of
limestone at base and deeply covered with drift. About in mid-
dle of bluff and 1.5-20 feet above the terrace top are fine glacial
striae on limestone.* These striae are about 800 feet above sea
level and 100 feet below the upland surface of the vicinity. Bed
rock occurs in Slate run to the south and in another run to the
north 25-50 feet above the striae. There seems to be a buried
valley here but it can not have been as deep as the present
Scioto valley. It must have been as deep as the top of the
striated ledge and it may have been as deep as to the terrace top.
The gravel being largely calcareous and only locally developed
is probably of post-glacial origin. Of course, if it were laid as
glacial outwash, the terrace top upon which it lies must represent
the bottom of an older valley. No striae have been found on
any of the rock terrace tops. The gravel has been opened and
worked at two points, and a quarry and crusher are in operation
in the southern part of the terrace.

4 Reported by W. C. Morse in 190G.

Dec, 1908.] Rock Terraces. 4°^

A magnificent rock terrace on the east side nearly one and
one-half miles long lies between the Columbus Fishing Club pond
on the north, and Fishinger's Bridge on the south. It narrows
toward the north, but attains a width of a fourth mile in its
central and southern parts. The terrace top averages about
70 feet above the river and has rehef of 20-30 feet. The highest
part is central, and the rock surface descends eastward as well as
westward, northward as well as southward. South of the central
higher part a depressed contour surrounds ten acres, and beyond
the depression near the private road occurs a true sink hole. A
little washed gravel is found on the terrace top, notably at the
south, but in no abundance. Soil on the terrace top is otherwise
thin, cherty alluvium. The terrace front is a continuous rock
bluff, sometimes precipitous. The bluff behind this terrace is all
of drift ; and the rock below the drift is lower than in the terrace
top, as is revealed by well records and by the absence of rock in
the ravine east and southeast of the terrace. One well east of
terrace goes almost 40 feet below the terrace before reaching
rock. A large alluvial pan of modified drift built upon the
terrace argues for its age.

By wav of interpretation, it is suggested that before the last
ice sheet overspread this region there was a valley lying eastward
at this point from the present Scioto which had attained a depth
within 30 feet as great as the present valley; that this valley
became drift filled, and then the glacial drainage, and subse-
quently the present Scioto, took their course across the drift
plain. After cutting down for some time and sweeping off the
drift, the stream found itself on the rock of the terrace, a portion
of the western side and bottom of the filled valley. Instead of
sliding eastward into the old valley, the Scioto began dowa
cutting in the rock on the western side of its valley, and thus,
carved the present gorge 70 feet deep below the terrace top. It
has not been determined whether the sink hole mentioned,
belongs with the post-glacial drainage system or not, but it is
believed that it was formed before the last ice advance.

The largest terrace of all lies on the east side of the Scioto,
begins about three-fourths mile down stream from the large
storage dam and continues down stream 21^9 miles or practically
to the big bend in the river, where it turns eastward around
Marble Cliff to receive the Olentangy. This terrace varies in
width from a few yards to about 300 yards. At its upper end,
it rises 25-30 feet above the river, but descends gently southward
to less than 20 feet above. Some of the terrace top slopes
toward the river, but north of Fifth Avenue a considerable area
is quite level and coincides with the rock structure, the bedding
planes, quite closely, and hence here might be called a structural
plain. In some places, the terrace top is well mantled with

402 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 2,

alluvium, but usually the layer of cherty clay is quite thin, and
the rock is exposed in roadways, railroad cuts and brook beds.
The terrace front is steep and practically continuous rock outcrop.
The bluff to the east of the terrace contains Ohio shale which
has been seen in several ex])osures, and below it the Olentangy,
not exposed, but the drift cover above the shale is thick.

In some places, this terrace consists of two steps more or less
definitely separated by a little scarp. There is rarely any flood
plain below it before the river. It consists of Delaware and
Columbus limestone, the former becoming very thin and finally
wanting at the south end.

The most important cultural aspect of the terrace, no doubt,
is the opportunity it affords for quarrying the limestone. The
terrace front has been opened nearly its whole length, and one
considerable quarry has been started in its top. The old Smith
and Price quarry, several little old ones, and the present Casparis
and at least one other small quarry are to be found in the terrace.
Part of the terrace top is under cultivation every year, and a
small portion is devoted to golf links. The Pennsylvania rail-
road finds on it an easy grade from the flood plain in West
Columbus up to its bridge at Marble Cliff and across to the
undissected upland on the west side.

Opposite the west end of Fifth Avenue, is a low rock terrace,
the present flood plain 400-500 feet wide and three-fourths mile
long. It stands about 15 feet above the river and bears much
alluvium especially along its water front so that rock is rarely
exposed.

Farther south and on the west side of the Scioto along the
big turn toward the east, occurs the most southern rock terrace
of this river. It is more than a half mile in length, a hundred
yards in width, and stands 20 feet or more above the river. It
has been so many times opened for quanying and modified by
erosion that details of its surface form are difficult to obtain. The
T. and O. C. railroad swings across it, as also does the highway.

A few more rock terraces were found along the Big Darby.
The first is two miles south of Georgesville on the west side, and
is about one-fourth by one-eighth mile in size with its top 20-25
feet above the river. This is the only one along the Darby
creek that is far above the water.

For two miles south of the intersection of Big Darby with the
Columbus and Springfield electric line, a number of miniature
rock terraces occur, rising 5-20 feet above the water. This
stream has cut thru the drift mantle, but has only begun here and
there to cut into rock, hence, it is in a much less advanced stage
of terrace development than the two larger rivers. Its terraces
are not large, and are never far above the water; but it seems
probable that a time will come when the Big Darby will have so

Dec, 1908.] Rock Terraces. 403

far cut into the rock that its valley shall be ornamented with
terraces as are its larger neighbors. Its problem will then,
however, be somewhat complicated, if its alluvial terraces shall
persist that long, for today the Big Darby has many fine terraces
of this more ephemeral type.

In conclusion, a few facts and deductions may be noted.

1. The grade of the rivers has been reduced since the
terraces were made. Almost every terrace top is nearer the
river level at its downstream end than at the other. And
further, an analysis of the slopes of the various terrace tops
shows that the higher ones descend downstream most rapidly,
and the lower ones but little faster than the present water level.
The average fall of the present Scioto across the quadrangle is
65 feet per mile; that of the Olentangy is by2 feet per mile — bee
line distances. The upper terraces fall 20 feet per mile and some
of the lower ones about 10 feet per mile.

2. This relation just noted confirms a statement made
earlier in the paper, that the terraces, with two possible excep-
tions, were made by the present streams. The same statement
is further confirmed in the fact that all terraces descend south-
ward or with the present drainage.

8. It has been pointed out that in harmony with the slight
eastward dip of the rock and the customary streamward slope
of the terrace tops, those on the west side are usually structural
plains, while those on the east side are usually not.

4. The terraces are confined to country w^hose surface rock
is limestone, or limestone with a very little shale cover. The
shale alone seems not to be adapted to terrace formation. It
might be added here that in one side stream good terraces were
found consisting of Ohio shale from which the thick drift cover
had been removed. The shale proving a much tougher material
than the drift the stream has, to date, been unable to make
nearly as wide valley in it as was made while still cutting in the
drift above. Hence is found a large shale terrace symmetrically
disposed on each side.

5. The terraces are of marked economic importance, offer-
ing good roadwavs above flood waters, good building sites above
the fertile flood plains but not so far away as sites on the uplands
must needs be. Springs frequently occur at the back side of the
terrace, making them still more desirable for residences. Finally
most of the quarries are in these terraces, because of the excel-
lent opportunities to get at the rock.

404 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 2^

THE EFFECT OF ALKALOIDS ON REGENERATION IN THE

SCARLET RUNNER BEAN.

Sergius Morgulis.

The difference in the rates of growth is undoubtedly one of
the most important problems in the study of regeneration at the
present time. The problem is now being attacked by a number
of zoologists, who study this question from the point of view of
the relation of the rate of regeneration to either the degree of
injury, or the frequency of injury, or the levels at which the
organism is injured.

Although zoologists agree as to what phenomena are to be
described under the head of "regeneration," there is still no
concensus of opinion with regard to plants; and while Pfeffer (G),
for instance, would limit the term regeneration to those cases
only "in which an organ replaces a portion of itself which has
been removed" (p. 167), Goebel (2) and others contend that
phenomena of regeneration imply also a development of dormant
or latent buds present before injury.

McCallum (4) finds that of all the plants under his observation
there were scarcely any "in which these primordia developed
without the removal of the shoot, and in every case in which the
stem was cut off they developed."

In an investigation, (now in progress), upon the regeneration
of animals, the attempt was made by the writer to study the
problem from a new standpoint, that of the modifiability of the
rate of regeneration under changed external conditions, with the
hope of throwing some additional light upon this somewhat per-
plexing problem. It seemed desirable, in connection with these
experiments upon animals, to test the method also on regen-
erating plants, especially since the subject of the rate of regen-
eration, so far as the writer's knowledge goes, does not seem to
have been touched upon by botanists. It was important for the
purpose in hand to obtain a plant in which the regenerative
processes had already been investigated and which at the same
time would be available for further experimentation. Such an
object was found in the scarlet runner bean, a variety of Phase-
olus multiflorus, on which McCallum (4) has done much valuable
research, and ascertained many ])oints of importance.

Omitting details, the method followed was briefly this:
Seeds of the scarlet runner bean were germinated in sawdust
until they had reached a height of 6 cm. The seedlings were
then transferred to pint mason jars. Each jar was completely
covered with black paper in order to protect the growing roots

Contribution from the Rot. Lab. of Ohio Statt- Universitv. XXXVI II.

Dec, 1908.] The Effect of Alkaloids. 405

from the action of sunlight. There were two plants in each jar,
held in place by means of perforated corks which had been
previously paraffined. It may also be mentioned that the corks
were subsequently paraffined to the jars so as to prevent any
evaporation of water except that through the leaves.

The plants were subjected to the influence of a few alkaloids
■ in solutions of various degrees of concentration in order to deter-
mine the effect which these substances would produce upon the
rate of regeneration of new shoots. The following alkaloids
were used: Sulphates of atropine and strychnine, pilocarpine
hydrochloride and digitalin, each in a (a) 0.01%, (b) 0.001%,
anvl (c) 0.0001% aqueous solution. Each jar contained 400 cc.
of the solution; distilled water was used for the controls. The
water in all jars was changed at intervals, and carefully weighed.
The full series of plants was kept always in the same place in the
university greenhouse so as to insure equal conditions of light,
temperature and air currents.

The stems were cut off with sharp scissors very near the base
the second dav after the plants had been transferred to the
mason jars. The rudiments of new stems appeared shortly
afterwards in the axils of the cotyledons. -

It is known that a close relationship exists between the
quantity of transpiration and the amount of growth for a given
length of time (3), and that the index of transpiration is usually
relied upon in comparing the rate of growth under varied con-
ditions. Since transpiration is a continuous physiological process
in living plants it was hoped that such data might aid in obtaining
an insight into the physiological condition of plants regenerating
under the influence of the various alkaloids. Unfortunately these
data do not always prove to be quite a reliable basis for com-
parison of the actual amounts of regeneration for definite
periods; they were therefore checked up by other data, as for
instance, the weight of plants. The failure of the indices of
transpiration to offer a solid ground for the comparative study
of the rates of regeneration in this particular case of the scarlet
runner bean is probably due in a large measure to the circum-
stance that the total surface area of the leaves, the number and
form of which dift'ered during regeneration almost with each
])lant, is not sufficiently uniform; and consequently the amount
of water lost through transpiration does not always correspond
to the real rate of regeneration. The following tal)le contains
data on transpiration :

4o6

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. IX, No. 2,

Table I.

Date— February 27, to March 15, 1908.

Solution

Transpiration

Total

Daily Average

1

Control I
Control II

69.95 grms.
58.65

4.12 grms.
3.45

Strychnine 0.01%
0.001%
0.0001%,

43.95 grms.

93.10

91.20

2.59 grms.
5.48
5.37 "

Digitalin ().0\%

0.001%,
0.0001%

64.60 grms.
90.65
123.30

3.80 grms.
5.33
7.25 "

Pilocarpine 0.01%
0.001%
0.0001%

108.90 grms.
61.05
108.55

6.46 grms.
3.59 "
6.39 "

Atropine 0.01%
0.001%,
0.0001%o

65.25 grms.

61.90

80.35

3.84 grms.
3.64
4.73 "

The illustrations (Figs. 1-4) \vhich are reproduced from
photographs of plants that had been regenerating about 8 days
after the epicotyls were cut off, will serve for comparing the
actual sizes attained by the different plants. Reading from left
to right the arrangement of the cultures in the photographs is
in all cases as follows: control, solutions a, b,c. From these figures
it will be seen that the rate of regeneration varies l)Oth with the
nature of the medium and also with the strength of the solution
in Avhich the plants regenerated. In pilocarpine (Fig. 1) the
plants developed more luxuriantly than the controls and the
greatest acceleration is shown in both the stronger and the
weaker solution (0.01% and 0.001%). In solutions of digitalin
(Fig. 2) the greatest acceleration took place in the weaker solu-
tion, while the regeneration was slower in the strong solution
(0.01%). Atropine (Fig. o) and strychnine act as stimuli only in
verv weak solutions (0.0001%). In extremely attenuated solu-

Dec, 1908.]

The Effect of Alkaloids.

407

tions of atropine and strychnine, such as were obtained bv
means of filtrating these solutions through lamp black or through
calcium carbonate (1), the process of regeneration was aug-
mented to a remarkable degree. Solutions of strychnine (Fig.
4) act differently upon different plants, but the greatest stimu-
lation is caused invariably by the weaker solutions. Stronger
solutions, though they may stimulate growth at first, soon
become injurious to the plant.

At the end of twelve days after the operation the differences
in size of the regenerating plants became much more pronounced
than those seen in the figures shown here.

In the following table are given the data concerning the
green and d,ry weight of the plants.

Table II.

Solution

Strychnine
Digitalin
Pilocarpine
Atropine

0.01%

0.001%

0.0001%

Weight of pits,
in grs.

.- - .

Weight of pits,
in grs.

Weight of pits,
in grs.

Green "■ Dry

Green Dry

Green,, Dry

Control I
Control II

2.25
3.75
(1.65
2.95

2.40
1.85

0.56
0.94
1.64
0.74

0.60
0.46

3.50
4.80
5.05
2.25

0.88

5.00

1.20

7.70

1.26

5.95

0.56

3.25

1.25
1.93
1.49
0.81

It may be seen from this table that the inference which should
be drawn from records of the weight of the regenerated stems
practically coincides with data obtained from the studv of their
transpiration and actual size.

On the loth of March, i. e., seventeen days after the operation
the regenerated stems were cut off once more with sharp scissors
near their proximal ends. The object in performing this experi-
ment was to find out how the plants would behave in regeneration
after a second operation. In a previous work on regeneration in
the fresh water oligochaete, Lumbriculus, (5a) it was pointed out
that the rate of regeneration in that animal decreases after suc-
cessive operations, so that if we designate the rate of regeneration
after the first operation by a unit, the rate of regeneration after a
second operation would be only one-half of a unit, and one-fourth
of a unit after the third operation, the length of. time during
which the animals are allowed to regenerate being, of course, the
same in all three cases. Zeleny (S), on the other hand, finds that

•» i

4o8

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. IX, No. 2,

Fig. I. Phaseolus in pilocorpine solution.

Vig. 2. Phaseolus in digitalin .solution.

Dec, 1908.]

The Effect of Alkaloids.

409

I'iii. 3. 1 haseolus in atropine solution.

Fij;. 4. Phaseoliis in strychnine solution.

\

51
-ft

4IO

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. IX, No. 2,

in the Scyphomedusan, Cassiopea xamachana, "there is a well
marked difference between the second and the first regeneration
in favor of the former."

A rather long interval followed upon the second operation,
before the plants commenced to regenerate again. The new
stems were now growing from the axils between the stump of the
old epicotyl and the stumps of the regenerated stems that W'ere
cut off March 15; and also from the axils between the latter ones
and the cotyledons. In other words, in place of the two stems
which had regenerated after the first operation there were regen-
erating now four stems, as may be seen from the accompanving
diagram. It should be mentioned, however, in this connection,
that the four stems have not always regenerated equally well
from each plant.

The following Table III contains data concerning transpira-
tion, weight of all the regenerated material and also extracts
from protocols, relating to the condition of the plants:

Table III.
March 15 to April G, 1908.

Transpi

ration

"AVeight

of

regener.

tissue

T^ p m a rlsT "s

Nature of Solution

Total

Daily
average

March 28

Control

Grms.
48.70

14.50*

31.15

48.80

Grms.
2.21

Grms.
0.75

Strychnine 0.01%
0.001%

0.0001% ■

1.11
1.42
2.22

0.30
1.05

Dead

Regen. slightly

Regen. well

Digitalin 0.01%,
0.001%,
0.0001%,

42.50

74.25

108.05

()2.40

22.50
<)(■). 75

1.48
3.38
4.94

2.84
1.02
4.40

0.75
1.80
2.10

Reg. stems small

Reg. well

Reg. stems large

Pilocari)inf 0.01%

o.oof;
().()()( IK';

1.75
0.20
1.90

Stems reg. well
Stems small
Stems quite large

Atropine 0.01%
0.001%,
0.0001%

30.15
42.45
.53.55

1.78
1.93

2.44

0.00
0.85
0.95

1 Stems regen. at
j fairly good rate

*Total transpiration for 13 days only; the plants died soon afterwards.

Dec, 1908.]

The Effect of Alkaloids.

411

From this table it will be observed that strychnine, especially
in the stronger concentration acted poisonously upon the plants,
checking rather than stimulating their regenerative power.
Even a superficial examination of the Tables I and III will leave
no room for doubt as to the very large difference between the
first and the second regeneration in favor of the former. And in
spite of the fact that after the second operation the plants had
been regenerating for a longer period of time, the regenerated

Fig. 5-

Diagram of decapitated plants; <? — old epicotyl.

d and r — regenerating stems.

stems were bv far smaller than those regenerated after the first
operation. That the difference is not to be attributed to an
exhaustion of food materials was evident because the cotyledons
were still of a large size. Furthermore, McCallum (4) demon-
strated in a series of ingenius experiments that food is not a
necessary factor in regeneration of Phaseolus, and that the
plants regenerate even with the cotyledons removed.

CONCLUSION.

In summing up the facts presented in this note it may not be
amiss, perhaps, to discuss briefly their relation to facts obtained
in other similar studies. It was shown in the foregoing that
alkaloids, such as pilocarpine, atropine, strychnine and digitalin
exert a stimulating influence upon regenerating plants, increasing
the rate of regeneration. Yasuda (7) found from his study of
the effect of alkaloids upon moulds that "the moulds generally
grow better in the solutions which contain alkaloids than in the
normal control-solution." (p. 82.) He also found that strychnine
produced no poisonous action on the moulds until the limit of
saturation was reached (about 2.5%). Plants behave somewhat
differently in this respect from animals. In a recent work on the
effect of alkaloids upon the early development of eggs of the sea-
urchin, Toxopnenstes variegatus, conducted at the Bermuda
Biological Station (5c), atropine, strychnine and digitalin were
found to inhibit the developmental process, the last two sub-
stances being so much toxic that normal development was pos-
sible only in very dilute solutions. Neither did pilocarpine
stimulate or accelerate to any marked degree the development of
the eggs of this sea-urchin, although the literature contains a

412 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 2,

record to the contrary with reference to the eggs of xA.sterias
Forbesii. With the exception of the stronger solution of
strychnine, Phaseolus was able to live in concentrations which
would prove fatal to animals.

The effect of the action of these alkaloids upon plants varies
both with the nature and with the strength of the solution, but on
the whole a general rise and intensification of the vital processes
is seen as, for instance, in the augmentation of the function of
transpiration, and in the higher rate of regeneration as compared
with plants not subjected to the influence of stimulating agents.
It seems therefore, legitimate to assume that there exists an
intimate relation between the rate of regeneration and the
physiological condition of the regenerating organism.

Concerning the rate of regeneration after consecutive opera-
tion it is obvious, from the facts cited above, that after the second
operation there is a considerable decrease of the power of regen-
eration and, consequently, a slowing down of the process, as well
as a considerable lengthening of the period which intervenes
between the operation and the first appearance of regenerated
tissue.

The work here recorded was carried on in the Botanical Lab-
oratorv of the Ohio State University during the Spring of 1908,
with the aid of a grant from the McMillin Research Fund.

It gives me pleasure to express here my gratitude to Dr. A.
Dachnowski for much friendly assistance in this work.

Cambridge, Mass., October, 190S.

LITERATURE.

1. Dachnowski, A. — The toxic property of bog water and
bog soil. Bot. Gaz. 46: 130-144, 1908.

2. GoEBEL, W. — Regeneration in Plants. Bull. Torrey Bot.
Club. 30: 197-205, 1903.

3. Livingston, B. E. — Relation of transpiration to growth
in wheat. Bot. Gaz. 40: 178, 1905.

4. McCallum, W. B. — Regeneration in Plants. Bot. Gaz.
40: 241, 1905.

5a. MoRGULis, S. — Observations and experiments on regen-
eration in Lumbriculus. Journ. Exp. Zool. 4: 549-574, 1907.

5b. The effect of alkaloids on the early development of
Toxopnenstes variegatus. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sciences,
Vol. 44, No. 5, pp. 131-146, 1908.

6. Pfeffer, W. — Physiology of Plants, Vol. II.

7. Yasuda, A. — On the elTect of alkaloids upon some moulds.
The Bot. Mag., Tokyo, 15: 79-83, 1901.

8. Zeleny, C. — The efifect of degree of injury, successive
injury and functional activity upon regeneration in the Scypho-
zoon Cassiopea xamachana. Journ. Exp. Zool. 5: 265-274, 1907.

Dec, 1908.]

Plants on the Ohio State List.

413

PLANTS ON THE OHIO STATE LIST NOT REPRESENTED IN
THE STATE HERBARIUM.

John H. Schaffxer.

There are at present 254 species and varieties of plants on the
Ohio State List which are not represented in the State Her-
barium at the State University. Some of these are undoubtedlv
members of our flora but a large number are known to be outside
of our region. It is hoped that many may yet be found before
the publication of a new check list which is contemplated. The
co-operation of all botanists in the state is asked in order that the
report may be as complete as possible.

A large part cf them, if no evidence is forthcoming as to their
occurrence in the state, will be removed from the state list.
It is believed that it will be far better to have a list that is reason-
ably certain than to carry a large number of names which give
misleading data on plant distribution. If any are found in the
future, they can then be restored to the state list with proper
authority.

Ophioglossuni engelmanni Prantl.
Botrychium simplex Hitch.
Woodsia ilvensis (L.) R. Br.
Dryopteris spinulosa dilatata

(Hoff.) Und.
Woodwardia areolata (L.) Moore.
Asplenium fontanum (L.) Bernh.
Equisetum scirpoides Mx.
Lycopodiuni inundatum L.

" annotinum L.

Sparganium simplex Huds.
Potamogeton hillii Mor.

" friesii Rup.

•" vaseyi Robb.

" spirillus Tuck.

" interruptus Kit.

Naias flexilis robusta Mor.
Sagittaria engelmanniana Sm.

" arifolia Nutt.

Panicvim xanthophysum Gr.

" liebergii (Vasey) Scrib.

" werneri Scrib.
Zizaniopsis miliacea (Mx.) D. & A.
Oryzopsis juncea (Mx.) B. S. P.

" asperifolia Mx.

Alopecurus pratensis L.
Deschampsia caespitosa (L.)

Beauv.
Trisetum pennsylvanicum (L.)

Beauv.
Avena fatua L.
Capriola dactylon (L.) Ktz.
Eragrostis trichodes (Nutt.) Nash.

Melica mutica Walt.
Uniola latifolia Mx.
Poa autumnalis Muhl.

trivialis L.
Panicularia obtusa (Muhl.) Ktz.
pallida (Torr.) Ktz.
acutiflora (Torr.) Ktz.
Festuca ovina duriuscula (L.)

Hack.
Bromus inermis Leyss.
Lolium temulentum L.
Cyperus ovularis (Mx.) Torr.

dentatus Torr.
Eleocharis interstincta (Vahl.)
R. & S.

palustris glaucescens
(Willd.) Gr.

rostellata Torr.
Scirpus subterminalis Torr.

cvperinus eriophorum(Mx.)
Britt.
Rynchospora corniculata (Lam.)

Gr.
Carex haydeni Dew.

goodenovii J. Gay.

limosa L.

gynandra Schw.

gracillima x pubescens Bail.

formosa Dew.

longirostris Torr.

arctata Boott.

(granularis) schriveri Britt.

meadii Dew.

414

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. IX, No. 2,

Carex aurea Xutt.

setifolia (Dew.) Britt.
richardsoni R. Br.
pedicillata wheeleri (Bail.)

Britt.
novae-angliae Schw.
deflexa Hornem.
umbrellata Schk.
durifolia Bail,
chordorhiza L. f.
decoinposita ^luhl.
x;inthocarpa Bick.
sartwellii Dew.
muricata L.
interior capillacea Bail,
muhlenbergii xalapensis

(Kunth) Britt.
tenuiflora Wahl.
siccata Dew.
straminea mirabilis (Dew.)

Tuck,
tenera Dew.
" albolutescens Scliw.
" bicknellii Britt.
Xyris caroliniana Walt.
Eriocaulon septangulare With.
Heteranthera renitoriTiis R. & P.
Juncus filiformis L.

" dichotomus Ell.
" stygius L.
" brachycarpus Eng.
AUum stellatum Ker.
Lilium philadelphicum L,

superbum L.
Clintonia borealis (Ait.) Raf.
Streptopus amplexifolius (L.) D.C.
Trillium undulatum Willd.
Smilax pseudo-china L.
Orchis rotundifolia Pursh.
Blephariglottis grandiflora (Bigl.)

Torr.
Achroanthes monophylla (L.)

Greene.
Corallorhiza corallorhiza (L.)Karst

" wisteriana Conr.

Tipularia unifolia (Muhl.) B. S. P.
Alyrica cerifera L.
Salix alba coerulea (Sm.) Koch.

alba X babylonica.
Corylus rostrata Ait.
Betula populifolia IMarsh.
Quercus texana Buck.
" alexanderi Britt.
" schneckii Britt.
" nana (Marsli.) Sarg.
Broussonetia papyrifera (L.) Vent.
Rumex sanguinea L.

Polygonum cilinode Mx.

dumetorum L.
Amaranthus crispus (L. & T.)

Braun.
Irsine paniculata (L.) Ktz.
Claytonia caroliniana Mx.
perfoliata Donn.
Silene dichotoma Ehrh.
Lychnis dioica L.
Alsine borealis (Bigel.) Britt.
Nympliaea kalmiana (Alx.) Sims.
Delphinium carolinianum Walt.
Aconitum uncinatum L.
Trautvetteria caroliniensis (Walt.)

Vail.
Ranunculus ovalis Raf.

micranthus Nutt.
arvensis L.
Nigella damascena L.
Papaver somniferum L.
dubium L.
" argemone L.
BicucuUa eximia (Ksr.) Millsp.
Capnoides aur, um (Willd.) Ktz.
Lepidium ruderale L.
AUiaria alliaria (L.) Britt.
Dentaria maxima Nutt.
Koniga maritima (L.) R. Br.
Podostemon ceratophyllum Mx.
Mitella nuda L.
Philadelphus inodorus L.

grandifiorus Willd.
Ribes lacustre (Pers.) Poir.

" nigrum L.
Spiraea corymbosa Raf.
Rubus (villosus) frondosus Bigel.

" setosus Bigel.
Dalibarda repens L.
Rosa cinnamomea L.
Prunus cuneata Raf.
Psoralea stipulata T. & G.
Kuhnistera Candida (Willd.) Ktz.
purpurea (Vent.)
Macm.
Lespedeza nuttallii Darl.
stuvei Nutt.
" angustifolia (Pursh.) Ell.

Phaseolus polystachvus (L.)

B. S. P.
Geranium dissectum L.
Polygala incarnata L.
Acer pennsylvanicuin L.
Cardiospermum halicachum L.
Parthenocissus quinquefolia lacin-

iata Plancli.
Malva (verticillata) crisj^a L.
Sida hermaphrodita (L.) Rusby.

Dec, 1908.]

Plants on the Ohio State List.

415

Hypericum majus (Gr.) Britt.

" canadense L.

Triadenum petiolatum (Walt.)

Britt.
Lechea stricta Legg.
Viola pedata L.
Onagra oakesiana (Gr.) Britt.
Lavauxia triloba (Nutt.) Spach.
Myriophyllum tenellum Bigel.

" heterophyllum Mx.

Ligusticum scoticum L.
Anethum graveolens L.
Pimpinella saxifraga L.
Eulophus americanus Nutt.
Ptiliinnium capillaceum (Mx.) Raf.
Cornus baileyi Coult. & Ev.
Pyrola uliginosa Torr.

" asarifolia Mx.
Ledum groenlandicum Oeder.
Azalea viscosa L.
Kalmia augustifolia L.
Gaylussacia frondosa (L.) T. & G.
Vaccinium pallidum Ait.
Oxycoccus oxycoccus (L.) MacM.
Lymnanthemumlacunosum (Vent.)

Griseb.
Apocynum hypericifolium Ait.
Asclepias decumbens L.
Quamoclit quamoclit (L.) Britt.

" coccinea (L.) Moench.

Cuscuta epithymum Murr.

" compacta Juss.
Phacelia dubia (L.) Small.
Heliotropium indicum L.

" ancliusifolium Poir.

Myosotis palustris (L.) Lam.
Lithospermum officinale L.
Onosmodium virginianum (L.)D.C.
Lycopus arvensis L.
Ajuga reptans L.
Scutellaria pilosa Mx.

" saxatilis Ridd.

Salvia verbenaca L.
Monarda punctata L.

" citriodora Cerv.
Hedeoma hispida Pursh.
Lycopus europaeus L.
Hyoscyamus niger L.
Linaria canadensis (L.) Dum.
Gratiola aurea Muhl.
Veronica hederaefolia L.
Plantago elongata Pursh
Spermacoce glabra Mx.

Galium vernum L.
Lonicera caprifolium L.
Valerianella woodsiana (T. & G.)

Walp.
Valerianella woodsiana patellaria

(Sull.) Gr. _
Lobelia nuttallii R. & S.
Lactuca sativa L.
Nabalus serpentarius (Pursh.)

Hook.
Eupatorium serotinum Mx.
Lacinaria squarrosa intermedia

(Lindl.) Port.
Lacinaria pycnostachya (Mx.) Ktz.
Amphiachyrisdracunculoides (D C.)

Nutt.
Chrysopsis graminifolia (Mx.)

Nutt.
Solidago odora Ait.

" juncea ramosa Port. &

Britt.
" moseleyi Fern.
Sericocarpus linifolius (L.) B. S. P.
Callistephus chinensis (L.) Cass.
Aster divaricatus persaliens Burg,
claytoni crispicans Burg,
cordifolius polycephalus Port,
lindlej'anus eximius Burg,
sagittifolius dissitiflorus Burg,
oblongifolius Nutt.
puniceus firmus (Nees.) T.

& G.
acuminatus Mx.
salicifolius stenophyllus

(Lindl.) Burg,
ericoides platyphyllus T. &G.
lateriflorus grandis Port.
Helianthus strumosus macrophyl-

lus (WiUd.) Britt.
Helianthus atrorubens L.

" (giganteus) ambiguus

(T. & G.) Britt.
Gifola germanica (L.) Dum.
Silphium laciniatum L.
Verbesina occidentalis Walt.
Bidens elliptica (Wieg.) Gleason.
Matricaria matricarioides (Less.)

Port.
Artemisia absinthium L.
" abronatum L.

Mariana mariana (L.) Hill.
Centaurea nigra L.

" benedicta L.

'Q>

.Vt

lOS A^

o/r

LIBRARY ^

4i6 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 2,

Meeting of the Biological Club.

Orton Hall, Oct. 5, 1908.

The club was called to order by the president and the minutes
of the previous meeting were read and approved.

This being the hrst meeting after the reopening of the Uni-
versity, the program consisted of reports of the past summer's
work. The president, Prof. Hubbard, appointed R. F. Griggs,
J. S. Hine and J. C. Hambleton as a nominating committee to
nominate candidates for officers for the coming year.

Dr. A. Dachnowski reviewed the ecology of Cedar Point,
having studied the succession of vegetation in the lagoons.
Prof. R. F. Griggs reported finding an interesting division of
nuclei in Synchitrium. Prof. J. H. Schaffner gave an interesting
account of his past year's study in Europe. Mr. R.J. Sim gave
an account of observations on the food habits of the black tern,
which seems capable of consuming enormous quantities of min-
nows at one time. Prof. J. C. Hambleton spoke of the reforesta-
tion of old farms and hills of New England. The new growth is
largely pine. Prof. F. L. Landacre reported on recent studies
of his on the brain of the cat fish. Mr. W. C. Morse was engaged
the past summer in a study of the geology of southern Ohio and
Kentucky, the work in the latter state being in the Bedford and
Berea. Prof. H. Osborn gave an account of the work at the
Lake Laboratory at Sandusky the past summer, mentioning the
extension of tlie bird records for Ohio by Prof. L. Jones.

Arthur H. McCr.w, Sccretdry.

Date of Publication, December 15, 1908.

The Ohio Vsl^aturalist,

PUBLISHED BY

The Biological Club of the Ohio State Uni'versity,
Volume IX. JANUARY, 1909. No. 3.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

S.MITH— Recent Evajioration Invc stigations 417

Detmers— Annual Report on the Plants New to the Ohio State List tor 1907-08 421

Scott— The Ohio Species of the Genus Disoiiyclia 423

Johnson— Variation in Syndesniou and Ilepatica 431

RECENT EVAPORATION INVESTIGATIONS*

J. Warren Smith.

Evaporation depends in general upon the dryness of the air,
the velocity of the wind, and the temperature of the evaporating
water. It makes no appreciable difference whether the evap-
orating surface is in the sunshine or in the shade.

The evaporation from a saturated soil covered with growing
plants is greater than from a water surface, but becomes less
when the level of complete saturation falls below the surface of
the ground. It has been calculated that when the water table is
six inches below the surface of the land the evaporation is 95%
of what it is from an open tank.

Evaporation is greater from a forest of evergreen trees than
one of leafy trees; greater from leafy trees than from grass, and
greater from grass than a bare soil.

Newell states that the runoff over any watershed is from 36%
to 47% of the rainfall, and the balance is evaporation, including
in that of course transpiration of plants. Over the Muskingum
watershed the average annual rainfall is 39.7 inches while the
runoff is 13.1 inches.

Formulas for the annual evaporation over a watershed have
been worked out as follows:

E = 15.50 + 0.16X annual rainfall. (1)

or if thought best to consider the temperature,

E = 15.50+ (0. 16 XR) X (0.05 XT— 1.48) (2)

R.=mean annual rainfall; T=mean annual temperature.

*Read at the meeting of the Ohio Academy of Science.

417

4iS

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. IX, No. S,

The amount of evaporation from a water surface is obtained
by two methods:

(1) By direct measurements from properly exposed water
surfaces.

(2) By computation based upon the temperature of the water
surface and the value of certain meteorological elements.

The record of evaporation from exposed water surfaces is
being very carefully made at the Columbus Reservoir and at the
Cincinnati Water Works Reservoir in Ohio, and in other places
thruout the country.

A table is attached giving the actual evaporation in inches
from floating tanks in reservoirs at Boston, Mass., Rochester,
N. Y., Menasha, Wis., Grand River, Wis., Iowa City, la., Mad-
ison, Wis., and Columbus, Ohio, in 1906.

Evaporation From A Floating Tank in Inches, Year 1906.

Stations

Chestnut Hill Reser-
voir, Boston, Mass. . .

Motint Hope Reservoir,
Rochester, N. Y

Menasha, Wis . . . .
Grand River, Wis.
Madison, Wis

Iowa City, la

Storage Reservoir at
Columbus, O

May

3.82
3.78
1.85
3.19

June

5.34
5.05
2.83
2.74

July I Aug.

6.21
5.47
3.63
4.17

5.44

5.97
4.96
3.70
3.65
2.52
4.93
5.42

Sept.

4.86
4.07
2.20
3.24
2.04
3.76
5.59

Oct.

3.47
2.92
1.37
1.77
1.85
2.21
6.36

In the second method of determining the evaporation over
large reservoirs and lakes the principles of the Dalton formula
have been adopted. This referred to the metric system is
E = C(e„.— e,,)-f C(e„.— Cd) A Av.

In this E = the amount of evaporation in the unit of time,
C = a constant of evaporation,
ew = the vapor pressure of the water temperature,
ed = the vapor pressure of the dew point temperature,
A = a constant for the wind effect,
w = the wind velocity in kilometers per hour.
The constants will be changed for different units of time.
In some investigations made at the Chestnut Hill Reservoir,
near Boston in 1876 to 1887, Fitzgerald developed the following
formulas to determine the evaporation from easily made
observations.

Jan., 1908.] Recent Evaporation Investigations. 4^9

Evaporation in inches per hour:

W

(e.-ed)X(l+^)

E=

60 or

W
E = 0.0166 (e„,— ed)X(l+-5-).

e^ and Cj, have the same value as in the Dalton formula
above, and W represents the wind velocity in miles per hour.

His formula showing the evaporation in inches per day is
E = 0..3984 (e,,— ej) X (1 + 0.0208 w,) .

In this W represents the wind movement in miles for the day.

After the break in the Colorado River had been closed and it
was known that the great Salton Sea in southern California must
be reduced by evaporation in ten or twelve years, it was deter-
mined to take the opportunity to study evaporation on a large
scale in the arid regions.

The importance of determining what the real evaporation is
from irrigation and water supply reservoirs, especially in the
arid region, can hardly be overestimated. In some instances-
reservoirs built at a large expense are nearly or quite dry during
most of the year.

It has been estimated that the evaporation in southern
Arizona is about 6 feet per year. If this is true the loss of
water from evaporation from a reservoir like the Roosevelt
Reservoir covering 16,320 acres w^ould be sufficient to irrigate
48,960 acres of land.

The true evaporation is not known however, therefore after
a Board of Conference had visited the Salton Sea region, the
work of investigation was placed in the care of the U.S. Weather
Bureau, and Professor Frank H. Bigelow was put in charge of it.

Professor Bigelow found that when the results were brought
together from the different formulas that have been in use the
constants do not agree. He thought it wise then to determine
the cause for the discrepancy and to ascertain a correct formula
if possible.

Consequently, he established five towers 40 feet in height in
and about the Reno, Nevada, reservoir. On these towers evap-
orating pans were located at different altitudes, and pans were
located at different points in the reservoir. Twenty-nine pans
were distributed in this way andf observations were made every
three hours during August 1 to September 15, 1907.

From these investigations Professor Bigelow determined that
a vapor blanket always overlays any body of evaporating water,
and that pans were found to evaporate at very different rates
according to their location. In fact the rate of evaporation
seems to be controlled largely by the action of this invisible
vapor covering water surfaces, irrigated fields, etc.

420 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 3,

At Reno this vapor blanket seemed to have a depth of 40 feet
over the city reservoir, but it will vary with the size of the sheet
of water and the climate in which it is located. He states that
in dry climates it will overspread the water laterally from 300
feet to one-fourth mile, according to the size of the sheet of
water. In a moist climate it will be deeper and more extensive.

He has determined the value of the wind velocity constant
and has developed the value of the water vapor in different parts
of the reservoir. He calls this vapor value the "diffusion coeffi-
cient" and it, in connection with the height above the water and
distance from the edge of the reservoir, suggests a logarithmic or
geometrical law for the dift'usion.

In the arid regions of the West it seems probable that this
vapor blanket conserves about three-eighths of the water that
would otherwise be lost by evaporation. He states that this rule
may not hold true in other climates and that other observations
should be made elsewhere.

He has determined that if the water evaporated between
7:30 A. M. and 10:30 a. m. at Reno during the summer time be
multiplied by 8 it will closely represent the evaporation for the
24 hours of the day.

Professor Bigelow has suggested the following formula for
trial instead of those based on Dalton's law, because it has
worked well in the Reno investigations.

A full discussion of the Reno observations is made in the
Monthly Weather Review for February, 1908.

Bigelow's Formula for Evaporation per Hour.

E= Cf(h)e, ^(1+Aw)

Cf (h) is a variable function of the evaporation, changing
with the height above the water surface and the distance from
the center in a horizontal direction. It includes the diffusion
and mixing process. It has been worked out at Reno in centi-
meters, and the values will be given upon application to the
Washington office of the Bureau.

de

-zrp, is the rate of change of the vapor pressure with the change

db

of the temperature of the water at the surface. It represents
the Clayperon formula for the volume of vapor derived from the
unit volume of water at the temperature S. It can be found
from Table 43, Smithsonian Meteorological Tables, 1907. A
table of these values from 0 to 29° C. has been worked out and
can be obtained in a pamphlet of instructions for evaporation
observations issued by the Bureau.

e^ is the vapor pressure at the dew point temperature of the
air. A is the wind effect constant, 0.0175. w is the wind veloc-
ity in kilometers per hour as read from the metric anemometer.

Jan., 1908.] Annual Report on the Plants. 421

ANNUAL REPORT ON THE PLANTS NEW TO THE OHIO

STATE LIST FOR 1907-8.

Freda Detmers.

The following plants have been added to the State Her-
TDarium during 1907-8. Some of these have been previously
reported as occurring in the state; a few have previously been
placed in the herbarium, and the specimens added are from new
localities and thus the range has been extended. The locality
where the plants were collected, the original collector and the
•date of collection are given.

Cortinarius collinitus Fr. Chillicothe, Ross Co., Miss Mace,
Oct., 1908. Reported in Mushrooms, edible and
otherwise. M. E. Hard, from Salem, Bowling Green
and Chillicothe, 0.

Secotium acuminatus Montague. Pasture, Ohio State Uni-
versity farm, Freda Detmers, Oct. 13, 1908. Reported
in Mushrooms, edible and otherwise. M. E. Hard, as
quite abundant about Chillicothe; but so far as I
know these specimens are the first to be collected at
Columbus, and the first to be placed in the State
Herbarium.

41. Asplenium montanum Willd. Clear Creek, Hocking Co.,
Earl Hyde, Aug. 1, 1908. This rather rare fern has
heretofore been collected in two other localities: Cuya-
hoga, Summit Co., L. B. Tuckerman; Sugar Grove,
Fairfield Co., R. F. Griggs, Mar. 22, 1907.

23. Dryopteris cristata clintoniana (Eat.) Underw. Wayne
Co., L. S. Hopkins, June 30, 1904.

29. Dryopteris boottii (Tuck.) Underw. Middlefield, Geauga
Co., L. S. Hopkins, June 15, 1905.

60a. Lycopodium porophilum Lloyd & Underw. Phalanx,
Portage Co., Almon N. Rood, Sep. 18, 1908. This
plant has thus far been collected at Sugar Grove,
Fairfield Co., only, and thus Portage Co. is not only a
new locality but also a northward extension of the
range.

106. Naias gracillima (A. Br.) Morong. Doner's Lake, Wayne
Co., A. D. Selby, July 21, 1899. The specimen is from
the Ohio Experiment Station Herbarium.

265b. Bromus unioloides (Willd.) H. B. K. Station Farm,
Wooster, Wayne Co., J. W. T. Duvel, June 6, 1898.
The specimen is from the Ohio Experiment Station
Herbarium.

422

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. IX, No. 3,

283a. Cyperus esculentus angustispicatus Britt. Near Creston,
Wayne Co., B. H. Thorne, Aug. 16, 1897. The spec-
imen is from the Ohio Experiment Station Herbarium.

285a. Cyperus engelmanni Steud. Brown's Lake, Wavne Co.,
J. W. T. Duvel, Sept. 7, 1899. Reported by A. D.
Selby at the Winter meeting of the Ohio Academy
of Science, 1899.

286a. Cyperus strigosus compositus (L.) Britt. Wooster, Wayne
Co., J. W. T. Duvel, Aug. 4, 1899. The specimen is
from the Ohio Experiment Station Herbarium.

343a. Carex lurida flaccida Bailey. Wooster, Wayne Co., J. W.
T. Duvel, July 15, 1898. From the Ohio Experiment
Station Herbarium.

369a. Carex caroliniana Schw. Station Farm, Wooster, Wayne
Co., J. W. T. Duvel, June 17, 1898. From the Ohio
Experiment Station Herbarium.

488a. Juncus greenei Oakes & Tuckerm. Wooster, Wayne Co.,
J. W. T. Duvel, Aug., 1895. From the Exp'eriment
Station Herbarium.

584a. Gyrostachys praecox (Walt.) Kuntze. Brown's Lake,
Wayne Co., J. W. T. Duvel, Sept. 7, 1899. Reported
by A. D. Selby at the Winter meeting of the Ohio
Academv of Science, 1899.
1269. Viola lanceolata L. Sugar Grove, Fairfield Co., May Eva
Lied, May 16, 1908. The plant was previously sent in
by Otto Hacker, from Lake Co., in 1901. This second
locality is therefore a southern extension of the range.
It has been reported from Painesville, Lake Co., in
Beardslee's catalogue and from Lorain Co., in A. A.
Wright's catalogue.
1659. Utricularia minor L. Cranberry Is., Licking Co., Freda
Detmers, Oct. 12, 1907. Reported in the Fourth State
Catalogue, for northern Ohio, J. S. Newberry (cat.);
for Licking Co., H. L. Jones (cat.); for Cincinnati,
Thos. G. Lea (cat.).
1844a. Solidago moseleyi Fernald. Oxford Prairie, Erie Co., E. L.
Moseley, Sept. No specimen of this plant is as yet in
the State Herbarium, but it is reported in the 7th Ed.
of Gray's New Manual of Botany, 1908.
1853a. Aster roscidus Burgess. Neapolis, Lucas Co., A. D. Selby,
July 22, 1900. Reported in a paper. Notes on Plants
for 1900 by A. D. Selby, read before the Academy of
Science at the Winter meeting, 1900.

584b. Gyrostachys simplex (Gr.) Ktz. Walter Fischer, Sugar
Grove, Fairfield Co., Sept. 23, 1905; Jesse E. Hyde,
near Christmas Rock on sandy hilltops, Lancaster,
Aug. 28, 1905.

Jan., 1908.] The Ohio Species of the Genus Disonycha. 423

THE OHIO SPECIES OF THE GENUS DISONYCHA.*

Leonard L. Scott.

The genus Disonycha is a small group of beetles belonging to
the family Chrysomelidae. They are generally distributed
throughout the United States but are abundant only in certain
sections, where they may become of some considerable economic
importance. Certain species are distinctly southern in distribu-
tion, others are found more commonly in the arid portions of the
countr3% while still other species may be found only in sections
that are under cultivation. The species seem to possess, to
quite a marked degree, the ability to adapt themselves to
widely varying environmental conditions and this fact may be
responsible for their very general distribution throughout the
country. The food plants of the group as a whole are mostly
herbaceous although some species may be found feeding on
shrubs or even on forest trees. Several species are frequently
reported as doing a very considerable amount of injury to the
leaves of sugar beets and spinach, the latter becoming so badly
eaten as to be unsalable. Lambs-quarter and spiny pigweed are
also favorite food plants, but since these plants are not of eco-
nomic importance, the injury done to them is beneficial rather
than injurious. Two species reported from New York were
found quite generally on the common arrow-head, Sagitarria
variabilis and also on beets, spinach, Chenapodium album and
Amarantus spinosus.

Some peculiar habits of the group are worth mentioning. In
the first place in several of the species upon which observations
have been made, the adults and larvae feign death and fall to the
ground when suddenly disturbed, although if the approach is
made quietly, the adults will either not move or will take wing
and fly to another plant. On account of this habit, the cause of
the injury to beet-leaves and the like is frequently not observed
and may be attributed to other insects. D. quinquevittata has
been observed (Ref's. 3, 7) swarming near Yuma, Arizona.
About three o'clock in the afternoon an immense swarm, prob-
ably 20 or 25 feet thick, was observed passing up the Colorado
River, following quite closely the bed of the stream and flying
about 50 ft. above the water. When insects migrate, it is usu-
ally on account of a lack of food, but since there was an abund-
ance of food present in this instance the migration may have
been caused by the peculiarly sultry condition of the atmosphere
at this time; this is frequently a cause of migration in other
groups of insects. Reports of migrations of this species are not
known from any other section of the country.

Although the group has been known for a long time and more
or less work of a general nature has been done upon the various

Pl> * Read at the meeting of the Ohio Academy of Science.

424 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 3^

species, in only one or two instances has anything like a definite
life history been worked out and then not very completely.
Reports of their occurrence, the extent of injury and occasionally
a description of egg, larva or pupa, with a few recommendations
for treatment make up the bulk of the limited amount of liter-
ature available. Mr. F. H. Chittenden^ of the Bureau of Ento-
mology has worked out the life history of Disonycha xanthome-
laena at Washington, D. C. Miss M. E. Murtfeldt^ reported the
same species as doing considerable damage to spinach beds in
Missouri in 1S99. Mr. L. Bruner® has reported D. quinquevittata
and D. pensylvanica as injurious to young trees in Nebraska,
early in the spring when the buds begin to open. Mr. H.
Garman^ has reported D. glabrata from Lexington, Ky. where
the larvae strip the leaves from pigweed, Amarantus retro flexus.

D. triangularis and D. xanthomelaena also do a considerable
amount of injury to beet leaves in Illinois, although the natural
host plant is the lambs-quarter. Brief mention of some of the
other species has been made at various times, a list of which
literatui:e is found in the appended bibliography.

Of the 18 species in the genus, 11 are found in Ohio, the list
of which is as follows:

1. Disonycha pensylvanica. 7. Disonycha abbreviata.

2. " discoidea. 8. " triangularis.

3. " quinquevittata. 9. '' xanthomelaena.

4. " crenicollis. (collaris.)

5. " caroliniana. 10. " mellicollis.

6. " dabrata. 11. " collata.

to'

A complete key and quite elaborate descriptions of all the 18
species of the genus has been w^orked out b}^ Mr. Geo. H. Horn,
M. D., and included in his paper on "A Synopsis of the Halticini
of Boreal America" and since no key for the distinctly Ohio
species is in print, the following key, adapted in great part from
Horn, is presented with brief descriptions and notes on the
distribution of the several Ohio species.

Key to the Ohio Species of Disonycha.

After Geo. H. Horn, M. D.

1. Form elongate, parallel, elytra subsulcate, thorax rather irregularly

convex; elj'tra yellow, with black vittae pensylvanica.

Varieties:

Thorax with spots confluent in a large discal black space, having
a comparatively narrow yellow border. Body beneath and legs

black ' limbicollis.

Head in part yellow. Thorax beneath entirely yellow. Body

beneath black, abdomen paler at sides and apex., .pensylvanica

Head in part yellow. Thorax beneath entirely yellow. Body

beneath black. Abdomen paler at sides and apex. Legs are

reddish yellow, tibia darker, tarsi piceous pallipes.

Black of the surface replaced by a rufous; legs even to tarsi,

reddish yellow conjugata.

Form more or less oval, elytra even; thorax regularly convex 2

Jan., 1908.] The Ohio Species of the Genus Disonycha. 425

2. Elytra vittate 3

Elytra with large discal spot black discoidea.

Elytra dark violet, olive or green 8

3. Elytra with a submarginal vitta 4

Elytra without submarginal vitta 7

4. Abdomen densely punctured, subopaque, the pubescence con-

spicuous 5

Abdomen very sparsely punctured and shining.

Pubescence scarcely visible 6

5. Head coarsely punctured from side to side; occiput piceous or brown.

quinquevittata.
Head smooth at middle.
Elytral vittae rather broad, head and metasternum more or less

fuscous or piceous, labrum piceous crenicoUis.

Elytral vittae narrow, head and body beneath always pale yellow,
labrum pale caroliniana.

6. Thorax smooth; head rough; epipleurae black glabrata.

7. Median elytral vitta broad; antennae normal; thorax not spotted.. .

abbreviata.

8. Body beneath and legs entirely black; thorax with three spots in a

triangle ; elytra punctate triangularis.

9. Posterior femora entirely or in part piceous..

Abdomen alone entirely yellow; hind femora bicolored or entirely

black; head piceous; elytra blue-black xanthomelaena.

Posterior femora entirely yellow; abdomen piceous, apex and sides
yellow; head bicolored. Elyrta blue or violet; form of body oval, as

in xanthomelaena mellicoUis.

Elytra bright green, form more oblong collata.

D. pensylvanica. Illig. Oblong, nearly parallel. Head black, front yellow,
surface nearly smooth except a small group of punctures near each
eye. Scuttelum black. Body beneath entirely black, side margin of
elytra and outer side of epiplurae yellow, the inner margin usually
piceous. Abdomen finely pubescent; legs variable in color from black
to rufous.

This species occurs all over the United States and Canada,
but is more especially the species of the northern region, that is
to say, it extends east and west, north of the fortieth parallel of
latitude. In Ohio this species has been taken at Sandusky,
Columbus, and Cincinnati and probably occurs elsewhere in the
state.

D. discoidea. Fab. Oval, slightly depressed. Head yellow, surface
smooth, a small fovea at the upper inner border of the eye. Scutellum
yellow. Body beneath, entirely yellow. Abdomen punctate, pubes-
cence distinct, but not conspicuous. Legs yellow, the outer side of
the tibia and the tarsi black. Length .22-. 30 inch; 5.5-7.5 mm.

This species varies but little and occurs generally from North
Carolina to Texas. The species has been taken from Hanging
Rock and Cincinnati in southern Ohio.

D. quinquevittata. Say. Oblong oval. Head yellow and except in rare
instances with the occiput piceous; coarse and deep punctures
extending from side to side of vertex. Thorax with 5 black spots,
often only two present. Scutellum black. Epiplurae pale; body
beneath reddish yellow. Abdomen densely punctured, pubescence
close and conspicuous. Legs reddish yellow, tibia at tip darker,
tarsi piceous. Length 5.5-9. mm.

This species is especially that of the entire region west of the
Mississippi River, extending from our northern boundary to

426 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 3,

Mexico and from the Mississippi to the Pacific. It occurs
sparingly farther east. The species is quite numerous at San-
dusky, Ohio, and has also been taken at Georgesville and
Cincinnati.

D. crenicollis. Say. Oval, slightly narrower in front. Head either
entirely yellow or with occiput piceous. Scutellum black. Pro-
thorax beneath j'ellow. Metasternum black, abdomen yellowish or
pale brown, densely punctured and with a conspicuous silken pubes-
cence. Femora reddish yellow, piceous along the upper edge, tibia
and tarsi piceous. Length 5.5-6.5 mm.

This species occurs from New York to southwestern Texas
and Mexico and has been taken in Ohio at Cincinnati.

D. caroliniana. Fab. Oval, slightly narrower in front. Head entirely
yellow, entirel}' smooth except a punctured fovea at the upper inner
border of the eye. Thorax with two piceous spots of variable size
behind the apical border. Scutellum black. Body beneath reddish
yellow. Epiplurae entirely piceous, sometimes entirely 3'ellow.
Abdomen closely punctate, pubescence distinct. Legs reddish
yellow, tibia at tip and tarsi piceous. Length 5.-6.5 mm.

This species occurs from Pennsylvania to Florida and has been

taken at Columbus, Ohio.

D. glabrata. Fab. Oblong oval, surface very shiny, as if varnished. Head
variable in color, often entirely black or entirely yellow. Thorax
yellow with a narrow median spot, often indistinct". Scutellum black.
Body beneath yellow, posterior portion of inetasternum rarely
piceous. Abdomen finely alutaceous, sparsely punctate. Legs
yellow, tips of tibia and tarsi piceous. Length 5.-5.5 mm.

Occurs from Georgia to Arizona and has been reported from

Columbus and Cincinnati, Ohio.

D. abbreviata. Mels. Oval, slightly oblong. Head j-ellow, surface smooth,
a rounded punctured fovea at the upper and inner border of the eye.
Scutellum 3'ellow. Body beneath and epiplurae yellow. Abdomen
sparsely punctate, shining, pubescence short. Legs yellow, the
outer side of the tibia and tarsi black. Length 6.-8.5 mm.

Occurs from the Middle States to Florida and Texas, extend-
ing into Mexico. Also reported from Columbus and Cincinnati, O.

D. triangularis. Say. Form oval, rather depressed, feebly shining.
Entirely black, thorax reddish yellow with three black spots arranged
in a triangle. Head entirely black. Prothorax beneath yellow.
Abdomen coarsely punctate, pubescence short and indistinct. Legs
entirely black. Length 5.-6.5 min.

Occurs in the entire region east of the Rocky Mountains,

including Canada. Reported in Ohio from Columbus and

Cincinnati.

D. xanthomelaena. Dalm. Oval, slightly depressed, feebly shining,
thorax yellow, elytra dark blue. Head black with a few coarse and
deep punctures, irregularly placed. Prothorax beneath yellow, meta-
sternum black. Abdomen entirely yellow, densely jiunctate with dis-
tinct pubescence. Femora yelUnv at basal half, (sometimes entirely
black) the a])ical piceous, also the tibia and tarsi. Length 5.5 mm.

Occurs from the New England States to Kansas, Texas and
Florida. Reported in Ohio from Columbus and Cincinnati.

Jan., 1908.] The Ohio Species of the Genus Disonyeha.

427

in form to xanthomelaena. Head
posteriorly, front yellow, a few deep
Thorax pale yellow. Prothorax yel-
, abdomen piceous at the middle with
yellowish. Femora entirely yellow;
; tarsi piceous. Length 4.5-5. mm.

and Colorado. Also reported

J), mellicollis. Say. Oval, similar
blue-black between the eyes and
coarse punctures near each eye.
low beneath, metathorax piceous
apical segment and wide border
tibia piceous; paler at the base

Occurs in Louisiana, Texas

from Cincinnati, Ohio.

D. coUata. Fab. Oval, slightly oblong, sub-depressed. Vertex and occi-
put black, front yellow, a few coarse punctures close to the eyes.
Thorax yellow, immaculate. Prothorax beneath yellow, metasternum
black. Abdomen piceous with the last segment and sides broadly
3'ellowish, densely punctured with a distinct pubescence. Femora
pale yellow, tibia at tips and tarsi piceous. Length 4.-4.5 mm.

Occurs in Georgia and Florida. Reported from Cincinnati, 0.

Life History Studies.

While at the Ohio State University Lake Laboratory at
Sandusky the past summer, opportunity was afforded to do
some work on the life history of D. quinquevittata, the life cycle
of which species, as far as I am aware has never been studied.

Fig. I. Disonyeha quinquevittata. Dorsal and ventral view of adultbeetle.

The beetles and larvae in this region feed upon a small scrub
willow, Salix interior, which grows in rather isolated and well
defined patches on the sand plain on the lake side of Cedar Point,
and when I arrived at the Laboratory about the 25th of June,
the beetles were quite abundant, and some larvae were found
although not as many as later on.

428 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 3,.

About the middle of July the larvae became very numerous
and the adult beetles decreased very appreciably in number. By
the first of August the larvae had practically all disappeared and
the adults were quite numerous again, and as further observa-
tions until the first of September failed to show another brood of
larvae, it is probable that the species is single-brooded in this
locality, and that the beetles hibernate through the winter and
with the warming of the ground in spring they appear and lay
the eggs for the production of the generation of larvae which
was beginning to appear when I arrived.

Fig. 2. Beetle on Salix interior showing extent of injury.

The adult beetles are oblong, oval and vary from 8 — 10 mm.
in length and from 4 — 6 mm. in width. The eggs are elliptical,
of a bright yellow color and have a finely reticulated surface;
they average .59 mm. in diameter and 1.74 mm. in length and
are deposited rather promiscuously on the sand under the host
plant, according to observations made in the insectary. This
method of egg deposition would seem to agree fairly well with
that of Disonycha xanthomelaena, yet whether or not this
method would prevail in nature cannot be said with certainty.

The eggs require from six to seven days to hatch, the young
larvae escaping by a longitudinal slit near the end of the egg as in
xanthomelaena. The larvae are voracious feeders and grow rap-
idly during this entire stage which lasts from twenty-eight to
thirty days.

A Coleopterous pupa case was found buried about three inches
in the sand under one of the willows and although the pupa was.

Jan., 1908.] The Ohio Species of the Genus Disonycha. 429

dead, it was probably that of D. quinquevittata. It was an
elliptical, capsule-like body,, about J/4-inch long with the outside
covered with fine grains of sand. The pupa stage probably lasts
from six to nine days as in xanthomelaena.

Thus the development may be said to require from forty to
forty-five days. The reason for the adults and larvae overlap-
ping so much during the early part of the season may be attrib-
uted to the difference in the time of the appearance of the adults
in the spring. The whole life cycle is probably an adaptation to
the peculiar conditions of this locality and may very likely differ
much from the normal cvcle under ordinarv conditions.

Fig. 3. Egg of Disonycha Fig. 4. Newly hatched larva of

quinquevittata. Disonycha quinquevittata.

Another species, Disonycha pensylvanica, variety pallipes
also occurs in this region, although not as abundant as the pre-
ceding form. The beetles are somewhat smaller than D. quin-
quevittata, not so oval and have sub-sulcate elytra and a parallel
form. The black elytral vittae are also much wider, giving the
insect a much darker general appearance.

The eggs are laid in small bunches on the surfaces of semi-
erect leaves of Polygonum emersum. The young larvae at once
begin feeding upon these leaves, which soon become perforated
with small holes and turn brown.

When the larvae are full grown the}^ crawl off this plant to
neighboring stalks of the Burr Reed — Sparganium eurycarpum.
Each larva bores into the thick lower part of a leaf or stalk of
this plant and forming a little cell for itself, lies head uppermost
and here pupates. The pupae are bright orange or salmon
color. Each stalk of the second host plant may contain a dozen
or more pupae lying end to end in separate cells.

The length of the various stages of this species were not
determined, but it is probable that the life cycle occupies some-
where near the same period as D. quinquevittata, since both
occur so close together.

The writer wishes to express his sincere thanks to those who
have, in various ways, contributed to the success of this work.
Among these, should be mentioned first. Professor Herbert
Osborn, under whom the work was conducted and whose val-
uable suggestions have aided in no small way the character of

43° The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 3,

the results obtained. Professor J. S. Hine gave the use of his
private collectionjand also offered many valuable suggestions.
Miss M. M. Haskins, of Toledo, Ohio, continued the observations
atjthe Lake Laboratory for some time after August 1st when the
writer left. Thanks are also due Mr. R. J. Sim for the observa-
tions made upon Disonycha pensylvanica pallipes, which he
kindly furnished, and which are included in the present treatise.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

1. Chittenden, F. H.— Bui. 43: Div. Ento. U. S. Dept. Agr.

Dec, 1903: pp. 14.

2. Bui. 18: N. S. Div. Ento. U. S. Dept. Agr. 1898:

pp. 83-85.

3. Bui. 19: N. S. Div. Ento. U. S. Dept. Agr. Apr.

1899: pp. 80-85.

4. ■ Proc. Ent. Soc'v. Wash. Vol. 2. June 27, 1892:

pp. 261-267.

5. MuRTFELDT, M. E.— Bul. 22: Div. Ento. U. S. Dept. Agr.

1890: pp. 73-84.

6. Bruner, L. — Bul. 14: Neb. Agr. Exp. Sta. June, 1890: pp.

11, 149.

7. Garman, H. — 2nd Ann. Rept., Kv. Agr. Exp. Sta. 1889

(1890): pp. 8-31.

8. Agr. Sci. Vol. 5, June, 1891: pp. 143-145.

9. Forbes, S. A. & Hart, C. A.— Bul. 60, 111. Agr. Exp. Sta.

Oct. 1900: pp. 97, 523.

10. Howard, L. O.— Bul. 30: N. S. Div. Ent. U. S. Dept. Agr.

Oct. 1901: pp. 97-98.

11. Bul. 18: N. S. Div. Ento. U. S. Dept. Agr. 1898:

pp. 99-101.

12. OsBORN, H. & GossARD, H. A. — Bul. 15: Iowa Agr. Exp.

Sta. 1891 : pp. 255-273.

13. Felt, E. P.— 5th Ann. Rept. N. Y. Com. Fish, Game &

Forests 1901 (1902). pp. 351-379.

14. Pettit, R. H.— Bul. 180: Mich. Agr. Exp. Sta. March, 1900:

pp. 117-141.

15. Sanderson, E. D.— New York, 1902: pp. 295.

16. Horn, Geo. H.— Trans. Am. Ent. Soc'y. Vol. 16: pp. 200.

Jan., 1908.] Variation in Syndesmon and Hepatica.

431

VARIATION IN SYNDESMON AND HEPATICA.

RoswELL H. Johnson.

Prof. Kellerman, in the Ohio Naturalist for May, 1901,
published an article on Variation in Syndesmon thalictroides
(L) Hoffmg, based upon material from six Ohio localities, and
at the time he called for additional notes from other places. I,
therefore, venture to send to you the observations I have made
upon this species in four other states compared with his, together
with a similar study of Hepatica.

RUE ANEMONE, SYNDESMON THALICTROIDES.

From a study of the tables I-VII we may reach the following
conclusions.

TABLE I— NUMBER OF FLOWERS PER STEM.

Locality and Date.

N

10

Av.

Natick, Mass., Mav 6, '99

A Stony Brook,(RR) Mass., May 7, '99
B " " Mass., May 7,'99

E Yonkers, N. Y., Apr. 20, '99

A Yonkers, N. Y., Apr. 21, '99

Alpine, N. J., Apr. 23, '99

Toledo, Ohio

Steubenville, Ohio

W. Mansfield, Ohio

Rendville, Ohio

Columbus, Ohio

St. Marvs, Ohio

A Riverside, 111., May 12, '00

B Riverside, 111., May 12, '00

Glencoe, 111., May 5, '00

A Madison, Wis., May 2, '02

" May 12, '02

'• May 25, '02

" June 10, '02

" May 2.5, '02

" June 10, '02

75
83
13
46
38
13
30
17
11
12
12
18

n

66
65
93

110

41

7

74

73

0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
8
40
11
1
4
6

0
1
0
0
0

1

0
0
0
0
0
0
7
19
6
4
6
6

70

53

13

31

28

10

13

7

3

9

2

16
4
43
52
59
38
13
1
25
22

5
25

15

9

3

15

8

6

2

8

2

7

20

12

14

12

7

1

29

28

Total 908

73 50

512

228 38 I 4 I 2

3.06
3.41
3.00
3.32
3.21
3.23
3.60
3.70
3.27
3.33
3.67
3.11
3.64
3.49
3.20
3.00
2.23
2.67
2.27
3.51
3.45

0 1 3.15

1. The typical number of flowers is three — a terminal one
and two lateral ones each in the axil of one of the involucrate
leaves. One of these lateral flowers may be missing, but in case
of reduction, both are more likely to disappear. Additional
flowers may appear, generally as additional axillary flowers to
the involucre, but in some cases, especially where there are
many, in the axils of additional leaves above or below the
involucre.

2. All the characteristics studied vary from place to place as
determined, but since it also varies greatly from one grove to
another in the same vicinity and from time to time, the amount
of the variation which is truly geographical is difficult to
determine.

432

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. IX, No. 3,

W
•J
fa

►■ ■

o

►J
o
>

t— I

m
o

w
n

&
2

n

0)

0 >

CO

CO

O00O-*l>00 t^ (N -* CO 1> ID

1— (

Cit>- CDOiO COC^^'— ii-l

^

•"•

(NO-*cooot^ooait~0(NOo:^cocci^t>-*ojcoi>

0

>

c:5CDCX)COOOCOC^Ot^OOOOOOSI>i-iO)i-l'*COO^

'^

<

i.';cOiO!DiCOCCl-.0-*t^iOr^t~->f;5D!DiO«DCOCOt^t^

to

<o

T-H

^

I-l

U5

o

0

fH

^

rHO

T— I

,-H

CO

oo

0

,—1

!N

1-1 ocs

CO

,—1

r-(

IM O O"-!

CO

,-(

O

,—1 ,-),-( O r-t ,-(rH lO CD

I^

tH

1—1

^ coco CO ^ --( .-H IM CO iM CO tH,-1 TjHt^

en

'*'

00

00 i-HOt-l OONOOOi-Hi-H^lMi-l^i-lOOlO

CO

CO

oio 'OiNO'<i<0'^coinoui05«t^Ti<c<icoi-icot^

03

t-

,-1 ^ r-lT-Hrt (MM

[^

ir)NNm-<t>ooot>t~c-iO'-iTj<Tt<ovvOfOooiOMo

(M

to

vo lo -H rt fo CM -H T^ -^voocM "^(M

lO

(M^ C-l ^O O O— 1 i-i— ilMO O

■^

c^

CO

■*

r-1,-1 ■<j<L0rt.-<C0lO rHi-H

00

w

(N -HO O O O

CO

(N

(N-* (N rt rH

0

I— 1

iOCOCO'-icDOi"*iOOOt>.'-lNN>Or-(t^COO'-<r^Tj<^

CO

iz;

t^ 00 1-" <N •* CO "-H CO i-H "-I i-< "-1 1-1 CO 1-1 1> O >-l ■* t^t^

0

l-tl-l

Ol

(yic^ : : :

0:05 . . .

H
H

Q

t^ t^ Ci 0 05

c
c

2lM

Pc

ppppp

o-

CTJ cJOlOi— "Oi

c

^ ^ r-i (M ^ (M 1-1

Q

>•
H

May 6,
<., Mass.,

Y., Apr
Apr
Apr

Apr. 23,

c

c

c

.c

Vlay 5, '0
11., May
May
is.. May
May
May
June
May
June

<
O
O

itick, Mass.,
Stony Broo

Yonkers, N

II

II

pine, N. J.,
)ledo, Ohio.
. Marys, Oh
eubenville,
. Mansfield,
sndville. Oh
ilumbus. Oh
encoe. 111.,

Riverside, j

II II

Madison, W
II II

II II

II II

II II

II II

n

4-»

0

^

<:mow«

^

4-

V

^

p:

C

C

<

«<

<;mpQoo

■d

a

cS
ft

ll

a

V

c4

a)

<u
+j O

a ti

^-^x:

Jan., 1908.] Variation in Syndesmon ani Hepatiea.

433

3. The number of involucrate leaflets has maxima at 3, 6, 9,
and 12, because of the trifoUate leaves. The maximum at 6 is
by far the most frequent, corresponding to three flowers.

TABLE III. NUMBER OF

SEPALS

DN TERMINAL FLOWERS.

Locality and Date N 1 4

5

6

7 ' 8

1

9

10

11

12

Av.

Natick, Mass., May 6, '99

A Stonv Brook, Mass., May 7, '99.. . .
B Stony Brook, Mass., May 7, '99... .

A Yonkers, N. Y., Apr. 17, '99

A " " Apr. 21, '99

C " " Apr. 19. '99

E " " Apr. 20, '99

Alnine N T Anr 23 '99

74
67
13
14
37
27
49
14
64

2
38
89
67
26

2
15

3

1
1

1

3

5
7
6
3

2

15

13

9

5

7
1
1
2
38

12
48
40
12

1
4

51
31
11

4

24

5

16

10

20

1

12

25

18

6

1

6

1

5
16

3

4

18

17

2
2
1
9
6
2
4

5

2

7

1
2
3

10

3

1

0

4

0

1

1

6.89
7.24
6.84
7.35
7.02
7.84
8.06
7.00

Glencoe, 111., May 5, '00

A Riverside, 111., May 12, '00

B " " May 12, '00

A Madison, Wis., May 2, '02

A " " May 12, '02

B " " May 25, '02

B " " June 10, '02

C " " May 25, '02

C " " June 10, '02

6.29
7.60
6.65
6.42
6.27
6.34
6.50
7.06
5.66

Total

601

2

27

201

242

94

29

4

1

1

6.85

Total all flowers

1241

30

256

520

298

100

29

6

1

1

6.24

TABLE IV. NUMBER OF SEPALS ON LATERAL FLOWERS.

Locality and Date

n

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Av.

Natick, Mass., May 6, '99

A Stony Brook, Mass., May 7, '99

E Yonkers, N Y , Apr. 20, '99

18

159

3

24

13

48

125

71

38

4

82

55

1
4

1
5

7
10

4
68

7
8
27
21
25
14
2
34
19

14
70

16
4
17
80
42
16
0
40
20

21
3

1

21
3
3

1

1
2

2

1
3

0
0

1

1

5.77
5.70
7.00

Glencoe 111 Mav 5 '00

5.74

A Riverside lU May 12. '00

5.23

B " " May 12, '00

5.26

A Madison Wis , May 2, '02

6.06

A " " Mav 12 02

5.63

B " " Mav 25 '02

5.44

B " " Tune 10, '02

6.25

C " " Mav 25, '02

5.38

C " " June 10, '02

5.48

Total

640

28

229

319

56

6

0

2

5.67

m

o

<:

w

o

:3
w

a,
Pi
<
o

fe
o

P
D

^o-rXL■^^1x•Tc;-^I^r:t^CiX"*<
: ^: •-- L- re X ^) L-T -.c X M t^ — c tt --o

t^ C5 c o " X x- - — X M O rC'O I." -H

o

CO ^ rt

T-H

O

o

o

X

T— »

1

T— t

to

c; o

-*

»— 1 1-H

c

N

CO

^ o

-

N

N

oq

C^ rt

0.-I

Tft

-*

i-H

— * O I— 1

oo

N

CO

O

—1 (M-hO

(NO

<o

00

I— t

-1 OfflO

rtO

CO

o

s

re ^H ^] ^ ^_(

NO

2

^

T— i

1-H

^q i-^ •— r^ c^i c -

■Hi^O

N

CO

•—1

r-H-< M Tt<COC5C^^

N^

2

N

CO

r-1

(MOM-* COONlONN

^O

CO

N

CO

I-H

•-i^COL-'M rt<0'^'*t^,-l

O-H

O
CO

CO

■-io5'-i.-iTfO'-i-*ocs)r-c<3c<)'-ioo

«2

CO

05

to

S

^

(MOCSHOOnNOWNOM-.cn

^H »— (

o

CD

1— (
1-H

Offii-liONCOOCONceSi^'H

NO

N

X

o

■-1 CO "-I CO '^ lO " N t^ t-' ^~ O o Tt< ^— 1

o

X

NM'^NCOfOlOffil-HTf^rHM -H-^

! -H

r-OiONCO-^OeONOMniOO i-nO

inXrti-ICO*©-*'* ONON OO

ffl COX N'-i-^tHCO iCCOXtJ* ,-io

■4 1X1-0 "-H T-l tH CO

CO
O

•*N

i-HCOCONNX-^iOONNt^XNNt^
r^X'-<N^N T-KD'-iiOXOiN (N

Id
H

<

Q

Q
Z

<
u

o

03> i ^ I
0»05 . . .

t 1— t- , — -

o w5 ui O-

t t -o

Q. u-co

d o N N N J2 « £3

pPpcpPpP

N N N N iC ^ LO *^

rt 1-1 — I N '^ N '"'

>.>.>.>.>, J? >, «i

o o.-,'2;Z

. 1^ 3 3 5

^■i2S2.

I V (U

C gc C C u o

o s o o c 'J

o

<5

W

<
►J

2

O

c/3

W

Pi
<
(J

o

w
m

D

2

O — N N "-~ CO r: O IC ^ O C5
> — I X CO L- -- ro L- o N -sO c: N

CO

0

<! t^t^NCXi^oc:Nro 1

^ 1

n|

f— 1

?5

N O

c

N
N

o

0

»— (
N

o •-<

.-(

s

>— I T—t

N

1—t

-HrtO N

00

1—1

^ONO

1 '^

tH

(MOO'-l X

-^ O --H " O tC N

to

1— (

1-t O ^ N O iC N

T-t

1-H

i-iN CO --I >0 I-H lO X

1— I

CO

00
1-H

Cq.-lN.-l i-Or)HrOP>lC35-*

CO
CO

1-H

CO CO.-I 0-*<>C.-lP4I^

CO

1-H
I-H

rtO ^O C-.-^Nr-NtO
.-1 .—1

to

O 1-H CD i-tlOiC^ 05-^0 OTt<

1-H t-H

^
•o

Ci

NCO C0.-lO'^-*N t^O
N -^ ^

0
t^

X

.-cin iot~oostoco -^io

10

00

^ IOC35 NO'-luOOi-l NN

f2

to

vOTt< OOtOLOO iC'-i
N --

o

NO NCO NO NO

N

-p

CO .-I.-I .-lr-( OO

r-

CO ^ °0

.-«

o

N rH.-(

■*

K-, X'Hcom-^ifl'Ot^ocDiO'O

»& — itO NN^X-*N Xi-0

CO

X

b

<

Q
o
z

<

>

H

!j
•<
u
o

p

to
>

Hi

Wi

w

tfl

tu

z

oi :

p_.

0 0 "

22"n^'S2s'2
^.= ^. , = . =

0,3 ;g5 5 3 3 3

"(3

-♦-»

0

Jan., 1908.] Variation in Syndesmon and Hepatica.

435

4. The number of sepals and carpals is greater on the ter-
minal flowers than on the lateral ones.

5. The number of carpals and sepals is greater according as
the number of flowers on the plant is greater.

TABLE VII. CORRELATION OF POSITION AND NUMBER OF FLOWERS WITH
NUMBER OF SEPALS AND CARPELS IN THE LOT FROM A. MADISON,

MAY 2, 1902.

No. OF Flowers
ON Plant

No. OF Sepals

terminal

lateral

No. OF Carpels

terminal

2

3

4

5

All plants

lateral

4

6.0

4

5.5

2

9.5

2

31

6.3

64

5.8

19

13.0

38

11

7.1

33

6.2

10

16.2

30

3

7.7

12

6.25

2

16.5

8

49

6.5

111

6.0

33

14.0

78

10.0
10.2
12.6

15.2

11.7

6. There are probably changes in the number of the several
parts through the season, but the data is too conflicting to permit
generalizations as to the direction of these changes in each case.

7. These results agree with those of Shull on Aster that place
modes of floral parts cannot be used for geographical comparison
without the most careful discrimination as to the other causes
which affect the number of parts.

HEPATICA.

A study of Table VIII leads to the following conclusions:

1. Hepatica acuta (Pursh) Britton has a larger and more
variable number of sepals than Hepatica Hepatica (L.) Karst.

2. The proportion of the individuals having flowers of the
several colors differs greatly from one general locality to another
and even from grove to grove in one locality.

3. There is no consistent correlation of appreciable magni-
tude between the number of flowers or number of sepals and
the color of sepals.

4. The number of sepals per flower is regularly greater whei^e
the number of flowers per plant is greater.

5. The number of sepals has a skew variation towards
increased number of sepals in conformity with most floral
variation.

436

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. IX, No. 3,

<
o

<^
Ph

w

X

Ph

o

■z

O
I— I
H
<l

Pi
>

W
PQ

I/: 5;

>o

1

1

Tt<

N '-I 0

M

3! ^ oc

a

>

<

i-i.-lCOt^COCOiOO'Ot^'0'j<C:Tf'#COCD05COOt^tOC»5CDC002>OTi<(MiO
(NCO»OOC^<MCO'-tOOC^t-tCt-HCOCCO'— (COOCOfNCCCO»OCOOOOOO(N

tDCDO;0«OtDCDcDCD5DCDt05DCDU3tOCDCOCOtCCOCOt^cDCD001>l>00;0

T-H

■* rtio

rH

IM<MrHlO

0
i-H

T— 1

a>

t-H 0 0 0 CVI 1— t rH (Mi-t i-H rH T-H T-H 0 1—1 i-H 0 (N tH -^ 10 CO t^ tC

CO 10 0 1-1 0 "H CD 0 T-l '-H'-l (Ni-l "-I M !D 0 --I CO (M t^ (MiO t-H 00 ^ 2

t^

iO(Nt>»ra-*-*t^(MrHiOTl<OiO<MTt<iOTtir-(OCOOOJCOt^-*000 01i?OCC

■^ i-H10t-H rH(M T-Hi-H t-(C^]C^] C^P?

1-*

to

0'*ioocoo;c^ot~t~ocai^t^>ooo'OC50i^cDcD05i-ic~.0'Oioc"ro>o
w •0'0coeg05"icioco^co lOi-iaiio <nco wro 1-1 mi^

C^l C^ t— I it;

10

rtOOOi-!.-! CI (N(N rH rH TJ-

2
PH.t:'

pen

OIOC5 t^OCO OtOt^ OtDO
10 .-1 10 i-H

(MrHt^ '^-tO IflfOi-H -fO-^Cb

CD -t ^-t CO'-H CDC^l

c

(M CDOOt^-*OONOOOOOOOO(MOTfO>CLOrocor~MC-5CDt^OOt^I^-
t^jD'Hiot^Old.-li-iiOt^iOlOCO'-icOC-lOOO COOl'-KMiCrorv, -*_-: -

C] <M T-l rt T-H rt ' (^

t/1
0

CJ 0) OJ 0) (U

i"-^.t;-t-f ii>r^.ti-t-^ oJ-^.tl^'^ tu.^.ti'l'^ o-^li
J3P.;S CS^CS aJ^P.? t:i^>.? 'ri'd^P.&'H'rt

■♦-J
nS
Q

S £ S °^ <^ 0

0 Gl C-. c^ CiO

'■^'. = = = . 2, _ _ g_ -, , §, _ _ ?f< . , 1

a a ^ K ' ^^" " >
•< < < < <g S'

0

> '^ >* >< i
^ z ^ z s .

if . i2 S if feS

>^ >< ^ > .S S

<; 0 Q 0 ^5

Species

S" %,' ' ' &

The Ohio ^N^aturalist,

PUBLISHED BY

The Biological Club of the Ohio State Uni'versity,
Volume IX. FEBRUARY, 1909. No. 4.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Griggs— The SporophylLs of Lessoniopsis ■ 437

Jennings— Some New or Otherwise Noteworthj' Plants from Ohio 440

Patton— A Sj-nouymical Deflnition of Ny.sson and of N. auriuotus 442

SCHAFFNER— The Classification of Plants, IV 446

McCray— Meeting of the Biological Club 455

THE SPOROPHYLLS OF LESSONIOPSIS.

Robert F. Griggs.

In a former paper on the development of LessoniopsLs litoralis
(Griggs '09), the writer pointed out the fact that the division of
the lamina by a basal perforation characteristic of the subfamily
is always symmetrical involving the midrib and giving rise to
two similar laminae each with a midrib in its centre. In siich
a process there is no place for the formation of sporophylls which
lack the midrib. Since the former account was written material
has come to my attention which shows the origin of sporophylls.
This is a medium sized plant collected at the Minnesota Seaside
Station early in July. Most of the sporophylls are already full
grown but there are a number, especially on the smaller branches
around the base of the plant, in all stages of development.

From branches with sporophylls of different ages it is at once
apparent that they correspond with the sporophylls of such
kelps as Alaria and Pterygophora. They are not cut off by
splits in the transition region like the sterile laminae, but are
outgrowths from the meristem below the base of the laminae.
The youngest are mere knots roughening the edge of the stipe.
These grow outward as in Pter3'gophora with scarcely any flat-
tening till thc}^ reach about 1 cm. in length (fig. 1). But soon
they begin to expand and each becomes a sessile spatulate blade
(fig. 2). Under the protection of the surrounding laminae they
reach about a decimeter in length (fig. 3) before the erosion of
the waves begins to destroy the rounded tips. Up to this age

* Contributions from the Botanical Laboratory of Ohio State Uni-
versity, XXXIX.

437

438

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. IX, No. 4,

they are usually falcate, widest at the extremity and cuneate
at the base. After that length is reached they appear to grow
more slowly and to broaden as well as lengthen till they are as
long as ordinary laminae and have semicircular or subcordate
bases (fig. 3).

The diverse modes of origin of the two kinds of laminae
emphasizes the importance of the dimorphism of the laminae.
This was the character which caused Reinke ('03) to separate
this plant from Lessonia and erect for it the genus Lessoniopsis.
It is apparent that this is as valid a genus as any of the kelps.

The origin of sporophylls in Lessoniopsis; about one-half natural size

These proliferated sporophylls give Lessoniopsis a very great
interest from a phylogenetic point of view, for in them this plant
shows the characters of both of the principal lines of development
in the kelps. In the Lessoniatae branching is accomplished
exclusively by the perforation of the meristem as in the sterile
branches of this genus. In the Alariatae it is brought about
altogether by proliferations from the transition region ; these
give evidence that they were originally restricted to reproductive
functions as in this plant and that their further development

Feb., 1909,] The Sporophylls of Lessoniopsis. 439

into main branches, floats and photosynthetic areas as in Egre-
gia, was accomplished by steriUzation and modification of poten-
tial sporophylls. At first thought it might be supposed that
Lessoniopsis, by the possession of the characters of both lines,
should be regarded as representing a basal point from which
both subfamilies had originated by following divergent lines of
evolution. Such seems, however, an untenable view. There
are none of the indications of a primitive character for Lessoniop-
sis. It is, in the judgment of the writer, clearly a member of
the Lessoniatae. The characteristic branching of that series
is the doininant character of Lessoniopsis and gives it the form
and structure of its adult body, while the proliferated sporophvlls
do not make their appearance until the plant has practically
completed its development. This is in great contrast to the
Alariatae in which the sporophylls appear very early even in the
lowest members where their function is almost exclusively repro-
ductive and is not called into activity until maturity.

The unlooked for appearance of such a character among the
Lessoniatae is to be considered as a striking example of the
remarkable adaptability of the whole family of kelps by virtue of
which we find in more than one plant structures belonging to
lines otherwise entirely disconnected from it. This makes it
difficult to construct a satisfactory classification of the genera
because inconsistencies from this cause are almost unavoidable
whatever principle of classification is used. The descent of the
kelps seems to be a much interwoven fabric which has been sur-
prisingly little divided up into narrower strands by the loss of
plasticity by which each line is narrowed into its own special
channel of evolution. This great variability along with manv
other features of the kelps leads to the view that the group is still
in its youth and evolving rapidly.

LITERATURE.

Griggs, R. F., 1909. Juvenile Kelps and the Recapitulation
Theory. Am. Nat. 43: 5-30.

Reinke, J., 1903. Studien z. Vergl. Entwickelungsgeschichte
der Lamimaraiceen. Kiel.

44° The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 4,

SOME NEW OR OTHERWISE NOTEWORTHY PLANTS FROM

OHIO.*

Otto E. Jennings.

During the latter part of March, 1907, the ^vriter received
from Mr. Roscoe J. Webb, a specimen of Cerastium in flower,
collected near the top of the deep gorge of the Rocky River,
about one-fourth mile from Lake Erie, June 23, 1907.

At first the plant, in the absence of mature fruit, was regarded
as an Alsine and was laid aside in the hope that fruiting material
might be secured the following season. However, this result was
not realized and a further study of the specimen together w-ith
another from the same collection sent later by Mr. Webb has
enabled us to decide definitely upon the taxonomic status of the
plants. This opportunity is taken to present the results of our
studies in the hope that other Ohio botanists may add further
records to the distribution and more complete details to our
description.

The plants in question belong to Cerastium arvense L., a
species occurring in northern Eurasia and in dry or rocky places
throughout the northern part of North America from Alaska to
Labrador and south to Minnesota, Indiana, Michigan, Ohio,
Pennsylvania, and in the mountains to Georgia. According to our
manuals this is a perennial with ascending to erect stems usually
tufted, glabrous to somewhat downy, slender, 1 to 2 cm. high,
naked and few to several flowered at the summit. Leaves linear
to narrowly lanceolate. Petals obcordate and more than twice as
long as the calyx. ' Pods about 1 cm. long, curved, one-third to
two-thirds longer than the calyx.

For the northern part of Northern America the typical species
appears to be the common form of the plant but in the southern
part of its geographical range it breaks up into several "varie-
ties." Of these varieties there are two recognized in the north-
eastern United States and we must consider the Rocky River
specimens as representing a third and hitherto undescribed
"variety."

Cerastium arvense oblongifolium (Torr.) Hollick & Britton as
represented in the Herbarium of the Carnegie Museum is taller
than the typical species, reaching about 4 dm. ; pubescent, usually
somewhat viscid-pubescent; leaves oblong to lanceolate, rather
obtuse, larger than in the species; pods about twice as long as the
calyx. Chiefly on serpentine rocks, Nova Scotia to Virginia,
New York to Minnesota, Colorado. In the Carnegie Museum
Herbarium there is a specimen from Put-in-Bav, H. N. Mertz,
No. 323, July 1, 1881.

♦Presented at the meetins/ of the Ohio Acaclemv of Science.

Feb., 1909.] New or Noteworthy Plants of Ohio. 44 1

Cerastium arvense villosum Hollick & Britton. (C. arv.
velutinum (Raf.) Britton. Similar to the preceding in height;
densely villous-pubescent: leaves lanceolate to more or less ovate;
pod usually more than twice as long as the calyx. Usually on
serpentine rock, eastern Pennsylvania, also reported from
Hamilton, Ontario; not reported from Ohio.

Cerastium arvense Webbii var. nov. Similar to the other
"varieties" in height, our specimens about 3.5 to 4 dm., more or
less densely viscid-pubescent, especially above. Leaves oblong-
lanceolate below to ovate-lanceolate above, the latter attaining a
size of 1.2 cm. wide by 6 cm. long, all somewhat obtuse, paler
beneath. Cymes rather strict, pedicels rather stiff and 1 to 3.5
cm. long. Sepals narrowly oval, acute, white-scarious margined,
about 2 mm. wide by 6 mm. long. Petals 1 cm. long by 5 mm.
wide, obovate, the apex emarginate to the depth of about 1.5
mm. Mature pods not seen.

Named in honor of the collector. Type specimens: two
sheets, one in the General Herbarium of the Carnegie Museum at
Pittsburg, the other in the herbarium of Mr. Roscoe J. Webb,
Garrettsville, Ohio.

A cursory examination of the material in the Ohio State Her-
barium, State University, Columbus, last spring indicated that
there are likeh" other specimens extant from Ohio localities which
belong with our Rock}' River specimens thus indicating perhaps
a considerable range for our new "variety."

Lycopodium lucidulum porophilum (Lloyd & Underwood)
Clute. In August, 1908, a specimen of Club Moss was received
from Mr. Almon N. Rood, of Phalanx, Trumbull County, Ohio,
with the interesting information that he had found it early in
the fall of 1907, growing on the perpendicular face of rocks at
Nelson Ledge, Portage County, Ohio. After puzzling over this
plant for some time Mr. Rood sent a specimen to a prominent
botanist in the East and was informed that it was L. Selago L.
The plant was growing on cliffs of "sub-carboniferous conglom-
erate," the height of the cliffs being not over 75 feet and the
surroundings in general were not such as would be expected in a
localitv harboring L. Selago.

On August 18, 1908, Prof. L. S. Hopkins and Mr. Roscoe J.
Webb, acting under direction of Mr. Rood, found a considerable
colonv of the plant at the first localitv, Nelson Ledges. On the
23d of August, 1908, Mr. Rood and Supt. F. N. Barber, of
Crafton, Pa., discovered a second locality for the Club Moss on
conglomerate cliffs at Woodworth's Glen, in southern Portage
County, Ohio, there being here quite a number of the plants and
many of the plants being in inaccessible locations.

The writer has examined a number of these plants and there
can be no doubt that they represent true L. lucidulum porophilum

442 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 4,

first described as a species by Lloyd and Underwood, and ranging
from Newfd. and Quebec to Wisconsin and southward to Ala-
bama and the Carolinas. The specimens we have examined
clearly point to a subordinate relationship to Lycopodium
lucidulum Michx. rather than to a distinct specific identity. The
leaves are very minutely denticulate to entire instead of toothed
as in the species and are generally lance-linear and narrowed from
the base upwards instead of being broader above the middle as in
true L. lucidulum. The plant is being critically studied by
Prof. L. S. Hopkins from whom we may expect a more detailed
report.

Carnegie Museum, Pittsburg.

A SYNONYMICAL DEFINITION OF NYSSON AND
OF N. AURINOTUS.

W. H. Pattox.

Acanthostethus, described by Frederick Smith in the
Transactions of the Entomological Scoiety of London for 1869,
p. 306, was founded on a female specimen of an Australian
species, A. basalis Sm. (1 c. and pi. vi, f. 3), and is probably iden-
tical with the "Spalagia" w"hich is mentioned by Shuckard in
Lardner's Encyclopedia, but without a word of description, as an
ally of Nysson. Although Mr. Smith does not appear to have
appreciated the fact, this insect differs from true Nysson in
nothing but the union of the first and second submarginal cells
of the forewing, by the obsolescence of the dividing vein ; and in
this it agrees with the other Australian species, N. mysticus
Gerst., and with the New Mexican Nysson solani Ckll. (Mis-
cothyris Sm., 1860, is a related Australian genus) . The Hypon3^s-
son of Mr. Cresson presents a precisely similar peculiarity in that,
as he has pointed out, it differs from Nysson in nothing but the
union of the third and fourth subinarginal cells.

In his monograph* Gerstaecker has shown that Synneurus
Costa and Brachystegus Costa, are but synonyms of Nysson, the
characters of the presence or absence of a petiole to the third
submarginal cell of the forewings and the length of the subme-
dial cell of the hind wings being variable in different individuals
of the same species and not being in correlation with any other
characters.

Turning now to another group of wasps we find that Miscus
and Ammophila are known to be one genus just as Synneurus
and Nysson are, and that Coloptera and Ammophila, which I
have material for proving to be genericall}- inseparable, have

* Die Arten der Gattung Nysson, lluUe, 1867.

Feb., 1909.] Definition of Nysson and of N. aurinotus. 443

differential characters parallel with those separating Acanthos-
tethus and Hyponysson from Nysson proper. It is evident, there-
fore, that the latter are not independent genera. Further, being
based each on a single species (and mostly on a single individual)
and defined by a single character known to be individually, and
not specifically, variable and which if employed would place a
single species in several genera at once, the terms Synneurus,
Brachystegus, Acanthostethus (Spalagia) and Hyponysson must
be treated as names of artificial groups and cannot be used for the
indication of sections or subgenera in the genus Nysson but must
be placed "as direct synonyms of the genus.

The case of Paranysson is not similar. The character upon
which it is founded, the serrate tibiae, may be different in degree
in different species and may not in all cases be in correlation with
other characters, such as the bilobed postscutellum and the
short submedial cell of the hind wings and may therefor fail of
full generic value; but, the character being specific, the name
Paranysson cannot be quoted as a direct synon3-m of Nysson,
and mav be used subgenerically. While it ma}^ remain a matter
of opinion whether Paranysson should be regarded as a genus
and while the consideration of American species alone supports
the view that it is a distinct genus (the species with serrate
tibiae from both South and North America agreeing in the bilobed
postscutellum and in the venation), yet the connection with
Nysson, through the European scalaris and militaris, as pointed
out bv Gerstaecker, is, it seems to me, sufficient to sustain the
broader view. Study of the connecting species may discover
a generic character in the male eighth ventral segment or in the
claspers. The mandibles of Paranysson are much sinuate
beneath, of Nysson without sinuation; both not dentate.

If there exists any difference between a genus and a sub-
genus other than one of degree, this difference is surely that of the
nomenclature employed, the name of the genus appearing in the
binomial designation of the species and that of the subgenus
not so appearing, and no "hedging" is possible in a binomial
nomenclature. It is therefore to be regretted that in Mr.
Cresson's paper on the "genus Nysson" (Transactions of the
American Entomological Society, vol. ix, p. 273, March, 1882),
in which he indicates "subgenera," one of which is Paranysson,
the inconsistency should appear, on the same page, of adopting
Paranysson into the nomenclature of the species with serrate
tibiae to the exclusion from that nomenclature of the generic
name Nysson ; for, notwithstanding Mr. Cresson's use of the
words quoted above, he has thus adopted Paranysson as a genus
and must be so cited. Foxia (F. pacifica Ashm., CaHf.) differs
from Nysson in having second recurrent in third submarginal
cell, and in ventral segments, 4-5 each having a lateral tooth, 9
pygidium serrate at tip.

444 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 4,

Paranysson texanus Cress.

The following characters pertaining to this species are worthy
of note. The second submarginal cell is distinctly five-sided,
the submarginal vein being much drawn down to meet the
recurrents, the first recurrent being inserted near the base of
the cell and the second scarcely beyond the middle; the third
submarginal cell has a short side on the marginal. The eleventh
and twelfth joints of the male antennae are slightly excavated
beneath at base, but the apical joint is not at all excavated.
The retracted eighth ventral segment of the male is of a peculiar
form and has a deep median slit. (In N. plagiatus and N. aequa-
lis this segment is sinuate-emarginate and the corners are
rounded and not of peculiar form.) The tubercles, posterior
angles of mesonotum and the sides of the abdominal segments
are sometimes ferruginous. I have specimens from Florida
(W. H. Ashmead) and Missouri. Specimens of P. fuscipes Cress,
from Poway, Calif., (F. E. Blaisdell) indicate that that is but a
variety of texanus, as the legs vary from entirely black to mostly
red. The specimens from the Atlantic and Pacific slopes agree
in all their structural characters, including the form of the
seventh and eighth ventral segments and the claspers of the male,
and differ only in the more extensive yellow markings on the
abdomen of the western variety, a character in agreement with
the established rule of geographical colorational variation. Some
of the Californian males have a yellow mark on the sides of the
seventh abdominal segment. (N. plagiatus from Lake Co.,
Calif., (O. T. Baron), likewise has more extended yellow marking
than the typical variety from Connecticut.) In Mr. Cresson's
synopsis of the species of Paranysson and Nysson the systematic
value of the coloration of the legs has been greatly exaggerated.

No valid specific characters have yet been pointed out for
separating P. mexicanus Cress from texanus.

Paranysson armatus Cress.

I have a male of what appears to be this species from East
Tennessee (E. M. Aaron). It differs from Mr. Cresson's descrip-
tion only in having no yellowish spots on the third and fourth seg-
ments of the abdomen and in having a small median tubercle near
the edge of the clypeus and an angle or short median tooth
between the two larger teeth on the seventh abdominal segment,
these latter characters not being mentioned in the description of
armatus. It agrees with texanus in venation, in the form of the
antennae, in having a small tooth on mesopleura and in the pres-
ence of a longitudinal ridge on the face and of a longitudinal
tubercle on the inner fide of each posterior ocellus, and the 7th
and 8th ventral segments also agree; its sculpture also and colora-
tion afford no clear characters for distinguishing it from texanus,

Feb., 1909.] Definition of Nysson and of N. aurinotus. 445

but the form of the seventh dorsal segment is sufficient to sepa-
rate it, armatus having only two distinct teeth on this segment
and texanus having four.

Say's description of Nysson aurinotus applies equally well to
armatus and to texanus, with the exception of size ("three-tenth
of an inch") in which it agrees precisely with armatus, and not a
word of his description is at variance with either. But as Say
did not mention the armature of the abdomen and probably
knew only the female it is hardly safe to adopt his name for one
of them to the exclusion of the other. As it is possible that speci-
mens ma}^ be found showing connection between the two forms
of the seventh segment, it is not impossible that Say's name
may yet find recognition, but no such connection is now known.
The name given by Say, meaning "gold-known," indicates a
ver}' essential and "prominent" character of texanus, and the
absence of yellow marks on prothorax and scutellum is charac-
teristic of American Paranyssons and shows clearly that Say's
species has no relationship with sequalis. The female specimens
from Illinois described by Mr. Cresson under aurinotus belong to
N. a^qualis Patton. The males of sequalis and N. plagiatus do
not differ from one another in form of eighth ventral segment and
claspers.

Agenioxenus. To Mr. AV. J. Fox is due the credit of referring
rufiventris to synonomy with robinsoni Cress, (cf. Tr. A. E. S.,
1892, p. 57.) The species is easily distinguished from all others
by the male antennae being longer than both head and thorax.
Cresson 's figure shows hind cubitus interstitial.

The specimen in the Riley collection should be re-examined,
and Walsh's figure compared. The form of prothorax and of
metathorax may have been modified in mounting. In Taschen-
berg's C. abnormis, c? from Rio, the venation is as described for
Agenioxenus.

446 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 4,

THE CLASSIFICATION OF PLANTS, IV.

John H. Schaffxer.

The class concept is becoming fairlv well established in botany
even though one frequently finds groups of very unequal rank
designated as classes in recent works. In the last article of the
present series of papers, the writer defined a class as "A group of
plants in a subkingdom. the members of which show an evident
relationship to one another because of similarity of morphologi-
cal and physiological characters." A diagram was also given
showing the approximate relationships of the classes.

There are between forty and fifty plant classes. Of course,
it will be recognized that the groups we call classes are of the
same rank only in a general sense. In the following scheme forty-
six classes, four of them fossil, have been established and are
characterized by brief descriptions together with the approxi-
mate number of species. The endings of the fungus names
have been changed to correspond to Saccardo's views. There
should be a uniform system of class endings, but this will come
probably only when the class becomes more definitely recognized
as a plant group. It might be well in the future to revise some
of the class names now in use. It is manifestly absurd to
attempt to apply the law of priority in establishing class names.
Until very recently the very idea of the class as a definite group
from the modern point of view was lacking and our .system of
the larger groupings is still in its evolution. The arguments
adduced for priority in establishing generic and specific names
have no weight when applied to the higher groups. From time
to time some botanist proposes an improvement and it is thus
that a reasonable system will be developed.

In a future paper an attempt will be made to group the classes
into proper phyla in harmony with the diagram already published.

I. PROTOPHYTA. 3000 species.

Protophyccae.

1. Cyanophyceae. Blue-green Algae. 1000 species.
Nonsexual algae with ph3'coc3^anin, blue-green or brownish

in color; unicellular, in plates or masses, or in simple or branched
filaments; reproduction by simple fission or hormogones, some-
times with specialized resting cells ; cell walls usually gelatinous.
Typically freshwater plants, frequently occurring in hot springs,
some growing in aerial conditions on moist soil, rocks and trees.

2. Pleurococceae. 200 species.

Simple nonsexual green algae, unicellular, filamentous, or in
colonies; reproduction by fission, by internal division, or by
zoospores. Typically freshwater or aerial plants.

Feb., 1909.] The Classification of Plants, IV. 447

Protomycetae.

3. Schizomycetae. Bacteria. 1350 species.

Simple unicellular or filamentous fission fungi, parasitic,
saprophytic, or holophytic ; commonly with flagella or ciha,
sometimes moving by means of cell contraction; often producing
nonmotile spores which can endure great extremes of heat and
cold; reproduction by simple fission, the divisions in one, two,
or three directions; cells not naked or ameboid.

4. Myxoschizomycetae. Slime Bacteria. 20 species.
Unicellular fission fungi with a sHght undulatory motion pro-
duced bv the contraction of the cell, imbedded in a pseudo-plas-
modium and moving about en masse; forming peculiar sporan-
gium-like bodies when passing into the resting or spore stage ;
cells not amoeboid ; saprophytes on decaying organic matter.

5. Myxomycetae. Slime Moulds. 400 species.
Unicellular nonsexual mostly terrestrial fungi showing some

relationship to the Rhizopoda, occurring in plasmodial masses of
more or less completely fused amoeboid cells which finally, with
few exceptions, build up complex sporangia-like bodies contain-
ing the spores or encysted individuals; spores on germinating
giving rise to flagellate naked cells ; saprophyts or rarely parasites.

6. Archimycetae. 200 species.

Simple parasitic often aquatic fungi without or with a very
imperfect mvcelium; nonsexual, with zoospores or with thick-
walled resting spores ; zoospores usually penetrating and develop-
ing in a cell of the host plant.

II. NEMATOPHYTA. 57.000 species.
Gamophyceae.

7. Protococceae. 230 species.

Simple sextial green algae, single celled or in colonies; usually
with normal cells containing one nucleus; reproduction by divi-
sion, by free swimming gametes, or by motile spermatozoids and
stationary eggs.

8. Hydrodictyeae, 26 species.

Green coenocytic algae consisting of colonies of peculiar form
often very symmetrical; reproduction by the conjugation of equal
motile gametes ; nonsexual reproduction by zoospores which form
new colonies in the parent coenocyte or are discharged in a
delicate membrane.

9. Diatomeae. Diatoms. 3000 living species.

Single celled or somewhat filamentous algae usualh^ of a
brownish color, in which the cell wall becomes silicified and con-
sists of two valves usually with fantastic markings ; reproduction
by division or by the conjugation of two cells.

448 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 4,

10. Conjugatae. 1200 species.

Unicelhilar or filamentous, unbranched, unattached, green,
mostly freshwater algae, with a single nucleus and with one or
more highly specialized chloroplasts with pyrenoids in the cells ;
reproduction by division and by zygospores formed by the con-
jugation of two similar or nearly similar cells, often joined bv the
development of a special conjugation tube.

11. Siphoneae. 625 species.

Coenocytic terrestrial or aquatic green algae usually filamen-
tous, more or less branched, and with or without transverse
septa; reproduction by zoospores, by ciliated gametes, or by true
sperms and eggs.

12. Conferveae. 600 species.

Simple or branched filamentous green algae, sometimes hav-
ing the cells in discs or sheets, usually attached, having normal
cells with one nucleus; reproduction by means of zoospores and
by motile gametes or by heterogametes, the egg being stationery ;
commonly with a primitive alternation of generations; chloro-
plasts one or more, usually with p3"renoids.

Subclasses, Isogamae.

Heterogamae.

13. Phaeosporeae. 385 species.

Normally brown-colored marine algae ranging from rather
simple filamentous forms to very large, highly developed organ-
isms with a distinct conducting tissue whose cells contain sieve
plates; usually attached, the frond often differentiated into stem
and leaf-like structures; reproduction by zoospores produced in
unilocular sporangia, and motile gametes produced in pluri-
locular sporangia; both types of sporangia exposed.

14. Cyclosporeae. 316 Species.

Medium to large, marine, brown algae, attached, branched,
and usually flatfish; reproduction by small biciliate sperms and
large non-ciliated eggs which are discharged and fertilized in the
water; reproductive organs sunken in conceptacles.

15. Dictyoteae. 82 species.

Erect, attached, marine, brown algae with fiat leaf-like fronds;
nonsexual reproduction by nonmotile tetraspores; sexual repro-
duction by means of non-ciliated eggs produced singly and
finally discharged from the oogonium, and sperms with one flagel-
lum produced in many-celled antheridia.

1(). Bangieae. 46 species.

Marine or freshwater red or purple algae with filamentous
or thalloid fronds ; reproduction by single thallus cells and by the
production of antheridia and oogonia from ordinary thallus cells,
the antheridium developing nonciliated sperms, the oogonium
which is without a distinct trichogyne usually developing a single
stationary egg. _i ^^^--.^.^

Feb., 1909.] The Classification of Plants, IV. 449

17. Florideae. 1835 species.

Mostly marine red or purple algae, often of considerable size,
filamentous or thalloid; reproduction by means of non-ciliated
sperms produced in antheridia consisting of definite groups of
cells, and eggs produced singly in the base of an oogonium which
is prolonged above into a slender trichog}me. Plants with a
definite alternation of generations the fertilized egg having a com-
plicated development but in the simpler cases giving rise to a ju-
venile sporophvte bodv from which one to many carpospores are
produced which on germination develop into a second sporophyte
stage on which tetraspores are produced from which the game-
toph^'te is again propagated.

18. Chareae. Stoneworts. 160 species.

Green filamentous erect, mostly freshwater algae, attached at
the base by means of rhizoids, with stems distinctly segmented
into nodes and internodes, the nodes being marked by whorls of
branches; plants usually with an incrustation of lime and the
cells of the stem and branches often covered with a cortical
layer of smaller cells; without an alternation of generations;
oogonia rounded covered by a cortical layer of branches, antheri-
dia compound and very complex composed of united branches
to form a hollow globular structure containing sperm-bearing
filaments; spermatozoids spirally coiled, biciliate; no nonsexual
spores present.

Eumycetae.

19. Monoblepharideae. 6 species.

Small coenocytic fungi with a nonseptate or nearly nonsep-
tate mycelium, with uniciliated zoospores and with a typical sex-
ual reproduction ; saprophytic and aquatic ; eggs stationary in the
oogonium which opens to admit the uniciliated spermatozoids.

20. Zygomycetae. 180 species.

Saprophytic or parasitic fungi with a nonseptate or nearh^
nonseptate mycelium having a conjugation of equal or nearly
equal branches, one of which does not penetrate the other to any
extent, the result of conjugation being a simple or coenocytic
zygospore; sometimes parthenogenetic ; nonsexual spores usually
non-motile.

21. Oomycetae. 185 species.

Mostlv parasitic fungi with a nonseptate or nearty nonseptate
mycelium, with conjugating branches, the one being much larger
than the other which penetrates into its interior, the result being
a simple or coenocytic sexual spore ; sometimes parthenogenetic ;
nonsexual motile spores also produced which frequently develop
in conidia. •

22. Ascomycetae. 12,250 species, besides 8,250 Lichens and
13,500 Deuteromvcetae.

45° The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 4,

Parasitic or saprophytic fungi with a septate myceHum and
asci usually containing a definite number of ascospores, the asci
often produced as the result of a conjugation of two branches
of the mycelium, or sometimes by a more highly developed sex-
ual process; conidiospores commonly developed, in many groups
the conidial stage only being known.

Subclasses, Hemiascae
Exoascae
Discovnycetae
Pyrenowiycetae
Discolichenes
Pyrenolichenes
Deuteromycetae

23. Laboulbenieae. 150 species.

Minute fungi with a septate body parasitic upon insects,
usually beetles, connected with the host by means of a dark-
colored horny base serving as an organ of absorption and a hold-
fast; oogonium with a slender projection, the trichogyne, to
which the nonmotile spermatia become attached, finally fer-
tilizing the oosphere below; as the result of fertilization a number
of sacs or asci are produced which contain the nonsexual asco-
spores.

24. Teliosporeae. 2100 species.

Parasitic fungi with the septate mycelium developed in the
tissues of the host, finally producting teliospores which give rise
to septate or nonseptate basidia on which basidiospores are pro-
duced; some groups producing five kinds of spores, often heter-
oecious; especially abundant on plants of the Grass family.

25. Basidiomycetae. 10,000 species.

Mostly large saprophytic, rarely parasitic, fungi with a sep-
tate mycelium ; developing septate or nonseptate basidia on the
vegetative mycelium, no teleospores being produced; basidia
usually with two or four spores.

Subclasses, Protohasidiae

Hymenoinycetae
Gasteromycetae
Hymenolichenes .

III. BRYOPHYTA. 17,000 species.

26. Hepaticae. Liverworts. 3875 species.
Gametophyte thalloid or a stem-like frond with scales which

are without a costa, mostly dorsiventral, usually with a sack-like
envelope, the perigvmium, around the archegona; rhizoids thread-
like and unicellular; protonema usually small or only slightly
developed, transient. Sporophyte either a spherical sporangium
without foot or stalk, or difl:erentiated into sporangium, foot and

Feb., 1909.] The Classification of Plants, IV. 45 1

elastically elongating stalk; sporangium without columella,
usually with elaters, indehiscent, irregularly dehiscent at the top,
or splitting into four valves from the summit, rarely developing
an operculum.

27. Sphagneae. Bog-mosses. 250 species.

Gametophyte a stem-like, erect, light, gray-green frond with-
out a true central strand but with large cortical cells, bearing
numerous scales without a costa but with two kinds of cells,
narrow ones with chlorophyll and large ones without, but with
holes in the walls ; rhizoids septate ; protonema finally thalloid and
fiat; fruiting plant developing one or more pseudopodia which
support the sporoph3-tes. Sporophyte without a stalk but
with an expanded foot ; sporangium with a shallow dome-shaped
spore cavity in the upper part and with an operculum but with-
out a peristome, elaters, or air cavities. Growing in bogs and
wet places.

28. Andreaeae. Granite-mosses. 105 species.
Gametophyte a stem-like, erect frond without a central

strand, bearing numerous scales without or with a costa; rhi-
zoids consisting of cylindrical masses or plates of cells ; protonema
more or less thalloid. Sporophyte without a seta but with a foot
and finally carried upon a pseudopodium; sporangium without
air cavities, splitting into four or more valves which are at first
united at the top, spore cavity cylindrical dome-shaped with an
upward projecting central columella; elaters none; calyptra pre-
sent on the sporophyte. Caespitose plants of a dark brown color
growing on rocks.

29. Musci. Mosses. 12,500 species.

Gametophyte a stem-like, erector prostrate frond usuallvwith
a well-developed central strand and with costate scales ; rhizoids
filamentous, septate; protonema usually well-developed and fila-
mentous, sometimes persistent; pseudopodium none. Sporo-
phyte well-developed with sporangium, foot, and usuallv with
a well-developed hypophysis and a seta with a central strand;
sporangium usually with an operculum and a central columella
extending entirely through the spore cavity, usually with a well-
developed peristome and air spaces often communicating on the
outside with stomata; venter of the archegonium enlarging and
usually ruptured at the base, the upper part being carried on top
of the sporangium as the calyptra.

30. Anthocerotes. Horned Liverworts. 10.3 species.
Gametophyte a dorsiventral thalloid frond without scales or

with imperfectly developed scales but with unicellular rhizoids;
sexual organs imbedded in the tissue of the thallus; protonema
small and transient. Sporophyte with a slender horn-like or

452 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 4,

pod-like sporangium and with a bulbous foot containing an irre-
gular surface with wart-like projections; sporangium with a cen-
tral columella, two-valved, with small irregular elaters among the
spores ; epidermis with or without stomata ; cells with a single
large chloroplast.

IV. PTERIDOPHYTA HOMOSPORAE. 4,500 species.

31. Filices. Ferns. 4,000 living species.

Sporophyte herbaceous or tree-like, usually with a horizontal
rhizome, simple or branched ; leaves usually large, alternate and
mostlv compound, rarely grass-like; sporangia borne on the
under side of the leaves or on simple or branched sporangio-
phores ; eusporangiate or leptosporangiate ; sporoph^dls not form-
ing "cones. Gametophyte comparatively large, tuber-like with-
out chlorophyll and subterranean, or developed as a flat, simple
or branched thallus, hermaphrodite or unisexual; spermatozoids
multiciliate.

Subclasses Eusporangiatae

Lepiosporangiatae .

32. Equiseteae. Horsetails. 25 species.

Sporophyte perennial, herbaceous, with a rhizome, and
with jointed, mostly hollow, simple or branched, aerial stems
which are either annual or perennial ; vascular bundles in a circle ;
leaves reduced to sheaths around the joints, the sheaths toothed ;
sporangia borne on small peltate sporophylls arranged in whorls
on a terminal cone ; eusporangiate ; spores with four narrow, strap-
like, hygroscopic appendages. Gametophyte a small green thal-
lus, usually unisexual; spermatozoids multiciliate.

33. Lycopodieae. Lycopods. 155 species.

Sporophyte perennial, herbaceous, with or without a rhizome,
the aerial stems upright or trailing; branching monopodial or
dichotomous; leaves small, without a ligule, scattered on the
stem, into two to many ranks ; sporangia solitary on the upper sur-
face of the leaves or in their axils, eusporangiate; sporophylls
in bands alternating with the sterile leaves or arranged in spirals
in terminal cones; spores small, not appendaged. Gametoph^•te
small, sometimes subterranean, with or without chloroph\-ll,
hermaphrodite; spermatozoids biciliate.

V. PTERIDOPHYTA HETEROSPORAE. 700 species.

34. Calamarieae. Fossil.

Paleozoic jjlants, sometimes of tree-like aspect and dimen-
sions, with hollow-jointed stems with a circle of collateral vascu-
lar bundles; stems increasing in diameter by a cambium zone;
heterosporous, the sporophylls in cones.

Feb., 1909.] The Classification of Plants, IV. 453

35. Sphenophylleae. Fossil.

Paleozoic plants of tree-like aspect and dimensions, with solid
jointed stems with a central triarch vascular bundle ; leaves wedge
shaped, comparatively small; probably heterosporous, the
sporophylls in cones.

36. Hydropterides. Water-ferns. 75 species.

Sporophyte with a horizontal rhizome or floating on the sur-
face of the water; leaves alternate or whorled; microsporangia
and megasporangia borne together enclosed in sporocarps, lep-
tosporangiate. Gametophytes developing entirely within the
spore walls or protruding only slightly, very short lived; sperma-
tozoids large, spirally coiled, multiciliate.

37. Isoeteae. Quillworts. 60 species.

Sporophyte with a short tuberous stem with a peculiar type
of secondary thickening and with long, erect, grass-like leaves
which have a ligule; roots dichotomous; microsporangia and
megasporangia large, borne singly, sunken in the expanded bases
of the leaves, eusporangiate. Gametophytes very much reduced ;
spermatozoids spirally coiled, multiciliate.

38. Selaginelleae. Selaginellas. 500 species.

Sporophvte dorsiventral or erect, with monopodial or dicho-
tomous branching and dichotomous roots; leaves small, opposite
or spirally arranged, ligulate; cells often with a single chloro-
plast; sporophylls in bisporangiate cones, the eusporangiate
microsporangia and megasporangia single in the axils of the
sporophylls. Gametophytes small and short-lived; sperma-
tozoids verv minute, biciliate. Some fossil species developed as
large trees with secondary thickening by a cortical meristem.

VI. GYMNOSPERMAE. 500 living species.

39. Pteridospermae. Fossil.

Paleozoic seed plants of fern-like aspect; stems short and
erect, increasing in thickness, bearing compound leaves.

40. Cycadeae. Cycads. 90 species.

Sporophyte with erect, woody, simple or little-branched
stems, bearing compound leaves; vascular bundles collateral
concentrically arranged, increasing in thickness by their cam-
bium; cortical meristem developed in which new bundles are pro-
duced; sporophylls in cones, or the carpels sometimes merely
in whorls through which the stem grows ; ovule with pollen-cham-
ber; female gametophyte becoming large and fleshy; male game-
tophyte developing two or more large spirally coiled multiciliate
spermatozoids.

41. Cordaiteae. Fossil.

Paleozoic branching trees bearing large, long, thick parallel-
veined leaves spirally arranged.

454 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 4,

42. Ginkgoeae. Maiden-hair-trees. 1 living species.
Sporophytes developing into large trees with a cambium layer

from which annual rings of wood are produced, with numer-
ous, large, wart-like dwarf branches on the ordinary branches;
leaves deciduous, broad, with dichotomous venation, borne in
clusters on the dwarf branches or alternate on ordinary branches ;
flowers monosporangiate, dioecious; ovule with pollen-chamber;
cotyledons, 2, the embryo not developing until the seed falls to
the ground; female gametophyte becoming large in the seed
which has a bony inner and a fleshy outer coat; male gameto-
phyte developing 2 large spirally coiled multiciliate sperma-
tozoids.

43. Coniferae. Conifers. 350 species.

Sporophytes developing as shrubs or large trees, much
branched, with or without dwarf branches; stems with a normal
cambium, no vessels in the secondary wood, resin nearly always
present; leaves mostly small, entire, linear, lanceolate, subulate,
or scale-like; flowers monosporangiate, monoecious or dioecious;
seeds and female gametophyte rather small, ovules without pol-
len-chamber, cotyledons 2-15, always free; sperm cells 2, not
motile, no cilia being present.

44. Gneteae. 50 species.

Sporophytes developing as shrubs, trees, or woody climbers,
with branched or simple stems containing vessels in the second-
ary wood ; leaves simple and opposite ; flowers monoecious ; seeds
naked, orthotropous ; cotyledons two; resin passages none;
gametophytes various.

VII. ANGIOSPERMAE. 125,000 species.

45. Monocotylae. Monocotyls. 24,000 species.
Sporophytes developing as herbs or sometimes as woody

plants of large dimensions, embryo usually with one terminal
cotyledon and usually with a lateral plumule; stem with closed,
usuallv scattered vascular bundles, without typical bark and
annual rings of growth, rarely with secondary thickening; leaves
mostly parallel- veined, sometimes netted- veined ; flowers more
commonly trimerous.

Subclasses, Helobiae

Spadiciflorae

Ghimiflorae

Lilii florae

40. Dicotylae. Dicotyls. 100,000 species.

Sporophytes developing as herbs or woody plants; embryo
with two cotyledons, rarely with more or only one, and with a
terminal plumule; stem with open vascular bundles, usually

Feb., 1909.] Meeting of the Biological Club. 45^

arranged in a circle and developing a continuous cambium
cylinder, forming annual rings of growth in the case of perennial
stems, with bark on the outside; leaves usually netted-veined ;
flowers more commonly pentamerous or tetramerous.
Subclasses, Choripetalae
Centrospermae
Apctalae
Heteromerae
Sympetalae Hypogynae
Sympetalae Epigynae

MEETING OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.

Orton Hall, Nov. 2, 190S.

The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved
as read, after which the following, proposed at the last meeting,
were elected to membership: B. M. Wells, Geo. Simmons, Clyde
Miller, and John Foreman.

The nominating committee submitted the following names
for officers of the club during the coming year:

President, Miss Freda Detmers; Vice President, H. H. Severin;
Secretary-Treasurer, Arthur H. McCray.

The persons named were unanimously elected.

The program of the evening consisted of the president's
annual address by Dr. Geo. D. Hubbard.

The retiring president presented a preliminary report on the
physiography of the four local quadrangles, covered by the Dub-
lin, Westerville, East Columbus, and West Columbus topographic
maps of the United States Geological Survey. He had done the
work during the last year or more under the direction of the
Geological Survey of Ohio, which organization is looking forward
to the preparation of a bulletin discussing the geology, mineral
and rock resources and physiography of this region.

The area is about 27 miles east and west by about 35 north
and south with Columbus near the center. At present, physio-
graphically, it consists of a young till plain adorned with one
large morainic belt in the northern part and several smaller
moraines looped across it from east to west; with scattered
kames and kame areas, and eskers ; with kettle ponds and swamps
usually now extinct; and the whole in a very youthful stage of
dissection.

The moraines were left by the halting retreat of the Late Wis-
consin ice sheet, while the till plain is the aggregate accumulation
of drift from two or more ice invasions. Many localities were
mentioned where drift older than the surface material had been

456 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 4,

studied. The Powell moraine is the largest and was described
in detail by Leverett several years ago. The kames are well
illustrated by Spangler's hill now the site of the Hartman farms,
by Baker's hill just south of Columbus and by a group of hills
north of Canal Winchester; and the eskers are illustrated by a
fine example over two miles long crossing the National Pike at
Hibernia, and by another a mile or more south-east of Canal
Winchester.

Post-glacial dissection of these glacial features, especially the
till plain, has given rise to the four large north-south valleys
and the multitude of short, steep-sided gorges.

These gorges and many well records have revealed much con-
cerning the rock surface beneath the drift. This part of the
study is yet incomplete but it has proceeded far enough to deter-
mine that there is very little agreement between the present
topography and that of the rock below. The latter has broad ele-
vations and broader shallow depressions which are probably
portions of very mature divides and valleys. Because of their
great maturity it seems that these features must have developed
preglacially. The rock surface also has many narrow, steep-
sided valleys now drift filled. No system has yet been worked
out to which these valle3^s can be referred but they were undoubt-
edly due to erosion in interglacial periods, and there may be
as many systems of these valleys, now filled and buried, as there
have been interglacial periods.

The field work in this area will be continued, and the bulletin
containing the completed report published as soon as possible.

Prof. Griggs moved that a committee be appointed to con-
sider a new night for the meetings of the club. The motion
was unanimously carried after which the club adjourned.

Arthur H. McCray, Secretary.

CORRECTION.

In the paper entitled "Rock Terraces Along the Streams
near Columbus, Ohio," in the December, 1908, Ohio Naturalist,
p. .398, the sentence beginning on line 1 should read: "The rocks
along the Scioto and Olentangy rivers is all of Devonian age ; two
rather resistant limestones — the Columbus and Delaware — and
two much less resistant shales above — the Olentangy and Ohio.
Along the Big Darby the Columljus shows, and also below it the
equally resistant Monroe limestone of Silurian age."

Date of Publication, February 16, 190Q.

The Ohio tSC^aturalist,

PUBLISHED BY

The Biological Club of the Ohio Slate Uni'versily,

Volume IX. MARCH, 1909. No. 5.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

OsiKiRN— Notes on Giiatenialiin Hem i] item with Descriptions of a Few New Species... 457
Mc('nA\— Removal of Showy Parts of Flowers as .AflTccting Fruit and .'•eed Production 466

Iloon— Distribution of the Woody Plants of Ohio 469

McCray— Meetii g of the Biological Club 475

NOTES ON GUATEMALAN HEMIPTERA WITH
DESCRIPTIONS OF A FEW NEW SPECIES.

Herbert Osborn.

During the winter of 1905 Prof. J. S. Hine made a collecting
trip in Guatemala and the Hemiptera collected, except the
aquatics, have been turned over to me. As the material in this
collection adds new localities for many of the species recorded
in the Biologia Centrali Americana, in some instances entirely
new records for the Central American region, and also some few
species that appear to be new to science, it seems desirable to
give a list of all the species so far as determined with the records
of the localities where collected and such notes on distribution
as may add to our knowledge of the geographical range of the
species. The localities worked by Prof. Hine were Puerto Bar-
rios near the coast and Morales, Los Amates, Gaulan, for the
Atlantic slope; and Guatemala City, Amatitlan, Santa Lucia,
Mazatenango, San Jose, for the Pacific slope. Considering the
time during which the collections were made and that quite a
number of species are still undetermined, this list must be con-
sidered as quite extended particularly if we note that Hemiptera
were only one group in which collections were made.

As it is but a few years since the appearance of the "Biologia"
articles on Hemiptera of this region, it seems unnecessary to
attempt a full bibliography and only such citations of references
or synonomy are given as seem necessary to properly locate
the species or to correct what appear to be erroneous references
in previous articles. The work in the " Biologia" seems to have
been done with too little regard to determination of the previously
described forms and there is a large number of new species des-
cribed which will probably have to be reduced to synonyms
when the fauna is more carefully worked.

457

458 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 5,

It will be noticed that while a considerable number of species
in this list corresponds with the nearctic representatives of our
own latitude, the great majority are different. A considerable
number are South American and so far as records show manv are
restricted in range to the Central American region. While these
records will be of service in deductions concerning the relation-
ship of this fauna it is not my purpose here to go into any dis-
cussion of the geographical affinities. This can better be done
in connection with discussions of the geographical range in par-
ticular families.

MEMBRACIDAE.

Pterygia bituberculata Fowl.

One good example of this species from Los Amates agrees
closely with Fowler's description and figure. I have not seen
hispida Fairmaire and cannot determine as to distinctness of
the two species.

Sphongophorus ballista.

Taken at Puerto Barrios, March 3d, and Livingston , March 5,
1905. Certainly one of the most grotesque of this peculiar group.

Bolbonota pictipennis Fairm.

From Puerto Barrios, March 3d.

Tylopelta gibbera Stal.

Puerto Barrios, March 3d, evidently fairly common, the
collection including nine examples.

Aconophora temaxia Fowler.

Four females, six males Puerto Barrios, March 3d.

Fowler's description is based on three females only. The
males associated here differ from the females in being smaller
and of a darker color the pronotal horn slightly shorter but
otherwise very similar.

Aconophora nigra Stal.

A single specimen from Puerto Barrios, March 3d, and one
from Mazatenango Feb. 3d.
Hyphonoe asphaltina Fairm.

A number of specimens of this common species from Puerto
Barrios, and Los Amates. These show quite a little variation
in size and convexity of anterior face of pronotum.

Acutalis fusconervosa Fairm.

One specimen, collected at Los Amates in February, and four
from Mazatenango February- 3d. The anterior face of pronotum
is decidedly tawny.

Micrutalis lugubrina Stal. *

One specimen, Los Amates, is referred here. In some points
it agrees with the variety, parallela of Fowler.

Mar., 1909.] Notes on Guatemalan Hemiptera. 459

Micrutalis binaria Fairm.

One specimen from Puerto Barrios (March) two from Los
Amates (January and February). Evidently not common.

Micrutalis malleifera Fowler.

Los Amates, January, 1905. Santa Lucia, February 2, 1905.
Two specimens from Gaulan, differ from the more typical
example and possibly represent another species.

Cyphonia clavata Fab.

A good series of this very striking species from Puerto Barrios
(March) and Los Amates and Mazatenango (February). Fowler
records it for Guatemala only from Mirandilla.

Poppea munda Fowler.

A single specimen collected at Puerto Barrios March 3, 1905,
The species was described by Fowler as from one locality only,
"Panama, Caldera in Chiriqui 1200 feet (Champion)."

Polyglypta maculata Burm.

The single specimen referred here was taken at San Pedro in
February. While it might easily be referred to some of the des-
cribed varieties of dorsalis, it seems on the whole to agree best
with this species.

Enchenopa lanceolatum Fab.

Membracis lanceolatum Fab. Mant. Ins. II p. 263, 10 (1787).
Enchophyllum (Tropodocera) lanceolatum Fabr. Stal. Hemipt.

Fabricana, 2, 42.
Enchenopa, lanceolata. Fowler, Biol. Cent. Em. 1, 9.

Two specimens Puerto Barrios. Four specimens Los Amates,
February and March.

These differ from our northern form of E. binotata in having
the pronotal horn longer and more curved, the tip much less
expanded laterally, and the carinas at base fewer and less distinct
so that I conclude they must be referred here, rather than to
binotata, in spite of Fowler's statement that it does not occur
in the northern part of Central America.

Ceresa vitula Fab.

Puerto Barrios, Los Amates, Mazatenango. These specimens
correspond closely with the var. minor of Fowler, but whether
thev merit varietal rank seems doubtful.

Stictocephala sp.

One specimen Santa Lucia Feb. 2, 1905.
Stictocephala dubia Fowler.

Two specimens taken at Gaulan Feb. 2, 1905. It seems ver}'
probable that this species will prove to be a synonym of some
of the earlier described forms but I have not material at hand
to undertake a comparison.

Sphaerocentrus curvidens Fairm.

One specimen, Los Amates, February, 1905.

46o The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 5,

Brachybelus cruralis Stal.

Three specimens from Los Amates and one from Puerto Bar-
rios are referred here. They vary considerably in size but in
other^characters seem too closely related to merit separation.

CERCOPIDAE.

Tomaspis postica Walk.

Monecpliera postica Walker, List, Horn. Sus. Suppl. 177.
Tomaspis pictipennis Stal. Stett. Ent. Zeit. 25, 63.
Tomaspis postica Fowl. Biol. Cent. Am. Hom. II 184.
Tomaspis jugata Fowl. Biol. Cent. Am. Hom. II 183.

A good series of 21 specimens are in hand from Puerto Barrios,
Panzos and Los Amates. Also from San Pedros, Hond. Feb. 21,
1905 (E. B. W.)* Some of the smaller specimens agree so per-
fectly with Fowler's jugata that I feel convinced that_this should
be considered a synonym.

Tomaspis bicincta Say.

Several specimens collected at Puerto Barrios in early March.
Clastoptera compta Fowl.

Abundant, Los Amates, Puerto Barrios.

Clastoptera funesta Stal.

1 -J Los Amates, Panzos, Santa Lucia andjMazatenango (Jan-
uary, February and March). These specimens vary consider-
ably in presence or absence of the 3^ellow markings but seem to
belong together.

TETTIGONIDAE.
Phera atra Walk.

One specimen Puerto Cortez, Honduras, March 23, 1905.
Two specimens Puerto Barrios, March 3, 1905.
Phera centrolineata Sign.

One specimen Mazatenango, Feb. 3, 1905.

Oncometopia invidenda Fowler, Biol. Cent. Am.

Morales, March 8, 1905. A good series of eight specimens.
Oncometopia speculifera Sign.

One specimen from Los Amates, Feb. ISth.

Oncometopia anceps, Fowl.

Two specimens Feb. 17, 1905.

Oncometopia obtusa, Fab.

Oncometopia inter jecta, Fowler, Biol. Cent. Am. Homp. 11, 228.
A series of 6 specimens varying much in color, especiallv un-
derneath, but with apparently constant color pattern. These
appear to me to include the form described and figured as inter-
jecta by Fowler. One specimen otherwise apparently identical
is only about half the size of the others, 9 m. m., against 14.5 in
length for the large individuals.

•!'E. B. Williamson, to whom a number of records in Honduras are due.

Mar., 1909.] Notes on Guatemalan Hemiptera. 461

Dilobopterus 5-signata Walk.

One specimen Los Amates Feb. 17, 1905.

Tettigoniella redundans, Fowl.

Taken at Los Amates, Feb. 18-26, Mazatenango, Feb. 3, 1905.

Tettigoniella Stall var. fractinota Fowl.

Puerto Barrios March 3d, Los Amates Feb. 28, 1905. Maza-
tenango, Feb. 3d. Also at San Pedro, Hoduras, Feb. 21, 1905.
(E. B. W.)
Tettigoniella pulchella, Fab.

An abundant and widely distributed species. Los Amates,
Feb. 17, 1905. Santa Lucia', Feb. 2d, 1905. Gaulan, Feb. 14th,
1905. Also at San Pedro Honduras, Feb. 21, 1905 (E. B. W.).

Tettigoniella jucunda, Walk.

Taken abundantly at Los Amates, Feb. 18-28, 1905. Puerto
Barrios, also San Pedro, Honduras, Feb. 21, 1905 (E. B. W.)

Tettigoniella laudata, Walk.

Los Amates, Feb. 17. Puerto Barrios, March 3d. Also San
Pedro, Honduras, Feb. 21, 1905 (E. B. W.)

Tettigoniella areolata Sign.

Gualan, Feb. lith. Mazatenango, Feb. 3, 1905. Apparently
an abundant species at these points.

Tettogoniella 6-guttata, Fab.
Mazatenango, Feb. 3d.

Tettigoniella bifida Say. var. fuscolineella Fowl.

Tcttigonia fuscolineella Fowl, Biol. Cent. Am. Homop II, 290.

Los Amates, Jan. 17th, Panzos, March 18th. Mazatenango,
Feb. 3d, Santa Lucia, Feb. 2d. Also San Pedro, Honduras, Feb.
21, 1905 (E. B. W.)

While there is quite constant difference between the Central
American forms and our northern bifida, especially in the shorter
vertex and brown face, it seems quite probable that the difference
is varietal rather than specific.

Tettigoniella geometrica Sign.

Tcttigoma psittacella, Fowl. Biol. Cent. Am. Homop, II. 290.
This species was taken at Los Amates in January and Febru-
ary and at Mazatenango, Feb. 3d. I see no basis for separating
Fowler's species from Signorets and probably he was not familiar
with the latter.

Tettigoniella satelles Fowl.

Two specimens, Los Amates, Feb. 18-28, 1905.
Tettigoniella virgaticeps Fowl.

One specimen Puerto Barrios, March 3, 1905.

462 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 5,

Tettigoniella caeruleovittata Sign.

Among the many specimens of this species, there are two
fairly well marked color varieties, one considerably darker than
the other. Aguas Calientes, Jan. 28th, Mazatenango Feb. 'M,
Los x^mates, Feb. 18-28, 1905.

Tettigoniella miniaticeps, Fowl.

Common, Puerto Barrios, March 3d, Los Amates, Jan. 17.
Also San Pedro, Honduras, Feb. 21, 1905 (E. B. W.)

Tettigoniella venusta Stal.

Two specimens from Santa Lucia Feb. 2, 1905.

Tettigoniella reservata Fowl.

Two specimens, Los Amates, Jan. 17th and Feb. 18th.
Tettigoniella rufimargo Walk.

Los Amates January and February.

Tettigoniella occatoria Say.

Apparently very abundant and specimens are included- from
Mazatenango, Feb. 3d, Los Amates, Feb. 18-28, Puerto Barrios,
March .3d, 1905. San Pedro, Honduras Feb. 21, 1905 (E. B. W.).

Tettigoniella mollicella Fowler.

Los Amates Jan. 17th. Gaulan Feb. 14, 1905.

Tettigoniella sexlineata Sig.

Plentiful at Los Amates, Feb. 18-28.

Tettigoniella lativittata Fowl.

A good series from Los Amates, Feb. 18-28. One, San Pedro,
Honduras, Feb. 21, 1905 (E. B. W.)

Tettigoniella similis Walker.

Tcttigonia prolixa, Fowl. Biol. Cent. Am. Homop. II, 275.
Of this widespread and abundant species numerous examples
are in hand from Mazatenango, Feb. 3d, Los Amates, Puerto
Barrios, March 3d, Santa Lucia, Feb. 2d. Also, San Pedro, Hon-
duras, Feb. 21, 1905 (E. B. W.)

Tettigoniella salutaris, Fowl.

One specimen Los Amates, Feb. 1905.

Diedrocephala sanguinolenta Fab.

Cicada sangiii>iolcnta Fab.

Tettigonia sanguinolenta, Sign. Ann. Ent. Soc. Fr. ; Fowler Biol.
Cent. Am. Homop. II, 262.

This common species appears in number in collections at
Puerto Barrios, March 3d, Los Amates, Feb. 18-28, Mazate-
nango, Feb. 3d. Two, San Pedro, Honduras, Feb. 21, 1905.
(E. B. W.)
Diedrocephala variegata Fab.

Cicada variegata Fab.

Tettigonia variegata, Fowler, Biol. Cent. Am. Homop. II, 291.

One specimen Los Amates, Feb. 16-28.

Mar., 1909.] Notes on Guatemalan Hemiptera. 463

Diedrocephala versuta Say. var. lineiceps Spin.

Santa Lucia, Feb. 3d, Mazatenango, Feb. 3, 1905.

Diedrocephala rufoapicata Fowl.

Tcttigonia rufoapicata Fowl. Biol. Cent. Am. Homop. II, 206.
A single specimen Los Amates Jan. 17th. The species appears
well marked but will come under Diedrocephala as now defined.

Diedrocephala orbata Fowl.

Tettigonia orbata Fowler, Biol. Cent. Am. Homop. II, 286.
Puerto Barrios, March 3d, Los Amates, Jan. 17th.

Diedrocephala limbaticollis Stal.

Tettigonia limbaticollis, Stal. Ent. Zeit., Stett. 25. 75; Fowler,
Biol. Cent. Am. Homop. II, 279.

Los Amates, Feb. 18-28, Puerto Barrios, March 3d.

Draeculacephala reticulata Sign.
Santa Lucia Feb. 2, 1905.

Draeculacephala mollipes, Say.

Abundant at Santa Lucia on Pacific Slope, Feb. 2, 1905.

Draeculacephala mollipes Say, var. minor Walk.

Taken in large numbers at Mazatenango, Feb. 3d. Also at
San Pedro, Honduras, Feb. 21, 1905 (E. B. W.) This variety
seems to have been the only form taken at most of the Atlantic
slope stations while typical molhpes occurred very abundantly
on Pacific slope. The varietal character is apparently very well
established and in this instance seems to be associated with
geographic hmitations.

Gypona unicolor Stal.

One specimen Santa Lucia, Feb. 2d.

Gypona germari Stal.

^Los Amates, Jan. 17, Mazatenango, Feb. 3d, Puerto Barrios,
March 3d.
Gypona bigemmis Spang.

Puerto Barrios, March 3d.
Gypona punctipennis Stal.

Los iVmates, Jan. 17th, one specimen.
Gypona proscripta Fowler^^conspersa Spang. ?

One specimen Mazatenango, Feb. 3, 1905.

Gypona fuscinervis Stal.

One specimen, Panzos, March 18, 1905.

Gypona teapensis Fowl.

One specimen Los Amates, Jan. 17, 1905.

Gypona vinula Stal.

Three specimens Mazatenango, Feb. 3,^1905.

464 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 5,

JAvSSIDAE.

Dorydium maculatum, n. sp.

Light cinereus with brown or fuscous on vertex, pronotuni
and etytra. Vertex at tip, sinuous lines on the face, clypeus,
coxae, pectus and spots on the legs black. Length of female
5 m. ni. ; male 4 m. m.

Head with eyes scarcely wider than the pronotum, eyes large, vertex
narrow, about three times as long as width between eyes, flat faintly
impressed on median line and with slight depression on disk and next the
tip. Apex acute, slightly upturned, front rather strongly keeled at tip
becoming convex at clypeus. Clypeus with parallel sides nearly twice as
long as wide; lorae longer than wide, outer margin nearly semi-circular
not reaching margin of cheek. Genae broad rather deeply sinuate behind
the eye. Rostrum shorter than clypeus. Pronotum strongly arched in
front, lateral margin short, hind margin slightly concave, surface minutely
striated or faintly rugose on central part, not carinate; scutellum with
apex very acute, length scarcely equal to the width at base, elytra opaque
except for small sub-hyaline areas in first, second, third and fifth apical
cells and anteapical and discal cells. Clavus with two veins situated
rather close together the outer one remote from claval suture ; corium with
five apical, one ante-apical and two discal cells; the costal veins reflexed;
the vein below anteapical cell expanded into a minute cellule.

Color cinereous or somewhat stramineus with light brown markings on
vertex, forming a large discal spot in front of middle, two marginal triangu-
lar spots, and central transverse band with more definite spots toward the
margin, and a central line running backward, another brownish band
between the eyes with darker spots toward the center, pronotum with three
indefinite brownish longitudinal stripes, a pair of dark brown slightly
infuscated spots on anterior margin, the outer longitudinal stripes and
the spot behind the eye fuscous; scutellum with a basal median spot and
anteapical arch broadening at margin, fuscous two spots in basal portion,
of clavus, two on the disk, and sutural line and the reflexed costal veins
and spot on inner apical veinule dark fuscous or blackish. Face with the
tip of vertex black; face with somewhat broken sinuate lines each side,
fuscous or blackish lower part of face including most of clypeus and
cheeks below the lorae black, and propleural spots and spots on the
pectus, tarsal claws on front and middle feet and a series of spots at base
of spines, apex of tibia, apex of tarsal joints and claws of hind feet black.
Line on the inner side of hind tibia black. All marks are more intense in
the male but color pattern is identical.

Genitalia: Last ventral segment of female about as long as the pre-
ceding, hind margin not produced, slightly sinuate, ovipositor exceeding
the fjygofcr by about }4 its length and tipped with reddish; the male
valve hidden under last ventral segment, plates and pygofer very short,
the former thick narrow and reaching the lower apex of pygofer. Pygofer
obliquely truncate, margins meeting ventrally in an obtuse angle.

Described from a series of five specimens collected at Los
Amates, Guatemala, by Prof. J. S. Hine, Jan. 17, 1905. It is an
interesting addition to the Dorydine fauna differing quite dis-
tinctly from the European representatives of the genus.

Scaphoideus scalaris Van D.

Mazatenango, Feb. 3d. Originally described from California
the species is now known from Washington and New York

Mar,, 1909.] Notes on Guatemalan Hemiptcra. 465

through Mexico, and now to Guatemala the most southerly
point yet recorded. It is perhaps worthy of note that these speci-
mens have typical form of head and do not approach the form
described from Mexico as mexicana by the writer.

Scaphoideus tesselatus n. sp.

Size and general facies of scalaris but conspicuously tesselate ;
elvtral veins conspicuously marked with alternating black and
white spots. Female, length 5 m. m.

Head distinctly angulate, sub-conical; vertex margins sloping, length-
about equal to width between eyes; front elongate, narrowing slightly to
clypeus. Clypeus about twice as long as broad, slightly wider at apex;
lorae very large reaching almost the border of the cheeks which form a
very narrow margin; genae very slightly sinuate; antennae very long,
extending almost to tip of abdomen. Pronotum strongly arcuate in
front; truncate behind; lateral margins very short. Costal nervures not
refiexed; first one opposite basal part of outer ante-apical cell, ante-apical
cells equal, parallel margined; apical cells sub-equal in size.

Color: Vertex blackish with two small whitish points at extreme
apex; two small semi-circular spots between ocelli, behind Avhich are two
brownish depressed sub-triangular spots; faint median whitish line and
faint whitish borders at occiput against the eyes and distinct whitish
circles around ocelli. Face brownish; border next the vertex black, mar-
gined by sinuate whitish line; antennae pallid brownish at base, seta
darker; pronotum brown with darker fuscous on anterior border and
irrorate with transverse whitish spots; scutellum fulvvis at center, two
fuscous spots each side, basal angles and apex yellowish white. Elytra
golden brown with dark fuscous or blackish on the veins and at apex of
clavus, interrupted by conspicuous Avhite spots; three larger whitish spots
on clavus; two on the sutural margin; one near the base next claval
suture; three larger Avhitish spots on corium two corresponding with
transverse veinules and one on first costal cross vein. Apical veins
broadlv margined with smoky fuscous.

Genitalia : Last ventral segment of female nearly twice as long as
the penultinate ; broadly excavate and with a broad rather blunt median
tooth; pygofers rather narrow, as long as ovipositor, narrowed posteriorly
with rather stiff short bristles arranged in two somewhat irregular series
each side.

The single specimen of female was collected by Prof. J. S,
Hine at Los Amates, Guatemala, Feb. 18-05. While distinctly
belonging to the scalaris group, it is very distict- indeed from any
of the known species. Its handsome checkered appearance will
readily distinguish it.

Chlorotettix vittata. n. sp.

Greenish white with distinct fusco-hy aline lines on elytra.
Female length to tip of elytra 7 m.m., male 6.75 m.m.

Head scarcely as broad as pronotum; vertex round in front, scarcely
longer at middle than next the eye; front narrowed apically; clypeus
widened at apex; lorae eliptical, rather narrow; genae with sinuate rnargin.
Pronotum concave behind; elytra sub-hyaline, veins small and indistinct.

Color: Pallid greenish white; elytra somewhat milky with two slender
oblique lines on clavus parallel to claval suture on the corium. The lirst
and longest lying in the cell between sectors of the inner vein, second and
third in the adjacent cells; fourth in the outer ante-apical and apical cells.

466 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 5,

Genitalia: Last ventral segment of female rather short; hind border
roughly toothed ; pygofer rather long, bristled near the tip. Male valve
rounded behind, plates short about half as long as pygofer; borders
curved; a few bristles near margin; pygofers tapered, strongly bristled.

23 specimens, 7 females and 16 males collected at Los Amates,
Guatemala, Jan. 17, 1905, by Professor J. S. Hine.
Phlepsius costomaculatus Van. D.

Allygiis costomaculatus Van Duzee, Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Hist.,
V. 207.
Three specimens, Puerto Barrios, Mazatenango, Feb. 3d.
It has been known heretofore from Texas and Florida.

Acinopterus acuminatus Van D.

Three specimens taken at Los Amates in January and
February.

REMOVAL OF THE SHOWY PARTS OF FLOWERS AS
AFFECTING FRUIT AND SEED PRODUCTION.

Arthur H. McCray.

OBJECT OF EXPERIMENT.

In this experiment it was attempted to determine the effect
of the cutting away and removing entirely of the showy parts of
blossoms on the production of fruit and its consequent seed.
As will be seen in the great majority of cases, these showy parts
will be also enveloping parts, covering, especially in early period
of blooming the stamens and pistils and thus affording more or
less protection from the elements, to these essential parts of the
flower. Those who are familiar with the works of Chas. Darwin,
will remember that he devoted much time and study to the polli-
nation of flowers and that he embodied the results of his studies
in a book entitled: "Cross and Self -Fertilization in the Vege-
table Kingdom." One of these extended experiments was the
•exclusion of insects from flowers by covering with a netting.
All flowers so excluded from insect visits, failed to set fruit. And
so it was thought that by removing the large attractive parts of
flowers, that insects would perhaps pass such by and hence no
fruit would be produced. The experiments recorded below were
carried out during the spring and summer of 1907.

These parts were easily removed by use of either a knife
blade pressing it down upon the base of petal or whatever the
part might be, and forcing it by a quick stroke from its place,
or by a small pair of very fine pointed scissors. In either case
care was taken not to unduly injure by mutilation any of the
essential parts of the flower.

Mar., 1909.] Removal of Showy Parts of Flowers. 467

METHOD OF CONDUCTING THE EXPERIMENT.

This experiment is made up of a series of tests, which will be
mentioned separately. By way of explanation when using the
term test, test limb or test group, is meant that such a branch
or group of blossoms has had the showy parts of the flowers
removed, while by a check is meant a branch or group adjoining
the test limb or group with blossoms untouched, but simply
marked for comparison with the test.

WEATHER CONDITIONS AS A FACTOR.

Inasmuch as the weather conditions have been a prominent
factor in important developments in this experiment from begin-
ning to end, mention will be made of this in the separate tests.

PART PLAYED BY INSECTS.

As intimated, in the beginning of the experiment it was
thought that insects would perhaps fail to reach those blossoms
having the showy parts reinoved as considerable stress has been
laid by various observers upon the present high development of
flowers as to color and varied form, as due largely if not exclu-
sivelv to insect visits. While as before mentioned the experi-
ment has had to do with removal of showy parts, it must not be
forgotton that these may also be protective. Too much stress
has certainly been put upon such development of flowers as due
to insect visits, and it will be shown that the visitation of insects of
various orders is just as abundant after removal of the showy
parts as before. In all of the tests made out of doors in the early
part of spring very decided differences in amount of fruit setting
was secured in check and test limbs. Thus on some test limbs
there would be less than half as much fruit set as on the adjoin-
ing check limb on which the blossoms were left untouched. But
we would not be justified in saying that this lack of fruit was due
to lack of insect visitation when we know that insects were flying
and when we see thein on those flowers having the corollas
removed. Thus on June 9, observations were made on a syringia
bush which was visited quite early in the morning before any
insects were flying and a large number of flowers were deprived
of corollas. By the time this was finished insects began to come
in abundance, among them being the common hive bee, many
species of the smaller Apidae, Diptera, and Wasps. The visits
were as frequent apparently on the flower with corollas removed
as on the blossoms with all the parts. In the afternoon the
bush was again visited and found that the flowers with corollas
removed were still attracting insect visitors as they were in the
early morning hours, the smaller apidae being quite noticeable.

Some of the more important of the separate tests will now be
given somewhat more in detail.

468 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 5,

Test I. May 1. Old apple tree in prime of bearing age,
just beginning to open blossoms. Number of blossoms on test
limb, 86. Number of blossoms on check limb, 88. Very cool
day and no insects working. May 5, warmer and insects work-
ing. May 16, found on test limb, 31 young fruits, some of them
dried and just ready to fall, while on the check limb adjoining,
55 fruits, most of them plump and growing. This makes the per-
centage of fruit setting 62.5% for the check limb, while on the
test limb with corollas removed only 36.04%.

Test II. May 8. Wild Crab Apple Tree. Blossoms pink.
Corollas removed with fine pointed scissors. Test limb of 304
blossoms. Check limb of 200 blossoms. These blossoms were
not yet fully opened but were still partly enveloping the stamens
and pistils. On May 29, found on the check limb 140 fruits out
of the original 200, while an the test with corollas removed there
were onlv 145 out of the original 304, making the percentages
70% for the check and 47.6% for the test.

On June 4, this was again visited and found on check 35
plump fruits and on test only 7, 17.5% for check and 2.3% for
test with corollas removed.

Test III. May 9. Crab apple tree, near preceding test tree.
Test limb of 71 blossoms. Check limb of 72 blossoms. Flowers
not opened, but parts enveloped by corollas. Observations were
made on May 21, May 29, May 30 and June 4. Frost morning of
28th of May. On June 4 on check limb there were seven fruits
while on test only one, or 9.8% of fruit has set on the check
limb with corollas untouched while on the test limb with corollas
removed 1.4%.

Test IV. Nasturtiums in the green-house. A large number
of flowers were secured for this test, there being three groups,
a middle group used for a check with corollas untouched and on
either side a second and third group from which the corollas
were kept removed. In these green house flowers no difference
was observed in test and check groups, fruit setting in as great
abundance on the group with corollas removed as on those flow-
ers with corollas left intact.

The results of more tests could be given to show the same
lessening of the number of fruits setting on the groups of flowers
with corollas or other showy parts removed. From this we see
that a failure to set fruit on such flowers thus deprived cannot
be attributed to lack of insect visitations.

WHY A FAILURE TO SET FRUIT?

As may be surmised from what has previously been said of
the weather conditions as playing a part in the final results of the
experiment, it may be said that it is this factor that has played
so prominent a part, in that the flower has been deprived of a

Mar,, 1909.] Distribution of Woody Plants of Ohio. 469

protection against the elements, rather than a signal inviting
insect visitations.

On the other hand there ma}^ be a reaction from the injury in
removing the parts even though the vital parts, the stamens and
pistils, remain untouched. Yet it is seen that the nasturtiums
in the green house were unaffected by removing the show}^ parts,
seeming not to suffer in the least, so with some cucumber vines
in the green house, these set fruit without apparent check from
cutting away these parts. This would lead us to think that
injury from cutting away these parts is perhaps a minor con-
sideration, although more tests would need to be made using for
instance nasturtiums and cucumbers outside as an additional
check, also several other kinds of flowers. At any rate the one
thing of which there can be no mistake in interpreting is that
insects are not necessarily attracted by the color of the flower
parts, as has so often been said.

DISTRIBUTION OF THE WOODY PLANTS OF OHIO.

Geo. W. Hood.

In the following list an attempt has been made to divide the
woody plants of Ohio into groups according to distribution.
The data were obtained from the State Herbarium which is now
fairly complete as regards the woody plants of the State of Ohio.
In some cases, further collecting is necessary to show the exact
distribution. The plants are grouped according to the section
in which they are found, as trees, shrubs, climbing vines, and
trailing plants, under the heads of general, northern, southern,
eastern, or rare distribution. There are apparently no woody
plants that have come into the state from the west.

Out of the 278 species listed there are 106 trees, 54 shrubs, 13
climbing vines, and 4 trailing plants of general distribution; 11
trees, 11 shrubs, and 2 climbing vines, of northern distribution;
10 trees, 1 shrub, and 2 climbing vines, of southern distribution;
1 tree of eastern distribution; 21 trees, 36 shrubs, 4 climbing
vines and 2 trailing plants of rare distribution. Besides the 278
species there are 32 others which have been reported as occuring
in the state, 17 of which should probably be removed from the
state list, but the remaining 15 should probably be retained as a
part of the Ohio flora.

Supplementing the list on distribution is one of 66 of the
important timber trees of the state, 54 of which are of general
distribution and 12 of rare distribution. The 50 most important
are marked with a star.

47°

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. IX, No. 5,

GENERAL DISTRIBUTION.

Trees.

Juniperus virginiana L.
Populus alba L.

" balsamifera candicans

(Ait.) Gr.
" deltoides Marsh.
" dilatata Ait.
" grandidentata Mx.
tremuloides Mx.
Salix alba L.

" alba vite],lina (L.) Koch.
" fluviatilis Nutt.
" discolor Muhl.
" fragilis L.
" nigra Marsh.

nigra falcata (Pursh.) Torr.
purpurea L.
Juglans cinerea L.

" nigra L.
Hicoria alba (L.) Britt.

glabra (Mill.) Britt.
laciniosa (Mx. f.) Sarg.
minima (Marsh.) Britt.
microcarpa (Nutt.) Britt.
ovata (Mill.) Britt.
Carpinus caroliniana Walt.
Ostrya virginiana (Mill.) Willd.
Betula lenta L.
Alnus incana (L.) Willd.

rugosa (DuR.) Koch.
Fagus americana Sw.
Castanea dentata (Marsh.) Borkh.
Quercus acuminata (Mx.) Houd.
alba L.

coccinea Wang,
imbricaria Mx.
macrocarpa Mx.
palustris DuR.
platanoides (Lam.) vSudw.
prinus L.
" rubra L.

velutina Lam.
Ulmus americana L.
" fulva Mx.

racemosa Thom.
Celtis occidentalis L.
Morus alba L.

rubra L.
Toxylcjn pomiferum Raf.
Magnolia acuminata L.
Liriodendron tulipifcra L.
Asimina triloV)a (L.) Dun.
Sassafras sassafras (L. ) Karst.
Hamamelis virginiana L.
Plantanus occidentalis L.

Pyrus communis L.
Malus angustifolia (Ait.) Mx.
" coronaria (L.) Mill.
" malus (L.) Britt.
Amelanchier botryapium (L. f.)DC.
canadensis (L.) Medic.
Crataegus coccinea L.

" macracantha Lodd.

mollis (T.&G.) Scheele.
punctata Jacq.
punctata canescens
Britt.
" tomentosa L.

" crus-galli L.

Prunus a:nericana Marsh.
" avium L.
" cerasus L.
" serotina Ehrh.
" virginiana L.
Amj^gdalus persica L.
Cercis canadensis L.
Gleditsia triacanthos L.
Gymnocladus dioica (L.) Koch.
Robinia pseudacacia L.
Xanthoxylum americanum Mill.
Ptelea trifoliata L.
Ailanthus glandulosa Desf.
Rhus glabra L.

hirta (L.) vSudw.
" copallina L.
" vernix L.
Euonymus ati'opurpureus Jacq.
Staphylea trifoliata L.
Acer negundo L.
" nigrum Mx.
" rubrum L.
" saccharinum L.
" saccharum Marsh.
Aesculus glabra. Willd.
Tilia americana L.
Kalmia latifolia L.
Oxydendrum arboreum (L.) DC.
Diospyros virginiana L.
Fraxinus americana L.

" lanceolata Borck.
" nigra Marsh.
" pennsylvanica Marsh.
" quadrangulata Mx.
Curnus florida L.

alternifolia L. f.
" asperifolia Mx.
Nyssa sylvatica Marsh.
Viliurnum lentago L.

jirunifolium L.

Mar., 1909.] Distribution of Woody Plants of Ohio.

471

Shrubs.

Taxus canadensis Marsh.
Salix humilis Marsh.
" sericea Marsh.
Corylus aniericana Walt.
Betula puinila L.
Berberis vulgaris L.
Hydrangea arborescens L.
Ribes aureum Pursh.
" cvnosbati L.
" floridum L'Her.
Opvilaster opulifolius (L.) Ktz.
Spiraea salicifolia L.
" tomentosa L.
Rubus hispidus L.

nigrobaccus Bail.
" canadensis L.

americanus (Pers.) Britt.
occidentalis L.
strigosus Mx.
odoratus L.
Rosa blanda Ait.
" Carolina L.
" humilis Marsh.
" lucida Ehrh.
" rubiginosa L.
" setigera Mx.
Aronia arbutifolia (L.) Medic.

" nigra (Willd.) Britt.
Rhus aromatica Ait.

Climbing Vines.

Smilax hispida Muhl. Vitis cordifolia Mx.

rotundifoha L. " labrusca L. (Northern).

Lonicera glaucescens Rydb. " vulpina L.

Menispermum canadense L. Lycium vulgare (Ait. f.) Dvm.

Celastrus scadens. L. Tecoma radicans (L.) DC.

Vitis aestivalis Mx. Parthenocissus quinquefolia (L.)
" bicolor LeConte. Planch.

Ilex verticillata (L.) Gr.
Rhamnus lanceolata Pursh.
Ceanothus americanus L.
Hypericum prolificum L.
Dirca palustris L.

Gaylussacia resinosa (Ait.) T. & G.
Vaccinium pennsylvanicum Lam.
" corymbosum L.

" vacillans Kalm.

Polycodium stamineum (L.) Greene
Oxycoccus macrocarpus (Ait.)

Pers.
Ligustrum vulgare L.
Cornus amomuin Mill.

" candidissima Marsh.
" stolonifera Mx.
Cephalanthus occidentalis L.
Sambucus canadensis L.

pubens Mx.
Viburnum acerifolium L.
" cassinoides L.

" dentatum L.

Svmphoricarpospauciflorus(Robb.)
Britt.
" racemosus. Mx.

" svmphoricarpos

■(L.) MacM.
Lonicera tartarica L.

Rubus procumbens Muhl.
Epigaea repens L.

Trailing Plants.

Gaultheria procumbens L.
Euonvmus obovatus Nutt.

Pinus strobus L.
Larix laricina (DuR.) Koch
Juniperus communis L.
Populus heterophylla L.
Salix amygdaloides And.
bebbiana Sarg.

NORTHERN DISTRIBUTION.

Trees.

Salix lucida Muhl.
Betula lutea Mx. f.
Crataegus oxyacantha L.
Prunus pennsylvanica L. f.
Acer spicatum Lam.

Comptonia peregrina (L.) Coult.
Ribes oxyacanthoides L.

" rubrum L.
Hypericum kalmianum L.
Lepargyraea canadensis (L.)Greene.
Chamaedaphne calyculata (L.)
Moench.

Shrubs.

Viburnum opulus L.

" pubescens (Ait.) Pursh.

" alnifolium Marsh.

Lonicera ciliata Muhl.
Diervilla diervilla (L.) MacM.

472 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 5,

Climbing Vines.
Lonicera sempervirens L. Smilax bona-nox L.

SOUTHERN DISTRIBUTION.

Trees.

Pinus rigida Mill. Liquidambar styraciflua L.

" virginiana Mill. Rhamnus caroliniana Walt.

Betula nigra L. Aesculus octanadra Marsh.

Quercus minor (Marsh.) Sarg. Tilia heterophylla Vent.

marylandica Moench. Chionanthus virginica L.

Slintbs.
Ascyrum multicaule Mx.

Climbing Vines.
Bignonia crucigera L. Smilax glauca Walt.

EASTERN DISTRIBUTION.

Trees.
Tsuga canadensis (L.) Carr.

RARE DISTRIBUTION.

Trees.

Pinus echinata Mill. Auglaize Co., probably accidental.

Thuja occidentalis L. Champaign, Franklin, Green, Highland and

Adams Counties.
Populus balsamifera L. Auglaize, Harrison, Fayette and Ashtabula

Counties.
Salix babylonica L. Ashtabula, Wayne, and Fairfield Counties.
" discolor eriocephala (Mx.) And. Erie and Licking Counties.
" interior wheeleri. Rowlee. Erie and Preble Counties.
" pentandra L. Franklin and Belmont Counties.
Quercus prinoides Willd. Stark County.

Amelanchier rotundifolia (Mx.) Roem. Ottawa, Erie, Lorain and High-
land Counties.
Crataegus rotundifolia (Ehrh.) Borck. Summit County.
Prunus mahaleb. L. Lake and Franklin Counties.

Robinia viscosa Vent. Cuyahoga, Lake, Ashtabula and Fairfield Counties.
Ilex opaca Ait. La^iTence County.

Cotinus cotinus (L.). Jefferson County. Escaped Cult.
Euonymus europaeus L. Lake County. Prob. Escaped Cult.
Rhododendron maximum L. Fairfield County.
Fraxinus biltmoreana Bead. Franklin and Erie Counties.
Catalpa catalpa (L.) Karst. Champaign, Montgomer_y and Franklin
Counties.
" speciosa. Warder. Ashtabula, Franklin, Hocking, Preble and
Madison Covmties. Cultivated extensively.
Sorbus aucuyiaria L. Lake County. Probably escaped Cult.

" sambuciiolia (C. & S.) Roem. Crawford and Ashtabula Counties.

Shrubs.

Salix adenophylla Hook. Erie County.

" candirki Fluegge. Erie and Wyandot Counties'.

" cordata angustata (Pursh.) And. Ashtabula, Summit, Delaware,
Franklin and Allen Counties,
glaucopliylla Bebb. Williams, Wyandot, Licking and Erie Counties.
" myrtilloides L. Portage, Wayne, Licking and Perry Counties.
" petiolaris Sm. Fulton, Woods and Erie Counties.
" petiolaris gracilis And. Erie County.
" humilis tristis (Ait.) Griggs. Madison and Athens County.

Mar., 1909.] Distribution of Woody Plants of Ohio. 473

Philadelphus coronarius L. Erie, Monroe, Belmont, Jefferson and Aug-
laize Counties.
Ribes uva-crispa L. Franklin and Lawrence Counties. Escaped from Cult.
Spiraea prunifolia Sieb. Cuyahoga County. Escaped from Cult.
Sorbaria sorbifolia (L.) A. Br. Lake and Harrison Counties.
Rubus canadensis L. IMontgomery, Franklin and Hocking Counties.

" phoenicolasius Max. Lake County.
Rosa canina L. Huron, Fayette and Brown Counties.

" gallica L. Lake County.

" nitida Willd. Lake County. Probably escaped from Cult.
Aronia atropurpurea Britt. Licking County.
Cotoneaster pyracantha (L.) Spach. Franklin Count5\
Prunus pumila L. Erie County.
Amorpha fruticosa L. Lucas County.
Robinia hispida L. Columbiana County; Probably Cult.
Euonymus americanus L. Clarke County.
Rhamnus alnifolia L'Her. Champaign, Cuyahoga and Lake Counties.

" cathartica L. Champaign and Greene Counties.

Ceanothus ovatus Desf. Ottawa and Erie Counties.
Azalea lutea L. Fairfield County.

nudiflora L. Geauga and Portage Counties.
Andromeda polifolia L. Wayne, Stark and Geauga Counties.
Arctostaphylos uva-ursi (L.) Spreng. Erie County.
Vaccinium "atrococcum (Gr.) Heller. Williams County.

" canadense Rich. Lucas and Stark Counties.

Syringa vulgaris L. Lake and Jefferson Counties.
Cornus circinata L'Her. Cuyahoga, Summit and Warren Counties.
Viburnum lantana L. Lake County Prob. escaped Cult.
" molle Mx. Hocking and Adams Counties.

Climbing \'incs.

Lonicera xvlosteum L. Lake County.

hirsuta Eaton. Ottowa, Monroe and Lorain Counties,
oblongata (Goldie). Hook. Cuyahoga Countj'.
" dioica L. Champaign and Franklin Counties.

Trailing Plants.

Berberis aquifolia. Pursli. Lake County.

Chiogenes hispidula (L.) T. & G. Summit and Stark Counties.

PL.\NTS NOT REPRESENTED, VERY DOUBTFUL.

Salix alba coerulea (Sm.) Koch. Prunus cuneata Raf.

Betula populifolia Marsh. Acer pennsylvanicum L.

Philadelphus inodorus L. Ledum groenlandicum Oeder.

grandiflorus Willd. Kalmia augustifolia L.

Ribes lacustre (Pers.) Poir. Vaccinium paUidum Ait.

Spiraea corvmbosa Raf. Oxycoccus oxycoccus (L.) Mac. M.

Rubus baileyanus Britt. Myrica cerifera L.

setosus Bigel. Quercus texana Buckley.
" frondosus Bigel.

PROBABLY IN OHIO.

Corylus rostrata Ait. Azalea viscosa L.

Castanea pumila (L.) MiU. Gaylussacia frondosa (L.) T. & G.

Quercus Schneckii Britt. Broussonetia papyrifera (L.) Vent.

nana (Marsh.) Sarg. Lonicera caprifolium L.

alexanderi Britt. Smilax pseudo-china L.

Ribes nigrum L. Escaped Cult. Ampelopsis cordata Mx.
Rosa cinnamomea L. Escaped Cult Parthenocissus quinquefolia
Cornus baileyi Coult. & Evans. laciniata Planch.

474

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. IX, No. 5,

THE VALUABLE TIMBER TREES OF OHIO.

General.

*Juniperus virginiana L.
Populus balsimifera candicans
(Ait.) Gr.

* " deltoides. Marsh.

" grandidentata Mx.
*Juglans cinerea L.

* " nigra L.
*Hicoria alba (L.) Britt.

glabra (Mill.) Britt.
" laciniosa (Mx.f.) Sarg.
" minima (Marsh) Britt.
" microcarpa (Nutt.) Britt.
ovata (Mill.) Britt.
Carpinus caroliniana Walt.
Ostrya virginiana (Mill.) Willd.
*Betula lenta L.
*Fagus americana Sw.
*Castanea dentata (Marsh.) Borkh.
*Quercus acuminata (Mx.) Houd.

*Ulmus americana L.
fulva Mx.

* " racemosa Thom.
*Celtis occidentalis L.

Morus rubra L.
*Toxylon pomiferum Raf.

Magnolia acuminata L.
*Liriodendron tulipifera L.
*Platanus occidentalis L.
*Prunus serotina Ehrh.
*Gleditsia triacanthos L.
*Gymnocladus dioica (L.) Koch.
*Robinia pseudacacia L.
*Acer nigrum Mx.

* " rubrum L.

* " .saccharinum L.

* " saccharuin Marsh.
Aesculus glabra Willd.

*Tilia americana L.

*

*

alba L.
coccinea Wang.

Diospyros virginiana L.
*Fraxinus americana L.

*

imbricaria Mx.

* " lanceolata Borck.

* "

macrocarpa Mx.
palustris DuR.
plantanoides (Lam.)
Sudw.

* " nigra Marsh.

* " pennsylvanica Marsh.

* " quadrangulata Mx.
Cornus florida L.

prinus L.
rubra L.

*Nyssa sylvatica Marsh.

* "

velutina Lam.

Rare or Local.

*Pinus strobus L. *Betula lutea Mx. f.

" virginiana Mill. Quercus niinor (Marsh.) Sarg.

*Larix laricina (DuR.) Koch. Liquidamljar styraciflua L.

*Tsuga canadensis (L.) Carr. Aesculus octandra Marsh.

Populus heterophylla L. *Tilia heterophylla Vent.

" balsamifera L. *Catalpa speciosa Warder.

Mar., 1909.] Meeting of the Biological Club. 475

MEETING OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.

Orton Hall, December 7, 190S.

The club was called to order by the President and the minutes
of the previous meeting were read and approved as read.

The President appointed as a committee to consider a change
in the time of monthly meeting the following: Professors F. L.
Landacre, R. F. Griggs, and Mr. Arthur L. Smith.

The following names proposed at the last meeting were elected
to membership: Lionel King, Malcolm Dickey, J. L. Paxton
and S. C. Kelton.

Professor Lnadacre's paper on the Origin of Cranial Ganglia
of the Cat Fish, occupied the evening. In discussing this ques-
tion Professor Landacre called attention particularly to the func-
tional point of view in interpreting the cranial ganglia as con-
trasted with the strictly morphological point of view. From the
functional point of view there are several well defined systems
variously distributed throughout the cranial nerves in such a
manner as to best conserve the functional needs of the organism.
These are not symmetrically distributed either in the trunks of
a single metameric nerve or among the various metameric nerves.
But these systems can be reduced to a simple type such as that
found in a spinal nerve although in the head this simple type
becomes greatly modified.

The obejct of the work undertaken upon Ameiurus was to
determine the exact mode of origin of these diverse elements of
the cranial nerves. The following brief outline will suffice to
show the principal facts brought out in the discussion: (a) The
general cutaneous nerve ganglia are derived in Ameiurus from
the lateral mass (neural crest of other types) ; (b) The acustico-
lateralis nerves supplying the ear and lateral line organs are less
homogenous in their mode of origin.

The lateris ganglia of the Vllth nerve come from the lateral
mass. The Vlllth ganglion comes apparently exclusively from
the auditory vesicle. The lateralis IXth comes from the auditory
vesicle. The lateralis Xth comes from the post auditory placode.

The close relationship of this system to the general cutaneous
is shown in the mode of origin of the lateralis Vllth.

(c) The general communis ganglia come from the lateral mass.
The special cummunis or gustatory come from the epibranchial
placodes.

The ganglia from which the cranial trunks and roots arise
show quite as much discreetness in their mode of origin as they
do in their function and distribution both central and peripheral.

After a discussion of the paper the club was adjourned.

Arthur H. McCray, Secy.

47 6 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 5,

Orton Hall, Jan. 18, 1909.

The club was called to order by the President, Miss Freda
Detmers, and the minutes of the previous meeting were read and
approved as read.

The program consisted of Reports from those present at the
Baltimore Meeting, December, 1908, of the American Associa-
tion for the Advancement of Science and Affiilated Socities. Prof.
Osborn stated that this was probably the largest aggregation of
scientific men ever gathered in the countr3\. Prof. Osborn
reported on the meetings of the American Association of Econo-
mic Entomologists mentioning Prof. S. A. Forbes' address in
which a line of work was presented which will put entomology
on a wider biological basis. Of the papers given before the
Entomological Society of America, he mentioned in particular
that of Prof. Poulton of Oxford, England, on Mimicry in Ameri-
can butterflies.

Prof. Prosser gave an extended account of the geology section
laying particular emphasis upon the proper recognition which
Paleontology is being given in stratigraphical work.

Prof. Lazenby reported on the Darwin celebration.

Prof. Griggs stated that while in the Botany section, papers
of fundamental importance were read no great stride in science was
in evidence. The work consisted of a large number of papers
of real though not striking scientific value.

Dr. G. D. Hubbard described the papers on geographic and
physiographic work as a series of smaller contributions to the
greater problems.

Mr. Herbert Osborn, Jr., gave a report of the three views
of evolution as brought out at the meetings: (1) Daven-
port supports the theory of mutation as a predominating factor
of evolution; (2) Eiganmann, of Indiana, supports the theor}- of
the inheritance of acquired characters; (3) H. F. Osborn in his
study of paleontolog\' supports the theory .of evolution by small
variations.

Messrs. J. F. Zimmer and L. L. Scott gave brief reports.

Prof. Griggs, the chairman of the committee to consider a
change in the time of meeting, reported that in the judgment of
the committee no other night of the week seemed any more desir-
able than the present time, viz.: the first Monday of each month.
A motion was made and carried to the effect that action on the
report of the committee be laid on the table until the next meet-
ing.

Wilbur Mikescll was elected to membership.

x'\rtiiur II. McCr.w, Secy

Date of Publication, March 15, 190<).

The Ohio 'ihCaturalist,

PUBLISHED BY

The Biological Club of the Ohio State Uni'versity,
Volume IX. APRIL. 1909. No. 6.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Cook— Notes on the Embryology of the Caryophyllaceae 477

Det:mers— Tlie Uncultiviitod Fiber Phuits of Ohio 4fc0

(lONDiT— Tlie Conemaugh Formation in Southern Ohio 482

SCHAFFNER— The Chissificatiou of Plants, V. 489

Williams— On Hibernation in the Raceoon 495

NOTES ON THE EMBRYOLOGY OF THE CARYOPHYLLACEAE

Mel. T. Cook.

Some years ago the writer undertook a comparative study of
the morphology of several species belonging to the family
Caryophyllaceae and related families for the purpose of dem-
onstrating the constancy or variability of these internal char-
acters and thus reaching some conclusions as to their value in
phylogenetic studies. In connection with this work two brief
papers were pubHshed* at that time. A change of location and
lines of work necessitated the discontinuance of this line of study
and the writer has not had an opportunity to take it up again.
However, it has been thought desirable to offer these accumu-
lated notes.

The Vaccaria vaccaria (L.) Britton was collected by Mr. H. H.
York near Greencastle, Indiana, in 1903. It is an European
species which has become rather widely distributed throughout
the country.

The Siiene conoidea L.j was collected on the Agricultural
Experiment Station farm at Newark, Delaware. Only two
specimens were found and the seed of these were supposed to
have been introduced in Alfalfa from some of the Rocky Moun-
tain States. However, it proved to be a south European species
and it may have been introduced through an entirely different
source. It was collected primarily for class study, since the
embryos of members of this family are especially good for
class work.

*Tlie development of the embryo sac and embrvo of Ciaytonia virginica. Ohio Nat-
uralist, Vol. Ill, No. 3, pi). 849-3.33, 19U.i. The (leveloi)ment of the t-nibryo sac
and embrvo of Agrosteinm;i gidiago, Ohio Naturalist, \o\. HI. No. 4, \\]<.
365-369, 1905.

t Determined by Dr. .1. N. Rose, Nalioiial Museum, WasliiiiLrtou, I), (".

477

478 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 6,

The most striking characters noted in the study of the
Agrostemma githago referred to above were (a) the formation
of an inner and an outer nucellar zone, (b) the growth of the
nucellus so as to leave the embryo sac deeply embedded, (c) the
formation of a nucellar beak which projects through the micro-
pyle, and (d) a filamentous embryo with the large basal cell.

Since the publication of the above paper, L. S. Gibbs has pub-
lished a paper on "Notes on the Development and Structure of
the Seed in Alisnoideae"J in which the characters were very
similar to A. githago. The development of the embryo sac was
the same, also the two zones, which are referred to as nucellar
layers, and the beak like projection of the nucellus through the
micropyle which is somewhat more pointed than in A. githago
and is referred to as a papilla. There is no lateral pouch-like
enlargement of the sac as in A. githago. The development of
the embryo is practically the same.

No attempt was made to trace the early history of the embryo
sacs in either species. In both species the two nucellar zones
and the beak were very evident ; the sacs are located deep in the
nucellus but there was no pronovmced lateral enlargement as in
the case of A. githago although in some instances there was a
slight enlargement of this kind. In both species the embryos
were filamentous in their early stages and possess the large
basal cells.

In V. vaccaria the embryo was exceptionally long (Fig. 1),
the length being due to the excessive length of the three lower
cells. The basal cell becomes very large, stains readily and has
very much the appearance of the corresponding cell in A. githago.
It is also directly connected with the passage through which the
]x)llcn tube entered and which is now filled with protoplasm.
Gibbs says that in Stellaria this basal cell is "elongated so much
that it forms a haustorium at the micropolar end, which projects
beyond the emljryo sac into the nucellar tissue." Gibbs also
says that "the nucellus is very large and active in appearance,
and the cell suggests an absorbent organ."

In Silene conoidea the embryo is not so long as in V. vaccaria
Ijut is almost identical in development with A. githago (Fig. 3).
However, instead of the cell next to the apical cell being the first
to divide, it is usually the second from the apical cell (Fig. 4).
The large basal cell eventually disentegrates (Fig. 5) and the
further history of the embryo is practically the same as in A.
githago. In one instance an abnormal embryo (Fig. (i) was
observed.

The endosperm in both species was non-cellvilar (Fig. .") and
identical with the endosperm in A. githago.

t Annals of I'.ni;iii,v, X'ol. \.\1, pp. 2.")-55, 1907.

Ohio Nattralist.

Plate XXII.

Cook on " Caryophyllaceae."

Explanation of Plate XXII.

Fig. 1. Filamentous embryo of Vaccaria vaccaria.

Fig. 2. Eight nucleate embryo sac of Silene conoidea showing the egg,

one symergid, two antipodals, and the endosperm nucleus.
Fig. 3. Embryo sac of S. conoidea with filamentous embryo and endosperm.
Fig. 4. Normal embryo of S. conoidea.

Fig. 5. Disintegration of the basal cell of the embryo of S. conoidea.
Fig. 6. Abnormal embryo of S. conoidea.

Agricultural Experiment Station, Newark, Delaware.

48o The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 6,

THE UNCULTIVATED FIBER PLANTS OF OHIO.

Freda Detmers.

This list of plants was taken from the Ninth Report of the
United States Fiber Investigation Commission of the Depart-
ment of Agriculture, 1897. They are grouped according to the
part used and the character of the fiber as pseudo, structural and
bast fibers. Many of these plants are used quite extensively
in the arts in other countries if not in this one.

The list of uncultivated plants is supplemented by a few cul-
tivated ones, some of which are in general cultivation as Zea mays.
Triticum sativum, etc., and others as Linum usitatissimum have
escaped from cultivation.

Pseudo Fibers.

Fungi: — Polyporus squamosus Fr., P. betulinas Fr. and Meru-
lius lacrymans Fr. are used for razor-strops ; Fomes fomentarius
Fr. is used for chest protectors, hat linings, coarse garments, tin-
der and other household purposes; Daedalea quercina Pk. is
used for tinder.

FiLiCALEs: — Adiantum pedatum L. — The glossy leaf stalks
of this species and of A. capillus-veneris are used for ornamental
weaving in caps, baskets and mats by the Northern Indians.

Lycopodiales: — Lycopodium clavatum L. is used in Sweden
in the manufacture of door-mats.

Gymnospermae: — Pinus strobus L. is used for excelsior.

Monocotylae: — Philotria canadensis (Mx.) Britt. is used for
paper, but is of doubtful utility; Sorghum vulgare Pers. is used
for brooms and brushes.

Dicotylae: — Hicoria spp. — Hickory splints are used for
brushes; Ulmus fulva Michx. — The bark is used for horse collars;
Dirca palustris L. — The leathery twigs are used as thongs; Frax-
inus nigra Marsh. — Thin layers of wood are employed as material
for baskets; Ligustrum vulgare L. — The branches are used for
bird cages and traps; Viburnum spp. — The flexible and tenacious
branches are used for binding bales and large packages.

Textile Fibers.

Structural Fibers.

Gymnospermae: — Larix larincina (Du Roi) Koch. — The
roots are used by the Indians for sewing seams of birch bark
canoes and making basket kettles.

Monocotylae: — Typha latifolia L. and T. angustifolia L. —
The leaves are used for chair bottoms, mats, ropes and strings,
and the fibrous material borne in the spadix is used for stuffing

April, 1909.] Uncultivated Fiber Plants of Ohio. 481

pillows; Hordeum vulgare Bailey; Phragmites phragmites (L.)
Karst. — The structural fiber is used in Mexico for mats to cover
houses; Secale cereale L. ; Spartina cynosuroides (L.) Willd. ;
Sporobolus cryptandrus (Torr.) A. Gr. — It is also used for paper;
Triticum sativum Lam. ; Zea mays L. — Also used in upholstery and
for paper; Eleocharis palustris (L.) R. & S.; Scirpus lacustris L. ;
Eriophorum polystachyon L. — Also used for paper; Juncus
efifusus L. ; Yucca filamentosa L.

Dicotylae; — Melilotus alba Desv.

Bast Fibers.

Dicotylae: — Populus deltoides Marsh; Salix spp. — Used also
in the manufacture of willow ware ; Morus rubra L. ; Morus alba L. ;
Humulus lupulus L. — This is used also for paper; Cannabis sativa
L. ; Urtica dioica L. ; Urtica gracilis Ait. ; Urticastrum divaricatum
Kuntze; Asimina triloba (L.) Dunal. — The inner bark stripped
from the branches is used by fishermen to string fish and bv
Indians for withes, strings and nets; Camelina sativa (L.)
Crantz; Robinia pseud-acacia L. — Used also for paper; Linum
usitatissimum L. ; Celastrus scandens L. ; Tilia americana L. —
Used as rough cordage and coarse woven mattings ; Althaea offi-
cinalis L. ; Althaea rosea Cav. ; Malva sylvestris L. ; Malva rotun-
difolia L. — These two species of Malva are very widely used;
Abutilon abutilon (L.) Rusby. — The fiber is sold as a sulastitute
for jute and the cellulose is used as paper stock; Hibiscus mos-
cheutos L. ; Chamnerion angustifolium (L.) Scop. ; Apocynum
cannabinum L. ; Asclepias syriaca L. — The fiber is ranked between
that of flax and hemp. The hairs from the seeds are used in
this country in stuffing beds. In Russia 20% of Asclepias hairs
mixed with 80% wool are manufactured into a cloth called silver
cloth. Used alone the hairs are too smooth to weave; Asclepias
incarnataL. — Used for all purposes to which hemp can be applied;
Ambrosia trifida L. ; Solidago canadensis L. ; Helianthus annuus L.
—Used also for rough wrapping paper; and Helianthus tuberosus
L.

482 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 6,

THE CONEMAUGH FORMATION IN SOUTHERN OHIO.^

D. Dale Condit.

Introduction.

During the summer of 1907, the writer was engaged by the
Geological Survey of Ohio in tracing and mapping the Pittsburg
and Pomeroy coals in southern Ohio. The seams were traced
from the Ohio River in Lawrence County northeastward across
Gallia, Meigs, Athens and into Morgan County. This field work
gave the writer an extensive acquaintance with the Conemaugh
as far down the section as the Cambridge limestone and is the
basis of this paper.

Nomenclature of the Formation.

The term Conemaugh was first applied by Franklin Piatt, ^ in
1875, to his so-called "Middle Barren Measures" and "Mahoning
sandstone." Later the name was used in Maryland^ to designate
all the rocks between the base of the Pittsburg coal and the top of
the Upper Freeport coal. With these limits, the name is today
in general use throughout the Appalachian Basin. In 1901,
Charles S. Prosser* adopted for Ohio the formation names
Allegheny, Conemaugh, Monongahela and Dunkard of the
Maryland Survey in place of Lower Productive, Lower Barren,
Upper Productive and Upper Barren Coal Measures as adopted
by Dr. Orton from Rogers' classification in Pennsylvania.

Generally, the Allegheny, Conemaugh, Monongahela and
Dunkard are ranked as formations, but Dr. I. C. White, in his
reports on the Coal Measures of West Virginia'', prefers to
consider these as series.

General Description.

The thickness of the Conemaugh in .southern Ohio is usually
325 to 375 feet which is little more than half the thickness found
along the northern outcrop in Pennsylvania." A shaft at
Canaanville, Athens County, shows the interval between the
Pittsburg and Middle Kittanning coals to be 43G feet.'^ Although
the base of the Conemavigh can not be conclusively located in this
shaft section, it is probable that the formation is here less than
375 feet thick. The following general section shows the prin-

1. Published by pwinissiou of J. \. Bowriocker, State Geologist.

2. Sec. Geol. Surv. Pa., H. p. 8.

3. O'Harra: Maryland Geol. Surv. Allegany County, 1900, p. 86-118, and Prosscr:

Jour., Geology, Vol. IX, 1901, p. 426.

4. Am. Jour. Sci. 4th Ser. Vol. XI, March, 1901, p. 199.

5. AVest Virgiuia Geol. Surv. 1908, Vol. Ila, p. 622, and Geol. Surv. Ohio, 4th Sen,

Bull. 7, 1). 11.

6. J. J. Stevenson, Carboniferous of the Appalachian Basin, \^. ;i46.

7. Geol. Surv. Ohio, 4th Ser., Bull. 9, p. 212. Depth of shaft should read 442 ft. instead

of 412 ft.

April, 1909.] Conemaugh Formation in Southern Ohio. 483

cipal horizons as seen in southern Ohio. The succession in

descending order is:

Pittsburg Coal Ft. In.

. Cla^r 3

Pittsburg Hmestone 4

Shales, sandy 45

Sandstone, massive 35

Coal blossom

Limestone, nodular 0 8

Shales, sandy 50

Shales, "Big Red," nodular ore and

limestone -5

Shale 5

Ames Limestone, fossiliferous 1 8

Coal blossom

Shale 10

Shale, " Pittsburg Red" 40

Ewing limestone 0 6

Shale 5

Patriot Limestone, fossiliferous.. . . 0 6

Shale, black 3

Patriot coal 1 6

Shale 15

Sandstone, "First Cow Run" 25

Shale 10

Upper Cambridge Limestone, fos-
siliferous 2

Coal, thin 0 G

Shale 5

Lower Cambridge Limestone, fos-
siliferous 1 0

Coal, thin

Upper Mahoning sandstone 12

Brush Creek Coal 1

Clay 2

Mahoning standsone, often shaly. ... 50

Clay, with iron ore 0 7

Shale 3 ^^j

Upper Freeport Coal.

The Pittsburg limestone lies from 2 to 20 feet below the
Pittsburg coal. It is white or grayish in color and contains a few
minute fossils. In southern Athens County a thickness of over
15 feet is attained but farther south 3 feet is uncommon.

The massive sandstone, the base of which lies about 90 feet
below the Pittsburg coal, is probably the equivalent of the
" Mitchell"^ oil sand near Marietta. Sections in the Pan Handle

8. Geol. Surv. Ohio, Vol. VIII, Bull. I, p. 30.

484 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 6,

area of West Virginia show a heavy sandstone known as the
Connelsville,** with a base about 110 feet below the Pittsburg
coal. It is possible that the sandstone under discussion belongs
to this horizon. This rock is very conspicuous along the Hocking
River Valley east from Athens, where an unusual thickening
brings it up close to the base of the Pittsburg coal.

Below the sandstone is a coal blossom underlain by a few
inches of nodular limestone. This horizon was frequently
crossed in five different counties, but workable coal was found at
onlv one place near the head of Shade River, in Athens County.

The succeeding portion down to the Ames limestone is
rather variable, consisting of variegated shales with occasional
thinbedded sandstones. A short distance above the Ames,
however, there is often a red clay which thickens much in some
localities. It is known to oil drillers as the "Big Red." When
weathered, there results a sticky red gumbo which lends a ruddy
aspect to the country roads of Galha, Meigs and other counties.

The Ames limestone receives its name from a village in Ames
Township, Athens County, where the rock is well exposed in
numerous outcrops. The interval between the Ames and the
Pittsburg coal is about 150 feet, although it may run as low as 130
or as high as 175 feet. The limestone is seldom over 30 inches
thick. From place to place, a great variation in composition
and appearance is noticed. In Rutland Township, Meigs
County, the Ames horizon is represented by 10 to 15 feet of
calcareous shale with imbedded fossiliferous limestone nodules.
In the same township the bed changes to a calcareous, fo.ssilifer-
ous, sandstone overlain by a ferruginous chert. Careful search
across Mason and Windsor Townships in Lawrence County failed
to reveal any trace of the Ames, but it was found outcropping in
its proper place at Burlington, Union Township, in the southern
part of the County.

Beneath the Ames there is often a coal blossom. This is
wanting in many places and is not known to be of v/orkable
thickness anywhere.

Some ten feet below the Ames occur variegated green, bluish
and red shales with zones of hematite ore and nodular limestone.
These shales are found everywhere by the oil driller and are
known as the "Pittsburg Reds."

The next persistent horizon is the Patriot lying about half-
way between the Ames and Cambridge. It consists of a thin,
nodular, fossiliferous limestone underlain by coal.

Lovejoy^" has given the name "Patriot" to the coal. If the
practice of applying the same name to more than one member of

9 W Va. Geol. Suiv., Countv Hcp'ts uiul Maps, (^liio, Hrooki^ ami Ilaiicofk Counties.

1906, I), ii;}.
10. Geol. Siirv. Ohio, \'ol. \l. p. 6:51.

April, 1909.] Conemaugh Formation in Southern Ohio. 485

a formation be permissible, then the term Patriot would be very
appropriate for the limestone also, and is proposed. The coal is
persistent across entire counties with a thickness of about 18
inches. At several points along Leading Creek in Rutland
Township, Meigs County, a workable thickness is found.

The "First Cow Run" sandstone is massive and coarse-
grained and contains conglomerate zones. At Burlington, in
southern Lawrence County, the river bluffs show an exposure of
over 60 feet. This is unusually thick, an average being about
25 feet.

The Cambridge limestone lies from 240 to 300 feet below the
Pittsburg coal and from 90 to 145 feet below the Ames limestone.
In tvpical outcrops it is a gray rock forming a single bed about
28 inches thick. The stone is very hard and when struck gives a
metallic ring. In places there is a double structure consisting of
two beds of limestone interlain by several feet of shale containing
a thin coal. Toward the south both beds are often cherty.

Below the Cambridge, a thin coal is often found. This is
especially true in the southern coimties. Here it sometimes
reaches a thickness of 3 feet.

The Brush Creek or No. Vila coal is of little importance in
southern Ohio. It is usually represented by little more than a
blossom.

The Mahoning sandstone is frequently shaly and does not
hhow the persistent characteristics of the same horizon in
Pennsylvania.

Economic Features.

The few coal seams of the Conemaugh are too thin to be
worked except in a very small way. Occasional^ a local thicken-
ing gives a deposit which is stripped by the farmers for home use.
Of these thin coal seams, the Patriot is probably the most
persistent.

Limestone and iron ore deposits are very scant. Nowhere is
there a limestone thick enough to play any part in the cement
industry. The few thin outcrops are stripped by the farmers for
use on the roads. The Ames and Cambridge are well suited for
this purpose, being very hard and durable. The clays contain
numerous zones of hematite nodules, but the deposits are too
thin and scattered to be of any importance.

Beautiful laminated sandstones are not unknown in the
formation but most of these are too friable for building purposes.
Some of the more resistant rock is used for bridge abutments and
foundations.

Most of the Conemaugh belt is not well adapted to agricul-
tural pvirposes. The topography is very broken especially in the
counties bordering on the Ohio River. The more resistant sand-
stone layers form abrupt ledges, while the thick beds of soft shale

486 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 6,

are easily cut through by the streams. As a result there are
numerous gorge-like valleys with narrow flood plains. The steep
shale hills are much given to landslides. This unstable state of
affairs makes much of the country of little use except for grazing
purposes.

Although the preceding statements would seem to indicate
that the Conemaugh is "barren" as its old name suggests, still
there are certain redeeming features. The area was once covered
with valuable forests and could be reforested. In addition it
contains an inexhaustible supply of clay shale and is also an oil
producer.

Formerly the region was clothed with unbroken forests of
oak, tulip, walnut and other valuable timber. Very little of
this former growth remains. In its place one finds large tracts
of land overgrown with sumach, sassafras and blackberry
bushes. It is a question whether it would not be well to convert
such land into a forest reserve.

There is an unending supply of shale suitable for the manu-
facture of the rougher wares. At Athens, the shale of the Ames
horizon is utilized in the making of an excellent grade of paving
brick. At a few points, the clay below the Pittsburg coal
becomes of economic importance, but at present it is not devel-
oped in the southern part of the state.

Two sandstone horizons have been demonstrated to be oil
reservoirs, namely the massive sandstone with a base 90 feet
below the Pittsburg coal and the "First Cow Run" sandstone
lying above the Cambridge limestone. The former is not of
great importance. A few pay wells in it have been put down
near Marietta. The "First Cow Run" sand serves as a reservoir
for the Chesterhill field^^ located in the adjoining corners of
Athens, Morgan and Washington Counties. This field is ranked
among the important oil territories of the state. It has been a
producer since 1860. A narrow oil belt extends eastward from
the Chesterhill field to the Ohio River in the vicinity of Marietta.

The Cambridge and Ames Limestones.

The Cambridge and Ames limestones are valuable guides to
the geologist, lying as they do in a section made up of a feature-
less monotony of shales and sandstone. There are certain
lithological peculiarities about the two limestones by which one
may be distinguished from the other by a person familiar with
the two.

In addition to the lithological peculiarities it is probable that
a study of the fauna of each horizon will reveal more striking dif-
ferences. Although the writer has collected material from only a
few places, yet a study of these fossils seems to warrant this
inference.

Collecting was done in the Cambridge at Northup, Gallia
County and at Langsville, Meigs County, twenty miles to the

11. Geol. Suiv. Ohio, 4tli Ser., Bull. I, pp. 126-i;j9.

April, 1909.] Conemaugh Formation in Southern Ohio. 487

north. The Ames was visited at Carpenter, Meigs County, and
at the shale quarry of The Athens Paving Brick Co., in the
town of Athens.

Section of The Athens Brick Company's Quarry:

Ft. In.

Sandstone 5

Shale 30

Ames Limestone 1 10

Shales, blue and red 35

Patriot Limestone 0 10

Shale, black, fossiliferous

In the above section the Ames limestone is a single layer with
numerous vertical divisions which cause the stone to come from
the cHff in angular blocks. This is quite different from the
Ames at Carpenter where it is shaly. The Patriot is a yellowish,
nodular rock, cherty in places but highly fossihferous. Large
specimens of Productiis semireticulatus and Spirifer cameratus
are common. The underlying black shale is thickly spotted
with Chonetes verneuilanus in all stages of growth from very
small to large robust indviduals.

List of fossils identified from the Ames limestone:

Productus cora D'Orbigny.
Productus costatus Sowerby.
Prodiictus semireticulatus Martin.
Productus pertenuis ? Meek.
Spirifer cameratus Norton.
Chonetes granulifer Owen.
Ambocoelia planoconvexa Shumard.
Spirijerina kentuckyensis Shumard.
LophophyUum profundum ? Milne-Edwards & Haime.
Petalodus destructor Newberry & Worthen.
List of Cambridge fossils:

Spirifer cameratus Norton.

Reticularia perplexa McChesney.

Spiriferina kentuckyensis Shumard.

Productus costatus Sowerby.

Productus cora D'Orbigny.

Productus punctatus Martin.

Productus semireticulatus Martin.

Derby a crassa Meek & Hay den.

Chonetes verneuilanus Norwood & Pratten.

Seminida subtilita Hall & Clarke.

Aviculopecten coxanus Meek & Worthen.

Lingula sp.

Pernopecten aviculatus Swallow.

Edmondia glabra Meek.

Phillips ia major Shumard.

488 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 6,

An inspection of the preceding lists shows that many species
are common to both horizons but there are certain noteworthy
exceptions. Amboccelia planoconvexa is abundant in the Ames
but was not found in the Cambridge. Chonetes granulijer is so
abundant as to form almost solid masses in the Ames but was not
discovered in the Cambridge. On the other hand, Chonetes
verneuilanns is extremely abundant in the Cambridge, while no
specimens were found in the Ames. Seminula subtilita also
common in the Cambridge, was not discovered in the Ames.
Other species found only in the Cambridge are: Reticularia per-
plexa, Productus punctatus, Derbya crassa, Aviculopecten car-
boniferus, Aviculopecten coxanus, Macrodon tenuistriata, Per-
nopecten aviculatus and Edmondia glabra. No great importance
is attached to this last list as only a few specimens of each species
were found. Further search may reveal most of them in the
Ames also.

Whether these faunal differences are representative of general
widespread conditions or are only local variations in faunal dis-
tribution can only be determined by extensive collecting and
thorough study. It is noteworthy, however, that faunal con-
ditions are almost identical at the two collecting points in the
Cambridge separated by a distance of more than twenty miles.

G. P. Grimsley, in his report on the Pan Handle district of
West Virginia'^, gives a list of fossils from the Ames limestone
near Morgantown, as identified by Dr. J. W. Beede, of Indiana
University. This list includes Amboccelia planoconvexa and
Chonetes granulijer , so abundant in the Ames but not found in
the Cambridge where the writer collected. Furthermore, the
several species mentioned as occurring in the Cambridge limestone
where visited, but wanting in the Ames, are also wanting in the
Ames list of Morgantown, West Virginia, with the exception of
Derbya crassa and Aviculopecten carboniferus.

The occurrence and non-occurrence of the above fossils in
the Ames limestone at Athens, Ohio, and Moi-gantown, West
Virginia, is probably more than a mere coincidence. It seems
to indicate parallel faunal conditions at the time of deposition of
the limestone, in the two rather widely separated regions.

12. W. Va. Geol. Suiv. County li.|it., 1906, p. IL'7.
Ohio State University.

April, 1909.] The Classification of Plants, V. 489

THE CLASSIFICATION OF PLANTS, V.

John H. Schaffner.

In a previous paper the entire plant kingdom was classified
into seven fundamental divisions or subkingdoms, representing
the great successive stages in the evolution of plants as a whole.
These groups do not show genetic relationships but simply steps
in the upward evolutionary motion. But there is a principle of
segregation operative in the organic kingdom as well as one of
progression. The whole plant kingdom thus comes to be a series
of greater and smaller divergent lines or branches. In a group
of nonsexual organisms every line of descent is a single line which
diverges from another line at a definite point, but in a sexual
group, where interbreeding goes on freely, there is an interaction
throughout the whole mass and the scheme of descent resembles
an elongated net with greater and smaller meshes. The whole
progressive network of descent of a group may, however, also be
represented by a line. When individuals or groups of individ-
uals arise which become sterile to other members of the general
group a new line is segregated, so that for the larger groups the
diagram of descent must be quite similar whether of sexual or
nonsexual forms, even though the diagram for individuals is
fundamentalh^ different in the two cases.

As a convenient guide to memory, the scheme of relationships
may be represented graphically by a tree with greater and
smaller branches. Every branch thus recognized, whether large
or small, is characterized by some peculiarity which remains
dominant in all of the individuals and groups of the branch. Or
in other words, as Bessey* has said: "Every phylum is the
result of a development which differs from that which preceded
it because of the incoming of a new dominant idea." The ntimber
of great branches or phyla recognized depends somewhat on the
views of the particular systematist making the classification. It
is not always easy to distinguish fundamental genetic characters
from those which are merely progressive, and may be developed
in various unrelated groups. Among the characters which do
not represent genetic relationships, when considered by them-
selves, but which have been developed independently in various
lines ma}^ be mentioned the following: Origin of sexuality, dif-
ferentiation of gametes, passage from a unicellular to a filamen-
tous condition, differentiation of the filament with base and
apex, loss of chlorophyll with development of parasitism and
saprophvtism, development of unisexual gametophytes, loss of
sexuality, origin of heterospory, development of complex leaf

* Bessey, Chaei.ksE. The Phyletic Idea in Taxonomy. Science N. S. 20: 91-100, 1909.

49° The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 6,

forms, development of woody stems, development of the annual
habit, development of epigA^ny, development of cyclic flowers,
coalescence of the perianth or of other organs, decrease in the
number of floral parts, development of zygomorphy, increase or
decrease in the number of ovules, the presence of alternate and
opposite leaves, development of geophily, development of the
various kinds of fruits, extra-floral nectaries, and a host of other
important or trivial characters both morphological and
physiological.

' In the present attempt sixteen great phyla have been recog-
nized. Recently Besseyt has published a paper entitled "A
Synopsis of Plant Phyla" in which fifteen phyla are proposed.
In general it may be stated that the writer agrees with Bessey's
scheme and as far as possible his names have been adopted in the
present paper. The sixteen phyla are as follows:

SCHIZOPHYTA MyCOPHYTA

Myxophyta Bryophyta

DiATOMEAE PtENOPHYTA

CONJUGATAE CaLAMOPHYTA

GONIDIOPHYTA LePIDOPHYTA

Phaeophyta Cycadophyta

Rhodophyta Strobilophyta

Chareae Anthophyta

It will be seen that a uniform system of group endings is
maintained except for three phyla each of which is represented
by a single class. At present the writer is not prepared to give
these groups distinctive names, although uniformity would have
its advantages.

Although the Diatomeae and Conjugatae are commonly
united as one phylum, there are fundamental differences between
them which have not been cleared up satisfactorily and until
further knowledge of their cytology is obtained a final union is not
advisable. The fifth phylum, the Gonidiophyta (gone, genera-
tion and dim. term, idion, gonidium, a zoospore) includes all the
green algae except the Conjugatae and Chareae, besides two
classes of fungi, the Archimycetae and Monoblepharideae. The
name, Archimycetae, should more properly be spelled Archaemy-
cetae or simply with an e. This group connects with the lower
green algae while the Monoblepharideae are closely related to the
Siphoneae. Almost all of the Gonidiophyta, as the name indi-
cates, are characterized by the presence of zoosporesr The
Chareae have practically nothing in common with the red algae.
Their affinities are probably with the green algae but so far
removed that thev are here regarded as an isolated phylum.

t Univ. studies 7: 275-37:5. 1907.

April, 1909.] The Classification of Plants, V. 491

In the Mycophyta are included not only the higher fungi but
also the Zygomycetae and Oomycetae. These two classes may
have affinities with the Siphoneae in the Gonidiophyta but their
exact relationships with these plants appear obscure at present
and the gap is as great if not greater than that which separates
them from the lower Ascomycetae. The Laboulbenieae may
belong with the Rhodophyta.

For Bessey's . "Pteridophyta" a new name, Ptenophyta
(ptenos, feathered) is used, for the reason that " Pteridophy ta "
has become too well established as a term of much wider applica-
tion in which sense it will still be needed when the phyletic
scheme of classification is adopted. The Gneteae, which consist
of three very distinct families, Tumboaceae, Ephedraceae, and
Gnetaceae, are considered to be modified Strobilophyta, the same
tendencies showing here as are to be discovered in several lines of
the Anthophyta. The Ephedraceae are no doubt a distinct order,
the other two families showing some relationships to each other.

The phvla with their classes and approximate number of
species, may be characterized as follows:

1. Schizophyta. Fission Plants. 2,400 species.
Nonsexual, unicellular or filamentous fission plants of simple

structure, with or without chlorophyll but never with a pure
chlorophyll-green color.

Cvanophyceae.

Schizomycetae.

My xoschizomy cetae .

2. Myxophyta. Slime Moulds. 400 species.

Nonsexual unicellular plants without chlorophyll, having a
Plasmodium of more or less completely fused amoeboid cells and
usually building up complex sporangium-like resting bodies.

My xomy cetae.

3. Diatomeae. Diatoms. 3,000 species.
Brownish-green unicellular or unbranched filamentous algae

with diatomin and silicified cell walls consisting of two valves,
and with or without a conjugation of the cells.

Diatomeae.

4. Conjugatae. 1,200 species.

Unicellular, or unbranched, filamentous, green algae without
silicified cell walls, with zygospores produced by the conjugation
of the cells.

Conjugatae.

5. Gonidiophyta. 2,000 species.

Unicellular, filamentous, or thalloid, sexual or nonsexual,
plants, green in color or without chlorophyll, nearly all producing

492

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. IX, No. 6,

Ohio Naturalist.

P/aie XXIII.

LEPIDOPHYTA

BRrOPHYTA

CONIDIOPHYTA
CHARES

conji/gata:
diatomea:

Pi^OTOZOA

^^ROBILOPHYTA
CYCADOPHYTA
p, PTi; NOPHYTA

PHA:OPHYrA

nRHODOFHYTA

-v9'CHIZ0PHYTA
MYXOPHYTA

^^ARCHEOPHYTA

Diagram of the Plant Phyla.

April, 1909.] The Classification of Plants, V. 495

nonsexual zoospores, the sexual forms having true isogamous or
heterogamous gametes.

Pleurococceae.

Archimycetae.

Protococceae.

Hydrodictyeae.

Monoblepharideae.

Siphoneae.

Conferveae.

0. Phaeophyta. Brown Algae. 1,000 species.

Mostly marine algae with chlorophyll and phycophaein and
with gametes, both isogamous and heterogamous, which are all
discharged from the gametangia.

Phaeosporeae.

Cyclosporeae.

Dictyoteae.

7. Rhodophyta. Red Algae, 2,000 species.

Mostly marine algae with chlorophyll and phycoerythrin,
having nonciliated sperms and stationary eggs.

Bangieae.
Florideae.

8. Chareae. Stoneworts. 160 species.

Filamentous, aquatic, green algae with globular antheridia
containing sperm-bearing filaments, the sperms being biciliate;
nonsexual spores absent.

Chareae.

9. Mycophyta. 47,000 species.

Plants with a septate or nonseptate mycelium, destitute of
chlorophyll, with or without sexuality but never with typical
gametes.

Zygomycetae.

Oomycetae.

Ascomvcetae.

Laboulbenieae, 500 species.

Teliosporeae.

Basidiomycetae.

10. Bryophyta. 17,000 species.

Nonvascular plants with a definite alternation of generations,
the egg produced in an archegonium, and the sporophvte per-
manently parasitic on the gametophyte.

Hepaticae.

Sphagneae.

Andreaeae.

Musci.

Anthocerotes.

494 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No: 6,

11. Ptenophyta. 4,500 species.

Vascular seedless plants with comparatively large multiciliate
sperms and usually with large, commonly compound leaves, the
sporophylls not in cones.

Filices.

Hydropterides.

Isoeteae.

12. Calamophyta. 25 species.

Vascular seedless plants with jointed stems and small whorled
leaves, with comparatively large multiciliate sperms, and with
the sporophylls in cones.

Equiseteae.

Sphenophylleae.

Calamarieae.

13. Lepidophyta. 660 species.

Vascular seedless plants with simple, usually small leaves
covering the stem, with small biciliate sperms, and with the
sporophylls in cones or sometimes forming zones alternating with
the sterile leaves.

Lycopodieae.

Selaginelleae.

14. Cycadophyta. 90 species.

Seed plants with open carpels permitting the pollengrains to
fall into the micropyle, ovules with poUenchambers, sperms
multiciliate.

Pteridospermae.

Cycadeae.

Cordaiteae.

Ginkgoeae.

15. Strobilophyta. 400 species.

Seed plants with nonmotile sperms, with open carpels and
ovules without poUenchambers, and having the pollengrains
falling upon the micropyle.

Coniferae.

Gneteae.

16. Anthophyta. Flowering Plants. 125,000 species.

Seed plants with closed carpels, with female gametophytes of
eight or rarely sixteen cells, with nonmotile sperms, and having
the pollen grains fall upon a stigma.

Monocotylae.

Dicotvlae.

April, 1909.]

On Hibernation in the Raccoon.

495

ON HIBERNATION IN THE RACCOON.

S. R. Williams.

Some years ago, on the third of January, a young raccoon
(Procyon lotor Storr) was taken during his winter sleep while a

hollow sugar tree was being
cut clown in Butler County
in Southwestern Ohio.

It is certain that the ani-
mal was really hibernating as
the weather for more than
two weeks before had been
very cold, reaching twenty
degrees below zero Fahren-
heit. An opossum was found
in the same woods that day
frozen stiff. In the latitvideof
Ohio the Raccoon is said to
hibernate for at least three
months, even four when the
winter is severe.

The animal had a few
worn sticks in its stomach,
together with a slight amount
of liquid very like mucus.
There was nothing at all in
the small intestine, the walls
of which very were thin and
thrown in longitudinal folds
so that the lumen of the intes-
tine was almost obliterated.
The inside of the intestine was
clean and slightly pinkish in
color. There was a small
amount of dry fecal matter
in the posterior end of the
large intestine.

The major part of the fat
on the body was definitely lo-
calized. The naked body without the skin weighed 371)0 grams
(see figure photographed from the front and right side). A sheet
of fat was taken from the rump and upper hind quarters, Vv^hich
weighed 416 grams, or one-ninth of the total weight. This was
more than half an inch in thickness just in front of the base of
the tail and shows plainly on the hind quarters in the photograph.
The mesentery, which is shown spread out, had on it 84 grams ol

496 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 6,

fat. 127 grams were removed from other portions of the body in
pieces of varying size. The whole amounted to 627 grams or
more than one-sixth of the weight of the body. In view of the
presence of fat in thin sheets between the muscles and over them,
a conservative estimate would be that the amount of fat stored
for use during the winter's cessation from activities was more
than one-fourth of the total weight of the animal.

In our common hog, which does not hibernate, the thickest
layer of fat is likely to be over the shoulders — the most- exposed
portion.

It would be interesting to learn the conditions in other ani-
mals, such as the bear, which hibernate. In this case it is plain
that as the raccoon curls up in the hollow tree with his nose
between his hind legs and his tail over his head and shoulders, the
rump and back make the less protected part of the circle. Hence
the location of the heavy fat blanket in that region.

Miami Universitv.

Correction. — In the March, 1909, Naturalist the poison iv^•
was inadvcrtcntlv omitted from the list of woody plants of gen-
eral distribution. Add Rhus radicans L. to the list of climbing
vines on p. 471 .

Date of Publication, April 7, 190«.

The Ohio ^iSl^aturalist,

PUBLISHED BY

The Biological Club of the Ohio State Uni'versity.

Volume IX. MAY. 1909. No. 7.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Sauer — Xuclear Divisions in tlie Pollen Mothei' Cells of Convalhiria Majalis L 497

SCHAFFNEE— Chromosome Difference in Ascaris megalocephala 506

Paekeii— The Catalpa Leaf Spot 509

Geiggs— A Note ou Amitosis by Con.striction in Synehytrium 513

FOERSTE— The Bedford Fauna at Indian Fields and Irvine, Kentudvy 515

McCeav— Meeting of the Biological Clnb 521

NUCLEAR DIVISIONS IN THE POLLEN MOTHER-CELLS OF
CONVALLARIA MAJALIS L.

Louis W. Sauer.

The significance which recent investigators have read into the
two maturation divisions, as well as the peculiar behavior of the
chromatic -substance during and after synapsis, make the
chromosome the cynosure of all the problems in heredity.

Although the Liliaceae have served as a classical group of
angiosperms for this kind of work in botanical research, only
twice have their closest allies, the Convallariaceae, received
attention. Strasburger ('88) in a very general way, refers to the
chromosomes of Convallaria, and Weigand ('99, '00) takes up the
development of the microsporangium, and of the embryo sac of
Convallaria, but little emphasis is laid on the nuclear divisions in
the pollen mother-cells. Weigand holds that the reduced
number of chromosomes is eighteen, that he could not determine
the plane of the first nuclear division of the mother cell, and that
the plane of the second division appears to be transverse. He
further states that at several instances the chromatin behaves
peculiarly, and that the generative cell of the pollen grain is cut
off shortly before the flower opens.

The present writer undertook a careful study of the nuclear
phenomena of the pollen mother-cells of Convallaria majalis L,
with the hope of making further contribution towards the soKi-
tion of the problem of heredity and the chromosome. With
none of the above mentioned observations of Weigand does the
present writer agree. This paper is offered as a preliminary to
further work on the chromosome.

To Professor Guyer, at whose suggestion the work was under-
taken, the writer is much indebted for valuable assistance.

497

498 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 7,

MATERIAL AND METHODS.

Neubert's "Multibell" brand of German Lily-of-the-Valley
pips were "forced" in moist sand, at the temperature of about
20 C, in a green-house, in subdued Hght. When the sprouting
pips were of various lengths stamens were isolated from the
flower buds. Pips two to four centimeters in length contained
all the stages desired. After killing and fixing the anthers in a
chrom-acetic acid solution* they were washed in tap-water,
passed through the series of alcohols, and preserved in 85%
alcohol. Paraffin (51° C.) sections (3-lOu), stained on the slide,
cleared in xvlol, and mounted in balsam, were used for study.
Longitudinal and transverse sections of anthers were made. As
stains, Heidenhain's iron-alum-haematoxylin with Orange-G,
and Delafield's haematoxylin with safranin gave good results.
Drawings and observations are based on slides stained chiefly
with the former combination. The pollen mother-cells near the
apex of the anther are slightly more advanced than those nearer
the filament.

OBSERVATIONS.

The nucleus enters a state of rest at the conclusion of the last
archesporial division of the sporophyte tissue (Fig. 1). This is
of short duration, however, and the chromatin matter soon
becomes transformed into a number of fine, delicate threads in
the form of a network (Fig. 2) . The nucleolus is visible from the
beginning, and it, as the cell becomes larger, behaves peculiarly
(Figs. 1-8), in that it becomes larger, less chromatic, and shows a
clear, vacuole-like area near its center. Occasionally it frag-
ments into micronucleoli. With an increasing volume of the
cells the chromatin matter of the nucleus becomes more con-
spicuously granular, and the linin appears to contract. There
seems to be a reciprocal loss of chromatic substance from the
nucleolus (Figs. 6, 7, 8). The clear area in the nucleolus makes
it resemble in appearance an erythrocyte of man (Fig. 6a).
Occasionally two such clear areas are noticeable in the nucleolus
(Fig. 8). The cell increases in volume, the spirem continues to
contract, and the continuity of the thread becomes more and
more apparent (Figs. 3, 3a, 4, 5a).

From now until the apparent climax of the process which
ends in synapsis, the contraction of the spireme thread is more
rapid, and the network becomes more twisted. The linin is at
all times of smaller diameter than the chromatin granules (Figs.
3a, 5a). The continuity of the twisted spireme thread becomes
very apparent, and the thread becomes entirely separated from

* Chrom-acetic acid solution: Chromic acid 0.3g., glacial acetic acid
O.Tcc, water 99cc.

May, 1909.] Nuclear- Divisions in Convallaria 499

the wall (Fig. 6) . The chromatin granules are now quite uniform
in size and shape, and the spireme exists as a single thread
throughout its entire length (Figs. 6, 6b).

After synapsis a loosening or unwinding of the thread begins.
The linin becomes thicker, the granules elongate, and the
spireme becomes shorter, although it again occupies the whole of
the nuclear cavity (Fig. 7). Then an apparent division of the
granules takes place and a double row can be seen (Fig. 8a).
Occasionally a part of the thread appears still single while the
rest is double (Fig. 8a). This appearance would be the same if
the granules were dividing or conjugating. The fact that the
granules lying opposite each other are so much alike in size and
shape is all that makes this appear to be a division of the thread.
There is quite a marked decrease in chromatin matter, however,
and this, at first sight, would favor a conjugation, but it must be
remembered that the spireme is rapidly contracting (Figs. 7, 8,
9). After a short time this doubleness is no longer apparent.
For the present this will be considered a temporary division of
chromatin granules. In later studies the author intends to give
this step more consideration.

With continued thickening the ribbon begins to show an
arrangement into definite loops (Figs. 9, 10, 11), which later
become sixteen chromosomes. Just how these are formed from
the thirty-two of the spermatogonia has not yet been determined.
They are of various shapes and sizes, but a common thickness.
In fact, thickness seems to be the only factor which the sixteen
chromosomes have in common. They are apparently twice as
thick as the chromosomes of the sporophyte cell. Since the
relative stage of development of chromosomes was found to gov-
ern thickness, it was thought advisable to compare for this pur-
pose chromosomes of nearly the same stage. Figs. 17, 21, 26,
show telophases of cells after the first reduction division, second
reduction division, and sporophyte cell division, respectively.
The fact that the daughter chromosomes of Fig. 17 are so much
thicker than those of Fig. 26 seems to indicate that the phe-
nomenon after synapsis might have been a pairing of granules.

There is, usually, one chromosome which is much longer than
the others. In Fig. 13, it is the fourteenth chromosome. It
shows a lobing at one end. Many of the chromosomes at this
stage show a lobing at either, or both ends. (Fig. 12a). This
lobing is either the beginning of the longitudinal division, or else
it is a remnant of the double phenomenon noticed shortly after
synapsis. The nucleolus now fragments and passes into the
cytoplasm. With the ejection of the micronuclei radiations in
the cytoplasm appear, and with their polarization the chromo-
somes assume a median position between the two centers of
radiation. No centrosomes are present. This is the prophase
of the first reduction division. Fig. 14 is a very late prophase or
early metaphase.

500 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 7,

THE FIRST NUCLEAR DIVISION OF THE MOTHER-CELL.

All sixteen chromosomes divide almost simultaneously. To
determine the plane of this division was no easy task. That it
is a transverse division is quite evident from the cells examined.
Figs. 14a, 16a, 16b, show some chromosomes dividing trans-
versely, and since this is the only transverse division, it should
be considered qualitative. The spindle fibers end near or at the
free ends of the chromosomes. The homologous daughter
chromosomes show not only a marked correspondence in size,
but also in shape (Fig. 14, 14a, 15, 16b). Whether this similaritv
in shape is inherent, or is the result of a stress brought about by
the spindle fibers, or is the result of a repulsion of the daughter
chromosomes has not been determined. J, I, V, U, shaped
chromosomes are present. I and J shaped predominate (Figs.
15, 16). In rare instances indications of a median cleft through-
out the length of the chromosome in metaphase could be noticed
(Fig. 14a). This is probably the beginning of the second
division. Since the daughter chromosomes show such a marked
similarity in shape, the author was at first skeptical about the
plane of the division, but enough data are now at hand to prove
that the division is transverse. Figs. 14a, 14b, 15a, 16a, 16b,
etc., show this. In the migration of the daughter chromosomes
to their respective poles, a doubleness is occasionally detectible
(Figs. 16, 17a). This is probably the beginning of the second
division. A wall now develops and a distinct nuclear plate is
seen between the daughter nuclei (Fig. 17). The micronuclei
apparently re-enter the nucleus (Figs. 17, 18).

, THE SECOND NUCLEAR DIVISION OF THE MOTHER-CELL.

The daughter nuclei do not enter into a definite period of rest,
and the chromosomes soon become developed into the mother
skein of the second division. The transition is so rapid, and the
telophase of the first division and the prophase of the second are
so close together, that the individual chromosomes seem to be
separate from the beginning. Occasionally, a cell is seen in which
the second division has already taken place, while its sister cell
is still undivided (Fig. 22). Ordinarily, the sixteen chromo-
somes of each of the two daughter cells of the first division are
almost immediately ready for the second division. Sometimes a
cell is seen in which some chromosomes, the double nature of
which is apparent, lie in a horizontal position in prophase, while
other chromosomes, which are slightly more advanced, are at
right angles to the horizontal ones, and are already' migrating to
their respective poles (Fig. 19). There seems to be little prob-
ability that this is a cell in which some chromosomes are dividing
longitudinally while others are dix'iding transverse!}' as McClung

May, 1909,] Nuclear Divisions in Convallaria 501

('05) found in certain Orthoptera. Such a pronounced irreg-
ularity in appearance as shown in Fig. 19 is of comparatively
rare occurrence.

In this division the spindle fibres are not nearly as prominent
as in the first division. No centrosomes are present. The
fragmented nucleolus, which was in the niucleus during the
prophase, is again in the cytoplasm.

That the plane of division is longitudinal is evident (Figs.
19a, 20a). The line of cleavage seems to be that occasionally
indicated earlier in the process (Figs. 14a, 16a, 19a, 20a). The
homologous daughter chromosomes, as expected, show a marked
similarity in shape and size (Figs. 19a, 20a). Although a great
variety of shapes were seen the U and I shaped chromosomes
predominated. (Figs. 20, 21).

The nuclear membrane disappears "during late prophase
(Fig. 14), is absent during metaphase and early telophase (Figs.
15, 16, 26), and again appears in late telophase (Fig. 17). It
remains present during the subsequent stages (Figs. IS, 22, 23,
24, 25). The breaking down of the membrane is co-incident
with the migration of the nucleolus into the cytoplasm as
micronticleoli.

THE MICROSPORES.

After the late telophase of the second division (Fig. 21), the
chromosomes of the daughter nuclei develop into irregular net-
works, and, with the appearance of a transverse wall, a cell is
formed out of each of the two hemispheres, and thus the spore-
tetrad is completed. The formation of the wall is, in Conval-
laria, as in most of the Monocotyledons, "successive," i. e.,
begun after the first division, and completed after the second.
The young microspores are arranged bilaterally in the spore-
tetrad (Fig. 23). Occasionally, as already said, a cell is found in
which one of the cells has not yet divided, and then only three
cells are enclosed by the wall (Fig. 22). Whether the undivided
cell will ultimately divide, could not be determined.

Sometime after the common wall is completed, each micro-
spore develops a delicate wall which seems to be independent of
the former. This thin wall grows in thickness and later becomes
differentiated into the intine and exine layers (Figs. 23, 24, 25).
The tetrad then breaks, and the four microspores become free and
separated. All this occurs long before the flower opens.

The next change that the nucleus undergoes is a division,
whereby the generative cell is formed. The nucleus of this cell
is at first chromatic and so deeply stained that its structure can-
not be determined (Fig. 24). After a short time, however, the
cell becomes differentiated by a distinct cell wall. Although the
generative nucleus is at all times more chromatic than the
nucleus from which it arises, its structure becomes discernable
sometime before the flower opens. The generative nucleus usu-

50 2 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 7,

ally contains several micronucleoli, and a network of chromatin
matter (Fig. 25). The pellucid matter which surrounds the
generative nucleus contains many minute granules and is prob-
ably the cytoplasm of the new cell. Convallaria agrees with most
of the other Monocotyledons in the early separation of its gen-
erative cell. No sperm-nuclei could be found, and their forma-
tion doubtless takes place during the formation of the pollen-
tube, and is, therefore, a part of fertilization, as it is in most of
the Monocotyledons.

SUMMARY.

1. The continuous spireme up to and through synapsis is a
single row of chromatin granules on a linin thread.

2. The chromatin granules seem to show a temporary
division shortly after synapsis.

3. The spireme shortens and thickens, and breaks up into
sixteen chromosomes.

4. The first division of the chromosomes in the microsporo-
cyte is transverse, and, therefore, qualitative.

5. The homologous daughter chromosomes show marked
similarity in size and shape.

6. The daughter chromosomes of the first division seem to
represent the chromosomes of the second.

7. The second nuclear division is longitudinal, and therefore,
equational.

8. The spore-tetrad breaks up into four incipient pollen-
cells, in each of which a generative cell forms, quite a while
before the flower opens.

9. The nucleolus fragments and passes into the cytoplasm just
before or during the prophases of the two reduction divisions.

10. The nuclear membrane disappears during late prophase,
is absent during metaphase and early telophase, is present in late
telophase and remains during subsequent stages.

11. The chromosomes of the generative cells are thicker, but
not longer than the chromosomes of the sporophyte cells.

12. The homologous daughter chromosomes of the second
division also show a marked similarity in size and shape.

University of Cincinnati, Feb., 1909.

LITERATURE CITED.

McClung, C. E., '05. The Chromosome Complex of Orthop-
teran Spermatocytes. Biol. Bull., No. 5.

Strasburger, E., '88. Ueber Kerntheilung und Zelltheilung
im Pflanzenreich. Hist. Beitr. I. Jena, 1888.

Weigand, K. M., '99. The Development of the Microspor-
angium and Microspores in Convallaria and Potamogeton. Bot.
Gaz. 28.

'00. The Development of the Embryo-sac in Some

Monocotyledonous Plants. Idem 30.

May, 1909.]

Nuclear Divisions in Convallaria

503

Ohio Naturai^ist.

Plcrie XXIV.

Sauer on "Convallaria.'

504 The Ohio Naturalist.

Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. IX, No. 7,
Plate XXV.

SauER on " Convallaria

May, 1909.] Nuclear Divisions in Convallaria 505

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXIV AND XXY.

All figures were made with the aid of a camera lucida. The
figures representing entire cells (excepting Fig. 20) were studied
with a B. & L. one-inch ocular and a 1-16 oil immersion objective;
Fig. 20, and all sub figures (excepting 20a) with a Zeiss No. 12
ocular and Leitz 2 m. obj.; Fig. 20a with the No. 12 ocular and
the 1-16 objective.

Fig. 1. Microsporocyte with a very dense network of chromatin
matter; nucleolus visible, nuclear membrane distinct.

Fig. 2. Microsporocyte with chromatin tibrils and definite granules.

Fig. 3. Microsporocyte with thread contracting, the granules
spherical, linin definite, nucleolus deeply stained. 3a. A part of the thread.

Fig. 4. More advanced stage; more granules noticeable.

Fig. 5. Early synapsis, nucleus occupies most of the cell. 5a.
Granules are more oval.

Fig. 6. Synapsis, thread free and continuous. 6a. Nticleolus shows
a clear area. 6b. Granules quite uniform in size, linin distinct.

Fig. 7. Nucleus smaller, nucleolus pale and irregular, chromatin
matter contractinjj^ 7a. A part of the thread.

Fig. 8. A later stage. 8a. The thread, some of the granules showing
a doubleness.

Fig. 9. The contraction more advanced, the granules single, the
nucleus somewhat larger. The nucleolus very pale. 9a. A part of the
chromatin ribbon.

Fig. 10. A microsporocyte with loops nearly developed. The
nucleolus apparently the center of activity. 10a. A separated, homo-
geneous band of chromatin matter.

Fig. 11. The chromosomes nearly formed. 11a. Chromosomes
showing lobed ends and a differentiation down their median axes.

Fig. 12. The sixteen chromosomes formed, micronucleoli in the
cytoplasm. 12a. Two chromosomes.

Fig. 13. A sporocyte showing sixteen chromosomes.

Fig. 14. Metaphase of first maturation division. 14a, 14b, chromo-
somes showing transverse divisions.

Fig. 15. Late metaphase. 15a. Chromosomes showing transverse
divisions.

Fig. 16. Telophase of heterotype division. 16a. Chromosomes
dividing.

Fig. 17. Telophase of heterotype division, micronucleoli, wall,
plate, etc. 17a. A chromosome with lobed ends.

Fig. 18. Late telophase, the resting chromosomes smaller than
in 17.

Fig. 19. Metaphase of second division. Median split more notice-
able. 19a. Chromosomes dividing.

Fig. 20. Metaphase of the homotype division, the mitoses simul-
taneous in the two daughter cells of the first division. 20a. Chromosomes.

Fig. 21. Telophase of second division, chromosomes homogeneous,
no lobed ends. 21a. A chromosome.

Fig. 22. A tetrad, the upper cell has not yet tmdergone a homo-
geneous division.

Fig. 23. A spore-tetrad with common wall around the four cells.

Fig. 24. An incipient pollen-grain. The dark body is the generative
nucleus.

Fig. 25. Mature pollen-grain, generative cell with its clear cyto-
plasm at margin of the pollen-grain.

Fig. 26. Telophase of a sporophyte division, showing long chromo-
somes, nucleoli scattered in the cytoplasm.

7.

5o6 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 7,

CHROMOSOME DIFFERENCE IN ASCARIS
MEGALOCEPHALA.*

John H. Schaffner.

While studying at the University of Ziirich, in the winter of
1907-8, I spent some time working over a number of my old
Ascaris slides in order to compare the peculiarities of the chro-
mosomes with those of Agave virginica. The developing eggs
showed the four chromosomes to consist of two sizes easily dis-
tinguishable and a number of drawings were made at the time.
The work on Agave and other plants, however, prevented me
from following the matter further. In the meantime Mont-
gomery' has published a paper showing the same results as my
own observations. I wish, therefore, to present this con-
firmatory note on his very interesting report.

I found that in the first two cleavage divisions, the chromo-
somes appeared as two longer and two shorter bodies. Mont-
gomery^ had previously (in 1904) concluded that the chromo-
somes of the polar spindles as well as of the first cleavage showed
a difiference in size, that the egg furnished one larger and one
smaller chromosome, that the sperm cell also contained one
larger and one smaller chromosome, and that the pairs can be
distinguished in the first cleavage. Griggs^ has also shown that
there is a difference in the shape and behavior of the two loops on
the reduction spindle of the egg. (Note his figures 5, 6, 7, 9, 10
and 11, which were however, not ver}^ satisfactority reproduced
in the printed paper.)

My drawings were taken at random, and in some representing
older stages the difference is not so marked. The difference is
best seen shortly after the segmentation of the spirem, before the
extreme contraction has taken place. The difference in length
and shape is plainly shown in figures 1, 2, 3, 5 and 7. The
drawings are, of course, projections and the real difference is
shown to a greater or lesser extent depending on the angle from
'which the chromosomes are seen. Figure 1 is a spirem of the
second cleavage and shows the relative positions of the two
longer and the two shorter chromosomes. The spirem has just
broken at one point while two other constrictions are visible.

* Contributions from the Botanical Laboratory of the Ohio Stale
University, XLIV.

1. MoNTGOMKRy, Jr., Tho.m.\s H. On Morphological Difference of
the Chromosomes of Ascaris megalocephala. Archiv fiir Zellforschung,
Bd. 2, Heft, 1, p]). 66-7ri. 1908.

2. Mo.N'TGoMiJRY, Jr., T. H. vSomc Ob.servations and Considerations
upon the Maturation Phenomena of the Germ Cells. Biological Bull. ().i;^7.

3. Griggs. Robert F. A Reducing Division in Ascaris. Ohio
Nat. 6.- 519-527. 1906.

May, 1909.] Chromosome Difference in Ascaris Megalocephala. 507

This figure shows that there has been no pairing so far of the
maternal and paternal chromosomes. This would seem to
indicate that definite pairing is delaA'ed until the prophase of the
reduction division where it must take place before or at the time
of the formation of the spirem. The two shorter chromosomes
are situated at the ends of the long ones which form a more or
less parallel pair. This arrangement can still be noticed shortl}^
after the segmentation of the spirem and is sometimes quite
striking. It is shown to some extent in figures 2, 3 and 5.

There is a rather constant difference between the pair of
smaller chromosomes, one of which is now known to be a mater-
nal and one a paternal chromosome. It would be interesting if
the pedigree of these two bodies could be determined. The
writer has frequently pointed out this difference in appearance
between the two smaller chromosomes in Ascaris. It was,
therefore, a pleasure to read Montgomery's statement of the
same fact. It is evident that even though the difference is slight,
it is distinct enough to be clearly seen by two observers entirelv
independent of each other and is not a matter of the imagination.
I have always described (orall)') the one chromosome as being
more U-shaped or rounded at the head and the other as more
pointed, V-shaped, or narrowed at the apex. Montgomery
describes the difference as follows: "The smallest chromosome
of all is very frequently hook-shaped and the other of the
smaller pair often U-shaped, while the longer ones have usually
two or three angles each, but none of these differences in form
appear to be constant." By long-continued study one might
perhaps be able to acquire the ability to distinguish these bodies
just as an expert systematist can readily determine two closely
related species at sight which look exactly alike to the inexperi-
enced. Thus we are led to hope that a plant or animal may be
found which will present constant and recognizable differences
between the maternal and paternal chromosomes.

In my work on Agave*, a marked individuality was found in
the twelve reduction chromosome loops as regards morphological
character. The statement was also made that "Since these are
bivalent chromosomes, it is evident that on the theorv of the
conjugation of maternal and paternal chromosomes, the con-
jugating pairs must be quite similar in shape and activity. In
the microsporocytes the bivalent chromosomes have an individ-
ual shape and size easily distinguishable."

It is not necessary to assume, at the present time, that no
interchange whatever of material takes place between the
chromosomes even though we ascribe definite individuality to
them. There might occasionally or even regularly be some

4. ScHAFFNER, JoHN H. The Reduction Division in the Microsporo-
cytes of Agave virginica. Bot. Gaz. 47.- 198-214. 1909.

5o8

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. IX, No. 7,

interchange of the granular chromatin and the individual shape
(probably dependent on the linin structure) still be retained.
The chromatin granules appear to become diffused and spread
out no less than the linin, to be massed together again at definite
stages in the ontogeny.

-■"P

^€

/>ii

/■

nW'

JSS-

All the figures are from accurate Abbe camera lucida drawings on the
same scale. Fig. 1. Spirem of second cleavage just at the time of the
separation of the chromosomes. The spirem is already broken at one
point. The position of the two long and two short chromosomes is clearly
marked, showing that the chromosomes are not yet paired. Figs. 2-9.
Pole views of equatorial plates of first and second cleavage.

Then again it is even possible, with all of our present knowl-
edge, that the chromatin acts as a unit organism and produces
periodically a definite number of chromo.somes of rather definite
size and form without localizing any given quantity of the sub-
stance in any definite part. There is no need to insist that a
viscid plasm must comport itself like a set of wooden blocks as
some would have us believe. However, I think that most of the
evidence so far presented points to a material individuality of
the linin groundwork of the chromosome.

May, 1909.] The Catalpa Leaf Spot. 509

THE CATALPA LEAF SPOT.*

J. B. Parker.

On October 11, 1908, the writer collected from a catalpa tree
growing upon the campus of Ohio State University, a number of
leaves affected by the leaf spot fungus so prevalent upon this
tree. A few of these spots bearing fruiting bodies thought at the
time of collection to be those of a species of Phyllosticta were
killed and hardened in alcohol preparatory to imbedding in
paraffin. While yet in the alcohol this material was examined
under the low power of the microscope which revealed upon
some of these spots fruiting bodies smaller and lighter in color
than those of Phyllosticta, which were present also upon other
spots. When sectioned and stained these smaller bodies proved
to be perithecia containing S-spored asci in various stages of
development. This discovery led to a more careful study of the
remainder of the material collected and to a comparison of this
with specimens of leaf spot fungi of the catalpa found in the
herbarium of the late Dr. W. A. Kellerman. As a result of this
study, the writer is of the opinion that the fungus is a new species
belonging to the genus Didymosphaeria and herewith submits
the following description:

Didymosphaeria catalpae n. sp. Perithecia very small, scattered,
imbedded in the tissue of the leaf, pyriform to nearly spherical, varying in
width from 48 — 104 mic. and in depth from 64 — 140 mic. Ostiolum
broadly conical, erumpent. Asci 8-spored, cylindrical, usually somewhat
curved', paraphyses fev\^ or wanting. Spores oblong-elliptical, hyaline or
yellowish, imiseptate, constricted in the middle 9.6 — 13 x 3 — 4 mic.

Occurs in leaf spots upon Catalpa sp. the ostiola appearing
upon either or both surfaces of the leaf.

In the herbarium were found specimens of two species of
imperfect fungi upon Catalpa leaves, Macrosporium catalpae
E & M on material collected by J. A. Jack, Jamaica Plain, Mass.,
August 20, 1890, and Phyllosticta catalpae E & M collected by
H. W. Ravenel, Aiken, S. C, July, 1904. The comparison of this
herbarium material with that secured upon the university
grounds led to the discovery of conidial spores very similar to
those of Macrosporium catalpae upon the latter and also upon
that labeled Phyllosticta catalpae (Fig. 1, 2, 3). It revealed
also pycnidia upon the specimens labeled Macrosporium catalpae
similar to those upon specimens labeled Phyllosticta catalpae
and to those upon the leaves obtained upon the university
grounds. But upon none of the herbarium specimens did the
writer find perithecia. It may be of significance to note that the
material secured upon the university grounds was collected just
before frost fell and that only the latest developed spots bore
perithecia.

* Contribution from the Botanical Laboratory of the Ohio State
University, XLV.

510 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 7,

In an effort to secure more perithecia from this material a
number of spots were cut from leaves that were dried and laid
away at the time of collection. These spots were placed in
water to soften and after a few hours a part of them was taken
out, killed, imbedded, sectioned and stained. Upon one of these
spots both perithecia and pycindia were found (Fig. 9) similar to
those before discovered upon separate spots — a fact pointing to
the probability that both fruiting bodies sprang from the same
mycelium. A few of the leaf spots not imbedded were left in
the water for several days and when again examined showed a
vigorous growth of mycelium which was producing in abundance
the chain-like spores of an Alternaria (Fig. 4). A number of
other spots similarly treated gave like results. A more thorough
investigation of the specimens labeled Macrosporiiim catalpae
was now made by soaking some of the spots in water and then
mounting them in glycerin. This revealed conidiophores and
chain -like spores (Fig. 5) similar to those mentioned above,
from which it appears that the fungus known as Macrosporiiim
catalpae is a species of Alternaria. Furthermore, one of the
spots from which sprang mycelium bearing spores of Alternaria
showed among its conidiophores a perithicium as shown in
figure 7.

In July the writer received a supply of infested leaves from
Mr. Erwin F. Smith, of the Bureau of Plant Industry, at Wash-
ington, D. C, collected from catalpa trees in that vicinity. Upon
the spots on these leaves a species of Alternaria was found
flourishing and when they were removed from the leaves, placed
in a moist watch-glass and covered with a small bell jar a vig-
orous growth of mycelium sprang up producing an abundance of
spores in chains. As far as it was possible to determine by
comparison, these spores were in all respects similar to those
developed in a similar manner from leaves collected at Columbus.
From the spores developed from leaves collected at Washington
an artificial culture was made from which a pure culture of the
fungus was secured. In August three young catalpa trees with
leaves representing all stages of development were thoroughly
sprayed with sterilized water in which an abundance of the
spores from this pure culture had been placed. These trees were
growing in a small court with walls on four sides and were in a
thrifty, vigorous condition. The spores were sprayed upon
them in the evening of a day on which at about noon a heavy
rain had fallen. The next day was warm and cloudy and the
moisture sprayed upon the plants in the evening was still visible
upon them at noon the following day. The conditions seemed
to be exceptionally favorable for tlic development of the spores
yet not a single spot appeared upon the leaves of any of the
trees. Spores taken from the same source at the same time and
placed upon an artificial medium grew nicely thus showing that

May, 1909.] The Catalpa Leaf Spot. 511

the spores were viable. The stress of other duties prevented a
repetition of the experiment and the negative results here secured,
throw but little light upon the source of infection.

In addition to the fungi already mentioned as occurring upon
the leaf spots of the catalpa, the writer found a species of Epi-
coccum flourishing upon every spot in the leaves collected at
Columbus as well as upon every spot examined in the material
taken from the herbarium though it was not abundant upon that
labelled Phyllosticta catalpae. There is also present on the spots
in the leaves collected at Columbus and on those in herbarium
specimens labeled Macros porium catalpae a species of Cladospor-
ium, a fungus that, so far as the writer is aware, has not been
reported for the catalpa. These two fungi, however, are in all
probability soprophytes that have no part in producing the
spots upon the leaves. The results of this investigation tend to
show that the species of Alternaria ( = Macrosporium) occurring
on the catalpa is likewise a saprophytic form. Therefore, in
summing up the work so far as it has been carried the writer is
of the opinion that the disease-producing species is Didymos-
pheria catalpae, of which Phyllosticta catalpae is an imperfect form
and that the other species of fungi found upon the leaf spots are
saprophytic. Whether or not this is the true relationship exist-
ing among these different species of fungi remains still to be
proved — a task the writer hopes to find at some future time
opportunity to perform.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVI.

The drawings were made with a Spencer microscope equipped
with a 3 mm. objective and an 8 x ocular (4 x ocular used with
No. 6). All are camera drawings made at table distance;
reduced one-half in reproductions. The magnification in the
microphotographs was not computed.

Fig. 1. Conidial spores of Alternaria sp. on leaves collected at
Columbus.

Fig. 2. Conidial spores from herbarium specimen labeled J^Iacro-
sporium catalpae.

Fig. 3. Conidial spores from herbarium specimen labeled Phyllos-
ticta catalpae.

Fig. 4. Conidiophores and conidia developed by placing in water
spots taken from leaves collected at Columbus. The number of spores in
the chains varied from 5 to 8.

Fig. 5. Chain of spores found on herbaritim specimen labeled
Macros porium catalpae.

Fig. 6. Ascus of Didymosphaeria catalpae drawn from a stained
section.

Fig. 7. Ascospores of Didymosphaeria catalpae drawn from stained
material.

Fig. 8. Microphotograph of a perithecium in a leaf spot.

Fig. 9. Microphotograph of a section of a leaf spot showing a
perithecium of Didymosphaeritim catalpae at {a) and a pycnidium of Phyl-
losticta catalpae at (6).

Fig. 10. Microphotograph of section of perithecium from which
Figvire 6 was drawn.

512

Ohio Naturaijst.

The Ohio Naturalist.

<S55(SC3'

[Vol. IX, No. 7,

Parker on " Catalpa Leaf Spot."

May, 1909.] Amitosis by Constridmi. 513

A NOTE ON AMITOSIS BY CONSTRICTION IN
SYNCHYTRIUM.*

Robert F. Griggs.

In a former article f dealing with amitosis in the parasitic
fungus, Synchytrium, the writer mentioned beside the peculiar
processes of direct nuclear division which he termed Nuclear
Gemmation and Heteroschizis, a third sort of amitosis which
resembles closely the more commonly reported process of ami-
tosis where the nucleus elongates and divides by constriction or
by the formation of a septum across it. Because he had observed
only a relatively small number of such cases at the time of
writing the former paper he contented himself with mere mention
of the process. Since that time, however, a considerable number
of such constricting nuclei scattered through a score of cysts
have been found. From an examination of these cases the
writer has been fully convinced that this is a normal process
which is to be ranked along with the other methods of amitosis
in multiplying the nuclei of the parasite preparatory to zoospore
formation.

The mechanism by which amitosis is accomplished by con-
striction is as simple as could well be. Different parts of the
chromatin of the nucleus separate and move apart, forming two
or more lobes ; these round off and each becomes an independent
daughter nucleus. This process usually occurs in spirem, but in
rare instances neither the daughter nuclei nor the remaining
undivided nuclei in the cyst are in that condition. Amitosis by
constriction occurs for the most part in early stages when nuclear
gemmation is only just beginning and long before heterochizis
is observed. Even the primary nuclei may divide in this man-
ner thotigh in the species studied, S. decipiens, they nearly
always divide mitotically. Occurring thus early in the cycle of
nuclear multiplication this process is usually but an incident in
the history of the chromatin thus divided, for after a very brief
existence the daughter nuclei are further subdivided by other
sorts of amitosis (Figs. 3-4).

It is manifestly impossible to follow the history of the nuclei
thus derived by constriction (or their chromatin content) further
than their division which is usually accomplished by nuclear
gemmation. But evidence was presented in the previous paper
which shows that the small nuclei derived by that process are
normal and become the ancestors of the zoospores which form

* Contribution from the Botanical Laboratory of the Ohio State Uni-
versity, No. XL VI.

t Griggs, R. F. Some Aspects of Amitosis in Svnchytrium. Bot.
Gaz. 47: 127-138, 1909.

SM

The Ohio Naturalist,

[Vol. IX, No.

the next generation. Inasmuch as healthy normal nuclei could
not be formed from parents which were degenerating, that evi-
dence applies to the parents as well as the descendants. In
exceptional cases, where they do not immediately fragment,
direct evidence of the fate of these nuclei due to amitosis by con-
striction can be secured. A few clusters of such nuclei have
been observed to persist unchanged until mitosis began. AVhen
this occurred they did not behave differently from the other
nuclei in any respect but formed spindles like them. In so far,
then, as the power to divide by mitosis is a test of the condition
of a nucleus, the products of this sort of amitosis must be regarded
as normal and similar in all respects to those, if there be any such,
which have descended bv an unbroken line of mitoses.

.X.V::, ;f

Wff ''■ #%.

%:Z:

%i?i$

'^■^MM^'iiM^^^ 'm:^^

^.

■•«»..

^^^M-Mn-k

In the formation of these nuclei there is apparently no oppor-
tunity for the chromatin to be exactly equationally divided as in
mitosis. An inquiry into the number of chromosomes occurring
in mitoses following such divisions becomes therefore of primary
interest in view of the great importance now being accorded to
the number of chromosomes in our theories of heredity. In
studies along this line which the writer hopes to publish shortly
he expects to present evidence indicating, that in spite of the

May, 1909.] Tfie Bedford Fauna at Indian Fields, Ky. 515

apparently random division of the chromatin in amitosis the
number of chromosomes in the species studied is constantly four.
Moreover, in some of the spindles in clusters of nuclei undoubt-
edly formed by amitosis, the same number is clearly shown. The
bearings of these observations except as they tend to demonstrate
that amitosis by constriction is a normal process may, however,
be left for discussion in the fuller paper which is to follow.

The figures are camera drawings made with 1.5 mm. objective
and an ocular 12. They are enlarged 2130 times.

Fig. 1. A large nucleus constricting into a cluster of nine or
ten daughters.

Fig. 2. (a) A cluster of daughter nuclei, constriction com-
plete, (b) One of the adjacent parent nuclei of the same cyst.

Fig. .■). A cluster similar to Fig. 2, but beginning to give off
small nuclei by nuclear gemmation.

Fig. 4. A similar cluster of two daughter nuclei.

THE BEDFORD FAUNA AT INDIAN FIELDS AND IRVINE,

KENTUCKY.*

Aug. F. Foerste.

The stratigraphic succession of the chief divisions of the
Waverly in Ohio, in descending order, is:

6. Logan formation, chiefly sandstones.

5. Black Hand formation, sandstones, often coarse, and
locally conglomeratic.

4. Cuyahoga formation, sandstones and clay shales.

.3. Sunbury formation, fissile black shales.

2. Berea sandstone, often ripple marked.

1. Bedford clay shales, locally with sandstones.

In 1888, Mr. E. 0. Ulrich, in the fourth volume of the Bulletin
of Denison University, identified from the Upper Waverly of
Ohio sixteen species of bryozoans which occur also in the Keokuk
of Kentucky, Illinois and Iowa. Of these, eight are found at
King's Mountain, Kentucky, in strata identified by Ulrich as
Keokuk, and two other species are closely related to forms found
at that locality. From this it is evident that the upper Waverly,
now known as the Logan formation, is closely related to the
strata exposed at King's Mountain, and that both are approx-
imately equivalent to the Keokuk of the Mississippi Valley.

In a paper read before the Geological Society of America, at
Baltimore, in 1908, Prof. Stuart Weller expressed the conviction
that the richly fossiliferous strata exposed at the Button Mold

* Published by permission of Professor C. J. Norwood, Director of the
Kentucky Geological Survey.

5i6 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 7,

Knob, seven miles south of Louisville, Kentucky, were closely
related to the upper Kinderhook, as exposed in the Mississippi
Valley. Since these layers at the Button Mold Knob belong to
the strata known in Indiana as the New Providence shales, and
since the equivalent of these strata lies at the base of the Cuya-
hoga section in east-central Kentucky, it is probable that those
parts of the Waverly which underlie the Cuyahoga also are
approximately equivalent to various parts of the Kinderhook
section in the Mississippi Valley. From this standpoint, the
Bedford may be regarded for the present as a lower Kinderhook
horizon.

During the summer of 1908, Mr. W. C. Morse and the present
writer were engaged, under the auspices of the Kentucky geolog-
ical survey, in tracing the lower Waverly formations southward
from the Ohio River. In the course of these investigations it
became evident that even in the first county south of the river,
Lewis County, the Berea lost its distinguishing feature as a series
of distinct sandstones, strongly ripple marked, and no longer
could be readily distinguished from the underlying Bedford.

For the attenuated part of the Bedford and Berea section, the
term Bedford-Berea is employed temporarily.

In the east-central part of Kentucky, at Indian Fields and
Irvine, where the Bedford-Berea section does not exceed one
foot in thickness, a number of fossils have been found, and since
very little is known, so far, of the paleontology of the Bedford-
Berea section either in Ohio or Kentucky, the following notes are
here appended.

In the fourth volume of the Bulletin of Denison University,
in 1888, Prof. C. L. Herrick identified from the Bedford clay
shales at Central College, Ohio, the following species:

Lingula melie.

Orb icu lo idea n en 'berry i .

Palaeoneilo bedfordensis.

Leda { = Nuculana) diversa-bedjordensis, var. nov.

Orthis ( = Rhipidomella) vanuxemi.

Chonetes scitulus.

Ambocoelia umbonata.

Macrodon hamiltoniae.

Microdon { = Cypricardella) bellistriatus .

Bellerophon neivberryi or helena.

Loxone-yna cf. delphicola.

Orthoceras cf. linteum.

Pleurotoniaria sulcomarginata.

Goniatites cf. Portage species.

Heniipronites { = Schuchertella) sp.

Pterinopecten sp.

Bellerophon lincata.

May, 1909.] The Bedford Fauna at Indian Fields, Ky. 517

Of these species, the first two appear to be characteristic of
the Sunbury shale. Lingula melie was described from the Sun-
bury shale at Chagrin Falls, 16 miles east of Cleveland, and the
types of Orbiculoidea neivberryi were obtained at the same horizon
befow the Cuyahoga Falls, 28 miles southeast of Cleveland.
The third species in the list was published originally from
the Bedford shales. The following ten species are regarded as
either identical with, or closely related to various Hamilton
species. The fourteenth in the list is said to resemble a Portage
species. No comparisons are made in case of the next two. It
is evident that Prof. Herrick was strongly influenced in his
identifications by the belief that the Bedford presented an upper
Devonian rather than a lower Carboniferous fauna.

In the first volume of the Geology of Ohio, on page 189, Prof.
Newberry listed as coming from the Bedford shale, at Bedford,
Ohio, Syringothyris typa ( = carteri), Rhynchonella { = Camaro-
toechia) sageriana, Orthis {Rhipidomella) michelini, Spirijerivia
solidirostris, and Macrodon hamiltoniae. From this it is evident
that Newberry was impressed with the Waverly affinities of the
Bedford. In the second volume of the Geology of Ohio, New-
berry listed from the Bedford shale also Hemipronites crenistria,
Chonetes logani, and Lingula cuyahoga. In the seventh volume
of the Geology of Ohio, Prof. C. L. Herrick expressed the opinion
that the fossils listed by Newberry "do not occur in the typical
shaly Bedford, but in thin flags associated or interbedded, while
the typical Bedford, especially in central Ohio where it reposes
directly upon the "Black Shale," carries a considerable series of
fossils forming a decided Devonian assemblage. More remark-
able still, the specific resemblances are unquestionably with
Hamilton (in the broad sense) rather than the Chemung fauna."

In the attempt to determine the equivalence, approximately,
of the Bedford shale to horizons already known elsewhere, the
resemblances rather than the differences of the Bedford fauna to
other species were noted. The result is that the fauna of the
Bedford is still, practically, an unworked field. In the hope of
contributing at least a little to our knowledge of the Bedford
fauna, the following notes are added. They consist of descrip-
tions of the various forms discovered so far in the attenuated
representatives of the Bedford-Berea section, as exposed at
Indian Fields and Irvine, Kentucky. For the stratigraphy the
reader is referred to the paper on the Waverly formations of
east-central Kentucky published by W. C. Morse and A. F.
Foerste in the Journal of Geology, March, 1909, page 164.

Lingula irvinensis, sp. nov. (Fig. 7).

Valves gently convex. Concentric striae very fine and close together;
of these, 5 or 6 in a length of 2 mm. appear slightly inore prominent than
the others. Length, 4.8 mm. ; width, 4 mm.

5i8 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 7,

Compared with Li)igiila iiielie, this species is distinctly
broader and more oval in form; moreover, all specimens found
so far are considerably smaller. Compared with Lingtila meeki
Herrick, the shell is distinctly smaller, the beak is less prominent,
appears less attenuated, and the horizon is considerably lower.
Rare in the thin representative of the Bedford-Berea at Irvine,
Kentucky.

Orbiculoidea sp. (Fig. 12). Compared with Orhiculoidea
newherryi the apex of the brachial valve appears to be nearer the
center; and the pedicel area, though supplied with a strongly
elevated, sharp, median ridge, is not supported on a distinctly
elevated oval platform, as figured by Hall and Clarke (Volume
VIII of the Paleontology of New York) in a typical specimen of
Orbiculoidea neivberryi obtained from the type locality, at
Cuyahoga Falls, Ohio. Our shell appears to be related more
closely to Orbiculoidea herzeri, but the apex of the brachial valve
is too central. A small median striation or septum extends for-
ward a short distance from the apex of the pedicel valve along its
interior. This is probably a new species, but too imperfectly
characterized as yet to receive a name. Concentric striae fine
and numerous; some of them, at various intervals, more strongly
elevated than others. Outline nearly circular. Lateral diameter
about 8 mm. Height of the brachial valve, a little less than 3 mm.
In the thin representative of the Bedford-Berea at Indian Fields,
Kentucky; not rare.

Orbiculoidea sp. (Fig. 13). The apex of the brachial valve of
this species is too far from the center to make it at all likely that
this species is identical with the one found at Indian Fields,
mentioned above. It is a smaller species apparently, and the
concentric striae are less distinct. The largest specimen found
has a length of 5 mm. In the thin representative of the Bedford-
Berea at Irvine, Kentucky.

Schuchertella inorsei, sp. nov. (Fig. 1).

Species of pensistently small size. Valves lransver.sely elongate,
with the greatest width at the hinge-line. Pedicel valve with a high
cardinal area and a prominent deltiditim; surface sloping rather evenly
from the beak to the margins of the .shell, but appearing convex owing to
the elevation of the beak. Brachial valve either flat or slightly concave,
usually elevated at the beak into a tiny knob. Radiating striae 25 to 30,
of which only the alternate striae may be considered as primary, although
some of the secondary striae originate near the beak; radiating striae
narrow, with wide interspaces, crossed by finer concentric lines, visible
only under a lens. Length, 2.6 mm. ; width 4.5 mm. ; elevation of cardinal
area 1 mm.

Abundant in the thin representative of the Bedford-Bcrca in
the northeastern part of Irvine, Kentucky; rare at the same
horizon northeast of Indian Fields, Kentucky. Named in honor
of Mr. W. C. Morse, in whose delightful companionship the

May, 190'9.] The Bedford Fauna at Indian Fields, Ky. 5 1 9

stratigraphy of the Lower Waverly of Kentucky was unravelled.
Schuchertella niorsei is closely related to Orihothetes niinutus,
Clarke, from the lower limestone in the Marcellus shales of New
York, and may be a diminutive descendant of Streptorkynchiis
flabellum, Whitfield, from the Columbus limestone of Ohio. Its
relations to Orthothetes minuUts, Cummings, from the Salem
lioestone of Indiana, are less evident. Septa and dental plates
are absent in the pedicel valve, the hinge area is rather high, but
the beak is not distorted and there is no evidence of attachment
of the shell by cementation.

Schuchertella herricki, sp. nov. (Fig. 16).

Shell usually transversely elongate, but sometimes attaining a length
which is almost as great as the width. The valves were thin and are
preserved as strongly flattened specimens which suggest that originally
the brachial valve was gently convex and the pedicel valve either flat or
slightly concave. In one pedicel valve the arching deltidium and the
moderately elevated cardinal area are preserved. The casts of the
brachial valve show the impressions made by the crural plates, the pos-
terior border of the flattened cardinal process, and a trace of a inedian
ridge traversing the space occupied by the muscular impressions. Radiat-
ing striae narrow and numerous, varying between 5 and 7 in a width of
2 mm., counting both the more prominent striae and those which evi-
dently have been intercalated later. While the difference in size of the
radiating striae is readily perceptible under a lens, they appear subequal
to the unaided eye. Concentric striae very fine and visible only under
a lens. Width of an average specimen, 22 mm.; length, 16 mm.; height
of cardinal area, a little over 1 mm.

Abundant in the thin representative of the Bedford-Berea
about a mile northeast of Indian Fields, Kentucky, along the
road running from the Brownlow Bruner farm on Lulbegrud
Creek northwestward toward Kiddville. Named in honor of
Prof. C. L. Herrick, whose investigations, on the Paleontology of
the Waverly of Ohio contributed materially to our knowledge.

Chonetes sp. (Fig. 10).

A small species, 6.2 mm. in width and 4.5 mm. in length, with 5 to 6
radiating striations in a width of 1 mm. In one specimen, a narrow
median striation extends along the base of a narrow median groove from
near the beak to within a short distance of the anterior margin of the
shell, somewhat resembling a figure of Chonetes coronaia, published by
Hall and Clarke (Volume VIII, Paleontology of New York). Traces of
the brachial ridges may be seen, but not enough is known for identification.

In the thin representative of the Bedford-Berea at Indian
Fields, Kentucky. Apparently the same species is found in the
corresponding la^^er at Irvine, Kentucky.

Productella sp. Very much flattened impressions of the
interiors of the brachial valves of a small species of Productella,
usually not over 8 mm. in length are not uncommon in the thin
representative of the Bedford-Berea at Indian Fields, Kentucky.
Much smaller specimens, not exceeding 2.5 mm. in length, found
at the same horizon at Irvine, Kentucky, may belong to the
genus Strophalosia.

520 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 7,

Syringothyris sp. A specimen with a short hinge line, as in
Syringothyris typa, but presenting onl}^ the hinge area of the
pedicel valve and a few of the immediately adjacent parts of the
radiating plications, was found at Indian Fields, in the thin
representative of the Bedford-Berea. Syringothyris typa is
listed by both Newberry and vSchuchert from the Bedford shales
at Bedford, Ohio.

Afnbocoelia nonvoodi, sp. nov. (Fig. 2).

Pedicel valve much less arched than in most specimens referred to
this genus, although it is not known how much of this may be due to
flattening. The beak and umbonal parts projects less conspicuously
beyond the hinge line. The median depression is reduced to a narrow
groove and widens very little anteriorly. The brachial valve is gently
convex; the median depression, narrow near the beak, widens consid-
erably anteriorly, though remaining comparatively shallow. Concentric
lines rather inconspicuous. Length of fairly large specimens, 5 inm.;
width about the same.

Rather common in the thin representative of the Bedford-
Berea at Irvine, Kentucky. Named in honor of Prof. C. J.
Norwood, State Geologist of Kentucky, who for many years has
been keenly interested in the correllation of the various Mississ-
ippian strata of Kentucky.

Camarotoechia kentuckiensis , sp. nov. (Fig. 14).

Sinus of the pedicel valve and the elevated fold of the brachial valve
almost imperceptible in most of the specimens at hand. As a rule, the
radiating plications occupying these parts of the shell appear slightly
narrower and closer together than those lateral plications which occur
within a short distance of the latter. Three plications occur in the
sinus and four on the fold. The total number of plications is about 16.
The slender vertical lamellae supporting the teeth extend well into the
interior of the pedicel valve. The pi-esence of a median septum is dis-
tinctly shown in casts of the brachial valve, bvit the evidence of an elon-
gate, narrow, median cavity immediately anterior to the beak is met only
occasionally. The largest specimens found so far have a length of about
10 mm. Judging from the flattened valves and the little depth of the
sinus of the jjcdicel valve in our specimens, this species must originally
have been one of only moderate convexity.

Rather common in the thin representative of the Bedford-
Berea at Indian Fields, Kentucky. Compared with Camar-
otoechia niarshallensis, Winchell, this species is flatter, and with
a less elevated fold. The beak of the pedicel valves in normal
specimens is more elongate.

Camarotoechia s,p. (Fig. 11).

A single brachial valve, IG mm. in length, with G jjlications on the
median fold, only slightly elevated above the lateral plications on either
side. The numl)er of lateral plications on each side appears to be about
four or live. Shells of this type usually are referred to Camarotoechia
sappho, but in our specimen the plications appear flatter and broader,
especially along the fold.

Thin representative of the Bedford-Berea at Indian Fields,
Kentucky.

May, 1909.] The Bedford Fauna at Indian Fields, Ky. 521

Cypricardella (Microdon) sp. (Fig. 4). The outline anterior
to the beak is not concave and there is no distinct evidence of an
umbonal ridge extending diagonally across the shell as in most
specimens referred to this genus; nevertheless, the generic ref-
erence is believed to be correct. A small triangular tooth is
found at the beak. Both right and left valves, always much
flattened, have been found in the thin representative of the
Bedford-Berea at Indian Fields, Kentucky. The shell appar-
ently was almost smooth.

Cypricardella (Microdon) sp. (Fig. 5). In case of the spec-
imen figured, the outline anterior to the beak is distinctly con-
cave, there is a distinct small triangular tooth at the beak, and
posteriorly there is an impression resembling a muscular area
which is not found in other specimens evidently belonging to the
same species, and whose significance is conjectural. The trans-
versely elliptical form appears to be specific. The absence of any
trace of the anterior muscular scar in this and the preceding
species is noteworthy. In the thin representative of the Bedford-
Berea at Indian Fields, Kentucky.

Nuculana kentiickiensis , sp. nov. (Fig. 6).

Anterior end of shell prolonged beyond the beak in such a manner as
to produce a transversely oblong outline, the basal margin being com-
paratively straight, and the margin anterior to the beak being approx-
imately parallel to the latter. The cardinal margin posterior to the beak
concave and inclined as usual. Height of shell, about 4.5 mm. ; length,
anterior to the beak, about 4.5 mm. ; total length, at least 10 mm., possibly
a little more, the posterior extremity not being preserved in the specimen
which is best preserved.

In the thin representative of the Bedford-Berea at Indian
"Fields, Kentucky.

Nuclana sp. (Fig. 3). This shell agrees in outline with Nucu-
lana diversa of the Hamilton and Nuculana pandoriforinis, as
identified by Hall from the Cuyahoga of Newark, Ohio. A
■somewhat similar shell was figured by Herrick from the Bedford
shale at Central College, Ohio, as Nuculana diversa, but it was
listed as Nuculana diversa— bedjordensis , a new variety. In the
thin representative of the Bedford-Berea at Indian Fields,
Kentucky.

Macrodon hamiltoniae-irvinensis, var. nov. (Fig. 15). Our
specimens belong unquestionably to the group typified by
Macrodon hamiltoniae, but they do not attain as large a size and
the radiating striae are confined to the post-umbonal slopes.
Rather common in the thin representative of the Bedford-Berea
at Irvine, Kentucky. A much flattened valve of a specimen of
Macrodon from the same horizon, at Indian Fields, may belong
to the same species.

522 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 7,

Schizodiis sp. (Fig. 8). The generic reference of the specimen
referred to this genus is not known to be correct, the cardinal
margin being imperfectly preserved. The shell has a general
resemblance to Schizodiis ciineus. In the thin representative of
the Bedford-Berea at Indian Fields, Kentucky.

Another specimen of doubtful generic affinities (Fig. 9). bears
some slight resemblance in outline to the species described by
Hall as Lumdicardium fragile, but there is no trace of radiating
striae and the species may belong to an entirely different group
of lamellibranch shells. In the thin representative of the
Bedford-Berea at Indian Fields, Kentucky.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVII.

Fig. 1. Schiichertella morsci. A, brachial valve. B, pedicel valve.
C, cardinal area of pedicel valve. D, elevation of deltidium over cardinal
area. E, transverse section with pedicel valve on the right. Outline
drawing indicating natural size of the specimens. Irvine, Kentucky.
Bedford-Berea.

Fig. 2. Ambocodia norwoodi. A, brachial valve. B, pedicel valve.
C, outline of shell on lateral view. Also an outline drawing indicating the
natural size of the shell. Irvine, Kentucky. Bedford-Berea.

Fig. 3. Niicidana sp. Right valve. Indian Fields, Kentticky.
Bedford-Berea.

Fig. 4. Cypricardclla {Microdon) sp. Right valve, lower anterior
outline slightly restored. Size of shell indicated by central cross. Indian
Fields, Kentucky. Bedford-Berea.

Fig. 5. Cypricardella {Microdon) sp. Left valve. Extreme anterior
outline restored. Significance of posterior impression unknown; it is not
fotmd in other .specimens. Indian Fields, Kentucky. Bedford-Berea.

Fig. 6. Nuculana kentuckiensis , sp. nov. Right valve, posterior
extremity restored. Indian Fields. Kentucky. Bedford-Berea.

Fig. '7. Lingnla irvinensis, with outline drawing indicating the
natural size of the specimen. Irvine, Kentucky. Bedford-Berea.

Fig. 8. Schizodiis sp. Generic reference uncertain. Right valve,
cardinal outline not preserved. Indian Fields, Kentucky. Bedford-Berea.

Fig. 9. Generic reference uncertain. Left valve. Indian Fields,
Kentucky. Bedford-Berea.

Fig. 10. Chonctcs sp. Brachial valve, interior, natural size indi-
cated by outline drawing. Indian Fields, Kentucky. Bedford-Berea.

Fig. 11. Camarotocchia sp. Cast of brachial valve with groove indi-
cating position of median septum. Shell distorted. Six plications on the
low median fold. Indian Fields, Kentucky. Bedford-Berea.

Fig. 12. Orbicnloidca sp. A, brachial valve, with the impression of
the interior at the aj^ical end. B, outline of valve on lateral view. Outline
drawing indicating the natural size of the valve. Indian Fields, Ken-
tucky. Bedford-Berea.

Fig. 13. Orbicnloidca s\). Corresponding drawings of a species found
at Irvine, Kentucky. Bedford-Berea.

Fig. 14. Camarotocchia kentuckiensis. A, B, pedicel valves. C,
brachial valve. All casts of interiors. Indian Fields, Kentucky. Bedford-
Berea.

Fig. 15. jMacrodon- hamiltoniae- irvinensis. A, left valve. B, right
valve. C, outline drawing to indicate the convexity of the shell. Irvine,
Kentucky. Bedford-Berea.

Fig. 16. Schiichertella herricki. A, B, brachial valves. C,_ pedicel
valve, showing the cardinal area and deltidium; specimen distorted.
Indian Fields, Kentucky. Bedford-Berea.

May, 1909.] The Bedford Fauna at Indian Fields, Ky.

523

Ohio Naturalist

^1 i: .

XXVII.

12 B

n^:

%JM ©

J««

15B

14 B

14C

e

is c

12 A

13 A

15C

15 B

15 A " ^6A 16fl

FoERSTE on the "Bedford Fauna."

524 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 7,

Meeting of the Biological Club.

Orton Hall, February 1, 1909.

The club being called to order by the President, Miss Freda
Detmers, the minutes of the previous meeting were read and
approved as read.

The address of the evening was by Dr. M. B. Lamb, Asst.
State Veterinarian, his topic being the Control of Hog Cholera by
Serum Immunization. Serum immunization for the control of
hog cholera has been developed by the Bureau of Animal Indus-
try at Washington, D. C, and extended by the states. Exper-
imental work in Ohio has been carried on at Reynoldsburg,
where 2,000 doses of protective serum have been produced and
700 head of hogs treated with excellent results. This protective
serum is probably anti-bacterial as well as antitoxic. To get
the serum 500 cu. cc. of virulent blood for each 100 lbs. weight
is injected through a vein in the ear. The animal is then bled
from the tail and from a 150 lb. animal 150 doses of the protec-
tive serum is secured. The blood is defibrinated and a small
amount of antiseptic added. The dose is of virulent blood
2 cu. cc, serum 20 cu. cc. for each 50 lbs. weight. This is sup-
posed to last for about four months, and is known as the serum
simultaneous method. Where a herd has already become
infected, the serum alone is used. The cost of producing the
serum per maximum dose for a 50 lb. animal is about 32 cents.

In the discussion that followed Dr. D. S. White, Prof. F. L.
Landacre and Dr. Chas. B. Morrey took part.

Miss Mary Edmonds and Miss Frances Freeman, advanced
students in botany, were elected to membership. Prof. Osborn
suggested a commemoration of the centenary of Chas. Darwin's
birth and moved that the officers of the club be authorized to
arrange a special program.

Arthur H. McCray, Secretary.

Date of Publication, May 4, 1909.

The Ohio Naturalist;

PUBLISHED BY ,

The Biological Club of the Ohio State Uni'versity,

Volume IX. JUNE, 1909. No. 8.

TABLE OF Contents.

Jackson, Mrs.— A Study of Ohio Forms of the Genus Lepidocyrtuis'. 525

Hyde — The Reduction Division in the Anthers pf Hyacinth us; Orientalis .... . . 539

McCR.iY— Meeting of the Biological Clulj. ..... : ;.......".'.......... ." 544

A STUDY OF OHIO FORMS OF THE GENUS LEPIDOCYRTUS.*

' ft

Alma Drayer Jackson. •

The following paper gives the results of a study of the Ohio
forms of the genus Lepidocyrtus, including notes on the classifi-
cation, a discussion of the geographical distribution, and obser-
vations on the life history.

My studies were carried on at the Ohio State University
under the direction of Professor Herbert Osborn, whose kind
assistance has been greatly appreciated. Thanks should also be
given to Professor J. W. Folsom who has read and criticised the
paper.

A review of the literature on the family Entomobryidae has
shown but little work done on the genus Lepidocyrtus except in
the description of species. For this reason a special study of
the Ohio species has been attempted with the hope of being able
to add some notes of interest on the life history.

The habits of Lepidocyrtus are much the same as for other
Collembola generally frequenting damp situations. A favorite
locality seems to be underneath the bark of old trees, or among
dead leaves and under stones. An exception to this is found in
the case of L. cephalopurpureus Harvey, which was found in
stored celery. Lepidocyrtus may be taken throughout the year,
in winter being found deep beneath the fallen leaves. As a rule
they are very active, and are found living either solitary or in
colonies. Our North American species range in size from 0.6 to
1.5 mm. in length.

* Contributions from the Department of Zoology and Entomology of
the Ohio State University, No. 31.

525

526 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 8,

Color has been used extensively in classifying these insects,
but this affords a rather unreliable basis for identification. It is
true the color patterns are so permanent in some groups of
insects as to become almost a structural character, but it is
impossible to give the color such weight in this particular case
although many writers have given little else in their identification
of certain species of Lepidocyrtus. Color is evidently an
especially unstable character in this genus on account of the
iridescent scales. The opalescent effect never appears the same
under two varying lights, and even though the general tone of
the insect may be dark or light, it is often very difficult to say
just what the most uniform color of the specimen may be. If,
however, the structural characters of the antennae, eyes, claws
and spring, and the length of the adult insect are given, there
should be little trouble in the identification. Not that the color
should be disregarded but rather that the greater importance of
the structural features should be emphasized. It is the lack of
these important characters that makes it impossible to formulate
a key to the genus.

The genus Lepidocyrtus was proposed by M. L'Abbe Bourlet
in his "Memoire sur les Podures" published in 1839, for that
group of the Linnaean genus Podura having, " Antennes courtes,
de quatre articles, huit ocelles," and "couvertes d'ecailles." Not
all of the genera proposed by M. Bourlet at that time were
accepted, but Lepidocyrtus was, and has been retained until the
present time.

Classification: — The distinguishing characters of the genus
Lepidocyrtus as it is recognized to-day are the projecting
mesonotum, the short, four-jointed antennae, and the presence
of scales. The number of ocelli has been given as characteristic,
but this cannot be depended upon.

In the dorsal view of L. luteus n. sp. the head is almost
entirely concealed, while in L. purpureus Lubbock the pronotum
projects but Httle. The character of the scales and of the
antennae may be considered as constant, but it is sometimes a
difficult matter to distinguish between the projecting mesonotum
of a Lepidocyrtus, and that of Seira which differs from the former
genus only in not possessing the projecting mesonotum. The
gradation between the two is so gradual that this character
often proves quite unsatisfactory, for which reason it is necessary
to take other characters into consideration in the determination
of certain species.

The antennae are comparatively short throughout the genus,
never being so long as the body. An examination of numerous
forms has shown that the number of the ocelli in the eye spot
may range from a single ocellus to as many as eight. The

June, 1909.] Ohio Forms of the Genus Lepidocyrtus. 527

abdomen is long and cylindrical, the fourth segment being about
three or four times as long as the third. The dentes are usually
serrated, while the mucrones end in the characteristic incurved
hook, with a middle tooth nearly as large as the terminal one.
There may be also one or two spurs attached above these teeth.
A tenaculum is present and lies in a groove underneath the
spring.

Most of the species of this genus bear two teeth on the larger
claw of the foot and none on the smaller. However in some
cases, we find but a single tooth on the larger one. The irides-
cent scales form a secondary character in classification, as does
also the color of the insect, which is so dependent upon the
reflection of light on the scales.

Club-shaped hairs may be borne on various parts of the
body. On the anterior edge of the mesonotum of some species
is a characteristic collar of these club-shaped hairs, sometimes
extending over the head for a considerable distance. Tenent
hairs are usually present on the tibia, and very long unknobbed
hairs are scattered over other parts of the body. Both the long
and short hairs are often distinctly fringed.

Geographical Distribution: — As a group, CoUembola may
be said to have a general distribution, some species covering a
wide range. According to Folsom, Achorutes armatus has been
recorded throughout Europe, in the United States, Uraguay,
Valparaiso, vSiberia, Sumatra and Greenland. We have no such
record as this for Lepidocyrtus however. It has been noted
that only the more generalized types of CoUembola are found in
very cold climates, which probably explains why Lepidocyrtus-
is restricted to the warmer regions, at least within the southern
Arctic and Temperate zones, it being among the more specialized
types of CoUembola. They do not seem to be able to withstand
the extreme conditions of the arctic regions but have become
specialized to such an extent that certain special conditions of
moisture, food and temperature are necessary for their existence.
Again, it is probable that the somewhat restricted range of
Lepidocyrtus is due to the fact that they have small chances for
dispersal. Water forms one of the most important means of
distribution that CoUembola have especially for those forms that
are structually adapted for a semi-aquatic life, but I know of no
Lepidocyrtus that is thus adapted. In fact, my experience has
been to find them in the dryer situations, and unable to withstand
an excess of moisture. For this reason they are not likely to be
carried far by water.

It is not probable that the wind can be a very important
factor in carrying Lepidocyrtus. Their habit of secreting them-
selves in the fallen wood, etc., reduces the liabilitv of such tran§-

528 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 8,

i'i. •' ' .".'.■ ■"".'. ... , ■ ":

portation to a minimum. They have no wings, and so would
not be apt to be caught by the wind and carried for long distances
as many other insects are.

Two factors niay possibly enter into the distribution of
members of the genus. A number of species of Entomobryidae
have been found in bird's nests, and it is quite possible for
Lepidocyrtus to be transported from one locality to another on
the material used for building the nests. Another means of
dispersal is upon articles of commerce of various kinds, especially
on any sort of goods that would afford them some moisture and
a vegetable food supply. Probably the most important factor
in this connection would be the shipment of logs and lumber
products from one section of the country to another.

In the genus Lepidocyrtus we have many examples of
protective coloration. The iridescent scales reflect the general
color of the natural surroundings to such an extent that the
insect may be easily overlooked. If a specimen of L. pusillus
just after molting chances to be on the surface of a dark piece of
bark, or on a bit of earth, a very careful search is necessary to
reveal it. If in older specimens, in which the bronze tint is
more in evidence, the insect happens to be among dead leaves, it
is equally well protected.

It is certainly not a very difficult matter for Collembola to
adapt themselves to their surroundings and food, requiring, as
they do, such simple conditions for their existence that they can
live almost anvwhere provided they have the required amount
of moisture. Still, as regards food habits, there is some degree
of preference shown. Some of the Smynthuridae frequent moss,
cucumber vines and toad stools; many other Collembola as
Isotoma, Poduridae, and Aphoruridae, may be adapted to live
on the surface of the water, while other species may be found in
almost any locality furnishing decaying vegetable matter and
moisture. Lepidocyrtus show no great specialization in food
habits, although I have found L. pusillus and L. purpureus most
abundant under loose bark, or bunches of dead leaves in dryer
localities. On the other hand, some of the lighter colored species
are found almost exclusively in loose, damp earth.

At present, the center of dispersal of North American Lepi-
docyrtus cannot be located, owing to the vast range of territory
not 3^et studied.

The chances for the distribution of the old world species in
America are certainly small in comparison with those of other
insects. It is more likely their habits than the absence of wings
that so limits their possibilities of distributions. For this reason
it is not surprising that the number of new species is constantly
being added to as new territory is worked.

June, 1909.] Ohio Forms of the Genus Lepidoeyrtus. 529

Description of Ohio Species: — No attempt has been made
to give a complete bibliography of the species, only the original
and the principal American works being cited.

Lepidocyrtus Pusillus (Linn.) PI. XXVIII.
1767. Podura pusilla Linn. Syst. Nat. Vol. XII. II, pg. 1014.
1873. Lepidocyrtus pusillus. Packard. Syn. Thys. Essex Co.,

Mass. pg. 37.
1891. Lepidocyrtus pusillus. MacGillivray. Canad. Ent., Vol.

XXIII, pg. 272.
1903. Lepidocyrtus pusillus. Guthrie. Coll. of Minn., pg. 88.

(Description taken from living specimens.)

Color: bluish-bronze or copper, varying from a yellowish tinge in some
specimens to bright iridescent bhie in freshly molted ones. The prevaihng
color is bronze, but the scales are so brightly iridescent that the same
specimen may at one time appear bronze, at another blue. Antennae :
blue, basal segment more yellowish in tint ; the blue color of the antennae
always retained in mounted specimens; basal segment short, II and III of
the same length, IV not quite so long as II and III taken together. Eyes:
black; six, possibly eight, ocelli; eye spots plainly visible from dorsal
surface at bases of antennae. Various long hairs are found scattered over
the body. A long bent hair is situated on either side of abdominal seg-
ments iV and V. Mesonotum in dorsal view a little over three times as
long as metanotum. Abdominal segment IV, four and one-half times as
long as III. Legs: tarsi with two claws, both curving in the same direc-
tion; two teeth on larger claw, the distal one just opposite the apex of the
smaller claw, the other midway between the distal tooth and the base of
larger claw; long hairs present on both femur and tibia. Spring: tinged
with blue, mucrones nearly white; manubrium quite a little shorter than
dentes, very hairy, dentes long, slender, curved at apex, with sub-annula-
tions on ventral surface ; mucrones with two hooks, the apical one long and
slender, a spur extending from base of mucrone to opposite point of ante-
apical hook ; two long, barbed hairs extending from dentes to below end of
mucrones ; other long, curved hairs found scattered over dentes. Length
1-1.5 mm.

Habits: rather a solitary species, quite common among dead
leaves, and under bark, but not in as wet situations as many
Collembola. When a jar containing dead leaves and rotten
wood is brought into the laboratory these insects almost invariably
collect in the dryer material on top. If kept in a cell with an
excess of moisture they soon die. One specimen measuring 1.5
mm. was kept in a little earthen cell covered with a watch
crystal for two months, from the first of March until the first of
May. Before molting it appeared decidedly bronze to the
naked eye, but afterwards the blues and purples were quite
noticeable. Molting took place about ever}^ seven or eight days.
So many varying descriptions of this species occur with contra-
dictory characters that it is quite impossible to be positive as
to the proper identification of specimens. The mesonotum
does not project as it does in the extreme forms of Lepidocyrtus,
although the head is always partially concealed. We believe

53° The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 8,

that but one other species is liable to be confused with L. pusillus,
this is L. purpureus Lubbock. This species is intensely deep
blue, while the third joint of the antennae is shorter than the
second, which is not true for L. pusillus.

The Ohio specimens agree very closely with Nicolet's descrip-
tion of L. pusillus, with the exception of the "granular, deep
gray antennae," which probably represent only a variation, or a
difference in the interpretation of the iridescent reflections. My
specimens do not agree with Guthries' description in the "clear,
nearly uniform tint of the body," but are rather as Nicolet
described the species, "d'un bronze fonce et chatoyant." The
antennae are longer in proportion to the body than Guthrie gives
them, and the colorless spot mediad to each e3^e was not notice-
able. There seems to be many local varieties of this species,
which may account for the confusion in the literature. The
bent hairs on abdominal segments IV and V may be broken off
in mounted specimens, but are always characteristic of living
ones. In fact, the Ohio specimens, if we have correctly identified
this species, are at once distinguished by the presence of these
bent hairs and the bluish-bronze tint of the body.

Lepidocyrtus Purpureus Lubbock. PI. XXIX.

1873. Lepidocyrtus purpureus Lubbock. Monog. Coll. and Thvs.,

pg. 155; pi. XXX.
1903. Lepidocyrtus purpureus. Guthrie. Coll. of Minn. pg. 87.

(Description taken from living specimens.)

Color: to the naked eye a deep, grayish blue, with purple reflections,
varying to lighter shades. Under the microscope the color appears a
more intense purplish blue. Antennae grayish blue, lighter than body;
II nearly twice as long as I ; III shorter than II, and nearly one and a half
times longer than I; IV over three times as long as I, or nearly equalling
II plus III. Eyes: black, eight ocelli. A thick border of clubbed hairs
on mesonotum. Fringed hairs are found on the abdomen, legs, manu-
brium and dentes. Mesonotum in dorsal view almost three times as long
as metanotum. Abdominal segment IV three times as long as III. Legs:
tibia and tarsi nearly white; coxa, trochanter and femur mottled with blue;
the claws are quite characteristic in having a small notch at l)ase of the
larger claw, and a slight indentation at the base of the smaller. The
ante-apical tooth on the larger claw is opposite the apex of the smaller
claw, and the apical tooth a short distance below the ante-apical. Both
claws curve in the same direction. True tenent hairs are absent from the
tibia. Spring: white; manubrium but little shorter than dentes; the
sub-annulations on the dentes not so deep as in some species ; apical hook
of mucrones more slender than ante-apical; a spur extending from base of
mucro to opposite ante-apical hook ; long, barbed hairs extending from
dentes to apex or slightly beyond apex of mucrones. Total length, 1 mm.

L. purpureus is at once distinguished from L. pusillus the
most closely allied form, by the much deeper blue color, the
absence of curved hairs on the abdomen, and the relative pro-
portion of the segments of the antennae. III being shorter than

June, 1909.] Ohio Forms of the Genus Lepidocyrtus. 531

II, which is not true for L. pusillus. The pigment in L. purpureus
also presents a decidedly mottled appearance, especially in
mounted specimens.

L. purpureus may be synonomous with L. metallicus L.
cyaneus and L. iricolor, but according to Packard's description
L. metallicus differs in the following respects. The spring is
short and thick, the manubrium uniisuall}^ broad, and the
mucrones extra large. It also seems to differ in its blackish-
bronze color. As before stated, L. iricolor is not sufficiently
characterized to identify with any of these species.

L. purpureus is very abundant about Columbus, and may be
found in abundance under loose bark of fallen trees, as we'll as
in the other usual localities for Lepidoc3'rtus. It seems to live
in the confinement of artificial cells about as well as in its natural
surroundings. In coloration it is one of our most beautiful
species.

Life History OF Lepidocyrtus Purpureus. PI. XXIX. The
young of the above species, closely resemble the adults. In
color they are a lighter blue, quite silvery to the naked eye, not
showing the purple reflections so marked in the adults. The
head seems quite out of proportion to the rather slender body.
The larvae of L. purpureus are remarkedly agile, thus very hard
to study alive for structural details. Mounted specimens show
every detail of character in the claws, spring and antennae
found in the adult, even to a constancy in the arrangement of
the hairs over the body. The black eye spots are very noticeable
at the bases of the antennae, and plainly visible from above, in
contrast to L. sanguineus. From the colonies observed it seems
that eighteen to twenty eggs may be produced at one time by
this species. Larval forms measure from 0.20 mm. to 0.25 mm.
in length.

■^fe '

Lepidocyrtus Sanguineus, n. sp. PI. XXX.

(Description taken from living and mounted specimens.)

Color: white, with iridescent scales, sometimes with a bluish cast.
Antennae: segment III shorter than II; IV nearly or quite twice as long
as III, or equahing II plus III; length of segments slightly variable;
densely covered with short hairs. Eyes: red, unusually small with single
ocellus, appearing at side of head near bases of antennae as mere specks.
Plainly visible on ventral surface. Fringe of clubbed hairs on mesono-
tum clubbed ; various long, barbed hairs scattered over the body, legs and
head ; four long, barbed hairs are found regularly on both abdominal seg-
ments II and IV. Scales rectangular, largest on the manubrium. Meso-
notum in dorsal view fully four times as long as metanotum. Abdominal
segment IV four times as long as III. Legs: tarsi bear two claws, the
larger with two teeth ; the smaller claw nearly straight with a slight curve
at its tip. A long hair is present on the tibia of each foot, but is not a
true tenent hair in function. Spring: manubrium densely covered with
hairs and large, broad scales; dentes somewhat longer than manubrium,

532 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 8,

bearing serrations which in ventral view appear as sub-annulations;
mucrones with two hooks, a spur at base extending out almost opposite
ante-apical hook, two long, barbed hairs arising from end of dentes, one
extending to end of apical hook of mucrones, the other some distance
beyond. Length .7-. 9 mm.

This small white form is very active, and found commonlv
about Columbus in the cavities of old rotten wood, and among
the leaves and dirt. When feeding the head is barely visible
under the projecting mesonotum. It is easily distinguished as
a small white form, with the bead-like red eyes at the sides of
the head, and the short third joint of the antennae. The eyes,
however, soon lose their pigment in alcoholic specimens.

This species is especially interesting as a Lepidocyrtus from
the fact that it possibly represents the connecting link between
Lepidocyrtus and the eyeless genus Cyphodeirus. Guthrie
records one species with five ocelli instead of the typical eight to
either eye patch (L. decemoculatus) and another (L. sexoculatus)
with but three ocelli to either eye patch. L. sanguineus, as the
two above named species, has every character of a Lepidocyrtus
with the exception of the rudimentary condition of the eyes.
When we consider the evidence of such reduction in the other
genera, we cannot but feel there is just argument in including
such forms with rudimentary eyes in this genus. Again when
we consider the gradation in the degree to which the mesonotum
projects over the head, and the difficulty in classifying the
specimens on this character in some instances, it seems but a
step to the genus Cyphodeirus in which the thorax projects but
little, and possibly even should be united in one genus.

Notes on Life History of Lepidocyrtus Sanguineus, n.sp.
PI. XXX. — On May the twenty-fifth the larval forms of L. san-
guineus were first observed. They were found in colonies of eight
or ten individuals in the channels of decayed wood made by
wood boring larvae. Each colony probably represented the
offspring of one parent. The resemblance to the adult forms
was very striking, the apparent absence of eyes, and the larger
size of the head in proportion to the body being the only appreci-
able differences. In color the larvae are silvery-white to the
naked eye, the same as the adult, with iridescent scales, and
very active. The relative proportions of these larvae when first
observed may be seen from the following measurements:

LARVA. ADULT.

Total length of insect 0.32 mm. .9 mm.

Width of body 0.09 mm. .IM) mm.

Length of antennal segments 1 0.02 mm. .04.") mm.

II 0.03 mm. .00.3 mm.

III... 0.27.3 mm. .055 mm.

IV... O.OCia mm. .n5 mm.

Total length of spring 0.17 mm. .5 mm.

Width of head 0.10 min. .2 mm.

Length of head O.OS mm. .10 mm.

June, 1909.] Ohio Forms of the Genus Lepidocyrtus. 533

Still smaller individuals than the above have been found and
it is believed that 0.20 mm. would be a good average for the length
of freshly hatched larvae.

One week after the larval forms were first noticed the insects
averaged 0.40 mm. in length, an increase of not quite 0.10 mm.
The eves were still not visible.

Tliree weeks later the average length was 0.55 mm. When
the forms showed little change other than an increase in size.
One specimen, however, was covered with drops of moisture as
if just ready to molt. In a short time the skin split along the
mid-dorsal line of the thorax, and the old skin was cast off. For
the first time in the life of the now probably five week's old
larva the ver}- minute, red, bead-like eyes were visible at the
sides of the head at the bases of the antennae. In other words,
twentv-eight days had elapsed after the larval forms of 0.32 mm.
were first observed before there was any sign of eyes. The
forms were now positively identified as L. sanguineus.

From the appearance of the eyes of L. sanguineus until the
adult stage is reached the growth is very slow. Nearly four
weeks after the appearance of the eyes the average length of the
specimens was 0.7 mm., which may be considered that of the
adult form,

The following table will show in brief the relative growth of
the insects from the larval to the adult stages:

AVERAGE LENGTH

OF INSECT. EYES.

March 25 0.32 mm. Absent.

April 1 0.40 mm. Absent.

April 22 0.55 mm. Present.

May 4 0.575 mm. Present.

May 19 0.70 mm. Present.

Specimens of the above species have been kept alive in
artificial cells for over ten weeks, but we can not say at present
just how long the life of the average individual may be.

Lepidocyrtus Luteus n. sp. PI. XXXI.
(Description taken from living and mounted specimens.)

Color: a light bronze or clay color, with iridescent scales reflecting
shades of blue and pink. Antennae: I short; II twice as long as I; III
shorter than II; IV not quite so long as II plus III. Eyes: black, eye
spot much elongated, very characteristic in the arrangement of the eight
ocelli. A prominent fringe of clubbed hairs on the mesonotum. An
extreme type of Lepidocytrus in the strongly projecting inesonotum,
which coines to a decided point over the head, nearly concealing the head
beneath it. Barbed hairs are found on various parts of the body, scat-
tered over the spring, abdomen and legs. Legs: with two claws, both
curved in the same direction ; the larger unusually broad and bearing two
teeth, the smaller very slender. Abdomen long and slender; IV about
seven times as long as III. Spring: manubrium shorter than dentes;
dentes sub-annulated ; mucrones as usual, with two hooks, and a long spur
extending from base to opposite ante-apical hook; long barbed hairs
extending to tip and beyond mucrones. Length, 1-1.5 mm.

534 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 8,

Found in the same localities and associated with L. pusillus
and L. purpureus. This species may be readily distinguished
by the bronze color of the body, the extreme type of the pointed,
projecting mesonotum, and the peculiar arrangement of the
ocelli in the elongate eye spot.

Note 1. One other form quite numerous about Columbus
has been described as a Lepidocyrtus b}" Marlatt in 1896, in The
Canadian Entomologist, vol. XXVIII, pg. 219, also in U. S.
Dept. Agr. Bull., No. 4, pg. 81-83. This species he names L.
americanus, however it proves to be synonomous with Seira
nigromaculata Lubbock, which has been reported from Minne-
sota by Guthrie. Superficially the species possibly resembles a
Lepidocyrtus, but does not have the projecting mesonotum,
while the antennal joints are much longer in proportion than is
found among the species of Lepidocyrtus.

June, 1909.] Ohio Forms of the Genus Lepidocyrtus.

535

Ohio Naturalist.

F/aie XXVIII.

Lepidocyrtus pusillus (Linn).

\. Dorsal view of insect. 2. Spring. 3. Foot.
4. Mucro, showing spur at base and barbed hairs.

536

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. IX, No. 8,

Ohio Naturalist.

P/afe XXIX.

****>M.'i'i»,i,)i;ji,Oj'^i'i^'^

Lepidocyrtus purpureus (Lubbock).

1. Dorsal view of insect. 2. Spring. 3. Side
view of dens showing serrations and barbed hairs.
4. Foot. 5. Side view of mucro. 6. Larval form.
7. Eyespot of larva] form.

June, 1909.] Ohio Forms of the Genus Lepidocyrtus.

537

Ohio Naturalist.

P/afe XXX.

Lepidocyrtus sanguineus (Jackson).
1. Dorsal view of insect. 2. Spring. 3. Foot.
4. Side view of mucro. 5. Larval form measuring
.032 mm. 6. Same as former, one month later, on
first appearance of eyes.

538

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. IX, No. 8,.

Ohio Naturai^ist.

XXXI.

Lepidocyrtus luteus (Jackson).

1. Dorsal view of insect. 2. Spring. 3. Side view
of mucro. 4. Eye spot. 5. Foot.

June, 1909.] Reduction Division in Hyacinthus. 539

THE REDUCTION DIVISION IN THE ANTHERS OF
HYACINTHUS ORIENTALIS.*

Edith Hyde.

There are many problems in connection with the reduction
division, which have not been satisfactorily solved. It was,
therefore, determined to take up the problem on some plant
which would show the nuclear structures as distinctly as possible.
The plant finally selected for the investigation was the common
hyacinth, Hyacinthus orientalis L.

The dry bulbs of the common hyacinth were planted in the
greenhouse at various intervals during the Fall of 1907. A
bulb was opened and examined almost every day, but it was not
until the first week in November that the desired stages were
secured, since it was some time before it was ascertained how
long the dry bulbs must remain in the ground before reduction
begins. This depends entirely on the time of planting. If the
bulbs are put in the ground early in the fall it will be some time
before reduction takes place. The desired stages were finally
secured in bulbs which were planted in the last week of October,
and which remained in the ground less than a week, showing
that slow development takes place in the bulb while in the dry
state. All of the material killed on the days from the 1st to the
4th of November showed the various reduction stages, and even
in the individual bulb nuclei ranging from early microsporocytes
to tetrads were found. The usual methods of killing and
imbedding were used and the sections were cut from 10-12 mic.
thick. The slides were stained most satisfactorily with Delafield's
Haemotoxylin. This study was begun under the direction of
Prof. R. F. Griggs and was completed under Prof. J. H. Schaffner,
to both of whom the writer is greatly indebted for kindly assist-
ance and suggestions.

In the younger anthers many nuclei were found showing the
last division previous to the formation of the microsporocytes
(figs. 1, 2). In these nuclei the spirems showed a linin thread
with definite granules. There is evidently no long resting stage
in the sporocyte previous to reduction and this makes it difficult
to recognize the young sporocytes from their mother cells, the
two being present in the sporangium at the same time. A
tendency toward indefinite massing of the chromatin (figs. 3, 4)
in the early sporocytes, gradually disappears as the threads of
the network become more prominent (fig 5). There does not,
however, seem to be any definite massing of the chromatin into

* Contributions from the Botanical Laboratory of Ohio State Uni-
versity, XL VI I.

540 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IX, No. 8,

recognizable protochromosomes as in Thalictrum, Agave, and
various other plants.

Following this stage the complicated spirem is formed, which
gradually thickens until its continuity can be traced with
comparative ease, although it is very irregularly looped and
twisted (fig. 9). At this stage the so-called synizesis probablv
occurs. This varies from slight contraction to a dense massing
in the center or side of the nuclear cavity. The nucleolus may
or may not appear free from the mass (fig. 8). Sometimes
series of sections, apparently of the proper stage, do not show
synizesis, while in others contractions are present even in well
developed spirems.

The spirem continues to thicken and the irregular twisting
and winding becomes less complicated, with a strong tendency
to form loops, the crossing threads producing a dense mass in the
center (figs. 10, 11). This arrangement of the loops with
crossing in the center has been noted in other members of the
lily famih^

No trace could be found of double granules or a split in the
spirem. This, however, may have been due to the staining.
The linin and chromatin granules appeared quite distinct in the
earlier stages (figs. 5a, 9a) but with the twisting and winding
prior to the formation of loops, they stain much darker and more
uniformly until differentiation finally disappears. The twisting
of the spirem now becomes gradually simplified until there are
approximately eight loosely rounded loops, the eight incipient
chromosomes, corresponding to the reduction number of chromo-
somes (figs. 12,13 ). These loops thicken and condense until
there are clearly eight loops radiating from the center, with the
looped ends pointing outward toward the nuclear wall (figs. 14,
15) . The eight chromatin loops were distinctly seen and counted
a large number of times.

The arrangement of the spirem into loops, corresponding in
number to the reduced number of chromosomes and their
subsequent separation and massing to form the chromosomes
was mentioned by Schaffner in his paper on Lilium philadel-
phicum. He found that the "twisted chromatin band arranges
itself so as to form twelve loops, the heads of the loops being
close to the nuclear membrane." This arrangement was also
found by Brown in his study of the embryo-sac of Peperomia.
In this case he finds that after the looping becomes more pro-
nounced, the spirem .segments, each loop giving rise to a chromo-
some. He draws the conclusion that chromosomes are, therefore,
formed by the coming together, side by side, of parts of the
spirem that before were arranged end to end. Gates notes a
somewhat similar condition in Oenothera rubrinervis, in which

June, 1909.] Reduction Division in Hyacinthus. 541

he finds the spirem varying in thickness in different parts,
exhibiting constrictions and dilations indicating more or less
clearly where segmentation into chromosomes will take place.
He says there is nothing to indicate that the successive chromo-
somes are members of a pair, but one chromosome frequently
swings around and pairs with its neighbor on the skein. He
concludes: "We do not really have, then, a transverse division
of chromosome bivalents, but a separation of whole (somatic)
chromosomes."

One of the most interesting and prominent features in the
reduction karyokinesis of the hyacinth is the marked individual-
ity of the bivalent chromosomes. After the formation of the
loops, a transverse breaking of the continuous spirem takes place
by which they are separated (fig. 16.) The contracting loops
show a tendency toward definite size and shape and when the
chromosomes have their final form they show a striking indi-
vidualitv. There are two comparatively small chromosomes,
a third of medium size and another only a little larger, while the
remaining four are of giant proportions when compared with the
two smallest. Of the two medium sized chromosomes, one is
generally somewhat heart- or v- shaped, while the other is a
more or less irregular mass usually without two projecting limbs.
Of the four large ones, two in favorable sections, always show a
prominent twist while the other two show a more compact and
regular form. These shapes and sizes were noted in many differ-
ent nuclei (figs. 18-22).

Fine threads were often present, extending from the loops
to the nuclear wall or connecting the loops themselves. These
threads were also present after the separation into chromosomes
(fig. 17).

The formation of the spindle and the subsequent stages were
not included in the study.

It will be evident from an examination of the figures, that
the pairing which takes places in the formation of the bivalent
or reduction chromosomes, is between univalents of essentiallv
the same shape, size and activity. There can be little doubt but
that these similar conjugating chromosomes represent a pair,
the one maternal and the other paternal. The equivalent
maternal and paternal chromosomes are, therefore, of essentially
corresponding shapes and sizes. To determine definitelv by
observation whether all the maternal or paternal chromosomes
go to a single pole, will require cases in which a difference in
character between the two can be determined.

542 The Ohio Naturalist. ' [Vol. IX, No. 8,

SUMMARY.

1. The chromatin network of the resting nucleus is trans-
formed into a continuous spirem with no definite evidence of the
presence of protochromosomes.

2. No spliting or doubling of the linin thread or of the
chromatin granules was observed; the chromosomes are appar-
.ently arranged end to end in the spirem.

3. Synizesis appeared at various stages but was apparently
-not constant for any particular stage.

4. The continuous spirem shortens and twists into 8 loops,
radiating outward toward the nuclear wall, the crossing threads
forming a central knot.

5. The 8 loops break apart at the center to form the 8
;bivalent chromosomes.

6. Fine connecting strands often appear between the
.chromosomes and the nuclear wall or between the chromosomes
themselves.

7. The chromosomes show a striking difference as to shape
and size.

8. The pair of univalent chromosomes, which must have
■united to form a bivalent chromosome are alike in shape and
;Size and apparently represent maternal and paternal bodies.

LITERATURE.

Brown, W. H. The Nature of the Embrvo-Sac of Peper-
,omia. Bot, Gaz. 46:445-460, 1908.

Gates, R. R. A Studv of Reduction in Oenothera rubri-
nervis. Bot.' Gaz. 46:1-34,' 1908.

ScHAFFNER, J. H. The Division of the Macrospore Nucleus.
:Bot. Gaz. 23:430-452. 1897.

^-^The Reduction Division in the Microsporocytes of

>gave virginica. Bot. Gaz. 47:198-214. 1909.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXII.

Fig. 1. Mother cell of microsporocytes.

Fig. 2. The same.

Fig. 3. Microsporocyte with chromatin network and showing irregular

masses.
Fig. 4. Microsporocyte with delicate linin threads and prominent

chromatin granules.
Fig. 5. Microsporocyte with expanding nucleus and more prominent

threads.
Fig. 5a. Single threads showing rows of chromatin granules.
Fig. (■). Threads of network adjusting themselves into a definite spirem.
Fig. 7. Sjjirem becoming thicker.
Fig. 8. Synizesis stage; massing of chromatin.
Fig. 9. Spirem showing irregular twisting.
Fig. 9a. Single threads of saine stage.
Fig. 10. Spirem beginning to be thrown into definite loops, the threads

crossing a;id njiassing in the center.

June, 1909.] Reduction Division in Hyacinthus.

543

Ohio NATURAr,iST.

P/aie A XXII.

Hyde on " Reduction Division of Hyacinthus."

544 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol.IX, No. 8,

Fig. 11. Thicker spirem with loops becoming more definite.

Fig. 12. vSpirem adjusting itself into approximately S loops.

Fig. 13. Loops more condensed than in Fig. 12.

Fig. 14. The 8 loops distinctly formed.

Fig. 15. Nucleus showing details of two loops.

Fig. 16. Microsporocyte after separation of the loops, before much

contraction has taken place.
Fig. 17. Further contraction of chromosomes; connecting threads present.
Fig. 18. Chromosomes beginning to show individuality before complete

condensation has taken place.
Figs. 18a, b, c. Types of chromosomes as arranged on spindle.
Figs. 19-22. Chromosome groups showing individual shapes; two large

twisted ones, two small ones, and two of medium size, one of

which is heart-shaped, also two large ones with no definite

shape.
Fig. 23. The chromosomes drawn into the equatorial plane.

Meeting of the Biological Club.

Chemistry Lecture Room, March 1, 1909.

At the regular March meeting of the club, a special program
in commemoration of the centenary of the birth of Chas. Darwin
was presented. About 200 faculty members and teachers of
science in the Columbus and neighboring schools, responded to
the printed invitations which were distributed to the members
of the club and others. President W. O. Thompson, honorary
chairman, not being able to be present, the chair was occupied
by Miss Freda Detmers, president of the club. The program
was an attempt to cover briefly the many phases of the activity
of Darwin in his long and useful life devoted to science.

The following subjects were presented:

1. Darwin's Character and Method of Work,

J'rofessor F. L. Landacre

2. The Influence of Darwin's Work in Geology,

Professor G. D. Hubbard

3. Darwin's Contributions to Zoological Science,

Professor Herbert Osborn

4. Darwin in His Relationship to British Stockmen,

Professor C. S. Plumb

5. Darwin's Contributions to Horticultural Science,

Professor V. H. Davis

6. The Work of Darwin in Physiological Botany,

Professor A. Dachnowski

7. Darwin's Contributions to Botany, Professor J. H. Schaffner

8. Darwin and Modern Philosophy, Professor A. E. Davies

9. Darwin and Modern Psychology, Professor D. R. Major

No business session was held, the entire evening being given
over to the reading of the papers.

Arthur H. McCr.w, Secretary.

Date of Publication. June 2, 1909.

INDEX TO VOLUMES VII, VIII AND IX.

Acer rubrum, wood increment, 343

Additions, Ohio flora, 01

Aggradation and degration of val-
leys, 191

Air cavities, Equisetum, 393

Alkaloids and regeneration, 404

Anieiurus, 251

Amitosis in Synchytrium, 513

Ammordamiis, 113

Aphididae, 243

Ascaris chromosomes, 506

Asilinae, 29

Asimina triloba, 211

Aurinotus, 442

Bacteria, 105

Barn owl, 290

Batrachians, Central Am., 151 '

Bean, regeneration, 404

Bedford fauna, Kentucky, 515

Biological Club meeting, 18, 40, 62,
88, 114, 158, 190, 267, 342, 395,
416, 455, 475, 524, 544

Birds, American, book notice, 250

Boulder, 61

Boulder Reveries, reviewed, 112

Bursa, 1

Canada dragonflies, 148

Caryophyllaceae, embryology, 477

Catalpa leaf spot, 509

Catfish, 251

Cedar Point ecology, 291

Central Am. reptiles and batrach-
ians, 151

Centrosomes, Marchantia, 383

Cerastium arvense webbii, 440

Chromosome difference, Ascaris, 506

Chrysops, 221

Classification of plants, 446, 489

Collecting in Ontario, 129

Color of Ohio flowers, 57

Columbus esker, 63

Conemaugh Formation, 482

Conjugation, 255

Convallaria majalis, reduction 497

Cornus florida, life history, 197

Crop yield, 48

Cymathere, 89

Cytology, Synchytrium, 277

Dayton eskers, 231

Defiance Co. Mollusca, 110

Devonian limestone, Ohio and
Ind., 184

Devonian, Ohio, 271

Didvmosphaeria catalpae, 509

Dinichthys terrelli, 363

Diptera, 29

Disonycha, Ohio species, 423

Dog\\'ood, 197

Dragonflies of Ontario, 142

Dragonflies of Canada, 148, 204

Drinking cup, 105

Ecologv, vegetation of Cedar Point,

2'91
Embrvologv of Caryophvllacea'e,

477
Embryo of Oxalis, 261
Embryology, Shepherd's purse, 1
Equisetum sporangia, 122
Equisetum water reservoirs, 393
Esker, 03 -

Esker group, 231
Evaporation investigations, 417
Evergreen plants, 188
Fauna, Bedford of Kentuckv, 515
Fiber plants, Ohio, 480
Fleas, 289
Flies, robber, 115
Flowers, color, 57
Fumigating houses, 101
Freezing of insect larvae, 258
Gerridae, 371 . ^

Glands, plant 178
Glandular scales, 178
Glass sand, 358

Gray's new manual, notice of, 394
Growth, compensatory, 217
Guatemalan Hemiptera, 370, 457
Guatemalan Orthoptera, 9, 14
Guatemalan reptiles and batrach-
ians, 151
Halobatinae, 371
Halobatinae hemelvtra, 389
Hemelytra, 389
Hemiptera, Guatemalan, 457
Hemiptera, semi-aquatic, 370
Hepatica, variation, 431
Hibernacula of Utrieularia, 158
Hibernation, raccoon, 495
Hyacinthus, reduction division, 539
Hydrocyanic acid gas, 101
Indiana Devonian, 184
Insects of Ontario, 138
Jassidae, New Guatemalan, 457
Kellerman, W. A., resolution on

death of, 361
Kellerman, W. A., notice of death

of, 286
Kelp, 89

Kentucky, Bedford fauna, 515
Key to Chestnuts, 118

Ohio Euonymus, 60

Ohio Lichenes, 14

Ohio Locusts, 113
Lakeville, stream diversion, 349

^/ ^-i-f

Index to Volumes VII, VIII and IX.

Landslides, 287
Larvae, insect, 258
Leafspot, catalpa, 509
Lecont's sparrow, 113
Lepidocyrtus in Ohio, 525
Lessoniopsis sporophylls, 437
Lichens, key, 14
Lumbriculus, 219
Mallophaga, 35, 355
Marchantia centrosomes, 383
Mollusca, collecting, 8G
Mollusca, Defiance Co., 110
Mounds and village sites, review,

189
Murman Biological Station, 340
Mutant of Verbena, 31
News and Notes, 18
Nodding of Silphium heads, 39
North American species of Tabanus,

19
Nysson, 442
Ohio Devonian, 184

Evergreen plants, 188

Fiber plants, 480

Flora, additions, 61

Lepidocyrtus, 525

Mollusca, 86

Plants, 51, 420, 440

Shrubs, 205

Succulents, 186

Woody plants, 469
Ontario, collecting in, 129
Orthoptera, Guatemalan, 9, 14
Owl, Barn, 290

Oxalis corniculata embryo, 261
Palaemonetes, 73
Papaw, 211

Papirius, Amer. species, 159
Peltate scales, 51
Philonicus, 115, 265
Phyla, plant, 489
Phytophthora, 79
Placodes of Ameiurus, 251
Plants, classification, 446, 489

New Ohio, 421, 440

Ohio not in herbarium, 413
Plasmopora, 79

Podarke obscura, 217

Polar conjugation in plants, 255

Pubescence of Ohio plants, 16

Punctate glands, 178

Raccoon, hibernation, 495

Reduction division, 497, 539

Regeneration and alkaloids, 404

Regeneration and inheritance, 219

Reptiles, Central Amer., 151

Rock terraces, 397

Sagittaria embryology, 97

Sandusky Bay shrimp, 73

Senotaina, habits, 38

Shepherd's Purse, 1

Showy parts of flowers, 466

Shrimp, 73

Shrubs, Ohio, 205

Sporophylls of Lessoniopsis, 437

Stellate hairs, 51

Stream diversion, 349

Succulent plants, 186

Synapsis, 41

Synchytrium, 277

Synchytrium, amitosis, 513

Syndesmon, variation, 431

Synizesis, 41

Tabanidae, New North American,
221

Tabanus, North American, 19

Ten Mile Creek, Devonian, 271

Terraces, Rock, 397

Thysanura, collecting, 119

Thysanura, 159

Toboso glass sand, 358

Trees, Ohio, 469

Typhlopsylla, 289

Vallevs, aggradation and degrada-
tion, 191

Variation, Syndesmon and Hepat-
ica, 431

Verbena mutant, 31

Warbler, chestnut-sided, 209

Water glass for marking slides, 157

Water reservoirs of Equisetum, 393

Weather, 48

Wood increment, 343

Woody plants, Ohio, 469

INDEX TO AUTHORS. f-,£

Atkinson, D. A., 151

Bergroth, E., 371

Branson, E. B., 363

Brumback, a. M., 358

Brunner, Lawrence, 9

Burgess, A. F., 101

Carney, F., 358

Caudell, a. N., 14

Claassen, Edo, 61

Cook, Mel. T., 97, 477

Condit, D. Dale, 60, 482

Dachnowski, Alfred, 343

Detmers, Freda, 61, 421, 480

DuRRANT, E. P., 35, 355

DuRY, Chas., 113

Earl, Grace T., 188

Ely, Nellie, 186

Foerste, Aug. F., 515

Frank, J. N., 88, 114, 158, 190

Griggs, Robert F., 89, 157, 277, 437, 513

Hambleton, J. C, (J. C. H.), 14, 269

Hammond, Howard S., 261, 267, 395

Hawkins, Lon A., 122

Herms, Wm. B., 73, 211

Hine, James S., (J. S. H.) 19, 29, 112, 113, 115, 221, 250, 258, 290

Hood, Geo. W., 469

Hubbard, Geo. D., 287, 349, 397

Hyde, Edith, 539

Hyde, J. E., 18

Jackson, Alma Drayer, 119, 159, 525

Jackson, C. F., 243

Jennings, Otto E., 291, 440

Johnson, Roswell H., 431

Landacre, F. L., 251

Mark, Clara G., 57

McCampbell, E. F., 105

McCleery, Edna M., 16, 51, 178

McCray, Arthur H., 267, 342, 416, 455, 466, 475, 524, 544

Metcalf, Z. p., 40, 62

Moody, A. E., 191

Morse, Wm. C, 63, 197

MoRGULis, Sergius, 217, 219, 340, 404

Ortega, Julio C, 113

OsBORN, Herbert (H. O.), 38, 113, 286, 289, 457

Parker, J. B., 509

Patton, W. H., 442

Index to Authors.

■,i

'« -j-u •*..«&

S"a'uer, Louis W., 497
ScHAFFNER, JoHN H., (J. Hr^r^T, 39, 41, 1S9, 205, 255, 383,
393, 394, 413, 446, 489, 506 ' /. / -

ScHAFFNER, MaBEL, 1

ScHEFFEL, Earl R., 231 .

Scott, Leonard L., 423 . ! . .' ' •

Selby, a. D., 79

Sim, Robt. J., 209 ,

Smith, J. Warren, 48, 417

Stauffer, Clinton R., 184, 271 . .

Sterki, v., 86, 110, 158, 265

Stowe, S. B., 118

Torre Bueno, J. R. de la, 370, 389

Williams, S. R., 495

Williamson, E. B., 129, 148, 204

NOVEMBER,

VOLUME VII. 1906. NUMBER I.

Ihe

Ohio Natur&list

A Journal Devoted more

Especially to the N&tural

History of Ohio.

OFFICIAL ORGAN «f THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
qf tht OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, and qf THE
OHIO STATE ACADEMY qf SCIENCE.

Ohio State University, Columbus.

Annual Subscription Price, $1.00.
Single Nun^ber 15 cents.

Entered at the Post-Office at Columbut, Ohio, as Second-class Matter.

The Ohio Naturalist.

A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official
organ of Thk Biological Club of the Ohio State University, and of The Ohio
State Academy of Sciknce. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price, SI. 00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign eouutriei*, 81.25. Single copies, 15 cents.

Editor-in-Chief, John H. Schaffn^r.

Business Manager, James S. Hine.

Associate Editors.

C. F. Jackson, Zoology, W. C. Mii,i,s, Archaeology,

R. F. Griggs, Botany, Z. P. Metcalf, Ornithology,

C. R. Stauffbr, Geology, G. D. Hubbard, Geography.

Advisory Board.

Prof. W. A. Keli^erman. Prof. Herbert Osborn.

Prof. Charles S. Prosser.

The Ohio Natdralist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
8tat« University.

In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Natuealist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management.

By a special arrangement with the Ohio State Academy of Science, the Ohio
Naturalist is sunt without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.

The fir.'it six volumes may be obtained at Si .00 per volume.

Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. S. Hinb.

Addre.. THE OHIO NATURALIST. 8gEa*|&".Tilfe

Ohio State Academy of Science Publications.

First and Second Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each

Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each

Fifth to Twelfth Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each

Special Papers — No. i. " Sandusky Flora." pp. 167.

By E. L. MosELEY Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 2. " The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116.

By David S. KellicoTT Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 3. "The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio."
pp. 75. By W. G. Tight, J."" A. Bownocker,

J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke : . Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 4. " The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105.

By Raymond C. Osburn Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 5. " Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63.

By James S. Hine Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 6. "The Birds of Ohio." pp. 241.

By Lynds Jones Price 50 cts. ,

Special Papers— No. 7. "Ecological Study of Big Spring

Prairie." pp. 96. By Thomas A. Bonser Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 8. ** The Ooccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66.

By James G. Sanders Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 9. "Batrachiaus and Reptiles of Ohio."

pp. 54. By Max Morse — Price 35 cts.

Special Papers—No. 10. "Ecological Study of Brush Lake."

pp. 20. By John H. Schaffner, Otto E. Jennings

Frederick J. Tvler Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. ii. " The Willows of Ohio." pp. 60.

By Robert F. Griggs Price 35 cts.

Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio State Academy of Science,.
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.

Ohio ]V[cdieal University

Colleges of

jVIedieine, iDentistiTy and Pharmaey

Four years graded course in Medicine, Three in Dentristy and Two in
Pharmacy. Annual Sessions of eight months.

flLili IlSLSTfiUCTIOrJS, EXCEPT CmNlCRLt
BY THE HHCITflTIOH PIiflM-

Students graded on their daily recitation, term and final examinations.
Large class room designed for the recitation system. Laboratories are large,
well lighted and equipped with practical modern apparatus. Abundant
clinical facilities in both Medical and Dental Colleges.

For Catalogue and other information, address
Geo. M. Waters, A.M.M.D., H. M. Semans, D.D.S. Geo. H. Matson, G. Ph.

Dean, College of Medicine. Dean, College of Dentistry. Dean, College of Pharmacy.

THE KNY-SCHEERER CO.,

225-233 FOURTH Avenue, NEW YORK, N. Y.

DEPARTMENT OF

Natural Science.

G. LAGAl, Ph. D.

Scientific Apparatus and

Instruments,
Chemicals,

Anatomical Models,

Natural History Specimens

and Preparations,

Wall Charts, Museum and

Naturalists' Supplies,

Lantern Slides, Microscopes

and Accessories,

Division of Entomology.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES
AND SPECIMENS,

North American and

Exotic Insects,

School Collections,

Metamorphoses,

Biological Models,

Microscopical Preparations,

Boxes, Cases, Cabinets,

Forceps, Pins, Nets,

Dissecting Instruments,

Glass Tubes and Jars.

RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD.

NIW CATALOGUE OF ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES AND CIRCULAR OF INTERESTING

INSECTS ON APPLICATION

DECEMBER,

VOLUME VII. 1906. NUMBER 2.

Ihe

Ohio Naturalist

A Journal Devoted more

Especially to the Natural

History of Ohio.

OFFICIAL ORGAN fif THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
Cf the OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, md qf THE
OHIO STATE ACADEMY ef SCIENCE.

Ohio State University, Columbus.

Annual Subscription Price, $1.00.
Single Number 15 cents.

Entered at the Post-Office at Columbu*. Ohio, as Second'clait Matter.

The Ohio Naturalist.

A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official
organ of The Biological Cldb of the Ohio State Univebsity, and of The Ohio
State Academy of Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price $1.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, jl.25. Single copies, 15 cents.

Ediior-in-Chigf, John H. Schafi^nKR.

Business Manager, James S. Hike.

Associate Editots.

C. F, Jackson, Zoology, W. C. MilW, Archaeology,

R. F. Griggs, Botany, Z. P. MeTCALF, Ornithology,

C. R. Stauffer, Geology, G. D. Hubbard, Geography.

Advisory Board.

Prof. W. A. Kellerman. Prof. Herbert Osborn.

Prof. Charles S. Prosser.

The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University.

In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Natdealist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management.

By a special arrangement with the Ohio State Academy of Science, the Ohio
Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.

The flr.st six volumes may be obtained at $1.00 per volume.

Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. S. HiNl.

Addre.. THE OHIO NATURALIST, %''6ll'^l^toi^

Ohio State Academy of Science Publications.

First and Second Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each

Third and Fourth Annual Reports : Price 20 cts. each

Fifth to Twelfth Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each

Special Papers— No, I. " Sandusky Flora." pp.167.

By E. L. MosELEY Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 2. "The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116.

By David S. Keli^icoTT Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 3. "The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio."

pp. 75. By W. G. Tight, J. A. Bownocker,

J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 4. " The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105.

By Raymond C. Osburn Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 5. " Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63.

By James S. Hine Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 6. "The Birds of Ohio." pp. 241.

By Lynds Jones Price 50 cts.

Special Papers— No. 7. "Ecological Study of Big Spring

Prairie." pp. 96. By Thomas A. Bonser Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 8. "The Coccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66.

By James G. Sanders Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 9. "Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio."

pp. 54. By Max Morse Price 35 cts.

Special Papers - No. 10. "Ecological Study of Brush Lake."

pp. 20. By John H. Schaffner, Otto E. Jennings

Frederick J. Tyi,er Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. ii. " The Willows of Ohio." pp. 60.

By Robert F. Griggs Price 35 cts.

Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio State Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.

Ohio JVLedieal Univet^sity

Colleges of

NIedicine, Dentistry and Phapcnaey

Four years graded course in Medicine, Three in Dentristy and Two in
Pharmacy. Annual Sessions of eight months.

fllili INSTRUCTIONS, BJ^CEPT CltlHlCflli
BY THE I^HCITfiTIOK PlifiN-

Students graded on their daily recitation, term and final examinations,
Large class room designed for the recitation system. Laboratories are large,
well lighted and equipped with practical modern apparatus. Abundant
clinical facilities in both Medical and Dental Colleges.

For Catalogue and other information, address
Geo. M. Waters, A.M.M.D., H. M. Semans, D.D.S. Geo. H. Matson, G. Ph.

Dean, College of Medicine. Dean, College of Dentistry. Dean, College of Pharmacy.

THE KNY-SCHEERER CO.,

225-233 FOURTH Avenue, NEW YORK, N. Y.

DEPARTMENT OF

Natural Science.

G. LAGAl, Ph. D.

Scientific Apparatus and

Instruments,
Chemicals,

Anatomical Models,

Natural History Specimens

and Preparations,

Wall Charts, Museum and

Naturalists' Supplies,

Lantern Slides, Microscopes

and Accessories,

Division of Entomology.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES
AND SPECIMENS.

North American and

Exotic Insects,
School Collections,

Metamorphoses,
Biological Models,

Microscopical Preparations,
Boxes, Cases, Cabinets,

Forceps, Pins, Nets,
Dissecting Instruments,

Glass Tubes and Jars.

RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD.

NiW CATALOGUE OF ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES AND CIRCULAR OF INTERESTING

INSECTS ON APPLICATION

JANUARY.

VOLUME VII. 1907. NUMBER 3.

*Ihe

Ohio riatur&list

A Journal Devoted more

Especially to the Natural

History of Ohio.

OFFICIAL ORGAN cf THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
Cf the OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, and qf THE
OHIO STATE ACADEMY ef SCIENCE.

Ohio State University, Columbus.

Annual Subscription Price, $1.00.
Single Nurober 15 cents.

Entered at the Post-Offlce at Columbut, Ohio, as Sccond-clats Matter.

The Ohio Naturalist.

A Journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The oflacial
organ of The Biological Club of the Ohio Statb University, and of The Ohio
State Academy of Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from
NoTember to June (8 numbers.) Price 81-00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, $1.25. Single copies, 15 cents.

Editor-in-Chief, ...... John H. Schaffner.

Business Manager, James S. Hine.

Associate Editots.

C. F. Jackson, Zoology, W. C. Mii^i^s, Archaeology,

R. F. Griggs, Botany, Z. P. Metcalf, Ornithology,

C. R. Stauffer, Geology, G. D. Hubbard, Geography.

Advisory Board.

Prof. W. A. KellERMAn. Prof. HERBERT Osborn.

Prof. Charles S. Prosser.

The Ohio Naitjealist is oviTied and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University.

In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management.

By a special arrangement with the Ohio State Academy op Science, the Ohio
Naturaust is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.

The first six volumes may be obtained at $1.00 per volume.

Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. 8. Hinb.

Addre.. THE OHIO NATURALIST, g£,^£g!^^|&°"6W/5

Ohio State Academy of Science Publications.

First and Second Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each

Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each

Fifth to Twelfth Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each

Special Papers — No. i, " Sandusky Flora." pp. 167.

By E. L. MosELEY Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 2. " The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116.

By David S. KELLICOTT Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 3. "The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio."
pp. 75. By W. G. Tight, J. A. Bownocker,

J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 4. " The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105.

By Raymond C. Osburn Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 5. " Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63.

By James S. Hine Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 6. "The Birds of Ohio." pp. 241.

By Lynds Jones Price 50 cts.

Special Papers — No. 7. "Ecological Study of Big Spring

Prairie." pp. 96. By Thomas A. Bonser Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 8. " The Coccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66.

By James G. Sanders Price 35 cts.

Special Papers—No. 9. ** Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio."

pp. 54. By Max Morse Price 35 cts.

Special Papers- No. 10. "Ecological Study of Brush Lake."

pp. 20. By John H. Schaffner, Otto E. Jennings

Frederick J. Tyler Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 11. " The Willows of Ohio." pp. 60.

By Robert F. Griggs Price 85 cts.

Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio State Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.

Ohio ]V[ediGal University

Colleges of

jWedicine, Dentistry and Phat^macy

Four years graded course in Medicine, Three in Dentristy and Two in
Pharmacy. Annual Sessions of eight months.

flilli INSTHIJCTIO^S, BJ^CEPT CMNlCflLk
BY THE HECITflTIOfl PliflJSl.

Students graded on their daily recitation, term and final examinations.
Large class room designed for the recitation system. Laboratories are large,
well lighted and equipped with practical modern apparatus. Abundant
clinical facilities in both Medical and Dental Colleges.

For Catalogue and other information, address
Geo. M. Waters, A.M.M.D., H. M. Semaas, D.D.S. Geo. H. Matson, G. Pb.

Dean, College of Medicine. Dean, College of Dentistry. Dean, College of Pharmacy.

THE KNY-SCHEERER CO.,

225-233 FOURTH Avenue, NEW YORK, N. Y.

DEPARTMENT OF ^

Natural Science.

G. LAGAl, Ph. D.

Scientific Apparatus and

Instruments,
Chemicals,

Anatomical Models,

Natural History Specimens

and Preparations,

Wall Charts, Museum and

Naturalists' Supplies,

Lantern Slides, Microscopes

and Accessories,

Division of Entomology.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES
AND SPECIMENS.

North American and

Exotic Insects,
School Collections,

Metamorphoses,
Biological Models,

Microscopical Preparations,
Boxes, Cases, Cabinets,

Forceps, Pins, Nets,
Dissecting Instruments,

Glass Tubes and Jars.

RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD.

NtW CATALOGUE OF ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES AND CIRCULAR OF INTERESTING

INSECTS ON APPLICATION

FEBRUARY.

VOLUME VII. 1907. NUMBER 4-

Ihe

Ohio Natur&list

A Journal Devoted more

Especially to the Natural

History cf Ohio.

OFFICIAL ORGAN ef THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
^ tk* OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY. mH qf THE
OHIO STATE ACADEMY tf SCIENCE.

Ohio State University, Columbus.

Annual Subscription Price, 91.00.
Single Number 15 cents.

Entered at the Post-Office at Columbui. Ohio, as Second-cUt* Matter.

The Ohio Naturalist.

A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official
organ of Thi Biological Cldb of the Ohio Statb Unu^ebbity, and of Thb Omo
State Academy of Scibnce. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price $1.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, $1.26. Single copies, 16 cents.

Editor-in-Chief, John H. Schaffner.

Business Manager James S. Hinb.

Associate Editots.

C. F, Jackson, Zoology, W. C. Mills, Archaeology,

R. F. Griggs, Botany, Z. P. Metcalf, Ornithology,

C. R. Stauffer, Geology, G. D. Hubbard, Geography.

Advisory Board.

Prof. W. A. KELLKRMAN. Prof. HERBERT OSBORN.

Prof. Charles S. Prosser.

The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
8tat« University.

In order to obviate iuconveniences to our regular patrons, the Natueaust will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management.

By a special arrangemeiit with the Ohio State Academy of Science, the Ohio
Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.

The first six volumes may be obtained at $1.00 per volume.

Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. S. Hink.

Addre.. THE OHIO NATURALIST, ?!&lb'^^^t&^n>

Ohio State Academy of Science Publications.

First and Second Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each

Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each

Fifth to Twelfth Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each

Special Papers— No. i. " Sandusky Flora." pp. 167.

By E. L. Moselky Price 35 -cts.

Special Papers — No. 2. " The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116.

By David S, KellicoTT Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 3. "The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio."
pp. 75. By W. G. Tight, J. A. Bownocker,

J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 4. " The Fishes of Ohio." pp.105.

By Raymond C. Osburn Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 5. " Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63.

By James S. Hine Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 6. "The Birds of Ohio." pp. 241.

By Lynds Jones Price 50 cts.

Special Papers — No. 7. "Ecological Study of Big Spring

Prairie." pp. 96. By Thomas A. Bonser Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 8. "The Coccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66.

By James G. Sanders Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 9. "Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio."

pp. 54. By Max Morse Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 10. "Ecplogical Study of Brush Lake."

pp. 20. By John H. Schaffnkr, Otto E. Jennings

Frederick J. Tyler Price 35 cts.

Special Paper.s— No. 11. " The Willows of Ohio." pp. 60.

By Robert F. Griggs Price 85 cts.

Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio State Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.

Ohio ]V[edieal University

Colleges of

IWedicing, Dentistry and Pharmaey

Four years giaded course in Medicine, Three in Dentristy and Two in
Pharmacy. Annual Sessions of eight months.

ilLklA INSTRUCTIOrJS, EXCEPT CLiINlCflLA
BY THH RECITfiTIOrl Pliflfl.

Students graded on their daily recitation, term and final examinations.
Large class room designed for the recitation system. Laboratories are large,
well lighted and equipped with practical modern apparatus. Abundant
clinical facilities in both Medical and Dental Colleges.

For Catalogue and other information, address
Geo. M. Waters, A.M.M.D., H. M. Semans, D.D.S. Geo. H. Matson, G. Ph.

Dean, College of Medicine. Dean, College of Dentistry. Dean, College of Pharmacy.

THE KNY-SCHEERER CO.,

225-233 FOURTH Avenue, NEW YORK, N. Y.

DEPARTMENT OF

Natural Science.

G. LAGAI, Ph. D.

Scientific Apparatus and

Instruments,
Chemicals.

Anatomical Models,

Natural History Specimens

and Preparations,

Wall Charts, Museum and

Naturalists' Supplies,

Lantern Slides, Microscopes

and Accessories,

Division of Entomology.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES
AND SPECIMENS,

North American and

Exotic Insects,
School Collections,

Metamorphoses,
Biological Models,

Microscopical Preparations,
Boxes, Cases. Cabinets,

Forceps. Pins, Nets,
Dissecting Instruments,

Glass Tubes and Jars.

RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD.

NIW CATALOGUE OF ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES AND CIRCULAR OF INTERESTING

INSECTS ON APPLICATION

MARCH.

VOLUME VII. 1907. NUMBER S-

Ihe

Ohio Natur&list

A Journal Devoted more

Especially to the Natural

History of Ohio.

OFFICIAL ORGAN ef THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
ef tin OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, and qf THE
OHIO STATE ACADEMY ef SCIENCE.

Ohio State University, Columbus.

Annual Subscription Price, $1.00.
Single Number 15 cents.

Entered at the Post>Office tt Columbuf, Ohio, •« Second-clais Matttr.

The Ohio Naturalist.

A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official
organ of Thb Biological Club of the Ohio Statb University, and of Thb Ohio
Statb Academt of Sciknce. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Trice 81.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, jl.25. Singl* copies, 15 cents.

Editor-in-Chiefs John H. Schaffner.

Business Manager, James S. Hine.

Associate Editots.

C. F. Jackson, Zoology, W. C. Mii,w, Archaeology,

R. F. Griggs, Botany, Z. P. Metcalf, Ornithology,

C, R. Stauffer, Geology, G. D. Hubbard, Geography.

Advisory Board.
Prof, W. A. KEI^LERMAN. Prof. HERBERT OSBORN.

Prof. Charles S. Prosser.

The Ohio Natdealist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio

8tat« University.

In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management.

By a special arrangement with the Ohio State Academy of Science, the Ohio
Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.

The first six volumes may be obtained at 81.00 per volume. .

Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. S. Hink,

Addre.. THE OHIO NATURALIST, g%g^^lu"r6Ste

Ohio State Academy of Science Publications.

First and Second Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each

Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each

Fifth to Twelfth Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each

Special Papers — No. i, " Sandusky Flora." pp.167.

By E. L. MosEi,EY Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 27 " The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116.

By David S. KEtLicoTT Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 3. "The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio."

pp. 75. By W. G. Tight, J. A. Bownocker,

J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 4. " The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105.

By Raymond C. Osburn Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 5. " Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63.

By James S. Hine Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 6. "The Birds of Ohio." pp. 241.

By L/YNDS Jones Price 50 cts.

Special Papers — No. 7. "Ecological Study of Big Spring

Prairie." pp. 96. By Thomas A. Bonser Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 8. " The Coccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66.

By James G. Sanders Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 9. "Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio."

pp. 54. By Max Morse Price 35 cts.

Special Papers -No. 10. "Ecological Study of Brush Lake."

pp.. 20. By John H. Schaffner, Otto E. Jennings

Frederick J. Tyi.er Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 11. " The Willows of Ohio." pp. 60.

By Robert F. Griggs Price 85 cts.

Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio State Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.

Ohio JWedieal University

Colleges ot

Mgdieine, Dentistry and Pharcnaey

Four years graded course in Medicine, Three in Dentristy and Two in
Pharmacy. Annual Sessions of eight months,

fililk IflSTfiUCTIOriS, HJ^CEPT ClilHlCflli
BY THE HHCITRTIOfi Plifl^.

Students graded on their daily recitation, term and final examinations.
I/arge class room designed for the recitation system. Laboratories are large,
well lighted and equipped with practical modern apparatus. Abundant
clinical facilities in both Medical and Dental Colleges.

For Catalogue and other information, address
Geo. M. Waters, A.M.M.D., H. M. Seraaos, D.D.S. Geo. H. Matson, G. Ph.

Dean, College of Medicine. Dean, College of Dentistry. Dean, College of Pharmacy.

THE KNY-SCHEERER CO.,

225-233 FOURTH Avenue, NEW YORK, N. Y.

DEPARTMENT OF

Natural Science.

G. LAGAl, Ph. D.

Scientific Apparatus and

Instruments,
Chemicals,

Anatomical Models,
Natural History Specimens

and Preparations,
Wall Charts, Museum and

Naturalists' Supplies,
Lantern Slides, Microscopes
and Accessories,

Division of Entomology.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES
AND SPECIMENS,

North American and

Exotic insects,

School Collections,

Metamorphoses,

Biological Models,

Microscopical Preparations,

Boxes, Cases, Cabinets,

Forceps, Pins, Nets,

Dissecting Instruments,

Glass Tubes and Jars.

RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD.

NfW CATALOGUE OF ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES AND CIRCULAR OF INTERESTING

INSECTS ON APPLICATION

APRIL,

VOLUME VII. 1907. NUMBER 6.

'The

Ohi

io IN atur&list

A Journal Devoted more

Especially to the N&tural

History qf Ohio.

OFFICIAL ORGAN qf THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
Cf *A* OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, atQ qf THE
OHIO STATE ACADEMY t^ SCIENCE.

Ohio State University, Columbus.

Annual Subscription Price, $1.00.
Single Number 15 cents.

Entered at the Post-Office at Columbui, Ohio, as Second-class Matter.

The Ohio Naturalist.

A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official
organ of The Biological Club of the Ohio Statb University, and of The Ohio
State Academy of Science. Published monthly duriug the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price 81.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, 81.25. Single copies, 15 cents.

Editor-in-Chief, John H. Schaffnrr.

Business Manager, Jambs S. Hink.

Associate Editots.

C. F. Jackson, Zoology, W. C. MiLW, Archaeology,

R. F, Griggs, Botany, Z. P. Metcalf, Ornithology,

C. R. Stauffer, Geology, G. D, Hubbard, Geography.

Advisory Board.

Prof. W. A, KELLERMAN. Prof. HERBERT OSBORN.

Prof. Chari,es S. Prosser.

The Ohio. Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
Stattt University.

In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Natukaust will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management.

By a special arrangement with ihe Ohio State Academy of Science, the Ohio
Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.

The first six volumes rany be obtained at $1.00 per volume.

Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. S. EbNX.

Addre.. THE OHIO NATURALIST, g%gg^^|&°.Tt;fe

Ohio State Academy of Science Publications.

First and Second Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each

Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each

Fifth to Twelfth Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each

Special Papers— No. i. " Sandusky Flora." pp. 167.

By E. L. MosEi:,EY Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 2. "The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116.

By David S. Kellicott Price 35 cts.

Special Papers —No. 3. "The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio."
pp. 75. By W. G. Tight, J. A. Bownocker,

J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 4. " The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105.

By Raymond C. Osburn Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 5. " Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63.

By James S. Hine Price 35 cts.

.Special Papers — No. 6. "The Birds of Ohio." pp. 241.

By Lynds Jones Price 50 cts.

Special Papers — No. 7. "Ecological Study of Big Spring

Prairie." pp. 96. By Thomas A. Bonser Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 8. "The Coccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66.

By James G.- Sanders Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 9. " Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio."

pp. 54. By Max Morse Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 10. "Ecological Study of Brush Lake."

pp. 20. By John H. Schaffner, Otto E. Jennings

Frederick J. Tyler Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 11. " The Willows of Ohio." pp. 60,

By Robert F. Griggs Price 85 cts.

Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio State Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.

Ohio JVIedieal Dnivei^sity

Colleges of

Medicine, Dentistry and Phapmaey

Four years graded course in Medicine, Three in Dentristy and Two in
Pharmacy, Annual Sessions of eight months.

RUU iHSTHVCTlOfiS, HJ^CHPT ClimiCflli
BY THH t^HCITflTIOH PliflN.

Students graded on their daily recitation, term and final examinations.
Large class room designed for the recitation system. Laboratories are large,
■well lighted and equipped with practical modern apparatus. Abundant
clinical facilities in both Medical and Dental Colleges.

For Catalogue and other information, address
Qeo. M. Waters, A.M.M.D., H. M. Semans, D.D.S. Geo. H. Matson, G. Pb.

Dean, College of Medicine. Dean, College of Dentistry. Dean, College of Pharmacy.

THE KNY-SCHEERER CO.,

225-233 FOURTH AVENUE, NEW YORK, N. Y.

DEPARTMENT OF

Natural Science.

G. LAGAl, Ph. D.

Scientific Apparatus and

Instruments,
Chemicals,

Anatomical Models,

Natural History Specimens

and Preparations,

Wall Charts, Museum and

Naturalists' Supplies,

Lantern Slides, Microscopes

and Accessories,

Division of Entomology.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES
AND SPECIMENS,

North American and

Exotic Insects,
School Collections,

Metamorphoses,
Biological Models,

Microscopical Preparations,
Boxes, Cases, Cabinets,

Forceps, Pins, Nets,
Dissecting Instruments,

Glass Tubes and Jars.

RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD.

NEW CATALOGUE OF ENTCMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES AND CIRCULAR OF INTERESTING

INSECTS ON APPLICATION

MAY,

VOLUME VII. 1907. NUMBER 7.

The

Ohio Naturalist

A Journal Devoted more

Especially to the Natural

History gf Ohio.

OFFICIAL ORGAN nf THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
qf Ute OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, ma gf THE
OHIO STATE ACADEMY qf SCIENCE.

Ohio State University, Columbus.

Annual Subscription Price, $1.00.
Single Number 15 cents.

Entered at the Post-Offiice at Colnmbuf. Ohio, as Second-clati Matter.

The Ohio Naturalist,

A journal devoted more especially to the uatural history of Ohio. The official
organ of The Biological Club of the Ohio Statb L'siversity, and of The Ohio
State Academy of Sciknce. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price $1.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, 81.26. Single copies, 15 cents.

Editor-in-Chief, John H. Schaffner.

Business Manager, James S. Hine.

Associate Editots.

C. F. Jackson, Zoology, W. C. Mili^s, Archaeology,

R. F. Griggs, Botany, Z. P. METCalf, Ornithology,

C. R. Stauffer, Geology, G. D. Hubbard, Geography.

Advisory Board.

Prof. W. A. KeivLERman. Prof. Herbert Osborn

Prof. Charles S. Prosser.

The v..,.v. .,A,w».,i:3i -., owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University.

In order to obviate inconveniences to out regular patrons, the Naturalist will bo
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management.

By K special arrangement with the Ohio State Academy op Science, the Ohio
Naturalist i» sent without additional'oxpense to all members of tlir academy who
are not in arreans for annual d:ies.

The first six volumes may be obtained at ?1.00 per volume.

KemittancoK of all kinds sho\ild be made payable to the Business Manager, J. S. Hike.

AddrcsTHE OHIO NATURALIST, ?^^^t&^

Ohio State Academy of Science Publications.

First and Second Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each

Third and Fourth Annual Reports . . Price 20 cts. each

Fifth to Twelfth Annual Report.^ Price 15 cts. each

Special Papers — No. i. " Sandusky TL pp. ]67.

By E. L. MoSELEY Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No., 2. " The Odonata ci Okio." pp. 1.1 6.

By David S. Keixicott Price 35 cts.

Special Papers —No. 3. "The Pregiacial Drainage of Ohio."

pp. 75. By W. G. Tight, J A. Bownockhr,

J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke Price 35 cts

Special Papers— No. 4. "The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105.

By Raymond C. Osburn Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 5. " Tabaniciae of Ohio." pp. 6^,

By James S. Hink Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 6. "The Birds of Ohio."

By Lynds Jones Price 50 cts.

Special Papers— No. 7. "Ecological Study of Big Spring

Prairie." pp. 96. Bv Thomas A. Bonshr Price 35 cts.

c;,,,., ; ,1 Papers— No. 8. "The Coccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66.

By James G. Sandki^s Price.ss cts.

special Papers — No. 9. "Batracbiaas and Beptilea of Ohio."

pp. 54. By Max Morse Price 35 cts.

Special Papers No. 10. "Ecological Study of Brush Lake."

pp. 20. Bv John H. Schafi-.-siw. Otto E. Jennin(;s

Frederick J T Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 11. " The Willows ct Ohio." pp. 60.

By Robert F. Griggs Price 85 cts.

Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio State Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus. Ohio.

Ohio JWedical University

Colleges of

Mgdieine, Dentistry and Pharmaey

Four years graded course in Medicine, Three in Dentristy and Two in
Pharmacy. Annual Sessions of eight months.

RUU iNSTt^UCTIOfJS, EXCEPT CLiINICflLi
BY THH t^BCITflTION Pliflri.

Students graded on their daily recitation, term and final examinations..
Large class room designed for the recitation system. Laboratories are large,
well lighted and equipped with practical modern apparatus. Abundant
clinical facilities in both Medical and Dental Colleges.

For Catalogue and other information, address
Qeo. M. Waters, A.M.M.D., H. M. Semans, D.D.S. Geo. H. Matsoo, G. Ph.

Dean, College of Medicine. Dean, College of Dentistry. Dean, College of Pharmacy.

THE KNY-SCHEERER CO.,

225-233 FOURTH AVENUE, NEW YORK, N. Y.

DEPARTMENT OF

Natural Science.

G. LAGAl, Ph. D.

Division of Entomology.

Scientific Apparatus and

Instruments,
Chemicals,

Anatomical Models,

Natural History Specimens

and Preparations,

Wall Charts, Museum and

Naturalists' Supplies,

Lantern Slides, Microscopes

and Accessories,

ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES
AND SPECIMENS

North American and

Exotic Insects,

School Collections,

Metamorphoses,

Biological Models,

Microscopical Preparations,

Boxes, Cases, Cabinets,

Forceps. Pins, Nets,

Dissecting Instruments,

Glass Tubes and Jars.

RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD.

NEW CATALOQUE OF ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES AND CIRCULAR OF INTERESTING

INSECTS ON APPLICATION

JUNE,

VOLUME VII. 1907. NUMBER 8.

Ihe

Ohio Naturdilist

A Journal Devoted more

Especially to the Natural

History of Ohio.

OrriCIAL ORGAN tf THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
Cf tit* OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, on? tf THE
OHIO STATE ACADEMY tf SCIENCE.

Ohio State University, Columbus.

Annual Subscription Price, $1.00.
Single Number 15 cents.

Eatered tt the Post-Office at Cokimbuf, Ohio, at SecoBd«cluB Matter.

■ -1

"■3

The Ohio Naturalist.

A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official
organ of Thb Biologicix Club of the Ohio Statb University, and of The Ohio
State Academt op Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price Jl.OO per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, $1.25. Singl» copies, 15 cents.

Editor-in-Chief, John H. Schaffner.

Business Manager, Jambs S. Hine.

Associate Editofs.

C. F. Jackson, Zoology, W. C. Mii<i^, Archaeology,

R. F. Griggs, Botany, Z. P. Metcalf, Ornithology,

C. R. Stauffer, Geology, G. D. Hubbard, Geography.

Advisory Board.

Prof. W. A. KELLERMAN. Prof. HERBERT OSBORN.

Prof. Charles S. Prosser.

The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
Stat* University.

In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management.

By a special arrangement with the Ohio State Academy op Science, the Omo
Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.

The first six volumes may be obtained at $1.00 per volume.

Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. S. Himb.

Add,e« THE OHIO NATURALIST, I'tiM^l^tS&rb

Ohio State Academy of Science Publications.

First and Second Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each

Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each

Fifth to Twelfth Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each

Special Papers — No. i. " Sandusky Flora." pp. 167.

By E. L. MosEi,EY Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 2. "The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116.

By David S. KellicoTT Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 3. "The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio."
pp. 75. By W. G. Tight, J. A. Bownocker,

J. H. Todd and' Gerard Fowke Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 4. " The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105.

By Raymond C. Osburn Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 5. " Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63.

By James S. Hine Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 6. "The Birds of Ohio." pp. 241.

By Lvnds Jones Price 50 cts.

Special Papers — No. 7. "Ecological Study of Big Spring

Prairie." pp. 96. By Thomas A. Bonser Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 8. "The Coccida© of Ohio, I." pp. 66.

By James G. Sanders Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 9. " Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio."

pp. 54. By Max Morse .' Price 35 cts.

Special Papers —No. 10. "Ecological Study of Brush Lake."

pp. 20. By John H. Schaffner, Otto E. Jennings

Frederick J. Tvler Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 11. " The Willows of Ohio." pp. 60.

By Robert F. Griggs Price 85 cts.

Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio State Academy of Science,
Pag© Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.

Ohio ]VIediGal University

Colleges of

jWedieine, Dentistpy and PharoQaey

Four years graded course in Medicine, Three in Dentristy and Two in
Pharmacy. Annual Sessions of eight months.

flltli mSTl^UCTIOfJS, EXCEPT CLiINICfllA
BY THE HBCITflTIOH PliflH.

Students graded on their daily recitation, term and final examinations.
Large class room designed for the recitation system. Laboratories are large,
well lighted and equipped with practical modern apparatus. Abundant
clinical facilities in both Medical and Dental Colleges.

For Catalogue and other information, address
Qco. M. Waters, A.M.M.D., H. M. Semaas, D.D.S. Geo. H. Matson, Q. Ph.

Dean, CoUeie of Medicine. Dean, College of Dentistry. Dean, College of Pbarmacjr.

THE KNY-SCHEERER CO.,

225-233 FOURTH AVENUE, NEW YORK, N. Y.

DEPARTMENT OF

Natural Science.

C. LAGAl, Ph. D.

Scientific Apparatus and

Instruments,
Chemicals,

Anatomical Models,

Natural History Specimens

and Preparations.

Wall Charts, Museum and

Naturalists' Supplies,

Lantern Slides, Microscopes

and Accessories,

Division of Entomology.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES
AND SPECIMENS

North American and

Exotic Insects,

School Collections,

Metamorphoses,

Biological Models,

Microscopical Preparations,

Boxes, Cases, Cabinets,

Forceps, Pins, Nets,

Dissecting Instruments,

Glass Tubes and Jan.

RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD.

NIW CATALOGUE OF ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES AND CIRCULAR OF INTERESTING

INSECTS ON APPLICATION

NOVEMBER.

VOLUME VIII. 1907. NUMBER I.

Ihe

Ohio Natur&Ust

A Journal Devoted more

Especially to the Natural

History of Ohio.

OFFICIAL ORGAN ef THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
ef the OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY. anS ef THE
OHIO STATE ACADEMY qf SCIENCE.

Ohio State University, Columbus.

Annual Subscription Price, $1.00.
Single Number 15 cents.

Eatered at the Post-Office at CoVnmbai. Ohio, ts Second-clasi Matter.

The Ohio Naturalist,

A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The ofllcial
organ of Tub Biological Club op the Ohio State University, and of The Ohio
State Academy of Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price $1.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, jl.25. Single copies, 15 cents.

Editor-in-Chief, \ t « o ti

Business Manager, j J^'^^ ^- ^^*^®-

Assistant Editor-in-Chief, . . . . . G. D. Hubbard

Assistant Business Manager C. F. Jackson

Associate Editors.
C. F. Jackson, Zoology, W. C. M11.LS, Archaeology,

R. F, Griggs, Botany, J. C. Hambi^eton, Ornithology,

W. C. Morse, Geology, G. D. Hubbard, Geography.

Advisory Board.

Prof. W, A. Kei^lkrman. Prof. Herbert Osborn.

Prof. Charles S. Prosser.

The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University.

In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management.

By a special arrangement with the Ohio State Academy op Science, the Ohio
Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.

The first seven volumes may be obtained at 81.00 per volume.

Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. 8. HiNS.

Addre.. THE OHIO NATURALIST, "^^l^'^^^toJ^
Ohio State Academy of Science Publications.

First and Second Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each

Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each

Fifth to Fifteenth Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each

Special Papers— No. I. " Sandusky Flora." pp.167.

By E. L. MosELEY Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 2. "The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116.

By David S. Kei^WCOTT Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 3. "The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio."

pp. 75. By W. G. Tight, J. A. Bownocker,

J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 4. " The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105.

By Raymond C. Osburn Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 5. " Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63.

By James S. Hine Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 6. "The Birds of Ohio." pp. 241.

By I/YNDS Jones Price 50 cts.

Special Papers— No. 7. "Ecological Study of Big Spring

Prairie." pp.96. By Thomas A. Bonser Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 8. "The Coccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66.

By James G. Sanders Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 9. " Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio."

pp. 54. By Max Morse Price 35 cts.

Special Papers —No. 10. "Ecological Study of Brush Lake."

pp. 20. By John H. Schaffner, Otto E. Jennings

Frederick J. Tyi,er Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No-, ii. " The Willows of Ohio." pp. 60.

By Robert F. Griggs Price 85 cts.

Special Papers — No. 12. "Land and Fresh-water Mollusca

of Ohio." pp.35. By V. Sterki Price 35 cts.

Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio State Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.

LONG & KILER

University Supply Store

Corner Eleventh Avenue and High Street,
Removed from Main Building, Ohio State University.

Books, Drawing Material, Fine Stationery, Etc.

special Orders for Books solicited.
A fine line of FOUNTAIN FENS and COLLEGE FINS.

THE WILSON BULLETIN

A Quarterly Journal Devoted to

The Study of Living Birds.

The Official Organ of the Wilson Ornithological Chapter of

the Agfassiz Association,

ITS AIM is to stimulate the study of living birds by the
publication of field work done by members of the Chapter.
This work is planned to contribute to one end and is, there-
fore, cumulative. The June number will contain a winter census
of the birds of Lorain County, Ohio, besides other matter of
general interest and value. Each number contains not less than
forty pages of matter of interest to the student of birds. If you
are interested in bird study at first hand, and wish to learn how
others are studying, you will not miss seeing a copy of this
up-to-date bird magazine.

Write for a Free Sample Copy to LYNDS JONES, Oberlin, O.
^tit>cife ^mBufance ^ert?tce. ^tfe^0one 18.

1239 io 1241 (J). 5t30 ^freef. CofumSue, ^^io

When writing to advertisers, please mention the 'Ohio Naturalist."

THE OHIO LIBRARY COMPANY

PUBLISH A FINE LIST OF NATURE BOOKS OF GREAT
VALUE TO ALL NATURE LOVERS.

No. I.— The Birds of Ohio.

One and two volumes, illustrated with hundreds of Plates.
Description, (Scientific and Popular) of 320 Ohio Birds.

No. 2. — The Mammals of Ohio, in Press.

The Extinct Mammals, The Existing Mammals, The Evolution of

Domestic Mammals.
Beautifull}' Illustrated with Original Pictures and Colored Plates.

No. 3. — The Mushroom Book, by Miron E. Hard.

Over 700 Varieties Described and Illustrated. Far ahead of any
other work on Mushrooms. Covers the entire United States.
Ready in Spring of 1908.

We also publish the Poems of James Ball Naylor, 84 in number. No
more beautiful gift book for holidays or birthdays has ever been issued.

We equip both Public and Private Libraries with all the Standard Authors
and Reference Works of all Publishers, Try us on any book you want.
Send for Catalogue, Price List and Terms.

THE OHIO LIBRARY COMPANY,

727-30 Savings and Trust Co. BIdg., COLUMBUS, OHIO.

THE KNY-SCHEERER CO.,

404 West 27th Street, NEW YORK, N. Y.

DEPARTMENT OF

Natural Science.

G. LAGAl, Ph. D.

Scientific Apparatus and

Instruments,
Chemicals,

Anatomical Models,

Natural History Specimens

and Preparations,

Wall Charts, Museum and

Naturalists' Supplies,

Lantern Slides, Microscopes

and Accessories,

Division of Entomology.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES
AND SPECIMENS,

North American and

Exotic Insects,
School Collections,

Metamorphoses,
Biological Models,

Microscopical Preparations,
Boxes, Cases, Cabinets,

Forceps. Pins, Nets,
Dissecting Instruments,

Glass Tubes and jars.

RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD.

NEW CATALOGUE OF ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES AND CIRCULAR OF INTERESTING

INSECTS ON APPLICATION

When writing to advertlsere, please mention the "Ohio Naturalist."

DECCMBCR.

VOLUME VIII. 1907. NUMBER 2.

Ihe

<0

Ohio Naturalist

A Journal Devoted more

Especially to tht N&tural

History qf Ohio.

OFFICIAL ORGAN ef THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
«f tlu OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, mid ef THE
OHIO STATE ACADEMY ef SCIENCE.

Ohio State University, Columbus.

Annual Subscription Price, $1.00.
Single Number 15 cents.

Entered at the Post'Office >t Colnmbu*, Ohio, at Second-cUts Matter

:0

The Ohio Naturalist,

A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The oflacial
organ of Thb Biological Club of the Ohio State University, and of The Ohio
State Academy of Scibnce. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price 81.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, $1.25. Single copies, 16 cents.

Business Manager, ] J^^^^ ^- -"^^®-

Assistant Editor-in-Chief, G. D. Hubbard

Assistant Business Manager, C. F, Jackson

Associate Editors.
C. F. Jackson, Zoology, W. C. Mili^, Archaeology,

R. F. Griggs, Botany, J. C. Hambi^eton, Ornithology,

W. C. Morse, Geology, G. D. Hubbard, Geography.

Advisory Board.

Prof, W^ A, Kei,i,brman. Prof. Herbert Osborn.

Prof. Charles S. Prosser.

The Ohio Natttealist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University. .

In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management.

By a special arrangement with the Ohio State Academy of Science, the Ohio
Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.
'i'S.'The first seven volumes may be obtained at 81.00 per volume.

Kemittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. S. Hine.

Addre., THE OHIO NATURALIST, g^Tgaiys°.Tilfe
Ohio State Academy of Science Publications.

First and Second Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each

Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each

Fifth to Fifteenth Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each

Special Papers— No. r. " Sandusky Flora. " pp. 167.

By F. Iv. MosEivEY Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 2. "The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116.

By David S. KellicoTT Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 3. "The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio."

pp. 75. By W. G. Tight, J. A. Bownocker,

J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 4. ** The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105.

By Raymond C. Osburn Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 5. " Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63.

By James S. Hine Price-35 cts.

vSpecial Papers— No. 6. "The Birds of Ohio." pp. 241.

By I,YNDS Jones Price 50 cts.

Special Papers- No. 7. "Ecological Study of Big Spring

Prairie." pp. 96. By Thomas A. BonseR Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 8. "The Coccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66.

By James G. Sanders Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 9. " Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio."

pp. 54. By Max Morse Price 35 cts.

Special Papers- No. 10. "Ecological Study of Brush Lake."

pp. 20. By John H. ScHApyNER, Otto E. Jennings

Frederick J. Tyler Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 11. " The Willows of Ohio." pp. 60.

By Robert F. Griggs Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 12. "Land and Fresh-water Mollusca

of Ohio." pp.35. By V. Sterki Price 35 cts .

Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio State Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.

LONG S KILER

University Supply Store

Corner Eleventh Avenue and High Street,
Removed from Main Building, Ohio State University.

Books, Drawing Material, Fine Stationery, Etc.

Special Orders for Books solicited.
A fine line of FOUNTAIN PENS and COLLEGE FINS.

THE WILSON BULLETIN

A Quarterly Journal Devoted to

The Study of Living Birds,

The Official Orgfan of the Wilson Ornithological Chapter of

the Agassiz Association.

ITS AIM is to stimulate the study of living birds by the
publication of field work done by members of the Chapter.
This work is planned to contribute to one end and is, there-
fore, cumulative. The June number will contain a winter census
of the birds of I^orain County, Ohio, besides other matter of
general interest and value. Each number contains not less than
forty pages of matter of interest to the student of birds. If you
are interested in bird study at first hand, and wish to learn how
others are studying, you will not miss seeing a copy of this
up-to-date bird magazine.

Write for a Free Sample Copy to LYNDS JONES, Oberlin, O.
ClpriDafe (^mBufance ^crDtce. ttefey^ne 18-

(&bti?arb (&. Jt0^ ^ €om

1239 to 1241 (Jt. §is^ ^freef. 4>fum6ttB, ^0io

When wrltiug to advertiserB, please mention the 'Ohio Naturalist."

THE OHIO LIBRARY COMPANY

PUBLISH A FINE LIST OF NATURE BOOKS OF GREAT
VALUE TO ALL NATURE LOVERS.

No. 1.— The Birds of Ohio.

One and two volumes, illustrated with hundreds of Plates.
Description, (Scientific and Popular) of 320 Ohio Birds.

No. 2. — The Mammals of Ohio, in Press.

The Extinct Mammals, The Existing Mammals, The Evolution of

Domestic Mammals.
Beautifully Illustrated with Original Pictures and Colored Plates.

No. 3. — The Mushroom Book, by Miron E. Hard.

Over 700 Varieties Described and Illustrated. Far ahead of any
other work on Mushrooms. Covers the entire United States.
Ready in Spring of 1908.

We also publish the Poems of James Ball Naylor, 84 in number. No
more beautiful gift book for holidays or birthdays has ever been '.ssued.

We equip both Public and Private Libraries with all the Standard Authors
and Reference Works of all Publishers. Try us on any book you want.

Send for Catalogue, Price List and Terms.

THE OHIO LIBRARY COMPANY,

12 ^0 Savings and Trust Co. BIdg., COLUMBUS, OHIO.

THE KNY-SCHEERER CO.,

404 West 27th Street, NEW YORK, N. Y.

DEPARTMENT OF

Natural Science.

G. UGAl. Ph. D.

Scientific Apparatus and

Instruments,
Chemicals,

Anatomical Models,

Natural History Specimens

and Preparations,

Wall Charts, Museum and

Naturalists' Supplies,

Lantern Slides, Microscopes

and Accessories,

Division of Entomology.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES
AND SPECIMENS

North American and

Exotic Insects,

School Collections,

Metamorphoses,

Biological Models,

Microscopical Preparations,

Boxes, Cases, Cabinets,

Forceps, Pins, Nets,

Dissecting Instruments,

Glass Tubes and Jars.

RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD.

NIW CATALOGUE OF ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES AND CIRCULAR OF INTERESTING

INSECTS ON APPLICATION

When writing to advertisers, please mention the " Ohio Naturalist.'

JANUARY.

VOLUME VIII. 1908. NUMBER 3.

Ihe

Ohio Naturalist

A Journal Devoted more

Especially to the Natural

History of Ohio.

OFFICIAL ORGAN gf THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
ef kh* OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, and ef THE
OHIO STATE ACADEMY gf SCIENCE.

Ohio State University, Columbus.

Annual Subscription Price, $1.00.
Single Number 15 cents.

Entered at the Post«Office at Cohimbu*, Ohio, as SecoBd-«la*i Mattec

The Ohio Naturalist,

A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official
organ of The Bioixjgical Club op thb Ohio Statb Univeksity, and of The Ohio
State Academy ok Scihnce. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price $1.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, 81.25. Single copies, 15 cents.

Editpr-in-ChW, X J S. HiNE.

Business Manager, j •'

Assistant Editor-in-Chief, G. D. Hubbard

Assistant Business Manager, C. F. Jackson

Associate EditofS.
C. F. Jackson, Zoology, W. C. Miiyi^s, Archaeology,

R. F. Griggs, Botany, J. C. Hambleton, Ornithology,

W. C. Morse, Geology, G. D. Hubbard, Geography.

Advisory Board.

Prof. W. A. KELIvERMAN. Prof. HERBERT OSBORN,

Prof. Charles S. Prosser.

The Ohio Naturalist is owned and coiitroUed by the Biological Club of the Ohio
8tat« University.

In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Natdbaust will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management.

By a special arrangement with the Ohio State Academy of Science, the Ohio
Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for unmial dues.
s^^The first seven volumes may be obtained at 81.00 per volume.

Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. 8. Hinb.

Addre.. THE OHIO NATURALIST, 'Jtll'^l^tSiVo
Ohio State Academy of Science Publications.

First and Second Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each

Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each

Fifth to Fifteenth Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each

Special Papers— No. I. "Sandusky Flora." pp.167.

By E. L. Mosei.EY Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 2. "The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116.

Bv David S. Kelucott Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 3. "The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio."

pp. 75. By W. G. Tight, J. A. Bownocker,

J, H. Todd and Gerard Fowke Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 4. '* The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105.

By Raymond C. Osburn ' Price 35 cts.

vSpecial 'Papers— No. 5. " Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63.

By James S. Hine Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 6. "The Birds of Ohio." pp. 241.

By Lynds Jones Price 50 cts.

Special Papers— No. 7. "Ecological Study of Big Spring

Prairie." pp. 96. By Thomas A. Bonser Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 8. "The Coccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66.

By James G. Sanders Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 9. " Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio."

pp. 54. Bv Max Morse Price 35 cts.

Special Papers iSfo. 10. "Ecological Study of Brush Lake."

pp. 20. By John H. Schaefner, Otto E. Jennings

Frederick J. Tyler Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 11. " The Willows of Ohio." pp. 60.

Bv Robert F. Griggs Price 85 cts.

SpecialPapers— No. 12. "Land and Fresh-water Mollusca

of Ohio." pp.35. By V. Sterki Price 35 cts.

Address: W. 0. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio State Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.

LONG & KILER

University Supply Store

Corner Eleventh Avenue and High Street,
Removed from Main Building, Ohio State University.

Books, Drawing Material, Fine Stationery, Etc.

special Orders for Books solicited.
A fine line of FOUNTAIN FENS and COLLEGE FINS.

THE WILSON BULLETIN

A Quarterly Journal Devoted to

The Study of Living Birds,

The Official Organ of the Wilson Ornithological Chapter of

the Agassi? Association

ITS AIM is to stimulate the study of living birds by the
publication of field work done by members of the Chapter.
This work is planned to contribute to one end and is, there-
fore, cumulative. The June number will contain a winter census
of the birds of lyorain County, Ohio, besides other matter of
general interest and value. Each number contains not less than
forty pages of matter of interest to the student of birds. If you
are interested in bird study at first hand, and wish to learn how
others are studying, you will not miss seeing a copy of this
up-to-date bird magazine.

Write for a Free Sample Copy to LYNDS JONES, Oberlin, O.
^ritjatc ^mBufance ^etfjice. ^efe^^one 18-

1239 to 1241 (^. §150 ^treef. ^ofumfius, 4>^o

When writing to advertisers, please mention tl\e ' Ohio Naturalist."

THE OHIO LIBRARY COMPANY

PUBLISH A FINE LIST OF NATURE BOOKS OF GREAT
VALUE TO ALL NATURE LOVERS.

No. 1.— The Birds of Ohio.

One and two volumes, illustrated with hundreds of Plates.
Description, (Scientific and Popular) of 320 Ohio Birds.

No. 2. — The Mammals of Ohio, in Press.

The Extinct Mammals, The Existing Mammals, The Evolution of

Domestic Mammals.
Beautifully Illustrated with Original Pictures and Colored Plates.

No. 3. — The Mushroom Book, by Miron E. Hard.

Over 700 Varieties Described and Illustrated. Far ahead of any
other work on Mushrooms. Covers the entire United States.
Ready in Spring of 1908.

We also publish the Poems of James Ball Naylor, 84 in number. No
more beautiful gift book for holidays or birthdays has ever been -.ssued.

We equip both Public and Private Libraries with all the Standard Authors
and Reference Works of all Publishers. Try us on any book you want.

Send for Catalogue, Price List and Terms.

THE OHIO LIBRARY COMPANY,

\2 .30 Savings and Trust Co. BIdg., COLUMBUS, OHIO.

THE KNY-SCHEERER CO.,

404 West 27th Street, NEW YORK, N. Y.

DEPARTMENT OF

Natural Science.

G. LAGAl, Ph. D.

Division of Entomology.

Scientific Apparatus and

Instruments,
Chemicals,

Anatomical Models.

Natural History Specimens

and Preparations,

Wall Charts, Museum and

Naturalists' Supplies,

Lantern Slides, Microscopes

and Accessories,

ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES
AND SPECIMENS.

North American and

Exotic Insects,

School Collections,

Metamorphoses,

Biological Models,

Microscopical Preparations,

Boxes, Cases, Cabinets,

Forceps. Pins, Nets,

Dissecting Instruments,

Glass Tubes and Jars.

RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD.

NEW CATALOGUE OF ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES AND CIRCULAR OF INTERESTING

INSECTS ON APPLICATION

When writing to advertisers, please mention tlie "Ohio Naturalist."

FEBRUARY.

VOLUME VIII. 1908. NUMBER 4-

Ihe

Ohio Naturalist

A Journal Devoted more

Especially to the Natural

History of Ohio.

OFFICIAL ORGAN ef THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
ef the OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, on? cf THE
OHIO STATE ACADEMY ef SCIENCE.

Ohio State University, Columbus.

Annual Subscription Price, $1.00.
Single Number 15 cents.

Entered at the Post-Office at Columbu*. Ohio, •• Second-cUii MattcK

The Ohio Naturalist,

A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The ofQcial
organ of Thx Biological Club of the Ohio Stxtb UNivEBaiTY, and of Thk Ohio
State Academy of Sciikce. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price 51.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, 81.25. Single copies, 15 cents.

Editor-in-Chief, \ j^^^s S. Hine.

Business Manager, j

Assistant Editor-iti-Chi.ef, G. D. Hubbard

Assistant Business Manager, C. F. Jackson

Associate Editots.
C. F. Jackson, Zoology, W. C. Mili<8, Archaeology,

R. F. Griggs, Botany, J. C. Hambi,eton, Ornithology,

W. C. Morse, Geology, G. D. Hubbard, Geography.

Advisory Board.

Prof, W. A. KELLERMAN. Prof. HERBERT Osborn.

Prof. Charles S. Prosser.

The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University. ,. „ .,, ,

In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management.

By a special arrangement with the Ohio State Academy of Science, the Ohio
Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual duos.
R^Th« first seven volumes may be obtained at 81.00 per volume.

Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. S. HXNE.

Addre,. THE OHIO NATURALIST, Itl^^l^to^^
Ohio state Academy of Science Publications.

First and Second Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each

Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each

Fifth to Fifteenth Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each

Special Papers— No. I. " Sandusky Flora. " pp.167.

By E. L. MOSELEY Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 2, "The Odonata of Ohio." .pp. 116.

By David S. Kellicoxt Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 3. "The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio."

pp. 75- By W. G. TiGHT, J. A. Bownocker,

J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 4. " The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105.

By Raymond C. Osburn Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 5. " Tabanidae of Ohio." pp.63.

By James S. Hine Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 6. "The Birds of Ohio." pp. 241.

By I/YNDS Jones P"ce 50 cts.

Special Papers— No. 7. "Ecological Study of Big Spring

Prairie." pp. 96. By Thomas A. Bonser Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 8. "The Coccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66.

By James G. Sanders Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 9. " Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio."

pp. 54. By Max Morse P"ce 35 cts.

Special Papers-No. 10. "Ecological Study of Brush Lake."

pp. 20. By John H. Schaffner, Otto E. Jennings

Frederick J. Tyler Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 11. " The Willows of Ohio." pp. 60.

By Robert F. Griggs Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 12. " Land and Fresh-water MoUusca

of Ohio." pp. 35. By V. Sterki Price 35 cts.

AddresB: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio State Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio,

LONG & KILER

University Supply Store

Corner Eleventh Avenue and High Street,
Removed from Main Building, Ohio State University,

Books, Drawing Material, Fine Stationery, Etc.

special Orders for Books solicited.
A fine line of FOUNTAIN FENS and COLLEGE PINS.

THE WILSON BULLETIN

A Quaftcfly Jotttnal Devoted to

The Study of Living Birds.

The Official Of^an of the Wilson Ornithological Chaptet* of

the Agassis Association,

ITS AIM is to stimulate the study of living birds by the
publication of field work done by members of the Chapter.
This work is planned to contribute to one end and is, there-
fore, cumulative. The June number will contain a winter census
of the birds of Lorain County, Ohio, besides other matter of
general interest and value. Each number contains- not less than
forty pages of matter of interest to the student of birds. If you
are interested in bird study at first hand, and wish to learn how
others are studying, you will not miss seeing a copy of this
up-to-date bird magazine.

Write for a Free Sample Copy to LYNDS JONES, Oberlin, O.
^rtDcife (^mBufance ^erDice. ^efe^^one 18.

1239 fo 1241 (Jt. §is3 #treef. CofumSua, 4^^io

When writing to advertisers, please mention tue ' Ohio Naturalist."

THE OHIO LIBRARY COMPANY

PUBLISH A FINE LIST OF NATURE BOOKS OF GREAT
VALUE TO ALL NATURE LOVERS.

No. 1.— The Birds of Ohio.

One and two volumes, illustrated with hundreds of Plates.
Description, (Scientific and Popular) of 320 Ohio Birds.

No. 2. — The Mammals of Ohio, in Press.

The Extinct Mammals, The Existing Mammals, The Evolution of

Domestic Mammals,
Beautifully Illustrated with Original Pictures and Colored Plates.

No. 3. — The Mushroom Book, by Miron E. Hard.

Over 700 Varieties Described and Illustrated. Far ahead of any-
other work on Mushrooms. Covers the entire United States.
Ready in Spring of 1908.

We also publish the Poems of James Ball Nay lor, 84 in number. No
more beautiful gift book for holidays or birthdays has ever been -.s.sued.

We equip both Public and Private Libraries with all the Standard Authors
and Reference Works of all Publishers. Try us on any book you want.

Send for Catalogue, Price List and Terms.

THE OHIO LIBRARY COMPANY,

12 ,.30 Savings and Trust Co. BIdg., COLUMBUS, OHIO.

THE KNY-SCHEERER CO.,

404 WEST 27TH Street, NEW YORK, N. Y.

DEPARTMENT OF

Natural Science.

G. LACA], Ph. D.

Division of Entomology,

Scientific Apparatus and

Instruments,
Chemicals,

Anatomical Models,

Natural History Specimens

and Preparations,

Wall Charts, Museum and

Naturalists' Supplies,

Lantern Slides, Microscopes

and Accessories,

ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES
AND SPECIMENS.

North American and

Exotic Insects,

School Collections,

Metamorphoses,

Biological Models,

Microscopical Preparations,

Boxes, Cases, Cabinets,

Forceps, Pins, Nets,

Dissecting Instruments,

Glass Tubes and Jars.

RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD.

NtW CATALOGUE OF ENTOMOLOGtCAL SUPPLIES AND CIRCULAR OF fNTERESTINQ

INSECTS ON APPLICATION

When writing to advertiBers, please mention thf "Ohio NaturaliBt."

MARCH,

VOLUME VIII. 1908. NUMBER $.

Ihe

Ohio Natura^list

A Journal Devoted more

Especially to the Natural

History of Ohio.

OFFICIAL ORGAN ef THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
2f tift OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY. mS ef THE
OHIO STATE ACADEMY ef SCIENCE.

Ohio State University, Columbus.

Annual Subscription Price. $1.00.
Single Number 15 cents.

Catered at the Post-Office at Cokumbui. Ohio, •• Second-clut Matter.

The Ohio Naturalist,

A jouni^il devuied more eepccialiy to the natural history of Ohio. The official
orjjan of Th« Biological Club of the Ohio Statk Cxivbrsity, and of Thk Ohio
Statb Academy op Sciince. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price 81.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, $1.?" ^'ni^ie copies, 15 cents'.

Editor-in-Chief, i t»„«^ c -a.-..^

Business Manager, j J^^^ ^- "^^®-

Assistant Editor-in-Chief, G. D. Hubbard

Assistant Business Manager, C. F. Jackson

Associate Editor s.

C. F. Jackson, Zoology, W. C. Mii,i^, Archaeology,

R. F. Griggs, Botany, J, C. Hambi,eton, Ornithology,

W. C. Morse, Geology, G. D. Hubbard, Geography.

Advisory Board.

Prof. W. A. KEI^LERMAN. Prof. HERBERT OSBORN.

Prof. Charles S. Prosser.

The Ohio NAXtJRALisT is owned and controlled by tlie Biological Club of the Ohio
Stata University.

In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management.

By * special arrangement with (he Ohio Statk Academy of .Scikncjb, the Ohio
Naturallst is sent without additional expense to all member* of the academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.
-. The fir.st seven volumes may be obtained at $1.00 per volume.

Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. S. Hinb.

Addre.. THE OHIO NATURALIST. 8&a*li's";^<5tf;&
Ohio State Academy of Science Publications.

First and Second Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each

Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each

Fifth to Fifteenth Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each

Special Papers— No. i. " Sandusky Flora. " pp. 167.

By E. L. MOSELEY Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 2. " The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116.

By David S. Kellicott Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 3. "The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio."

PP- 75 ^3' W. G. Tight, J. A. Bownocker,

J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 4. "The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105.

By Raymond C. Osburn Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 5. *' Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63.

By James S. Hike Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 6. "The Birds of Ohio." pp. 241.

By Lynds Jones Price 50 cts.

Special Papers— No. 7. "Ecological Study of Big Spring

Prairie." pp. 96. By Thomas A. Bonser Price 35 cts.

Special Papers—No. 8. "The Coccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66.

By James G. Sanders Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 9. "Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio."

pp. 54. By Max Morse Price 35 cts.

Special Papers -No. 10. "Ecological Study of Brush Lake."

pp. 20. By John H. Schaffner, Otto E. Jennings

Frederick J. Tyler Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 11. " The Willows of Ohio." pp. 60.

By Robert F. Griggs. . . .• Price 85 cts.

Special Papers — No. 12. "Land and Fresh-water Mollusca

of Ohio." pp. 35. By V. Sterki Price 35 cts,

Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio State Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.

LONG S KILER

University Supply Store

Gornef Eleyetith Avenue and High Street,
Removed from Main Building, Ohio State University.

Books, Drawing Material, Fine Stationery, Etc.

special Orders for Books solicited.
A fine line of FOUNTAIN FENS and COLLEGE PINS.

THE WILSON BULLETIN

A Quarterly Jotirnal Devoted to

The Study of Living Birds,

The Official Orgfan of the Wilson Ornithological Chapter of

the A§fassiz Association.

ITS AIM is to stimulate the study of living birds by the
publication of field work done by members of the Chapter.
This work is planned to contribute to one end and is, there-
fore, cumulative. The June number will contain a winter census
of the birds of I^orain County, Ohio, besides other matter of
general interest and value. Each number contains not less than
forty pages of matter of interest to the student of birds. If you
are interested in bird study at first hand, and wish to learn how
others are studying, you will not miss seeing a copy of this
up-to-date bird magazine.

Write for a Free Sample Copy to LYNDS JONES, Oberlin, O.
^riDcife (^mfiufance ^eruice. "tthi^^wt 18-

1239 io 1241 (Jl. %xz9> ^itui. CoUxtSvia, O^io

When writing to advertiserB, please mention the 'Ohio Natutallat,"

THE OHIO LIBRARY COMPANY

PUBLISH A FINE LIST OF NATURE BOOKS OF GREAT
VALUE TO ALL NATURE LOVERS.

No. 1.— The Birds of Ohio.

One and two volumes, illustrated with hundreds of Plates.
Description, (Scientific and Popular) of 320 Ohio Birds.

No. 2. — The Mammals of Ohio, in Press.

The Extinct Mammals, The Existing Mammals, The Evolution of

Domestic Mammals.
Beautifully Illustrated with Original Pictures and Colored Plates.

No. 3. — The Mushroom Book, by Miron E. Hard.

Over 700 Varieties Described and Illustrated. Far ahead of any
other work on Mushrooms. Covers the entire United States.
Read}' in Spring of 1908.

We also publish the Poems of James Ball Naylor, 84 in number. No
more beautiful gift book for holidays or birthdays has ever been -.ssued.

We equip both Public and Private Libraries with all the Standard Authors
and Reference Works of all Publishers. Try us on any book you want.

Send for Catalogue, Price List and Terms.

THE OHIO LIBRARY COMPANY,

U ••so Savings and Trust Co. BIdg., COLUMBUS, OHIO.

THE KNY-SCHEERER CO.,

404 West 27TH Street, NEW YORK, N. Y.

DEPARTMENT OF

Natural Science.

G. LAGAI, Ph. D,

Scientific Apparatus and

Instruments,
Chemicals.

Anatomical Models,
Natural History Specimens

and Preparations,
Wall Charts, Museum and

Naturalists' Supplies,
Lantern Slides, Microscopes
and Accessories,

Division of Entomology.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES
AND SPECIMENS.

North American and

Exotic Insects,

School Collections,

Metamorphoses,
Biological Models,

Microscopical Preparations,
Boxes, Cases, Cabinets,

Forceps. Pins, Nets,
Dissecting Instruments,

Glass Tubes and Jan.

RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD.

NEW CATALOGUE OF ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES AND CIRCULAR OF INTERESTING

INSECTS ON APPLICATION

Wben frritiiiK tc advertisers, please mention the "Ohio Naturalist.'

APRIL.

VOLUME VIII. 1908. NUMBER 6.

The

Ohio Naturalist

A Journal Devoted more

Especially to the Natural

History qf Ohio.

OrPICIAL ORGAN «f THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
ef th OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, on? qf THE
OHIO STATE ACADEMY gf SCIENCE.

Ohio State University, Columbus.

Annual Subscription Price, $1.00.
Single Number 15 cents.

Bntered at tht Post-Office at Colambut, Ohio, as Secoad-claM Mattes.

The Ohio Naturalist,

A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official
organ of Th» Biological Club of the Ohio Statb Univemity, and of The Ohio
State Academy of Scibnce. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price $1.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, jl.25. Single copies, 15 cents.

Editor-in-Chief, \ ^ ,, „

Business Manager, / ii^viBS b. HiNE.

Assistant Editor-in-Chief, . . . . . G. D. Hubbard

Assistant Business Manager, C. F. Jackson

Associate Editots.
C. F. Jackson, Zoology, W. C. Mii:,i,s, Archaeology,

R. F. Griggs, Botany, J. C. Hambi^eton, Ornithology,

W. C. Morse, Geology, G. D. Hubbard, Geography.

Advisory Board.

Prof. W. A. Kei,i<ERman. Prof. Herbert Osborn.

Prof. CharIvES S. Prosser.

The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
Stat* University.

In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management.

By a special arrangement with the Ohio State Academy of Science, the Ohio
Naturalist is sent M'ithout additional expense to all member* of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.

The first seven volumes may be obtained at 81.00 per volume.

•Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. S. Hike.

Address THE OHIO NATURALIST, g£'£g^j^i^|&";<5tf/5
Ohio State Academy of Science Publications.

First and Second Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each

Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each

Fifth to Fifteenth Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each

Special Papers— No. I. "Sandusky Flora." pp.167.

By E. L. MosELEY Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 2. " The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116.

By David S. KkixicoTT Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 3. "The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio."

pp. 75. By W. G. Tight, J. A. Bownocker,

J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 4. " The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105.

By Raymond C. Osburn Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 5. " Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63.

By James S. Hine Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 6. "The Birds of Ohio." pp. 241.

By IvYi^DS Jones .-. Price 50 cts.

Special Papers— No. 7. "Ecological Study of Big Spring

Prairie." pp. 96. By Thomas A. Bonser Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 8. "The Coccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66.

By James G. Sanders Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 9. " Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio."

pp. 54. By Max Morse Price 35 cts.

Special Papers -No. 10. "Ecological Study of Brush Lake."

pp. 20. By John H. Schaffner, Otto E. Jennings

Frederick J. Tyler Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 11. " The Willows of Ohio." pp. 60.

By Robert F. Griggs Price 85 cts.

Special Papers — No. 12. "Land and Fresh-water Mollusca

of Ohio." pp. 35. By V. Sterki Price 35 cts.

Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio State Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.

LONG & KILER

Unwersity Supply Store

Cotnet Eleventh Avenue and High Stteet,
Removed ftom Main Building, Ohio State Univetsity.

Books, Drawing Material, Fine Stationery, Etc.

special Otdefs f of Books solicited.
A fine line of FOUNTAIN FENS and COLLEGE FINS.

Official Organ of tlie Association of Economic Entomologists.

Editor— E. Porter Felt, Albany, N. Y. ; State Entomologist, New York.
Associate Editor— A. F. Burgess, Wash., D. C. ; Sec. Ass. Econ. Ent.
Business Manager— E. Dwight Sanderson, Durham, New Hampshire.
Advertising Manager— Wilmoii Newell, Baton Rogue, Louisiana.

^^•„-o/^,.„ n„/y>.w fL. O.Howard James Fletcher, Herbert Osborn,
Aavmi ij aoma—^ g ^ Forbes, H. A. Morgan, H. T. Fernakl.

A Bi-monthly Journal devoted to the interests of Economic

Entomology, publishing the Official Notices and Proceedings

of the Association of Economic Entomologists.

The best work in Economic Entomology

will appear in its pages.

Terms of Subscription : In the United States, Cuba and
Mexico, two dollars annually in advance ; to Canada and foreign
countries, two dollars and thirty cents annuall}' in advance.

Address, JOURNAL OF ECONOMIC ENTOMOLOGY, Durham, N. Hampshire.

"PSYCHB"

JOURNAL OF THE CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB.

The Oldest Entomological Magazine Published in the United States. New
Editorial Staff. New England Entomology a Special Feature. Department
of Bibliography^ Exchange Column, etc. Issued Bi-monthly February to
December. Price Reduced to ONE DOLLAR per Year.

All correspondence should be addressed to

CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB,

Care Boston Society of Natural History,

234 BERKELEY STREET, BOSTON, MASS.

When writing to advertisers, please mention the 'Ohio Naturalist."

■^i^

THE OHIO LIBRARY COMPANY

PUBLISH A FINE LIST OF NATURE BOOKS OF GREAT
VALUE TO ALL NATURE LOVERS.

No. 1.— The Birds of Ohio.

One and two volumes, illustrated with hundreds of Plates.
Description, (Scientific and Popular) of 320 Ohio Birds.

No. 2. — The Mammals of Ohio, in Press.

The Extinct Mammals, The Existing Mammals, The Evolution of

Domestic Mammals.
Beautifully Illustrated with Original Pictures and Colored Plates.

No. 3. — The Mashroom Book, by Miron E. Hard.

Over 700 Varieties Described and Illustrated. Far ahead of any
other work on Mushrooms. Covers the entire United States,
Ready in Spring of 1908.

We also publish the Poems of James Ball Naylor, 84 in number. No
more beautiful gift book for holidays or birthdays has ever been issued.

We equip both Public and Private Libraries with all the Standard Authors
and Reference Works of all Publishers. Try us on any book you want.

Send for Catalogue, Price List and Terms.

THE OHIO LIBRARY COMPANY,

12 /^O Savings and Trust Co. Bldg., COLUAIBUS, OHIO.

THE KNY-SCHEERER CO.,

404 West 27th Street, NEW YORK, N. Y.

DEPARTMENT OF

Natural Science.

G. LAGAI, Ph. D.

Scientific Apparatus and

Instruments,
Chemicals,

Anatomical Models,

Natural History Specimens

and Preparations,

Wall Charts, Museum and

Naturalists' Supplies,

Lantern Slides, Microscopes

and Accessories,

Division of Entomology.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES
AND SPECIMENS.

North American and

Exotic Insects,

School Collections,

Metamorphoses,

Biological Models,

Microscopical Preparations,

Boxes, Cases, Cabinets,

Forceps, Pins, Nets,

Dissecting Instruments,

Glass Tubes and Jam.

RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD.

NIW CATALOGUE OF ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES AND CIRCULAR OF INTERESTING

INSECTS ON APPLICATION

When writing to advertieere, please mention the "Ohio Naturalist."

MAY.

VOLUME V!II. 1908. NUMBER 7.

T^c

Ohio Natur&list

A Journal Devoted more

Especially to the Natural

History of Ohio.

OFFICIAL ORGAN ef THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
ef the OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY. <m3 «f THE
OHIO STATE ACADEMY tf SCIENCE.

Ohio State University, Columbus.

Annual Subscription Price, $1.00.
Single Number 15 cents.

latered at th* Pott>Office at Cokumbvt. Ohio, at SKOBd>claas Mattes

The Ohio Naturalist.

A. journal devoted more eepeciaJly to the natural history of Ohio., The official
organ of Th« Biological Club or the Ohio Statb University, and of Thb Ohio
Statb Acij)kmt of Scibkce. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price ?1.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, %\,'i&. Singla copies, 16 cents.

^^'^^^,} ■ ■ • • ■ • J--S.H....

Assistant Editor-in-Chief , G. D. Hubbard

Assistant Business Manager, . . . . . C. F. Jackson

Associate Editots.
C. F. Jackson, Zoology, W. C. Mii,i,s, Archaeology,

R. F. Griggs, Botany, J. C. Hamblbton, Omithology,

W. C. Morse, Geology, G. D. Hubbard, Geography.

Advisory Board.

Prof. W. A. KEI^LKRMAN. Prof. HERBERT OSBORN.

Prof. Chari.es S. ProSSER.

The Ohio NAXtrRALiST is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University.

In order to obviate iuconveniences to our regular patrons, the Nxtueaust Trill be
mailed reeularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management.

By a "special arrangement with the Ohio State Academy op Sciencb, the Ohio
Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members ot the Academy trho .
are not in arrears for annual diieSr v. ' '

Thfl first seven volumes may be obtained at 81.00 per volume.

Remittances of all kinds should be inade payable to the Business Manager, J. S. Hink.

Addre., THE O H I O NATURALIST. gg£5lJL^Iiyi.'o'i5te
Ohio State Academy of Science Publications.

First and Second Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each

Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each

Fifth to Fifteenth Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each

Special Papers— Np. i. " Sandusky Flora." pp. 167.

By B. Iv. MosEivKY , . Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 2. • " The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116.

Bv David S. Kei^LICott. Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 3. "The Preglacial Prainage of Ohio."

pp. 75. By W. G. Tight, J. A. Bownockkr,

J. H. ToDt) and Gkrakd Fowke Pric^ 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 4- *' The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105.

By Raymond C. Osburn .... > :. Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 5. " Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63.

By James S. Hine Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 6. "The Birds of Ohio." pp.241.

By Lynds Jones. Price 56 cts.

Special Papers— No. 7. "Ecological Study of Big Spring

Prairie.*' pp.96. By Thoma? A. BoNSER Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 8. " The Coccidae pf Ohio, I." pp.66.

By James G. Sanders. - • • • I*rice 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 9. '* Batrachians and Reptiles of Chip."

pp. 54. By Max MorsE : . ■ Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 10. "Ecological Study pf Brush Lake."

pp. 20. By John H. Schaffner, Orro E. Jennings

' ■ ' ' Frederick J. Tyl^r Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— ^No. II. " The Willpwapfphip." pp.60.

By Robert F. Griggs — - : F"ce 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 12. "Land and Preah-water HoUusca

pf OhiP." pp. 35v By V. Sterki .Price 35 cts.

Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohip State Academy pf Science,
Page Hall, Ohip State University, Cplumbus. Ohip.

LONG & KILER

Unwersit}^ Supply Store

Cotnet Eleventh Avetiue and n\Qh Street,
Removed ftom Main Building, Ohio State Univetsity.

Books, Drawing Material, Fine Stationery, Etc.

Special Otdefs fof Books solicited.
A fine line of FOUNTAIN FENS and COLLEGE PINS.

^/ourncil of ©ccnornic vi)t\ton\ologV|,

Official Orgao of the Association of Ecoaomic Entomologists.

3ditor~B. Porter ¥eltj Albany, N. Y. ; State Eutomologist, New York.
Associate Editor— A./F. iBurgess, Wash., D. C. ; Sec. Asa. Econ. Eut.
Busi'Mss Manager—^. Dwight Sanderson, Durbam, New Hampshire.
AdverlUing Manager— ^Hmon Newell, Baton Rogue, Louisiana.

ifr„i^nr-ii nr,r,y/i T.L. C.Howard James Fletcher, Herbert Osborn,
Advisory Boaia—^^ A. Forbes, H. A, Morgan, H. T. Fernald.

A Bi-monthly Journal devoted to the interests of Economic

Entordology, ptiblishing the Official Notices and Proceedings

of the Association of Economic Entomologists.

The best work in Economic Entomology

will appear in its pages.

T:eRMS OF Subscription : In the United States, Cuba and
Mexico, two dollars annually in advance ; , to Canada and foreign
countries, two dollars and thirty cents annually in advance.

Address, JOURNAL OF ECONOMIC ENTOMOLOGY, Durbaffl, N. Hampshire.

"PSYCHE"

JOURNAL OF THE CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB.

The Oldest Entomological Magazine Published in the United States. New
Editorial Staff. New England Entomology a Special Feature. Department
of Bibliography^ Exchange Column, etc. Issued Bi-monthly February to
December. Price Reduced to ONE DOLLAR per Year.

All correspondeiice should be addressed to

CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB,

Care Boston Society of Natural History,

234 BERKELEY STREET, BOSTON, MASS.

When wrltiDg to advertisers, please znentios the 'Ohio Katuraliat."

■^*'&;«1I

THE OHIO LIBRARY COMPANY

PUBLISH A FINE LIST OP NATURE BOOKS OF OREAT
VALUE TO ALL NATURE LOVERS.

No. 1.— The Birds of Ohio.

One and two volumes, illustrated with hundreds of Plates.
Description, (Scientific and Popular) of 320 Ohio Birds.

No. 2. — The Mammals of Ohio, in Press.

The Extinct Mammals, The Existing Mammals, The Evolution of

Domestic Mammals.
Beautifully Illustrated with Original Pictures and Colored Plates.

No. 3.— The Mushroom Book, by Miron E. Hard.

Over 700 Varieties Described and Illustrated. Far ahead of any
other work on Mushrooms, Covers the entire United States.
Ready in Spring of 1908.

We also publish the Poems of James Ball Naylor, 84 in nimiber. No
more beautiful gift book for holidays or birthdays has ever beeo --ssued.

We equip both Public and Private Libraries with all the Standard Authors
and Reference Works of all Publishers. Try us on any "book you want.

Send for Catalogue, Price List and Terms.

THE OHIO LIBRARY COMPANY,

12 /-30 Savings and Trust Co. Bldg., COLUMBUS, OHIO.

THE KNY-SCHEERER CO.,

404 West 27th Street, NEW YORK, N. Y.

DEPARTMENT OF

Natural Science.

G. LAGAl, Ph. D.

Scientific Apparatus and

Instruments,
Chemicals,

Anatomical Models,
Natural History Specimeins

and Preparations,
Wall Charts, Museum and

Naturalists' Supplies,
Lantern Slides, Microscopes
and Accessories,

Division of Entomology.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES
AND SPECIMENS

North American and

Exotic Insects,

School Collections,

Metamorphoses.

Biological Models,

Microscopical Preparations,

Boxes, Cases, Cabinets,

Forceps. Pins, Neta,

Dissecting Instruments,

Glass Tubes and Jars.

RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD.

MIW CATALOQUe OF ENTOMOLOGICAL »UPPLIE8 AND CIRCULAR OF INTEREiTINQ

INSECTS ON APPLICATION

When writing to advertiBerB, plewe mention tha "Ohio Wfttnraliflt,"

JUNE.

VOLUME VIII. 1908. NUMBERS.

'The

Ohi

io iNatur&list

A Journal Devoted more

Especially to the Natural

History of Ohio.

OFFICIAL ORGAN fif THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
ef the OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, and qf THE
OHIO STATE ACADEMY gf SCIENCE.

Ohio State University, Columbus.

Annual Subscription Price, $1.00.
Single Number 15 cents.

Entered at the Post-Office at Columbu», Ohio, as SecOBd'claif Matter.

The O hio N aturatist,

A journal devoted more especially to the natural history Of Ohio. The olficial
organ of Thb Biological (Xub of thk Ohio «tate Cniversity. sind of The Ohio
State Academy ok Bciknce. Published monthly duriugthe.acudemie year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price 81.00 per year, payable in jidypnce. To
foreign coun tries, ^.25. Single copies, 15 cents. ' '

Editor-in-Chief. 1 t i> t-r^ _

Business Manager, ] James S. HiNR.

Assistant Editor-in-ChieJ ^ G. D. Hu3Bard

Assistant Business Manager, . . . . C. F. Jackson

Associate Editots,

C. ~F. Jackson, Zoology, W. C. , Mills, Archaeology ,

R. F. Griggs, Botany, J. C. Hambleton, Oniithplogy,

W. C. Mor.sk, Geology, G. D. Hubbard, Geography.

Advisory Board.

Prof. W. A. Keller MAN, Prof. HERBERT OSBORN.

Prof. Charles S. Prosser.

The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University.

In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Natthialist TVill be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management.

By a special arrangement with he Ohio State Acadkmy of Science, the Ohio
Naturaust is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.

The first seven volumes may be obtained at $1.00 per volume.

Kemittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. S. HiNE.

Addre.. THE OHIO NATURALIST, 8aglJ,*lu"r"i?te

immmmmim^tmmmmmm^mmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmm^mmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmi^i^i

Ohio State Academy of Science Publications.

First and Second Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each

Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each

Fifth to Fifteenth Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each

Special Papers— No. I. "Sandusky Flora." pp.167.

By E. ly. MosELEY .....Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 2. " The Odonata of Ohio." pp. ri6.

By David S. Kellicott '. ... .i ......,..,, . Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No 3. "The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio."

pp. 75. By W. G. Tight, J A. Bownocker,

J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke. . .... Price 35. cts.

Special Papers— No. 4. " The Fishes of Ohio." pp. X05.

By Raymond C. Osburn Pjrice 35 cts*

Special Papers— No. 5. '* Tabanidae of Ohio." pp.63.

By James S. Htnb. Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 6. "The Birds of Ohio." pp.241.

By L,YNDS JONtiS Price 50 cts.

Special Papers— No, 7. ''Ecological Study of Big Spring

Prairie." pp. 96. By Thomas A. Bonser Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 8. "The Coccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66.

By James G. Sanders. Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 9. " Batrachiana and Reptiles of Ohio."

pp. 54. By Max Morse... — Price 35 cts.

Special Papers No. 10. "Ecological Study of Brush Lake."

pp. 20. By John H. Schaffner, Orro E. Jennings

Frederick J Tyler \ . Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. II. " The Willows of Ohio." pp.60.

By Robert F. Griggs Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 12. "Land and Fresh- water MoUusca

of Ohio." pp. 35. By V. Sterki Price 35 cts.

Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio State Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State XTniversity, Columbus, Ohio.

LONG & KILER

UnwersitY Supply Store

Gofner Eleventh Avenue and High Street,
Removed from Main Building, Ohio State Univefsity.

Books, Drawing Material, Fine Stationery, Etc.

special Ot-del-s f of Books solicited.
A fine line of FOUNTAIN PENS and COLLEGE PINS.

0ouri>al of O)ccnon\io ®nton\clog\^,

Official Organ of the Association of Economic Entomologists.

Editor— E. Porte? Felt, Albany, N. Y.; State Entomologist, New York.
Associate Editor— A. F. Burgess, Wash., D. O. ; Sec. Ass. Econ. Sint.
Bvsiness Manager— E. Dwight Sanderson, Durham, New Hampshire.
Advertising Manager— Wilvaon Newell, Baton Rogue, Louisiana.

,,-. w„ , f L.O.Howard James Fleteher, Herbert Osborn,
Admeonj Boai d- 1 s . a . Forbes, 11 . A . Morgan , H. T. Feruald .

A Bi-monthly Journal devoted to the interests of Economic

Entomology, publishing the OfiBcial Notices and Proceedings

of the Association of Economic Entomologists.

The best work in Economic Entomology

will appear in its pages.

Tkrms of Subscription : In the United States, Cuba and
Mexico, two dollars annually in advance ; to Canada and foreign
couhtries, two dollars and thirty cents annually in advance.

Address, JOURNAL OF ECONOMIC ENTOMOLOGY, Durham, N. Hampshire.

"PSYCHB"

JOURNAL OF THE CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB.

The Oldest Entomological Magajine Poblished in the United States. New
Editorial Staff. New England Entomology a Special Feature. Department
of Bibliography, Exchange Column^ etc. Issued Bi-monthly February to
December. Price Reduced to ONE DOLLAR per Year.

AH correspondence should be addressed to

CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB,

Care Boston Society of Natural History,

234 BERKELEY STREET, BOSTON, MASS.

Wli^an writing to adTertlseia, pleaee mention the 'Ohio KatnraliBt."

! r i"

THE OWO LIBRARY COMPANY

PUBLISH A FINE LIST OF NATURE BOOKS OF GREAT
VALUE TO ALL NATURE LOVERS,

No. I.— The Birds of Ohio.

One and two Volumes, illustrated with hundreds of Plates.
Description, (Scientific and Popular) of 320 Ohio Biyds.

No. 2,r— The Mammals of Ohio, iu Press.

The Extinct Maniroals, The Existing Mammals, The Evolution of

Domestic Mammals. ' . ■

Beautifully! illustrated jvith Original Pictures and Colored Plates.

No. 3. — The Mushroom Book, by Miron E. Hard.

Over 706 Varieties Described and Illustra^ted. Far ahead of any
other work, on Mushrooms. Covers the entire United States.
Ready in. Spring of 1908.

We also -puhlish. the Pocff/so^/aines L'a/l Naj'/or, ^4 in number. No
more beautiful gift book forholidays or birthdays has ever beed -.ssued.

We equip both Public and Private libraries with all the Standard Authors
and Reference Work? pf all Publishers. Try Us on any book you want.

Send for Catalogue, Price List and Terms. "

THE OHIO LIBRARY COMPANY.

210-213 Schultz Building, COLUMBUS, OHIO.

THE KNY-SCHEERER CO.,

404 West 27TH Street, NEW YORK, N. Y.

DEPARTMENT OF

Natural Science.

G. LACAi, Ph. D.

Division of Entomology.

Scientific Apparatus and

Instruments,
Chemicals,

Anatomical Mpdsis,
Natural History Specimens

and Preparations,
Wall Charts, Museym and

Naturiillsts' Supplies,
Lantern Slides, Microscopes
and Accessories,

ENTOMOLOblCAL SUPPLIES
AND SPECIMENS.

North American and

Exotic Insects,

School Collections,

Metamorphoses,
Biological Models,

Microscopical Preparations,
Boxes,' Cases, Cabinets,

Forceps, Pins, Nets,
Dissectlng-Instruments,

Glass Tubes and Jars.

RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND. SOLD.

NEW CATALOGUE OF ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES AND CtRCULAB, OF INTEREITINQ

INSECTS ON APPLICATION ' -.; ■'

When writing to advertieerg, pleaae msntion the " Ohio Naturalist."

^i^ r^'^S^;;^i:%..|'j:^^ mfr-.-:::i' J;; ..V'^^" ,,: -.. ■ ■

NOVEMBER,

VOLUME IX. 1908. NUMBER I.

Ihe

Ohio iMaturalist

A Journal Devoted more

Especially to the Natural

History of Ohio.

OFFICIAL ORGAN ef THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
«f tfit OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, md «f THE
OHIO STATE ACADEMY nf SCIENCE.

Ohio State University, Columbus.

Annual Subscription Price, 91.00.
Single Number 15 cent*.

Entered at the Post-Office at Cokitnbut, Ohio, as Second«cU«i Matter.

The Ohio Naturalist,

A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The oflQclal
organ of Thk Biological Clcb of thk^ Ohio StatS CTniteksity, and of Thb Ohio
State Academy of Scibnck. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbere.) Price $1.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, %}.2b. Single copies, 15 cents.

Editor-ill Chief y JOHisr H. Schaffner.

Business Manager, . James S. Hine.

/issisiajit Business Manager, . . G. D. Hubbard

Associate Editots.

H. H. Severin, Zoology, W. C. Mii,i,s, Archaeology,

R. F. Griggs, Botaoy, J, C. Hambleton, Ornithology,

W. C. Morse, Geology, G. D. Hubbard, Geography.

Advisory Board,
Herbert Osborn. John h. Schaffner.

' Charles S. Prosser.

The Ohio Natura^jst Is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
Stata Unirersity. ^'

In order to obviftt^ inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
miuled regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management.

By A special arrangement with the Ohio State Academy op Science, the Ohio
Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not iu arxcars for annual dues.

The first eight volumes may be obtained at $1.00 per volume.

Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. 8. HiMi.

Addre„ THE OHIO NATURALIST. ^^^S^t^b
Ohio State Academy of Science Publications.

First and Second Annnal Reports Price 25 cts. each

Third and Fourth Anntial Reports , Price 20 cts. each

Fifth to Sixteenth Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each

Special Papers — No. r. •' Sandusky Flora." pp. 167.

By E. It. MOSEI.EY Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 2. " The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116.

By David S. Kei^LICOTT Price 35 cts.

Special Papers—No. 3. "The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio."

pp. 75. By W; G. Tight, J. A. Bownocker,

J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke Price 35 ct«.

Special Papers— No. 4. " The Fishes of Ohio." pp.105.

By Raymond C. Osburn Price 35 ct«.

Special Papers— No. 5. " Tabaxxidae of Ohio." pp. 63.

By James S. Hxnb,. Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 6. "The Birds of Ohio." pp. 241.

By I/YNDS Jones Price 50 cts.

Special Papers— No. 7. "Ecological Study of Big Spring

Prairie. ' ' pp. 96. By Thomas A. Bonser Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 8. *'The Coccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66.

By James G. Sanders Price,.35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 9. " Batrachians and B.eptiles of Ohio."

pp. 54, By Max Morse Price 35 ct«.

SpecialPapers— No. 10. "Ecological Study of Brush Lake."

pp. 20. By John H. Schaffner, Otto FJ. Jennings

Frederick J. Tyi,er Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. II. " The Willows of Ohio." pp.60.

By Robert F. Griggs; >...;,... Price 85 cts.

Special Papers— No. 12. '♦ Land and Fresh- water Mollusca

of Ohio." pp.35. By V. Sterki. . . . Price 35 cts.

Address: "W. 0. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio State Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.

LONG & KILER

University Supply Store

Comer Eleventh Avenue and High Street,
Removed from Main Building, Ohio State University.

Books, Drawing Material, Fine Stationery, Etc.

special Orders for Books solicited.
A fine line of FOUNTAIN FENS and COLLEGE PINS.

j^curncti of ©conomic ®i\tcn\olog\|,

Official Organ of the Association of Economic Entomologists.

Editor— 'E,. Porter Felt, Albany, N. Y. ; State Entomologist, New York.
Associate Editor— \. F. Burgess, Wash., P, C. ;" Sec. Ass. Econ. Ent.
Btisiiiesa Manrxger—B. DwigM Sanderson, Durham, New Hampshire.
Advertising Mcma^er—'Wilraon JJewell, Baton Rogue, Louisianji ,

.,. . o^^..j fL.O. Howard James Fletcher, Herbert Osborn,

Advisory ^oaid-^Qj^^-poThes, H.A.Morgan, H. T. Fernald.

A Bi-montlily Journal devoted tb the interests of Economic

Entomology, publishing the Official Notices and Proceedings

of the Association of Economic Entomologists.

The best work in Economic Entomology

will appear in its pages.

TsRMS OF Subscription : In the United States, Cuba and
Mexico, two dollars annually in advance ; to Canada and foreign
countries, two dollars and thirty cents a;nnually in advance.

Address, JOURNAL OP ECONOMIC ENTOMOLOGY, Durliam, N. Hampshire.

Bucket Engtaving Co.

Process and Wood Engraving, Electro-
typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping
and Engraving Machinery. 5k 3» X I; 9w

SOVz North High Sired, COLUMBUS, OHIO.

When writing to advertlaerB, pleaea mention tha "OMo ITataraUst."

,^ V-

Starling Medical College and the Ohio Medical University^Merged

-NOW THE-

Stalling Ohio IWedieal College.

-OFFICERS-

W. O. Thostpson, President. C. S. Hamilton, Chancellor. W. R. Lazenby, Secretary.
W. J. Means, Treasurer. W. M. Mutchmore, Registrar.

Departments of Jledieine, Dentistpy and Phamacy

Four years' cotirse in Medicine, three in Dentistry and two in Pharinacy.

Annual sessions, thirty-fooir weeks. '

Instruction by Recitation and lycctures. Laboratories are large, well
lighted and equipped with modem apparatus. Abundant clinical facilities
in both Medical and Dental Departments.

General clinics at Protestant, St. Francis, St. Anthony's, Mt. Carmel
and Lawrence Hospitals. ^

Special clinics at State and Ohio Penitentiary Hospitals.

SESSION for 1907^08 Begins WEDNESDAY, SEPT. 25, 1907

FOR CATALOQUE, ADDRESS

f^iEo. M. Waters, M. D., Dean, H. M. Seamans, D.D.S., Dean, H. R. Burbachi^, G. Ph„Dean
Departmentof Medicine. Ih^partment of Dentistry.- . Department of Pharmacy.

Nos. 700-716 North Park Street,

COLUMBUS, OHIO.

THE KNY-SGHEERER CO.,

404 West 27th Street, NEW YORK, N. Y.

DEPARTMENT OF

Natural Science.

G. LAGAl, Ph. D.

Scientific Apparatus and

Instruments.
Chemicals,

Anatomical ^4odels,

...:ttural History Specimens

and Preparations,

Wall Charts, Museum and

Naturalists' Supplies.

Lanterh Slides, Microscopes

and Accessories,

Division of Entomology.

ErrrOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES
AND SPECIMENS.

North American and

Exotic Insects,

School Collections.

Metamorphoses,
Biological Mtjdels,

Microscopical Preparations,
Boxes. Cases, Cabinets,

Forceps. Pins, Nets,
Dissecting Instruments,

Glass Tubes and Jars.

RARE INSECTS "BOUGHT AND SOLD.

K.ew CATALOGUE OF ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES AND CIRCULAR OF INTERESTING

INSECTS ON APPLICATION

When WT'.tintr to ndvertleers, please montlon the "Ohio Naturaliet."

DECEMBER.

VOLUME IX. 1908. NUMBER 2.

Ihe

Ohio Naturalist

A Journal Devoted more

Especially to the Natural

History qf Ohio.

OFFICIAL ORGAN ef THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
qf the OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, and «f THE
OHIO STATE ACADEMY ef SCIENCE.

Ohio State University, Columbus.

Annual Subscription Price, $1.00.
Single Number 15 cents.

Entered at the Post-Office at Cokimbua, Ohio, ai Secoad'clati Mattes

■m

The Ohio Naturalist,

A journal devoted more espeeiaily to the natural history of Ohio. The official
organ of Thb Bioix)G1cal Ci<ub of the Ohio State University, and of The Ohio
State Academy of Science. PubU.shed' monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price J?1.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, SI .25. Single copies, 15 cer'

Editor-in-Chief, . . . . John H. ScHAFifNEK.

Business Manager, James S. Hinb.

Assistant Business Manager, . . . . G. D. Hubbard

Associate Editots.
H. H. SEverin, Zoology, W. C. Mii,LS, Archaeology,

R. F. Griggs, Botany, T. C. Hambleton, Ornithology,

W. C. Morse, Geology, G. D. Hubbard, Geography.

Advisory Board.

Herbert Osborn. Jo Schaffner.

Charuss S. Prosser.

• ,l the Ohio
State Uaivcr.iily.

In order to obviate iuconvenienc^os to on list will l^

mailod regulurly niif' '" :- of di«coutinnanoe' is iv.'i.':vt;!i im iijf iiKiiinL:c.-Lj'cnt.

By a special ar nt willi iiie Oif:o State Academy ok Science, the Ohio

Natvf' "-■■'■ •- s;nu 1..1.. udditional cxpeu--- "> "" inoiMi,,.,^- ,,t ih,. A^Anpity wh.i

are nf> irs for annual diies.

Th_ . - , ;-;t vohmios in;iv 1)0 obtfiine'i Ri

Remittance. ness Man

Addres. THE OHIO NATURALIST, ^^l^^^iro^lh

Ohio State Academy cience Publications.

First and Second Annual Report Price 25 cts. each

Third and Fourth Annual Reports . . Price 20 cts. each

Fifth to Sixteenth Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each

SPECIAL PAPERS.

" Sandusky Flora." pp. 167, B. L. MosEtKy 35 cts.

" The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116. David S. Kbi,i,icott 35 cts.

"The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio." pp. 75^; W. G. Tight,

J. A. BowNocKER, J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke 35 cts.-

" The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105. Raymond C. Osburn 35 cts.

Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63. James S. Hine 35 cts.

The Birds of Ohio." pp. 241. Lynds Jones 50 cts.

"Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie." pp.96.

Thomas A. Bonser 35 cts.

"The Coccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66. James G. Sanders 35 cts.

"Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio." pp. 54. Max Morse. . .35 cts.

"Ecological Study of Brush Lake." pp. 20.

J. H. Schaffner, Oti^o E. Jennings, Fred. J. Tyi,er.. .35 cts.

" The Willows of Ohio." pp. 60. Robert F. Griggs 35 cts.

"Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of Ohio." pp. 35.

V. Sterki 35 cts.

"The Protozoa of Sandusky Bay and Vicinity."

F. L. Landacre 35 cts.

4
5
6

7

8

9

10

II
12

13

Address: W. 0. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio State Academy of Science,
Psige Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.

LONG S> KILER

University Supply Store

Gofner Eleventh Avenue and High Street,
ed from Mein Building, Ohio State University.

Books, Drawing Material, Fine Stationery, Etc.

special orders for Books solicited.
,. ....-line of FOUNTAIN PENS and COLLEGE FINS.

Bucket Engtaving Co.

Process and Woo4 Engraving, Electro-
typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping

and Engraving Machinery. 5<. S* J=> 5» Si.

SOyi North High Street,

COLUMBUS, OHIO,

SCiENTIFIC TAXIDERMY

EVERY SCHOOL SHOULD HAVE A COLLECTION
OF NATURAL HISTORY SPECIMENS

Why not start a collectiou of the Birds or Mammals of your
county or state, or enrich a present collection by the addition of
some well mounted specimens? Costs so much? Perhaps so,
but write to us for prices and you will be surprised how little
such a collection will cost after all. Think of the interest that
will be awakened in your school in the Study of Nature to reward
you for trouble and outlay.

We Mount to Order

BIRDS, MAMMALS, FISHES AND REPTILES

and solicit your patronage.

THOMAS M. EARL

293 North High Street
Citizens Phone 2641 COLUMBUS, OHIO

When writing to advertlsera, please mention the " Ohio Katurallst."

Starling Medical College and the Ohio Medical University — Merged

-NOW THE-

StaMing Ohio IWedical College.

-OFFICERS-

W, O. Thompson, President. C. S. Hamilton, Cbaucellor, W. R. Lazenbv, Secretary.
W. J. Means, Treasurer. W. M. Mutchmoee, Registrar.

Departments of IWedieine, Dentistry and Pharmacy

Four years' course in Medicine, three in Dentistry and two in Pharmacy.
Annual sessions, thirty-four weeks.

Instruction by Recitation and Lectures. Laboratories are large, well
lighted and equipped with modern apparatus. Abundant clinical facilities
in both Medical and Dental Departments.

General clinics at Protestant, St. Francis, St. Anthony's, Mt, Carmel
and Lawrence Hospitals.

Special clinics at State and Ohio Penitentiary Hospitals.

SESSION for 1907=08 Begins WEDNESDAY, SEPT. 25, 1907

FOR CATALOQUE, ADDRESS

Geo. M. Waters, M.D., Dean, H. M.Seamans, D.D.S.,Dean, H.R. Bukbacher, G.Ph.,Dean
Department of Medicine. Department of Dentistry. Department of Pharmacy.

Nos. 700-716 North Park Street,

COLUMBUS, OHIO.

THE KNY-SCHEERER CO.,

404 West 27th Street, NEW YORK, N. Y.

DEPARTMENT OF

Natural Science.

G. LAGAJ, Ph. D.

Scientific Apparatus and

Instruments,
Chemicals,

Anatomical Models,

Natural History Specimens

and Preparations,

Wall Charts, Museum and

Naturalists' Supplies,

Lantern Slides, Microscopes

and Accessories,

Division of Entomology.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES
AND SPECIMENS.

North American and

Exotic Insects,

School Collections,

Metamorphoses,

Biological Models,

M icroscopical Preparations ,

Boxes, Cases, Cabinets,

Forceps. Pins, Nets,

Dissecting Instruments,

Glass Tubes and Jars-

RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD.

NEW CATALOQUE OF ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES AND CIRCULAR OF INTERESTING

INSECTS ON APPLICATION

When writing to Advertisers, please mention the " Ohio I^aturalist."

JANUARY.

VOLUME IX. 1909. NUMBER 3-

Ihe

Ohio Naturalist

A Journal Devoted more

Especially to the Natural

History of Ohio.

OFFICIAL ORGAN ef THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
ef tin OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, ma qf THE
OHIO STATE ACADEMY «f SCIENCE.

Ohio State University, Columbus.

Annual Subscription Price, 91*00.
Single Number 15 cents.

Entered at the Pott*Office at Cohtmbu*. Ohio. •* SecoBd'CUit Matter.

The Ohio Naturalist.

A jourual devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official
organ of The Biological Club op the Ohio State University, and of The Ohio
State Academy of Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from
NoTember to June (8 numbers.) Price $1.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, 81.25. Single copies, 15 cents.

Editor-in-Chief, John H. Schaffner.

Business Matiager James S. Hine.

Assistant Business Manager, G. D. Hubbard

Associate Editots.
H. H. Severin, Zoology, W. C. Mil,i^, Archaeology,

R. F. Griggs, Botany, J. C. Hambleton, Ornithology,

W. C. Morse, Geology, G. D. Hubbard, Geography.

Advisory Board.

Herbert Osborn. John H. Schaffnkr.

Charles S. Prosser.

The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
Stata University. , ^ ^^ „ .„ x.

In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management.

By % special arrangement with the Ohio State Academy of Science, the Ohio
Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.

The first eight volumes mav be obtained at 81.00 per volume.

Kemittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. S. Hine.

Addre.. THE OHIO NATURALIST. I'&ll'^l^tS^^

Ohio State Academy of Science Publications.

First and Second Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each

Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each

Fifth to Sixteenth Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each

SPECIAL PAPERS.

I. '« Sandusky Flora." pp. 167. E. L. Moseley 35 cts.

" The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116. David S. Keli^icott 35 cts.

"The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio." pp. 75- W. G. Tight,

J. A. BowNOCKER, J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke 35 cts.

" The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105. Raymond C. Osburn 35 cts.

" Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63. James S. Hine 35 cts.

" The Birds of Ohio." pp.241. Lynds Jones 50 cts.

"Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie." pp. 96-

Thomas A. Bonser 35 cts.

"The Coccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66. James G. Sanders 35 cts.

" Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio." pp. 54- Max Morse 35 cts.

"Ecological Study of Brush Lake." pp. 20.

j. H. Schaffnkr, Otto E. Jennings, Fred. J. Tyi^er. . .35 cts.

" The Willows of Ohio." pp. 60. Robert F. Griggs 35 cts.

"Land and Fresh-water MoUusca of Ohio." pp. 35-

V. Sterki 35 cts.

"The Protozoa of Sandusky Bay and Vicinity."

F. L. Landacre 35 cts.

2
3

4
5
6

7

8

9
10

II

12

13

JLddress : W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio State Academy of S.cience,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus. Ohio.

LONG & KILEK

University Supply Store

Corner Eleventh Avenue and High Street,
Removed from Main Building, Ohio State University.

Books, Drawing Material, Fine Stationery, Etc.

special Orders for Books solicited,
A fine line of FOUNTAIN FENS and COLLEGE FINS.

Bucket Engtaving Co.

Process and Wood Engraving, Electro-
typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping
and Engraving Machinery. X X K X ^

80y2 North High Street, COLUMBUS, OHIO.

SCIENTIFIC TAXIDERMY

EVERY SCHOOL SHOULD HAVE A COLLECTION
OF NATURAL HISTORY SPECIMENS

Why not start a collection of the Birds or Mammals of your
county or state, or enrich a present collection by the addition of
some well mounted specimens? Costs so much? Perhaps so,
but write to us for prices and you will be surprised how little
such a collection will cost after all. Think of the interest that
will be awakened in your school in the Study of Nature to reward
you for trouble and outlay.

We Mount to Order

BIRDS, MAMMALS, FISHES AND REPTILES

and solicit your patronage.

THOMAS M. EARL

293 North High Street
Citizens Phone 2641 COLUMBUS, OHIO

When writing to advertisers, please mention the "Ohio Naturaliat."

Starling Medical College and the Ohio Medical University — Merged

-NOW THE-

StaMing Ohio JWedical College.

-OFFICERS-

W. O. Thompson, President. C. S. Hamilton, Chancellor, W. R. Lazenby, Secretary.
W. J. Means, Treasurer, W. M. Mutchmore, Registrar.

OepaFtments of Jledieine, Dentistry and Phamaey

Four years' course in Medicine, three in Dentistry and two in Pharmacy.
Annual sessions, thirty-four weeks.

Instruction by Recitation and Lectures. Laboratories are large, well
lighted and equipped with modern apparatus. Abundant clinical facilities
in both Medical and Dental Departments.

General clinics at Protestant, St. Francis, St. Anthony's, Mt, Carmel
and Lawrence Hospitals.

Special clinics at State and Ohio Penitentiary Hospitals.

SESSION for 1907-08 Begins WEDNESDAY, SEPT. 25, 1907

FOR CATALOQUE, ADDRESS

Geo. M. Watebs, M. D.. Dean, H. M. Seamans, D.D.S., Dean, H. R. Burbachek, G. Ph., Dean
Department of Medicine. Department of Dentistry. Department of Pharmacy.

Nos. 700-716 North Park Street,

COLUMBUS, OHlo;

THE KNY-SCHEERER CO.,

404 West 2 7th Street, NEW YORK, N. Y.

DEPARTMENT OF

Natural Science.

G. LAGAl, Ph. D.

Scientific Apparatus and

Instruments,
Chemicals,

Anatomical Models,
Natural History Specimens

and Preparations.
Wall Charts, Museum and

Naturalists' Supplies.
Lantern Slides, Microscopes
and Accessories,

Division of Entomology.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES
AND SPECIMENS.

North American and

Exotic Insects,

School Collections,

Metamorphoses.

Biological Models,

Microscopical Preparations,

Boxes, Cases, Cabinets,

Forceps, Pins, Nets,

Dissecting Instruments,

Glass Tubes and Jars.

RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD.

NEW CATALOQUE OF ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES AND CIRCULAR OF INTERESTING

INSECTS ON APPLICATION

When writing to advertieers, please mention the "Ohi« Naturalist.'

FEBRUARY,

VOLUME IX. 1909. NUMBER 4.

Ihe

Ohio Natur&list

A Journal Devoted more

Especially to the Natural

History gf Ohio.

OFFICIAL ORGAN tf THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
Cf tin OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, and qf THE
OHIO STATE ACADEMY qf SCIENCE.

Ohio State University, Columbus.

Annual Subacrlplion Price, fl.OO.
Single Number 15 cents.

Eotered at tht Poet-Office *x Cokimbai. Ohio, at Secosd-clait Mattet

The Ohio Naturalist,

▲ Journal demoted more eapecially to the natural history of Ohio. The oflloikl
ercan of Taa BioLoaiCAX Club or thk Ohio Stati Unitshhty, and of Tas Oni*
Stati Aca.d»(t or SciiMCi. Published monthly during the academic year, from
Noremhar to June (I numbers.) Price 11.00 per year, payable in advance. T»
foreign countries, S1.25. Single copies, 15 cents.

Editor-in-Chief, . . . . . John H. Schaffhbr.

Business Manager, James S. Hins.

Assistant Business Manager, G. D. HtTBBARJD

Associate Editots.
H. H. Skverin, Zoology, W. C. Mii:,w, Archaeology,

R. P. Griggs, Botany, J. C. Hambi,BTon, Ornithology,

W, C. Morse, Geology, G. D. Hubbard, Geography.

Advisory Board.

Hbrbbrt Osborn, John H. Schaffner.

Charles S. Prosser.

The Ohio Na.tura.H8T is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohl»

Stata University. , ^ .^ „ ... ,.

In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the NATuaAuar mil Im
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is receive* by the management.

By a speciHl arrangement with the Ohio Statb Academy or Scibnck, the OHI*
Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Acadbicy wh»
Me not in arrears for annual dues.

The first eight volumes may be obtained at fl-OO per volume.

Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. 8. Hiwi.

Addr-. THE OHIO NATURALIST. 8g£gSi*|&-''5^

Ohio State Academy of Science Publications.

Pirst and Second Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each

Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each

Fifth to Sixteenth Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each

SPECIAL PAPERS.

1. " Sandusky Flora." pp.167. E. L. MoSEtEY 35 eta.

2. " The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116. David S. Kei,i.icoTT 35 cts.

3. "The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio." pp. 75- W. G. Tight,

J. A. BowNOCKER, J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke 35 ct«.

4. *' The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105. Raymond C. Osburn 35 ctt.

5. " Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63. James S, Hine 35 cts.

6. "The Birds of Ohio." pp.241. Lynds Jones 50 cts.

7. "Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie." pp. 96-

Thomas A. Bonser 35- c**-

8. "The Coccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66. James G. Sanders 35 cts.

9. "Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio." pp. 54. M.\x Morse. .35 cts.

10. "Ecological Study of Brush Lake." pp. 20.

J. H. Schaffner, Otto E. Jennings, Fred. J. Tyler.. .35 cts.

11. " The Willows of Ohio." pp. 60. Robert F. Griggs 35 cts.

12. "Land and Fresh-water MoUusca of Ohio." pp. 35.

V. Sterki 35 cts.

13. "The Protozoa of Sandusky Bay and Vicinity."

F. L. L.\ND.\CRE 35 cts,

Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio State Academy of Soieuc*,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.

LONG S KILER

University Supply Store

Cofnef Eleventh Aircnue and High Street,
Removed from Main Building, Ohio State University.

Books, Drawing Material, Fine Stationery, Etc.

special Ofdefs for Books solicited.
A fine line of FOUNTAIN PENS and COLLEGE PINS.

Bucket Engtaving Co.

Process and Wood Engraving, Electro-
typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping
and Engraving Machinery. 3k X 9; 3; 9;

eOVz North High Street, COLUMBUS, OHIO,

SCIENTIFIC TAXIDERMY

EVERY SCHOOL SHOULD HAVE A COLLECTIOM
OF NATURAL HISTORY SPECIMENS

Why not start a collection of the Birds or Mammals of your
county or state, or enrich a present collection by the addition of
some well mounted specimens? Costs so much? Perhaps so,
but write to us for prices and you will be surprised how little
such a collection will cost after all. Think of the interest that
will be awakened in your school in the Study of Nature to reward
you for trouble and outlay.

We Mount to Order
BIRDS, MAMMALS, FISHES AND REPTILES

and solicit your patronage.

THOMAS M. EARL

293 North High Street
Citizens Phone 2641 COLUMBUS, OHIO

When writtnc to (idrerUsars, pltaiat uautiaa tixa "Oaio W«tar«U«t."

Starling Aledical College and the Ohio Medical University — Merged

-NOW THE-

StarlinQ Ohio IWedieal College.

-OFFICERS-

W. O. Thompson, Pre^^iiK-iu. C. S. Hamilton, Chancellor, \Y. K. I.azenby, Secretary.
W. J. Means, Treasurer. \Y. M. Mutchmore, Registrar.

Departments of JHedieine, Dentistpy and PhaPmaey

Four years' course in Medicine, three in Dentistry and two in Pharmacy.
Annual sessions, thirt)'-four weeks.

Instruction b}- Recitation and Lectures. Laboratories are large, -well
lighted and equipped with modern apparatus. Abundant clinical facilities
in both Medical and Dental Departments.

General clinics at Protestant, St. Francis, St. Anthony's, Mt. Carmel
aad Lawrence Hospitals.

Special clinics at State and Ohio Penitentiary Hospitals.

SESSION for 1907=08 Begins WEDNESDAY, SEPT. 25, 1907

FOR CATALOGUE, ADDRESS

Geo. M. Waters, M. D., Dean, H. M. Seamans, D.D.S., Dean, H. R. BuHbachek, G. Ph., Dean
'Department of Medicine, Departmr nt of Dentistry, , Department of Pharmacy.

Nos. 700=716 North Park Street,

COLUMBUS, OHIO.

THE KNY-SCHEERER CO.,

404 West 27th Street, NEW YORK, N. Y.

DEPARTMENT OF

Natural Science.

C. LAGAl, Ph. D.

Scientific Apparatus and

Instruments,
Chemicals,

Anatomical Models,

Natural History Specimens

and Preparations,

Wall Charts, Museum and

Naturalists' Supplies,

Lantern Slides, Microscopes

and Accessories,

Division of Entomology.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES
AND SPECIMENS.

North American and

Exotic Insects,

School Collections,

Metamorphoses,

Biological Models,

Microscopical Preparations,

Boxes, Cases, Cabinets,

Forceps, Pins, Nets,

Dissecting Instruments,

Glass Tubes and Jars.

RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD.

NIW CATALOGUE OF ENTOMCLOGICAU SUPPLIES AND CIRCULAR OF INTERESTING

INSECTS ON APPLICATION

Wken wrJIiEj to siTertieeri, pJe&te mentioii the "Chic Naturalist.'

MARCH.

VOLUME IX. 1909. NUMBER S.

Ihe

Ohio Naturalist

A Journal Devoted more

Especially to the N&tural

History of Ohio.

OFFICIAL ORGAN af THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
«f tilt OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, ottS ef THE
OHIO STATE ACADEMY nf SCIENCE.

Ohio State University, Columbus.

Annual Subscription Price, $1.00.
Single Number 15 centa.

Entered at the Post-Office at Cohimbus. Ohio, •■ Second-clati Mattes'

The Ohio Naturalist.

A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official
organ of Thb Biological Club of the Ohio Statb University, and of The Ohio
Stats Academt of Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from
NoTember to June (8 numbers.) Price $1.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, 81.25. Singl« copies, 15 cents.

Editor-in-Chief, John H. Schaffner.

Business Manager, James S. Hike.

Assistant Business Manager, G. D. Hubbard

Associate Editots,
H. H. Severin, Zoology, W. C. MiIvLS, Archaeology,

R. F. Griggs, Botany, J. C. HamblEI^on, Ornithology,

W. C. Morse, Geology, G. D. Hubbard, Geography.

Advisory Board,

Herbert Osborn. John H. Schaffner.

Chari.es S. Prosser.

The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
Stato University.

In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management.

By a special arrangement with the Ohio State Academy of Science, the Ohio
Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all memberi of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.

The first eight volumes may be obtfined at 81.00 per volume. '

Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. 8. Hinb.

Addr«. THE OHIO NATURALIST. I'^^ll^l^tSi^
Ohio State Academy of Science Publications.

First and Second Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each

Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each

Fifth to Sixteenth Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each

SPECIAL PAPERS.

" Sandusky Flora." pp. 167, E. L. Moseley .35 cts.

" The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116. David S. Kei,WCOXT 35 cts.

"The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio." pp. 75. W. G. Tight,

J. A. BowNOCKER, J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke 35 cts.

" The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105. RAYM'bND C. Osburn 35 cts.

" Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63. James S. Hine 35 cts.

"The Birds of Ohio." pp. 241. Lynds Jones 50 cts.

"Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie." pp.96.

Thomas A. Bonser 35 cts.

"The Coccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66. James G. Sanders 35 cts.

"Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio." pp. 54. Max MorsE 35 cts.

"Ecological Study of Brush Lake." pp.20.

J. H. Schaffner, Otto E. Jennings, Fred. J. Tyi,Er. . .35 cts.
The Willows of Ohio." pp. .60. Robert F. Griggs 35 cts.

Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of Ohio." pp. 35.

V. Sterki ' .35 cts.

13. "The Protozoa of Sandusky Bay and Vicinity."

F. L. Landacre 35 cts.

Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio State Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.

4
5
6

7

8

9

10

II
12

LONG & KILER

Unwersity Supply Store

Cofnef Eleventh Avenue and High Street,
Removed ffom Main Building, Ohio State University.

Books, Drawing Material, Fine Stationery, Etc.

special orders for Books solicited.
A fine line of FOUNTAIN PENS and COLLEGE FINS.

Bucket Engta<^mg Co.

Process and Wood Engraving, Electro-
typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping
and Engraving Machinery. 5. s» j; 5; 3;

dO/2 North High Street,

COLUMBUS, OHIO,

SCIENTIFIC TAXIDERMY

EVERY SCHOOL SHOULD HAVE A COLLECTION
OF NATURAL HISTORY SPECIMENS

Why not start a collection of the Birds or Mammals of your
county or state, or enrich a present collection by the addition of
some well mounted specimens? Costs so much? Perhaps so,
but write to us for prices and you will be surprised how little
such> collection will cost after all. Think of the interest that
will be awakened in your school in the Study of Nature to reward
you for trouble and outlay.

We Mount to Order

BIRDS, MAMMALS, FISHES AND REPTILES

and solicit your patronage.

THOMAS M. EARL

293 North High Street
Citizens Phone 2641 COLUMBUS, OHIO

When writing to advertisers, please mention the "Ohio Naturalist;

Starling Medical College and the Ohio Medical University — Merged

-NOW THE-

StaMing Ohio IWedieal College.

-OFFICERS-

W. O. Thompson, President. C. 8. Hamilton, Chancellor, W. R, Lazenby, Secretary.
W. J. Means, Treasurer. W. M. Mi'TCHmore, Registrar.

Departments of Jledieine, Dentistry and Pharmacy

Four years' course in Medicine, three in Dentistry and two in Pharmacy.
Annual sessions, thirty-four weeks.

Instruction by Recitation and Lectures. Ivaboratories are large, well
lighted and equipped with modern apparatus. Abundant clinical facilities
in both Medical and Dental Departments.

General clinics at Protestant, vSt. Francis, St. Anthony's, Mt. Carmel
and Lawrence Hospitals.

Special clinics at State and Ohio Penitentiary Hospitals.

SESSION for 1907=08 Begins WEDNESDAY^ SEPT. 25, 1907

FOR CATALOQUE, ADDRESS

Geo. M. Waters, M. D., Dean, H. M. Seamans, D.D.S., Dean, H. R. Burbacher, G. Ph., Dean
Department of Medicine. Department of Dentistry. Department of Pharmacy.

Nos. 700-716 North Park Street,

COLUMBUS, OHIO.

THE KNY-SCHEERER CO.,

404 WEST 27TH STREET, NEW YORK, N. Y.

DEPARTMENT OF

Natural Science.

G. LAGAl, Ph. D.

Scientific Apparatus and

Instruments,
Chemicals,

Anatomical Models,

Natural History Specimens

and Preparations,

Wall Charts, Museum *and

Naturalists' Supplies,

Lantern Slides, Microscopes

and Accessories,

Division of Entomology.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES
AND SPECIMENS.

North American and

Exotic Insects,

School Collections,

Metamorphoses,

Biological Models,

Microscopical Preparations,

Boxes, Cases, Cabinets,

Forceps, Pins, Nets,

Dissecting Instruments,

Glass Tubes and Jars.

RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD.

NIW CATALOQUE OF ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES AND CIRCULAR OF INTERE»TINQ

INSECTS ON APPLICATION

When writing to advertiaera, pleaae mention the "Ohio Naturalist,"

APRIL.

VOLUME IX. 1909. NUMBER 6.

Ihe

Ohio Naturalist

A Journal Devoted more

Especially to the Natural

History gf Ohio.

OFFICIAL ORGAN ^f THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
«f the OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, and ^ THE
OHIO STATE academy ef SCIENCE.

Ohio State University, Columbus.

Annual Subacriptlon Price, 91.00.
Single Number IS cent*.

Entered at the Po«t>Office at ColMmbti*. Ohio, as Secomd««la«t MMte^.

The Ohio Naturalist.

A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official
organ of Thk Biological Club- of the Ohio State Dniversity, and of Thk Ohio
State Acadkmy of Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price 81.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countrie!^, Jl.25. Single copies, l.i cenxi.

Editor-in-Chief, John H. Schaffner.

Business Manager, James S. Hinh.

Assistant Business Manager G. D. Hubbard

Associate Editots.
H. H. Severin, Zoology, W. C. Miivi^, Archaeology,

R. F. Griggs, Botany, J. C. Hambleton, Ornithology,

W. C. Morse, Geology, G. D, Hubbard, Geography.

Adinsory Board.
Herbert Osborn. John H. vSchaffner.

Charles S. Prosser.

The Ohio Natdrai-i8t is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
Stat* University.

In order to obviate inconveiiiences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will iv.-
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management.

By a special arrangement with ihe Ohio State Academy of Science, the Ohio
Naturalist is sent without additional expeu.se to all memben of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.

The first eight volumes may be obtained at Jl.OO per volume.

Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. 8. Hine.

Addrc. THE OHIO NATURALIST, 8S,'Eu'lS*lS'.Ti5&
Ohio State Academy of Science Publications.

First and Second Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each

Third and Fourth Annual Report.^; Price 20 cts. each

Fifth to Sixteenth Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each

SPECIAL PAPERS.

" Sandusky Flora." pp. 167. E. L. MoSEi^EY 35 cts.

" The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116. David S. KeIvLICOTT 35 cts.

"The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio." pp. 75. W. G. Tight,

J, A. BowNocKER, J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke 35 cts.

The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105. Raymond C. Osburn 35 eta.

Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63. James S. Hine 35 cts.

The Birds of Ohio." pp. 241. Lynds Jones 50 cts,

"Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie." pp.96.

Thomas A. Bonser 35 cts.

•'The Coccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66. James G. Sanders, ,35 cts.
"Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio." pp. 54. Max Morse. . 35 cts.

"Ecological Study of Brush Lake." pp. 20.

J. H. Schaffner, Otto E. Jennings, Fred. J. Tyler.. .35 cts.

" The Willows of Ohio." pp. 60. Robert F. Griggs 35 cts,

"Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of Ohio." pp. 35.

V. Stkrki

"The Protozoa of Sandusky Bay and Vininity

V. L. Landacre 35 ci-'^'

Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio State Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.

I

2,
3

4
5
6

7

8

9

10

II
12

It

LONG & KILER

Unwersity Suppl}^ Store

Corner Eleventh Avenue and High Street,
Removed from Main Building, Ohio State University,

Books, Drawing Material, Fine Stationery, Etc.

Special Orders for Books solicited.
A fine line of FOUNTAIN FENS and COLLEGE PINS.

Bucket Engta^ing Co.

Process and Wood Engraving, Electro- |
typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping
and Engraving Machinery. 5* 5. S* a» 5;

80/2 North High Street,

COLUMBUS, OHIO,

SCIENTIFIC TAXIDERMY

EVERY SCHOOL SHOULD HAVE A COLLECTION
OF NATURAL HISTORY SPECIMENS

Why not start a collection of the Birds or Mammals of your
county or state, or enrich a present collection by the addition of
some well mounted specimens ? Costs so much ? Perhaps so,
but write to us for prices and you will be surprised how little
such a collection will cost after all. Think of the interest that
will be awakened in your school in the Study of Nature to reward
you for trouble and outlay.

We Mount to Order

BIRDS, MAMMALS, FISHES AND REPTILES -

and solicit your patronage.

THOMAS M. EARL

293 North High Street
Citizens Phone 2641 COLUMBUS, OHIO

When writing to adTertisera, please meQtion the "Ohio ITatursHst."

Siariins Medical College and the Ohio Medical University — Merged

-NOW THE-

StaMing Ohio JWedical College.

-OFFICERS-

"W. O. TH0MP8f>N, Prewident. C. 8. Hamilton, Chancellor, W. R, Lazenby, Secretary.
W. J. Means, Treasurer. W. M. Mutchmokb, Registrar,

Departments of Medicine, Dentistry and Pharmacy

Poxir years' course in Medicine, three in Dentistry and two in Pharmacy.
Attnnal sessions, thirty-four weeks.

Instruction by Recitation and Lectures. Laboratories are large, well
lighted and equipped with modem apparatus. Abundant clinical facilities
in both Medical and Dental Departments.

General clinics at Protestant, St. Francis, St. Anthony's, Mt. Carmel
and Lawrence Hospitals.

Special clinics at State and Ohio Penitentiary- Hospitals.

SESSION for 1907-08 Begins WEDNESDAY. SEPT. 25, 1907

FOR CATALOGUE, ADDRESS

Geo. M.Watkus, M. D., Dean, H, M.Seamans, D.D.S.,Dean, H.R. Bukbachkb, G.Ph..I)ean
Department of Medicine. Departmeut of Deutistry. Department of Pharmacy.

No». 700-716 North Park Street,

COLUMBUS, OHIO.

THE KNY-SCHEERER CO.,

404 West 27th Street, NEW YORK, N. Y.

DEPARTMENT OF

Natural Science.

G, LAGAJ, Ph. D.

Scientific Apparatus and

Instruments,
Chemicals,

Anatomical Models,
Natural History Specimens

and Preparations,
Wall Charts, Museum and

Naturalists' Supplies,
Lantern Slides, Microscopes
and Accessories,

Division of Entomology.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES
AND SPECIMENS.

North American and

Exotic Insects,

School Collections,

Metamorphoses,
Biological Models,

Microscopical Preparations,
Boxes, Cases, Cabinets,

Forceps. Pins, Nets,
Dissecting Instruments,

Glass Tubes and Jars,

RARE i^fSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD.

NEW CATALOGUE OF ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES AND CIRCULAR OF INTERE»TING

INSECTS ON APPLICATION

Wben wvitlnr to advertlaera, plaasa meoMoB the "Ohio Mat«r«Uat,"

'.V- -'■:V->-'''-'- - ■-■■;'-' ■■■'•'■I' ■■■■•*■ ■

VOLUME IX.

1909.

NUMBER 7.

Oh

10

•^ d I i*^

A Journal Devoted more

Especially to the Natural

History of Ohio.

OFFICIAL ORGAN ef THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
df the OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY. mZ qf THE
OHIO STATE ACADEMY gf SCIENCE.

Ohio State University, Columbus.

Annual Subscription Price, $1.00.
Single Number 15 cents.

Entered tt the Port-Office at Columbui, Ohio, as Second-class Matter.

■i--^:-::m

The Ohio Naturalist.

A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The of&cial
organ of The Biological Club of the Ohio State University, and of The Ohio
State Academy of Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price $1.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, 51.25. Single copies, 15 cents.

Editor-in-Chief, John H. Schaffner.

Business Manager, James S. Hine.

Assistant Business Manager G. D. Hubbard

Associate Editots.
H. H. Severin, Zoology, W. C. Mills, Archaeology,

R. F. Griggs, Botany, J. C. Hambleton, Ornithology,

W. C. Morse, Geologj-, G. D. Hubbard, Geography.

Advisory Board.

Herbert Osborn. John H. Schaffner.

Charles S. Prosser.

The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by tlie Biological Club of the Ohio
8tAt« University.

In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management.

By a special arrangement with the Ohio State Academy of Science, the Ohio
Naturaust is sent without additional expentie to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.

The first eight volumes may be obtained at Sl.OO per volume.

Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. S. Hine.

Addre« THE OHIO NATURAUST. 8g£^Ui*|&»;^6Sa'

Ohio State Academy of Science Publications.

First and Second Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each

Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each

Fifth to Sixteenth Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each

SPECIAL PAPERS.

1 . " Sandusky Flora." pp. 167. E. L. Moseley 35 cts.

2. " The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116. David S. Kellicott 35 cts.

3. "The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio," pp. 75. W. G. Tight,

J. A. BowNOCKER, J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke 35 cts.

4. " The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105. Raymond C. Osburn 35 cts.

5. " Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63. James S. Hine 35 cts.

6. "The Birds of Ohio." pp.241. Lynds JonES 50 cts.

7. "Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie." pp.96-

Thomas A. Bonser 35 cts.

8. "The Coccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66. James G. Sanders 35 cts.

9. "Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio." pp. 54. Max Morse. 35 cts.

10. "Ecological Study of Brush Lake." pp.20.

J. H. Schaffner, Otto E. Jennings, Fred. J. Tyler.. .35 cts.

11. " The Willows of Ohio." pp. 60. Robert F. Griggs 35 cts.

12. "Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of Ohio." pp. 35.

V. Sterki 35 cts.

13. "The Protozoa of Sandusky Bay and Vicinity."

F. L. IvANDACRE 35 Cts.

Address: W. 0. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio State Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.

LONG & KILER

University Supply Store

Corner Eleventh Avenue and High Street,
Removed from Main Building, Ohio State University.

Books, Drawing Material, Firse Stationery, Etc.

Special Orders for Books solicited.
A fine line of FOUNTAIN PENS and COLLEGE FINS.

Bucket Engtaving Co.

Process and Wood Engraving, Electro-
typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping
and Engraving Machinery. 5i» a» S* Su S»

dOVz North High Street, COLUMBUS, OHIO.

SCIENTIFIC TAXIDERMY

EVERY SCHOOL SHOULD HAVE A COLLECTION
OF NATURAL HISTORY SPECIMENS

Why not start a collection of the Birds or Mammals of your
county or state, or enrich a present collection by the addition of
some well mounted specimens? Costs so much? Perhaps so,
but write to us for prices and you will be surprised how little
such^a collection will cost after all. Think of the interest that
will be awakened in your school in the Study of Nature to reward
you for trouble and outlay.

We Mount to Order

BIRDS, MAMMALS, FISHES AND REPTILES

and solicit your patronage.

THOMAS M. EARL

293 North High Street
Citizens Phone 2641 COLUMBUS, OHIO

When writing to advertiaers, pleaas mention the "OUio Naturalist."

the 01,

■NOW Tt.

— Alerjijeti

Stattling Ohio ^Wedicai College.

SON, Pre^
1 Alt- ,

OFFICERS-

a S. Hamilton, i

AZENBY.

Departments oi , ieine, Dentistpy and Pharmacy

Four years' course in Medicine, three in Dentistry aii a Pharmacy.

Annual sessions, thirty -four weeks

Instruction by Recitation and iveciures. Laboratories are large, well
lighted and equipped with modern apparatus. Abnnflant clinical facilities
in both Medical and Dental Departments.

General clinics at Protestant, St "^" — s, .. i

and Lawrence Hospitals.

Special clinics at State and Ohio 'Penitentiary Hospitals.

SESSION for 1907^08 Begins WEDNESDAY, SEPT. 25, 1907

FOR CATALOGUE, ADDRESS

3eo. M. Watef^, M. D., Den . •? ans, D.D.S., Dean, II. R. Bl'RBACHEK, G.

Department of >.'''■=■• ......■,....:. ,.. _.^. .,..., t-

Nos. 700-'il& iNprtii Park btreet,

CULUMbUb, OMlO.

THE KNY-SCHEERER CO.,

404 West 27th Street, NEW YORK, N. Y.

DEPARTMENT OF

Natural Science.

G, LAGaI, Ph. D.

Division of Entomology.

Scientific Apparatus and

Instruments.
Chemicals,

Anatomical Models,

Natural History Specimens

and Preparations,

Wall Charts, Museum and

Naturalists' Supplies,

Lantern Slides, Microscopes

and Accessories,

ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES
AND SPECIMENS.

North American and

Exotic Insects,

School Collections,

Metamorphoses,

Biological Models,

Microscopical Preparations,

Boxes, Cases, Cabinets,

Forceps, Pins, Nets,

Dissecting Instruments,

Glass-Tubes and Jars.

RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD.

NEW CATALOGUE OF ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES AND CIRCULAR OF INTERESTING

INSECTS ON APPLICATION

When Ttritlng to advertilers, pleaaa niMation the "Ohio NaturaliBt."

JUNE.

VOLUM£ IX. 1909. NUMBER 8.

Ihe

Ohio Natur&Ust

A Journal Devoted more

Especially to the N&tural

History nf Ohio.

OFFICIAL ORGAN nf THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
qf the OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, mi qf THE
OHIO STATE ACADEMY ef SCIENCE.

Ohio State University, Columbus.

Annual Subscription Price, $1.00.
Single Number IS cents.

Entered at the Pott-Office tt Col«mb««, Ohio. •• Secoad-claci Mattes.

The Ohio Naturalist.

A journal dcTOted more especiallr to tho natural history of Ohio. The oflScial
organ of Thb Biological Club of i Statb Univ] j: Ohio

State Academy OF SciBNCE. Publi^ ithly during u r, from

November to June (8 numbers.) Price $1.00 per year, payable in advaua-. To
foreigu countries, 81.25. Single copies, 16 cents.

Editor-in-Chief, John. H. Schaffner.

Business Manager, . . ... James S. Hinb.

Assistant Business Manager, G. D. Hubbard

Associate Editots,
H. H. oii\i',Kiis, /Mulogy, W. C. MiLi^, Archaeology,

R. Fv Griggs, Botany, J. C. Hambleton, Ornithology,

W. C. Morse, Geolot G. D. Hubbard, Geography.

■y Board.

Herbert Osborn. John ?I. Schaffner.

Charles S. Prosser.

': 1 Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio

St^ii ity.

10 obviate inconv ' = to our regular patrons, the Natdralist will be

lua; .irlr until notice o' nuance is received by the management.

hv a special arrrr i uie Ohio Statf, Academy of Science, the Omo

Nati'ralist is sent w jnal expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for

The fir.st cis^lit vo', r>btained at 81.00 per volume.

Reniittances of all ^...-. ^ ; be made payable to the Business Manager, J. S. Hinb.

Addr«. THE OHIO NATURALIST. gSu^tyro^lfe
Ohio State Academy of Science Publications.

First and vSecond Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each

Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each

Fifth to Sixteenth Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each

SPECIAL PAPERS.

1 . " Sandusky Flora." pp. 167, E. L. Moseley 35 cts.

2. " The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116. David S. Kelucotx 35 cts.

3. "The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio." pp. 75. W. G. Tight,

J. A. BowNOCKER, J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke. . . . .35 cts.

4. <' The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105. Raymond C. Osburn 35 cts.

5. " Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63. James S. Hine 35 cts.

6. "The Birds of Ohio." pp.241. L,ynds Jones 50 cts.

7. "Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie." pp. 96.

Thomas A. Bonser 35 cts.

8. <'The Coccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66. James G. Sanders 35 cts.

9. "Batrachians and Beptiles of Ohio." pp. 54. Max Morse 35 cts.

10. "Ecological Study of Brush Lake." pp.20.

J. H. Schaffner, Otto E. Jennings, Fred. J. Tyr,ER.. .35 cts.
Ti. " The Willows of Ohio." pp. 60. Robert F. Griggs 35 cts.

12, " Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of Ohio." pp.35-

V. STERKI ^1^ cts.

13, "The Protozoa of Sandusky Bay and Vicinity.'"

V. L. Landacre 35 cts.

Address: W. 0. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio State Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.

&^^.

LONG & KILER

Universitv Suppl]^ Store

Gofner Eleventh Avenue and High Street,
Removed from Main Building, Ohio State University.

Books, Drawing Material, Fine Stationery, Etc.

special Orders for Books solicited.
A fine line of FOUNTAIN FENS and COLLEGE FINS.

Bucket Engtaving Co.

Process and Wood Engraving, Electro-
typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping
and Engraving Machinery. 5^ S^ > 3* 5;

30y2 North High Street,

COLUMBUS, OHIO,

SCIENTIFIC TAXIDERMY

EVERY SCHOOL SHOULD HAVE A COLLECTION
OF NATURAL HISTORY SPECIMENS

'"^'•'>Why not start a collectioa of the Birds or Mammals of your
county or state, or enrich a present collection by the addition of
some well mounted specimens ? Costs so much ? Perhaps so,
but write to us for prices and you will be surprised how little
such a collection will cost after all. Think of the interest that
will be awakened in your school in the Study of Nature to reward
you for trouble and outlay.

We Mount to Order

BIRDS, MAMMALS, FISHES AND REPTILES

and solicit your patronage.

THOMAS M. EARL

293 North High Street
Citizens Phone 2641 COLUMBUS, OHIO

When writlnsf to advertisers, please mention the "Ohio NaturaUet."

■i:^^::V;

Starling Medical College and the Ohio Medical University— Merged

-NOW THE-

StaMing Ohio IVledieal College*

OFFICERS

W. 0. Thompson, President. C. S. Hamilton, Chancellur. W. R. Lazenby, Secretary.
W. J. Means, Treasurer. W. INI. Mdtchmoee, Eegistrar,

Departments of JSedieine, Dentistry and Phamaey

Four years' course in Medicine, three in Dentistry and two in Pharmacy.
Annual sessions, thirty-four weeks.

Instruction by Recitation and Lectures. Laboratories are large, well
lighted and equipped with modern apparatus. Abundant clinical facilities
in both Medical and Dental Departments.

General clinics at Protestant, St, Francis, St. Anthony's, Mt, Carmel
and Lawrence Hospitals.

Special clinics at State and Ohio Penitentiary Hospitals.

SESSION for 1907^08 Begins WEDNESDAY, SEPT. 25, 1907

FOR CATALOGUE, ADDRESS

3eo. M. Waters, M.D., Dean, H. M.Seamans, D.D.S.,Dean, H.R.BoRBACHEB,G.Ph.,Dean
Department of Medicine. Department of Dentistry. Department of Pharmacy.

Nos. 700-716 North Park Street,

COLUMBUS, OHIO.

THE KNY-SCHEERER CO.,

404 West 27TH Street, NEW YORK, N. Y.

DEPARTMENT OF

Natural Science.

G, LAGAl, Ph. D.

Scientific Apparatus and

Instruments.
Chemicals,

Anatomical Models,
Natural History Specimens

and Preparations,
Wall Charts, Museum and

Naturalists' Supplies,
Lantern Slides, Microscopes
and Accessories,

Division of Entomology.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES
AND SPECIMENS.

North American and

Exotic Insects,

School Collections,

Metamorphoses,

Biological Models,

Microscopical Preparations,

Boxes, Cases, Cabinets,

Forceps, Pins, Nets,

Dissecting Instruments,

Glass Tubes and Jan.

RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD.

NEW CATALOQUE OF ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES AND CIRCULAR OF INTERESTING

INSECTS ON APPLICATION

When writing to advertUere, plea«« mention the "Ohio Watnrallet.'

^n JiTiMiiJ S

' ■•'1...,,, ' "";•"'■'»'•>■«'»><«,;,;-

■ ' " -. . ; : l^**. "<T'...„.„iJn

;,; "•"'i'''''**^"

' '■•'<■,?.. ""■""""'•IMS,

■ ■' ■'.•■.,, '"•"■'''H'"'>»«»i.«n.;;;j

;:;';;;;;;;'i-';::!;!;fi:cl'JX!ff!i;;)

;:;^;;;:;.;;""7^''&42S;;i;
;;;.j.^.;;:K;;a;;a':,'^!sSL

,;,;;;:'.':;:Wr,$

"'■•"■-'iH.ASfinl

;;!;;;;^;;?^?i|iiS

'mm!;'"'"'"
-;J3;«ist!fsy

.""•'"'(•'1'

'!,':iC".ir'"'""I!

■' ••t<-<»M

'"!'•«• •'"I'HrfiJ!

i

ss

HI

gSg

imfitfll] PHTV-

??p

^^iran